The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutWEST DAY SUBDIVISION LOT 3 GORE CREEK PLACE TUNNEL PROJECT MANUAL{\orc-r,rS Canncnon G,ort- Cceets Rcc(. \t-,nrc\ PcoSer,\ tnn6!c\ 1 Gore Creek Residences Tunnel -llouglsnd & Associates- rng prin-rniteen rwianed bry: Project Manual Issued for Permit Issue No. 58, 12,13 & 14 Et# cor{ [?o(.- O,?S 07 February 2005 gffiICE €ory Vail Resorts Development Company 137 Benchmark Road Avon, Colorado 81620 42I40 ARCHITECTURE 1621 l8thStreet Suite 200 Denver. Colorado 80202 t I T t I I I J T I t I I sBcrroN 00001 PROFESSIONAL SEALS PAGE GORE CREEK RESIDENCES - TTJNNEL & R3SIDENCES vAtr4coLoRADO Vwe hereby certiff that these Contact have bee,n prepared by me/us or under my/our direct supervision lhe ArphitectVEngineers practicing in ttre State of Colorado.in accordance with the rules and ARCHITECT 42 | 40 Architecture, Inc. l62l lSth Strcet Suite Denver, Colorado 80202 CIVILENGINEER Alpine Engineerin g, Inc. 34520 Highway 6, Unit A-9 Edwards Business Center Edwards, Colorado 81632 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER Monroe & Newell 70 Benchmark Road, Suite 204 Avon, Colorado 81620 MECHA}IICAL / PLUMBING / ELECTRICAL ENGINEER M-E Engineers, Inc. 48 East Beaver Creek Boulevard, Suite 307 Avon, Colorado 81620 q l,{ I I I I I I 6L€L144\ Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential VaiI, Colondo 03 January 2005 #x% w E, RANDAL ffi;W-L,T'";,,?i:,-t:.ff trt?{.:.ssn:f*'.:'.. i=" pq.zaei! ffii:l',,19x'..w.'.a... ii.:,:"Fi Professlonal Seals Page 00001 - I FIRE PROTECTION / FIRE ALARM ENGINEERS Rolf Jensen & Associates, Inc. 1324 15th Street Denver, Colorado 80202 I t I I I I EI\ID OF SECTION I I I j I I I I I I I I Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Professional Seals Page 00001 - 2 I I l I 1 I I I I ! I I I SECTION 00002 LIST OF CONST'LTANTS EI{D OF SECTION 1 I T I t t Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 ARCIIITECT CIVILENGINEER 42 | 40 Architecture, Inc. 162l l8th Street Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80202 Alpine Engineering Inc. 34520 Highway 6, Unit A-9 Edwards Business Center Edwards, Colorado 8l 632 STRUCTI,JRAL ENGINEER MECHANICAL, PLI'MBING AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEER Monroe & Newell Engineers 70 Benchmark Road Suite 204 Avon, Colorado 81620 M-E Enqineers, Inc. 48 East Beaver Creek Boulevard Sirite 307 Avon, Colorado 81620 I,ANDSCAPE ARCHITECT WATERPROOFING Dennis Anderson Associates, Inc. PO Box 1387 klwards, Colorado 81632 Wiss, Janney, Elstner, Associates, Inc. I 0881 West Asbury Avenue Suite I l0 Lakewood, Colorado 80227 ACOUSTICS LIFE SAFETY Sonics, ESD I 30-l/2 Dunecrest Avenue Monterey, Califomia 93940 Rolf Jeruen & Associates, Inc. 1324 Fifteenth Sreet Denver, Colorad o 80202 List of Consultants 00002 - I 5B 58 5B I : I I I I l I I I I I l I I I SECTION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION O.BIDDING REQI'IREII,IENTS, CONTRACT FORMS AND CONDMONS OF TIIE CONTRACT 00001 00002 00005 00500 00E60 0090t 00902 00903 Prbfessional Seals Page List of ConsultalE Tablc ofContents Agreement Forms List of Drawings Addcndum No. l AddendumNo.2 AddcndumNo.3 Site Demolition Site Clearing Excavation Support and Protection Earthwork Erosion and Sedimentation Conbol Water Distribution Conffete Unit Pavers Flagstone Sanitrry Sewer System EIecEic, Communication and Gas Systems Pave,me,nt Marking DATE 0l/03/05 01103105 olt28t05 olt03t05 01t28t05 0uta05 0l/19/05 0U28t05 ISStTE 5B 5B l4 5B l4 t2 l3 l4 SPECIFICATIONS DWTSION I.GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01000 01005 01010 01030 01039 01040 01045 01050 01078 01090 01200 01300 013r0 01400 014t0 01500 01550 0r600 01630 01700 01730 DTWSION 2 - SITEWORK General Provisions AdminisEative Provisions SummaryofWork Alternatcs Pre-Corstnrction Coordination Project Coordination Cutting and Patching Field Engineering Defnitions and Explanations Reference Standarals Projeot Meetings Submittals Constnrction Schedulcs aad Repora Quality Control Testing Laboratory Services Construction Facilities and Temporary Conrols Access Roads and Parking Areas Matcrial and Equipment Product Options and Substiurtions Contact Closeout Operation and Mfitenance Data 0U03/0s 0t/03t0s 0l/03/05 0l/19/05 0l/03/0s 0l/03/05 0r/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0vo3lo5 01t03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/0s 0l/03/0s 0l/03/05 01103105 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0vr9l05 0Ut9t05 0Uo3l05 0l/03/05 0r/03/05 l3 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 02220 02230 o2260 02300 02370 02s10 02515 02516 02s30 02580 02590 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B l3 l3 5B 5B 5B t I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 28 January 2005 Table of Contents 00005 - I DTWSION 3 - CONCRETE 03300 03310 03410 02620 02630 02810 02900 02970 07160 07181 072r2 01213 07313 075 r0 0751l 075t2 07620 o77to 07840 07900 I t t I I t I t t I ! ! I T I T I I I 5B 5B 5B 58 5B l3 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 04065 04200 04400 Subdrainage System Stom Drainage I-andscape krigation landscape Planting Landscape Mainenance Cast-In-Place Concrete Site Concrete . S tucnrral Precast Concrete Masonry Morhr and Grout Unit Masonry Sptems Stonc Veaeer 0l/03/05 5B0l/03/05 5801t03t05 580l/03/05 580t/03/05 5B ovo3to' 580l/03/05 580r/03/05 5B 0U03t05 580l/03/05 5B0l/03/05 5B 0t/03/05 580l/03/05 580l/03/05 sB0v03to5 5B0l/03/05 58 0l/03/0s 5B0l/03/05 5B0l/03/05 5B0l/03/05 5B DTYISION 4 - MASONRY DIVISION 6 -WOODA}ID PLASTICS DTYISION 5 - METAL 05500 05510 05586 05720 05800 06105 06t25 06130 06200 Metal Fabrications Metal Stain Architecnral Metalwork Handrails and Railings DELETED Wood Blocking and C\ubing Wood Decking Hearry Timber Finish Carpentry Stadard Steel Doors and Frames Access Doors Overhead Doors Door Hardware DTVISION T.TEERMAL AND MOISTTJRE PROTECTION lilpmingus Pamprplgsfi ng Water Repellant Qearing Board Insulation Ban aod Blanket Iasulation . RoofShakes Hot Fluid-Applied Fabric Reinforced Waterproofi ''g Spray-Applied Foundation Wall Waterproofing Pre-Applied, Integrally Bonded, Sheet Mernbrane Waterproofi ''g for Vertical Applioations Sbeet Metal Flasbing and Trim DELETED Firestopping Joint Sealers 0l/03/05 0u03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0vr9t05 01/03i05 0l/03/05 0t/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 DIVISTON 8 -DOORS ANDWINDOWS 081l0 08310 08360 08710 0l/03/05 5B 0l/03/0s 58 01103/05 58 0l/03/05 58 00005 - 2 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 28 January 2005 Table of Contents 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 12 09260 09800 09900 I I I t I t I DWISION 9-FINISHES Glpsum Board Assernblies Acoustical Wall Coverings Painting 0l/03/05 01i03/05 01t03t05 0l/o3t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0Ut2t05 DTVISION IO - SPECTALTIES 10210 10523 10605 Fixed Metal Wall Iouvers Fire Extinguishers, CabineB and Accessories Wire Mesh Partitions I I I I I t I I I I t I DIVISION 11 - EQ{IIPMENT lll50 Parking Control Equipment DTVISION 12 . FT]RNISHING.S Not Used DTVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DTVISION T4 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS NotUsed DTYISION 15-MECHAMCAL 15001 (& 16001) Mechanical and Electrical Coordination 150 l0 Basic Mechanical Requirernents 15050 Basic Mecabnical Materials and Metbods 15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings 15 100 Valves 15120 Piping Accessories ' I 5 I 40 Pipe $rpports and Anchors 15170 Molors and Starters 15172 Electronic Speed Conrollers 15240 Vibration Control 15250 Mechanical Lxulation 15300 Automatic Eire Sprinkler and Standpipe Systems 15410 Plunbing Piping 15486 Natural Gas Systems 15510 Hydronic Piping 155 15 Snow Melting System Piping 15540 IIVACPumps 15555 Boilers 15575 Flue Systems 15830 Heating Terminal Units 15870 Fans 15890 Ductwork 15990 Test-Adjust-Balance 0l/03/05 01103/0s 0l/03/05 0lt03t0s 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0v03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03i05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0Ut2l05 01/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0U03t05 0Ii03l05 0l/03/05 0l/03/0s 01t03105 01i03/05 5B 5B 5B 58 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B l2 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorada 28 January 2fi)5 Table of Contenh 0000s - 3 DIVISION 16 . ELECTRICAL 16010 16050 16080 t6l l0 16120 16135 16140 16210 16350 16450 165t0 16721 16141 Electrical Requircmcnts Electrical Identification Manufacturers Raceways Wires and Cablcs Electrical Boxes and Fittings Wiring Devices Panelboards Grounding Ligbting Fixures Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection SysEm Fire Alarm Spte,n Telephone Sptems ENDOFSECTION 01103/05 01/03/05 0l/03/05 ov03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0v03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03i05 0v03t05 0vr2t05 0l/03/05 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B L2 5B I I I I I I I I I I I T I I Gore Creek Resldences - Tulnel Vail, Colorado 28 JanuarY 2lX)5 I I I I I Table of Contents 00005 - 4 It 'r sEcrIoN oosooT AGREEMENTF.ORMS I PART1 GENERAL I l.0l GENERAL J A. Forns as listed or ser forth in this Section shalt be used as a basis for all required documents, compteted in detail as they apply, for, and during the life of the Contract; shall be prepared by the I Confractor and/or the Architect in accordance with the particular requirements ofthis Contract, and I :lX1f:$t#i$tJ:r##:fl:1.:v the Architect or the contractor' except where otherwise -r I.O2 CONSTRUCTIONADMIMSTRATIoNt A. The following standard hrms, as printed and disributed by the American Institute of Architects (AIA), shall be fumished by the Architect at cost, when required by the Contractor. I FORMDESCRIPTIONI I I I Change Order Application for Payment Certificate for Payment Certificate of Substantial Completion Proposal Request Architect's Supplernental Insuuctions Architect's Field Report Construction Change Directive Subminal Transmittal Request for lnterpretation (RFI) Transmittal Substitution Request Not Used END OF SECTION AIA GTOI ATA G7O2 AIA G7O3 AIA G7O4 AIA G7O9 AIA GTIO AIAGTII AIA G7I4 attached attached attached I PARr2 PRoDUcrs Not Used I PARr3 ExEcurIoN I I I I I AgreementForms I Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Resldential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 00500 - I I I I I .,BM'ATNuMBER: SUBMMAL TRANSMITTAL Gore Creek Residences PRorEcI No.: 20900,00 F|LE: Submiltql Log SUBCONTRACIOR: coPtEs DATED DESCRIPIION: I REQUIREDREruRNDAIE: I I ORIGINAL ENCLOSURES: Submitfql Roullng Genl Contocforb tU ltl{} l62l lEhsl., Ste.200, Denve(, CO 80202 | T.303.292.3388 | F.303.292.3113I '-"i:i::ili Dofe: Dote: Dote: Doie: 42l40lo Consdlonl l: Senl by:I t Received by: Comments: 42140 to Consultonl 2: Sent by:Doie: Dote:I '""Tffi:,:l. I Consultont I to 42lrO: 162l l85sl., Ste.20O, Denver, CO &n2 1Ln3.D2.3388 | F.303.292.3113 I sent by: Dole: Received by:Dole: Commenls:T Consullonl2 fo 42 l4G I Sentby: I cr^^^:,,^i h.,, l62l f SlhSt., Sle.2m, Denver, CO W2O2 lT-ffi292.33l|8 | F.303292.3113 Dole: Dole:Received by: Comments: 'l2l40bGenlColtocnoc Senf by:Dote: Dole:Received by: Comments: I I I T I z*n I T I T RFITRANSMITTAL Gore Creek Residences PROJECI No.: 20900.00 Fll.f: RFI Log SUBCONIRACTOR: RFI NUMBER: SUBJECT: REQUIRED REIURN DAIE RFI Rouflng Gent Corfudorb 42 | 'lC | 62 I I 8h sl.. ste. 200, Denver, CO wn2 | T . 3o3.n23388 | F. 303.292.3 I | 3 Submitfed by: Received by: Dole: Dole: Dole: Dole: 42 | 40 to Consultonf 1: Senf bY: Received by: Commenls: 42 | & to Consultont 2: Senl bY: Received by: Comments: Consuflqnt I lo 42140:, 162l l8rhsl., Sle.200, Denver, CO 80202 1T.303292.3388 | F.303.?2.3113 Sent by:Dqte: Dofe:Received by: Commenfs: Consulfqnf 2to42140: 1621 l8hsf., s|e.200, Denver, CO ffi2o2 l|L3o3.n23388 | F.303292.3'l13 Sent by:Dote: Dofe:Received by: Commenls: Dole: Dqle: I t I t I I I I I I T I I I t 42l40bGenlCo|todn Sent bY: Received by: Dote: Dole: Commenis: t I GORE CREEKRESIDENCES SIJBSTITUTION REQUEST I Date: I The Contractor hereby reguests acceptance ofthe following product or system as a Substitution from tbat required t bv the Contact Documents. T H.::T:T::::::il*, I Speciflcation Section Number: I Reason for Substitution: a Check ( v ) ifattached, or (N/A) ifnot applicable. Provide the Following Attachments: I Check ( v ) ifattached, or (NiA) ifnot applicable. I I I I I I I I I I t I l) Substitution is required for compliance with subsequent interpretation of Code requirements or insurance regulations. 2) Products become unavailable due to no fault ofthe Contraclor. 3) Subsequent information discloses inability ofspecified product to perform properly or to fit in designated space, or product Manufactuer refuses to certifr or warrant performance ofproduct as required. 4) When, in the Architect's judgment, a Substitution would be substantially in the Owner's best interest due to cost, time or other considerations. l) Catalogs and drawings showing capacities, operations, functions, dimensions, constnrction details, methods of assembly, connections and installation of the Work. 2) Laboratory and performance test data. 3) Comparison ofthe qualities of the proposed substitution with that specified. 4) Changes required in other elements of the Work because of the substitution. 5) Effect on the Construction Schedule. 6) Detailed cost data acceptable to the Owner and Architect comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified. 7) Any required license fee or royalties. 8) Availability ofmaintenance service and source of rcplacement materials. 9) AII variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. G.oRE CREEK RESIDENCES suBsrrTuTIoN REQUEST Any effect of Substitution on Work under separate Contract to the Olvner. Name and address ofProjects whcre proposed Substitution has be€n used, including date of installation. Conditions: . The proposed Substitution meets or exceeds, in all respects, tbe spccified product. . Contractor shall provide the same warranties, bonds and certifcations for Substitutions as for the specified product. o Contractor shall coordinate insallation and make other changes which may be required for the Work to bc complete in all respects without changing the original intent, function, or aesthetics, at no increase to the Contract Sum. o Substituted products will mea all Code requirements in the same manner as the original products specified" o Contractor shall certifr that dre cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Conbact, exc€pt fte Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the Substitution which subsequently become apparent. o Contractor shall be solely responsible for compliance with the Departnoert of l,abor, Safety and Health Regulations for construction promulgated under tbe Occupational Safety and Health Act of I 970 (PL9 I -69Q and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standard Act @L91-54), and latqst amendments. I t I I I I I I I I I I I t t t I I I l0) ll) I I I submittedBy: GORE CREEK RESIDENCES SI'BSTITUTION RTQTJEST A/E Review Comments on Technlcal Merits I :;",* I I :':*"' t Accepted Accepted as Noted Not Accepted Note: Final Approval shall be made by erecution of Change Order. t A./E Review Comments: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 00860 LISTOFDRAWING.S PART1 GENERAI, I.OI LISTOFDRAWINGS A. The following overall Project Documents, each dated as folloun, form a part ofthe basis for the Contract Documefis: DWG.NUMBER DESCRIPTION DATE ISSTJE NO. ISSTJEDI t I I I I I t I GENERAL G00l G002 G003 G005 ASOOI ASO02 ASO03 R00l R002 RO03 Rl0l Rl02 Rl03 Rt04 Rl05 Rl06 Rl07 Rl08 Rlll Rl 12 0y28tos 0y28t05 0U28t0s 0U28t05 01t03t05 0l/03/05 01t03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0v03/05 0l/03/05 01t03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 01103105 0l/03/05 0u03n5 0l/03/05 l4 l4 l4 l4 5B/6A-10A/l I 58/6A-10A/l I 5B/6A-l0A/l I 58/64-t0A/lt 5B/6A-10A/l I 58/6A-loA/ll 5Bl6A-t0Ntl 58/6A-l0A/l I 58/6A-loA/ll 58/6A-l0A/ll 58/6A-l0A/ll 5B/6A-l0A/ll sB/6A-r0A/l I 5Bl6A-t0Nll 58/6A-l0A/l I 5W6A-I0Nrl 58/6A-loA/t I Cover Indor of Drawings Index of Drawings Index of Drawings General Information Architectural Site Plan - Garage kvel Architectural Site Plan - Plaza Level Architechual Site Plan - Roof kvel Code Analysis & Building Sunnmary Codc Analysis & Building Surnmary Concealed Spaces Desip & Coostsuction Tools Code Refere,nce Plan - Garage Level - Buildings I tbru 4 Code Reference Plan - Garage kvel - Buildings 5 tbru 8 Code Reference Plan - Plaza Level - Buildings I thru 4 Code Refere,nce Plan - Plaza bvel - Buildings 5 thru 8 Code Reference Plan - Upper lcvel - Buildings I thru 4 Code Reference Plan - Upper l*vel - Buildings 5 tbru 8 Code Reference Plan - Roof Level - Buildings I tbnt 4 Code Reference Plan - Rooflevel - Buildings 5 ttru 8 Site Grid Reference PIan - Buildings I thru 4 Site Grid Reference Plan - Buildings 5 thru 8 t I I I I CTVIL SDI c000 c00l c002 c003 c004 c005 c006 Llst of Drawings Survey - Existing Conditions Map Cover Sheet gS5ting Conditions Overall Grading Plan Gradiag aDd Drainage Plan, Buildings I - 4 Grading and Drainage Plan, Buildings 5 - 8 Tunnel Grading and Drainage Plan & Profile - Buildings l-4 Tunnel Grading and Drainage Plan & Profile - Buildines 5-8 01103/05 58/6A-10A/ll 0r/03/05 58 0y03105 58 0l/03/05 58 0l/03/05 580r/t9105 130l/03/05 580l/03/05 58 Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 28 January 2005 00860 - I I Icro07A c0078 c007c c007D c008 c009 c0l0 col I collA c0t2 crot3 c0t4 c0l5 c0t6 c0t'l c0l8 c0l9 c020 cozl c022 co23 c024 MRI MR2 MR3 MXOOI MXOO2 MX003 N,D(0O4 }l4>(004A tl)(005 MXo06 0l/03/05 0U03/05 0l/03/05 0l/19/05 0l/03/05 0t/03/05 0Uo3t05 0ut9t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0t/03105 01/03/05 0t/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0U03t05 0vluos 0Uo3t05 0v03/05 0l/03/05 0ln3n5 07ltuu 07nztw ,'ilt404 09tr0t04 09tt0lo4 09/l0lm w^0t04 wttotv 09notM 09/totu Storm Sewer Profiles Storm Sewer Profiles Stonn Sewer Manhole Details Storrr Sewer Manhole Detaili Pcdestrian Path Profile - Buildings I - 4 Pedc.strian Path Profile - Buildings 5 - I Grading and Drainage Details Grading and Drainage Details Scupper Hole Details Water and Sewer Plan Shallow Utility Plan Water and Sewer Profles Water and Sewer Details Shallow Utility Details Overall Sub-Drain Plan Sub-Drain Plan - Buildings l -3 Sub-Drain Plans - Buildings 4 - 6 Sub-Drain Plans - Buildings 6 - I Roof Drain Plan - Buildings I - 3 Roof Drain Plan - Buildings 4 - 6 Roof Drain Plan - Buildings 6 - 8 Erosion & Sediment Control Plan Marriotr Drive & Ut'rlity Cover Drive & Utility Plans & Profilcs Drive & Utility Details Mass Excavatiou Cover Sheet Mass Excavation Existing Conditions Mass Excavation Plan & Profiles Mass Excavation Plan & Profiles Mass Excavation Plan & Profles Mass Excavation Details Mass Excavation Details 5B 5B 58 l3 5B 5B 5B l3 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B t2 5B 5B 5B 5B I I I I I T I I I OT 0l 0l 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A 5A LANDSCAPE LI I-2 L-3.1 t-3.2 t-3.3 L4 L-5 L5 L-7 L-8 l-9 Laput and Marcrials - Buildings I - 4 Laput and Materials - Buildings 5 - 8 Construction Dctails Comtruction Details Construction Details Plauting Plan - Buildings l -4 Planting Plan - Buildings 5 - 8 Platrtilg Details Irrigation - Buildings l -4 Irrigation - Buildings 5 -8 krigation Details 0t/03/05 01t03t05 0l/03/05 0l/19/05 0l/19/05 0l/03/05 0v19t05 0ilo3lo' 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 5B 5B 5B l3 l3 5B t3 5B 5B 5B 5B I I I I TSTRUCTTJRAL sl.0 sl.0 List of Drawings Maniott Parking Alteration Tunnel - Foundation Dctails and General Notes 07lr5lw 0l 0l/03/05 58 Gore Creek Recidences Tunnel & Residentlal' Vail, Colorado 28 January 2lD5 t I I 00860 - 2 6A 7A 8A 9A l0A ll ll ll 6A 6A 64 T2 l3 7A 7A l3 8A 8A 8A 8A I I I t I I t I I I I T I I I I I I t sl.0l s 1.02 s 1.03 sl.04 st.05 s 1.06 s1.07 s1.08 st.l0 sl.l I sl.12 sl.13 s1.20 s l.2l sl.22 sl.23 s1.30 sl.3t s 1.32 s 1.33 s1.40 sl.4l s1.42 s1.43 s1.50 sl.5t s 1.52 s 1.53 s1.60 sl.6l s1.62 s1.63 s1.70 s t.7l s1.72 st.73 sr.80 sl,81 s1.82 s 1.83 s2.10 s2.l I s2.20 List of Drawings Building I - Foundation Details and General Notos Building 2 - Foundation Details and General Notes Building 3 - Foundation Details and General Notes Building 4 - Foundation Details and General Notes Building 5 - Foundation Deails and General Notes Building 6 - Foundation Details and General Notes Building 7 - Fouudation Details and General Notes Building 8 - Foundation Deails and General Notes Building Building Building Building - Garage Level Foundation & Framing Plan - Main Level Framing Plan - Upper Lovel Framing Plan - Roof Framing Plan Building 2 - Garage Level Foundation & Framing Plan Building 2 - 14u1tt Lv61 preming Plan Building 2 - Upper kvel Framing Plan Building 2 - Roof Framing Plan Building 3 - Garage kvel Foundation & Framing Plan Building 3 - Main l*vel Framing Plan Building 3 - Upper Lrvel Framing Plan Building 3 - Roof Framing Plan Building 4 - Garage Level Foundation & Framing PIan Building 4 - Main bvel Framing Plan Building 4 - Upper Level Framing Plan Building 4 - Roof Framing Plan Building 5 - Garage lael Foundation & Framing Plan Building 5 - Main level Framing Plan Building 5 - Upper Level Frarning Plan Building 5 - Roof Framing Plan Building 6 - Garage Level Foundation & Framing Plan Building 6 - Main Level Framing Plan Building 6 - Upper I-evel Framing Plan Building 6 - RoofFrarning Plan Building ? - Garage lrvel Foundation & Framing Plan Building ? - Main Level Framing Plan Building 7 - Upper kvel Framing Plan Building 7 - Roof Framing Plan Building 8 - Garage Lwel Formdation & Framing Plan Building 8 - Main Irvel Framing Plan Building 8 - Upper bvel Framing Pan Building 8 - Roof Framing Plan Building l&2 Tunnel Foundation Plan Buitding l&2 Tunnel Framing Plan Building 3&4 Tunnel Foundation Plan 0l/03/05 0l/03105 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03i05 0l/03i05 0t/03/05 0l/03/05 01i03/05 01i03/05 01i03/0s 0rlt2l05 0lil9105 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/19/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l /03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 9A 0l/03/05 9A 01/03105 9A 0ut2l0s 12 0l/03/05 l0A 0l/03/05 l0A 0l/03/05 l0A0tlru05 12 0l/03/05 ll0rl03l0s I I 0l/03/05 ll 0l/19/05 13 0r/03/05 ll 0l/03/05 ll 0u03105 I I ovluos 12 0l/03/05 ll 0l/03/05 ll 0l/03i05 ll 0v12lo5 12 01i03/05 58 01i03/05 58 01i03/05 58 Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 28 January 2005 00860 - 3 s2.21 s2.30 s2.3r s2.40 s2.41 s3.0 s3.l s3.2 s3.3 s4.11 s4.12 s4.21 s4.22 s4.31 s4.32 s4.41 s4.42 s4.51 s4.52 s4.61 s4.62 s4.71 s4:72 s4.81 s4.82 Building 3&4 Tunnel Framing Plan Building 5&6 Tunnel Forurdation Plan Building 5&6 Tunnel Framing Plan Building 7&8 Tmnel Foundation Plan Building 7&8 Tunnel Framing Plan Foundation & Framing Details Foundation & Frarning Details Foundation & Framing Details Foundation & Frarning Details Building l- Details Building l- Details Building 2 - Details Building 2 - Details Building 3 - Details Building 3 - Details Building 4 - Details Building 4 - Details Building 5 - Details Building 5 - Details Building 6 - Deails Building 6 - Details Building 7 - Details Building 7 - Details Building 8 - Details Building 8 - Details 0l/03/05 0U03t05 01/03i05 0U03/05 01/03/05 0yo3/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0u03l0s 0l/03/05 otl03t05 0l/03/05 0r/03/05 01103t05 01t03t05 01t03/o5 0Ln2t05 0Uo3/o5 0r/03/05 0U03/05 ol/03t05 0v03t05 01i03/05 0U03t05 0uI2t05 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 6A 6A 7A 7A 8A 8A 9A t2 1l ll I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I T I I I l0A l0A ll ll 1l 12 ARCIIITECTT'RAL A00l A0n.2 A003 A004 4005 A006 A007 .A008 A0ll Al0l ALO? Anl List of Drawings Tunnel Plan - Grids l-10 Tunnel Plan - Grids I l-19 Tunnel Plan - Grids 20-25 Tuonel Plan - Grids 2G35 Tunnel Reflected Ceiling Plan - Grids l-10 Tunnel Reflected Ceiling Plan - Grids 10-19 Tunnel Rcflmted Ceiling Plan - Grids 19-26 Tunnel Reflected Ceiling Plan - Grids 25-36 Enlarged Floor Plans - Tunnel Enlarged Plaza Plan - Buildings I thru 4 Enlarged Plaza Plan - Buildings 5 thru 8 Building I - Garage Level Plan 01/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0vo3l05 0v03/05 0l/03/05 0ll03/05 0v03t05 0t/o3t05 0vL9t05 0Ulu05 0 t/03/0s 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B l3 12 6A Gore Creek Re.ridences Turmel & Residential Vai! Colorado 28 January 2lX)5 00860 - 4 I t I I I I I t I t I I I N I T I I I Att2 All3 Al 14 Al 15 Al 16 Al l7 Atzl Al22 At23 Al24 At25 A126 At27 Al3l Al32 Al33 Al34 Al35 Al36 Al3? Al4l At42 Al43 Al44 Al45 Al46 At47 Al5t Al52 Al53 Al54 At55 Al56 Al57 Al6l At62 A163 Al64 Al65 Al66 At67 AtTl At12 Al73 At74 Al75 At76 At'l7 List of Drawlngs Building Building Building Building Building Building 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0vra05 01i03/05 0t/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0Ul9t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 01103/05 0t/03/05 0t/19/05 0l/03/05 01i03/05 01i03/05 0t/03/05 01i03/05 0l/03/05 0uru05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 01i03/05 01i03/05 01/t2t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 01i03/05 0u03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/19/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0v03t05 I - Main kvel Plan - Upper l,evel Plan - RoofPlan - Garage kvel Reflected Ceiling Plan - Main Level Reflected Ceiling Plan - Upper Level Reflected Ceiling PIan Buildirg 2 - Garage l,evel Plan Building 2 - Main Level Plan Building 2 - Upper Level PIar- Building 2 - RoofPlan Building 2 - Garage kvel Reflected Ceiling PIan Building 2 - Main Level Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 2 - Upper Level Reflectd Ceiling Plan Building 3 - Garage kvel Plan Building 3 - Main l*vel Plan Building 3 - Upper Level Plan Building 3 - Roof Plan Building 3 - Garage Level Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 3 - Main Level Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 3 - Upper l,evel Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 4 - Garage kvel Plan Building 4 - Main level Plan Building 4 - Upper kvel Plan Building4-RoofPlan Building 4 - Garage Level Reflected gsiling Plan Building 4 - Main L,evel Reflected Ceiling Plau Building 4 - Upper Level Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 5 - Garage Level Plan Building 5 - Main level Plan Building 5 - Upper Level Plan Building 5 - RoofPlan Building 5 - Garage Level Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 5 - Main kvel Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 5 - Upper Level Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 6 - Garage Level Plan Building 6 - Main kvel Plan Building 6 - Upper Level Plan Building6-RoofPlan Building 6 - Garage Irvel Reflected Ceiling PIan Building 6 - Main kvel Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 6 - Upper Level Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 7 - Garage Level Plan Building 7 - Main Level Plan Building 7 - Upper Level Plan Building 7 -RoofPlan Building 7 - Garage kvel Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 7 - Main l*vel Reflected Ceiling Plar Building 7 - Upper l,evel Reflected Csiling Plan 6A 6A t2 6A 6A 6A ,IA 7A 7A l3 7A 7A 7A 8A 8A 8A l3 8A 8A 8A 9A 9A 9A t2 9A 9A 9A l0A 10A l0A t2 l0A l0A l0A ll ll il l3 lt ll ll 0l/03/05 l r0l/03/05 l r0l/03/05 il0vla05 L201i03/05 I I0l/03/05 l r0l/03/05 ll Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residendal Vail, Colorado 28 January 2005 00860 - 5 AlSl Al82 Al83 Al84 Al85 Al86 At87 t I I I I I I t I I A20l AJ02 A203 lJ:04 Building 8 - Garage Level Plan Building 8 - Main Level Plan Building 8 - Uppo lwel Plan Building 8 - Roof Plan Building 8 - Garage Irrrel Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 8 - Main Irvel Reflected Ceiling Plan Building 8 - Upper l,evel Reflected Ceiling Plan Tunnel Elevations T\mnel Elevations Trmnel Elevatiorrs Tbmel Elevations 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0Ut2/05 0l/03/05 01/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/o3105 0ll19l05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0r/12t05 0uta05 0Ut2t05 0vtaos o1/o3/05 0vt9t05 0vt9t0s 0t/19/05 0v03105 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0vtu05 0vr2l05 ovra05 ovL2t05 0v03105 01tLu05 0l/03/05 0vI2l05 0vta05 0l/19/05 0vt9l05 ol/L9tos 0ln2t05 ovr2t05 0ln2t05 0llr2l05 0Ut2t05 0vtuos 0vt2t05 0vl2l05 ll u ll 12 ll ll ll 5B l3 5B 5B t2 12 t2 t2 7A l3 l3 l3 8A 8A 8A 8A t2 t2 t2 12 l0A t2 l0A 12 t2 l3 t3 l3 L2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 L2 t2 I I I T I t I 1Jtl A212 Mt3 A2L4 N2l M22 A223 1224 N3l A232 A233 lJ,'34 A24l A242 A243 MU A25l A252 A253 1c54 A26l A,'62 !J,63 A2@ A27l M72 M73 M74 A28l 4282 A283 4284 List of Drawings Building Building Building Building - North Elevation - South Elevation - East Elevation - West Elevation Building 2 - North Elevation Building 2 - South Elevation Building 2 - East Elevation Building 2 - West Elevation Building 3 -North Elevation Building 3 - South Elevation Building 3 - East Elevation Building 3 - West Elevation Building 4 - North Elevation Building 4 - South Elevation Building 4 - East Elwation Building 4 - Wcst Elevation Building 5 - North Elevation Building 5 - South Elevation Building 5 - East Elevation Building 5 - West Elevation Building 6 - North Elevation Building 6 - South Elevation Building 6 - East Elevation Building_6 - West Elevation Building 7 - North Elevation Building 7 - Souih Elevation Building 7 - East Elwation Building 7 - Wcst Elevation Building 8 - North Elevation Building 8 - South Elevation Building 8 - East Elevation Building 8 - West Elevation Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentiel VaiI, Colorado 28 January 2fl)5 I I 00860 - 6 I I I t I I I I I I I I I I T I I I I A30l r'.302 A303 A304 A305 A306 A3ll A3t2 A313 A314 A315 L32l A322 A323 4324 /.325 A33l L332 A333 4334 A335 A336 A34l 4342 A343 A344 A345 A351 A352 4353 4354 A355 A356 A36l 4362 A363 A36/. A365 l\366 L37l A372 4373 4374 A375 A38l L382 List of Drawings Building 2 - Section Building 2 - Section Building 2 - Section Building 2 - Section Building 2 - Section Building 3 - Section Building 3 - Section Building 3 - Section Building 3 - Section Building 3 - Section Building 3 - Section Building 4 - Section Building 4 - Section Building 4 - Section Building 4 - Section Building 4 - Section Building 5 - Section Building 5 - Section Building 5 - Section Building 5 - Section Building 5 - Section Building 5 - Section Building 6 - Section Building 6 - Section Building 6 - Section Building 6 - Section Building 6 - Section Building 6 - Section Building 7 - Section Building 7 - Section Building 7 - Section Building 7 - Section Building 7 - Section Building 8 - Section Building 8 - Section 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B 13 l3 l3 l3 l3 l3 l3 l3 l3 l3 8A l3 t3 t3 t3 l3 l3 l3 l3 13 l3 13 l0A l3 l3 l3 l3 l3 13 l3 l3 l3 IJ 0vL9l05 13 0l/19/05 13 0l/19/05 13 0l/19/05 13 0vl9/05 13 0l/t9i05 13 0tlt9l05 13 Gore Creek Residencts Tunnel & Resldcndal VaiI, Colorado 28 January 2005 Tunnel Sections Tunnel Sections Tunnel Sections Tunnel Sections Tunnel Sections Tunnel Sections Building Building Building Building Buildiag - Section - Section - Section - Section - Section 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0v03t05 0l/03/0s 0l/03/05 0v03l0s ovt9t05 0l/19i05 0l/19/05 01/19/0s 0Ut9/05 0vt9t05 0vr9t0s 0Ut9l0s 0l/19/05 0v19/05 0l/03/05 0l/19/05 0l/19/05 oyt9t05 0yL9l05 0llL9l05 0vt9t05 0l/19/05 0l/19/05 ot/t9105 0l/19i05 0t/19/05 0U03105 0vt9t05 0l/19/05 0l/r9105 oingtos 0vt9l05 0t/19/05 0v'9n5 0vr9l05 0ln9t05 0l/19/05 00860 - 7 I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I T t A383 A384 A385 A386 A40l /.402 A4t I A4L2 A413 A4l4 A4l5 A4l6 A4l7 A4l8 A500 A50l 4502 A503 A504 A505 A506 A507 A508 A509 A5l0 A5ll A5T2 A52l A522 A53l 4532 A533 A534 A535 A536 A537 A55l A552 A553 A60l .{6lt A70l 4702 ATll List of Drawings Building 8 - Section Building 8 - Section Building 8 - Section Building 8 - Section Tunael - Wall Sections Tunnel - Wall Sections Residences - Wall Sections Residences - Wall Sections Residences - Wall Sections Residences - Wall Sections Residences - Wall Sections Residences - Wall Sections Residences - Wall Sections Residences - Wall SectioDs Turmel - Enlarged Details Tunnel - Enlarged Details Tunnel - Eolarged Details Tunnel - Enlarged Detnils Tunnel - Eolarged Details Tlpical Waterproofing Details Tunnel - Waterproofilg Details Tunnel - Waterplsefing Details Tunnel - WaterpP6fing De'tails Tunnel - Waterprcofing Details Tunoel - Waterproofing Daails Resideoces - Waterproofing Details Residences - Waterproofing Details Residences - Enlarged Plms Residences - Eolarged Floor Plans Residences - Enlarged Details Residences - Enlargcd Details Residences - Enlarged Details Residences - Enlarged Details Residences - Enlarged Daails Residences - Enlarged Details Residences - Enlarged Details Tunnel & Residences - Firestopping Details Tunnel & Residences - Firestopping Details Tunnel & Residcnces - Firestopping Details Tunnel - Wall Tlpes Residences - Wall Tlpes Tunnel - Door and Frame Schedule Tunnel - Door Elevations & Details Residences - Door Schedule 0l/19/05 130l/19/05 130l/19/05 t30t/r9l0s 13 0l/03/05 580l/03/05 58 0v03l0s 6A-t0A/l r 0l/03/05 6A-10A/ll 0t/03/05 64'-104/ll 0U03105 64-10A/lI 0l/03/05 6A-10A/ll 0l/03/0s 6A-10A/ll 0l/03/05 6A-10A/ll 0l/03/05 6A-10A/ll 0t/19/05 130l/03/05 580l/03/05 580l/03/05 580l/03/0s 58 0l/03/05 sB/6A-l0A/ll 01/03/05 5B01t03105 580l/03/05 5B0l/03/05 580l/03/05 58 0l/03/05 6A-104/ll 01/03/05 6A-l0A/il 0UrU05 t2 0l/03/05 6A-104/ll 0l/03/05 6A-104/ll 0t/03t05 6A-104/l r 0l/03/05 6A-10A/ll 0l/03/05 6A-10A/ll 01103105 6A-104/ll0rltu05 12 0l/03/05 6A-104/ll 0l/03/05 5B/6A-10A/Il 0l/03/05 sB/6A-l0A/ll 0l/03/05 5B/6A-104/ll 0l/03/05 5B 0l/03/05 6A-104/ll 0u03105 58 0U03105 5B un3n5 6A-10A/ll Gore Creek Rcsidences Ttrnnel & Rosidential Vail Colorado 28 JanuarY 2005 , 00860 - E I ! I I I I t A7t2 A72l A74l A75l 4752 A753 A80l A802 A8l I A812 A90l 4905 Residences - Door Details Tunnel - Room Finish Schedule Tunnel - louver Elevations & Details Residences - Unit A Window Elevations Residences - Unit B Window Elevations Residences - Window Details Tunnel - StairNo.l - Plans & Sections Tunnel - Stair No.2 - Plans & Sections Residences - Stair Plans & Sections Residences - Stair Plans & Sections Dumbwaiter - Plans, Sections, Elevations & Deails Fireplace - Plans, Sections, Elevations & Details 0r/03/05 0r/03/05 0t/03/05 0t/03i05 01/03/05 0t/03/05 0l/03i05 0vl2to5 0v19t05 0ut9t05 0vo3to5 0l/19/05 6A-l0A/l I 5B 5B 6A-l0A/t r 6A-l0A/l l 6A-l0A/l I 5B t2 l3 I3 58/64-l0A/ll l3 I I I I I I I I I I I I MECIIAMCAL M0.l M0.2 M0.3 M03l MI.IA MI.IB Ml.lC MI.ID Ml.llA Mr.llB Ml.llc Ml.llD MI,2A MI2B Ml.2C MI.2D MI,3A MT.3B Ml.3C MI.3D MI,4A MI.4B Ml,4C MI,4D M1.5A' M1.58 List of Drawings Mechanical Notes & Legends Mechanical Schedule - Tunnel Mecbanical Schedule - Resideaccs Mechanical Schedules (Alternate #14) Building I - Crawl Space Mechanical Plan Building I - Garage kvel Mechanical Plan Building I - Plaza Level Mechanical Plan Building I - Upper level Mechanical Plan Building I - Crawl Space Mechanical Plan (Alternato # 14) Building I - Garage kvel Mcchanical Plan (Alternate #14) Building I - Plaza Level Mechanical Plan (Altornate #14) Building I - Upper level Mechanical Plan (Altematg #14) Building 2 - Crawl Space Mechanical Plan Building 2 - Garagc Level Mechanical Plan Building 2 - Plaza Level Mechanical Plan Building 2 - Upper Level Mechanical Plan Building 3 - Crawl Space Mechanical Plan Building 3 - Garage Level Mechanical Plan luilding 3 - Plaza Level Mechanical Plan Building 3 - Lrpper lrvel Mechanical Plan Building 4 - Crawl Spacc Mechanical Plan Building 4 - Garage kvel Mechanical Plan Building 4 - Plaza l*vel Mechanical Plan Building 4 - Upper Lwel Mechanical Plan Building 5 - Crawl Space Mechanical Plan Building 5 - Garage Level Mechanical Plan 0ura05 120l/03/05 5B 0l/03/05 6A-10A/ll0Ut2/05 12 0l/03/05 6A0l/03/0s 6A01/03/05 6A0l/03/05 6A 0vt9l05 130vt9/05 130l/19/05 13 0l/19/05 13 0U03/05 0l/03/05 01/03/05 0l/03/05 0U03t05 AUoBNS 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0Uo3t05 0l/03/05 0r/03/05 0U03105 7A 7A 7A 7A 8A 8A 8A 8A 9A 9A 9A 9A 0l/03/05 l0A 0t/03/05 l0A Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 28 January 2005 00860 - 9 Ml.5C MI,5D MI.6A MI.6B Ml.6C MI.6D MI.7A MI.7B Ml.7C MI.7D MI.8A MI.8B Mt.8C MI.8D M2.l M2.2 M2.3 M2.31 M2.4 M2.41 t42.5 l\tIz.6 M3.l M324 M3.28 M3.2C LA.2D Building 5 - Plaza [rvel Mcchanical Plan Building 5 - Uppcr Level Mechanical Plan Building 6 - Crawl Space Mechanical Plan Building 6 - Garage Lwel Mechanical Plan Building 6 - Plaza Level Mechanical Plan Building 6 - Uppcr Lcvel Mechanical Plan Building 7- Crawl Space Mechaoical Plan Building 7 - Garage l,evel Mechanical Plan Building 7 - Plaza l,evel Mechanical Plan Building 7 - Upper I*vel Mecbanical Plan Building 8 - Crawl Space Mechanical Plan Building 8 - Garage Levcl Mechanical Plan Building 8 - Plaza L,ewl Mcchanical Plan Building 8 - Upper kvel Mechanical Plan Mechanical Details Mechanical Details Residences - Mechanical Details Residences - Mecbanical Details (Alternate #14) Residences - Piping Schcrnatics Residences - Piping Schematics (Altemate #14) Snovmelt Details Alternate No. 8 - Supplemental Heat Site Mechanical Plan Tunnel Mechanical Plan #l Tunnel Detail Mechanical Plan #2 Tunnel Detail Mechanical Plan #3 Tunnel Detail Mcchanical PIan lI4 0r/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0t/03/05 0u03t05 0uo3lo5 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 01103105 01/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 oilta05 0l/03/05 0vru05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0tl03tos 0l/03/05 il ll ll ll tt il il II ll ll ll ll 5B 5B 6A-l0A/l I 12 6A-l0A/t I 12 5B 6A-l0A/l I l0A l0A I ! I I I I I I I t I 5B 5B 5B 5B 5B PLTJMBING PI.IA PI.IB Pl.tc PI.ID PI.2A PI.2B Pl.2C PI.2D PI.3A PI.3B Pl.3C PI.3D PI.4A PI.4B Pt.4C PI.4D LIst of Drawlngs Building Building Building Building 0v03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0t/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0u03t0s 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0u03ns 0l/03/05 - Crawl Space Plumbing Plau - Garage Lcvel Plumbing Plan - Plaza lcvel Ph:mbing Plan - Upper lrvel Plumbing Plar I I I I I t 6A 6A 6A 6.A Building 2 - Crawl Spacc Plumbing Plan Buil<ting 2 - Garage kvel Plumbing Plan Building 2 - Plaza Lcvel Plurnbing Plan Building 2 - t pper Level Plurrbing Plan Building 3 - Crawl Space Plunbing Plan Building 3 - Garage Level Plumbing Plan Buitding 3 - Plaza kvel Phmbing Plan Building 3 - Upper Level Plumbing Plan Building 4 - Crawl Space Plumbing Plan Building 4 - Garage lrvel Plumbing Plan Building 4 - Plaza kvel Plumbing Plan Building 4 - Upper Irvel Plumbing Plan 7A 7A 7A 7A 8A 8A 8A 8A 9A 9A 9A 9A Gore Creek ResHences Tunnel & Residendal Vall, Colorado 28 January 2005 I I 00860 - 10 5B l3 5B l3 I I I I I I I I I I PI.5A PI.5B Pr.5C PI.5D PI,64 PI.68 Pl.6C PI.6D PI.7A PI.7B Pr.7C PI.7D P1.8A PI.8B Pl.8C PI.8D P2.l P2.2 P2.3 P3.24 P3.28 P3.2C P3.2D Building 5 - Crawl Space Plumbing Plan Building 5 - Garage Level Plumbing Plar Building 5 - Plaza lrvel Plumbing Plan Building 5 - Upper Ievel Plumbing Plan Building 6 - Crawl Space Plumbing PIan Building 6 - Garage l,wel Plumbing Plan Building 6 - Plaza L,evel Plumbing Plan Building 6 - Upper kvel Plumbing Plan Building 7 - Crawl Space Plumbing Plan Building 7 - Garage Level Plumbing Plan Building 7 - Plaza Level Plunrbing Plan Building 7 - Upper Lcvel Plumbing Plan Building 8 - Crawl Space Plumbing Plan Building 8 - Garage lrvel Plumbing Plan Building 8 - Plaza l*vel Plurrbing Plan Building 8 - Upper kvel Plumbing Plan Tunnel - Plumbing Details Plumbing Isometrics Residences - Plumbing Details Tunnel Plunbing Plan #l Tunnel Plumbing Plan #2 Tunnel Plumbing Plan #3 Tunnel Plumbing Plan ll4 0v03t05 0l/03/05 0y03t05 0l/03/05 0t103105 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0v03t05 01103105 0U03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0U03t05 0l/03/05 0v03105 0v03105 0v03105 0vt9t05 0t/03/05 0llt9l05 l0A l0A l0A l0A ll ll ll ll ll n ll ll ll il ll ll 5B 64'-l0A/l I 6A'-10A/l t 5B l3 64' 6A 6A 64' l2 t2 t2 8A 8A 8A 8A I I I I I I I I I ELECTRICAL 80.1 FA,2 E0.l E,0.2 Et.l El.2 E0.l l E0.21 El.ll E0.12 F.0.22 El.l2 Et.22 E0.13 E0.23 El.l3 El.23 Llst of Drawlngs Trmnel - Electrical l-egend & Schedules Tunnel - Electrical Singleline & Panelboards Building Building Building Building 0l/03/05 0l^9t05 01t03t05 01t03t05 0l/03/05 0r/03105 0vr2t05 0r/12/05 0tlta05 0U03t05 0l/03/05 01103105 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 01t03105 - Elecrical Legend & Schedules - Elecrical Singleline & Panelboards - Elecnical Power Plans - Electical Lighting Plans Elecrical Legend and Schedules (Altemate #14) Electrical Single Line and Panelboards (Alternate #14) Electrical Power Plans (Altemate #14) Building 2 - Elecbicat Legend & Schedules Building 2 - Elecbical Singleline & Panelboards Buitding 2 - Electrical Power Plans Building 2 - Electrical Lighting Plans Building 3 - Elecrical Legend & Schedules Building 3 - Elecrical Singleline & Schedules Building 3 - Elecfical Power Plans Building 3 - Electrical Lighting Plans 7A 7A 7A 7A Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Resldential' Vail, Colorado 28 January 2005 a 00860 - 11 E0.14 E0.24 Et.14 Et.24 80.15 E;0.25 Et.l5 E1.25 E0.16 E0.26 Et.l6 Et.26 EO.I7 F.0.27 Et.l7 8t.27 E0.18 E0.28 El.l8 E1.28 ESI.I ESl.2 ESI.3 ESI.4 ESI.5 Building 4 - Electrical kgend & Schedules Bu;lding 4 - Electrical Singleline & Schedules Building 4 - Electrical Power Plans Building 4 - Electrical Lighting Plans Building 5 - Electrical kgend & Schedulas Building 5 - Electrical Singleline & Scbedules Building 5 - Elecuical Ponar Plans Building 5 - Electrical Lighting Plaos Building 6 - Electrical kgend & Schedules guilding 5 - Elecrical Singleline & Scbedules Building 6 - Electrical Power Plans Building 6 - Elecrical Lighting Plans Building 7 - Electrical kgeod & Schedules Building 7 - Elecuical Singleline & Schedules Building 7 - Electrical Power Plaos Building 7 - Elecaical Ugbting Plans Building 8 - Electrical I*gend & Schedules Building 8 - Elecrical Sbgleline & Schedules Building 8 - Electrical Power Plans Building I - Electrical Lighting Plans Elecrical Site Plan - Units l&2 Elecnical Site Plan - Units 3&4 Electrical Site PIan - Units 5&6 Electrical Site Plan - Units 7&8 Electrical Site Plan - Landscape 0lto3t05 0l/03/05 ov03t05 0U03t05 0l/03/05 0l/03/0s 0v03l0s 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0v03105 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0t/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03t05 0l/03/05 0l/19/05 0lna05 0vt9t05 0l/19/05 0l/03/05 9A 9A 9A 94' 10A l0A l0A l0A lt ll u ll ll l1ll ll ll ll ll ll I I I I I I I I I I l3 l4 l3 I3 5B FIREALARIW PROTECTION FAOOO FAOOI FAO02 FAOO3 FAOO4 FAOO5 FPOOO FPOOI FPOO2 FPOO3 FPOO4 FAIIO FAIII FAI12 FAI13 FAI14 FAII5 List of Drawings I ITunnel - Firc Alarm Cover Sheet Tunnel - Fire Alarm Grid I through l0 Tunnel - Fire Alann Grid l0 througb 19 Tunnel - Fire Alarm Grid 19 througb 26 Tuonel - Fire Alarm Grid 26 thrcugh 36 Tunnel - Fire Alarm One Line Diagram Tunnel - Fire Protection Cover Shect Tunnel - Fire Protection Grid I through 10 Tunnel - Fire Protection Grid l0 tbrough 19 Tunnel - Fire Protection Grid 19 through 26 Tunnel - Fire Protection Grid 26 through 36 0ula05 0Ul2t05 0ut2t05 0Ut2/05 0vru05 0ur2ns 0Ut2t05 or/1u05 0vl2t05 0Ut2l05 0yl2t05 ol/1z05 0vLa05 0Ur2t05 0vta05 01/lu05 0ln2t05 L2 l2 t2 T2 l2 l2 t2 l2 l2 l2 l2 t2 l2 l2 t2 t2 t2 I I I I I I t Building Building Building Building Building Building - Fire Alarm Cover Sheet - Fire Alarm Garage Level - Fire Alarm Plaza Irvel - Fire Alarm Upper lrvel - Fire Alarm Crawl Space - Fire Alarm One Line Diagram Gore Creek Residences Tlrnnel & Residential VaiI, Colorado 28 January 2005 00860 - t2 I I I I I I I I I I t I t I I I I I I FPI IO FPIII FPI 12 FPI 13 FPI 14 FPI I5 FAI20 FAI2I FAI22 FAI23 FAI24 FAI25 FPl20 FP I2I FPI22 FPI23 FPI24 FPI25 FAI30 FAI3I FAI32 FAI33 FAI34 FAI35 FPI30 FPI3I FPI32 FPI33 FP134 FP I35 FAI40 FA14I FAI42 FAI43 FAI44 FAI45 FPI40 FP14I EPI42 FPI43 Fl44 FPI45 FAI50 FAI5I FAI52 FAI53 FAI54 List of Drawings Building Building Building Building Building Building 0lll2lo5 0Ut2t0s oIta05 0utu05 0vta05 0ula05 0vl2l05 0vt2t05 0l/L2t05 0yta05 0uIa05 0vta05 0vt2t05 0vr2t05 0ltL2t05 ovra05 0llta05 0Ur2t05 0vt2/05 0utu05 0vr2l05 outa05 0uta05 0Lt12t05 0utu05 0vt2t05 ollt2l05 0rlLa05 0vta05 0utuo' 0vt2t05 ovr2t05 0ut2l05 ovtu05 0uta05 0Lll2l05 0vL2to5 0llt2l05 0uta05 0tlt2l05 0vta05 0Ut2lo5 01lry05 0vta05 0vlu05 0rlta05 0ura05 - Fire Protection Cover Sheet - Fire Protection Garage kvel - Fire Protection Plazal-evel - Fire hotection Upper Level - Fire Protection Crawl Space - Fire Protection Attic Space Building 2 - Fire Alarrn Cover Sheet Building 2 - Fire Alarm Garage Lavel Building 2 - Fire Alarm Plaza l.evel Building 2 - Fire Alarm Upper kvel Buildhg 2 - Fire Alarm Crawl Space Building 2 - Fire Alarm One Line Diagram Building 2 - Fire Protectioa Cover Sheet Building 2 - Fire Protection Garage l.evel Building 2 - Fire Protection Pla"a bvel Building 2 - Fire Protection Upper kvel Building 2 - Fire Protection Crawl Space Building 2 - Fire Protection Attic Space Building 3 - Fire Alarm Cover Sheet Building 3 - Fire Alarm Garage Level Building 3 - Fire Alarrn Plaza lrvel Building 3 - Fire Alarrn Upper Level Building 3 - Fire Alarm Crawl Space Building 3 - Fire Alarm One Line Dagram Building 3 - Fire Protection Cover Sheet Building 3 - Fire Protection Garage Level Building 3 - Fire Protection Plaal.rvel Building 3 - Fire Protection Upper kvel Buitding 3 - Fire Protection Crawl Space Building 3 - Fire Protection Attic Space building 4 - Fire Alarm Cover Sheet Building 4 - Fire Alarm Garage Level Building 4 - Fire Alarm Plaza Level Building 4 - Fire Alarm Upper Level Building 4 - Fire Alarm Crawl Space Building 4 - Fire Alarm One Line Diagram Building 4 - Fire Protection Cover Sheet Building 4 - Fire Protection Garage Level Building 4 - Fire Protection PlazaI*vel Building 4 - Fire Protection Upper Level Building 4 - Fire Protection Crawl Space Building 4 - Fire Protection Attic Space Building 5 - Fire Alarm Cover Sheet Building 5 - Fire Alarm Garage Level Building 5 - Fire Alarm Plaza Lrvel Building 5 - Fire Alarm Upper Level Building 5 - Fire Alarm Crawl Space t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 l2 l2 l2 l2 l2 t2 12 l2 l2 l2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 L2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 l2 l2 t2 t2 t2 t2 t2 12 12 t2 t2 Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 28 January 2005 00850 - 13 FAI55 FPI50 FPI5I FPI52 FPI53 rpl54 FPI55 FAl60 FAI6I FAI62 FAI63 FAI64 FAI65 FPI60 FP16I FP162 FP163 FPI64 FPI65 FAITO FAITI FAI72 FAI?3 FAI74 FAI75 FPI?O FPITI FPI72 FPI73 FPI74 FPI75 FAI80 FAISI FAI82 FAI83 FAI84 FAI85 FPI SO FPIS I FPI82 FPI83 FPI84 FPI85 Building 5 - Fire Alarm One Line Diagram Building 5 - Fire Protection Cover Sheet Building 5 - Firc Protection Garage bvel Building 5 - Fire Protection Plaza Level Building 5 - Fire Protection Upper kvel Building 5 - Fire Protection Crawl Space Building 5 - Fire Protection Attic Space Building 6 - Fire Alarm Cover Sheet Building 6 - Fire AJarm Garage Level Building 6- Firc Alarm Plazal-svel Building 6 - Fire Alarm Upper l,evel Building 6 - Fire Alarm Crawl Space Building 6 - Fire Alarm One Line Diagran Building 6 - Fire Protection Cover Sheet Building 6 - Fire Protection Garage lrvel Building 6 - Fire Protection Pla'a Level Building 6 - Fire Protection Upper lwel Building 6 - Fire Protection Crawl Space Building 6 - Fire Protection Attic Space Building 7 - Fire Alarm Cover Sheet Building 7 - Fire Alarm Garage l€vel Building 7 - Fire Alarm Plaza L,evel Building 7 - Fire Alarm Upper bvel Building ? - Fire Alamr Crawl Space Building 7 - Fire Alarm One Line Diagram Buildine 7 - Fire Pmtection Cover Sheet Building 7 - Fire Protection Garage lrvel Building 7 - Fire Protection Plaza Level Building 7 - Fire Protection Uppcr Lwel Building 7 - Firc Protection Crawl Space Building 7 - Fire Protection Anic Space Building 8 - Fire Alarm Cover Sheet Building 8 - Ft€ Alarm Garage l.evel Building I - Fire Alarm Plaza Level Building 8 - Fire Alamt Upper kvel Building 8 - Fire Alarm Crawl Space Buitding 8 - Fire Alarm One Line Diagmm Building 8 - Fire Protection Cover Sheet Building 8 - Fire Protection Garage Level Building 8 - Fire Protection Plaza Level Building 8 - Fire Protection Upper Level Building 8 - Fire Protection Crawl Space Building 8 - Fire Protection Attic Space 0l^2t05 0llt2l05 0ula05 0Ut2t05 0vt2t05 0vru05 ovtu05 0vtu05 0rlru05 0vru05 01il2t05 0vt2t05 0ltL2t05 0vtuos 0vr2t05 0vr2t05 01il2t05 0vI2t05 0vt2t05 0vta05 0vta05 0vtu05 0vLags 0vl2t05 0Ur2t05 0vlu05 0llt2l05 ovta05 0vl2t05 0vl2to5 0rltu05 ovtu05 otlr2l05 0Ul2t05 0vl2t05 0vta05 otllu05 0rlra05 ovt2t05 0vt2t05 0Ut2/05 0Ut2l05 0vra05 t2 l2 l2 t2 12 L2 l2 t2 t2 t2 12 12 T2 t2 12 t2 t2 12 t2 l2 t2 t2 t2 12 t2 t2 12 l2 l2 12' t2 12 12 t2 t2 l2 12 t2 t2 t2 t2 12 t2 t I t I I I I T T I I I I I I I INTERIORS IDl.0l List of Drawlngs lower Level Unit A & B Floor Finish Plan 0l/03/05 64-10A/ll Gore Creek Residenccs Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 28 January 2fi)5 I I I I 00860 - 14 I I I I I t I I IDl.02 IDl.03 ID2.0l rD?.02 ID2.03 IDz.M ID3,0l ID3.02 rD3,03 ID3.04 ID3.05 ID3.06 rD3.07 rD3.08 ID3.09 ID.t.0l rD4.02 rD4.03 rDl.04 Main Level Unit A & B Floor Finish Plan Upper Level Unit A & B Finish Plan Unit A Enlarged Plans Unit A Master Bath Enlarged Plans Unit A Secondary Bath Enlarged Plans Unit B Secondary & Master Bath Enlarged Plans Unit A Elemtions Unit A Kitchen Elevations Unit A Elevations Unit A Master Bath Elevations Unit A Master Bath Elevations Unit A Secondary Bath Elevations Unit A Secondary Bath Elerrations Unit B Secondary Bath Elerrations Unit B Secondary & Master Bath Enlarged Plans Details & Sections Millwork Sections Millwo*Details Millwork Sections 0v03t05 0U03t05 oil12t05 0r/03/05 0l/03/05 01103105 0Ln2l05 0U03t05 0v03t05 0 ti03l05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 01t03t05 0l/03/05 01103105 0v03t05 0lna0s 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 6A-10A/l I 6A-10A/l I t2 6A-10A/l I 6A-104/l I 6A-104/l I 12 6A-l0A/l I 6A-l0Ntl 6A-t0A/l I 64-10A/l I 6A-10A/l I 6A-104/l I 6A-10A/l I 6A.-10A/l I 64-10A/l I t2 6A-10A/l l 6A-10A/l I I I I I I I I I I I I I'PGRADES ul0l ul02 u20l u202 u30l u302 u303 u40l u402 u403 u404 u50l u502 u60l u602 u70l v702 u80l u802 Upgrade - Air Csndiliening and Humidifcation Sptem Upgrade - Air Conditioning and Humidification System Upgradc - Family Room Bar, 4 Bedroom Residence Upgrade - Family Room Bar, 4 Bedroom Residence Upgrade - Family Room Bar, 5 Bedroom Residence Upgrade - Family Room Bar, 5 Bedroom Residence Upgrade - Family Room Bar, 5 Bedroom Residence Upgnde - Home TheaEe, 5 Bedroom Residence Upgrade - Home Theare, 5 Bedroom Residence Upgrade - Home Tteatre, 5 Bedroom Residence Upgrade - Home Theatre, 5 Bedroom Residence Upgrade-HotTub Spa IJpgrade - Hot Tub Spa Upgrade - Kirchen Range Upgrade - Kitchen Range Upgrade - Ice and Snowmelt Sptem Upgrade - Ice and Snowmelt System Upgrade - Master Bath Tub Upgrade - Master Bath Tub 01/03/05 0l/03/05 0t/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0ti03l05 0t/03/05 0l/03/05 0t/03/05 01/03/05 0l/03/05 0l/03/05 0r/03/05 0t/03/05 0l/03/05 01i03/05 0l/03/05 0t/03/05 6A'-104/l I 64.-10A/l I 6A-10A/l I 6A-10A/l I 64-10A/l I 64-104/l I 6A-1oA/ll 6A-t0A/t I 6A-10A/l I 6A-l0A/t I 6A-10A/l I 6A-10A/l I 6A-1oA/t I 6A/-t 0A/l I 6A-10A/l I 64-l0A/l I 6A.-l0A/l I 6A'-10A/l I 6A-10A/l I PART 2PRODUCTS List of Drawings Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail" Colorado 28 January 2005 00860 - rs NotUsed PART3 EXECUIION NotUsed ENDOTSECTION Gore &eek Rccldctrccs Trrnnd & Resldeutial Va[Colorado 28 Janury20lXi LbtofDrawftrys 00860 - 16 I I sEcTroN 00901 ADDENDTJMNO. 1 I PARTT GENERAL t r.0l DEscRrPrroN A. General: Except as may be otherwise described, the materials and workmanship for the Work hereinafler specifed sball mmply with the requiremeats of the Contract Documents. I I.O2 PERTAININC TO TI{E TTJNNEL SPECIFICATIONS I A. Section 0fi)05 - Table of Conletrtst ltrdicated revised Specification Sections for issue under Issue No. 12,dated0l/12105. I B. Section 00860 - List of Drawings: Indicated rwised Drawings for issue under Issue No. 12, datedI 0vt2t05. I C. Section fi)901 - Addendum No. l: Indicated revisions to Drawings and Specifications from t Previous Issrrc' D- Section 01030 - Altemates: Added Altemates No. 13 and 14.II E. Section I t 150 - Parking Control Equipme : Added entire Specification Section. I F. Section 15300 - Automatic Spririkler and Standpipe Sptems: Added entire Specifrcarion Section. - G. Section 16721 - Fire Alarm System: Added entire Specification Section. I 1.03 pERTAININcToTHERESIDENTIALSpEcIFICATToNSt A. Section fi)005 - Table ofContents: Indicated revised Specification Sectiom for issue under Issue No. 12,dated0l/12105. I B. Section 00860 - Ust of Drawings: Indicated revised Drawings for issue under Issue No. 12, dated 0lll2t0s. r C. Section fi)901 - Mdendum No. l: Indicated revisions to Drawings and Specifcations &om -. Previous Issue. I D. Section 01030 - Alternates: Added Altemates No. 13 and 14. I E. Section 10305 - Fireplaces and Flues: Clarified reference to Interiors documens for fireplace and I firebox information. . F. Section 15300 - Automatic SprinHer and Standpipe Sptems: Added entire Specification Section. I G. Section 1672 I - Fire Alann Sptem: Added entire Specification Section. I H. Section "Interior Specifications" I l. Specification Sheet A-l l: Revised dimensions for Unit A, Lower Family Roorr, firebox. I AddendumNo. I 00901 - I Gore CreekResidmces Tunnel & Residential Vail Colorado I . i 12 JanuarY 2005 ,I 2.Specification Sheet A- I 6: Added sheet for Unit A, Upper Living Room" and both Unit B, fireplaces. Specification Sheet A-17: Added sheet for Unit A, Upper Living RoosL and both Unit B, firebox log sets. Specification Sheet M4: Rwised profile for staircase balusters. Spccification Sheet M-5: Ad&d sheet for Unit d Upper Living Room, and both Unit B, fireplace doon. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.04 PERTAINING TO TI{E DRAWINGS 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 12. 13. A.General Drawings: l. Sheets G00l tbrough G003: Indicated revised sheets for issue under Issrr No. 12, dated 0uta05. Civil Drawings:B. c.Structural Drawings: Sheet C(D0: Revised subdrain relative to Building 8 foundation. t. 2. 3. 4. 5. D,Architectural Drawings: Sheet Sl.l3: a. Revised to show new chimney location b. Addcd "Section 3" to detail chinney cap connection. She€t 51.43: Revised to show new chimney location. Sheet 31.53: Revised to show new chimney location. Sheet 51.63: Revised to show new chimney location. Sheet S1.73: a. Revised to show new chimney locations. b. Revised "Section l" to reflect Faming at new chinney location. Sheet 31.83: Revised to show new chimney location Sheet 54.42: Revised "Section 9" to reflect framing at new chimney location Sheet 34.82: Revised "Section 9" to reflect framing at new chimney location. Sheet Al0l: Revised debil reference "F/A509" at mechanical well. Sheet Al02: Ad&d deail reference "F/A509 Sim" at mecbanical well. . Sheet Al 14: Revis€d Utrit B Chimney location. Sheet Al44: Ret ised Udt B Chimney location Sheet Al54: Revised Unit B Chimney location. Sheet Al54: Revised west Unit A Chimney location. Sheet Al74: Revised both Unit B Chimney locations. She€t Al84: Revised Unit A and Unit B Chimney locations. Sheet A202: Added card reader / kelpad post note for garage door entry. Sheet A2l I : Revised Unit B Chirmey location. Sheet 4212: a. Revised Unit B Chimney location. b. Add€d detail reference at Unit B french balcony. Sbeet A2l3: Revisod Unit B Chimney location Sbeet A2l4: Revised Unit B Chimrrcy location. Gore Creek Recidences Tunnel & Residential Vail" Colorado 12 Januery 2lX)5 Addendum No. I 00901 - 2 t7. t8. 19. 20. 21. 22. )a 24. 25. 26- )1 28. 29. 30. l. 2. 3. 4. 5. I t I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I 14. 15. 16. Strcet M22: Added detail reference at Unit B french balcony. Sheet A24l : Revised Unit B Chinrney location. SheetlJ42:. a. Revised Unit B Chimney location. b. Added detail refererrce at Unit B french balcony. Sheet A243: Revised Unit B Chirmey location. Sheet A244: Revised Unit B Chirmey location. Sheet 4252: Added delail reference at Unit B french balcony. Sheet A254: Revised Unit B Chimney location. Sheet A26l : Revised west Unit A Chinney location. Sheet 4262: Itevised west Unit A Chirnney location. Sheet 4263: Revised west Unit A Chimney location. Sheet 4264: Revised west Unit A Chirmey location. Sheet A271: Revised to show (l) combined chimney location split into (2) separab chimney locations. Sheet A272: a. Revised to show (l) combined chimney location split into (2) separate chimney locatiors. b. Added deail reference at UnitB french balcony Sheet A273: Revised to show (l) combined chirnney location split into (2) separate chimney locations. Sheet A274: Revised to show (l) combined shimney location split into (2) separate chimney locations. Sheet A28l: Revised Unit A and Unit B Chirnney locations. Sheet 4282: a. Revised Unit A aEd Unit B Chimney locations. b. Added detail reference at Unit B french balcony. Sheet A283: Revised Unit A and Unit B Chimney locations. Sheet A284: Revised Unit A aud Unit B Chimney locations. Sheet A52l: Added new ftench balcony details 6 & 7. Sheet A536: Revised detail 5 to show building 7 similar chimney condition. SheetA802: a. Added detail reference E/A507 to Stair 2 - Transverse Section. b. Added detail reference E/A507 to Stair 2 Plan - Plaza l,evel. Sheet A8 I l: a. Added notes referencing interior drawings and specifications. b. Miscellaneous detail and note clarifications and revisiorx. Sheet A812: a. Added notes referencing interior drawings and specifications. b. Miscellaneous detail and note clarifications and revisions. c. Added new section detail 5. Sheet A905: Mscellaneous detail. note ard dimension clarifications and revisions. 31. 32. JJ. 34. 35. 36. 37. E.Mechanical Drawings: F. Sheet M0.l: Reissued existing sheet for information relative to Altemate #14. Sheet M0.31: Added new sheet delineating Alternate #14. Ml.llA throughMl.l lD: Added new sbeets delineating Alternate #14. M2.31: Added new sheet delineating Alternate #14. M2.41: Added new sheet delineating Alternatc #14. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail Colorado 12 January 2005 Addendnm No. I Electrical Drawings: 00901 - 3 II I. SheetEO.ll: Added new sheet delineating Alternate #14. I2. SheetE0.2l: Addeil new sheet delineating Alternate #t4. t 3. Sheet El.I l: Added new sheet delineating Altemate #14. 4. Sheet ESl.4: Added traffic detection loops. I G. Fire Alarm / Fire Protection: I l. FA000througbFA005: AddedTunnelFireAlarmdrawings I2. FP000throughFP005: AddedTirnaelFireProtectiondrawings. I 3- FAI l0 through FAI 15: Added Building I Fire Alarm drawings. 4. FPll0througbFPll5: AddedBuilding I FireProtectiondrawings. I5. FAl20throughFAl25: AddcdBuilding2FireAlarmdrawings. I6. FPl20 tbrough FPl25: Added Building 2 Fire Protection drawings. 7. FAl30throughFAl35: AddedBuilding3FireAlarmdrawines. r8. FPl30tbroughFPl35: AddcdBuilding3FireProtectiondrawings. I9. FAl40 lhrough FAl45: Added Building 4 Firc Alarm drawings. I 10. FPl40 tbrougb FPl45: Added Building 4 Fire Protection drawings. ll. FAlsOthroughFAl55: AddedBuilding5FireAlarmdrawings. I12. FPl50througbFPl55: AddedBuilding5FireProtectiondrawings, t13. FAl60throughFAl65: AddedBuilding6FireAlarmdrawings. 14. FPl60throughFPl65: AddcdBuilding6FireProtectiondrawings. r15. FAlTOthrorghFAIT5: AddedBuildingTFircAlarmdrawings. I16. FPlT0throughFPl?S: AddcdBuitdinglFirefroectiondrawings. I 17. FAI 80 through FAl85: Added Building 8 Fire Alamr drawings. 18. FPlS0throughFPl85: AddcdBuildingSFireProtectiondrawings. ITH. Interiors: l. ID2.OI: Modified firebox eize. I 2. ID3.0l: Revised fireplace elevations and dimcrxions. I 3. rD4.02: a. Added dctail'"711D4.02'. Ib. Modified detail "6/ID,1.02" showing new firebox dimmions and hearth placement. f PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXDCUTION Not Used ENDOFADDENDIIM 0090r - 4 ) Gore Creek Residences ITunnel & Residmtia! I I I I I I Vail, Colorado 12 January 2005 ,l Addmdun No, I I I t T I I I t T I I I I I I t I I T SECTION 00902 ADDENDUMNO.2 PARTI GENERAL I.OI DESCRIPTION A. General: Except as may be otherwise described, the materials and worlcnanship for the Wort hereinafter specified shall comply with lhe requirements of the Contract Documents. I.O2 PERTAININGTOTHETUNNELSPECIFICATIONS A- Section 00005 - Table of Contents: Indicated revised Specification Sections for issue under Issue No. 13,dated0l/t9l05. B. Section 00860 - List of Drawings: Indicated revised Drawings for issue under Issue No. 13, dated 0lll9l0s. C. Section fi)902 - Adderdum No. 2: Indicated revisions to Drawings and Specifcations fiom previous Issue. D. Section 01030 - Altemates: Added Alternates No. 15 and 16. E. Section 02515 - CoDcrete Unit Pavers: Clarified description and thickness ofconcrete unit pavers in paragrapb 2.01-A. F. Section 025 16 - Flagstone: Revised paragraph 2.02 from "Bedding Sand" to "Mortat'' set. G. Section 07510 - Hot Fluid-Applied Fabric Reinforced Waterproofing: Revised drain tpe in paragraph 2.03-I to "AynZ-107-C". I.O3 PERTAINING TO THE RESIDENTIAL SPECIFICATIONS A. Section 00005 - Table of Contents: Indicated revised Specification Sections for issue under Issue No. 13, dated 0l/19/05. B. Section fi)860 - List of Drawings: Indicated revised Drawings for issue under Issue No. 13, dated 0l/t9105. C. Section 00902 - Addendum No. 2: Indicated revisions to Drawings and Specifications fom previous Issue. D. Section 01030 - Altemates; Added Alteiaates No. 15 and 16. I.O4 PERTAININGTOTHEDRAWINGS A General Drawings: l. Cover Sheet Provided new covcr sheet indicating Addendum No. 2, Issue No. 13, dated 0ll19los. 2. Sheets G00l tluough G003: Indicated rcvised sheets for issue under Issue No. 13, dated 0l/19/05. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Veil, Coloredo !9 Jenuery 2005 Addendum No.2 00902 - I B.Civil Drawings: c.landscape Drawings: D.Structural Drawings: E.Architec tural Drawings: Sheet 51.20: Revised/reissued duc to printing error. Shea 31.23: Revised chimrey location. Sheet S 1.63: Revised chimney location, L 2. J. Sheet Cfi)4: a. Revised finished grades above westerly mechanical room due to top of pr€cast slab elevations- b. Revised two subsurfrce drains to area draim (change cover to gratQ. Sheet Cfi)7D: a. Added manhole penetration in MH #15 for roof drains coming from urcchanicaUplumbing plan. b. Refen€d to Mechanical plans for rmf draim at MH #9. Sheet COl l: a. Deleted highdensity foarn (in place of compact€d subgrade) from "Snowmclted Paver Section Detail - Pedestrian Path / Emergency Access". b. Added 'Alternate #15 - Snonmelted Paver Section Detail - Pedeshian Path / Errergency Access" detail. c. Added t' clayey backfll to boulder wall detail. I I I I III II I I t I I I I I I I I I l. 2. J. t. a 3. Sheet I3-2: Added "Refer to Civil" note clarifring location of Pedestian Path detailing. Sheet I3.3: Added "Refer to Civil" note clarifring location ofPedestian Path detailing. Sheet [J: Revised planting area at Project €ntry sign - west Tumel enfyway. 15. 16. Shect Al0l: Added Section indicators at tpical Residcntial Unit walkways referencing details on new sbeet A500. Sheet Al24: Revised chimney location Sbeet Al34: Added dimensions at c;hirnney locations. Sbeet A164: Revised chimney location Sbe€t A202: Added recessed signage niche at west elevation adjacent to Tunnel entry. Slrc*l A2!22: Rwised chirmey locatiorr. Sheet 4223: Revised chimney location Sheet A224: Revised chirnncy locati6n Sheet 4262: Revised chimncy location Sheet 4263: Revised chimrey location. She€t A264: Revised chinney location Sbeet A3l l: Revised chirnney location. Sheet A312: a. Revised chirrmey location. b. Conected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet ,A3l3: a. Revised chimney location. b. Added nore "Re: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sheet A3l4: Revised chimney location. Sheet A315: Gore Creek Residences Tunnd & Residential Vail, Colorado 19 January 2005 'l Addendum No 2 00m2-2 I I I I I T I I t I I I I T t I I I I t7. 18. a. Revised chimney location and detail reference. b. Conected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A32l: Revised chimney location. Sheet 4322: a. Revised chimney location. b. Deleted indication of pony wall in crawl space. Shest A323: a. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. b. Added note 'Re: Stair Detail" reference. c, Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sheet A324: Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A325: Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A332: a. Revised chimney location. b. Added note'T.e: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sheet A333: Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space- Sheet 4334: a. Added note "Re: Fire Protection of Corrcealed Space". b. Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A335: a. Added note "Re: Stair Detail" reference. b. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sheet A336: a. Added note "Re: Stair Detail" reference. b.' Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. SbeetASl: a. Revised chimney location. b. Added note "Re: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sbeet A342: a. Revised chimney location. b. Added note"Re: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted hdication of pony vrall in crawl space. Sheet A343: a. Minor correction of chirnney position. b. Added note "Re: Fire Protection ofConcealed Space". c. Revised note'R.e: Clrimney in Foreground", instead ofbeyond. d. Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A344: a, Added note "Re: Fit€ Protection ofConcealed Space". b. Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A345: a. Added note "Re: Fire Protection ofConcealed Space'. b. Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl sPace. SheetA35l: a" Revised chimney location. b. Addednote "Re: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sheet A353: a. Revised chimney location.b. Added note "Re: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sheet 4354: t9. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 27. 29- 31. 33. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vait Colorado 19 January 2005 Addend mNo.2 34. 00902 - 3 35. 36. 31. a. Added rrcte "Re: Fire Protection ofConcealed Space". b. Coin:cted pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A355: a. Added note "Re: Fire Pmtection of Concealed Space". b. Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A356: a. Added note "Re: Fire Prorcction ofConcealed'Space". b. Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl spaca Sheet 436l: a. Revised chimney location. b. Added note "Re: Stair Detaif' reference. c. Delebd indication of pony wall in crawl space. Sheet 4362: Revised chimney location. Sheet A363: a. Revised chimney location. b. Added note "Re: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sheet A364: a. Revised chimney location and detail reftrence. b. Corrected pony wall and fmting locatiors in crawl space. Sheet A365: a. Revised chimney location. b. Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A366: Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. Sheet A37l: a. Rcvised chimney location. Shect A372: a. Revised chimney location. b. Added note "Re: Sair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication ofpony wal! in crawl space. Shcet A373: a. Revised chimney location. b. Added note "Re: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sheet A374: a. Revised chirnney location. b. Conected pony uall and foodng locations in crawl space. c. Added note "Re: Fire Protection ofConcealed Space". Sheet A375: a. Revised chimney location. b. Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl sp:ice. Sheet A38l : Rwised chfumey location. Sheet 4382: a. Revised chimney location, b. Added note "Re: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication of pony wall in crawl space- Sheet A383: Revised chimney location. Sheet 4384: a. Revised chimney location. b. Added note "Re: Stair Detail" reference. c. Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. Sheet 4385: a. Revised chirnney location b. Conected pony wall and footing locatioos in crawl space. I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I t I 3E. 39. 4t. 42. 43. 44. 45. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. Gore Creek Rcsidences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado f9 JanuarY 2005 Addendum No. 2 52. 00m2- 4 F. I I I I I I I I t I I T I I I I I 53. SheetA386: a. Revised chirnney location. b. Corrected pony wall and footing locations in crawl space. 54- SheetA500: a. Added new sheet detailing typical Residential Unit walkways. b. Added Plan and Section 5 & 4lA5O0 - 'Altemate #16 - Snowmelted Flagstone . Paveme,nt Plan & Section". 55. Sheet A8 I l: Deleted indication of pony wall in crawl space. 56. Sheet A812: Deleted indication ofpony wall in crawl space. 57. Sheet A905: Added miscellaneous notes of clarification -'Re: Fireplace and Chimney". Mechanical Drawings: l. Ml.l lA: Revised ductwork for forced air desiga in Crawlspace Level - Mechanical Plan 2. Ml. I lB: Revised plan to remove ductwork from ceiling space. 3. Ml.llC: Revised plan to remove ductwork Aom ceiling sPace - floor registers in €ntryway, kiochen ductwork relocat€d to soffiL 4 M t . I I D: Revised plan and relocated supply registers - supply in restsoorn under cabinet in toe kick Plurnbing Drawings: l. Sheet P3,2B: Extended storm piping to connect to manhole M-15; refer Civil drawings for continuation. 2. Sheet P3.2D: Extended storm piping to coDnect to manhole M-9; refer to Civil drawings for continuation. Electical Drawings: I . Sheet E0.2: Provide (8) 20A 2P GFCI circuit breakers for heat trace to roof drains. Use space available in panels HP2 & HP3. 2. SheetESl.l: a. Building # l: Provide 208v connection for heat trace; circuit back to panel HP3-34, 36. Coordinate location with piping. b. Building #2: Provide 208v connection for heat eace; circuit back to panel HP3-38, 40. Coordinate location with piping. 3. Sheet ESl.2: a. Building #3: Provide 208v connection for heat trace; circuit back to panel HP3-37, 39. Coordinate location widr piping. b. Building ll4: Provide 208v bonnection for heat trace; circuit back to panel I{P2-2 l, 23. Coordinate location with piping. 4. SheetESl.3:a. Building #5: Provide 208v connection for heat trace; circuit back to panel HP2-25, 27. Coordinate location with piping. b. Building #6: Provide 208v cormection for heat trace; circuit back to parcl HP222, 24. Coordinate location with piping. 5. . SheetESl.4: a. Building #7: Provide 208v connection for heat tace; cfucuit back to panel HP2-26, 28. Coordinate location with piping b. Building #8: Providc 208v corurection for heat hace; circuit back to panel HP2-30' 32. Coordinate location with piping. 00902 - s Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado l9 JanuarY 2005 I l' Addendum No.2 PART2 PRODUCTS NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION NotUsed ENDOFADDENDTJM Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Resldentlal Veil, Colorado 19 Janrury2lX)5 Addendunr No. 2 00902 - 5 t I I SECTION 00903 ADDEI{DTMNO.3 ..j PART 1 GENERAL I l.0l DESCRIPTIoN - A, General Except as may be otherwise described, the materials and workrranship for the Wod< I hereinafter specified sball comply with tbe requirements of the Contract Docum€ots.tl - I.O2 PERTAINING TO THE TI'NNEL SPECIFICATIONS I A. Section 00005 - Table of Contents: Indicated revised Specification Sections for issue under Issue No. 14, dated 01128105. I B. Section ffi860 - List of Drawings: Indicated revised Drawings for issue under Issue No. 14, dateda 0v28t0s, I C. Section 00903 - Addendum No. 3: lndicated revisions to Drawings and Specifications from J Previous Issue. ,I\ I.O3 PERTAINING TO THE RESIDENTIAL SPECIFICATIONS I A. Section 00005 - Table of Contenr: Indicated revised Specification Sections for issue under Issue /:> No. 14, dated 0lnv05. I B. Section 00860 - List of Drawings: Indicatcd revised Drawings for iszue under Issue No. 14, dated olt2&tos. al\ f C. Section 00903 - Addendum No. 3: Indicated revisions to Drawings and Specifications fromI previous Issue. I r.o4 PERTATNTNGToTTTEDRAwTNGs,IV A. General Drawings: I L Cover Sheeg Provided new cover sheet indicating Addendum No. 3, Issue No. 14, datcdI or2lros. 2. Sheets G00l tbrough G003: Indicated revised sheefs for issue under Issue No. 14, datedI ortz8tos. I B. Electrical Drawings: L ' i:ftT"'3;*l,ff"I1f;ll;ifr:T3ffifrffx:1"ffi'ffiin'TtlH* locatioarl 2. Residential Buildings I through 8 (Typical) - Not shown graphically, but to be includedrtI in tbe Project: a. Provide arch frult circuit breakers on all Bedroom circuits. n b. Provide GFCI circuit breakers for the gutter beat trace. I, c. Provide GFCI circuit breakers for the spa equipmeot I AddendumNo.3 I Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado . 28 January 2005 00903 - 1 C, NOTE: Hard copn record drawings (as noted above) are being issued in l1 x 17 format for Addendum No. 3. Future Issues will include these drawiags as fi:lI-sized sheets. I.O5 PERTAINING TOBIDDERQT,'ESTIONSANDANSWERS A. Question Sct No. I & 2: l. Refer to attached 'Question Sct No. I & 2", dated 2E January 2005, for questiors posed by various Bidders, and for the aDsw€rs prcvidcd by the General Contraotor and/or DesipTcam. PART2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART3 EXECT'TTON Not Used M{I}OFADDENDUM Gore Creek Resldencec Ttnnel & Resldenthl Vail, Colorado 2E JanuarY 20rQl I I I I I I I I I l t I I t n I I I Addendurn No. 3 00903 - 2 oo(! o o Eg (|,E o ro o, tDo o'o oco cr o o c)o9(,,:iOY odg P&€; E5996E9= SF P5*Po9 RE6eEE P€ =B9-; .b .-e,EE T' CD €E !g#8 =9o- .=t|,c(t 4O Fots5}E(!ct .>o (,tl, (l, oC EEo o o E lD o 3o qt 0 i6 o- (D lt, o-c oo 0t-I |oE .! foqt cg o o'oo (E .9at- anc .c(tl q, tt 0)o. (l, Eo I E 0)E o .l,q)Ef€; .g: 5t -t(!-' tD @o !DgE(o o.=>o9a -=3cootG'ii v,0rx 6og; 6.9l)6q)>cq)Fd qrE =8E0, 8gr Y}drJ<t (D c -ar. aido!=3o<06sd${ Eot o otto(!o q) o c, o (|) o q, (! c ooo o-!, d oo (lt G,E.!o q)oo o -coo t o .l, o q) 6(D oi o \ sgsi€ocvDgiE o -!q t gsE ggE r=** fi E6E>=R s€sd6: :E$oEpt"bB E^- =(o: e**6 i-g.9ptr #E$ E b$ o)o- o o rt =oooo 'o q) d)Ei 3oI oc ot o o -g(l, (!o \f o -9 0t ot:0,oo o oo(, oq, c| b c -c9f'F EER65t'g9o(gb> !Cgo 3E-'o.gE Egut !l G: (\l=p,:F3 +q4;(., fo9os€P b6 sJz!go;eo- Ee'c> 9c!.0);t .egp@ -cutl o o,lf o o .9 o. o.o(oqr o o 'op E (! I o (u o co .2 8e38669o gE b6(DCgE EEIteP.u8> .cl9o 8E =oto o)o=cDg =3Eocg Fao.ogc'ir e6 SE6qc5 Igao9lrra(! {cs; N-8 (\x -cto IE @ :f Yo L) .g<, 'd, .9 llt oE c o o d,It -o tt, o c)Co o o (u o o (! 3 c*o o 4to .c. o ot) ooo. 4,, o E o qt 3 rj c)o ID .9 oxc, IDE c,o o o (|, otEq) cv € z: 8=UJ:z; <Idt @ I I t I I I t t I I I t T t I I t T I E-g9ci( T ER6iF g$EE F hEh=ts>ur=>..f,+=gJ(J(J'FEEO <o.<()o I T I t I I I I I I l t t t I t l I I o3 E c -9oq)5o oo q) ao o a c B(o q) Cto o o (|.t o (!(,IE()oo,o C' 3o -o o (! <)tl, q,E =3o o = oo 'a, F(oo Eocto (|) oo o s9 co\E!t qtc:-e56E<b -\ogz 2,i<tsOEw=G|i:\t it N o).o o { E c) !E (o c{ o-oo .12 -oo6 cD 'x q) .c. q) q) ] .C (o o) (o .!s ':':o oo i+ 6L> o o c'a Ec o'Eoo oi;': e e€E EgE ;iso6ooEorq 5Ehd2E.E;g e $gs Ef5€ €$€; €f;-sC;:-3€ gg 6l !EE;36!2o $s$E o Eo d) E IDo o tD o o) 'aoo ,u (D Eo.: oEai dt .g!E.9 Es';o>c EE >,o| Eb{)E EC d8 o € _o .E, c E .g '-g3 9a =Fe36xh9 o< =(O9x;:(oFE-=c3SnB6 EC .o (r, ;0t;.oE'E EE]oL€ =1, .9 .C t*tDolEPE<EoP Rer q, (! .9 ooo (g q, -oI'uoq) E 0)oo otg (tto f!oc.a.a.oc-o9utE P.g !+q 9.F 5E .:8 CF:s)(s(Do€ : catr= O':BPbtc.cx'6 rEn€E Eg=r 8560.! =()(uE* HE>A €E g =(to6i oE6bPEi E;g $eE:OEi*c EEg eE$ efig e $eEtE E.'g'E.aE {rs g 'Hg* Ei€E o (1, o !o'5 co E tDIJ '6 o _lt, (o 3so* oo o Eo .E(! o o -,ooo Ia .! _o (!6g-c'ii>:: igiEiiEg$ o (|) o ooItIeoo o-oo 6 =tD '6 o tt to t! oo o a o m-ffiE m' (tc (o oc o^ =J'EO 'Ego, o m. l\'c (!|tt o a (,ooo ffis (D :t otE .oo otco(LoF (t, l q, (\t G' r't'a o-o o o 6 oot o c, o& '6 (t, ()q Ef o o =E (g 3(|,o an g o*E s.fi9oEgat,t b (D o (! Csoo oEct=6z m" @ o,o I z: 8:uJ:z; {:di.& H8ER T Esi ?-;q 8$e5 rFt EEEHEaO<a<oo o!oc o tio c, o .2:o (, o a oQE CJ E() o o -!2 ()c o 'tr o dr .ci .12 OF,:6tap'tt =*;€.='6R PEF(! g: ats>ooxx.qr+- o ll E '= It o o q) o o e oo = f.i;- EOoO-Ev 65 ;8 al6ts E.EEg =e:-a q., o) aCY'6AE()0, FE5q€; #'=eso'tbo€9 ES'=E llr ol}E6.oc, E6?iIDil.2 l.:;oa)36e:< itiocXE\E o q) (noq) (r, o 6(u (o q) (o;o () () oo c) --() iD 3b q) 6 q, o o,q)o 0) .9 (E' @.opt -c (!]savrdo- -L c) Ef'= bbiFv)o {oo=N€ .oo o^;9 69awto-cLOtorlh8 e2+:.:: F :=^ =66 gii -cE6(go.v'g: -o(! 9H .9 oc.Y=ttt -s,Ex9 Go ?5O='i3 (l oaE9E>€ :!cq'isg -.o.,.:Jadt'oq) g;; P;9:FEFE q BE Fg EE:dSEgi 9€ +e gsF€ -ccQ)xoooEi5=:696 F.E gg a8.s E $EE-g EE$i iE#€E8.:iEE Ffig$€ EgIEE >'E _ i= dtEFEs: ;e+ei SaHre *e=ga o E ID ID .9('o o CI (D o) E E 3EoI E o o3 o c) (lt ({ :lt ,o q o (u 3 (! rl) c)v, otu,tr o !t u $ d ila IEPu, fl; t{E f,atc)leEt> U(D!t-c fi;E: $E flE fl.: gE H} $€ n: IE H:I6 {e {E ;:t dt!-o5a, 33 fr= 5 Eb 6g o-E'6>ch 6.8 o!gq) *; E't =s+c) PPo(,o)p 6l! =o69. 6b 6€ -o. op9e;E= ESoo i-E i6aDrEqo -zo=-EOoPf; I ooa GII to! s<(o (D.c (uot lD3 O diD .9 o a o3 E^.O-U'o)-- EEthgP .sd'85 ts(,3 EE co €E EEF() oolCo at, q, o c, 0) lDE q) :'odt L'ot.4 .E <t ol 'l: lo tt(u tt, ot 3lD o q) oo o o () oo (D .9o <.i t- clio E Ipao oiJ q, o dt q) F rtt e =(t t! oo o o a c o o (l'(|l (! 519co >(! EO.o o () o ct o o oo co II (J6oo E C| c) g ooEq, =q) E3o Q o @ G =c) () q) o (-) CD€o.oo ac(! J 6 Boo ; o .9 o o o 3o = g, (o oo6 {, E o q, '= g .g (u .9 q) o i-.' .= v,qo =(,JO @an o c (0 €Loo U'Fo= e2 N t t |r)@ i-@ I I T I ) t I t T 1 I T t l I I I I I z: 8lfi:z; <:d;. G- !go. i(T isi6 '-FPoP 5 s$pE F HE6 55fEEdo<o-<()o () q:la!odR T EFi6 --P .E$EE Fhfb SsfEEdo<r<oo E= te E:ieEE€ g Ee gt #aie:*aE(ogqtc3 3;;ggEE EESE IE EE EiIE €EE;" EE;'E;FIi* *:EFg ffEEis€* $eFg+ Og g(D 8.3dF 5e lE o) 'a orF.9E>o)o=tt, 6:in-ti!oo9.E ifiE :F€ET; EEEF5= EfiEcab $sE.g(!> :e3 E o..c> 6-g sE l' oc o o L o J C' d)=Eoo !) o ct)c o-c.3 fEE f;;; EEF E.gt 5 EB sEB E 88 ll.0q, (trooP6= Q=ippF;6tb E-TESaER4E."gn [5E E*f giF?Hq3 8€ sE Fesgs Ct) d's € sE sfi$ sE€ Hg€ Es€s g.; * fiE I t I t I I t I t t I I I I I T I T I t I I ! I T I Epo. ii E ssio- ;F9C)9 5 8$EE F riFb HEEEgtso<o-<(Jo t I I I I I I I I I T t rggg;gigi gEigiiiEF ggFEgFEEi EgagiE;gi' EEo(t Bat!.o EE Pg ^.ise IE E iqJ .c9la !Cr) oF do;E39E c.!f(! --o(J*e9 E€ e:.leA ;E I,tP F,EF;d:'o)> EEE ; ID rl)p oO o E -9 g, =3 E (tt |l) o q, (! c)N oc(5a o o foEo oo .9o tc (o 'col ID a) Eq) .o oooeq, -g 0, F (u oo .9 o C' o)i (!o'- F=E 9s 9tD:Ecq)oq)g,,9C>€b E--o;oo ss'< -=b*V'EgEG'9eEi; E iDE- io :!9y,3 E=90gu, -ct3€ E6Er ooE9 oc(gg de R= 9s .EE o'5 ='-€: Eg = grGg'i eggE bE(t'-3cictN = (r) 9o- €€ Es hX:!s E.S () E. o J o lE c-;.= FEd-aoo 93 8; 6'>9dtco o;:= eB JLou|;^o dE :*=-' o)'-o!.+ 6 oo €o.ioo .c.oFcx hc, 0lo oqt 9';._= 6u|/,Eo o59c tD c) =xoq)'t tlo! Eo9bgE F.! =ac! dtoo FF I t I t I t I l I t I t I t I t I I I o 'anc co ooto 3n; S*Op R8gH o|-s 9s €EE8ie iEoo ea:f $EoO 1E 5; FR e8$s sgl> {g Eg E o ^ifis E6'E ri ;$* HEE $'€e EaB $gi e E't $€$ CB€ EeE *H E'I cro 6 EA!E E CE Egl/to!t H E:g Eg#E ;e EE€838E ^F *E€8;e EEit' cDc ElE E;F $EE E E;E€ $*g$ IEEHE'H- S $s; H H sE 3E€ Eee gs.f; Egt !Eg *ee c90 {FE f;E! EE 9-oog f,is EE€ s€fi :! .Cl (o €EE ;Efu69 gEE o E oo(! coo c, (l) t9 {, EI ot'o9 I CL (Do t I st6q9tsF a.Eocrr=!c!qo5_E Eo'6OzGcE.oo.= =pb!l <gr.Yi;:NYIto o T'g (o .!lEc:6 E; 8oI 9! Eo EcPoi'^ .!2 =E:o tsE =aEqFI;=*o,Eo oy(!E rD .=63.!l oo ctl.E9aD-6399o-g) ot E)ttt 'a d.'E {Dao-o .o Yaot E ot E cf qt E 3o6zb6>odE =)i:!x .b5r iii(Ja P6 *(ltocr9 r90 crY6gtq).68qrE*E !..O*. 3E'p:6iP e=N:It -o CD '7'a ilt .6 o o 3 (! Eoa io € !l) qtao(g .a ctt'a (L o_c oo E ,9(,or,l(\o98so .!!.t!l E F .tt s (D oo3 <6 .ioxolrn=qF x.a 35 l'O 6E E8o= oaEg(!Lbe cc o) -_s Eeo.o $sCl=oIb6 ii otac F€6tooo \J6l3 $: lo!6tsoca rlcNa)rt> Ig octo.clo o ott Ec,5 rrt qi ctt gt ;E.:i o) ooo. q) 8d8": dOJ} .oc 9.9E9 ^s6t!c.sR9: =oE5:oo:6E EE9t6xqar6o,^E9 ,95C>t= o o ocl d a o o o o (uc (!c o oc cl- F*BE2(!go, o s q, o c, a.)o :rt |J,g .D qo Cl oooo E5 I(! c, !,ooo.o c) Eo tt, t co oo o F.t*o(!c (l, = .e oo 'i -g(J =ot 'o U) (, 'd co o5 o ID3 ttt{,E J2Crto!t ocoo EIE oct cl c ,- -9 _:|j9roEA!oEO?oqgt o o C'o ci o s to l!c CLoo o9o= 6= {to.D (o c,aJ lr,*R E E$6iF a$EE F HfbEES..eStgE(EO<o<(Jo o 'c co E3oo:o c =oiF(D60)o!! 5s E-q e6€paat -cE4o..co-go 6lg o.=Ec.:12 58 rso fiE rE !t 5,8 --c.Et =t;fsE.! => Io-E; Jqcs', e.Eo-b t.CgE 6=iset !t r! o o<) tL o)o. o dfEIq, oo E t; ct) (D c c) op o cti;F od -aurI o=o.c =qg=ee >aoE8E =olaL -o EEgiEg iiEigi $FiEs!, 0| .! oo F* EEo Eo o oe'oo 5ttoE o xIE CD 'tFEo)J co --t9to =o9(,aOIAao o Csoo-rteco=e, F- 6id:z; <:d;.& I I I t I t I I I I I I t t I T I $edRgti g$EE F FErg I t I I I T t t I l I I I I I I t I t I I sEcrIoN 01000 GENERAL PROYISIONS PARTI GENERAL 1,OI SECTIONINCLIJDES A. General Requirements. B. Contract Administation. C. Specifications. 1.02 GENERALREQUIREMENTS A, Subject to THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, the requirements of the Contract Documents and Divisions 00 and 0l govem lhe work ofthis Section. B. The CoDtractor shall, with the Owner and Architect's approval and wherever possible, seek out Green Seal Certified and recommended products and place priority on their use. I.O3 CONTRACTADMIMSTRATION A. The Architect will render interpretations necessary for the proper execution or progress of the work, with reasonable promptrcss and in accordance with agreed upon time limits. Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents, and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, tle Architect will endeavor to securc faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will render said interpretations or decisions in good faith. B, The Architect's decision on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consist€nt with the intent expressed in the Contract DocumenB. C. The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, and as per agreement with the Owner to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-sitc inspections to check quality or quantity of the Work. On the basis of on-site observations, the Architect will keep the Owner informed of the progress ofthe work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the Work of the Conractor. D. Neither the Architect nor the Owner will be responsible for, or have control or charge of, construction means, methods, tech''iques, sequences or procedures, or for safety prccautions and progams in connection with the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Neither the Architect nor the Owner will be responsible for, or have conrol or charge over, the acts or omissions of the Contractor, subconbactors, or any of their agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. E. It is to be anticipated that exact locations of all items of the work (i.e., receptacles, 'J' boxes, outlets, Iire protection heads, overhead fixtures, etc.) may not be shown on the Contract Dran ings. The Contractor shall diligentty review the documents prior to construction and shall bring to the Architect's attention all specific oversights and/or discrepancies. These specific clarification requests shall be submitted with need dates as it relates to schedule, wittr reasonable notice, in Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Resldential VaiI, Colorado 03 January 2005 General Provisions 01000 - I advance ofrespective discipline corstruction ofthat work. The Owner and Architect shall stive to respond with appropriate information no less than five (5) working days prior to need date. Any rework or tirre exteDsion request as a result of this inforrnation shall not be the responsibility of the Owner nor its ConsultanB. F. It is to be understood by the Confactor that this is a "custom" (not "standard") commercial construction Project If on any occasion the Contractor feels the Owner or its Consultants are requiring work beyond the Contract Documenb, it must be immediately brought forth formally to the Owner's attention per the provisions of the General Conditions so that a prompt resolution may be determined with the Owner. Without this notificatioq any clairs for additional corrpensation based on excessive construction quality standards shall be waived. G. It is to be understood by the Contractor that in accordance with industy practice, it is probablc that all specific construction field conditions are not detailed on the Contract Documents. In the event of these occutrences, the Contractor shall submit its proposal of a detail in accordance to acceptable industry standards and governing Codes as well as the Design Intent of the Contact Docuxnents. The Owner and/or its Conzultants shall review said detail for approval or necessary altemate equal industry standards. The Owner and its Consultants shall not be responsible for additional costs or claims to the work within the aforesaid policy. H. Any ftrring or widening of studs or stud wall constnrction that may be required to enclose concealed Work shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. SPECMCATIONS A. The Specifications are generally divided into trade sections in accordance with the Constnrction Specifcations lnstitute (CSI) Master Format for Construction Spccifications for the purpose of convenience and referencc only. B, It is the intent that the work included under each Section of the Specifications shall cover the rranufachue, fabricatio4 delivery installation and/or erection and perfonnance, with dl incidentals thereto as required for a complete projec! unless otberwise noted or specified. C. The Contactor is cautioned that when a "Work lncluded" or "Section Includes" paragraph is included, it is intended to be general and in no way limits or qualifies the Contract requiremeNrts. D. Specifcations and Drawings are intended to agree and be mutually explanatory and shall be accepted and uscd as a whole and not separately. Should any item be orritted fiom the Drawings and be includcd in the Specifications or vise-versa, it shall be executed the same as if shown and contained in both, at no exft cost to the Owner. Should anything be omitted from the Drawings and Specifications necessary for the proper construction of the Worlg or should any crror or disagreenent betrveen the Specifications and Drawings exist or appear to exist, the Contractor shall not avail itself of such manifestly unintentional eror or omissioq but must have same qualifed or adjusted by the Owner prior to undertaking the wor*. It is the intent of the documents for the Contractor to provide complete working s5ntems unless noted otherwise. Any conflict or inconsistency between the Drawings and Specifications, and any discre,pancies wihin the Drawings and/or Specifications shall be submitted by the Contractor througb the Owner to the Architect for interpretation. PRODUCTS Not Used Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l I l.04 PART2 General Provisions 01000 - 2 I t I PAR'3 ExEcrrroN Not UsedI END OFSECTION I I iI General Provislons 01000-3 Gore Creek Resldencesr Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 l t I SECTION 01005 ADMINISTRATTVE PROVISIONS PART1 GENERAL TI 1.01 sEcrroN TNCLIJDES A. Contract M€thod. t- I B. Work Sequence. l C, Contractor Use ofPremises. t D. References. LI E. Construction DocumeNrts.I r_ F, Geolechnical lnformation- I r.02 CoNTRACTMETHOD I A. Constnrct the Work under a Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP) Agreement. ' 1.03 WoRKSEQUENCE t A. Construct Work in stages, if required, to accommodate the Owner's occupancy requirements I during the construction period; coordinate construction schedule and operations with the Owner and Architect I l.o4 coNTRAcroRUsE oF PREMISESI A. Limit use of premises for Work and for construction operations. I B. Coordinate use of premises under direction of the Owner. I C. Each Contractor and subcontractor shall confine ie equipment, storage of materials and operations I of its workmen to limits directed by the Owner. Materials shall not be brought onto the site uutil reasonably required for progress of work. Storage space will be confined to designated areas of the work site. When the site is not in condition to receive a material shipmen! the Contractor shall I have materials properly stored elsewhere at no additional cost to the Owner, including insurance t coverage for olf-site storage. Only bonded v/arehouse facilities shall be used for off-site stonge of materials. Said Contractor will secue permission from the Owner prior to off-site slorage of - material. r' l.o5 REFERENCES f A. For Products specified by association or trade standards, comply with requfuements of the I standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable Codes. I B. The date of the standard is that in effect as of the Contract Documents date.I C. Obtain copies of standards when required by the Contract Documents. Maintain copy at jobsite during progress of the specific work. I Administrative Provisions 01005 - I Gore Creek ResidencesI Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado I 03 January 2005I! il I I I T T I 1.06 1.07 CONSTRUCTION DOCI,JMENTS A. The Contractor will be provided with one set of unbound, full-size bond originals of the Contract Drawings, and one set of unbound, single-sided bond originals of the Specifications, upon Notice to Proceed. Any additional sets required to complete the Projcct shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, unless otherwisc provided by the Construction Contract. GEOTECHMCAL INFORMATION A. The following documents have been provided as reference docrmenB for informational and reference purposes only. Neither Owner, Architect nor the Geotecbnical engineering firm providing the report makes any warrantees or guarantees as to the exact subsurface geological and/or hydrological conditions prcsent at the job site. L Koechlein Consulting Engineers' report of "Quality and Depth of Existing Fill" - Building I -9, Gore Crcek Place, Colorado, dated March 4, 2004. B. Additional Investigation: l. Contractor shall visit the jobsite and acquaint itself with the site conditions. 2. Prior to Bidding, Contractor may makc its own subsurhce investigations and make its own determination regarding subsurhce conditions. Any such investigations shall be performed in such a way as to keep disruptions of existing operations to a minimum and shall be coordinated with the Owner. 3. Contractors are invited to conduct check surve;a prior to Bidding, subject to Oq,ner's approval. 4. Notwithstanding, the fact that the Owner may have provided subzurface and/or site information, it is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to make its own determinations as to actual site and/or subswhce conditions, and to determine the methods required to accommodate such conditions, and to allow the performance of the Work under the Conhct. PRODUCTS Not Used EXX,CUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 PART 2 t I t I I t I I I I T I PART3 Administrative hovisions 01005 - 2 I t I t I t T I I I I T t I I I I I t sEcrroN i1010 SUMMARYOFWORK PART1 GENERAL I.OI SECTION INCLUDES A. Contactvscope. B, Work Under Other Contracts. C, OwnerFumished Work. D. Conhactor Use of Site. 1.02 CoNTRACTS/SCOPE A. Work of this Contract comprises the general construction and site work for the Gore Creek Residences - Residential in Vail, Colorado. B. Construct the Work under TIIE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. C. Scope of Work. l' Consecutive and simultaneous issues for construction are proposed for the Project area shown within the Contract Documents. Graphic references made .,vithin these DocumenB to work by Others is only for the purpose of coordination of contiguous work The Contractor shall make every efrort to establish all conditions of the site, including, but not limited to, a clear understanding of any and all contiguous work; furthermore, the Contractor shall be resporsible for identifuing and bringing to the attention of both the Owner and Architect potential conflicts in scheduling and/or other aspects of the perfonnance of Work due to the interface of work by Others. 2. The Scope of Work includes, but is not limited to, the Specifications included hereiq as well as the Work indicated on documents as listed in Section 00860 - List of Drawings, and is intended to provide a "complete" Project. i.O3 WORKTJNDEROTHERCONTRACTS A. The Owner reserves the right to enter into separate Contracts for related Work to be completed concurrendy with this Contract, and includes, but is not limited to the following: l. Signagc and Graphics. 2. Fumiture, Fixores, and Accessories. B. Iterns noted "OFCI" (Owner Fumished Contractor Installed) will be fumished by Owner, but installed by the Contractor as part of this Contract. C. Items noted "NIC" (Not in Contract) or "OFOI" (Owner Fumished Owner Installed) are not in the Contractor's Contract, and will be supplied and installed by the Owner or its Contractor. I.O4 OWNERFT,]RMSHEDWORK A. Specific Work to be flrmished by the Owner, if applicable, will be identified in the Construction Contract. Gore Creek Residenees - Tururel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Summary of Work 01010 - 1 t I I I I I ') 4.t B. c. Owner's Responsibilities : l. Coordinate with the Contractor and irc Subconhacton to all said Work. Arrange and pay for Product delivery to site. On delivery, inspect Prcducts jointly with the Contractor. Submit claims for transportation darn{ge and replace damaged, items. Arrange for Manufacturers' wananties, inspections atrd service. defective or deficient Contractor's Responsibilities: l. Coordinate with the Owner and its Codsultants, Contractors and Suppliers rclative to all said Work. 2, Review Owner reviewed Shop Drawings, hoduct Data and Samples. 3. Receive and unload Products at site; ilrspect for completeness or darnagc jointly with Owner. 4. Handle, store, install and finish ProductC. Arrange for and deliver Ov',ner reviewpd Shop Drawings, Product Data and Sarrples to the Contractor. Repair or replace ilems damaged after rgceipt at no cost to the O\ryn€r. Install said Products, unless it is "OFOll Product. Clean Products for Project Closeout. 5. 6. 1 I T I I I 1,05 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE PART2 Limit Use of Site to Allow: l. Work by Others. PRODUCTS Not Uscd EXECUTION Not Used PART 3 ENDOFSECTIOI{ I I t t I I t I Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 Januery 2005 Summary of Work 01010 - 2 t I I I I I t I I I I T I I I I t I I ' SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES PARTI GENERAL I.OI SECTIONINCLTJDEi A. AltemateSubmissionProcedures. B. Docrunentation ofChanges to Contract Sum and Contract Time. I,O2 REI.{TED SECTIONS A. Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Section 01310 - Constuction Schedules and Reports: Work schedule affected by Altemates. C. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. D. Section 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions. 1.03 SUBMISSToNREQUTREMENT A. Submit Altemates identiffig the effect on adjacent or related components. B. Alternates quoted on Bid Forrrs will be reviewcd and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option Accepted Alteraates will be identified in the Construction Contract. C. Coordinate related work and modiff surrounding work to intograte the work of each Atternate. I.O4 SCIIEDTJLE OF ALTERNATES A. Alternate No. I & No. lA: At all typical Landscaping 'stone veneer site walls' indicated on sheets I-l and I-| delete all stone veneer ryalls and support 'backup', including: stone veneer, steel support angles and anchors, cmu backup walls (including reinforcing), concrete footings (including reinforcing) and waterproofing system (including additional drainage rnat insulation/protection board' cap flashing and hot-applied waterprooling); as indicrted in details 7/53.1,2/A5l)4 and C/A509. Replace stone veneer site walls with boulders as indicated in details 1,2 aill3ll-3.3 - "Alt. l, Address Marker-, AIL l, Pavingo, and 'AIL l, Boulder Site Wall", respectlvely. . Under Altemate No. l, assume the use of all 'on-site' boulders unearthed during ercavation. Under separate Alternate No ld assume Landscaping Subcontractor provides all boulders of size and shape similar to those detailed (Le. no use of'on-site' boulderc). B. Alternate No. 2:. At all typical Landscaping 'address markers' indicated oD sheets I-l end L2, delete all address markers and support 'backup', including: rough sawn cedar arm and post (including ryrought iron assemblies), light tirture (including eleqtricel wiring), fully-grouted stone yeneer, fully-grou ted. cmu pier (including reinforcing), and steel t-plate support'fiu'; as indicated in detaib lll-3.2 anil 41532. Replace L,andscaping address markers with Resirtential Buitding-mounted Architectural 'tighted' address markers as indicaaed in details 3 & 41A522. In place of deteted Landscaping address markerb, install one 'path lght Gore Creek Residencts Tlrnnel & Residential Vail, Colorado ,19JanuarY2fl)5 Alternates 01030 - I bollard' as indicated in detail 3lL3-2, and one'dupler outdoor electrical outlet'rs indicated in detall4ll-3.2. Alternale No.3: At Landscaped rreas, generally abounded' by the following: south of the pedestrian path/ambulanc€ access lane, north of the cl,imit of Worko line (adjacent to the eristing Merriott Hotel), wesl of the easterly ambulance turnaround, and east of the westerly stair (Stair ST0l), provide seperate pricing for all trees, shrubs, ground coverg vineq perennia\ topsoil, fine gradiug, sod, steel edging brrk mulch beds, and lrrigatlon systems; as indicated on chcets LF4 enill-7. Alternate No. 4: At Landscaped arees, generally 'bounded' by the following: south of the pedcstrian path/anrbulance access lane, north of the sl,imit of ]Vork' line (adjacent to the West Day Lot), west of the eesterly stair (Stair ST0l), and east of the westerly Forest Road sidewalk, provide seperete pricing for all trees, shrubs, ground coverg vines, perennlelg topsoil, fine grading, sod, steel edging bark mulch bedg and irrftation systems; as lndicated on sheets L- 5 and LE. Alternate No. 5: At the top of the Tunnel roof deck, delete 507r of the 'top hyer' drainege nat (oceted directly above the concrete topping slab) as indicated in waterprooling details A, D & F/A506, A, D & tr'/A5lf7, A, B, D & F/A50E, and A5 B & D/A509 (note that the 'bottom Lyef of drainege mat direcitly below the rigid insuletion shall NOT be reduced). The rcmaining 50olo of 'top leyer' drainege met shall be placed in 'diagonal' strips, generally sloping io the north and to the center of the Tunnel deck (similar to l 'chevron' pattern). The mat strips shall be 6'-0' wide, alternating with 6'-0" wide areas where there is NO mat sbip, This pattern of 6'-l)t of mat, then 6'-0o of NO mal, and so on, shell cover the entire Tunnel roof declc Alternate No. 6: At the top of the Residentiat foundation walls, delele the bituthene sheet membrane shown in deteils D & F/A5l l. Thc erterior wall sheething shell ertend 2-inches past the bottom of the sill plate to provide a lep over the top of ihe concrete foundation wall. A continuous fillet bead of urethane sealant shall be installed lo smooth the hansitfun betwecn the edgc of the sheathing and the face of the foundation wrll (l-inch in width, rnin). The foundation waterproofing membrane (hot-applied or spray-applied) shall be reinforced and ertend a minimum of linches onto the erterior well sheething. Tbe building wrep shall ertend down and lap over the waterproofing systern a minimurn of 3-lncbes. The window flashings shall be furstelled in accordanee with window details shown on sheet 4753. At the door threshotds (detait E/A511) there are no changes to the instatlation of the sheet bituthene- Alternete No. 7! At the west elevation of Building E, provide new chimney element that will house relocated boifer flues from Boiler Room T66 - refer to llMM for Ba* Bid elevation, and 4/A537 for Alternrte Bid elevation. Generally, relocate the two boilers @5 & 86), erpansion tank (ETl) and glycol fceder assembly (GFA-I) to the east end of the Boiler Room, while relocating the water entry essembly to the west end. Delete the current concrete shaft (with Gore Creek Residences'Tunnel & Residentlal Vailn Colorado 19 JanuarY 2005 t T I D. I I I I I t I I I I I I F. t Alternates 0t030 - 2 H. J. L. N. I I I I I I I I T I I T I I I I I I I Alternates I open grille above) at the southwest corner of the Boiler Roour" replaclng it rvith one of smaller area end height at the southeast corner (this shaft will be below-grade horvever, with the boiler flues running up the chimney element). The chinrney element shall be constructed of similar materials as Building 8 - wood framing plywood, sttine veneer' stucco, and copper cNmney cap (to match other Building 8 chinrney cap). Boiler flue shall be PS pipe providing tbe minimum clearances as required by Code. Alternate No. 8: Provide concealed fin tube radiation as shown on drawing M2.6, in lieu of forced air heat for supplemental heating in the GreatlDining Room and Kitchen Dining areas. This wilt eliminate the need for fan coil units. Fin tube radiation will be recessed in the floor in a 3" X 3' sheet metal trough rvith custom grate TBD. Iruide of the trough is to be painted black Revise ceiling heights of individual rooms per attached 'Addendum #8 - Revised Ceiling Height Schedule" (page 01030- 4). Alternale No. 9: At HOA Storage spaces Tl9, T37 and T59, provide WaU Type Bf gfpsum wallboard watl in lieu of indicated 'wire mesh prrtition'.. Include one pair of 3'-0'r 7'-0o hollow metal doorg painted, with appropriate storeroom hardwarg in lieu of the indicated rvire mesh gates. Provide sheet metal transfer air duct from louver along south wall to new g/p board wall in EOA Storage spaces Tl9 and T37 - add security mesh to opening within grp borrd wall. Mechanlcally ventilate all HOA Storage spaces as required by Code- Provide any additional fire detectors and lire sprinklers at all HOA Storage spaces as required by Code. Alternate No. l0: At existing Bike Path, near Forest Road, provide relocated section of Path as indicated on sheet C010, 'AIt. No" 10 - Option for Relocated Bike Path'. Relocation shall include removal of eristing portion of Path, regrading and widening of existing portion of Path, relocation of utilities as required, and installrtion of boulder wall below relocated Path. Alternate No. ll: At Ore Tunnel drive lane and visitor parking space areas; provide fully addressable and analog heat detection throughout the Tunnel areas (full coverage detectfun) as an .dditionrl and separate fire alarm zone on the fire alarm control pauel. Alternate No. 12: At the Tunnel drive lane and visitor parking space arets; replace the four (4) automsdc sprinkler zones with a singte (l) automatic sprinkler zone. Each automatic sprinkler zone to consist of a control valve, flow switch and tamper switch. Alternate No. 13; Locate one ligbt fixture Type 57 at each Residential Unit, Tunnel Level, above Unit's entry stair (located within Residential Garage), as indicated on sheels A005' A006 A007 and A008; Issue 58 (01/03rut. Connect light firture to 120v circuit and switch adjacent to Unit enlry door, Alternate No. 14: 100'/o forced air system for hertlng and coollng at residences' Remove radiant floor heatlng Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 19 JanuarY 2lX)5 01030 - 3 o. P. system and install ductrvork as shown on drawings Ml.IlA Ml,f fB, Mf.ltC, and Ml.llD, Fan coil unils are located in the crawlspace and rnechanical room of each unit, The fan coits have both heating and coolitrg coils that will be used to supply air to the rooms, Outside air mird lvith return air from the units will be heated or cooled by the coils to reach the desired tempcrature. Each zone is on an individual thermoclat confolling the airllow through the zone damper located in the ductwork as shown on the drawings. Boiler water output temperature is incre.sed to 1E0T for heating waaer supply to the collg Altetaatc No. 15: In lieu of provfuling the conlintuus stuctuml slab bcneath the concrete unit paverc (as indbdcd in the previowly isfld desigtddelail of lhe oSnownelbd Pa,er Section Detait - Pedc*ian PathlEmctgenq Accqs" - sheet COID, provid2 lhe alternate compacted roadbose dcsigrddetoil os indicatcd itt Scdion oAltetnaE #15 - Snowmelted Paver Seclion Detait - Pede*ion Puh/Emergency Accesso - sheet Cill. Altcmab No. 16: In licu ol providing rte morw-se, Iagsoru wdhway (as indicated in the previoudy isrll,d Landscoping drawkgs - lrom the Pedarion Path ,o the indiridual Residcntial Unit), provitle the sanLsa flagsanc walkway as indicacd in Plan & Scaion 5&1/A500 -'Altemate #16 - Snowmelted Flagstone Pavement Phn & Seaion". PRODUCTS I I I I I I PART2 Not Used PART3 EXECUTION Not Used ENDOFSBCTTON I I I I I I I T l I I I I Gore Creek Residenccs Tunnel & Residential Vall' Coloredo . lgJanuarY2fi)5 Alternates 01030 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I T I I I t I I I Allernates ' SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES Gore Creek Residences Tunnel Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 ADDENDUM # 8 - REVISED CEILING HEIGHT SCHEDULE ROOM NAME RM#CEILING HEIGHT BASEPACKAGE ADDENDUM#8 A UNIT LOWER ENTRY& CLOSA A001 9'-0"9',-7" BATH 1 A002 8'-0"9',-0" SHOWERSOFFIT 7',-O"8',-0" BEDROOM 1&CLOSET A003 9'4"9',-7" BATH 2 A004 8'-0"9',-O" SHOWER SOFFIT 7',-0"8'.-O" BEROOM 2 & CLOSET A005 9'-0"9',-7" FAMILY ROOM A007 10'-0"UNCHANGED FLEX SPACE A008 10'4'UNCHANGED STOMGE A010 10'-9"UNCHANGED MECHANICAL A011 't2'-0"UNCHANGED MAIN ENTRYCOATCLOSET B',-0"9"0" B UNIT LOWER ENTRY & CLOSET 800'l 9'-0'9',-7" BATH 1 8009 8'-0"9',-0" SHOWER SOFFIT 7'4"8',-0" BEDROOM 1 & CLOSET B008 9'-O"9'.-7' BATH 2 8007 8'-0"9'-O" SHOWER SOFFIT 7'-0"8',-o" BEROOM 2 & CLOSET 8006 9'-0"9',-7" FAMILY ROOM B004 10'{"UNCHANGED MECHANICAL B002 10'-9"UNCHANGED MAIN ENTRYCOATCLOSET 8'-0"9'.-0" SKICLOSET B102 8'-0"9'-O' 0rm0 - 5 -II t sEcrroNoro3gI PRr-coNsrRUcrIoNcooRDINATIoN ll PARTT GENERAL'- I.O1 SECTIONINCLUDES II A. Construction organization and start-up. I B. Construction mobilization.r C. Schedules. I D. Fietd Engineering.I E. Coordination ofutilities.t I r.02 RET,ATED SECTTONS I A. Section0l0l0- Summary of Work II B. Section 01040 - Project Coordination: Pre-construction Meeting Progress Meetings and Pre- installation Meetings. I C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeouc Confact closeout procedures. lI 1.03 CoNSTRUCTION ORGANIZATTONAND START-LP I A. Establish on-site lines of authority and communicadons. I B. Establish schedule of Pre-construction Meetings, Progress Meetings and Pre-installation Meetings, t and as required by the Owner or Architect. I 1.04 CoNSTRUCTToNMoBILIZATTON It A. Cooperate with ttrc Owner in allocating the mobilization areas of the site for field offices and sheds, subcontractor and supplier access, traffic, and parking facilities. ! B. During construction, coordinate use ofsite and facilities through Owner. I C. Comply with Owner's and Architect's procedures for Project communications, submittals, rcporB I #"ffiJfr;rr;|S;:t, Coordination Drawings and recommendations; and resolution of I D. Comply with Owner's instnrctions for use of tenporary utilities and construction facilities. I E. Coordinate field engineering and layout Work. ) t r.05 scHEDuLEs A. Submit preliminary schedule on submittals of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples in I accordanc,e with Section 0 | 300 - Submittals, for reviiw and "o-pli*t" wittr Contract Documents, I for field dimensions and clearances, for relocation to available space, and for relation to work of - Pre-Construction Coordination 01039 - I Gore Creek ResidencesI t*""'r*,lE:ffljH 03 January 2tD5 r l.06 1.07 separate contracts. Revise and resubmit as required. FIEIDENGINEERING A. Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of Colorado and acceptable to Owner, Architect and Engineer, undcr provisions ofSection 01050 - Field Engincering. COORDINATION OF UTILMES A. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordination ofall utilities to be installed for service to thc Project and shall cooperate with all utility agencies. Utilities may include, but are not lirnited to natural gas, telephone, electical and cable television. The Contactor shall maintain comrnunication with the utilities in order to coordinate time and requirements of the utilities' installation. B. The Contractor shall provide all work necessary to comply with the requiremonts of thc Contract Documents for work by the utility conpany that does not meet the Contraot Documens requiremene, or for work that is distributed by the utility installatiorl C. The Confractor shall be rcsponsible to locate and protect existing utilities. PRODUCTS Not Used EXECUTION Not Used ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I t T I PART2 PART3 I I I I I I t I T I Pre-Construction Coordination 01039 - 2 I rr sEcTIONoro4or PRoJEcTcooRDINATIoN I PARTI GENERAL I.OI SECTIONINCLUDES II A. General Require,ments. I B. Adminisrative, Supervisory Personnel and Workmen I C. Equipmen! Staging, Hoists, Tools and the Like. rl 3 D. Coordination and Project Conditions.I E. Coordination of Various Trades.If F. Meetings. r G. Coordination of Space. I H. Mounting Heights. I I. Coordination of Submittals.r J. Alteration Project Procedures. II K. Coordi:ration of Contract Closeout. - - L. Conservation and Salvage.I I I.O2 GENERALREQIJIREMENTS I A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, THE t CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 00 thru 17 ofthese Specifications. I B. Minimum administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for coordination of Work on the t Project includg but are not necessarily limited to, the following: I l. Coordination and meetings. I 2. Administrative and supervisory persoonel. 3. Suweys and records or reports. 4. Limitations for use of site. I 5. General installation provisions. I 6. Cleaning and protection; constuction cleaning. 7. Conservation and salvage where applicable and possible. I 8. Coordination and scheduling of Work related to local utilities. I 9. Coordination and scheduting of Owner Furnished, Contactor Installed Work (OFCI). 10, Coordination and ssSeduling of Owner Fundshed, Owner Installed Work (OFOI). I 1.03 ADMTMSTRATTvE, sTJpERVTsoRypERsoNNELANDwoRKMEN I I Project Coordlnatlon 01040 - 1 Gore Creek Residencesr Tunnel & Residentlal Vait Colorado I 03January2005r I T I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I 1.04 L05 A. Shall be qualified to perform the duties assigned to them in administering, supervising and perfonning the Work, and shall be acceptable to the Owner. Management personnel including superintendents shall not be removed, reassigaed or relieved without written consent ofthe Owner. B. Contractor shall require that ail subcontractors have a competent Supervisor on the Pmject whenever their Work is being perfomred. C. Contractor shall give reasonable notice to the Owuer and Architect when their presence is required for special consultations, o<aminations or decisions, and shall cooperate with the Owner and Architect to arrange such. D. Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of the Contsactors employees, subcontractors and their agents and employees, and any otber persons performing any Work under contract with the Contractor, or claiming by, througb, or under the Contractor, and for any damages, losses, costs and expenses resulting from such acts or omissions. E. Contractor shall at all times enforce srict discipline and good order among iB employees, agents, subcontractors and sub-subcontractors, and their employees and agents, and shall not employ on the Work any unfit person, or anyone not skilled in the task assigned to them. F. Contractor shall lay out the Work in conformity wift the requirements and intent of the Drawings, and shall be held responsible for the proper establishment and maintenance of all lincs, dimensions and grades. l. Before ordering material or commencing any work, the Contractor and its subcontractors shall verify all measurements and conditions at the site, and shall be responsible for the corr€ctress of the same. C. Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and shall at once report to the Owner and Architect any error, inconsistency or omission therein that it may discover, and any variance Aom the requirements of all regulatory authorities with jurisdiction to prescribe and enforce standards or regulations, with respect to 0re Project or applicable local, state and federal laws, staotes, ordinances, codes, orders, rules and r€gglations; including but not limited to applicable zoning, building and fire codes, standards of the Board of Fire Underwriters, Factory Mutual System, state and federal OSHA and EPA requirements (collectively the "Legal Requireurents'). |. Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for any damage resulting fiom any such ermn, inconsislencies or omissions in ore Conract Docum€nts that Contractor has reported to the Owner. If however, the Contractor p€rforms any work knowing of any such enors, inconsistencies, omissions or variances, and without notice to the Owner, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility therefor and shall bear all costs atributable thereto. Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. EQIIIPMENT, STAGING, HOISTS, TOOLS AND THE LIKE A. Except as modified by THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, it is the Contractor's responsibility to arrange and pay for their use, without additional costs to the Owner, and which are required by the Contractor, subcontractors and sub-subcontractors for performance of the Work as required under the Contract DocumenB. COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Resldential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Project Coordination 01040 - 2 1.06 r.07 1.08 t I t I I I I l T t I I t I I I I I I A. Verify utility requirernents and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate Work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, comection to, and placing in service, such equipment. B. Coordinate space requirements, supporB, and insallation of mechanical and electrical Work, which are indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closcly as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for rnaintenance and for repairs. C. In furished areas, conceal ail pipes, ducts, and wiring within the consauction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. D. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. E. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access !o site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance widr Contract DocumenB, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. COORDINATION OF VARIOUS TRADES A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals and Work of the various Sections to assure efficient and orderly sequence of hstallation of construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later, such as fumiture and Owner's cquipment B. Verify characteristics of elements of interrelated operating equipment and all various building systems and components are compatible; coordinale Work of various Sections having independent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment, building systems and components, C. Contractor shall participate and cooperate in scheduling me€tings and coordinating the Work performed by other prime Contactors, simultaneously with its Work. MEETINGS A. ln addition to Project Meetings specified in Section 01200 - Project Meetings, hold coordination meetings and preinstallation conferences with persorurel and subcontractors to assure coordination of the Work. COORDINATIONOF SPACE A. In addition to, and per the requirements of Section 01000 - General Provisions, Section 01039 - Pre-Constuction Coordination and Section 01300 - Subminals, coordinate use of Project space and sequence of installation of mechanical and electrical Work that is indicated diagrarunatically on the Drawings. Follow routings shown for pipes, ducts and conduits as closely as practicable with due allowance for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations and for maintenance and repairs. Insure sequencing of work is not adversely affected by lack ofproper time allowed for submittal submission and review. l. It shall be understood that all Drawings are diagrammatic, except where specifically dimensioned, and that field conditions may arise that will prevent Work from being installed as indicated. Each subcontractor shall fully acquaint itself with the Drawings and Specifications concerning other trades and subcontracts, and shall coordinate its Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Project Coordination 01040 - 3 I l I l I I I t I T I t t I I t I t t B, c. D. F G. installation with the Work of others. It shall be the duty of the Contractor and its subcontracton to consult with each other and verifr existing conditions, and in cases where there is question or doubt as to the adequacy of space or indicatcd arrangernents, to submit a workable solution to the Owner and Architect for their approval prior to installing the Work in question. 2. Contractor and subcontractors shall prepare and submit to the Owner and Architect Coordination Drawings ("Composite Drawings") of all special systenu, electrical, mechanical, plumbing and fte protection Wodq in relation to the stnrctural and architectural plans, per Section 01300 - Submittals. All areas of conflict shall be identified and brought to the attention of the Owner and Architect, with a suggested workable solution. Obtain Owner and Architect approval prior to corunencement of Worlc 3. Contractor shall submit plans indicating locations of all required access panels for MEPFP Work, and shall receive approval from the Architect prior to the installation of the Work requiring the access panel. Such locations shall not be altered without Architect's apploval, 4. Contractor shall submit composite plans indicating all underground site utilities. All areas of conflict shall be brought to the attcntion of the Architect/Engineer prior to installation of the Work. 5. Contractor shall prepare plans for review by the Architect/Engineer showing all items to be embedded in concrete, including but not limited to, MEP rough-in boxes and slewes, stuctural and miscellaneous steel attacbments, and arcbitecnrral items. 6. Contractor and subcontractors shall be responsible for conecting, at their cost, any conflicting Work installed prior to submittal, review and approval ofthe above referenced Coordination Drawings by the Architect/Engineer. Contracto! shall reguire Installer (subcontractor) of each major unit of Work to inspect the subsbate to receive Work and conditions under whicb the Work is to be performed. The Installer shall report all unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Contractor. Do not proceed with the Wor* until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Failure by the Contractor or subcontractors to provide notification, or commencement of any work by the Contractor or subcontractors without such notification, shall constitute acceptance by the Conuactor and subcontactors of any and all claims arising from disputes related to such Work In all areas, the fire protection Work shall be considered to be installed as "cenlered" in each sprinkler head's immediatc installation area. Sprinkler heads that may be shown on Drawings arc intended for gencral Design Intent only, and are not intended to indicate every Code required location. Required layout shall be coordinated with stuctural, architectural, and MEP requirements, and bc included in the Coordination Drawings. Final rcquired layout may require additional heads not required by Code, but required due to Architectural placement. In Back-of-House Areas, all intentionally exposed pipe, duct and conduit Work shall be located in an inconspicuous and workmanlike manner, acceptable to the Owner and Architect. This coordination and effort shall be at no additional cost to the Owner. In all Finished Areas, pipe, duct, and conduit Work shall be concealed within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixhues and outlets with finish elernents. Cont-actor and subcontractors shall diligently cross-reference all Contract Documents. Should the Contractor or subcontractors note obvious technical oversights (i.e. exhaust frn with no electrical hookup, washing machine without vmter, toilee without tissue dispensers), this Wor* shall be included within the base Contract at no additional cost to the Owner. Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Resldentlal Vril, Colorado 03 January 2005 Project Coordination 01040 - 4 1.09 1.10 1.1 I l.ll T I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t MOIJNTING HEIGHTS A. Where mounting heights are not indicated, or where questionable mounting heights are indicated, confirm with Architect for desired mounting heights. Because of the nahre of this Work, industry standards may not be acceptable. COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS A. Schedule and coordinate submittals specified in Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Coordinate Work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment. C. Requests for Substitutions must be submitted per requirements ofSection 01630 - Product Options and Substitutions. AITERATION PROJECT PROCEDTJRES A. Alteration: Under provisions of Section 01045 - Cuning and Patching. B. Materials: As specified in product Sections; match existing products and Work for patching and extending Work C. Employ skilled and experienced installers to perform alteration Work. D. Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing Work from weather and extremes of temperature and hwnidity. E. Remove, cut and patch Work in a manner to minimize damage and to provide means of resorting products and frnishes to original condition. F, Refurish existing visible surfaces to remain in renovated rooms aDd spaces, to renewed condidon for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes. G. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing, provide a smooth and even transition. Patch Work to match existing adjacent Work in texture and appeaftmce. H. When finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new Work is not possiblg terminate existing surface along a straight line at a nahral line of division and submit recommendation to Architect/Engineer for review. I. Where a change of plane of l/2 inch or more occurs, submit recommendation for providing a smooth transition to Architect/Engineer for review and approval. J. Patch or replace portions ofexisting surfrces that are damaged, lifted, discolored or showing other imperfections . K. Finish surfaces as specified in individual product Sections. COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections i:r preparation for Substantial Comoletion Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential ValI, Colorado 03 January 2005 Project Coordinatlon 01040 - s t.l2 B. After Owner occupancy of prenises, coordinate access to site by various trades for conection of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Conaact Documents to minimize disruption of Ownet's activities. C. Assernble and coordinate closeout submittals as specified in Section 01700 - Contact Closeout. CONSERVANON AND SALVAGE A. It is required that supervision and administration of the Work be carried out with the naximum possible consideration given to the conversation of energy, water and materials. In addition, maximum consideration shall be given to salvaging materials and equipment involved in perfonnance of the Work, but not incorporated therein. Refer to other Sections for required disposition of salvage materials that are the Owner's property. PRODUCTS Not Used EXECUTION Not Used END OFSECTION Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vall, Colorudo 03 January 2005 T I I I I I I I I PART2 PART3 I I I I I I I I I I Project Coordination 01040 - 6 II sEcrIoN 01045T CUTTINGAND PATCHING I I PART1 GENERAL I l.0l sEcTroNrNcLrJDEs I A. Requfuements and limitations for cutting and patching of Work. I r.oz REr-ATED sEcrroNs I A. Section 01010- Summary ofWork Work by Owner orby sepante contractors. I B. Section 01300- Submittals.I C. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment. I D. Section 07840 - Firestoppin& r E. Individual Product Specification Sections:rr I I . Cutting and patching incidental to Work of the Section. 2. Advance notification to other Sections of openings required in Work of those Sections. 3. Limitations on cutting structural members. I I.O3 SUBMITTAIS I t A. Submit written request in advance of cufting or alteration that affecb: I 'r:. i#mi'J'Tg'"f'T'il"I"li"?-1il"'ff:;anteremenr ll 3. EfEciency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element. 4. Visual qualities ofsigbt exposed elements. 5. Work of Owner or Separate Contractor. t B. Include in Request: I l ldentification ofProject. f| 2. Location and description of afected Work 3. Necessity for cutting or alteration fJ 4, Description of proposed Work and products to be used.t ?: #trH'tr#-Ti3#;t#i,""onnu*o' , 7. Wriften permission of affected Separate Contractor. 8. Date and time work will be executed.I I.O4 PROJECTCONDITIONS I A. Employ skilled and experienced installers to perform cutting and patching. B. Execute cutting, fitting and patching, including excavation and fill, to complete Work and to: f t. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Wo*. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work I Cutting and patchlng 01045-1 Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Resldential Vail, Colorado I o3 January2005 I 3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work. 4. Rernove samples of installed Wor& for testing. 5. Provide openings in elcments of Work for penefations of mechanical and electrical Work. Identify hazardous substances or conditions exposed during the Work to the Owner and Architect/Engineer for decision or remedy. t I I T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PART2 PRODUCTS 2,OI MATERIALS PART3 EXECUTION 3,OI EXAMINATION A. B, Primary Products: Those required for original installation. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in mat€rials, submit request for substitution as specified in Section 0 I 600 - Material and Equipment. 3.02 PREPARATION A. B. C. B. c. D, 3.03 CUTTING A. B. c. D. E, Examine existing conditions prior to commencing Work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing Vlork, assess conditions affecting performance of Work. Beginning ofcutting or patching means Contractor's acceptance ofexisting conditions. No cuning drilling or modifing of stuchrral sysem shall take place witlout review by the Structural Engineer. Provide temporary supports to €rumre structural integnty of the Work Provide devices and methods to protect other portions ofProject from damage. Provide protection from elements for areas that may be exposed by unoovering Work. Maintain excavations free of water. Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work, and which will provide proper surhces to receivc patching and finishing. Uncover Work to install irnproperly seguenced Work. Remove and replace defective or non-conforming Work. Remove samples of insalled Work for testing, when requested. Provide ope,nings in Work for penetration of mechanical and electical Work. Gore Creek Residmces Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Cutting and Patchlng 01045 - 2 I I F. Ernploy skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting for weather exposed, moisture I resistant elements and sight exposed surfaces. I G. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools are not allowed without prior I approval. I 3.04 PATCHTNG I A. Execute patching to complement adjacent Work. I B. Fit products together to integrate with other Work. I C. Execute Work by methods to avoid damage to odrer Worh and which will provide appropriate surfrces to receive patching and finishing. f D, Employ original inslaller to perform patching for weather exposed, moistue resistant eleinents and sight exposed surfaces, wherever possible. t E. Restore Work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. r F. Fit Work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfrces. I t G. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor consbuction; completely seal voids. I H. At penetations of fire-rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids I with fire-rated material in accordance with the Drawings and Section 07840 - Firestopping, to full thickness of peneuated element. II ' :'#r,iT*Hfr"T::*":'1?T*:l,t*:;":xK',*,1iffi.,illl"si:ous surfaces' I END OF.SECTION I I I I I I I Cutting and Patchlng I Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 0r04s - 3 I T T I I I I I I I I T I I I I I I I SECTION 01050 FIELD ENCINEERING PARTI GENERAL I.OI SECTION INCLUDES A. General Requirements. B. QualificationsoflandSurveyor/Engineer. C. Survey Reference Points. D. Project Survey Requirements. E. Records. F. Submittals. 1.02 GENERALREQTJIREMENTS A. Provide and pay for field engineering services required for the Project. I . Survey work required in execution of the Work, 2, Civil, structural or other professional engineering services specified, or required to execute the Coutractor's construction methods. 3. Establish grades, lines and levels by use ofrecognized engineering suwey practices. B. Contractor shall identifu existing contol points and property line corner stakes indicated on the Documents and as required, C. Contactor shall complete the layout of all Work and shall be responsible for all requirements necessary for the execution of any Work in accordance with the locations, lines, and grades specified or shown on the Drawings, subject to such modifications as the Owner may require as the Work progresses. D, Ifthe Contractor, subcontactor, or any of their representatives or employees, move or destroy or render inaccurate, any survey control point or monument, such confol point or monument shall be replaced by the Owner at the Confactor's expense. No separate payrnent shall be made for survey work performed by the Confaclor. I.O3 QUALIFICATIONSOFI-ANDSURVEYORIENGINEER A. Contractor shall engage and pay a l,and Surveyor/Engineer experienced and specialized in land survey Work, registered in the State ofColorado, to perform the services specified in this Section. Owner and Architect shall approve the l:nd Surveyor/Engineer I.O4 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Conrol datum for survey is tlrat esablished by the Owner-provided survey. Locate ard protect control and reference points. l. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to the Architect 2. Report to the Architect aay reference point that is lost or destoyed, or requires relocation Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Fleld Englneering 01050 - 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.05 because ofnecessary changes in grades or locations. B. Locate and pmtect control points prior to starting site Work and preserve all permanent reference points during construction. 1. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to the Architect.2. Report to the Architect any reference point that is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because ofnecessary changes in gSades or locations. 3. Rcquire Suweyor to r€place Project control points that may be lost or desroyed. a. Establish replacements based on original survey control. PROJECT SURVEY REQI.NREMENTS A. Establish a minimum of two (2) pennanent benchmarks on site, and additional benchrnarks as required, referenced to data established by survey control poinis. L Record locations, with horizontal and vertical dah, on Project Record Documents. 2. Bcfore proceeding with the layout of actual Work, veriS the layout inforrration shovn on dre Drawings, in rclation to the property survey and existing benchmarla. As work proceeds, check cvery major element for line, level and plumb. Maintain a survqrot's log or record book of such checks. Make this log or record book available for the Architect'VEngineer's reference. Record deviations from required lines and levels and advise $e Owner and ArcNtect/Engineer promptly upon detection of deviations that cxceed indicated or recogaized tolerances. Record deviations that are accepted and not corrected on Project Record Drawi"gs. B. General: l Work from lines and levels established by the property survey, establish and maintain benchmarla and other dependable markers. Establish bench marks and markers to set lines and levels for wort at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to properly locate each element of the Project. Calculate and measure required dimensions as showu v,rithin rc66gnized tolerances. Drawings shall not be scaled to determine dimensions, Advise entities perfomdng work of marked lines and levels provided for their use. C. Establish lines and levels, locarc and lalout, by irstnrmentation and similar appropriate means, l. Sile improvemetrts. a. Stakcs for grading, fill and topsoil placemert. b. Utility slopes and invert elevations. 2. Batter boards for structures. 3. Building foundation, column locations and floor levels. 4. Conrolling lincs and levels required for mechanical and elecrical trades. D. Verifu setbacks and easements; confirm drawing dimensions and elevations. E. At intervals necessary to €nsur€ conect locations of permanent construction, verifo layouts by same methods. I.06 RECORDS A. Mainain a complete, accuratc log of all control and survey Work as it progresses. B. Incorporate results of survey Work into Project Record Documents as specified in Section 01700 - Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residendal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Field Engineering 01050 - 2 t I I I I I Contact Closeout. I.O7 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name, address and qualifications of Land Surveyor/Engineer to th€ Owner and Architect. B. On request of the Owner and Architect, submit documentation to veriff accuracy of field engineering Work. C. CertificationofSurveyofBuildingLocation. l. Registered land surveyor shall certifr exact location ofthe completed building, show and record any deviations from Contract Documents, and submit as a final survey p€r Section 01700 - Connact Closeout. 2. Final survev shall be at the Contactor's exDense. I PARr2 PRoDUcrs Not Used I PARr3 Ex'curroN I Notused I I I I I I I I END OFSECTION t Field Engineering t Gore Creek Residences Turmel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 01050 - 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I sEcTroN 01078 DNFINITIONS AND DGLANATIONS PART TGENERAL I.OI SECTIONINCLIJDES A. Defnitions ofcerain terms used in the Specifications, explanation ofdre language, abbreviations tbereof, format and certain conventions used in the Specifications and associated Contact Documen8. 1.02 DprnutroNs A. Project Manual: The tenn "Project Manual" refers to a bound, printed volume, which includes Conditions of the Conract and the Specifications. It may also include bidding requirements, confact forms, details, schedules, surveys, reports or other rdlelant items which may or nay not be Contract Documents, B. General Requirements: Provisions and requir€,ments of other Division I Sections apply !o the entire work of tlre Contact and, where so indicated, to odrer elernents which are included in the Project C. lndicated: The term "indicate" is a cross reference to graphic r€presentatioN, notes or schedules on the Drawings, to other paragraphs or schedules in the Specifications, and to similar means of recording requirerrents in the Contact Documents. Where terms such as "shown", 'hoted", "scheduled" and "specified" are used in lieu of"indicated", it is for the purpose of helping the reader accomplish the cross reference, and no limitation is inte,nded except as specifically noted. D. Directed, Requested, etc.: Terms such as "directed", 'tequested", "authorized", "selected", "approved", "required", "accepted", and ' permitted" mean "dirccted by the Architect ', "requested by the Architect", etc. However, no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Conbactor's area of construction supervision. E. Installer: The entity (person or frm) engaged by the Coneactor or its Subcontractor or sub- subcontractor for the performance ofa particular element ofconstuction at the Project site, including installation, erection, application and similar required operations. It is a general requirernent that Installers be expert in the operations they are engaged to perform. l. Where the Specifications require krstaller experience or other qualifications, such requirements apply to the firm and not to its employees or individual members. 2. Wherc firm ownership has changed after the required e)eerienc€ occuned, Architect and Owner reserve the right to consider the ownership change as invalidating the experience requirements. F. Testing laboratory: An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of the worlg either at the Project site or elsewhere; and to report and (if required) interpr€t the resule of those inspections or tests. G. Approve: Where used in conjunction with the Architect's or the Arcbjtecf s Professional Consultans response to zubmittals, requests, applications, inquiria, reports and claims by tbe Contactor, the meaning of the temr "appmved" will be held to the limitations of tlre Architecfs responsibilities and duties as specified in ttre General and Supplementary Conditions of the Conract In no case shall "approval" by tbe Architect be interpreted as a release of the Confrctor from responsibilities to fulfill requirements of the Contract Documents or acceptance of the worlq unless otherwise pmvided by requirernents of the Contract Docurrents, Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2{D5 Definitions and Explanation 01078 - 1 r.03 H. Contractor's Option Where materials, products, systenrs or methods are specified to be at tbe Contractor's option, the choice ofwhich material, method, product or system will be used is solely tbe Contractor's. There will be no change in Contract Sum or Time because ofsuch choice. L Fumish: The term "firmish" is used to mean, "supply and deliver to the Project sire, ready for unloading unpacking, ass€rnbly and installation, and similar operations". J. kstall: The terrn "irstalf is used to descnlbe operations at the Project site including the achral unloading, urpacking assembly, erection" placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, fnishing curing, protecting cleaning and similar operations, as applicable in each irstance. K. Provide; The bnn'brovide" means 'to firnish and insall, complete and rcady for the intended use". L. Guaranlee: The narrow defnition of the term '\mrranty' is hereby established as applying to both '\rarranry" and "guarantee ' which terns ar€ used interchangeably. SPECIFICATION DCLANATIONS A, IrrFerative language: l. Uscd generally in the Specifications. Requirements expressed impcratively arc to be performed by the Contractor. 2, At certain locations in the tex! for clarity, contasting subjective languagc is used to describe the rcsponsibilitics which must be frlfilled cither indtecdy by the Contractor or, when so noted, by others. B. SpccificationC.onrcntConventions: l, OverlappingRequirements: a. Where compliance with two or more indwtry standards or sets of requirements is specified, and ovcr{apping of those requircments also establishes differcnt or conflicting minimuns or levels of quality, thc more stringent requiremcnt will be enforced unless the Contract Docunents specifically indicate otherwise. 2. Refer to apparently equal but different requirements and uncertainties as to which level of quality is required o the Architcct for decision beforc proceeding. 3. In certain circumstances, language used in tbe Specifcations and othcr Contract Documents is of the abbreviatcd t5pe. Inplied words and meanings will be appropriately interpreted. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words will be interpreted as singplar wbere applicable and where the full context ofthe Coubact Documents so indicates. PRODUCTS NotUsed. EXECUTION Not Used. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 II I I I I I I t I I I I I PART2 PART3 I I t I I I Definidons and Erplanation 01078 - 2 I : sEcrroN 01090I REFERENcESTANDARDs I PART 1 GEI\ERAL I.OI SEC"TION INCLUDES t A. Quality Assurance. I B. Schedule ofReferences. I C. Manufacnrer's Direction. t r.02 QUALTTYASSURANCEI A. For products or workrnarship specified by association, tade, or Federal Standards, comply widr requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by I applicable Codes. I B. The date of the standard is that in effect as ofthe date ofthe Contract Documents, except when a I soecific date is soecified. C. When required by individual Specification Sections, obtain required copy of reference standard. I Maintain copy at jobsite during submittals, planning and progrcss of the specific Work, until the I Date of Subsantial Completion of the Work. I D. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from t the Architect/Engineer before proceeding. E. Neither the contractual relationship, duties and responsibilities ofthe parties in Contract, nor those I of the Architect/Engineer, shall be altered by the Connact Documents by mention or reference f otherwise, in any oftbe reference documents. I I.O3 SCHEDTJLE OFREFERENCES I AA Aluminum Association AABC Associated Air Balance CouncilI AAMA American Architectural Manufach.rrers Association f AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute I ADA American's With Disabilities Act of 1991, U.S. Departnent of Justice Office of the Attomey General; Public Law 101.336 (aDe) I ADC Air Difhrsion Council AGA American Gas Association I ACC Associated General Contractors of America I Reference Standards 01090 - I Gore Creek Residencesr Tunnel & Residential VaiI, Colorado I 03 JanuarY 2005t AI AIA AIEE Asphalt Institute American Institute of Architects American Institute of Electrical Engineers American Institute of Steel Construction American Iron and Steel Institute American Institute of Timber Construction American Log Builders Association American Lumber Standards Committee Air Movement and Conhol Association American National Standards Institute American Plywood Association Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute American Society of Heating, Refrigemting and Air Conditioning Engineers American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society for Testing and Materials Architectural Woodwork Institute Association of Wall and Ceiling Industries American Wood-Preservers' Association American Welding Society American Water Works Association Brick Institute of America Colorado Departnent of Transportation Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Consuuction Specifications Institute Door Hardware Institute Exoansion Joint Manufacturers Association I t I I I I I I I I II I I I I t I t I AISC AISI AITC ALBA Alsc AMCA ANSI APA ARI ASHRAE ASME ASTM AWI AWCI AWPA AWS AWWA BIA CDOT CISPI CLFMI CRSI csI DHI EJMA Reference Standards Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 01090 - 2 I I FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association FM FactoryMutual S)6tem I FS Federal Specification General Services Admidstration, Specifications and Consumer Information I Distribution Section (WFSIS) ' GA Gypsum Association I IEEE lnstitute ofElectrical and Electronics Engine IMI Intemational Masonry Institute f IMlAc Intemational Masonry Industry All-Weather Council ITS Intertek Testing ServicestMFMA Metal Framine Manufacturers Association I MLSFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association I NAAMM National Association ofArchitectural Metal Manufacrurers I NBS National Bureau of Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association I NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau NEC National Electrical Code! NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association I NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Forest Products Association t NiDI Nickel Development Institute NSF National Sanitation Foundation I NSWMA National Solid Wastes Management Association NWWDA National Wood Window and Door AssociationI PCA Portland Cement Association I PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute PS Product Standard, U.S. Department of Comnrerce I RIS Redwood Inspection Service I Reference Standards 01090 - 3 Gore Creek Residencesr Tunnel &Resldentlsl Vail, ColoradoI o3 JanuarY 2oo5 I SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association SDI SDI SIGMA SPIB SSINA ssPc TAS TCA TJL WCLIB WHI WWPA Steel Deck Institute Steel Door Institute Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association Southem Pine Inspection Bureau . Specialty Steel Indusry of North America Steel Structures Painting Council Technical Aid Series Construction Specifi cations Institute Tile Council of America, Inc. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. West Coast Lumber laspection Bureau Warnock-Hersey Institute Western Wood Products Association I I I T I I I I I I t I T I t I I I SWRI Sealant Waterproofmg and Restoration Institute I.O4 MANIJFACTI.JRER'SDIRECTION A. Manubctured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, I used, cleaned and conditioned as per the Manufacturer's printed directions, unless specified I otherwise. B. All materials and equipment shall be new, first quality producb employed in the manner for u'hich they were intended by the Manufacturer. Manufacturer's specifications, where referred to, become a part of these Specilications. l. Wherever the Manufacturer has knowledge of an improper use of its product(s), the Manufacturer shaU furdsh such information in writing to the Architect. This tpe of information and communication shall emanate fiom the Manufacturer's technical saff (application, engineering and research divisions). 2. The Manufacturer shall be responsible for the failure of its product to perform in accordance with written data supplied by itself or its authorized representatives, as well as misrepresentations of sucb data. Responsibility extends to related products affected by the failure. 3. The Manufacturer shall investigate the relation of its product to other products uscd in association with its product. Such information shall be available to the Architect. 4. The Contractor shall inform the Manufacturer conceming the application of the products it used and follow the directions of the Architect and Manufacturer. 5. In the event of disagreement between the Contract Documents and the Manufacturcr's directions, the Contractor shall obtain written instructions fiom the Architect before proceeding with the installation. 6. If the Conractor has knowledge of, or reason to believe the likelihood of failure, the Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Reference Standards 01090 - 4 I t I PARr2 PRoDUcrs Contractor shall tansmit such knowledge to the Architect aDd ask for uritten instuctions before proceeding with the Work E}tD OF SECTION 01090 - 5 Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I t t t t t ReferenceStandards t NotUsed PART3 EXECUTION NotUsed B, t I I T t I I t I I I I t I I I I t t SECTION 01200 PROJECTMEETINGS PART1 GENERAL I.OI SECTION INCLIJDES General Requirements. Pre-construction Meeting. Progress Meetings. tt"-' rlu,iottl4eetings Other Meetings. 1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Subject to THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, the Contractor shall schedule and administer the pre-constuction meeting, progress meetings, pre-installation confereNrces and specially called meetings throughout progress of the Work. Contrac tor's duties shall include: l. Prepare agenda for meetings and distibute to all concerned a minimum of48 hours in advance, 2. Distribute written notice of each meeting four days in advance of meeting date. 3. Make physical arrangements for meetings at the jobsite. 4. Preside at meetings. 5. Record meeting minutes; include sipificant proceedings and decisions with final plans of action with responsibilities for such action identified. 6. Record agreements and disagreements of items discussed. 7. Reproduce and distibute copies of meeting minutes within 3 days after each meeting. a- To participants in the meeting. b. To parties affected by decisions made at the meeting. c. To the Owner and Architect. 8. Pmvide for systematic discussions of problems as they relale to the progress of the Work Revisions to Meeting Minutes: 1. Unless published meeting minutes are challenged in writing prior to the next regularly scheduled meeting, they are considered acceptable as written. 2. Persons challenging published meeting minutes shall reproduce and distribute copies of the challenge to all indicated recipients of the particular set of meeting minutes. 3 . Challenges to meeting minutes shall be settled as priority portion of "old business" at next regularly scheduled meeting. Representatives of subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalfofthe entity each r€presents. Owner and Architect may attend meetings to ascertain that Work is expedited consistent with the Contract Documents and the Construction Schedules. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Resldential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 A. B. c. D, E. D. hoJect Meetings 01200 - I I I T I 1.03 F. Contractor's relations wittr its subconEacton and materials suppliers, and discussions relative thereto, are the ConFactor's responsibility and normally are not part ofProject meetings content. PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETINC If required by the Owner or the Architect, schedule within 15 days after Notice to Proceed or executed Agreement with the Owner; whichever comes first. Location: Central site, convenient for all parties, desipated by the Owner. Attendance: L Owner, or Owner's Reprcsentative. 2. Architect and dre appropriate professional Co$ultant(s). 3. Conmctor's Project Manager. 4. Conhctor's Superintendent 5. Major subcontractors. 6. Major suppliers, 7 . Others as required by the Own€r or Architect. Suggested Agenda: l. Organizational arrangements of Contractor's forces and personnel and those of subcontractors, materials suppliers, Architect and Owner. Channels and procedures for communication Distribution and discussion of a. List ofmajor subcontractors and suppliers. b. ProjectedConstnrctionSchedules. Critical Work sequercing. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. Project coordination. Desigration of responsible personnel. Procedures and processing of Field decisions. Directives. Subminals. Change Orders, App lications for Palm, ent. Bulletins Requests for Interpretation. Procedlres for maidtaining Project Record DocumenB. Use of premises: a. Offioe, work and storage areas. b. Owner's requirements. Consrucdon facilities, controls and construction aids. Temporary utilities. Rules and regulations governing performance of the Work including: hocedures for safety and first aid. Security. Quality control. Housekeeping. Related matters. 13. Environmental issues. 14. Access to site for visitors. 15. Accountingprocedures. Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Resldential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 B, c. D. I I I I t T I I I I I T II I I a J- 4. 6. a, '1. a, b. d. e. f. s, 8. 9. 10. I l. 12. b. c, d. e. I Project Meetings 01200 -2 15. 16. t7. I T I T I I I I t I I I I I I t I I I 16. Other business required by the Owner or Architect. I.O4 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Subject to TIIE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, schedule and administer Project Meetings at a standard time and olace. l. All attendees shall familiarize themselves with the action items from previous meetings so as to minimize the length of the meeting. B. Call special meetings vften required by the Work. C. lncation of fte meetings: Project field office of the Contractor. D. Attendance: 1. Owner, Owner's Representative. 2. Architect and the appropriate professional Consultant (as needed). 3. Confactor'sSuperintendent. 4. Contactor's Project Manager. 5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda in addition to all Prime Contractors. 6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda. 7. Others as required by the Owner or Architect. 8. Otlrcrs as required who are currently involved in coordinating or planning the Work of 0re Project. E. Sample Agenda may include: 1. Review and approval of meeting minutes from previous meeting. 2. Review of work progress since previous meeting. 3. Review offield observations, problerns and/or conllicts. 4. Review ofproblems that impede Construction Schedules. 5. Corrective measures and procedures to regain projected Schedule' 6. Review ofoff-site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Revisions to Construction Schedules. 8. Progress and schedule during succeeding work period. 9. Coordination of Schedules. 10. Rwiew Submittal Schedules and status of submittals; expedite as required' I l. Review satus ofRequests for Interpretations. 12. Maintenance of quality sandards. 13. Pending changes and substitutions. 14, Review proposed changes for: a. Effect on Construction Schedules and on completion date. b. Effect on other Contracts of the Project Project-wide and specific coordination issues and resolutions. Security program. Other business as required by the Owner or Architect. F. At each meeting, review progress of other Work and preparations for the particular Work under consideration, including specifrc requirements for the following: l. Contract documents. 2, Related Change Orders. 3. Deliveries. 4. Shop Drawings, product data, samples, and quality control. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Project Meetings 01200 - 3 T I T T t I I t t I I I I I I T t It III 5. 6. 8. B. 1.05 Possible confl icts and compatibility problems. Time schedules. Weather limitations. Manufacturer's recommendations. 9. Compatibility of materials. 10. Acceptabilityofsubstates, I l. Tcmporary facilities. 12. Space and access limitations. 13. Govemingregulations. 14. Safety. 15. Inspection and testing requirements. 16. Required performance results. I7 . Recording requirements. 18. Protection. PRE-INSTALI.ATION MEETINGS In addition to other meetings, hold a pre-installation meeting at the jobsite well before installations of each unit of Work that requires coordination with other Work Installer and representatives of the Manufacnuers and Fabricators who are involved in, or are affected by that unit of work, and with its coordination or integration with ottrer Work that has preceded or will follow, shall attend this meeting. Advise the Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates at least one week in advance. The Contractor will record sipificant discussions of each conference and record agreements and disagreernents, along with the final plan of action. Disfrlbute the record of meeting promptly to everyone concenr€d, including the Owner and Architect. 1. Do not proceed with the Work if the pre-installation meeting cautot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene pre-installation conference at the earliest feasible date. 2. Contractor shall schedule and conduct a pre-construction conference to review the detailed quality control and construction requirements for each of the materials and/or systems listed below, not les than l0 rvorking days prior to conrmencement of the applicable portion of the Work: a. Soil compaction. b. Excavation/shoring. c. Asphalt paving. d. concrete pavers. e. Foundations. f. Cast-in-place concrete. 3. The Contraclor shall require responsible representatives of each party concerned with that portion of the Work to attend the conferencg including but nor limited to the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Materials supplier(s) or fabricator. c. Installation subcontractor(s). d. Agency responsible for ConEactor-furnished testing. 4. The Architect, responsible Fngineer and Owner's Testing Agency will be prese,nt and shall be notified by the Contractor at least 5 working days prior to ttre scheduled date of each such conference. Representatives from the Owner's Testing Agency shall include the specific individuals who will be performing the testing and inspection" as well as the Project Manager for the Testing Agency. 5. Meeting minutes of each conference shall be recorded by the Contractor and shall be disributed in qped or printed form to each party in attendance within five (5) working Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Project Meetings 01200 - 4 I I days of the meeting. One copy of these meeting minutes shall also be ransmitted to the Owner and to the Architect for information t C. The following ituns should be specifically addressed at each pre-installation meeting: I 1. The status of all submittals required for the Work. All open submittals should be listed I for expediting by the Confractor. t 2. The Contractor's quality confol program. 3. Testing requirements. I 4. lnspection of contiguous Work 5. Schedule. I D. During each pre-installation meeting, and where installations include manufactured products, I comply with the Manufacturer's applicable insructions and recornmendations for installation, to I the extent that these instructions and recommendations are more explicit or more stringent than requirements indicated in tlrc Contract DocumenB. I l.06 oTHERMEETINGS I A. Owner, Architect and/or Contractor may schedule other Project Meetings as deemed necessary. t B. Monthly Report Meetings: l. If muhrally agreed, the week following the Contractor submission of the Monthly' Progress Report, a meeting may be held to discuss the content ofthe Report' f 2. Attendance: a. Owner. b. Architect I c. Contractors Pmject Executive, Project Managers and Superintendent (as required). 3. Record Document Status Report. It PART2 PRODUCTS r Not Usedl- Ir PART3 EXECUTIONI Not Used I EI\TDOFSECfiON I I Project Meetings I Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I 01200 - 5 I t sEcrIoN 01300 ST]BMITTALS I PART' GENERAL I 'I ''I ::"''"i::::" I I I I I I I I I t B. Contractor's Review. C. Architect's Review. D. Retum of Submittals. E. Transmittal ktter. F. Grouping of Submittals. G. Submittal Procedure. H. Re,submittal Requirements. L Quality Assurance. J. Schedule of Values. K. Submittal Schedule. L. Shop Drawings. M. Product Data. N. Samples. O. Manufacturer's Certificates. P. MEPFP Coordination Drawings. a. Operation and Maintenance Manuals, R. Warranties, Guarantees and Bonds. I 1.02 PROCEDURES t A. Make submittals as required by the Contract Documents; revise and resubmit as required to establish compliance with dre requirements of tle Contract Documents. B. Submittal Definitions; l. Shop Drawing Submittals: Drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other daa specifically prepared by the Contracbr or any Subcontractor, Manufrcturer, Supplier, or Distibutor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 2. Product/Catalog Data Submittals: Standard illust-ations, schedules, performance charts, I Subnittats I I I 01300-I GoreCreekResidences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 C. instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information fumished by the Conracbr to illustrate a material, product, or syst€m for some portion of the Work. 3. Sample Submittals: Physical examples furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials, equipment or worlrnanship, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. Submittals shall contain on the submittal, wtrere practical, and on the accompanfng ransnittal, the following infonnation: L The date of submission and tlp dates of any previous submissions Oy individual tu*ing). The Project name, date, month and year ofProject. Contract identifi cation. The names of: a. Contactor. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer. Identification of the product, with reference to Specification Section number. Reference to Drawing numbeds). Field dimeruions, clearly identified as such. Relation to adjacent or critical feanres of the Work or materials. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. Identification of deviations tom Conmct Documents. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. An 8 inch x 4 inch blark space for dre Contractor's, Architect's a$d the Architect's professional Consultant review stamps. 13. Contractor's review sbmp, Subcontractor's review stamp as applicable, initialed or sigred, certifuing prior review of submittal, verification of products, field measurecnents and field consruction criteria, and coordination of the information witbin the subminal with requirements of the Work and of the Contmct Documents. Submittals for each portion of the Work shall be complete and accurate. Incomplete or partial submittals will not be recopized, will be rejected, and will require resubmittal when retumed. l. Submittals may be made of portions of the Work, but each submittal shall be complete in all respecb, with the information nec€ssary for proper review by the Architect and/or the professional Consultans. Comply with Construction Schedules for submittals related to Work progress. Coordinate submittal of related items. Distribute copies of approved submittals to applicable subconnactor(s), jobsite file, and to olher concemed parties. Instnrct recipients to promptly r€port any inability to comply wth provisions. Submit Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and other submittals in a timely rranner in accordance with the Submittal Schedule and with allowance for resubmittal time as required to meet the Construction Schedules. Review by the Architect of submittals is not an authorization for Change Order. Ary item requiring Change Order shall follow procedures described elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Submit all reproducibles, prints, product data, test reports, brochures, literatue, certifications and samples in accordance with the "Submittal Procedure" described at the end of this Section. The Contractor shall submit all submittals directly to the Architect as specified herein. Make submittals of Shop Drawings, Samples, Substitution Requests and other items in accordance Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I 2. J. 4. D. E, F (J, H. J. Submittals 01300 - 2 1.03 I t I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I with the provisions of this Section, using a subminal trammittal approved by the Owner and Architect. K. Channel of Submission: All Submittals from Subcontractors shall be processed tluough the Contractor. OnIy the Contractor shall submit the Submittals to the Architect. No Submittals shall be processed for review to the Architect or Architect's Consultants if received directly from a Subcontractor, Manufacnrer or supplier. L. Contractor shall be responsible for drc associated costs of the Architect's/Engineer's review of submittals that must be resubmitted a second time due to noncompliance with the original submittal and resubmittal. CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Review submittals prior to transmittal; determine and verifo field measurements, field construction criteria, Manufacturer's catalog numbers, and similar data and conformance of submittal, with requiremenB of Contract Documents and coordinetion witb all other Work. l. Contractor's Responsibility for Coordination: Where the dimension, size, shape, location, capacity or other characteristics of an item to be provided is dependent on some characteristic of another item, and where the Contractor has selection or fabrication of the actual product to be used, the Contractor shall be responsible for coordination of related items, and shall insure that a proper exchange of information takes place prior to, or during, preparation of each submittal, which shall reflect zuch coordination. The notation "veriff" on the Drawings indicates the necessity for Contractor coordination if the particular fuxtances used. 2. Submittals that have not been reviewed by the Contractor for complete and proper inclusion of all items stated in the technical provisions, per the requiremeno of the Contract Documene for coordination with all applicable portions of the Work, shall not be processed or reviewed by the Architect or Consultant, and will be rehrmed to the Contractor. 3. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Work, the Construction Schedules and the Contract Documents. B, Confactor shall not be relieved of the responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect's review or action of Shop Drawings, product data, samples, or similar submittals, unless the Contractor has specifically: 1) Informed fte Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of subminal, 2) Indicated on the submittal the deviation, or 3) Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation. All substitution requests must be submitted as per the requirements of this Section. The Contractor shall not be relieved of the responsibility for enors or omissions in the Shop Drawings, product data and samples, or similar submittals by the Architect's review. l. Contractor Review: In reviewing submittals of subcontractors and suppliers, the Confiactor shall mark all sets, indicating their conections and comments, in green. C. Apply Contractor's review stamp to each sheet ofShop Drawings, product data, and sample labels, signed by lhe Contractor, certifoing approval, review, and verification of products, field dimensions, construction criteria and coordination of inforrration that submittals comply with the Contract Documents- D, Do not frbricate products, or begin Work that requires submittal, until retum of submittal after Architect or Consultant review. The Architect shall consider submittals that have not been processed through the Architect invalid; such submittals shall be retumed without action. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Submittals 01300 - 3 E. Submittals, witbout the Contractor's review comments and sipature indicating codormance to the above requirements, shall be considered invalid and retumed without action by the Architect. F. The Contractor is responsible for all delays caused by improper zubmittal procedures, I.O4 ARCHITECT'SREVIEW A. Conections or comments made on Shop Drawings during review shall not relieve the Contractor fom compliance with the requirements of Drawings and Specifications. The Architect's review is only for review of general conformance with the Desigr Concept of the Project and general compliance with information given in the Conract Documents. B. The decision ofthe Architect shall be furat. C. No action will be taken on "rough-in" Shop Drawings for plumbing and electrical connections when the items of equipment are not included in the same submittal, D. Review Time: l. On a normal basis, each submittal to the Architect will be retumed to the Contractor within l0 working days of the date it is received by the Architect and deemed properly submitted' 2. If for any reason the above schedule cannot be me! the Contractor shall be so informed and the Schedule of Submittals revised to allow for immediate processing of priority items. The Architect and the professional Conzultants will employ their best efforts !o review each submittal within the shortest practical time. The Contractor shall be in constant communication with the Architect in order to prioritize the review of submittals per the Contractor's needs in the event the Architect or the professional Consultants are bacHogged due !o an inordinate volume of submittals for review E. For changes shown by the Architect during the Arshitect's review, relative to a change in scope (time or cost), the Contractor shall promptly noti$ the Owner and proceed per the provisions of THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, including the General Conditions, and in no case proceed with the changes without Owner's written approval. 1,05 RETURN OF SI.JBMITTAIS A. After review, each submittal will be retumed to the Contractor accompanied by the submittal transmittal form. Comments will be marked in rcd and each item, or sheet, will bc samped aud marked to indicate one of the following: l. No Exceptions Taken: No discrepancies found with conformance to the Design Concept and the Conract Documents. 2. Exceptions As Noted: Minor discrepancies have been found with conformance to the Desigrr Concept and the Connact Documents. 3. Reviewed For Information Onl'r: No Architect comment required. Pertains mostly to review by Architect's Consultants. 4. Retained For Record: Submittal retained for Architect and/or Consultant record file only. Pertains mostly to calculations and engineered systems Worlc 5. Revise and Resubmit: Submittal does not meet the requirements of the Desip Concept or the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall promptly correct and resubmit. I.06 TRANSMITTALLETTER A. Submittal Transmittal Submittals Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I t I I I I I I I I t I I I I I 01300 - 4 1.07 1.08 I I I ! I I I t I I I I I I t I I I I The Submittal Transmittal is used to document the review progress by the Architect and professional Consultants, and to documeNrt its return back to the Contractor. Each submittal must have a separate trarsmittal sheet. The transmittal becomes the 'tover sbeet" for the submittal; each successive block is completed during the review as it flows fiom the Contractor to the Architect, the Architect to the Consultant(s) and back (where applicable), and back to the Contractor. a. Use the Submittal Transrnittal provided under Section 00500 - Agreement Forms. b. Each submittal shall bear the following information: I ) Name of originating organization. 2) Submittal identification (name and number). 3) Date prepared. 4) Date Submitted. c. In addition, itens resubmitted shall have the following information listed in tbe letter or transmittal. l) Dates of previous submission. 2) Revisions, other than those specifically requested, shall be specifically noted. GROUPINGOF SUBMITTALS A. Unless otherwise specified, make submittal in groups containing all associated items to assure that information is available for checking each item when it is received. B. Coordinate submiuals into logical groupings and sequence to faciliate interrelation of the several items. I . Finishes which involve Architect's selection of color, textures or pattenrs. 2. Associated items that require conelation for effcient function or installation. C. Partial submittals may be rejected as not conplying with the provisions of the Contract. l. The Contractor will be held liable for delays so occasioned. D. Multiple submittals will not be allowed under a single transmittal. SUBMITTALPROCEDIJRE A. Quantity and Types of Submittals: Product Data (Literature) 4 copies 2 copies Samples 2 (U.O.N per Section) I B. Submittal Numbering System: l. Each submittal shall be assigned a unique number by the Contractor using the following system: Item Shop Drawings Submittal Number Where: )O(XXX YY Submitted to Architect Returned to Contractor 4 copies I original and I copy xxpo(-YY-1,2,3... Specifi cation Section Number Subnrittal Number 01300 - s Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Submittals I Initial Submittal 2 First Rezubminal 3 Second Rezubmittal ... Etc. 01, 02, 03... Sequential Number Examples: If the first submittal on a Project is for Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts with 50 sheets, the submittal number will be 08410-01-l,23,...50 (each sheet will have a separate sequential number). If sheet fs 10-20 require resubmittal, only those sheets shall be resubmitted with subminal numbers 0841 0-02- I 0...20. If a second resubmittal were required for those same sheets, they would be numbered 08410-03-10...20, and so on for subsequent resubmittals, If subsequent submittals occur within the scope of the same Specification Section, the next initial submittal would be numbered 08410-01-51 and the whole process starts over. This system allovs for the tracking of individual drawings of all submittals independent of other drawings originally submitted with it. Samples are to be handled the same way. Product data and literature should be given a singlc sequential number for each group of infonnation, but cutsheets should be numbsred individually. I.O9 RES1JBMITTALREQI.JIREMENTS A. Make any corections or cbanges in the subminals required by the Architcct and/or professioml Consultants and resubmit when the Architect's stamp requires Resubmittal, or as required by the timely completion of the Work. |. Contractor shall provide Owner with one record corpy of resubmitted, reviewed and returned submittats. B. Shop Drawings and Product Data: l. Revise initial drawings or data, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. 2. IdentiS any changes which have been made other than 0rose requested by the Architect and/or the professional Consultants by "clouding", or other suitable means acceptable to the Architect. Only changcs that have been "clouded" and changes requested by the Architect and/or the professional Consulants will be revierved on a resubmittal. The Architect and/or the professional Consultals will not assune responsibility for the review ofany uorequested change that is not "clouded" on a rezubmittal. C. Samples: Submit new samples as required for injtial submittal and subsequent resubmittals. D. The Contractor is responsible for all dclays caused by the resubmittal process. I.IO QUAIITYASS1JRANCE A. The Contractor may requirc its subcontractors to provide additional drawings, setting diagrams, and similar infomration to help coordinate the Work, but such data shall rcsrain between the Contractor and its subcontractors and wjll not be reviewed by the Architect. B. The Contractor is responsible for confirming and correlating all guarantees, dimensions, selecting fabricating process and tcchniques of consuuctioq fumishing specified finishes, and perfomfng the Work in a safe manner. I. In addition to Shop Drawings, product data and samples, the procedures stated in this Section shall also apply to submittal of other iters required in the various Technical Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I t ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Submlttals 01300 - 6 a, b. d. e. f o h. i. B. c. D. E. LlI I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I Sections, including certifications, warranties, guarantees, test data and reports, operating and maintenance manuals and oarts lists. SCHEDUI-E OF VALIJES F. Within 30 days from the Notice to Proceed by the Owner, and prior to the first Application for Payment, submit typed Schedule of Values. Format: Follow the Table of Contents of this Project Specifications Manual. Identiff each line item witlr number and title of the major Specification Sections. For unit cost allowances, give quantities measured from dle Confact Documents multiplied by the unit cost equal to the total for the item. Provide a subschedule for each separate stage of Work including General Conditions. Submit revised Schedule of Values reflecting changes since previous submittal with each Application for Payment. Idendry aI changes since previous submittal. Revise Schedule of Values to list executed Change Orders. Keep Cbange Order amouts on a separate line item $rith a sepamte and complete schedule of values for each Directive within each Change Order, t.t2 SI]BMITTAI SCHEDIJLE Within a reasonable time, but not exceeding 90 days, and after execution of the Owner/Confiactor Agreement, or earlier as required by the status of Work, submit a Submittal Delivery Schedule. No material or equipment shall be incorporated into dre Work until acceptance of the source or Manufacturer is reccived from the Owner and Architect. The Contractor shall allow adequate -'me for the proper submission pmcedures, distributioq review, reproduction, and r€tlrm to the Contractor when developing tlre Submittal Scbedule. Consideration should also be made by the Contractor so as not to overburden the Architect and Consultants with unreasonable amounts of submittals to be processed in sbort time fiames. The Owner and Architect shall not be treld liable for delays caused by such overburdening by the Contractor. |. Tbe schedule shall include but not necessarily be lirnited to the following: Sbop Drawings. Products. Samples. Mockups. Color selections. Preinstallation conferences. Tests and certifi cations. Items of Work required at Substantial Completion. Closeout items. l) Warranties and Guarantees. 2\ Record documents and as-builts. 3) O &M Manuals. 4) Owner instuctions. 2. List items required for submittal. ln the event tbe Technical Provisions include items not covered in the list, the requirements of the Technical Provisions shall govern. Submittal data may be required on any item, even though submittal requirements are not given in the Specifications. 3. Identification of Submittal: Submittals, including resubmittals, shall be numbered in accordance with $e "Subminal Procedure" as described in this Section. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentid Vail Colorado 03 January 2005 Submittals 01300 - 7 l.13 B. After review by 0re Architect, revise and resubmit as required within l0 days. C. Prepare Submittal Schedule to comply with the Construction Progress Schedule for submittals related to Work progrus. Coordinate submittals of related items. D. Submit revised Submittal Schedules reflecting changes since prwious submittal with each Monthly Report. Identifo all changes since previous submittal. SHOP DRAWINGS A. Prepare and Fesent Shop Drawings in a clear and thorough manner. Do not reproduce Confrct Documenb for use as Shop Drawings unless specifically and individually approved by the Owner and Archircct. I. ldentify details by referencc to sheet and detail, schedule, or room nurnber as shown on the ConEact Drawings. B. Submit in form and quantity in accordance with the "Submittal Procedure" as described in this Section. After the Architect's review, rcpmduce and distribute to subcontractors and suppliers as required, I.I4 PRODUCTDATA A. Preparation: l. Clearly mark each copy to identiff pertinent products or models. 2. Show performance characteristics and capacities. 3. Show dimcnsions and clearances required. 4. Show wiring or piping diagrams and contols. B. Manufrcturer's standard schematic drawings and diagmms: L Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information that is not applicable to the Worlc 2. Supplement statrdard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work I,I5 SAMPLES A. Submit samples identical to the precise product proposed to be provided. B. Submit firll range of lvlanuhcturcrs' standard colors, textures and patterns, except vihen more restrictive requirements are specified for thc Owner's review and Architect's selection. C. Submit samples to iltustrate firnctional characteristiqs of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate submittal of different categories for interfacing Work. D, Include identification on each sample, giving firll inforrnation. E. In addition to samples submittcd for appmval, mainain field samples of finishes at jobsite, at location acceptable to Orrner and ArchitecL I.16 MANI,JFACTURERS CERTIFICATES A. Submit in accordance with requirements of each Specification Section. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I Submlttals 01300 - 8 l.t7 1.18 1.19 I I I I I I I t I t I I I I I I I I t PART2 MEPFP COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Contractor and a representative of each MEPFP trade involved shall meet with the Owner and Architect and determine mutually with the other where composite C.oordination Drawings shall be prepared and ori ginated. B. Under the direction of the Contractor, the applicable trades shall coordinate and prepare the Coordination Drawings. The Contractor shall distribute copies of the Coordination Drawings to each involved tade after review and approval by the Architect. C. Prepare Coordination Drawings on tle same size sheets as the Contract Drawings and submit as required for Shop Drawings. D. Include necessary plan views and sectioDs drawn to scale. hclude dimensions where necessary and as directed by the Architect. E. Draw plans at a minimum scale of l/4" = l'-0". F. Enswe each trade checks proposed locations of their Work with the requirements of all related Work to verifu non-interference and compliance with ceiling heights, obstructions irposed by recrssed lighting fixnres, shaft spaces and other limitations. Indicate all access door locations. Check each conflict and direct wtrich trade has priority and the sequence in which Work is to be installed. Installed Work that blocks, or otherwise inhibits the proper Work of any o*rer tade, shall be removed and relocated by the Contractor at no increase to the Conhact Surn. G. Veriff all trades have reviewed composite Coordination Drawings prior to commencement of Work in question. H. The Owner and Architect rnay request additional Coordination Drawings as construction proceeds if, in the Architect's opinion, additional drawings are required for the proper coordination of the Work. OPERATION AND MAINTENA}ICE MANUAIS A. Submit all O & M Manuals in accordance wittr the requirements specified in Section 01730 - Operation and Maintenance Data. l. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule after insallation ofmaterials. WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES AND BONDS A. Provide as required by Tecbnical Sections of the Specifications. Submit in accordance with the requirements specified in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. l. Receipt and approval by the Architect shall be considered part of the reguirernents for the Architect to certift Substantial Completion. PRODUCTS Not Used Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Submlttals 01300 - 9 PART3 EXECUTION NotUsed ENDOFSECTTON Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residcntial Vail,Colondo 03 Jenuary 2005 Submlttals 01300 - r0 I t I I I I I I t I I T I I I I I I I SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDT'LES AND REPORTS PART I GENERAL I.OI SECTION INCLIJDES A. DetailedConstructionSchedule. B. Special Schedules. C, Completion Scbedule. D.Reports. E. Submittals. F. Distibution. I.O2 DETA]LEDCONSTRUCTIONSCHEDULE A. Subject to TI{E CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, the Conaactor shall prepare and submit a Critical Path Method of project planning (CPM), or other approved plarming method, for review and approval by the Owner and Architect. The CPM shall be utilized by the Prime Conuaclor to control and monitor the progress of construction Work, submittals, procurement and delivery. B. Detailed Construction Schedule: Provide time-phased, resource-loaded, critical path network diagram to sbow the following: l. In critical path method (CPM) format (using precedence techniques), show the start, completio4 and interfrces between all related activities and the sequence in which the Conuactor plans to accomplish the Work. Critical path network logic shall reflect equipment and manpower restraints. Detail shall be such that no activity duration shalt exceed 15 days unless otherwise required. Include subcontactor Work. 2. In addition to constuction activities, show submittal and approval of critical samples of materials and Shop Drawings as required, issuance of all necessary permits, procurement of material and equipment and tbeir installation and testing in the proper sequence necessary for startup of the Work, and any decision and/or dLection required of the Owner or Architect critical to the progpess of the Work. 3. Incorporate into the schedule an allowance for related activities and other activities as directed by the Owner, and required to interface with activities performed by the Owner and/or other Consactors. 4. Schedule all Work to meet Contractual milestones. 5. Duration of activities shall be in workdays. A workweek is assumed to be Monday ftrough Friday, unless otherwise scheduled by the Conhctor. C. Schedule Updating and Maintenance. L Revisioru: a. As part of dre Montlrly Progress Report, the Contractor shall provide the status of all activities scheduled to have started as of the date of the Report. If any activity is behind schedule, the Contsactor shall: l) Identiry the float remaining for non-critical activities' 2\ If an activity is critical, the Contractor shall identiff the recovery plan Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Construction Schedules and Reports 01310 - I required to bring the activity back on schedule, and the date by which the Work will be back on schedule. 3) If a recovery plan carmot be identifed to the satisfaction ofthe Owner, the Contractor shall revise the schedule reflecting thc curr€nt percent complete of each activity and reschedule the balance of the Wort to reflect the timely completion of the Project. 4) Failure to conply with the above may result in the Owner delaying the processing of the Contractor's Application for Payment until compliancc by the Contractor. b. Revisions to the approved Detailed Construction Schedule the Contractor considers necessary shall, except in case ofemergency that risks the safety ofthe Work or workers, be subject to approval before the revision can be effected. Upon approval, effect the revision and include such revisions in the next update of the Deailed Construction Schedule. Pmposals for such rpvisions shall clearly outline the technical requirements, as well as the estimated impact on schedule and cost of the Work required to meet the nilestone dates. I.O3 SPECIALSCHEDIJLES A. Submit Special Schedules comprising of a 3 week look-ahead schedule, in bar chart format, showing detailed Work programmed for the next 3 weeks; a manpower allocation schedule, suppliers' fabrication schedules and the like, in a form as directed by the Owner, to define critical areas of Work B. These schedules will relate directly to the overall Project Construction Schedule and shall be updated by the Contractor on a weekly basis. C. The Contractor will hold weekly meetings with representatives of all subcontractors and vendors that have items of Work that affect the 3 week look-ahead schedule. The Owner and Architect may attend these meetings. The Contractor shall generate meeting minutes listing all action iterns. D. Pmvide subschedules as required to define critical portions ofprime schedules. I.O4 COMPLETIONSCHEDTJLE A. No later than 30 days prior to Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall provide a list of incomplete and deficient iterns, scheduling tleir completion with the following information: l. Room number per Architect's Drawings. 2. Date of completion of each iEm. 3. For exterior iterns, provide elevations and reference grid location. 4. MEPFP systems. I.O5 REPORTS A. Monthly Progress Report: l. Prepare and submit monthly with the Cootractor's Application for Payment. I.06 SUBMITTALS A. At trme of original submission and at each update submit: l. Schedules: Two large size copies. 2. Schedule Data Reports: Two sets, plus one set of diskettes, if data is microcomputer Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I t I I I T I I I I I I Construction Schedules and Reports 01310 - 2 I I 3. iiffiroorrsReports: rwocopies. I r.07 DrsrRrBUrroN A, Disribute copies of the reviewed schedules to: I i:. ff;;Io*'*'sRe'resentative'3. Jobsirc file.I i 3',lr:H:jH;o*,,, I B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the I projections shown in the schedules. t PARr2 PRoDUcrs Not Used I PARr3 ExECUrroN I Notused I nNDoFsEcrIoN I I I I I t I I Construction Schedules and Reports 0l3 10 - 3 t Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 I T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t sEcTroN 01400 QUALITYCONTROL PART1 GENERAL I.OI SECTIONS INCLUDES A. Quality Contol Program. B. Quality Assurance. C. Manufacturer's Instructions. D. Manufacturer's Certificates. E. Manufacturer's Field Services. F. Mockups. G. Reference Strndards, Codes and Specifications. H. Testing - General. I. Contractor's Quality Control Systan. J. MinimumConstructionTolerances: Standards. K. General Work Requirements. 1.O2 QUAUTYCONTROLPROGRAM A. The Contractor is responsible to maintain a Contractor's Quality Conrol Prograrn for all iterrs of Work, including the Work of subcontactors to ensure the Work conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. The Owner and Archilect will periodicatly review the Work in progress for compliance with the Contract Documents and will present reports of such reviews to the Contractor who shall then Ake the corrective action required, However, neither the performance nor lack of performance of such review by either the Owner or the Architect shall relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for quality contsol. C. Ensure appropriate facilities, instruments and devices required for performance of Contractor's Q,uality Conrol is available on-site. D, Protect and maintain material and equipment during storage and installation, and until final review of the completed Work 1.03 QUALITYASSURAI.ICE A. Maintain quality conrol over supervision, subcontractors, suppliers, manufacnrers, products, services, worlcnanship and site conditions to produce Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Workmanship: Provide suitably qualified personnel to prcduce Work of specified quality. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I Quality Conhol 01400 - I t.04 C. Quality of Constnrction: Nonvithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein or in any of the plans, Specifications or other Contract Documents, the Work is not to be considered "st ndard commercial construction", but shall be considered "custom" construction. All Work shall be completed in accordance with the highest standard ofworkmanship by all uades. MANUFACTIJRER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When required in individual Specification Sections, submit Manufacturer's printed instnrctions in the quantity required for product data, for delivery, handling, storage, assembly, installatiorl startup, adjusting, balancing and finishing as appropriate. B. The Contractor shall comply with Manufacturer's instsuctions in full detail including each step in sequ€nce. Should instruction conflict with the Contract Doorments, reque.gt clarification ftom Architect before proceeding. MANIJFACTIJRER'S CERTIFICATE S A. When required or specified in individual Specification Sections, Contractor shall require Supplier or Manufachrrer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality ofworkrnanship, testing and to malc appropriate recommendations. B. Manufactuer's represenlative shall submit a written report to 0re Architect and responsible Engineer listing observations and recommendations. MANUFACTT,]RER'S FIELD SERVICES A. When required in individual Specification Sections, have Manufacturer or supplier provide qualified representative to observe freld conditions, conditions of surfaces and irstallatiorq quality workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust and balancc of equipment as applicable, and to make written r€port of observations and recommendations to the Architect. MOCKIJPS A. Erect field sarnples and mockups at jobsite: l. Wall: Constnrct a 20 feet by 20 feet wall, including a comer condition. 2, Others: As required per the Specification Sections. B. Construct mockup using products, mat€rials and methods identical to those to be utilized in the Project Work C. Provide adequate supports, foundations and bracing as required to properly stabilize mockup. D. Construct mockup in accordance with appmved submittals. Deviations from, or additions to details indicated on approved submittals, are subject to the Architect's approvat. E. Structural components and conditions of atachment ofthe mockup shall accurately reflect acfiml Project work conditions for prolile and suucnual integrity. F. Mockups shall be made available for review by the Owner and Architect at least 2 weeks before approval is needed by the Contractor to maintain schedule. RTFERENCE STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal VaiI, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.05 1.06 t.07 1.08 Quality Control 01400 - 2 ). J. 4. 5. 6. 1.09 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A. Building Codes: The Work shall be performed in compliance with all applicable Codes. These irrclude, but are not limited to the following: lnternational Building Code (IBC), 2003 Edition. Intemational Mechanical Code (IMC), 2003 Edition. Intemational Plumbing Code (lPC), 2003 Edition. National Electric Code (NEC),2002 Edition. International Fire Code (IFC), 2003 Edition as referenced by IBC. ADA: Federal Register/Vol. 56, No. l,l4lPart III, Department of Justice, Office of the Attorney General, 28 CFR Part 36 - Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability by Public Accornmodations and in Commercial Facilities: Final Rule/July 26, l99l (Revised July I, 1994). 7. ICC/ANSIAI l7.l-1998: Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 8. ASME Al7.l-1993 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators. 9. lntemational Energy Conservation Code (IECC), 2003 Edition. 10. lntemational Fuel and Gas Piping Code (IFGPC),2003 Edition. B. All pemrits issued for Work. C, All applicable State and Federal requirements and Codes. D. Sandards and Specifications: Standards published by various organizations and govenxnent agencies are referred to by title in various Sections of these Specifications. Such standards and published Specifications are hereby included in their entirety, together with applicable addenda and inlerpretations, and shall have the same force as ifprinted herein. TESTING - GENERAL A, The term'lesting" as used herein is defined as testing and/or inspection. B, The Contractor shall provide such equipment and facilities as the Independent Testing Agency may require for conducting field tests and for collecting and forwarding samples. The Contractor shall not use any materials or equipment represented by samples until tests, ifrequired, have been made and the materials or equipment found to be acceptable. Any product that becomes un6t for use after acc€ptance shall not be incorporated into the Work C. All materials or equipment proposed may be tested at aDy time during their preparation or urc. The Contractor shall furnish the required samples without charge and shall coordinate testing with the Architect, responsible Engineer and Independent Testing Agency to allow sufEcient time for testing before placing orders or starting work. Products may be tested either prior to shipment or after being received at the jobsite. D. Tests shall be made by an accredited Independent Testing Agency with minimum 5 years experience in the specific tjpe of testing to be performed. Exc@t as otherwise provided, sampling and testing of all materials, and the Agency methods and tesring equipment, shall be in accordance with the latest standards and tentative methods of the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). E. There additional or specific information concerning testing methods, sample sizes, etc., is required, such information is included under respective Seclions ofthe Specifications. F, The Contractor shall confonn to the testing requirements ofthe Town of Vail, or as required by the authority having jurisdiction. C. ContractorTestingRequirements Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Quauty Control 01400 - 3 1. General: The follovring testing shall be performed by and at the expense of the Contractor installing the material being tested: a. Material or Method Substitution: Any tests of basic material, fabrication equipment or a Substitute for specified items or methods on which a test may be required in order to prove is compliance with the Specifications. b. Product Performance Verification: The supplier of products specified based on performance criteria shall, at tbe requ€st of the Architect or responsible Engineer, inspect the installed product and ceftiry conformance of the product to specified criteria under the insalled conditions. c. See respective Specification Sections for specific testing requiements. 2. Corrective measures resulting fiom any rcst that fails sball be paid for by the installing Contractor and shall be subject to the following conditions: a. Quantity and nahre of additional testing, if required, shall be determined by the responsible Engineer. b. All additional tests shall be takeq in the presence ofthe responsible Engineer or its representative. c. Proof of noncompliance will make the installing Contractor liable for any corrective action which the responsible consultant feels is prudeng including complete removal and replacement of defective material. 3. Nothing contained herein is intended to imply that the installing Contracbr does rot have the right to havc tests performed on any material at any time for their own information and job control, so long as the Owner does not assume responsibility for costs or for giving them consideration when appraising quality of materials. Independent Testing Agency A. General: Refer to Section 01410 - Testing laboratory Services. Test Reports t. Reports ofall tests shall be distributed by the lndependent Testing Agency as follows: copy - General Contractor's Project Manager. copy - General Confrctor's Field Superintendent copy - Applicable Supplier or Subcontractor. copy - Owner. copy - Architect- copy - Responsible Engineer. Other copies - As Directed. I.IO CONTRACTOR'SQUAIITYCONTROLSYSTEM A. General: The General Contractor sball establish a quali$ control qrctem and sball perform sufficient inspection and tests of all items of Work, including that of their subcontractols, to erxlure conformance to the Contract Documenb for materials, workmanship, construction, finis!, functional perfonnance and identification. Contractor's quality conrol system is the means by which ihey assure tlemselves that the construction complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C.onuols shall be adequate to cover all construction operations. I . lnspect each item of material or equipment immediately prior to irutallation. Reject damaged and defective items. 2. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for securing Work. Secure Work true to line and level, and within specified tolerances or recoearized industry tolerances, whichever is stricter. Allow expansion/conmction and building movement. Provide uniform joint width in exposed Work, Arrange joints in exposed Work to obtain Gore Creek Residences Tunncl & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t I I t t I I I I t I I I t I I I I H. Quality Control 01400 - 4 I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I the best visual effect. Refer questionable visual effect choices to the Architect for final decision. 3. Recheck measurements and dimensions of the Work as an integral step of starting each installation. 4. Install each unit-of-work during weather conditiors and Project status that will ensure the best possible results in coordination with the entire Work. Isolate each unit of Work iom incompatible Work as necessary to prevent deterioration. 5. Coordinate enclosure of Work with required inspections and tests so as to minimize necessity of uncovering Work for that purpose. B. Records: Conractor shall maintain correct records on an appropriate fonn for all inspections and tests performed, instructions received from the Architect, responsible Engineer or Testing Agency, and actions taken as a result of those insructions. These records shall include evidence that the required inspections or tests have been perfonned (including type and number of inspections or tests, nature of defects, causes for rejection, etc.), proposed or directed remedial action and corrective action taken. Contractor shall document inspections ard tests as required by each Section of the Specifications. l.ll MIMMLJMCONSTRUCTIONTOLERANCES: STANDARDS A. These provisions, standards and tolerances shall apply to all Work under this Contract. Where stricter standards and tolerances are specified elsewhere in these Specifications, or in references specified in these Specifications, they shall take precedence over these stardards ard tolerances. B, Build and install parts of the Work level, plumb, square and in correct position, unless specifically shown or specified otherwise. l. No part shall be out of plumb, level, square, or correct position so much as to impair the proper firnctioning of the part of the Work as judged by the Architect. 2. The following tolerances shall apply to plane surfaces. Consult Architect for applicability of these tolerances beforc beginning Work. a. No point in plane surface shall be out ofcorrect position by more than l/8 inch. b. No staight-line tangent to the plane surface shall vary from the plane surface by more than l/8 inch in l0 feet; non-cumulative. C. Make joints tight and neat. Ifnot possible, apply sealant or other joint treaEnent as directed by the Architect, as required. D. Under potentially damp conditions, provide galvanic isolation between different metals that are not adjacent on the galvanic scale. E, All fasteners used by all trades on the exterior, and where dampness and corrosion can reasonably be anticiparcd, shall be corrosion resistant l. Fasteuers for carpentry on the exterior, or in porcndally damp locations, shall be stainless steel, aluminum or double hot-dip galvanized steel. 2. Fasteners for copper, brass and bronze in all locations, and under all conditions, shall be copper, brass or bronze. Fasteners for stainless steel shall be stainless steel. Fasteners for aluminum shall be stainless steel or aluminum wherc exposed to view, and stainless steel, aluminum or double hot-dip galvanized steel where not exposed to vieu Fasteners for ferrous metats shall be galvanized or stainless steel. Fasteners for other materials on the exterior, in cellars and crawl spaces, embedded in exterior walls, at the rooq and other places where dampness and corrosion can reasonably be anticipated, shall be ofone ofthe types specified above. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentiat Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 3. 4. 6. Quality Control 01400 - 5 7. If corrosion-resistant fastene$ are not available, notifu Architect. Architect will direct altemative protections. F, Apply protective finish to paru of 0re Work before concealing parts. For example, paint door tops and door bosoms prior to hanging doors, and paint corrodible mounting plates before installing parts over thein L Paint aluminum embedded in masonry with bituminous paint. 2. Use tseated wood at all locations exposed to dampness or in contact with concrete or non- compatible materials. 3. Paint other concealed materials and products with same primer and finish specified for exposed surfaces. If concealed materials are fully covered, primer alone is sufficient unless specified otherwise. 4. Concealed products that are already corrosion protected need not be prolected further unless specifi ed otherwise. G, Manufacturers, subcontracto$ and workmen shall be experienced and skillful in performing the work assigned to them. H. VeriS critical dimensions in the field before fabricating items that must fit adjoining construction I. Where accessories are required in order to install oarts of the Wo* in usabte fonn orovide such accessories. J. All paint used on all products shall conform to ANSI 266,1, "Specifications for Paints and Coatings Accessible to Children to Minimize Dry Film Toxicity". K. Follow Manufacturers' instructions for assembling, installing and adjusting products. Where MaDufrcturers' instructions conflict with Contract DocumenB, request interpretations from Architect and follow the interpretation. L. Adjust and operate all items of equipment, leaving them fully ready for use. M. All wan-anties, guafimtees and service maintenance agreements shall commence on the date of Substantial Cornpletion ofthe Work, or of the iterr being guaranteed whichever is later, so that the Owner receives full use of 0re item for the guarantee or warranty period. N. All materials and equipment shall comply with the Occupational Safety and Health Act, including all amendments. I.I2 GENERALWORKREQUIREME}.ITS A. Seal cracks, joints and openings to make exterior skin ofbuilding watertight. If methods ofdoing so are not specified or indicated on the Drawings, notifu Owner and Architect of altemative solutions and proceed as directed at no additional cost to fie Owner. B. Provide adequate blocking backing, bracing, nailers, fasteners and other supports to install products of the Work securely. Installed products shall be able to witbstand 2-ll2 times the rnaximum anticipated load as estimated by the product Manufacturer. Blocking, backing, bracing, nailers, fasteners and other supports shall be of a type not subject to deterioration or weakening as the result ofenvironmental conditions or aging. l. Anchor all railings and attachments to resist a lateral force of200 lbs applied horizontally and 50 lbs/liner foot at any point without damage or pennanent set. 2. Pipe hammer u/ill NOT be allowed; provide adequate blocking and anchorage as Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Resldential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I t I Quality Control 01400 - 6 c. D. E. F. I t I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I t I PART 2 PART 3 required. Provide bases, pads, inserts, blockouts, and other supporting structures as required for all portions of the Work, even if not specified or indicated on the Drawings, but as nonetheless required for a complete instaltation, at no additional cost to the Owner. Cracks, chips, stains or spalling of the hardscape finish will not be permitted. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall replace the unacceptable Work at no additional cost to the Owner. All non-prefinished, exposed area development metallic objects such as unistrut, gates, matrhole covers, valves, pipes, hydrants, etc. shall be finish painted with colors as selected by the Architect. As part of warranty specified in the General Conditions, repair craclcs and other damage that occur as a result of settlement and sbrinkage during the first year after Substantial Completion. This requirement does not include cracks and other damage that are determined to be from abuse ofthe Project, or abnormal faults that result from inadequate design. PRODUCTS Not Used EXECUTION Not Used END OFSECTION Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 Quality Control 01400 - 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t SECTION 01410 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES PART I GENERAL I.OI SECTION INCLUDES A. General: The Owner will ernploy and pay for the services of an Independent Testing Agency to perfom inspections, tests and other services. Services shall be performed in accordance with requirements of goveming authorities and with specified standards. L Contraclor shall cooperate with the Testing Agency personnel and shall furnish tools, samples of materials, design mixes, equipment and assistance as requested. Refer to succeeding Specification Sections for specific Contractor duties for each Section, 2. Contractor shall provide and maintain, for the sole use of the Testing Agency, adequate facilities for 0re safe storage and proper curing of concrete test cylinders on the jobsite for ttre first 24 hours after casting, as required by ASTM C3I, 'Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field". 3, Contactor shall notifu the Testing Agency at least 5 worting days in advance of any qualification testing for welding required herein. 4. Contractor shall notifr the Testing Agency at least 72 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing or inspection services. 5. Contractor shall make anangements with the Testing Agency and pay for additional satnples and tests made for the ConFactor's convenience, or for re-testing of hiled sarnples. 6. For deficiencies requiring corrective action, the Contractor shall submit in writi4g a description of the deficiency and a proposed correction to the Architect and responsible Engineer. After review by the Engineer, the corrective action shall be implemented by the Contractor and inspected by the Testing Agency. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that lhe deficiency is corrected and inspected prior to the Work being covered. 7 . Retention of a Testing Agency by the Ov',ner shall in no way relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performing all Work in accordance with dre Contract requiremenb. I.O2 REI-ATEDREQUIREMENTS A. Conditions ofdrc Conract Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders or approvals ofpublic authorities. I.O3 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF THE INDEPENDENTTESTING AGENCY A. The Independent Testing Agency is not authorized to: L Release, rwoke, alter, relax or enlarge on requiremenb of the Contract Docum€nts. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Perfomr any duties of the Contractor. I.O4 CONTRAC-TOR'SRESPONSIBILITIES A, Cooperate with ttre Testing Agency personnel, at all times provide access to the Woilq storage areas and to Manufacture/s operations. B. Secure and deliver to the Testing Agency adequate quantities (as determined by the Owner, Architect and responsible Engineer) of representative samples of materials proposed o be used Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Resldential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Testing Laboratory Services 01410 - l and which require testing. Cooperate with the Testing Agency personnel in securing samples of materials to be used for testing purposes. Ensure the Testing Agency access to all fabrication plants and concrete plant for inspections and testing as required by the Owner, Architect and responsible Engineer. Furnish copies of product test repor6 to Owner, Architect Contractor and responsible Engineer, unless otherwise directed by Owner and Architect. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: L To provide access to Work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle sarnples at 0re jobsite or at the source offte product to be tested. 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 4. For storage and curing oftest samples. Based on the Project schedule and Project inspection dates required, notif the Independent Testing Agency miuimum 72 hours in advance of operations to allow for the Testing Agency assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. l. If such scheduled tests or irspections could not be performed after such notice, tbrougb no fault of the Testing Agency persormel, reimburse the Owner for the Testing Agency personnel time and travel expenses incuned. Make arrangements with the Testing Agency ard pay for additional samples and tesb reguired for the Contractor's convenience. Make arrangements with the Testing Agency and pay for additional inspections, sampling and testing required, wheN: initial tests indicate Work does not comply with the Contract Documents. 1.05 OBSERVATION Provide access to the Work and source of supply if the Owner, Architect and responsible Engineer wish to observe inspection or testing. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS OF THE INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY Meet "Recommended Requiremens for Independent kbomtory Qualification", published by American Council of Indepandent Laboratories. For each qpe of inspection and testing service to be performed, the Testing Agency shall submit certificatioq siped by the Testing Agency's registered Professional Engineer, of compliance with ASTM E329,'Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials used in Construction", latest edition, To qualiS for approval, the Laboratory shall be capable of performing all tests and inspections specified in lhe Conract Documents according to the appropriate ASTM standards. Other tests not referenced in the docurnents need not be included. Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located. Jobsite Techniciars: Testing and inspection services shall be performed only by trained and experienced tecbnicians currently quatified for the Work they are to perform. Documentation of such training and experience shall be submitted to the Owner, Architect and responsible Engineer Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 c. D. F, I t I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I G. H. B. c. D. Testing Laboratory Services 01410 - 2 I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I upon request. Minimum qualifications of lesting and inspection personnel shall be: l. Soils: National Instinrte for Certification of Engineering Tecbnicians (MCET) Level tr, and 2 years minimum experience under a MCET Level W, or registered Professional Engineer familiar with soil testing. 2. Concretei a. Testi''g of fiesh and hardened concrete shall be by American Concrete Insti$te certifed lrvel I Field Techniciars. b. Concrete reinforcing steel shall be inspected by personnel experienced in reinforced concrete consEuction and acceptable to the Building Official and Stuctrual Engineer. Personnel who are currently certified by the American Concrete Institute as a Concrete kspector Level II will be accepted. 3. Masonry: Masonry inspection shall be performed by personnel with 3 yean minimum experience in masonry inspectioq and shall be acceptable to the Building Official and Structural Engineer. Personnel who are currently Certified Masonry Inspectors by Ore lntemational Corrference of Building Officials (IBCO) are acceptable. 4, Steel American Welding Society (AWS) certified (AWS-QC-IA), and American Society of Non-Desructive Testing (ASNT) Technician Certification Proerdm (SNI)-TC-1A, hvel II, in the applicable discipline (ultasonics, magnetic particle, liquid penetrant, radiography and eddy cunent). In addition to AWS and ASNT Certifcations, the Technician shall be thorouglily familiar with dre "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM ,{325 or ,{490 Bolts ', latest edition, by the Research Council on Sructural Connectiors. E. Testing Equipment: 1. Calibrated within the last year by devices of accuracy traceable to either: a. National Bureau of Standards. b. Accepted values of na$ral physical constants. 2. When requestcd, fumish evidence, satisfactory to the Architect and responsible Engineer, tbat all equipment to be used has been calibrated in accordance with applicable ASTM standards widrin the last year and is in proper working order. I.O7 AUTHONTIES AND DUTIES OF THE INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY A. General: The Testing Agency inspectors shall farniliarize themselves with all applicable portions of the ConEact Documents peraining to the area of Work and shall perform their duties in such a manner that neither fabrication nor constnrction is urnecessarily delayed or impeded. In NO instance shall the inspector recommend or prescribe a method ofrepair for a defect. B. Cooperate with the Owner, Architect, responsible Engineer and Conftctor; and to provide qualified personnel after due notice. C, Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing ofmaterials and methods ofconstruction: l. Comply with specified standards, 2. Ascertain compliance of materials with requireurents of the Conbact Documents. D. Promptly notiff the Architect and Contractor of observed inegularities or deficiencies of Work or products. E. Submit written reports of all inspections on a weekly basis. Include in each report: l. Date issued.2, Project title and number. 3. lndependent Testing Agency name, address and telephone number, Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Testing Laboratory Services 01410 - 3 PART2 PART3 I I I I I I I I It I I I I I I t I t I F. G. 4. Name and signature of the Testing Agency inspector. 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 6. Record of terrperature and weather conditions. 7. Date of test. 8. ldentification of product and Specification Section. 9. Location of sample or tast in the Project. 10. Tlpe of inspection or test. I t . Results of tests and compliance with the Contact Documents, 12. Interpretationoftestresults. 13. Certification by Notary Public: Upon completion of tbe Projec! the Testing Agency shall fumish to the Owner, Architect and respoDsible Fngineer, a statement certified by a Notary Public that all required tests and irspections were made in accordance with the requirernents of the Contact Documents. a- Test reporu shall include a description of deficiencies noted, and corrective action undertaken to resolve such deficiencies. b. Deficiencies observed shall immediately be brought to the attention of the Contractor's ficld superintendent, and trade foreman. In the event deficiencies are Dot corrected, or if an interpretation of the Conuact Documents is required, the Testing Agency shall immediately noti$ the Architect. c. The Testing Agency shall mainain a deficiency list of all items not corrected and shall re-inspect the area after the deficiency has been corrected. The list shall include a description of the deficiency, the date and time the deficiency was observed, who was notified, the date of re-irupection and description of corrective action taken. Distibute the deficieircy list at least once per month. d. At the end ofthe Projec! the Testing Agenoy shall submit a final signed report stating whether the Work tested and inspected conforms to the Contract Documents. Perform additional tests as requircd by the Owner, Architect and/or responsible Engineer. Obtaining Product and Material Certifications: The Te sting Agency shall be responsible for obtaining all product and material certifications from Manufacturers and suppliers as specified in the Specifications. Limitations of Authority The Testing Agency is not authorized to revoke, alter, relax, enlarge upon, or release any rcquirem€nts of the Specifications, or to approve or acce,pt any portion of the Work, or to perform any duties of the General ConEactor or its subcontractors. Specific Testing Agency testing and inspection requirenents are conhined rn, but are not limited to, the following Specification Sections: l. 02300 - Eartluork 2. 033fi) - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. 05120 - Stucoral Steel. 4. 06100 - Roueh Ca+entry. 5. 06130-HearyTimber. PRODUCTS Not Used EXECUTION Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential VaiI, Colorado 03 January 2005 Testing Laboratory Services 01410 - 4 I I Notused I I t I I I I EI{I} OFSECTION I I I I I t I I I rcstinglaboratoryservrces 0r4r0-s iT":ftff;fffffi Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 I sEcrloNorsooI coNsrRucrroN FACILTTIES AND TEMpoRARYcoNTRoLS I PART l GEFTERAL I.O1 SECTIONINCLUDES II A, Contractor's Field Offices, I B, Requirements of Regulatory Agencies, I C, General Rcquirements. I D. Temporary Electricity and Lighting.I E. Temporary Heat and Ventilation. I F. Temporary Telephone Service. r G. TemporaryWater. I H. Temporary Toilets. I I. Construction Aids. t J. Enclosures. I K. Maintenance ofTraffic.I L. Fire Protectiot I M, Barriers. I N. Cleaning During Construction. I O, Project Identification and Construction Signs. I P. sheds. I a. Removal. I R- Site Access. S. Water Control. I T. DustConrol. I U. Erosion and Sediment Conrol. r v. poilution conrol. I w Noise Control. I X. Security. I CoDstructiotr Facilities and 01500 - f Gore Creek Resldencesr Temporary Controls Tunnel & Residentirl J*"""H;3; I Y. Protection. Z. Use and Protection of Building and Site. AA. EnvironrnentalConditions. BB. Constnrction Operations at the Project Site. I.O2 CONTRACTOR'SFIELDOFRCES A. The location of designated parking, staging, storage, and administrative ofrce areas shall be coordinated with and approved by the Owner. B, All Contractor administrative offices shall be located in the Contactor's staging area only. No other administative offices will be allowed on siG unless specifically approved by the Owner. C. At Contractor's option, portable or mobile buildings rray be used. l. Mobile hornes, when used, shall be modified for offise use. 2- Do not use mobile homes for living quarters. D. Job Built Type: l. Structurally sound, weathertight, with floors raised above ground. 2, Temperature Transmission Resistance: Companible with occupancy and storage requirernents. 3. Size: As required for Contractor's field office personnel, plus one sparc work station for incidental use by subconftctor's persoDnel. a. Include meeting space as required for job meetings. E. Constnrct temporary field offices and storage sheds on proper foundations; provide connections for utility services. l. Secure portable or mobile buildings when used. 2. Provide steps and landings at entrance doors. 3. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide surface drainage. F. Mainlenance and Cleaning: l Provide periodic maintenance and cleaning for temporary structures, fumishings, equipment and services. I.O3 REQUIREMENTSOFREGIJI-ATORYAGENCIES A. Comply widr the Intemational Building Code, 2003 Edition, and all other applicable Codes and Regulations. B. Comply with Federal, Sate and local Codes and Regulations and with utility company requirements. I.O4 GENERAIREQUIREMENTS A, Materials for construction facilities and temporary controls may be new or used, but shall be adequate in capacity for the required usage; shall not create hazardous or unsafe conditiom and I I I I I Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 T I I I I I I t t I I I I I 01500 - 2 B. c. D. E, F, G. A. B. c. D, E. B. I t I I t I t I I I I I T I I I T T I shall confonn with requirements ofapplicable codes and regulations. Consult and coordinate with the Owner and Architect to review site confitions and factors which affect construction facilities and procedures including adjacent property which may be atrected by execution of the Work. Coordinate construction facilities with other Contractors and the Owner's own forces working at the site. Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous seryice. Modifu and extend services and qntems as required by progress of the Work as directed by the Owner, Remove all temporary controls and construction facilities upon completion of Work as directed by the Owner. Conuactor shall coordinate with local power authority for final hook up of permaaent utilities as well as for temporary utilities. The Owner will fumish NO utilities of any nahrre to the Contractor during dr entire coNtruction process, regardless of the location of the Contactor's offices, unless otherwise provided for in the Construction ConfacL 1.05 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING F. Arrange with utility company to provide service required for construction operations. kstall main panels, circuits, breakers, and branch wiring with area distribution boxes located to allow power and lighting by means ofconstruction-qpe power cords and conduits as required. Provide artificial lighting for construction operatiorui when natural light is not adequate for work, and for areas accessible to the public. Provide minimum 200-watt lamp for each 400 sfofbuilding area- Prior to final finish material installation, provide temporary lighting equal to that ofthe fnal designed lighting condition, if frnal lighting is not yet in place or operable. Locate disfribution boxes so that power for power tools is available, at a minimum, tbroughout the construction area by the use of 100-foot maximum length construction t}pe power cords. Permanent lighting may be used during construction subject to approval of the Owner. lvlaintain lighting and make routine repairs. Replace all defective or damaged fixtures and relamp all fixtures prior to final acceptance by 0re Owner. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance, operation, removal, sewice charges and power used until find acceptance by the Owner, 1.06 TEMPORARY TIEAT AND VENTII-ATION Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate enviroruneDtal conditions to facilitate progress of the Work, to meet specified rninfunum conditions for construction operations, and to protect materials and finishes from danrage due to temperature and humidity. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials and to prevent hazardous accumulations ofdust, fumes, vapors, gases and other contaminants. Portable heaters sball be standard approved udts complete with controls. Corxtruction Facillties and Temporary Controls Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 0rs00 - 3 t t I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I 1.07 1.08 D. Do not use open salamanders or other heaters that emit visible smoke. Prevent discharge fiom unvented heaters from contacting uncured masonry and concrete. E. Do not start finishing operations until building is enclosed and dried. After finishing operations have started, regulate heat or air conditioning so as to prevent rapid temperature changes inside building. L Finish materials having a specified moisture content shall have air humidity appropriately provided and connolled- F. If permanent HVAC system is used during construction period, the warranty period shall nwertheless begin at the time of Substantial Completion so that the Owner receives use of the plant for a full period of guarantee. Provide fuel used for temporary HVAC use. G. Perman€nt heating and ventilating apparatus, vihen available, may be used for temporary lreat and ventilation. Pay for temporary connections and disconnections and be responsible for any damage to the system and equipment during such temporary use. L Prior to operation ofpermanent facilities for terrporary purposes, veriS that installation is approved for operation and that new filters are in place, 2. Provide and maintain clean temporary filters during construction period. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for restoration or replacement of all Work affected, but not limited to, dirty equipment and ducrwork and mildew growth. Apparatus shatl be restored to "like-new cleanliness" prior to acceptance by Owner. H. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance, operation and rernoval, and for energ5l and firel used until final acceptance by the Owner. TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE A. Provide direct line telephone service to Conbactor's field offices for operations. B. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges. TEMPORARYWATER A. Arrange with utility company; provide water for consEr:ction purposes. B. Contractor shall be responsible for all tenporary and permanent connections. Temporary coDnections shall be removed when permanent connections are made. l Install branch piping with aps located so that water is available tbrroughout the construction area- Keep all joine and hoses watertight; provide watertight hose nozdes to prevent leakage. 2. Protect piping and finings against freezing. C. Potable Water: l. An adequate supply ofpotable water shall be provided in all places for all employees. 2. Potable water containers used to dispense drinking water shall be capable ofbeing tightly closed and equrpped with tap. Dpping fiom container or use of a common drinking cup is prohibited, 3. Where single service cups (to be used once) are supplied, both a sanitary container for unused cups and a covered receptacle for disposal of the used cups shall be mandatory. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 01500 - 4 I I I t l t I I I 1 I 1 I t I I I D. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and rernoval, and service charges for the water used until final acceptance by the Owner. I.O9 TEMPORARY TOILETS A. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance witlr laws and regulations for male and female employees. B. Type of facilities shall meet with the Owner's approval. Chemical portable toilets may be used. C. ClearL service and maintain required facilities and enclosures. I.IO CONSTRUCTIONAIDS A. Provide in accordance with applicable laws, ordinances, standards and codes, construction aids and equipment required by penonnel and to facilitate the execution of the Work; scaffolds, staging, ladders, ramps, nmways, platforms, railings, hoists, cranes, chutes, personnel elevators, temporary stairs, etc. B. Relocate construction aids as requked by progress of the Work, by storage requirements, and to accommodate legitimate requirements of the Owner, Architect and other Contractors. C. Provide and operate drainage and pumping equipment; maintain excavations and site free of standing water. D. Pay all costs for installation, maintenalce and energy used until final acceptance by the Owner. I.I I ENCTOSI]PJS A. Provide temporary, insulated, weadrer tight closures of openings in exterior surfaces to provide acceptable working conditions and protection for materials; to allow for temporary IrVAC and to prwent entry of unauthorized penons, Provide doon with self-closing hardware and locks. 1.12 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC A. Ensure all signs, barricades, barrels, channelizing devices, lights, flagmen or other devices that are used for the purpose of regulating, waming and guiding traffic, conform to the applicable standards ofthe authorities having jurisdiction; as well as to the Owner's requirements. B. Lncate, install and arrange all traffic control devices in accordance with the applicable standards of the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction. Be responsible for the proper location, installation, mainteuance and arralgement of all traffic control devices necessary for operations. The location of the raffic connol devices shown is dependent on field conditions. Ensure no device is located in a manner that will block existing traffc control devices, obstruct pedestrian taffic or interfere with vehicular movements, unless that is the specific intent of the installation. The installation, location and maintenance of all taffic contol devices are subject to approval of the authorities having jurisdiction. C. Immediately remove or cover all construction traffic control devices that are not necessary after construction operations are completed and the roadways are re-opened to normal taffic operations, D. Noti$ the Owner and aulhorities having jurisdiction prior to any lane closures. Be responsible for obtaining all permits necessary to accomplish the saeet work and lane closures. Before all lane closures, notiff the authorities having jurisdiction. E. Be responsible for making any signage or pavement marking revisiors detennined to be necessaryt ;ffi;Hffrl:;.'"T*-' I Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 01500 - 5 I Tby the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, or the Owner, in order to rernedy any haffic operational problems which may develop during the duration ofthe lane modifications, I.I3 FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide an adequate number of fire extinguishers placed strategically in the area of work during the ftll period of this Contract, per the requirements and approval of the authorities having j urisdiction. B. lnspect all work areas at completion of each workday to insure that no potential fire hazards exis! eliminate any that do exist. C. Coordinate installation and operation of permanent fire prolection system with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction as may be necessary to insure the unintempted progress of the Work. D. Provide access for fire fighting equipment to the site at all times per the requirements and approval of lhe authorities having jurisdiction I,I4 BARRIERS A. Provide as required to prevent public entry to construction areas and to protect adjacent properties from damage during construction operations. B. Provide construction fencing and erosion control as indicated on the Drawings; supplcment and relocate as required so as to accommodate sequencing of the Work. C. Repair damage to adjacent properties as reguired by the Owner or authorities having jwisdiction. I.15 CLEANINGDTJRINGCONSTRUCTION A. Execute daily cle"ning to kcep the Worlg the corstruction site, and adjacent properties free from accumulation of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. l. Initiate and maintain a specific program to prevent accumulation of debris at the construction site, storage and parking acas, or along rnulti-use access roads and haul routes, 2. Prohibit overloading oftnrcks to prevent spillage on multi-use access and haul routes, Do not block multi-use access routes. 3. Contractor shall support environmental c,onscrvation efrorts through recycling whenever possible, or when requested by law or local authoritias having jurisdiction. B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris and rubbrish. C. Dispose of waste mat€rials, debris and rubbish oFsite at legal disposal areas p€riodically or as directed by the Owner. D. Clean interior areas prior to the start of finish Work, maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations on an as needed basis, or as directed by the Owner. E. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, above ceilings, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to closing the space. F. Schedule cleaning operations to ensure that dust and otber contaminants resulting fiom cleaning I I I I I I l I I I I I I I t I I Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Resldentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 01500 - 6 B. l.l o I I I I t I t I I t I operatiotrs will not damage wet or newly coated surfaces. PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND CONSTRUCTION SIGNS Structur€ and Framing: Structumlly adequate, Sign Surfaces: Exterior grade plywood with medium density overlay, nrinimum 3/4 inch thiclq standard large sizes to minimize joints. Rough Hardware: Galvanized. Primen and Paint Exterior quality, two coats; sign background ofcolor as selected by Owner. Lettering: Exterior quality painq contrasting colon'as selected by Owner. One painted sign erected at location as designated by the Owner, in conformance with local jurisdictional standards. Content: l. Project name, logo, and name of Owner as indicated on the Contract Documents. 2. Names and titlas of authorities. 3. Names and titles of Architect and Prime Consultants 4. Name of Prime Contactor and major Subcontractors. Graphic Design, Colors and Style of Lrttering: As designated by the Owner. Provide painted infomntional signs of same colors atrd lenering as Project Identification Sign, of standard products; size of lettering to provide legibility at a distance of 100 feet. Provide at each field office and stonge shed directional sips to direct taffic into and within site. Relocate as Work progress. K. krstall Project Identification Sigr within 30 dap after the date established by the Notice to Proceed. L. Erect supports and framing on secure foundation, rigidly braced and framed to resist wind loads. M. Insull sip surface plumb and level, with butt joints. Anchor securely. N. Paint exposed surfaces ofsigr, supports and framing. O. Maintain signs and supports clearq repair deterioration and damage. P. Remove signs, Aaming, supports, and foundations at completion ofProject and restore the arca- a. Additional signs must be approved by the Owner and in accordance with conrolling ordinances. I.I7 SIIEDS A. Comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, standards, codes, and Manufacturer's requirements. B. Storage Sheds for Tools, Materials and Equipment Structurally sound, weathertight, with raised floors, with heat and ventilation for products requiring controlled conditions, with adequate space for organized storage and access, and lighting for inspection ofstored materials. c. D. E. F, G. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls H. I. J. t I t I I I I I Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 01500 - 7 C, Do not use Contractor's office for materials storage. D. Secure as required to prevent theft and/or vandalisn. I.I8 REMOVAL A Remove temporary materials, equipment, services and construction prior to Substantial Completion inspection, or when directed by the Owner and Architect. B. Clean and repair any damage caused by installation or use ofconstruction facilities and temporary contols. Cleaning and repair shall be acceptable to the Owner and Architect. C. Remove temporary underground installations and utilities as required to perform the Work and as required by the Owner. D. Restore pemranent facilities used for ternporary services to specified condition and as acceptable to thc Owner. l. Prior to final inspection, remove temporary lamps and install new lamps; remove and clean or replace filters. E. All existing conditions off the immediate Project site disturted due to dre Contractor's activities shall be repaired to equal or better condition as determined and approved by the Owner. I.19 SITEACCESS A Access to fie Project site shall be via designated routes. Vehicular fraffic to the jobsite shall be limited to vehicles required to deliver labor and materials. Vehicles not actively supporting jobsirc opcrations are not pemritted to remain on the jobsite. B, Maintain clear and safe access throughout the progress ofdrc Work for vehicular and pedestrian traffic to all areas designated by the Owner. C. Maintain access to the jobsite and all office trailers free from debris, ruts and muddy conditions. Provide all required signage per approval of tbe Owner. I,2O WATERCONTROL A, Grade site to drain. Surface or subsurface water or other fluid shall not be permitted to accrsrulate in excavations or under structure. Should sucb conditions develop or be encountered, water and other fluids shall bc controlled and suitably disposed of by means of temporary pumps, piping, drainage lines and ditches, darns, and other metbods as required, Excavated water shall not be pumped into the river unless approved by the authorities having jurisdiction. B. Provide, operate and maintain pumping equiprnent. C. Protect jobsite fiom puddling or running wat€r. Provide fabric barriers as required to prctect jobsite from soil erosion. 1.21 DUST CONTROL A. Exeotte Work by methods to eliminate raising dust from construction operations. B. Provide positive mealrs to prevent air-bome dust from dispersing into atmosphere. I l I t I I I I I I Construction Facilities rnd Temporary Controls Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I t t 01500 - 8 I I I t l I I T I t I I I T I I I 1.22 EROSIONAND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Plan and execute consfrirction by methods to contol surface drainage frorn cuts and fills, from borrow, and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. l. The primary purpose of erosion control Work is to prevent pollution of water, prevent detrimental effects to public or private property adjacent !o project site, and to protect and prevent detrimental effects to the jobsite. 2. Erosion contol measlues corsist of construction and maintenance of ternporary erosion control features, and in some inslances, penrument erosion control features; all as indicated on the Drawings or as may be directed by the Owner. B. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; prornptly provide corTective measures. 1.23 POLLIITIONCONTROL A. Provide methods, mears, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water and aunospbere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by the construction operations. 1.24 NOISE CONTROL A. Tlre noise generated by construction Work may at times create a problem for the Owner. However, the Owner recognizes that during certain construction Work (for instance, power driven equipment, jaclfiallmer operations, prolonged power sawing, etc.) the noise levels will usually be higher than normal. l. These higher levels of noise generation may conflict with specific noise abatement regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. It is required that an agreement be secured from the Confiactor and these authorities prior to scheduling any such unusual noise activity and that the Contraclor and all subconfractors cooperate accordingly. 3. If any on-going activity becomes objectionable by its longevity, a t'me schedule shall be prepared for approval by the authorities to enable this type of activity to continue satis factorilv to atl concerned. B. Choice of equipment shall be such so as to keep noise to a minimuo; gasoline or diesel power€d equipment, including all trucks, shall be provided with proper muf8ers for noise abatement. L Persorurel shall refrain from loud boisterous shouting or use ofprofanity. 2. Equipment or personnel not satisfuing above requirements shall be promptly replaced as directed bv the Oumer at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.25 SECIJRITY A. Contractor is responsible for alljobsite security. 1,26 PROTECTION A. Contactor shall employ methods to protect all Work in place. Responsibility to repair and/or replace Work due to subsequent damage to finished Work shall be that of the Contractor. 1.27 USEANDPROTECTIONOFBIJILDINCAND SITEI ;HfrHgtffi"1:**' I Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 01500 - 9 Confine construction operations to minimum reasonable area. With the Owner's approval, restore those portions of the jobsite where no new Work is indicated. Restoration shall include: l. Replace and regrade loam. 2. Restore original contours. 3. If areas were formally covered with natural vegetatior, prune remaining plants. 4. If areas were forrnerly covered with grass, perform seeding and/or sodding and maintenance as directed by the Owner. 5. In other cases, proceed as dirccted by the Owner to restore jobsite as nearly as possible to original condition, or better. Provide mud and erosion protection and other protection required by environmental contol agencies having jurisdiction. l. Protect the Work in progress against erosion Conform to the requirernents of the envirornental protection agencies having jurisdiction. 2, If seeding, sodding, planting and mulching are not done before Substantial Completion, provide protection to prevent erosion and runoff. Submit intended methods to the Owner for approval. Methods of protection include sodding instead of seeding, te,mporary mulch, and seeding with rapidly growing annual grasses to be replaced with permanent grass. C. Contractor shall prcvide safety barricades at open excavations that present hazardous circumstances. I.28 ENVIRONMENTALCONDMONS A. Tbroughout performance of the Work, the Contractor sball conduct all op€rations in such a way as to minimize impact upon the natural environment and comply with all laws, regulations and rules applicable to the job site. Contractor shall provide: l. Maintenance and dust abatement ofall access roads. The jobsite shall be included within this Scope ofWork and will be done in a manner acceptable to tbe Owner. 2. Dust abatement for all other site areas including, but not limited to, excavations, materials and disposal arcas. B. Contractor shall plan and conduct its operation as so as not to: l. Enter upon lands in their natural state unless authorized in writing by the Owuer. 2. Damage, close, or obstnrct any utility installation, highway, road or other property until permits and approvals have been obtained. 3. Disrupt or otherwise interfere with the operation of any pipeline, telephone, electric transmission line, ditch or struchrre, unless otherwise specifically authorized under this Contract and coordinatel with the Owner and appropriate utility company. 4. Contractor shall provide suitable equipment, frcilities and precautions to prcvcnt discharge of contaminants which may pollute the ahosphere, any body of water or land area, or which may harm fish or wildlife. a. Provide equipment and penonnel capable of performing emergency measuries required to contain spillages and to remove contaminated soils or liquids. b. Take special measures to prevent any harmful substances fiom entering public wat€rs. l) Prevent disposal of wastes, effluents, chemicals or other such substances into sanitary or storn sewers. c. Provide slntems for control of atnospheric pollutants. I t I I I I t I I I I t I I I I I I I A. B, Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 0rs00 - 10 t ! t t l t I I I I I T I I t I I I I 1.29 PART 2 l) Prevent toxic concentrations ofchemicals. 2) Prevent harmful dispersal ofpollutants into the atmosphere. 5. Unnecessarily damage to, or desfuction of, vegetation such as trees, plants, shrubs, and grass on or adjacent to the jobsite Work areas that, as detennined by 0rc Owner, do not interfere with the performance of the ContracL This includes damage arising from performance of Work through operation of equipment or stockpiling of materials. 6. Any tfiiporary off-road access development that may require culverts shall be included within this Scope of Work. Temporary alterations of drainage patterns may only be done with the approval of dre Owner. Upon completion of the Worh the Conractor will remove any such temporary culverts and restore the area to a condition equal to that when Work was initiated. 7 . Prior to final cleaning and flushing of the mechanical and plumbing systems, the Contractor shall verify with the goveming authorities the acceptability of chemical agents utilized that the Contractor intends to deposit into existing sanitary or storm sewers. 8. All storm water systems must be thoroughly cleaned prior to operational interface with existing systems. Toxic residues as a result of construction must be contained and disposed of in a rnatmer acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction. CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS AT THE PROJECT SITE A. AII on-site temporary roads as required for execution of the Work and emergency access, as well as the maintenance for the duration of the Contract, shall be considered to be included in the Contsact price. B, Contractor shall cause no dirt or debris to be deposited on any Owner or public roadways, and must clean up same if such dirt or debris occurs due to the construction operation. C. Contractor shall leave clean all tires of vehicles prior to leaving Project Site and entering public roadways. D, Off road type construction vehicles shall not be permitted to execule Work in, or across Owner or public roads. E. Material deliveries shall generally be made during normal working hours. PRODUCTS Not Used EXECITTION Not Used END OF SECTION PART3 Constructlon Facilities and Temporrry Controls Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 01500 - 11 I t sEcrroNorssoI AccESs."iS:T$$$lTl^cAREAs I PARTI GENERAL 1.OI SECTION INCLIJDES l A. Preparation. t B. AccessRoads. C, Removal and Repair. I 1.02 RELATED sEcrroNsI A. Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Contols. t B. Individual Sections: Specifications for earthwork and paving bases. I PART2 PR'DUCT'I 2.OI MATERIALSII A. Tenporary Construction: As per plans and approved by Owner. r B. Earthwork, Paving Base, Topping, and Striping Which Will Become Perman€nt Construction: As I specified. a PART3 ExncurroNt3.OI PREPARATION I A. Clear areas, provide surface and storm drainage of premises and adjacent areas. Prcpare areast designated foi construction access and staging as indicated on the Drawings. I 3.02 AccESS RoADSI-, A :irstffitff:ffiffirffT;r*::ffi:l:,*'s'iHffiHH:fiffi:5J"*"n ttt B. Construct temporary bridges and culverts to span low area5 6d alte1v unimpeded drainage. I C. Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles as required by the Owner and authorities having I jurisdiction. Maintain minimum 20 foot width driveways with tuming space between and around combustible materials. I D. Provide and maintain access to any fire hydrants and control valves free ofobstructions. 3.03 REMOVALAND REPAIRII A. Remove t€rnporary materials and construction at Substantial Completion. t AccessRoads andParkingAreas 01ss0- I iT":iltfiS,iffi:i| "';t":Sfi8;I Remove existing and to-be-abandoncd rmderground Work to a dcpth of4 feet; 6ll and gradc site as specified. Repair existing hcilitias damaged by usc, to original condition. END OFSECTION Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 Access Rords and Parking Areas 01550 - 2 II SECTION 016|)()T MATERHLAI{DEQUFMENT T PART1 GENERAL I.OI SEC"I'IONTNCLUDES I A. Products. f B. Workmanship. I C. Manufacturer's Insftrctions. I D. Transporation and Handling. E. Storaee and Protection.- I F. Repairs and Replacements. I G. Safety Requirements. fr r.o2 PRoDUcrs I A. Products include material, equipment and systems.r B. Comply with the Contract Documents and referenced standards as minimum requirements. I I C. Components required to be supplied in quantity within a Specification Section shall be the same and shall be interchangeable. I r.o3 woRKMANSHTP I A. Comply with industry standards, except when more restrictive tolerances or requirements of the Contract Documents indicate more rigid standards or more precise worhnanship. I- B. Perfomr Work by persons qualified to produce worhnarxhip of specified quality. I C. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices desigred and sized to withstand sFesses, I vibration, racking and other movement. r 1.04 MANLJFACTT.JRER'S INSTRUCTTONS Irr A. When Work is specified to comply with Manufacturers' instructions, submit copies in acoordance I -r*,ff;:H#,ff;:*:li"il"t*li;tJ:minars; in addition' disnibute copies to persons I B. Perforrn Work in strict accordance with details of instructions and specified requirements. Should I a conllict exist between Specifications and instructions, consult with the Architect beforc I proceeding with the Work in question. a Do not proceed with Work witbout clear instructions.IT I.O5 TRANSPoRTAfiON AND HANDLINC T I Material and Equipment 01600 - 1 Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 Jrnuary 2005 ! t t t I t I I I I I I I I I I I I t I D. E, F. G. 1.06 A. Arrange delivery of products in accordance with the construction schedules; coordinate delirreries to avoid conflict with the Work and with conditions at the jobsite. B. All orders for materials, zubcontracts, and work performed by the Contractor shall be properly inspected by the Contractor lo ensrre the quality of the Work and expedited by the Contractor to ensure the Work is executed in a timely manner. Contractor, subcontractors, and material suppliers, of any tier, shall at times be subject to quality inspection and expediting by the Owner or a narned representative vho shall be afforded firll and fiee access to shops, fictorias, or othcr places ofbusiness for lhe purpose of inspcction and expediting. C. Transport, deliver, handle and store materials at the jobsite in the Manufacturer's original container with labels intact and legible in such a manner as to prevent damage; including damage which might result from the inrusions of foreign matter or moisture from any sowce. l. Maintain packaged materials with scals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. 2. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the jobsite and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage. E. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products courply with requirements of the Conract Documents and reviewed subminal, quantities are correct and products are properly protected and undamaged. F. The Owner and Architect may reject as non-complying sucb material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the Owner or Architects as to Manuac$rer's insfucdons, grade, quality and other pertinent informatio[ STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store products in accordance with Manuhcturer's instnrctions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products and products subject to moisture absorption in weather tight enclosures; mabtain within temperature and hunidity ranges required by Manufactureds instructions in areas conditioned with moisture contol. B, For exterior slorage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground; prevent soiling or staining. Cover products subjcct to deterioration with impervious sheet covering; provide ventilation to avoid condensation C. Store loose granular materials on solid surfaces in a well-drained arca; prcvent mixing with foreign matter. Arrange storage to provide access for inspection and vcrification. Periodically i$pect to asr rc products are undamaged and are maintained under required and specified conditions. After installatiog providc coverings to protect products fomr d.mage from traffic and any construction operations; Iemove covering prior to final cleaning, Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways, througb which equipment and materials are handlcd. Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in tmffic areas prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Material and Equipment 01600 - 2 H, I, I T I t Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred and suitably protected until accepted by thc Owner. Storage at lobsite: l. CementitiousMaterials: a. Store packaged materials in dry storage, offthe ground. 2, Masonry Units: a. On platforms, off the ground; cover to protect from stains, weather exposure, chipping and edge damages. 3. Metals: I a. Dry storage, all undercover, vented to prevent build-up of humidity, off the I ground to provide air circulation 4. Lumber Stack to provide air circulation. Store materials for which maximum moishre content is sp€cified in an area ufiere moisture content can be maintained, 5, Finish Carpentry - Paneling and Cabinetry: a. Protect during tansit and handling. b. Do not deliver finish carpentry items, paneling or cabinets and the like, until wet work, grinding and similar operations are completed. c. Ifdue to unforeseen circumstances, such items must be stor€d only in other than installation areas, store only in areas that are dry and which will not cause damage, soiling or deterioration to these items. 6. Finishing Hardware: a, Dry shelved, locked storage. 7. All Doors: a. Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to preveDt damage, soiling and deterioration. Package each door at the factory in a separate heavy paper tSpe carton. Mark each carton for location to correspond with Shop Drawings. b. Doors shall not be delivered until ready for use. c. Doors shall be stored in a clean, dry place, on edge, in an upright position, remaining as such until hung and fitted ready for use. d. Protect doors at all times until fuial acceptance. Glpsum Wallboard Systems : a. Store and protect all metal studs, furring, irsulation boards, batts, accessories and glpsum board to prevent any type of damage to these materials. Rusted material components, damp or wet insulation or g)?sum boards, will not be accepted. Glass: a. Store as recommended by FGMA. Acoustical Materials: a, Materials shall be delivered to the jobsite in unbroken containers labeled and clearly marked. Materials shall not be removed from containers rmtil ready to insall, but shall be stored in dry area with cartons neatly stacked. Before irutallation, acoustical board shall be stored for not less than 24 hours in the work area at tlte same temperatu€ and relative humidity, Linear ltems: a. Store in dry area with spacers to provide ventilation. Sack linear items to prevent warping, complying with Manufacturer's instructions' Paints - Volatile Materials: a. Stored materials within building shall be in a location approved by the Owner and shall comply with all fue and safety Codes. b. Volatile liquids shall be kept in approved safety containers. c. Glass jugs shall NOT be permitted. d. Storage area for paint shall be equrpped with not less than 2 fue extinguishers Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal VaiI, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 a. b.I I I I I 9. t0. I l. 12. I I t I I ! I t Material and Equipment 01600 - 3 (CO2 type) sufficient to discharge a distance of 25 feet when fully charged; with current tags, e. No other building materials shall be stored in this area. f. Paint rags shall be removed daily from the building. Clean rags shall be stored in metal closed contairers. 13, All Mechanical, Electrical and Plumbing Equipment: a, All mechanical, electrical, and plunbing equipment that will be installed in interior spaces must bc stored in a manner such that it is entirely protected from the weather. Failure to protect such equipment from the elements constitutes g;rounds for rejection of the equipnent by ttre Owner, Architect and/or responsible Engineer. REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS In the event of damage, promptly rrake replacements and repairs per the original Contract requirements and at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by ttre Owner or Architect to justify an extcnsion in the Contract time or completion. 1.08 SAFETY REQt'IREMENTS 1.07 I I I t t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. PART 2 Inspection and certificate shall be displayed on all hoisting machinery signed by a competent person, or by a goverrunent or private agency recognized by the Departnent of labor. The Contractor shall maintain records and dates of the results of such inspections for each hoisting machine and piece of equipment. PRODUCTS Not Used EXECUTION Not Used ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 PART 3 Material rnd Equipment 01600 - 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I t sEcrroN 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND STJBSTITIITIONS PARTI GENERAL I.OI STIMMARY A. Tlris Section describes prcduct options available to the Bidders and the Contractor, plus procedures for securing approval of proposed Substitutions. B. Related Wo*: l Documents affecting Work of this Section include, but are not limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division I of these Specifications. 2. The Bidding Documents provide space for Bidders to propose Substitutions prior to award of the Contact. 3. Make submittals in accordance with pertinent provisions of Section 01300 - Submittats. 4. Submission for each request in vvriting on the Substiiltion Request form provided under Section 00500 - Agreement Forms. 1.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. This Contact is based upon the standards of quality for all products and materials established per the Connact Docurnents. B. The Contractor rnay pmpose a substitute product that will completely accomplish the purpose of the Contract Docurnents. Submit each request for substitution in writing on the Substitution Request form provided under Section 00500 - Agreement Forrns.C. The Owner and Architect will consider requests from the Contactor for Substitutions only under one or more of the followins conditions: 1. Substitution is required for compliance with subsequent interpretation of Code requirements or insurance regulations, 2. Products become unavailable due to no fault ofthe Conuactor. 3. Subsequent information discloses inability of specified product to perform properly, or o fit in designated space, or product Manufachrer refuses to certip or wanant perfomance ofproduct as required. 4. Wheq in the Architect's judgerne,rt, a substinrdon would be substantially in the Owner's best interests, because ofcost, time, or other considerations. D. Afrer the Contract has been executed, the Owner and Architect will only consider a substitution via a formal request by the Contractor in writing, documenting each substitution request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution widr the Contact Documents. Submit substantiating data with drawings and samples as appropriate, including the following: l. Reason for Substitution Request. 2. Catalogs and drawings showing capacities, operations, functions, dimensions, construction details, methods of assembly, cormections and installation to the Work. 3. laboratory and performance test data. 4. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed Substitutions with that specified. 5. Changes required in other elements of the Work because of the Substitution. 6. Effect on the Constsuction Schedule. 7. Detailed cost data acceptable to the Owner and Architect comparing the proposed Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Product Options and Substitutions 01630 - I Substinrtion with the product specified. Any requled license fee or royalties. Availability of maintenance service and source of replacement materials. All variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. Ary cfiect of Substitution on Work under separate ConFact to the Owner. Name and address ofProjects that proposed Substinrtion has been used, including datc of installation. Manu&cturcr's daa that is readily available to fte Architect may not be acc€ptable for establishing proof of equality. Provide laboratory test data performed by a nationally recomized independent testing laboratory lsrown for its testing expertise. The laboratory test must include the types of materials used in the product, including their thiclcress and srength, and a direct comparison to that specified for capacities, capabilities, coating, firnctions, life cycle usage and opefirtions, Where materials and equipmer, t will be exposed, and where systems will be used, no change in the Architect's design and engineering intent will be allowed. Request for Substitution comtitutes a representation that the Contractor: l. Has investigated proposed Substitution and determined that it meee or exceeds, in all respects, the specified product. 2. Shall provide the same waranties, bonds and certilications for Substitution as for specifed product. 3. Shall coordinate installation and make other changes that nay be required for the Work to be complete in all respects without changing the original intent, firnction or aesthetics at no increase to the Contract Sum. 4. Shall certi$ ttrat substituted product meets all Code requirements in same ftuner as original pmduct specified. 5. Shall certi$ that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract, exc€pt the Architect's redesigr costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the Substifirtion which subsequently becomes appalent 6, Shall be solely responsible for compliance with the Departnent of Labor Safety and Heal0r Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL 9l-696), and rurder Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standard Act (PL 9l-54) and latest amendments. The burden of proof shall be upon the Contractor that the proposed substitution is equal to that specified in tpe, desiga quality, operation, firnction, use, appearance, capability, manuftcnre, etc. Substitutions WILL NOT be considered when they arc merely indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or Product Data submittals without s€parate written request minimun l0 dap prior to substitution submittal, or when approval will require substantial revision to Ore Contract Documents, The Owner and Architect will detemrine acceptabilify of proposed Substitution, and will noti& the Contractor of approval or rejection in writing within a rreasonable time; normally within 15 working days. If a proposed Substitution is approved by thc Owner, after the Architect's review, the Contract Surn shall be adusted by Change Order reflecting extra costs or crredits involved. Should a proposed Substinrtion be approved, submit Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples in accordance with Section 0l300 - Submitals. 1.03 REIMBIJRSEMENT OF ARCHITECT'S COSTS Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 8. 9. 10. I l. 12. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I E. F. G, H. Product Optlons and Substitutions 01630 - 2 l.M I I I t I I t I I I I I I I I I t I I PART 2 A. ln the event Substitutions are proposed to the Architect after the Contract has been awarded, the Architect will record all time used by the Architect and the Architect's Consultants in evaluating each such proposed Substinrtion. B. Whether or not the Architect approves a proposed substitution, the Contractor, promptly upon receipt of the Architect's billing, shall reimburse the Architect at the rate of the direct cost to the Architect, and the Architect's Consultants, for all time spent in evaluating the proposed Substitution. DELAYS A. Delays in construction arising by virtue of the non-availability of a specified material and/or method will not be considered by the Architect as justifying an extension of the agreed Time of Completion. PRODUCTS Not Used EXECUTION Not Used END OFSECTION Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 PART 3 Product Options and Substitutions 01630 - 3 I r coNRlTiHXJJoo'' r PARTI GENERAL I,OI SECTIONINCLUDES II A. Final Cleaning. I B. Project Record Documents. I C. Closeout Procedures. I D. Closeout Submiuals.I E. Warranties and Bonds. I F. Exta Materials. t 1.02 FINALCLEANING IIt A. Execute prior to Substantial Completion and review by the Owner and Architect so that the Work is ready for use without cleaning. f l Any Work performed after Substantial Completion shall be thoroughly cleaned immediately. I B. Ernploy skilled workers for final cleaning. C. Quality Assurance. I l. Conduct firll inspection ofall areas as necessary to verify that requirements for cleanliness are being met, t 2. In addition to the standards described in this Section, comply with pertineDt requiremetlts I 3. 3:ffitJ,1T*H:illTiilil"-rons to compry witr codes, ordinances, Regurations I and Anti-Pollution Laws. l. D. Cleaning Malerials and Equipment f l. Provide required personnel, equipment and materials needed to maintain the specified I standard ofcleanliness. E. Compatibility.I I I . Use only 0re cleaning materials and equipment that are compatible with the surface being cleaned as recommended by the Manufacturer of the material. I a. Use only those cleaning materials which shall not create hazards to health or I property and which will not damage surfaces. F Schedule forFinal Cleaning.I I 1. Schedule final cleaning as approved by the Owner ard Architect to enable the Owner to accept a completely clean Projecr I Contract Closeout 01700 - 1 Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlrl Vail, Colorado I 03 Januara 2005 I c 'Clean", for the purpose of this Section and except as may be specifically provided otherwise, shall be interpreted as meaning the level of cleanliness generally provided by skilled cleaners using commercial quality building maintenance equipment and materials. Prior to completion of the Worlg remove from the jobsite all tools, surplus materials, equipment, storage sheds, debris, waste and temporary services. Site: a. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Owner, broom clean on-site paved areas and public paved areas adjacent to the site. b. Completely rernove resultant debris. Structures: a. Exterior: l) Visually inspect exterior surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste materials, smudges and other foreign matter. 2) Remove all uaces ofsplashed materials from adjacent surhces.3) If necessary to achieve a uniform degree of cleanliness, hose down exterior ofthe struch[e; as many times as may be required. 4) In the event of stubbom stains not removable with water, the Owner and Architect may require light sandblasting or other cleaning at no additional cost to the Owner. b. Interior: l) Visually inspect interior sur6ces and remove all traces of soil, waste materials, smudges and other foreigr matter. 2) Remove all traces of splashed materials from adjacent surfaces. 3) Remove paint droppings, spots, stains and dirt from finished surfaces. c. Polished Surfaces: To surhces requiring routine application of buffed polisll apply the polish recommended by the Manufachrer of the material being polished. d. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dus! dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other for€ign materials from sight on exposed interior and exterior surfaces. e. Wash glazing inside and out; shine mirrors. f. Polish glossy surhces to a clear shine. Remove temporary protectioD. Clean floors; polish those required to have polished finish. Vacuum clean all carpets and mats. Steam cleaning of caryeB or mats to rcmove stains will not be allowed or accepted; replace stained carpets or mats. Clean all tile Work Clean and polish all fumishings supplied by this Contract. Clean all omamental Work polish or shine as may be required, Clean all lighting fixtures and replace bumed out bulbs. m. Clean all finish hardware. n. Ventilating Systems: l) Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated during construction.2) Clean duoe, blowers and coils if units were operated during construction. Unexposed Areas. |. In addition to cleaning exposed surfaces, clean surfaces not ordinarily visible, such as tops of ducts, insides of convectors, insides of cabinets, tops of doorc and door frames, and equipment in mechanical spaces. Final Inspection of Cleaning. Prior to fural completion or Owner occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Resldential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I T t I I I I t I t I I I I t I I h. i. j. k l. 1. G. l. Contract Closeout 01700 -2 I I I I t I I I I I I I I I t I I I I sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces and all Work areas to verify that the entire Work area is clean. 2. If surfaces cannot be restored to condition equivalent to new by cleaning, refinis! 61 replace them as directed by the Owner and Architect. 3, Notifii Owner and Architect in writing when final cleaning is complete and ready for Owner occupancy. I. Cleaning During Owner's Occupancy. l. Should the Owner occupy the Work, or any portion thereof, prior to its completion by the Contractor and acceptance by the Owuer, responsibilities for interim and final cleaning shall be as determined in accordance with THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. I,O3 PROJECT RECORD DOCI]MENTS A. Maintain at the jobsite one (l) Project Record set of: l. Drawings, including cunent drawing list with separate notes indicating pending changes. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Field Orders or written instructions. 6. Shop Drawings, product data and samples with the Architect's review stamp. 7. Field Test Records. 8. Construction Schedules. 9. lnspection Certificates. 10. Manufacturer'sCertificates. I l. MEPFP Coordination Drawings. 12. Identifr each of the documents with the title; "PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". B. Store documents and samples in the Confactor's field office separate from those used for consfuction. l. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 2. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples. C. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI Format. D. Maintenance of Documents and Samples. l. Maiilain the in-progress job set of Project Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and ransfer of all recorded data to fte fiaal set ofProject Record Documents. 2. In the event ofloss of recorded dat4 use means D@essary to again secute the data to the Owner's and Architect's approval. a. Such means shall include, if nec€ssary in the opinion of the Owner and Architect, removal and replacement of concealing materials. b. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents, E. Maintenance of Job Set. I. Preservation: a. Considering the Contract completion and the probable number ofoccasions upon Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Contract Closeout 01700 - 3 which the job set must be handled for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which thase activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set to the approval of the Owner and ArchitecL b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except for entry of new data, and for review by the Owner and Architect, until start of transfer ofdata to final Project Record Documents. 2. Making entries on Documents: a. Using an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil) clearly describe the change by graph line and note as requirod. Date all enries, Call attention to the enry by a "cloud" dranm aro"nd the area or areas affected. In the event of overlapping changes, use diferent colon for the ovedapping cbanges. Identifu Request for Inerpretation (RFI) encias. Contractor to verifr that all enries have been transferr€d to all reissued documents. 3. Make entries to other pertinent documents as approved by fte Oumer and Architect, F. Make documents and samples available at all times for review by thc Owner and Architect. G. Delegate the responsibility for maintenance of the Project Record Documents to one person on the Contractor's staff as approved by the Owner and Architect. H. Accuracy ofRecords. l' Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Project Documents, making adequate and proper entrics on each page of the Specifications and each sheet of the Drawings, and other documents where such entry is reguired to propedy show the change. 2. Accuracy of records shall bc such that future searches for ite,ms shown in tbe Contract Documents may rtly reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Record Documents. I. The Owner and Architect's approval ofthe current sta$s ofthe Project Record Documents may be a prerequisite for their approval ofthe requests for progress payment and request for final payment under the Contract J. Prior to submitting each request for progress payment, secure tbe Owner's and Architect's approval ofthe current status of the Pmject Record Documents. K. Prior to submitting the request for f[ral payment, submit the final Project Record Documents to the Owner and Architect and secure their approval. L. Record information concurrently while construction progresses. Do not conceal any Work until all required information is recorded. Make entries within 24 hours after receip of information that change has been made. M. Drawings: l,egibly mark to record actral construction on firll-size reproducibles as provided by the Architect: l. Depths of various elements of foundation ir relation to bench mark datum. 2, Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvernents. 3. location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. 4. Field changes of dimension and detail including as-built survey data. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vsil, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I t I I I I I I I I I t I I I t I b. c. d. e. f Contract Closeout 01700 - 4 N. o. B. c. D. E. F. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I I 5. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 6. Details not on original Confact Dravdngs. 7. Substitutions and revisions. 8. Final Suwey. Specifications and Addenda: t egibly mark each Section to record: L Manufrcturer, trade name, catalog nwnber, and Supplier of each product and itern of equipment actually installed. 2, Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. Changes Subsequent to Acceptance. L The Conhactor has no responsibility for recording changes in the Work after Final Completion, except for changes resulting from Work perbrmed under guarantee. 1.04 CLOSEOUT PROCED{JRES Comply with procedures stated in TIIE coNsTRUcTIoN coNTRAcT for issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, and for the administative procedures in closing out the Work to provide for an orderly and efficient hansfer of the completed Work to the Owner. The Owner nay occupy designated portions of the Project for the purpose of installation of equiprnent and to conduct business, under provisioru stated in THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. The Contactor shall designate a "Punch-Out Team" being responsible for coordinating and scbeduling the review and acceptance of the Work with all the appropriate personnel of the Architect and Owner. When the Contractor considers the Work has reached substantial completion, the Contractor shall submit wrinen certification (work list indicating the Contractor's punch list items, sigrred off as complete by the appropriate supervisory personnel) to the Architect and Owner indicating that the Contract Documents have been reviewed, the Work or designated portion thereof has been inspected, and that the Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents, and ready for the Architect's and Owner's review. Included with such written certification, the Contractor shall also submit the following: 1. A substantial completion checklist generated fiom the Contractors submittal schedule. 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected. 3. The IIVAC Test and Balance Reports. 4. Operating and Maintenance Data and lnstructions to Owner's Personnel. Within a reasonable time after receipt of certification, the Architect and Owner shall make a review of the Work to verifr the status of completion with reasonable prompbress after receipt of the certification. Should the Architect or Owner consider the Work to be incomplete or defective: l. The Architect or Owner shall, within l0 working days after review, notiry the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective Work 2. The Conbactor shall prepare and submit to the Architect and Owrer, for review and approval, a schedule of deficiency corections indicating that the Contactor shall take immediate action to remedy the deficiencies. 3. When the Work is correct and complete, the Contactor shall submit a second writtcn Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Contract Ctoseout 01700 - 5 certification, in the form ofa "Punch List", to the Architect and Owner indicating that the Contract Doc,'rnents have been reviewed, the Work has been inspected, and that lhe Work is complete in accordance with the Cont'act Documents, and ready for the Architect's and Owner's final review. 4. Within a reasonable time after receipt of certification, the Architect and Owner shall again review the Work and prepare a final list of items requiring remedial action that constitutes the 'Tinal Punch List": refened to within and to be attached to the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submiuing it to the Contraclor for its vritten acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the certificate. 5, As rooms or areas are deemed complete and accepted by the Owner, that portion of fte Work will be "locked off' with restricted access. G. When the Architect and Owner agree that the Work is acceptable under the Contact Documents, they shall request the Contractor to make the closeout subminals. H. Owner occupancy ofthe Project or desigpated po*ions ofthe Project. l. Contractor shall: a. Obtain certificate for partial occupancy b. Perform final cleaning of designated areas prior to partial Substantial Completion. 2. Owner will occupy the Project or designated portions of the Project under provisions stated in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. I. Final Completion. 1. When the Contsactor considen the Work to be complete, the Contractor shall submit written certifi cation that: Contact Documcnts have been reviewed. Work has been inspectcd for compliance with the Contract Docnments. Work has been completed in accordance witb the Contract Documents. Equipment and systcms have been tested in the presence of the Owner and Architect. 2. Architect and Owner shall make an observation to veriff the stafirs of complefion witb reasonable promptncs, generally within 5 working days afrer receipt ofsuch certification. 3. Should dre Architect or Owner consider tbe Work to be incomplete or defective, the: a. Architect wiU promptly notiff the Contractor in writing, listing tbe incomplete or defective Work. b. Contractor shall take inmediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second written certification to the Architect and Owner that the Work is complete, 4. When the Architect and Owner agree that the Work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, th€y shall requcst the Conractor to make the closeout submittals, J. Observation Fees. l. Should the Architect, professional Consultants, or Owner perform additional observations due to the failure of the Work to comply with the claims of final completion made by the Contractor, tbe Contractor shall be responsible for the costs of the Architect's, professional Consuhant's or Owner's additional services. I.O5 CLOSEOUTSTJBMTTAIS A. In addition to the submittals required by THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, provide to the Owner and Architect evidence of compliance with requirements of the goveming authorities and Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentiel VaiI, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I a. b. c. d. Contract Closeout 01700 - 6 B. c. D. E. B. I I I I t I I t I I t I I I I I I I I the following: l. Certificate of Occupancy (to be obtained by the Contactor) 2, Certificates oflnspection; as required, other than Certificate of Occupancy. 3. Mechanical. 4. Electrical. 5. Certification of Survey ofbuilding location; by Contactor. 6. Bonds for extended warranties; as required by each Contractor/subcontractor. 7. Project Record Documents. 8 Wananties and Bonds. 9. Keys and Keying Schedule. 10. Attic stock" spare partsr rnaintenance materials and O & M Manuals; as required by various Sections of the Specifications.It. List of subconuactors, service organizations and principal vendors, including names, ad&esses and telephone nwnbers where drey can be reached for emergency service at all times including nights, weekends and holidays. Instruct the Owner in proper operation and maintenance of systems, equipment and similar items that were provided as part of thc Work Refer to Section 01730 - Operation & Maintenance Data. Submit a final statement of accounting indicating the following: l. The original Contract Sum. 2, Additions and deductions resulting from: Previous Change Orders. Unit Prices. Deductions for uncorrected Work. Deductions for damages. e. Penalties.f. Deductions for reinspection fees. C. Other adjustrents. 3. Toal Contract Sum as adjusted. 4. Previous payments. 5. Requested remaining sum due. 6. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens: In accordance with conditions of each Contract 7. Consent ofSurety to Final Payment for each Bonded Contractor/subcontractor' 8. Certificates of krurance for products and completed operations in accordance with THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT. The Owner will issue a final Change Order reflecting approved adjustlents to the Contract Swn not previously made by Change Order. Submit Application for Final Payment in accordance with provisions of THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT, 1.06 WARRANTIES ANDBONDS Submit all warfiutties, bonds, certifications issued by Manufachuers for material and equipment, covered under thc Contract Documents which fully covers the warranty requiremenls set forth in the Conract Documents, on letterhead of the provider. In addition to ttre Contractor's standard one (l) year waranfy on the total Projec! provide warranties, guafirntees and bonds as may be required in each individual Section of the Specifications. The Contractor will be co-responsible with the Manufacturer andor subcontractor Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residential Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 a. b. c. d. Contract Closeout 01700 - 7 I I I I I I I I I I T I I I I I I I I c. D. E. F. B. c. for all extended warranty Work identified in the Specifications. The Contractor will notifu the Owner, not later tban two (2) weeks prior to the expiration date of each warranty, guarantee or bond, and arrange for a final reinspection to determine the need for any conective Work, Failure to provide such notification and reinspection will result in the extension of the warranty, guarantee, or bond period until compliance by the Contractor. Form of Submittals. l. Bind in commercial quality 8-l/2 inches by 1l inches, three-ring side binden with hardback, cleanable plastic covers. Provide 3 sets. 2. Label cover of each binder with tped or printed title, "WARRANTIES AND BONDS", with title ofProject namg address and telgphone number of the ConEactor; and name of the responsible principal. 3. Table of Contents: Neatly typed in the sequerrce of the Table of Contents ofthe Project Manual with each item identified by the number and title of the Specification Section in which specified, and the name of the Work item. 4. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing. Provide full information using sepante tlped sheets as necessary. List subconhctor, zupplier and Manufacturer with the name, address and telephone number of the responsible prLrcipal. Preparation of Submittals. l. Obtain warranties and bonds, properly executed and notarized (three each), by the responsible subcontactors, suppliers and Manufacturers within 15 calendar days after completion of the applicable item of Work. Except for items put into use with the Owner's permission, leave the beginning date of warranty open until the date of Substantial Completion is deternined. 2. Veriff that documents are in proper foml contain full information, and are notarized. 3. Co-execute zubmittals when required. 4. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. 5. Bonds shall be oblained from a company having a rating of/qu{rqr|{. Time of Submittal. l. Subrnit all uarranties and bonds prior to Final Application for PaymenL For equipment put into operation for the Owner's use prior to acceptance of the entire Work, zubmit within l0 working days after fust operation. For iterns of Work delayed materially beyond the Date of Substantial Completion, as detemfned by the Architec! provide updated submittal within l0 working days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. |.07 EXTRAMATERIALS Included in the Conract Sum shall be the Owner's exta materials ('Attic StocK') as referenced below; which shall be in addition to the quantities identified in the individual Specification Sections. Quantities of Owner's exta materials shall also apply to accepted substitutions for specified materials, as well as to quantities ofsimilar or specified materials affected by Change Order. The Contractor shall prepare a transmittal describing inventory of each specified extra material item and submit to the Owner for inventory review and approval. This transmittal shall be included in the closeout documents. Gore Creek Residerces Tunnel & Residendal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Contract Closeout 01700 - 8 I I I t I PART3 ExEcurroN r Notused I I I t I I I I I I I I ContractCloseout t END OFSECTION 01700-9 Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 L Paint and Stain: One gallon for each 6pe, color and sheen specified, 2. Electrical: Ten percent exta stock of lamps for each specified light fixtur€ tJDe. PART2 PRODUCTS NotUsed I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t sEcrroN 0u30 OPERATION AI{D MAINTENANCE DATA PART1 GENERAL I.OI SECTION INCLIJDES A. Quality Assurance. B. Submittals. C. O&MManualFonnat D. O&MManualContents. E. Instuction of Owner. I.O2 QUAIITY ASSURANCE A. Preparation ofdata to be perfonned by Conractor's/subcontractor's personnel: l. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of 0reir described products, items and systems, 2. Skitled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. 3. Skilled as a draftsman to the extent required to prcpare accurate and complete, essential drawings. 1.03 SI.]BMITTALS A. O &M Manual - General: l. Submit 2 copies of a preliminary draft of the proposed Manual to the Owner and Architect for review and coflunents. Architect will review draft and return one copy wit]r conrments. 2. Submit 2 copies of the completed volumes in final form within 15 working days prior to Final Inspection to Owner and Architect. One copy will be retumed after Final Lupection with the Owner and Architect's comments. 3, Following the indoctination and instruction of the Owner and Architect, review the required revisions with Owner and Architect. 4. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal in strict accordance with the approved preliminary draft and the Owner and Architect's corunents, 5. Submit 3 copies ofthe revised volumes of data in faal fonn within l0 working days after Final Inspection. B. For equipment or component parts of equipnent put into service during constuction and operated by the Owner, submit documenb within l0 working days after acceptance. l. Copy of these documents shall be incorporated into the final O & M Manual. I.O4 O&MMANUALFORMAT A. Where submission of ins truction manuals are required under other Sections ofthese Specifications, prepare in accordance with the provisions ofthis Section. Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Resldentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Operatlon and Maintenance Data 01730 - 1 B. Format tbe Manuals into separate Volumes: General, Mechanical and Plumbing, and ElecEical. l. Each volume shall be identffied properly with the following information on the spine and on the cover: OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Name and address of Work Name of Contractor General subiect of this ManuaWolume Soace for aooroval simature of the Owner and Architect. and the aoproval date 2. Each volume shall be formaned and tabbed in accordance to Specification Sections. a. Each tabbed flysheet shall be prepared neatly with Section number and Title, 3. Materials and Size: a. Binder: Use heavyduty plastic or fiberboard coven with binding mechanism concealed inside the Manual; three inch 3-ring 'D'binders will be acceptable; all binding shall be zubject to Architect's approval. b. Paper: White bond, at least 20 lb. weight. 8-l/2 inches x 1l inches. 4 . Information: a. Text: Neatly written or printed. Copies of faxed material is not acc€ptable. b. Drawiags: I I inch in height preferable; bind in with text; foldout accepable; larger drawings acceptable, folded to fit wirhin the Manual placed within a drawing pocket iruide the rear cover; provide with reinforced punched binder tabs. c, Measurements: Provide all measurements in U,S, standard units such as feet and inches, Ibs. and c6n; uihere iterns may be expected to be measured within l0 years in accordance with metric formula, provide additional measurements in "Intemational System of Units" (S!. I.O5 O&MMANUALCONTENTS A. For Each Volume Provide: l. Table of Contents: Provide titles ofProject; names, addresses and telephone numbers of Architect, responsible Engineer and Contractor, with name of responsible parties; schedule ofpmducts and s)6tems, indexed to content of the volume. 2. For each Product or System: List names, addresses and telephone numbers of subontactors and suppliers, including local source ofsupplies and replacement parts. 3. Pmduct Daa: Mark each sheet !o clearly identifu specific products and component parts, and date applicable to insallation; delete inapplicable information. 4, Drawings: Supplement product data to illusEate relations of component parts of equipment and systems to show contol and flow diagrans. Do not use Project Record DocumenB as maint€nance drawings, but coordinate with them. 5. Typed Text As required to supplement product data- Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedwe, incorporating Manufacturer's insrucdons. 6. Provide written text as required to supplement the product date for the particular irutallation, organized in a consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedure. '1. Provide information sheet for the Orvner's personnel. Indicate proper procedures in the event of failure of products or systems. Indicate instances of actions that might affect the validity ofthe warranties and bonds. 8. Warranties and Bonds: Bind in one copy of each. B. Manual for Materials and Finishes l. Building Products, Applied Materials and Finishes: lnclude product data with catalog number, size, composition and color, and texture desipations. Provide information for Gore Creek Resldences Tunnel & Resldential Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I a. b. d. e. Operation and Maintenance Data 01730 -2 I I I I I I I I I ! I I I t I I I I I reordering custom manufactured products. 2. Lstructions for Care and Maintenance: Include Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning, maintenance and repair. 3, Content for moisture-protection and weather exposed products: a. Manulacturer's data, giving full information on products. Include: l) Applicable standards. 2) Chemical composition. 3) Details of installation. b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair. 4. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual Specification Sections. 5. Provide a listing in the Table of Contenb for design data with tabbed flpheet and space for insertion of data. C. Manual for Equipment and Sptems l. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: lnclude description of unit or system and component parts. Give function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions. Include performance curves with engineering data and !es6, complete nomenclanrre and commercial number of replaceable parts. a. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service cbaracteristics, controls and commudcations. b. Include as-installed color-coded wiring diagrams. 2. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulations, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter and any special operating instuctions and interfacing requiranents with other s]/stems. 3. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for toubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and re-assembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing and checking insructions.a. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule and list oflubricants required. b. Include Manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instuctions. c. lnclude sequence ofoperation by controls Manufachrer. d. Provide original Manufachrer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance. e. Provide prcdicted life ofpars subject to wear. f. Provide list of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts' C. ReJamping scbedule including sources and Manufacturers. 4. Provide as-installed contol diagrams by controls Manufacturer. 5. Provide Conractor's Coordination Drawings with as-installed color-coded piping. 6. Provide charts of valve tag numbers with location and function of each valve clearly keyed to describe flow line and control diagrams. 7. Provide list of original Manufacturer's spare parts, current prices and recommended qualities to be maintained in storage. 8. Include Test and Balancing Reports. 9. Prepare and include additional data wben the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of the Owner's personnel. I.06 INSTRUCTIONOFOWNER A, Before final inspection, insEuct Owner's personnel in operation, adjusment and maintenance of products, equipment and sptems, at agreed upon times. For equipment requiring seasonal opefi ion, perform instructions for other seasons v/ithin 6 months. l. Use Ooeration and Maintenance Manuals as basis of instruction. Review contents of Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentirl Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Operation and Maintenance Dala 01730 - 3 PART 2 PART3 Manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.2. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when neod for such data b€comes apparrnt during ir$tnrction. PRODUCTS Not Uscd EXECUTION Not Used ENDOI'SECTION Gore Creek Residences Tunnel & Residentlal Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Operation and Maintenence Datr 01730 - 4 I I I SECTION 02220 SITE DEMOLITION I PARTIGENERAL I l.ol DESCRIPTIoN I A. Work krcluded: Removal and satisfactory disposal of buildings, foundations, fences, si8ns, I struchres, pavements, taftic conhol devices, utilities, and other obstructions not designated or I Dermitted to remain. B. Related Work: - I l. Site Clearing: Section 02230 2. Earthwork: Section 02300 I 3. Erosion and Sedimentation Contsol: Section 02370 I t.o2 PERMrrsr A. Town of Vail Public Wav Permit I B. Stormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES) I Construction Dewatering TNPDES) I I.O3 JOB CONDITIONS r A l'$ill::dffff'il:ff:';:hllilillT;lffllT*1#ffi:::1f:i':J:illll;,""?Io'ffi,iil" I PART2PRoDUcTsI None I PART3EXECUTION I 3.0t PAVEMENTS' CTJRBS' GUTTER' FLATWORK t A. Remove all pavements, curbs, gutter, and flatwork not desipated to remain. Where existing construction is to be partially removed, saw edges to remain in place on straight line with vertical I Yard surface area. r 3.02 BRIDGES, sEwERS, cuLvERTS, DRAINAcE srRUcrtJRES I A. Do not remove sEuctues in use wrtil arrangements have been made to accommodate traffic. I B. For sfuctures removed down to natural sbeam bottom, remove those parts outside stream to I'below I trila. Remove all portions within limits of new construction as necessary to accommodate new t I Site Demolition 02220-l Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado 03 JanuarY 2005 I C. Maintain satisfactory tralfic bypass at all times. 3.03 STRUCTI,JRES A. Remve structures within project limits or as shown on drawi.F. Protect portions to rernain ftom damage. Damage to be repaired at Contracto/s expense. 3.04 LNILITIES A. Rernove desipated utility liDes wiihin prcject limib, properly capping or plugging existing lines to remain. 3.05 DISPOSAL A. Deposit all removed material in d€signated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding ofsite ifrequired. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all wast€ materials off si!e. 3.06 RESTORATION A. After removal ofobstruction, fill and compact to finish grade in accordance with these specifications. END OF SECTION I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I IGore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 Site Demolition 02220-2 I T a I I I ,i#tf$lK[I I PARTIGENERAL I - I.OI DESCRIPTION I A. Work included: Clearing, erubbing, removing and disposing of all vegetation and debris within wo*I l"Tf"$l-"Hf:ffi 3"**il:x?HilffiT,::Hf;:il:?:ili[:"'ffiT:':f ":ffi li#,:; to remain. I B. Related Work: I l. sireDemolition: Section02220! I Earthwo*: Section 02300 f 3. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02370 r 4. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921 Ir r.o2 PERMITS I A. Stormwater Discharge Permit (NPDES) I B. ConstructionDewatering(NPDES) I r l.o3 JoB coNDITIoNS I A. Protection: Protect trees, shrubs and planted areas to remain from damage or from unnecessaryt J*:"*T,,T1?T#Hiil#r;.1':::"":tr?fr'.'*il::t'"trfij3:l$marks- stakin'' oristin' I roadways, walkways, and detours. Buming is not pemitted. - PART2N0NE I PART3ExEcurroNI 3.OI CLEARJNGt. I A. Clear and./or gnrb all surface objecf and all trees, stumps, roots, bushes and otherproruding obstructions, I ' A. Deposit all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site to satisfaction of I Engineer. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all uraste tnaterials offsite.r ENDOFSECTION I Site Clearing 02230-l Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI .r";"1"""H;3!I I I I I ExcAvArloNss'u;Il"$oiiuir*ot'crloNI T PARTI GENERAL I.OI SI.JMMARY I A. Section Inctudes:I l. Design and installation ofshoring and underpinning system to protect excavation perimeter I from movement or collapse. 2. Protection of adjacent buildings and improvements from movement, s€ttlement or collapse. I B. Related Sections:I Earthwork Section 02300 I r.02 SYSTEM DESCRTPTTON A. Design Criteria: Contractor shall be solely responsible for design ofshoring and underpinning I system as required to resist lateral earth piessures and surchargi due to traific, storage of materials,I 41il't'ffi"HT,#*1"*::li*frffi1"T;'Jffi:;:l +#::1:;:,ffiiT."r":fi: I @mpatible with construction procedur€s and structural details and acceptable to the Structural I Engineer and General Contractor. I.O3 QUALITYASSURANCE I A. Regulatory Requirement: Obtain permits and permission of adjacent property owners as required. I I.O4 PROJECT CONDITIONS Ir A. Existing Conditions: Investigate to determine the location ofadjacent existing underground improvements. I B' ,S.t#;:i:T1f:f,""n;1"'J::x:* investigation report has been prepared ror the owner. rhis I PARr2PRoDUcrst 2.OI MATERIALS I A. tJfffHl. t"OPort System: Provide piles, piers, walers, lagging, sheeting, anchors and structures I PART3ExEcrrrroNI 3.OI EXAMINATION I A. Existing Conditions: Examine existing conditions to determine shoring and underpinning requirements. Examine existing adjacent improvements to determine their condition before sarting work. Record their condition by written report, survey and photographs as required. I I Excavation Support and Protection 022ffi-l Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr ,Ji*.':$;$! 3.02 PROTECTION A, Take all necessary precautions and rnake provisions to protect adjacent existing improvements from damage from shoring, underpinning and excavation operations. 3.03 INSTALI-ATION A. Design and install systems as required. B. Make proper allowances for building structnre and improvements including waterproofing danp proofing and foundation drainage systems. C. Install shoring as corcrcte formwork for oubide walls where required. 3,04 FIELDQUAUTYCONTROL A. Make periodic inspections and suweys of existing adjacent improvements. Keep accurate records of movements or changes in their condition. 3,05 REPAIRORREPLACEMENT A. Repair any damage or replace damaged existing adjacent improvements. 3.06 REMOVAL A. Remove shoring and underpinning systetns as required afrer pennanent structure is in place. kaving shoring in place where serving as outside wall forming. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lD5 I I I I I I I T t I I I I t -TI I I I IT Ercavation Support and Protection 02260-2 I I I I t sEcTroN 02300 EARTIIWORK I I I t I I I I I I I I I I PART IGENERAL l.0t DESCRIPTION B. Work Inctuded: Excavation and borrow pits, removing and satisfactorily disposing of all materials taken fiom within work limits, including excavation for ditches and channels, inlet and outlet ditches for culverts and sfuchlres, all necessary shaping and sloping for the construction, preparation, and completion of all backfill, embanlcnents, subgrade shoulders, slopes and intersections, to required alignment, grade, and typical cross section shown on drawings. Related Work: l. Site Clearing: Section 02230 2. Site Demolition: Section 02220 3. Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Section 02370 4. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921 Definitions: L Suitable Material: Earth fill material consisting ofon-site or similar non-organic sands, gravels, clays, silf and mixtures thereof with maximum size of 6". Bedrock that breaks down to specified soil types and sizes during excavation, hauling, and placement may be considered as suitable material. Rock fill material which consists predominantly ofcobbles or boulder-sized pieces of blasted or broken rock with rnaximum siz€ of 6". 2. Unsuitable Material: Any material containing vegetable or organic matter, much peat, organic silt, topsoil, frozen materials, trees, shrmps, certain manmade deposits, or indusfial waste, sludge or landfill, or odter undesirable materials. 3. Unclassified Excavation: Any and all materials, including surface boulders, encountered during construction. Rock formations that can be removed by ripping with D-9 tractor in good repair with single tooth hydraulic ripper are comidered as unclassified excavation. 4. Rock Excavation: Rock formations which cannot be excavated without blasting. Includes removal and disposal ofall rock. 5 . Backfill and Embankment: Embankments, including preparation of area upon which they ar€ to be placed, dikes within or oueide rigbt-of-way. Placing and compacting approved material within areas where unsuitable materials have been removed. Placing and compacting of material in holes, pits and other depressions to lines and grades shown on drawings. Use only suitable materials in construction ofembankrnenls and backfills, 6. Borrow: Backfill or embanknent material which must be acquired from desipated borrow areas to make up deficiencies which cannot be compleled from excavation within work limie. Borrow material must be agreed to by Engineer. 7. ProofRolling: Applying test loads over subgrade surface by means ofheavy pneumatic+ired roller of specified design, to locate weak areas in subgrade. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Veil, Colorado 03 January 2005 c. Earthwork 02300-l 1.02 SUBMITTAIS A. Permits: Town of Vail Public Way Permit Stormwater Discbarge Pennit (MDES) Consrudion Dewatering (NPDES) PART 2PRODUCTS 2.OI FILLAND EMBANKMENT MATERIAL A. Any suiable material or borrow as defined above. Free-running water shall be drained from materials before placement. 2.02 CONSTRU TIONWATER A. Acceptable water shall be provided at Contsactofs expense. PART3BXECUTION 3,OI EXCAVATION A. Unclassified Excavation: All excess or unsuitable excavated malerials, including rock and boulden, tbat cannot be used in backfll and embankments, shall be placed in designated disposal areas or disposed of offsite. Where shown on drawings or corsidered necessary, construct intercepting ditches above top of cut slopes and carry to outlets near ends of cuB. To blend intersection of cut slopes with slope of adjacent natural ground surfaces in uniform manner, shape tops of all cut slopes, except those in solid rock, for flattening and rounding in accordance with details shown on drawings. Treat earth oveeburden above solid rock cuts in same manner as earth cut. Engineer reserves the right to change cut slopes during progress ofexcavalion. Scale all exposed rippable rock cue ofloose, potentially falling rock at Conbactols expense. 3.02 PROOF ROLLING A. Proof rolling will be required to determine whether certain areas of subgrade meet compaction requirements. Proof roll desigrated areas with heavy rubber-tired roller approved by Engineer. Areas found to be weak or fail tbe test shall be repaired in accordance with recommendations by the Engineer. 3.03 SI,JBGRADEPREPARATION A. Adjust completed subgrade from slope or grade stakes to assure surface width conforrns to typical section, dimensions, lines, and grades on drawings. Compact subgrade in accordance with compaction requirements. 3.M EMBANKMENT AND FILL CONSTRUCTION A. Place earthfill materials for backfill or embanlqnent in thin horizontal layers and compact as specified before next layer is placed. Use efiective spreading equipment on each lift to obtain uniform thickness prior to cornpacting. As compaction of each layer progresses, continuously level and manipulate to assure uniform density. Add or remove water as necessary to obtain maximum density. Wben directed by Engineer, remove excess moishfe in bridging across streams, ponds, and swampy ground. Place embankment in layers not greater tlnn 12" which have been demonstrated to meet compaction standards. I I T I T I I I I I I t I I t I I t l ., -t. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel r rJr".t;,?tffi# IEarthwork02300-2 I r I I Occasional cobble pieces ofexcavated rocks to 6", may be placed in earth fill ifagreed to by EngiDeer. Space large rocks so compaction of earth fill will meet compaction requirements. B. When embankment is to be placed and compacted on hillsides, or when new embankment is to be compacted against existing embankrnents, or when embankment is built one-halfwiddr at a time, slopes which are steeper than 4: t measured longitudinally or at right angles to roadway sball be continuously benched over as work is brought up in layers. Benching shall be well keyed into existing slopes a minimum of 8' wide. Begin each horizontal bench at intersection of original ground and sides of previous benches. Material benched shall be excavated and recompacted along with new embanlcnent material at ConEactor's experse. C. Rock fill embankrnent material consists predominantly of rock 6" in diameter placed in loose lifts up to average rock dimension. Placing ofoccasional boulders ofsizes larger than maximum layer thicloess may be agreed to by Engineer provided material is carefully placed, large stones well distn'buted, and voids completely filled with smaller stones, eaflh, sand, or gravel. kvel and smooth each layer with suitable equipment, distributing soils and finer fi'agpents of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional liQs. Embankment above an elevation of2' below finished subgrade shall be composed ofsuitable rnaterial smoothed and placed in layers not exceeding 8" in loose thiclness and compacted as specified. D. Remove all sod and vegetable matter from surface upon which embankment is to be placed. Completely break up cleared surface by plowing, scariffing, or stepping a minimum of 6" to insure a bond between ernbankment and original ground. Recompact to specifications. E. Frozen materials shall not be used in construction ofembankments. F. During construction maintain area in such condition that it will be well-drained at all times. G. At the end ofevery constnrction day all fill areas must be flat rolled to provide proper drainage. BORROW A. Provide test pit if required by Engineer to e luate acceptability and limits of source at Contractot's €xpense, If more borrow is placed than required, amount of ovemrn will be deducted fron bonow volume. Contractor shall noti$ Engineer at least I O working days in advance of need before opening borrow area. Strip all bonow pits of sod, topsoil, and trnsuitable materials. Restore borrow area, grade and shape to provide proper drainage before placement oftopsoil, to the satisfaction ofthe Engineer. 3.06 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS A. Deposit all surplus materials or unsuitable materials in such places as desimated on drawings or approved by Engineer. Deposit all waste material in designated wast€ arcas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding ofsite ifrequired. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all waste material offsite. 3.O7 COMPACTIONREQIJIREMENTS A. Thoroughly scarifr surface upon which embankment is to be placed to depth of6" Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t t I I l I I I I I I t I I I Earthwork 02300-3 Compacted fill may consist of the natural sand and gravel, existing on-site gravelly sand fill free of deleterious material, or approved imported fill. Deleterious material includes building materials, trash, topsoil, organics, etc. The imported fill may consist ofnon-expensivs silty or clayey sands or gmvels with up to 15 percent passing tbe No. 200 sieve and a maximum plasticity index of 10. No gravel or cobbles larger than 6 inches should be placed in fill areas. Fill areas should be stripped ofall vegetation and loose soils, and then scarified, moisture treated, and compacte4 Fill should be placed in thin loose lifts; moisture reated, and compacted as shown in the following table. The required compaction varies for the given use of the fill. All structural fill placed below foundations shall have the following characteristics: The struchrral fill shall be compacted using a vibratory compactor and should be compacted to at least 98 percent ofthe standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residencc - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t I ! t t t I I I I I n I t I I I I I Required Compaction Use of Fill Percentage of the Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density (ASTM D-698) Percentage of the Modified Proctor Maximum Dry Density (ASTM D-I557) Percentage of the Optimum Moisture Content (ASTM D 698 or D-I557)l Below Struchue Foundations 98 95 -2to+2 Below S lab-on-grade Floors 95 90 -2 to +2 Utiliw Trench Backfill 95 90 -2to+2 Utility Trench Backfill Below Stucture Foundations 98 95 -2 to +2 Backfi ll (non-structural)95 90 -2 to +2 NOTES: l. For clay soils the moisturc content should be 0 to +2 percent ofthe optimum moisture content. For granular soils the moishre content should be -2lo +2 of tbe ootimum moisture content. Sieve Size Maximum Percent Passing (o/ol Upper Lirnit J 100 lower Limit No.4 5 Earthwork 0230(H I I I I I I It: t I I I I I I I I I I sEcrIoN 02370 EROSION AND SEDMENTATION CONTROL PART IGENERAL I.OI DESCRIPTION A. Work lncluded: Excavation, grading and installation of riprap, filter material, jute nening, sraw bale sediment barriers, and all necessary appurtenances. B- Related Work: l. Site clearing: Section 02230 2. Earthwork Section 02300 3. Storm Drainage: Section 02630 4. Topsoil and Rwegetation: Section 02921 I.O2 SUBMITTALS A. Test Reports: If requested, fumisb copies of tests from certified and acceptable testing laboratory l. Gradation and Soundness ofRiprap. 2. Gradation of Fiher Material. PART2PRODUCTS 2.OI RIPRAP A. Hard, dense, sound, rough fractured stone meeting AASIITO T 85. Excavated shot rock may be used if agreed to by the Owne/s representative and the Engineer. Neither breadth nor thickness ofsbgle stone to be less than one-third its length. Nominal Size 9" 12" 18" 24" Sieve Size J 3t4" No.4 No.200 Erosion and Sedimentation Control Percentage by Weight Passing Square Mesh Sieves 100 20-90 u20 0-3 02370-l Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Min. Volume 0.25 CF 0.5 cF 1.8 cF 4CF Min. Weight 30 lbs. 75 lbs. 250 lbs. 600 lbs. Size ofstone and total thickness of riprap as shown on drawings. Stone well graded so voids can be filled, and at least 50% ofmass equal to or larger than size called for on drawings. 2.02 FILTERMATERIAL A. Aggregate Filter: Conform to following gradation: 2.03 FILTERFABRIC Weight Thickness Grab Strength Elongation Break Burst Strength Trapezoid Tear Sbength Water Permeability Water Flow Rate Equivalent Opening Size JUTENETTING 2.05 , SILT FENCE Elongation at Failure (7o) Mullen Burst Strength (PSI) Punchue Strength (lbs) Slurry Flow Rate (gaVmin/s| PART3EXECUTION 3.01 FILTERFABRIC I I t I I I I t I I I I I I t t I I I B. c. D. Manufachued especially for stability of erosion conlrol construction. Made from polyethylene and polypropylene yams, in accordance with following: Equivalent Opening Size 40-80 Ultraviolet Radiation Stability o/o 90 ASTMDI9IO ASTMDI777 ASTM DI682 ASTM DI682 ASTM D7742 ASTM 2263 CFMC CFMC ASTM D122 Test Method ASTM DI682 ASTM DI682 ASTM D3786 ASTM D75l (modified) US Std Sieve CW-02215 ASTM-G.26 4.O ozJyd l5 mils 130 lbs. 620/o 125 psi 70lb. 0.02 cm/se 4.80 gaVmir/ft 7G100 U.S. Sieve Heavy-vmvenjute rnesh ofa rugged construction. Made ofundyed and unbleached, nristedjute fibers, having smolder resist'nt treatment. Provide in rolls 225'by 4'wide containing 100 square yards weighing approxirnately 90 pornds. Silt Fence Fabric: The fabric shall meet the following specifications: Fabric Properties Minimum Acceptable Value Grab Tensile StenglhQbs) 90 50 190 40 03 Fence Posts (for fabricated unis): The length shallbe a minimum of36 inches long. Wood posts will be of soud quality hardwood with a minimum cross sectional area of 3.0 square inches. Steel posts will be standard T and U section weighing not less than 1.00 pound per linear foot. Wire Ferrce (for fabricarcd units): Wire fencing shall be a minimum l4-ll4 gage with a maximum 6" mesh opening, or as approved. Prefabricated Units: Envirofence or approved equal may be used in lieu ofthe above method providing tlre unit is installed per manufacnrels instructions. Place fabric over shaped surface loosely where, when large stones are placed, they will not cause shetching offrbric beyond elastic limis. Overlapjoining sections 2' at edges. Secure overlapped edges to subgrade with cinch pins. Ifriprap is dropped, place aggregate bedding 2" thick over fabric. Place riprap in a manner tlnt fabric will not be damaged by stretchiDg, punching, or ripping. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Erosion and Sedimentaiion Control 02370-2 I I I I 3.02 RIPRAP r A. Reasonably well-graded iiom srnallest to maximum size specified. Stones smaller than l(P/o ofsmallest _ size not permined. Control gradation of riprap by visual irspection to assure thickness of riprap conforms with drawings.t B. Hand Placed: Rectangular to facilitate butt ptacement. Fill openings with loose, well-graded road aggregate base material. I! 3.03 FTLTERMATERIAL I A. Wet subgrade, reasonably shape, and compact prior ro phcing filter material. Filter material may be I backdragged with loader bucket to a reasonably smooth surface for placement to lines and grades of drawings. I 3.M WATER BARS/TNTERCEPTORTRENCHES A. Construct ditch in accordance with drawings. Flowline ofwater bar not steeper than lolo. Discharge onI existing vegelated slopes altemately to avoid erosion.I 3.05 STRAW BALE SEDIMENT BARRIER r A YilJTLil;.Tl;"ffitrT*:':#ff;lifilTl',ii,i1iff Tl#i,i"hil:":1ffi::"fr:il; bales ro ground with two posts per bale. r 3.06 ruTENETTING f A. Start jute roll at top ofslope or channel and unroll down grade. Lay second sfip parallel to frst and I allow 2" overlap. Bury top end of roll in tench, minimum 4" deep. Anchor jute roll to earth surface with stakes of 8 gauge steel, 8" long, approximately 12" apart. Staple outside edges 4 to l0'apart and I along overlap edges. Overlap end rolls by 4" and anchor securely. I 3.07 CHECKDAMS I A. Irstall bonom ofcheck dam at least 6" below maximum depth ofnewly graded channel. Exterd to 6" I above maximum design water depth. Install materials in accordance with drawings. I 3.08 FTLTER BERM/SEDIMENT POND I A. Field consruct berm as directed by Engineer. Place washed l" to l-l/2" aggregate with 2' top and 3: I side slopes extending to bottom of channel. Berm to retain sedimenb by retarding and filtering runoff. Place sand on face of berm for future replacement of filter material. Construct in accordancc with I drawings. r 3.09 SILT FENCErf A. Imtall silt fence in accordance with drawings. I ENDOFSECTION I Erosion and Sedimentation Control O237O-3 Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI mv#;"t":t"1lt: II II s'crloNo2slo I WATERDISTRIBUTION I' P^l'nrrcEr{ERAL I I.OI DESCRIPTION ; A. Work Included: Excavation, backfill, bedding, and installation ofpipe, valves, fittings, fire hydrants, | #*":ffi: lines, curb stops, valve boxes, pressure reducing valves, meters, and all necessary t B. Retatedwork: I l. Site Clearing: Section 02230I I 2. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921 I . C. Definition: I t fffflr|;:avation: Excavation of all material encountered along trench other than rock Itl 2 ffi-,?:il?l';l*H:l';t11ilil$il:,:",::ffiT,:?'"",il:?"1*'""'!T;J'il3:*"f I requiring drilling and blasting. I D. Eagle River Water and Sanitation District Specifications: All work shall conform to the sandard _ specifications for water lines as adopted by Eagle River Water and Sanitation District. I t.o2 sr.rBMIT'rALS - A. Subrnit shop drawings or product data showing specific dfunensions and construction materials for: t l. Valves and Valve Boxes I ' 2. Finings I 3. Fire Hydrants I 4. vautrsI 5. Service Lines ' -I 6. Meters I B. Test Repofis: Submit laboratory gradation tests forbedding and rench stabilization materials, concrete I mix design, and cornpression test. C. Permits: Submit copies of all permits issued for project.II D. C"ertificates: Subrnit copies of acceptance ftom Health Departnent prior to placing water system in I I ibution 02510-t Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI Weter DistriI t ";"1':"#;3; I.O3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Except by specific vritten authorization, cease condeting when descending air temperature in shade and away from artificial heat falls below 35 degrees F and there is frost in subgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature of mix shall not be less than 60 degrees F at time ofplacing. PART 2 PRODUCTS - AII materiab shdl conform to the local water district's specilications. 2.OI PIPE AND FITTINGS All ductile iron pipe and fittings used shall meet the latest AWWA Specifications. A. Pipe I I I I I J I I I t I I I t I I I I 2. 1 4. 5. 6. Water Distribution Ductile Iron Pipe : AWWA C 15 I , working pressure 350 psi, minimum thickness class 52, with cement-mortar lining, AWWA C104. Bituminous outside coating one mil thick Pipe joints, push-on tlpe utilizing rubber ring gasket, AWWA C I I I . Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Couplings: AWWA C900, working pressure 200 psi, with push- on joints ASTM D|869. six inch (6"), eight inch (8u) and twelve inch(12") PVC water lines shall be Class 200 dimension ratio 14 (DR l4). PVC pipe may be used only in corrosive areas and in the Edwards Metropolitan District provided lhe static water pressurc does not exceed . I 70 psi . Installation ofPVC pipe in corrosive areas must have prior written authorizations fiom the District. Steel Pipe: All steel pipe and finings shall be fabricated in accordance with AWWA C200 Standard for Steel Water Pipe-eight inches (8') and larger-and AWWA M-ll Steel Pipe Manual. Workjng pressure shall be 350 psi. All material used shall be acceptable under ASTM A283 Sbndard Specification for low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates ofStruchrdl Quality or ASTM A36 Standard Specifications for Structural Steel. For mill-tpe plpe, all material used shall be acceptable under ASTM A53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dippcd, Zinc€oated Welded and Seanrless. All fittings shall be fabricated from tested pipe and dye checked in accordance with AWWA c208. All steel pipe and fiaings shall be prepared, primed, lined, coated, painted or wrapped as hereinafter specified: a. Exterior Surfaces - Tape coating system conforming to AWW A C2O9 and C214. b- Interior Surfaces - Cernent-mortar lining conforming to AWWA C205. HDPE Pipe: With authorization from the engineer and approval by the District, this pipe may be used as an alternative in those applications where "hot soils" arc determined to be found. Fittings: Finings shall be made of ductile iron and in accordance wi& the requirements of AWWA C153, pressure rating 350 psi. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA Cl I L Bolts and nuts shall be low-alloy steel. All fittings shall be cement-mortar lined, AWWA C | 04. Bituminous outside coating shall be a rninimum of one-mil (l) thick. Joint Restraint Devices: Joint restraint devices shall be made of ductile iron. Twist-offnuts, sized the sarne as the tee-head bolts, shall be used to ensur€ proper actuating of restraining Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I or*r""t;":l;# f02510-2 I I d. B. I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I T I devices. Joint restraint devices shall be EBAA lron, Inc., Megalug Series | 100 or | 700 or Unr- Flange Corp. Series 1400 for new pipe restraint and EBAA Iron Sales, Megalug Series I l00SD or I l00HD or Uni-Flange UFRI300-C or UFRI390-C for existing pipe restraint or accepted equal. Solid Sleeves: Solid sleeves shall be made of ductile iron, mechanical joint, long body. Sleeves shall have a minimum pressure rating of350 psi. Where a solid sleeve is used to join two pieces ofpipe of the same diameter, a '\redding band" is to be inserted benveen the two pipes inside ofthe solid sleeve. Tapping Sleeves: Wet taps shall only be made with the use of a tapping sleeve- The Disrict will allow epoxy-coated Smith Blair 620, Mueller H3 04,JCM 412 or equivalent. No tapping sleeves will be allowed for any application with a working pressure of 150 psi or higher. For those applications where working pressure exceeds 150 psi, dre Disrict will require the use ofa Iee. Fittings Fittings shall be ductile iron and in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C153, pressure rating 350 psi. Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA Cl ll. Bolts and nuts shallbe low-alloy steel. All fittings cement-mortar lined, AWWA C 104. Bituminous outside coating one mil thick. 2.02 VALVES The valves shall be the same size as the main. A. Gate Valves Gate valves shall beMueller A-2360, Waterous AFC-2500 or U.S. Pipe Meroseal with an epoxy-coated interior and exterior cast iron or ductile iron body, pressure rating 250 psi, bronze-mounted, AWWA C509. Resilient seat (wedge) rubber encapsulated gate, flanged or mecbanical joint as required. Valves with ring stem seal, two-inch (2') square operating nut, op€n left must be used. Resilient wedge gate valves on all pipe sizes up to and including 12 inches are required. Direction of Opening: All valves are to open left. Specifications: Gate valves in sizes lhrough twenty-four inches (24") shall be ofthe iron body, non-rising bronze stem, resilient seated wedge type manufactured to equal or exceed ANSIiAWWA Standard C509-80 and the specific requirements outlined in these Special Provisions. Valves shall have a bottle-tight working water pressure of250 psi with zero leakage and be capable of flow in either direction. End connections shall be mechanical joint and shall be fimished with all necessary joint materials. Valve openings shall be furnished and installed with valve stacls and covers in accordance with locate water district specifi catiors. Valve body, bonnet, stuffing box and disc cast shall be manufactured of either gray or ductile iron. The exterior of the valve shall have epoxy coating per AWWA sandards, applied to ihe ferrous parts of dre valve, except for finished or seating surfaces. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Water Distribution 02510-3 I I I I I T I I t I I I I t I I t I B. C. D. E. F. All internal ferrous metal surfaces shall be coated with a two-part thermosetting epoxy coating, The coating shall be non-toxic, impart no taste to water, protect all seating and adjacent surfaces from corrosion and prevent build-up of scale or tuberculation. The valve shall be structurally designed so that ifexcessive torque is applied to the stem in the closing direction, with the disc seated, failure ofthe pressure retaining pats does not occur. Stem failure under such conditions shall occur externally at such a point as to enable the stem to be safely turned in the opening direct by use ofa pipe wrench Valve Boxes Valve boxes shall be Tyler 6668-2. All buried valves shall be provided with a six-inch (6') cast iron, valvc box, scrcw t5p€. Tlre valve box shall be of a desigr which will not transmit shock or stress to the valve and which shall have enough extension capability to be raised to final street grade. The valve box shall be cast iron, adjustable screw tlpe, with minimum five-inch (5") diameter sbaft provided with cover, marked "Water". Pressure Reducing Valves All pressure reducing valves shall be CL,A-VAL 92G-O1ABXCI(DS as appropriate and determined by the Engineer. In addition, the PRV is to have the following feahres: l. Pressure reducing pilotry with pressure control ranges for correct valve operation where insalled. Pjlot material shall be bronze body only, brass and stainless-steel trim. Tubing shall be copper. 2. . Epoxy coated interior and ext€rior suitable for potable water contact. 3. Dura-clean stem design shall be installed. 4. Valve opening shall be regulated by means ofa "speed control valve" for flow contol. 5. Ductile iron, globe body, minimum 150-pound ANSI flanges or as may be required by system pressures, bronze trim. 6. Pilotry flow-clean strainer and minimum of three (3) pilot cocks. Pressure Reducing Valves-B1ryass Line Ttre PRV shall be CL,A-VAL 9041 valve, sized appropriately to allow low flow to bypass around the main PRV. The valve shall have a drrctile iron globe body with screwed ends. Pilotry is to be equipped with a flow wye sfainer and isolation cocks. Air Releasey'Vacuum Valves Shall be an APCO air vacuum combination valve sized by the engineer as manufactured by Valve and Primer Corporation or an equivalent valve that has been approved by the local water district. The valve shall have a cast iron body, cover and baffle with a stainless-steel float. The seat shall be faste,ned into the valve cover, without distortion and shall be easily removed, ifnecessary. Air release,/vacuum valves shall be installed at all high points in the system on any main line extensions. Check Valves Golden-Anderson Silent Check Valve (Figure 280). Bronze mounted, AWWA C508. High st€ngth cast iron gate with bronze gate ring. Bronze, back-faced seat ring. Solid bronze Y-sbaped hinge. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado I 03 January 2005 f Water Distribution 02510-4 I I I 2.03 FIRE HYDRANTS J t A. Fire hydrants shall be Mueller Centurion A423, Kennedy KS|A-250 certified, AVK Series 2700 orI 2?80, Waterous Pacer or U.S. Pipe M-94 which conform to AWWA Standard C502 with a working pressure of 250 psi. They also shall be six-inch (6') mechanical joint inlet, minirnum 5% inches, I compression-tlpe main valve that closes with pressure, two 2% hose no zzles, one 4tA-inch punp nozzle, I nozde threads ANSI 826. Nozzles must be easily replaceable in the field with standard tools. Operating and cap nuts must be I %-inch, Number | ? National Standard hex main valve which open to thc LEFT. ! An arrow cast on top ofhydrant shall indicate direction opening. These shall be a breakable section tbat f permits clean break at or near ground level, preventing water loss in case of breakage. Working parts must be removable for maintenance or repair without excavation. Also required are operalingI ffi*ffiAT#H';fifTffihllffi:;il*tTffTi#":ffiiiffiTffi#"'HIfiJ* t the end of all main lines. Finish grade of the fire bydrant shall be twelve inches (12') below the flange for final grade and paving inspection. I I B. Fire Hydrant Ertensions I l:x.'HfH*il;,#:ffi;H',"iffi'H:ytrH:"f,il*i:trir*J#JH,',ffiffi: I No fre hydrant extensions will be allowed. Any special circumstance will require written approval from the local water dishict prior to installation. I Existing Fire Hydrants: . No more than one (l), nro-foot (2') long, fire hydrant grade extension (extension section) shall be used or insalled on fire hydrant assemblies. I All hydrants shall be installed with a guard valve to isolate the hydrant for repair while maintaining ! service to main. No service line taps will be allowed between the guard valve and hydrant. Guard valves shall be installed on the tee offof the water main.s I The maximum distance from the guard walve to the fire hydrant shall not exceed fifty feet (50') r Fire hydrants shall be irstalled at the end ofall dead-end mains. I C. Fire Hydrant Marker Flags I Install fue hydrant marker flags for all newly constructed fire hydrants. The required flat is a Nordic I Flex Flag, FF2-?2 inches. 2.O4 SERVICE LINES I I A. CopperTubing Tlpe uKn, ASTM B88. Connections to be compression or silver soldered.r B. Corporation Stops I Mueller 300 Ball Valve No. 8-25008 or 825028, AWWA C800. All brass construction withI compression connection. l. McDonald No. 4'l0l BT ot 4704 BT, AWWA C800. I Ford ccy'comp FB-tmGG f Ford IPS/comp FB-I100-G I Water Distribution 02510-5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 c. I I I I I t I t I t I I I t I t I D, Curb Stops Mueller 300 Ball Curve Valve No. 25209, Ford B44 with compression connections, AWWA C-800. McDonald Ball Curb Valve - 6100 T, AWWA C800. ' Curb Boxes For curb stops up to l": MuellerHl0314 with 89982 lidorMcDonald560l with560lLlid. For cwb stops larger than l": MuellerHl0314 with 89982 lid and Tyler 6500 Series Enlarged Base #144809 or McDonald 5603 with 5601L lid. Sbaft diameter shall be l" and the top of the shaft shall be a minimum of 18" from frnal grade and lid. Saddles DuctilelronSaddle: MuellerDE2AJCM402,Smith&Blair313,FordF202,McDonald3825,3826 or equal aud approved by the District. The saddle must have a double flat strap design with ductile iron body. Said saddle must conform to AWWA C800. METERS Rockwell SR Compound Meter A. All services are required to have a positive displacement Roch*,ell meter with ECR touch-read pad. Conforrmnce per AWWA C702 Standard for Cold Water Meters - Compound Type. l SR 2. SR2 3. Compound 4. Maer tlpe will be determined by the District. B. Installation must be in freeze-proof, accessible area C. A telephone jack must be insalled within five feet (5) of the meter to provide for futre autornated meter reading. Installation will be near floor level in a horizontal position. Isolatlon valves shall be located before the PRV and after the meter (i.e. valvc, PRV, meter, valve). Customer shall install wire from meter location to touch-read pad prior to meter installation, Touch-read pad will be located on steet side ofbuilding, five feet (5') above the ground in an acccssible location free from snow' Master Meter Vaults: AII master meter vaults will be required to have a six inch (6") Rockwell turbine meter with a two inch (2") positive displacernent low flow meter. The Contractor will be required to submit a piping schematic to the District and Engineer prior to any installation. Refer to Details for additional inforrnation. E. 2.05 D. E. F. G. t Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado I03January2005 f Water Distribution 02510-6 I I T t t I I I t I I I I I I BEDDING A. Granular material can be 3/4"-inch or 3/8"-inch screened rock or class 6 aggregate base coune (ABC) as defined by the Colorado Deparunent ofTransportation (CDOT). The bedding material shall be free of corrosive properties and shall conform to the following g'erladsn limits when tested by means of laboratory sieves: Road base must have 95olo compac tion, at + /- 2ys sptimum moisture content prior to installation of any pipe. All bedding shall be tamped to the spring line ofthe pipe. Local water disbict personnel sball inspect all installations prior to backfilling. I-aboratory Maximum Density: Laboratory maximum density of soil sball be determined by ASTM D- 1557-78. Field Density: Density of soil shall be determined byASTM D-I55&56 sane cone method, orby ASTM D-2922-8 1, nuclear method. Sieve Size 3/4 inch l/2 irch 3/8 irrch No.4 No.8 Sieve Size ll2 inch 3/8 inch No.4 No.8 No. l6 3/4" Screened Rock (CDOT Table 703- | , Number 7) Total Percent Passing by Weight 100 90-100 40-70 Gls 0-5 3/8" Screened Rock (CDOT Table 703-1, Number 8) Total Percent Passing by Weight 100 85-100 l0-30 0-10 0-5 I I I I B. In specific areas, such as where access is extremely limited, the use of on-site materials may be allowed and when used, must be on-sitc l7z inches minus well-gra.ded screened material, free from organic materials, chunks of soil, frozen material, debris or other suitable materials. Use of on-site bedding material must have prior written District and Engineer approval. TRENCHBACKFILL A. Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No rocks over six inches (6'') in diameter in trench. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Weter Distribution 025t0-7 2.08 NON-DETECTABLEMARKINGTAPE The insallation of"blue" marking tape is required on all water mains and service lines. The tape shall be installed approximately twenty-four inches (2') above tlre main or line. The tape shall meet tbe following specifications: A. Four (4) mil thick PVC material. B. Solid "blue" color with black lettering C. Six inches (6') in width 2.09 CONCRETE MATERIAL A. General: All materials shall be fumished from sources agreed to by the Engineer. B. Cement: ASTM C-150 for Portland Cernent, Tpe II. Cement which has become partially set or contains lumps ofcaked cement shall be rejected. C. Aggregate: ASTM C33. D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali, or organic materials harmfirl to concrete. 2.IO CONCRITE MIX A. Design Mix l. Proportions Cement 5- I /2 sacks per cubic Sard Coarse aggegate - 43Yo Water - 5.5 gallons per sack Maximum size aggeg te -314" 2. Slump: 4" maximum 3. Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days 4. Air Content: 1Yo - 1Yo B. Job-Mixed Concrete Mixed in dnrm mixer conforming o Concrete Paving Mixer Standards ofMixer Manufactur€rs Bureau of Associatcd General Conhacton ofAmerica. Mixer shall be capable of combining aggregates, cenent, and water into thorougbly mixed and uniform mass. Discharge entire contents of dnrm before recharging. Continue mixing of each batch for not less than l0 minutes after all materials are in drum. C. Ready-Mixed Concrete Proportioned, mixed and transported in accordarrce with ASTM C94. Any concrcte not plastic and workable when it reaches project shall be rejected. 2.II POLYETHYLENEENCASEMENT When required by the District a polyethylene errcasement materid shall be rnanufactured in accordance with AWWA C105, widr the following additional requirements. The raw material used to manufacure polyethylene film shall be Type l, Class A, Grade E-1, in accordance with ASTM D-1248. I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I Gore creekRe'r$t r"*";;# I Water Distribution 02510-8 I I I I I I I I I I 2.12 THRUSTBLOCKSANDANCHORS A. Concrete thrust blocks and anchon shall be sized for the intemal pipe pressure and soil bearing capacity. S tandard sizes and shapes of thrust blocla and anchors are shown on the details. No tluust block shallbe smaller than that size required for an eight inch (8") main Thrust reaction blocking shall be concrete ofa mix not leaner than I part cement to 2-ll2 parts sand and 5 parts stone, and having a compressive strength ofnot less than 3000 P.S.I. after 28 dap. Megalug joint restraint devices shall be used in conjunction with thrust blocks. All thrust bloclcs shall be formed in accordance with the local water district's specifications. See detail. The Water District shall inspect all thrust blocla. 2.13 PRESSIJRE REDUCER VAULTS A. All proposed installations shall be "factory-built" vault including the appropriately sized main line inlet and outlet. PRV irstallations shall include an appropriately sized manual bypass with an approved gate valve; two (2) appropriately sized CLA-VAL Model 90G-0IABK pressure reducing valves with approved isolating gate valves. All vault installations shall include a 1201240-volt power panel; all assembled, tested and painted. Minimum dimensions of the vault shall be ?' ftI) x 8' (L) x 6' (W), skid - mounted capsule with Bilco Model MNB-50 access hatch, ladder, fluorescent light, gravity drain in sump, dehumidifier, 240 volt heater, exhaust fan and two (2) magnesium anode pa.cks. All proposed vault installations must be pre- approved by the local water district. 2.14 CASING SPACERS A. Carrier pipes to be installed inside casings shall be inslalled with self-restraining casing spacers. Casing spacers shall provide axial thrust restraint to prevent pipejoint separation during and after installation. They shall also provide dielectric insulation between the carrier pipe and the casing and facilitate installation of the carrier pipe into the casing. PART3EXECI]TION 3.OI TRENCHING A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required, Confine excavation to work limits. B. Rock Trench Excavation: Prior to removal, notify Engineer ofareas requiring rock excavation. C. Blasting: In general, blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the local authority having jurisdiction granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be transported, handled, stored and used in accordance with the laws of the local, state and federal govemments, as applicable. All blasting shall be controlled so as not to injure any existing structure or facility. The protection oflife and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons conducting the blasting operation. The hours of blasting shall be in accordance with the permit of the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24-hour notification to Engineer. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t l, I I I I I I Water Distribution 02510-9 3.03 I I I I I I I t t t I I I I I t I t 3.02 3.04 D. Trench Support: The trench shall be adequately supported and the safety of workers provided for as required by the most recent standards adopted by the O@upational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards Board. Sheeting and shoring shall be utilized where required to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing of the hench, which may be detimental to human safety, to the plp€ and appurtenances being installed, to existing utilities, to existing structures, or to any other existing facility or item. TJNSTABLE TRENCII BOTTOM AND EXCAVATION IN POOR SOIL A. Ifthe bottom of the excavation at subgrade is forurd to be soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders, refuse, vegeable or other organic material, or large pieces or fragments ofinorganic material that cannot satisfactorily support the pipe or structure then the Contactor shall firrther excavate and remove such unsuitable material. Before the pipe or structure is insalled, the subgra.de shall be accepted by the Engineer. BEDDING A. Insall in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of4" below bottom of pipe to centerline for entire width of trench. PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Deliver, handle, store, and install in accordance with the pipe nnnuhcturer's recommendations and the applicable paragraphs of AWWA C600, AWWA C603, and ASTM D2321. Careftlly examine all pipe and fittings for cracks and other defece. Groove in bells of ductile iron pipe to be full and continuous or be rejected. Remove all foreign matter from interior and ends of pipe and appurtenances before lowering ino trench. Carefirlly lorver all pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants into trench piece by piece to prevent damage to pipe materials, protective coatings, and linings. Do not dump into trench. If pipe cannot be lowered into trerch and into place without getting earth into it, place heavy, tightly woven canvas bag over each end and leave in place until joints are made. During pipe laying, place no debris, tools, clothing or other materials in pipe. Keep trenches free from water during pipe laying and jointing. Dewatering of trench considered as incidental to construction an all costs included in contract prices. When pipe laying is not in progress, close open ends of pipe by watertight plug, or other means approved by Engineer. B. Deflection ofPipe: Pipe deflections are discouraged. Do not exceed 50% of the deflection limits for each type ofpipe as recommended by pipe manufacturer. C. Pipe Jointing L General: Cut pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces in neat and workmanlike manner with no damage to pipe or lining. leave smooth end at right angles to axis of pipe. 2. Mechanical Joints: Thoroughly cledn last 8" of spigot and inside bell to remove oil, grit, tar, ard other foreign matter. Coat spigot and gasket with solution furnished by pipe manufacturer. Slip cast-iron gland on spigot end ofpipe with lip extension of gland toward spigot end. Coat gasket wi& joint lubricant and place on spigot end of pipe to be laid, with thick edge toward gland. Push entire section forward to seat spigot in bell ofpipe in place. Press gasket into place witlrin bell, even around entirejoint. Move ductile-iron gland along pipe into position for bolting all nuts with suiable torque vnench. Alternately tighten nuts 180 degrees apart to produce equal pressure on all parts of gland. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I.,"#L"#ill! IWater Distribution 02510-10 I I 5/8 314 .t. I I I I I Pipe Size Bolt Size Inches Inches 3' 4"-24" Range of Torque Ft.-Lb. 45-60 75 -90 I Push-on Joints: Thoroughly clean exterior 4" ofpipe spigot and irside ofadjoining bell to remove all oil, grit, tar, and other matter. Place gasket in bell with large round side of gasket pointing inside pipe bell. Apply thin film joint lubricant over gasket's entire exposed surface. Wipe spigot end ofpipe clean and irsert into bell to contact gasket. Force pipe into bell to manufactureCs jointing mark. Flanged Joints: Thoroughly clean faces of flanges of all oil, grease, and other material. Thoroughly clean rubber gaskets and check for proper fit. Assure proper seating of flanged gasket. Tighten blots so pressure on gasket is uniform. Use torque wrenches to insure uniform bearing. Ifjoints leak when hydrostatic test applied, remove and replace gaskets and retighten bolts. D.Thrust Restraint: Concrete thrust blocks are required. 3.05 SANITARY SEWER CROSSINC Normal Conditions: Whenever possible lay water mains over sanitary sewers to provide vertical separation of at least I 8" between invert of water main and crown of sewer. Unusual Conditions: If above separation carurot be rrct, use following: L Sewer passing over or less than | 8' rmder water main. a. One continuous lenglh ofwatertight pressure pipe C900 PVC 20' long centered on water rnain. Joints between different pipes encased in concrete 6" thick and extending 6" either side ofjoint; or 2. Water mains passing under sewers: If vertical separation less than 18" provide structual support for sewer. 3.06 TAPPING PIPE Use experienced workmen with tools in good repair and proper adapters for size ofpipe being tapped. Drilling and tapping machines proposed for apping directly into pipe agreed to by Engineer. If tap is improperly installed with leakage around threads or, in opinion ofEngineer, connection is substandard, provide tap saddle at Contractors' experuie. If damage to pipe cannot be repaired by saddlg install approved repair sleeve over injured portion and retap at Contracto/s expense. Install corporation stop and couplings, flanged coupling adapters, and service saddles 10 provide clean seat. Wipe gaskets clean before installation. Flexible couplings and flanged coupling adapter gaskets may be lubricated for installation on pipe ends. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Tighten bolts progressively fiom opposite sides until all bolts have uniform fightress. Use torque wrenches or other approved equipment. 3.O7 SERVICE LINE Place true to line and grade in accordance with drawings, from main line to curb stop or meter, in shortest direct route by continuous section ofpipe with no splices. I-ocate l0'horizontally from all sewer lines. Terminate near center ofeach lot or as shown on drawings. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail Colorado 03 January 2005 B. I t I I I I t T I I I Water Distribution 02510-rr 3.08 VALVES ANDHYDRANTS Carefully inspect valve and hydrant before installation. Clean interior. Operate valve and hydrant to determine parts in proper working order, with valves seating and drain valve operating properly. Set plumb and securely braced into place. Set hydrant with bury line at finish grade, with hose nozzles parallel to and pumper nozzle facing pavement, at least 6" behind curb or sidewalk and 18" from property line or as shown on &awings. Provide drainage pit having 9 square feet of surface area and 2'of depth below seep hole. Backfill pis with l-l/2' washed rock to 6" above banel drain hole. Provide $nrst blocking at bowl ofeach hydrant as shown on drawings. Do not obstruct barrel drain hole. Hydrants and valves backfilled by installing l- ll2" aggregate road base to subgrade. Valve boxes centered and plumb over the operating nut. Valve boxes supporrcd by bricks or other mears to prevent any shock or stress tansmitted to pipe or valve. Set valve box covers to just below subgrade level to prevent damage during corstruction of surfrcing if applicable. Adjust to grade ofsurfacing. 3.09 PLUGGING DEADENDS Install standard plugs or caps at dead ends ofall finings and pipe in accordance with drawings. Ifdead end is not to be exrcnded, place water service line as near dead end as practical. 3.10 VAI,JLTS Construct vaults to line and grade sbown on drawings. 3.1 I CONCRETE WORK 3.12 BACKFILL I I I I I I I I I t I t I I I I I B. c. B. Placement: Place to required depth and width conforming to &awings. Place concrete as uniformly as possible in order to rninimize amount ofadditional spreading. Place and consolidate with suitable tools to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb or pockets. Well vibrated and tamped against forms. Retemp€f,ing: Do not retemper concrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with or without additional cemsnt, aggregate, or water. Provide corrcrete in such quantity as is required for immediate use. Curing Protect against loss ofmoisture, rapid temperature change, fron rain, and flowing water for not less than nro days from placernent ofconcrete. Immediately after finishing, cover concrete surface with curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer. Prorcct exposed edge of concrete slabs by removing forms immediately to provide these surfaces with continuous curing treahnenL One Foot Over Pipe: Use 3/4" screened rock for cover material and backfill by approved mechanical methods. Cover material shall be clean soil, free from organic materials, chunla of soil, fiozen materid, debris or other unsuilable materials. Place and compact starting at top of pipe bedding extending upwards to l' above top ofpipe. Place in lifts to a density of 85 to 90%, AASHTO T99. Rernainder of Trench: Bacldrll with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No rocks over 6" in diameter in trench. I GorecreekRe':H{f"}"fi* I Water Distribution 02sr0-r2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.t3 COMPACTTON A. Demonstrate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonstration section for uniform density throughout depth ofeach lift. Alter construction methods until acceptable to Engineer. Continue same procedure untit significant change in soils occurs, or compaction is not being achieved, then demonsEate n€w method, B. Compaction requirements for all trenches: l. Predominantly cohesive soils where AASHTO T99 procedures are applicable: Compact uniformly throughout each lift to 95%, AASHTO T99. For gnnular soils the moisture content shall be -2 to +2 of optimum moisture content. For clay soils the moisture content shall be 0 to +2 of optimum moisture content. 2. Predominately of rock, to 6" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension. Placing of occasional boulders of sizes larger than maximum layer thicLmess may be agreed to by Engineer, provided material is carefullyplaced and large stones well distributed with voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. level and smooth each layer to distribute soils and finer fragments of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifts. No rocks over 6" in diameter are allowed in the backfill. 3.14 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT A. Score existing surhce with a cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existi.g surface and aggregate base course. leave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side of trench. After trench has been backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregate base coune in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thiclaness in these specifications. Compact aggregate base course to 95%AASHTOTl80. Replace pavement in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thiclness in these Specifications. Compact asphalt to 95%ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with vibrators. 3.15 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Notify Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of pipe being laid in any rench. Cover no pipes until observed by Engineer. Notifu Engineer at least 48 hours before pipe is to be tested. B. Hydrostatic Testing l. General: Make pressure and leakage tests on all newly laid pipe. Test two or more valved sections not to exceed 1000 feet. Test first section ofpipe laid to verif ifwatertight. Lay no additional pipe rmtil first test section has passed tests. Furnish the following equipment and materials for tests, unless otherwise directed by Engineer: 2 Graduated containers 2 Pressure gauges I Suitable hose and suction pipe as required 2. Testing Procedure: Test each 1000 feet ofline installed while trench is partially backfilled and joints are left exposed for examination for leala. Do not conduct pressure tests until 48 hours after placement of concrete thrust blocks. After pipe has been partially backfilled, slowly let water into line. Vent to allow air in line to be released. Flush line as necessary for cleaning. L€ave water in line for 24 hours prior to pressure test, Test at l-l/2 times working pressure, calculated for low point oftest section, or 150 psi, whichever is greater. Valve olfpump and hold pressure in line for test. Test for two hours or as agreed to by Engineer. At end oftest, operate pump until test pressure is again attained. Calibrate contain€r of water for pump suction to determine amount of water to replace leakage. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Water Distribution 02s10-13 3. Leakage Allowance: kakage is quantity ofwater necessary to refill line atend oftest period. No installation will be accepted until leakage is less than: ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE PER IOOO'OF PIPE IN GPH I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I Avg. Test Pressure psi 2M 175 150 t25 t00 Nominal Pipe Diameter - in. 6810t2 l8 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 l.9l 0.59 0.80 0.99 l.l9 t.79 0.55 0.74 0.92 l.l0 1.66 0.50 0.67 0.E4 l.0l l.5l 0-4s 0.60 0.75 0.m 1.35 *For pipe with 18' nominal lengths. To obtain recommended allowable leakage for pipe with 20' nominal lengths, multiply the leakage calculated from the table by 0.9. Ifpipeline under test contains sections ofvarious diameters, allowable leakage will be sum ofcomputed leakage for each size. Reduce allowable leakage proportionately for sections less than 1000 ft. 3.16 FLUSHINGANDDISINFECTING A. General: In accordarce with AWWA C601. Acceptable chlorine disinfectants are calcium hypocblorite granules and sodium hlpochlorite solutions. B. Chlorine-watersolutionmethod: Chlorine Required ro Produce 25 mg/L Concenfation in 100 feet of Pipe - by Diameter l00Perrent I Percent Chlorine Chlorine Solution Lb. Gd. Pipe Diameter In. 4 6 8 l0 t2 l6 .0t3 .030 .054 .085 .120 .217 .16 .36 .65 t.02 LU 2.fi Induce chlorine solution into pipeline at a contirruous feed rate to attain a concentration of25 MglL free chlorine. C. Chlorination Test Assure valves are closed on existing systefin to prevent chlorine solution flowing into existing system. Retain 25 mg/L chlorinatcd water in pidine for minimum of 24 hours. During ret€ntioD period operate all valves and hydrants to disinfect At end of24 hour period, chlorine in system to be no less than l0 mg/L tbroughout length tested. Wren section being tested meets l0 mg/L chlorine after 24 hours, flush main. Water samples taken shall slrow no coliforsl organisms. Ifwater in pipe does not meet the goveming health agency requirements, repeat disinfection procedure, at Contractot's expense, until requirements arc met. Fumish acc€ptance fomls from governing agency to Engineer. T GorecreekReTji;i,i*";;ts IWater Distribution 02510-14 t I I t I 3.17 CLEANTJP AND RESTORATION A. Reslor€ all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and otber sfructures or surfaces to condition equal to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction of Engineer. Deposit all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding ofsite, if required. Where disposal sites are not designated, rcmove and dispose ofall waste material off site. END OF SECTION T I I I t I I I I I I I I I Water Distribution 025llFl5 Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI oJ;ffi$";8; I SECTION 02515I ..N.RETELNITPA'ER' I . PARTI GEI\TERAL I t.ol RELATEDDoCUMENTS -- I . A Tbe General Contract Conditions, Drawings, and Division - I Specification sections, apply to I Work of rhis section. r I.o2 DESCRIPTIoN I '. A. hovjde all labor, materiats and equiprnent oecessary to install concrete utrit pavers I I.O3 REI,ATED SECTIONS I A. Section02732-RoadwayBase. B. Section 02741 - Asphaltic Concrete Paving. I I C. Division 15 - Mechanical. - 1.04 REFERENCES Ir A. ASTM C33: Specification for Concrete Aggregates. I B. ASTM Cl36: Method for Sieve Analysis for Fine and Coarse Aggregate. !C, ASTM Cl40: Sampling aad Testing Concrete Masonry Unib. I ASTM Cl44: Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonn/ Mortar. E. ASTM C936: Specifcation for Solid Interlccking Concrete Paving Units.I f F. ASTM C979: Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrcte. I ' . G. ASTM D698: Test Methods for Moisture Density Relations of Soil and Soil Aggregate Mixtures I ing a 5.5Jb (2.49 kg) Rammer and 12 in. (305 mm) drop. H. ASTM Dl55?: Test Methods for Moisture Density Relations of Soit and Soil Aggregate Mixtures . Using a lO-lb (4.54 kg) Rarnner and 18 in. (457 rrm) drop. I I. ASTM D2940: Graded Aggregate Maerial for Bases or Subbases for Higbways or Airports. I t.05 QUALTTYASSTJRANCE A Manufgcturer:'Company specializing in *re manufacture of concrete interl,ocking pavers for ar minimum of 3 years. I B. Installation shall be by a contraotor and crew rvith at least 3 years ofeiperierrce in placing interlocking concrcte pavers on projects of similar na[ue or dollar cost. r C. Installation Contractor shall conform to all local, state./provincial licensing and bonding requiresrents. I . Concrete Unit Pavers 02515 - I Gore Creek Residences - Ihnnel ValI, Colorado I . , l9January2lD5,I I.O5 SI,'BMITTAIS A. Submit 7 copies ofproduct drawings and data. B. Submit firll size sample sets of conq€te paving rmits to indicate color and shape selections C. Submit sieve analysis for grading ofbedding and joint sand. D. Submit test resulB Aom an irdependent testing laboralory for co4liancc af paving rnit requiremcnts to ASTM C 936. E. Indicate layou! pauern, and relationship ofpavingjoints to fixtures and pmject forrred details. F. Substiutions: Substitutiors shall be submitted l0 days prior to bid opening for accepance. r.o7 MocK-t Ps ' A, Install a 7 foot x 7 frrrt (2m x 2 m) parar mock up for eacb pattern as describcd in Art ich3.02. The mockup will be used to determine surcharge of the bedding sand lqyer, joint sizeg lines, laying patternft), color(s), atrd t€xture oftbejob. This area shall be the standard Aom which the uor* wilt be judged. Consideration shall be given with regard to diffirerrces in age of maerials from time of mock-up erection to time of actual product delivery. I.O8 DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Deliver mncrete paven to the site in stoel banded, plastic banded, or plastic wrapped cubes capable of tramfer by fork lift or clanp lift. Unload pavers atjob site in such a raanoer that no damage occurs to the product B. Sand sball be corcred with watcrproofoovering to prevent exposure o rainhll or removal by wind. The covering shall be secured in place. C. Coordinate delivery and paving scbedulc to minimize interferencc with normal use of buildings adjacent to paving. 1.09 EI.MROMV{ENTALCONDflONS A. Do not install sand or pavers during heavy rain or snowfall B. Do not install sand and pavers over froan base materials. C. Do Dot imtalt fiozen sand. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI CO}.ICRETEI.'MTPAVERS A Concrete pavers are availiable fiom tbe Pavesbne Company. Denver, CO Q03) 28147A0 or approved equal. AII styles and colors spccified are Pavestone, b-ut other trDnufichuers can produce similar styles ald colors l. On Structue and on gSade (refer to sit€ details): Giant Plaza Rectangle: 80 trnn. thic*oess; light tumbled finish Winter Blend Color - Pewter 25Yo, Cbcrrcrr,l 25%o, Gold I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I t I I Concrete Unit Pavers Gore irik Residences - Tunnel Ya[ Colorado tg JanuarY 2005 I 025t5-2 I I I I I 25%, and Reddish Brown 25% per Pavesboe or approved equal. Reference corufuction' plarx for pattern and layout. Contractor shall field veriS panem layout with Owner's Representative prior to constructioL B. Pavers shall meet the following requirements set forth in ASTM C 936, Standard Specification for Interlocking CoDcrete Paving Units: l. Average compressive strength of 8,000 psi (55 MPa) witb no individual unit under 7,200 psi (50 MPa). 2. Average absorption of 5oZ with no unit greater than 7Yo wben testd in acmrdance witb ASTM C 140. 3. Resistanc€ to 50 freeze-tbaw cycles when tested in accordaace with ASTM C 67. C. Pigrnent in concrete pavers shall conform to ASTM C 979. D. Material shall be manufactured in individual layers on production pallets. E. Materials shall be manuftctured to produce a solid horrgeneous matrix in the produced rmit. 2.02 VISUALINSPECTION A. All rmits shall be sormd and free ofdefects that would interfere udth the proper placing ofunits or irnpair the srength or pennancnce of the construction. B. Minor cracks incidental to the usuat methods of manufacture, or chipping resulting from customary . metho6r ol6xadling in shipment and delivery, shall not be deemed grounds for rejection. 2.O3 SAMPLINCA}IDTESTING A. Manufacturer shall provide access to lots ready for delivery to the Owner's Representative for testing in accordance with ASTM 936-82 for sampling of material prior to corunencement of paver placement B. Manufacturer shall provide a minimum of 3 years testing backup data showing manufactured products that meet and enceed ASTM 936-82 when tested in compliance with ASTM C- 140. C. Sampling shall be random with a minimum of 9 speciroens per 20,000 sq, ft. per product shape and size with repeated sarnples taken every additional 20,000 sq. ft. or a Faction thereof, D. Test units in accordance with ASTM for compressive shength, absorption and dimensional tolerance. A minimum of 3 specimens per test rcquired for aa average value. Testing of firll units is preferred. 2.M REIECTION A. [n the errent the shipment 6ils to conform to the specified requirements, the maaufacturer may sort it, and new test units shall be selected at random by the Owner's Representative fiom the retained lot atrd tested at the experne of the manufacturer. If the second set oftqst units fails to conform to the specified rcquirements, the entire lot shall be r{ected. 2.05 E)(PENSE OFTESTS A. The expense ofinspecdon and testing and/or relesting shall be bome by the Contractor. 2.06 BEDDINGANDJOINTSAND Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado , lgJanuarY 2005 I I I I t I I I I I I T I I Concrete Unit Pavers 02515 - 3 I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I B, Bedding andjoint sand shall be clean, nonglastic, fiee from deleterious or foreign mater. The sand shall be natural or manufrctured from crusbed rock. Limestone screenings or ston€ dust shall not be used. Wben concrete pavers are srbject to vehicular traffic, the sands shall be as hard as practically available. Grading of sand samples for the bedding course andjoinb shall be done according to ASTM C 136. The bedding sand shall conform to thc grading requirements ofASTM C 33 as shorm in Table l. Table I Gradinq Reouir€,menb for Beddine Sad ASTM C 33 C, The joint sand shall conform to the grading requirernenb ofASTM C l.l4 as shoum in Table 2 below: Table 2 Gradine for Jobt Sapd ASTMC 144 Nanral Sand Percent Passine 100 95 to 100. 70 b 100 40to75 l0 to 35 2to15 0 Sievc Size 3/8 in (9.5 uur) No.4 (4.75 mm) No.8 (236mm) No. 16(l.l8nm) No. 30 (600 pm) No. 50 (3@ pm) No. 100(l50pm) Sieve Size No.4 (4-75 nm) No. 8 (2.36 mm) No. 16 (1.18 mm) No. 30 (600 pm) No. 50 (300 pm) No.l00(l50pm) No.2{X) (75 pm) Peroent Passinq 100 95 to 100 65 to 100 50to E5 25 to 60 l0 to 30' 2to l0 2.07 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Thernally spunbon&d polpropyl€ne, norrwoven, rhin geotextile frhic, 4.0 ozllineal prd u,eiglrt available frorn Reeoay, Inc., T0OldHickoryBlvd., OldHickory, TN 37138,80ot21-6n\' Typar#3401 orequal. I.Ieedle purched material is not ac@table. PART3 EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION Verifr that subgrade preparatio& compacted dcosity ard elevations conform to the specifications. Corpaction of the soil subgrade to at l€ast 95% Standard Proctor Dmity per ASTM D 698 is recomnended. Higher demity, or compaction to ASTM D 1557 rny be necessary for areas subject to continual vehic0lar traffic. Stabilization ofthe subgrade and/or base material rny be Doc€ssary Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado t9 Jrnurry2005 I I I Concrete Unit Pavers 02515 -4 t. t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I B. c. D, E. n c. widr weak or saturated subgrade soils. The Owner's Represerrhtive should inspect subgrade preparation, ele\iations, and conduct density tesa for conformance to specifications. Verift that geotextiles have been placed according to specificatiorx. Veri& that snowmelt systems have been placed according to specifications. Veri! that aggregate base materials, thickness, conpactioq surface tolerances, and elevations conform to thc specific ations. Verify location, tlpe, installation and elevations ofedge restaitrts around the perineter area to be paved. Veriff that base is dry, rmiform, wen, and ready to support sand, pavers, and imposed loads. Beginaing ofbedding sand and paver iDstallation means acceptance ofbase and edge restraints. 3.OZ INSTALLATION A. B. c. D, E. F. G. H. Place uelded wire mes\ insulatio4 and snowmelt systern as shown on construction plens. Spread tbe sand wenly over the base and screed to a nominal I inch (25 nm) thickness, not excecding t l/2 inches (40 mm) thickress. The screeded sand should not be disturbed. Place sufficient sand to stay ahead of t}e laid pavers. Do not use the bedding sand to fill depressions in the base surface. Ensure that pavers are fiee of foreign materials before installation. lay tbe pavers in the pattern(s) as shown on the construction plans. Maintain su-aight paftem lines. Joinls between the pave6 on average shall be between l/16 inch aad 3/16 inch (2 mm to 5 rut) wide. Fill gaps at tbe edges of the paved area with cut pavers or edge units. C\rt pavers to be placed along the edge with a double blade paver splitter or nrasonry saw. Use a low ampli[rde, higb frequency plate vibrator to vibrate the pavers ino tbe sand. Use Table 3 below to select size ofcompaction equipmeot: Table 3 ' Minimum Centrifueal Compaction Force 3000lbs. (13 tll) smolbs. (22 kN) Vibrate the pavers, sweeping dry joint sand into the joine and vibnating until tlrey are full. This will require at least two or thre€ pass€s with tbe vfurator. Do not vibrate within 3 feet (l m) ofthe unrestained edges of tbe paving units. All work to within 3 feet (l m) of the laying face mrist be Ieft firlly compacted with sand-filled joints at the coqletion of each day. Snrcep offexcess sand when lhe job is complele. Gore Creek Residemes - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 19 Januarl 2lD5 Paver Tbickness 6O mrn 80mm Concrete Unit Pavers 02515 - 5 I L. The final zurface eleyations shall not deviate more '\an 3/8 inch (10 mm) rmder a l0 feet B m) long st'aightedge. M. The surface elemtion ofpavers shall be l/E inch to U4 inch (3 to 6 rrm) above adjaceat drainage inlets, concrete collars or channel N. The surface elevation ofpavers sball be flush will all concrete crrb gutter, concret€ sbps, concrete bands, and building ent'ances. Final elenations ofall concrete parrers shall match existing elevations at all building faces, steps, and miscdlaneous building or site materials to remain uoless otberwise noted. The finnl elevations sbll not deviate more rhan % inch. O. The resanding as necessary ofpaver joints shall be accorylished by contractor for a period of I 80 days after completion of work 3.03 FIEIJ QUALITY CONTROL AND COMPLETION A. After rernoval ofexcess sand chect final elerrations for conformance to the drawings. B. Contractor shall provide or*ler wi0r 25 additioaal concrete unit payers in each style, size, and color to match insallation. Additional pavers shall be provided to Onmer in accordance with 1.07. ENDOFSECTION Gord Creek Resldences - Tunnel Valt' Colorado r lgJanuarY2lD5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Concrete Unit Pavers 02515 - 6 I I I I I I I I t I I I I I t I I I t SECTION02516 FLAGSTONE PARTT GEIIERAL I.OI RELATEDDOCUMENTS A. The General Contract Conditions, Drawings, and Division I Specification sections, apply to Wort of this section. I.O2 DESCRIPIION A. The work in this section consists of fiunishing and installation of flagstone pavement over beddfutg sand / aggregate base course / subgrade at landscap€ arcas. I.O3 REI-ATED SECTIONS A. Section 02200 - Earthwork B. Section 02732 - Roadwav Base. C. Section 02515 - Concrete Unit Pavers. . D. Section 02950 - landsc4e Planting. I.O4 QUALITYASST'RANCE A. Source: Stone shall come Aom a single source. B. Install a 4 foot x 4 foot flagstone pavement mock up. This area shall be the standard trom which the work will be judged- Consideration shall be given with regard to differences in age of malerials from time of mock-up erection to time of actual product delivery. C. Installer Qualifications: Installation shall be by masols and/or skilled worknen with at least 3 years oforperience in this type of stonework on projecB ofsimilar na$re or dollar cosl I.O5 SIJBMITTAIS: A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the Special Conditions of the Conkact The following shall be subnitted for the Work in this Section: ' B. Samples: Samples shill be submitted for the foltowing: L Provide a set o{, at least, five stones to define tbe range and variabilify of color and show &f,nrc; dirrensions, marking, chipping and cracking. 2. Sarnples shall not be less than 8 inches in length x 8 inches in width x 2 ittches doeP. Include . in each set tbe firll range ofexposed color and t€xture to be expectcd in tlre fnished work C. Matecials Certifcates: Subrnit copies ofmaterials certificates for 0re following: L Storrc: Test results for specific gravity, abrasion, gradation ind freze/thaw. The source of the stone shall also be stated on test results. I,06 DELTVERY,STORAGEANDHANDUNG Gore Creek Residences - Tunncl VriI, Colorado 19 JanuarY 2lXl5 tr'lagstone 02516- I I I PART2 Care shall be taken in handling, tansportation and handling ofstone, so as not to scratch or darnage the stone, particularly the naturally weathered surfaces. PRODUCTS 2.01 FL/C,GSTONE A. Stone shall be 'Colorado BuffSandstone' provided by the Gallegos Corporatioq 1097 Spring Creek Road, Glpsum, CO 81637 ,97G52M322 or approved equal. B. Stone shall appear nanrally weatbered; sharp edges shall not be exposed. C. Sizes of stone shall be as desigmted below. Tbe nominal size listed below shall serve as 0re minimum acceptable dimension on any axis through the approximate center of mass of the stona Refercnce construction plans for approximate stone shapes. l. Leogth: l'4" to 3'-0". 2. Width: l'-0"to3'{". 3. Deflh:2%"min D. Prior to thc delivery ofrock to the work site, an inspection ofthe quarry sball be arranged by the ConFactor, and shall include the ConFactor, Orvler's RepreseDtativc, Architect, and Quarry Representative. The quarry shall identify the rock source and procedures that will be used to stockpile and grade the sizes ofstone spocified. The Onmer's Representative and Architect may lag existing ston€ to be selected for the project. E. Upon delivering the stone to the sitg Onmer's Representative will cxanirre the stone and may reject any determined to be damaged or scratcbed on ihe desired exposed faces or uuatually shaped. These stone shall be removed from tbe site at the Contractor's expense. 2.02 MORTAR: Type M. PART3 EXECT'TION 3.OI SI,JBSTRATEPREPARATION Storrc Over Aggregate Base Course: l. Excavate for placeoent of stone, zuch tbat top of flagstone will meet grade specified on grading plan and detail. Provide a 6rm, smooth, unifornr surfac,e. 2. Contractor shall prepare subgrade in accordance witb Section 022O0 - Earthumrlc 3.U2 STONEPI,ACEMENT Stone shall be placed as shown on tbe corstruction plans and as directcd by Owner's Represeotative. Stone shall bc placed individually in a manner to avoid displacing underlying materials or placing undue impact force on the urderlying materials. Stone shall not be dtopped tom a height of rrcre than 2 inchcs. Stone shall bc placed in position by the use of suitable equipment for hardling material. Dayline buckets and skips sball not be used for placement ofsone. Gore Creek Residcnces - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 19 JanuarY 2lX)5 I I I t I t I I I I I I I B. c. t I I I Flagstore 02s16 -2 I I D. Stone shall be ptaced with weathered and most narural, rounded surface up, oras directed by Owner's Representative. I E, Stone shall be tevel and flush with surrounding finish grade.I F. Stone shall be placed in the presence ofthe Owner's Representative, and Owner's Representative I shall approve tbe placement before stone are backfilled Th€ contractor should anticipate that I rehandlbg of individual stone after initial placenent wil! be required to achieve requir€d elevations ard placements. I 3.03 BACKFTLLTNcsToNEr A. Backfll excavation around boutder as indicated on construction plans I 3.U ADTSTMENT,PROTECTTON,AI.rDCLEAN-LP A. Upon completion of worh remove from the premises all surplus rmterials, tools, equipment, rubbish, debris, and rejected stone resulting from the workIB. Remove and replace storcs tbat are broken, chipped, stained or otlerwise damaged. Where I directe4 r€move and replace mits that do Dot match adjoining stonework Provide new matching I units; install as specified and poiDt-up to eliminate evidence ofrcplacement. Repoint defective and unsatisfactory joints as requred to Fovide a rcat, utriform appearance. I C. Ctean stonework not less than six days after completion. Thoroughly clean and scrub comptetedI wall with fiber bnrsbes, using a mild alkaline abrasive cleaner that contains no caustic or harsh fillers. Do not use wire brushes or acid tt?e cteanbg agents. Begin at top atrd wo* down Clean stone thoroughly, leaving no traces ofcleaning compound. r D. Protect the stonewor* from collapse, deterioratio& discoloration or damage during subsequent coastruction and until acceptance ofthe work ! ENDOFSECTION Flagstone 02516-3 Gore Creek Rcsldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado) 19 Januery 2005 I T I I I I I I I I t t I t t I T SECTION 02530 SAI\ITARY SEWNN SYSTNNN PART 1GENERAL I.OI DESCRIPTION A. Work Included: Excavation, bacldll, bedding, and installation ofpipe, manholes, service wyes, service lines, force mains and all necessary appurtenances. B. Related Work: l. Site Clearing: Section 02230 2. Topsoil and Revegetation: Sectiorl0292l C. Definitions: l. Trench Excavatioo: Excavation of all material encountered along tsench other than rock excavation. 2. Rock Excavation: All solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a CAT 375 backhoe with 3/4 cubic yard bucket, and requiring drilling and blasting' D. Eagle River Water and Saniation District Specifications: All work shall conform to the standard specifications for sewer lines as approved by the Eagle River Water and Sanitation District I.O2 SUBMITTAIS A. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specific dimensions and construction materials for pip€, finings, and manholes; or certifications that producB conform with qpecifications. B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and rench stabilization materials, concrete mix design, and compression test I.O3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, c€xlse concreting when descending air temperahue in shade and away from artificial heat, falls below 35 degrees F, and there is tost in zubgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperahre of mix shall not be less than 60 degrees F at time ofplacing. PART2PRODUCTS 2.OI PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PolyvinylChloride(PVC): 4"-l5",ASTMD3034,TypePSM,SDR35; 18"-27",ASTMF679.Push-on joints and molded rubber gaskes. Maximum pipe length l3'. B. Ductile lron: AWV/A Cl5l, Class 52. Push-on joints. PolyJined or Griffin "Seuper Coat" ASTM A746. C. Yelomine: Restrained joint PVC pressure pipe and finings. Conform to ASTM D2241 "Standard Specifications for PVC, pressure rated pipe (SDR Series)". Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t T I I I I I I I I Sanitary Sewer System 02530-1 D. Polyvinyl Cbloride Pipe and Couplings: AWWA C900, working pressure 200 psi with push-on joints ASTM D 1869. Transition coupling fiom SDR35 to C-900, pressure pipe shall be Harco Manufrctuing 33?-080, Class 150 and ASTM3l39. All spigot ends shall be beveled to manufacturer's specifications. 2.02 MANHOLES Manhole bases: Precast concrete ASTM C478. Manhole Sections: ASTM C478. Precast concrete (wetcast) with the lip outside with minimum wall (hickress l/12 of intemal diameter. Cones eccentric. Manhole Rings and Covers: Cast iron, ASTM A48 with a flat lid with the lettering "Sewer" cast on the cover. Ring and cover combined weight greater than 255 lbs., machined to fit securely. Non-rocking cover. Hot dipped in asphalt. HS20 raffic loading. D&L A-lg3 or accepted equal. Manhole Grade Rings: Ar alternative to concrete grade rings is highdensity polyethylene (I{DPE) as defined in ASTM D1248-84 with a'Vedge" design. Manhole Steps: Two non-skid grooves in surface ofstep and capable ofcarrying load of 1,000 pounds, six inches (6') from face of manhole, Manhole Joint Sealanr Double Rub-R-Nek with primer. One inch ( I ") on 48"-inch diameter manholes; I %- inch on all larger numbers. 2.03 BEDDING Granular material can be 3/4n-inch or 3/8"-inch screened mck or class 6 aggregate base course (ABC) as delined by the Colorado Deparunent ofTransportation (CDOT). The bedding material shall be free of corrosive properties and shall confomr to the following gradation limits when tested by mears of laboratory sieves: Road base must have 95% compaction, at+l- zVo optimum moish[e content prior to installation of any pipe. All bedding shall be tamped to the spring line of the pipe. Local water district personnel shall inspect all installations prior to backfilling. Laboratory Maximum Density: laboratory maximum density of soil shall be determined by ASTM D- 1557-78. FieldDensity: DensityofsoilshallbedeterminedbyASTMDl55656saneconemetho4orbyASTM D -2922-8 1, ntclear method. 3/4" ScreenedRock (CDOT Table 703-1, Number 7) B, L. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I III D. E, F. Sieve Size 3/4 inch l/2 inch 3/8 inch No.4 No.8 Total Percent Passing by Weight t00 90-100 40-70 0-15 0-5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2ffi5 Sanitary Sewer System 02530-2 I I 3/8" Screened Rock I (CDOT Table 703-l, Number 8) Sieve Size Total Percent Passing by Weight I l/2 inch 100 3/8 inch 85-100 No.4 10-30 I No.8 0-10 No. 16 0-5 I B. In specific areas, such as where access is extremely limited, the use of on-site materials maybe allowed I and when used, must be on-site l% inches minus well-graded screened material, free from organic materials, chunks of soil, frozen material, debris or other suitable materials. Use of on-site bedding material must have prior written District and Engineer approval. I- C. Service line bedding shall consist of 3/8 inch or %-inch minus screened rock, select native or sand malerial free of any organic material. I 2,04 CONCRETEMATERIAL I A. General: All materials fumished from sources agreed to by the District. I B. Cemen[ ASTM C-150 for Portland Cement, Type II. Cement which has becorne partially set or contains lumps ofcaked cement shall be rejected. I C, Aggregate: ASTM C33. I D. Water; Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali, or I organic materials harmful to concrete. 2.05 CONCRETEMIX I A. DesigpMix l. Proportions:r *ffi:"-J3r:TYfficubicvard Water - 5.5 gallons per sack Maximum size aggregate - 314"t 2. Slump: 4" maximum t 3. Shength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days 4. Air Content: 5% - 7% r B. Job-Mixed Concrete I Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrete Paving Mixer Standards of Mixer Manufacturers Bureau I ofAssociated General Contsactors ofAmerica. Mixer shall be capable ofcombining aggregates, cernent, and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Discharge entire contents of drum before recharging, Continue mixing of each batch for not less than ten (10) minutes after all rnaterials are in I drum. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I Sanitary Sewer System 0253G3 C. Ready-Mixed Concrete Proportioned, mixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C94. Any concrete not plastic and workable when it reaches project shall be rejected. TRACERWIRE A. Tracer wire shall be ten (l0) gauge insulated copper wire andbe required on all cruve-linear applications. 2.07 MARKETING/LOCATINGDISK A. The Disrict will provide 3M "Gree,n" marking disks.to the contractor. The contractor shall ensurc their corect installation. 2,08 NON-DETECTABLEMARKINGTAPE A. The installation of"green" marking tape is required on all sewer mains and service lines. The ape shall be installed approximately two feet (2) above ft6 main or line. The tape shall meet the following specifications : l. 4-mil thick PVC material 2. Solid green color with black lettering 3. Six inches (6') in width 2.09 CASING SPACERS A. Carrier pipes to be installed inside casings shall be installed with self-restaining casing spacers. Casing spacers shall provide axial thnrst resEaint to prevcnt pipe joint separation during and after installation. They shall also provide dielectric insulation between the carrier pip€ and the casing and facilitate installation ofthe carrier pipe into the casing. Restained gasing spacers shall be pmvided at all pipe joints. In additio4 casing spac€rs shall be installed every ten fcet (10') of the pipeline to support the pipe barrel and the weight of its contene. Restrained casing spacers shall bc Uni-Flange Series LJFRCS 1300 or IJRFCSI39O, or an appmved equal rcstrained joint device and Cascade Waterworks Manufacuuing Company, Model CCM casing spacers. PART3EXECUTION 3.OI TRENCIIING A. Trench Excavation: Excavate o depths required. Confine excavation to work limin. B. Rock Excavation: Prior to removal, notifo Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation. C. Blasting: In general, blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the local authority having jurisdiction is granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be eansported, handle4 stored and used in accordancc with the laws ofthe local, state and federal govemments, as applicable. All blasting shall be conuolled so as not to injue any existing structur€ or frcility. Thc protection of life and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the p€rsoD or persons conducting the blasting operation. The hours of blasting shall be in accordance with the permit of the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24-hour notification to Engineer. I I I I I I I I I I t I I t I I I I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel ,r";"1":$;t! ISanitary Sewer System 02530-4 B. B, c. B. I I T t I I I I T T I I I t t I I I I D. Trench Support: The trench shall be adequately supported and the safery of workers provided for as required by the most rccent standards adopted by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards Board. Sheeting and shoring shall be utilized where required to prevent any excessive rvidening or sloughing of the fiench, which may be decimental to human safety, to the pipe and appurtenances being installed, to existing utilities, to existing structures, or to any other existing facility or itern. 3.02 UNSTABLE TRENCH BOT'TOMAND EXCAVATION IN POOR SOIL If the bottom of the excavation at subgrade is found to be soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders, refuse, vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fiagments ofinorganic material that cannot satisfactorily support the pipe or struchre, then the Contractor shall further excavate and remove such unsuitable material. Before the pipe or structure is installed, the subgrade shall be accepted by the Dstrict. BEDDING Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of4" below bottom ofpipe to centerline for entire width of trench. 3.04 UNDERDRAIN Water seeping frorn tench banks, but not flowing in tench bottom: Install gravel underdrain in accordance with drawings. Water flowing in trench bottom: Install underdrain pipe in addition to gravel where water volume will fill a 4" pipe l/4 firll. Cleanouts at each manhole in conformance with drawings. Daylight all underdrairs as shown on drawings or as dirccted by Engineer. 3,05 PIPEINSTALI.A,TION Construct pipe accurately to line and ggade shovm on drawings. Pipe installation will be lamped daily by Engineer. Remove and replace pipe not conforming to line and grade at Contractor's expense. Install to manufacturer's recornmendations, continuously upgrade. Bell ends face upgrade. Prior to making joints, clean and dry all surfrces. Use lubricants in conformance with manufacturet's recornmendations for insertion ofpipe injoint Set pipe in position and check line and grade. Keep dirt iom entering all exposed pipe ends. Joints u/atertight. Wyes and Risers for Service Connections: Angle upward so li8 bend connected to fitting will make service line invert equal to inside crown of sewer main. Where elevation of top of service is more than 12'below finished grade, install riser pipe as directed by Engineer. 3.06 WATER LINE CROSSING Normal Conditions: Whenever possible, lay water mains over sanitary sewers to provide vertical separation ofat least 18" between invert ofwater main and crown ofsewer. Unusual Conditions: Ifabove separafion cannot be met, use following: l. Sewer passing over or less than I 8" under water main: a. One continuous length ofwatertight pressure pipe C900 PVC 20 feet long centered on water main. Joints between different pipes shall have a transition coupling Harco Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Sanitary Sewer System 02530-5 I t I I I I I I T I I T t t I I I I I B. B. c. 3.08 Manufacnring 337-080, Class 150, ASTM 3139. All spigot ends shall be beveled to manufacturers specifi cations. 2. Water mains passing under sewers: If vertical separation less than 18", provide structural support for sewer. 3.07 MANHOLECONSTRUCTION Manhole: Construct in accordance with drawings. Extend concrete manhole base at least 8'belowpipe barrel. Slope floor ofmanhole from cenlerline ofpipe to maximum of2" above top ofpipe at face of manhole. Shape invert when manhole is sel Construct side branches with as large radius ofcurvatue as possible to connect to main invert. Inverts shall be smootb and clean with no obstructions, allowing insertion ofan expandable plug in pipe. Place complete and continuous roll ofjoint sealant on base ring in sulficient quantity so there will be no spaces allowing infilration. Join eacb succeeding manhole section in similar manner. Trim away all excess material and repair all lifting holes. Trun eccentric cone and steps away from roadway ditch. Manhole Ring and Covec Install at grade of finished surface. Where surface will be completed after manhole consEuction, set top ofcone so maximum ofsix, two-inch reinforced concrete rings will adjust ring and cover to final grade. CONNECTION TO E)fl STING MANHOLE Make connections to existing manholes, where no pipe is stubbed out, in similar manner as new manhole. Break small opening in existing manhole as necessary to insert new pipe and attain warcrtight seal. Chip existing concrete bench inside manhole to provide enough thickness for mortar bed to make new smooth continuous invert Place expandable waterstop around portion of sewer pipe inserted into existing manhole. Use expandable grout to completely fill hole in manhole to create watertight repair. 3,09 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE UNES Place trr.re to line and gtrade in accordance with drawings, from main line !o house service, in shortest direct route. Locate l0' from all water lines. Terminate 5' from lowest comer of lot or as shown on drawings. Wlere wyes have not been installed in main sewer, tap by machine drilling hole in main, sized to fit saddle for service line. Each wye or drilled tap and saddle shall be inspected prior to backfilling. Service line minimum grade of l/4" per foot. If service line is to be stopped at propaty line, place 6-foot steel fence post at end, extending 2' above finished ground. Place watertight plug in end of service line. 3.10 CONCRETEWORK Placement Place to required depth and width conforming to drawings. Place concrete as unifonnly as possible in order to minimize amount ofadditional spreading. Place and consolidate with suitable tools to avoid forrnations of voids, honeycomb, or pockets. Well vibrated and tamped against forms. Retempering: Do not retemper concrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with or without additional cement, aggegate or water. Provide concrete in such quantity as is required for immediate use. Curing: Protect against loss ofmoisture, rapid temperature change, rain, and flowing water, for not less than two days from placement of concrete. Irnmediately after finishing cover concrete surface witb curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer. Protect exposed edge of concrete slabs exposed by removing forms immediately to provide these surfaces with continuous curing teatment Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Sanitary Sewer System 02s30.6 3. B. B. 3.13 I I I t I I I I I I I I I T I I I I T 3,1I BACKFILL One Foot Over Pipe: Use 3/4" screened rock for cover material and backfill by approved mechanical methods. Cover material shall be clean soil, free from organic materials, chunla ofsoil, frozen material, debris, or other unsuitable materials. Place and compact starting at top of pipe bedding extending upwards to I ' above top of pipe for entire trench width. Place in lifo to a deruity of 90% AASHTO T99. Remainder of Trench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No rocks over 6" in trench. 3.12 COMPACTION Demonstrate method of compaction Engineer will test compacted demonstration section for uniform density throughout depth of each lift. Alter constuction methods until providing one acceptable to Engineer. Continue same procedure until sipificant change in soils occurs, or compaction is not being achieved, then demorutrate new method. Compaction requirements for all trenches: l. Predominantly ofcohesive soils where AASTITO T99 procedures are applicable: Compacted unifonnly throughout each lift to 95% AASHTO T99. For granular soils the moisture content shall be -2 to +2 of the optimum moisture content. For clay soil the moisture content shall b€ 0 to +2 of the optimum moisture content. 2. Predominately of rock 6" in diameter: Place in loose lifo up to average rock dimension. Placing ofoccasional boulden ofsizes larger than maximum layer thickness maybe agreed to by Engineer, provided material is carefullyplaced and large stones well distributed with voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. Level and smooth each layer to distribute soils and finer fragrnens of earth, Wet each loose layer as nec€ssary to facililate compaction prior to placing additional lifis. No rocls larger than 6' in diameter are allowed in the backfill. characteristics:Trenches backfill below foundations shall have the Sieve Size Maximum Percent Passing g"\ Upper Limit J 100 Lower Limit No.4 The treDch backfll shall be compacted using a vibratory compactor and should be compacted to at least 98 percent of the standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT Score existing surface with cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing surface and aggregate base course leave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side ofrench. After trench has been backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregate base cou$e in accordance with permit requirements, or minimum thickness in these specifications. Conrpact aggregate base course to 9570 AASTITO T I 80. Replace pavement in accordance witlr permit requirements or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact asphalt to 95% ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with vibrators. 3.t4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Notifu Engineer at lsast 24 hours in advance ofpipe being laid in any rench. Cover no pipes until obsewed by Engineer. Notiff Engineer at least 48 hours before pipe is to be tested. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Sanitary Sewer System 02530-7 I I I t t I I t I I B, I I I I t I t Testing l. General: Conduct infiltration or exfiltration test for each section between manholes. Test first section of pipe laid to verifu if watertight Testing may be required during course of work where infiltration appears to be grater than maximum allowable, or quality of work is questionable. No sewer tine will be accepted where water tighmess tests show lealoge excceding 200 gallons per inch diameter per rnile per day. Flush and clean sewer line prior to testing, wetting pipe, and cleaning out debris. Plug all pipe outlets to resist test pressure. 2. Infiltration Test In high ground u,ater table installation only. Plug upper manhole to determine leakage in section of line between consecutive manholes. Record quantity ofwater collected in time period to calculate infltration rate. 3. Exfiltration Test by Air: Test each section ofpipe between consecutive manholes to deternine test duration for section by computation from Air Test Tables. Pressurc-holding time is based on an average holding pressure of3 psi gauge ora drop from3.5 psi to 2.5 psi gauge. Add air until internal air pressure ofsewer line is raised to approxirnately 4.0 psi gauge. After intemal pressure ofapproximately 4.0 psi is obtained, allow time for air pressure to stabilize. Pressure will normally show some dmp until temperanrre ofair in test section stabilizes. When pressure has stabilized and is at or above sbrting test pr€ssure of3.5 psi gauge, commence test Before starting test, pressure may be allowed to drop to 3.5 psi. Record drop in pressuro for test period. Ifpressure has dropped more tlran L0 psi gauge during test line has failed. Test may be discontinued when prescribed test time has been completed even though 1.0 psi drop has not occurred. ASTM C828 "[.ow Pressure Air Test for Sanitarv Sewers". I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel ,J;"*"",fffit: I Pipe Size Inches Time Minutes 2-v2 4 5 Gv2 7-v2 9-v2 t2 t4 L5-Ll2 4 6 8 l0 L2 l) t8 2l 24 3.15 CITANTJP AND RESTORATION A, Restore all pavemenB, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other strucfirres or surfaces to condition equal to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction of Engineer. Deposit all waste material in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding of site, is required. Where disposal sites are not designated remove and dispose of all waster material offsite. END OF SECTION Sanitary Sewer System 02530-8 I T t, sEcrIoN 02s80 ELECTRIC, COMMI,'NICATION AND GAS SYSTEMS r PART1GENERAL I I,OI DESCRIPTION I A. Work Included: Excavation, rock excavatiorl blasting, rock disposal, dewatering, backfill, bedding,I compaction, installation ofconduits, vaults, pads and all necessary appurtenances and coordination with r the telephone, cable telwi"sion, electric and gas companies. II I B. RelatedWork: I L Site Clearing: Section 02230 ll 2, Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921 I c. Definitions: tl l. Trench Excavation: Excavation of all material encountered along tench other tban rock f excavation fJ 2. Rock Excavation: All solid rock formations which carmot be reasonably broken by a backhoe l rf,#;ffi#ffiT:,Hlo*n"curlingforcea::dstickcrowdforce35'0001bseac}uand D. Utility Company Specifications: All work shall conform to the standard specifications of the telephone company, the cable television company, the electric company and the gas company. rt l,o2 SUBMITTALS ,| A. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specific dimensions and construction materials for pipe , I fittings, and vaults; or certifications that products conform with specifications. I B. T€st Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests forbedding and rench stabilization materials, concrete I mix design, and compression test. C. Permits: Submit copies of all permits issued for project.rI r.o3 JoB coNDITToNS I A. Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, cease concrcting whenI i:::?'fii#::iffitr"1*:Ti:H*TT#i::i#;#lTl?-r#:'J;"#'trj'1ff: - less than 60 degrees F at time ofplacing. ! PART2PRODUCTS I 2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS I A. Polyvinyl CNoride @VC): 2"-8", Schedule 40 PVC. Electric rated for elecric application. I B. Electric primary conduit supplied by Holy Cross Energy.I t- Electric, Communication rnd Gas Systems 02580-1 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr vail, colorado I 03 January 2005 2.02 C Gas pipe to be supplied and place by gas company. VAULTS A. All switchgear, transformer, splice vaults, pads, and bases to be supplied by Holy Cross Enerry. BEDDING A. Granular material - 3/4" screened rock. B. On-site l-l/2" minus well graded screened material, free from organic materials, chunks of soil, frozeir material, debris, or other suitable materials. Use of on-sitc bedding material must have prior written approval of the utility company and Engineer. CONCRETE MATERIAL A. General: All materials ftmished from sources agreed to by the District B. Cement: ASTM C-150 for Portland Cement, Tlpe II. Cement which has become partially set or contains lumps of caked cement shall be rejected. C. Aggregate: ASTM C33. D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali, or organic materials hannful to concrete. CONCRETEMIX A. DesipMix l. Proportions: Cement 5-l/2 sacks per cubic yard Coarse aggregate - 43oZ Water - 5.5 gallons per sack Maximum size aggregate - 314" 2. Slump: 4" maximum 3. Strength: Minimum3,000psiat28days 4. Air Content: S% - 1Yo B. Job-Mixed Concrete Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrete Paving Mixer Sundards of Mixer Manufacturers Bweau of Associated General Conh'actors of America. Mixer shall be capable of combining aggegates, cement, and water into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Discharge entire contents of dnrm before recharging. Continuc mixing of each batch for not less than ten (10) minutes after all materials are in dntm. C. Ready Mixed Concrete Proportioned, mixed and transported in accordance with ASTM C94. Ary concrete not plastic and I t I I t I t I I t I I T I l I I 2.04 2.03 wortable when it reaches project shall be rejected. Electric, Communication and Gas Systems 02580-2 2.05 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I T t I I I I t T I I I I I I I PART3EXECUTION 3.OI TRENCHINC A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depths required. Confine excavation to work limits. B . Rock Excavation: Prior to removal, notify Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation. C. Blasting: In general, blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a pennit by the local authority havingjurisdiction is granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be ranspoiled, handled stored and used in accordance with the laws ofthe local, state and federal goverDments, as applicable. All blasting shall be controlled so as not to injure any existing structue or facility. The protection oflife and property and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons conducting the blasting operation. The hours of blasting shall be in accordance with the pennit of the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimum 24 hour notification to Owner, Engineer and Fire Departnent. D. Trench Support: The trench shall be adequately supported and the safety of workers provided for as required by the most recent standards adopted by the Occupational Safety and Healor Administration (OSHA) Standards Board. Sheeting and shoring shall be utilized where required to prevent any excessive widening or sloughing o f the nench, which may be detrimenal to human safety, to the pipe and appurtenances being insalled, to existing utilities, to existing stsuctures, or to any othet existing facility or itern. 3.02 UNSTABLETRENCHBOTTOMANDEXCAVATIONINPOORSOIL A. Ifthe bottom ofthe excavation at subgrade is found to be soft or unstable or to include ashes, cinders, refuse, vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fragments ofinorganic material that cannot satisfactorily support the pipe or structure, then the Contractor shall further excavate and remove such unsuitable material. Before the pipe or structure is installed, the subgrade shall be accepted by the Engineer. 3.03 BEDDING A. lnstall in conforrnance with drawings. Place fiom minimum of 3" belowbottom ofpipe to centerline for entire width of rench. 3.04 UNDERDRAIN A. Water seeping from trench banks, but not flowing in rench bottom: Install gravel underdrain in accordance witl drawinss. B. Water flowing in f"o.t -botto-r Install underdrain pipe in addition to gravel where water volume will fill a 4" pipe l/4 full. Cleanouts at each manhole in conformance with drawings. C. Daylight all under&ains as shown on drawings or as directed by Engineer. 3.05 PIPE INSTALLATION A. Construct pipe accurately to line and gade sbown on drawings. Remove and replace pipe not conforming to line and grade at Contxactor's expense. B. Install to manufacturels recommendations, continuously upgrade. Bell ends face upgrade. Prior to making joino, clean and dry all surfaces. Use lubricants in confonnance with manufacturet's Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Electric, Communication and Gas Systems 02580-3 I I I T recornmendatioru for insertion ofpipe injoint. Set pipe in position and check line and grade. Keep dirt from entering all exposed pipe ends. Joints watertight. 3.06 PADS AND VAI]LTS A. Install pads and vaults to line and grade shown on drawings. 3.07 PIJLL STRING Pull sring shall be labeled to identi$ which utility company or spare conduit the use of the conduit is intended for. 3,08 CONCRETE WORK Placement: Place to required depth and width conforming to dnwings. Place concrete as uniformly as possible in order to minimize amount ofadditional spreading. Place and consolidate with suitable tools to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb, or pockets. Well vibrated and tamped against forms. Retempering: Do not retemper concrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with or without additional cement, aggregate, or watet. Provide concrete in such quantity as is required for immediate use. Curing: Protect against loss ofmoisture, rapid tenperature change, rain, and flowing water, for not less than nro days from placement of concrete. Immediately after finishing, cover concrete surhce with curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer, Protect exposed edge of concrete slabs exposed by removing forrs immediaely to provide these surhces with contimrous curing treatnent. 3.09 BACKFILL One Foot Over Pipe: Use 3/4" screened rock or on-site screerned rnaterial (ifapproved by Engineer) for cover material and backfill by approved mechanical methods. Cover naterial shall be clean soil, free from organic materials, chunks ofsoil, frozen material, debris, or other unsuitable naterials. Place and compact starting at top ofpip€ bedding extending upvt/ards to above top ofpipe for entire trench width. Place in lifts to a density of 90% AASHTO T99. Remainder ofTrench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No rocls over 6" in diameter in top 12" ofrench. 3.10 COMPACTION Demonstrate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonsfiation section for uniforsl density througbout dep0r of each lift. Alter construction methods until providing one acceptable to Engineer. Continuc same procedure until significant change in soils occurs, or compaction is not bcing achieved, then dcmonstrate new method. Compaction requirements for all trenches: l. Predominantly ofcohesive soils where AASHTO T99 procedures are applicable: Cornpacted uniformly throughout each lift to 95% AASHTO T99. For granular soils the moisture content shall be -2 to +2 ofthe optirnum moisture content. For clay soils the moisture content shall be 0 to +2 of the optimum moistue content. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I l l, T I l T I I I B. U. B. B. Electric, Communlcation and Gas Systems 02580-4 B. J.l I 3.13 I I I I I I I t I T I I I I t I t I I 2. Predominately of rock 6" in diameter: Place in loose lifts up to avefilge rock dimension. Placing ofoccasional boulders of sizes luger than maximum layer thickness may be agreed to by Engineer, provided material is carefully placed and large stones well distributed with voids completely filled witb smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. Level and smooth each layer to distribute soils and finer fragments of earth. Wet each loose layer ari necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifts. No rocls over 6" in diameter shall be backfilled. PAVEMENT REMOVAL A}ID REPI-ACEMENT Score existing surface with cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing surface and aggregate base course leave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side oftenctr. After trench has been bacldlled and properly compacted, place aggregate base course in accordance with permit requirements, or minimum thickness in these specificatious. Compact aggregate base course to 95olo AASHTO T180. Replace pavement in accordance with perrrit requirements or minimum thicloess in these specifications. Compact asphalt to 95% ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with vibrators. 3.I2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Notifu Engineer at least 24 houn in advance of pipe being laid in any fench. Cover no pipes until observed by Engineer. Notiff Engineer at least 48 hours before pipe is to be tested. Testing l. General: Conduct testing in accordance with procedures approved by the appropriate utility company. CLEANIJP AND RESTORATION Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lawns, and other structures or surfaces o condition equal to or better than before work began, and to satisfaction of Engineer. Deposit all waste material in desigrated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding ofsite, is required. Where disposal sites are not desigpated remove and dispose of all waste material offsite. END OF SECTION Gore Creek Resldenges - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Electric, Communication and Gas Systems 0258G5 I t I T I I I I I I I T I I I I I t I SECTION 02590 PAVEMENTMARKING PARTI GENERAL I.OI .RELATEDDOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General and Supplementary Conditions, and applicable provisions of Division I Sections apply to this Section. B. l,ocal Jurisdiction Standard Specifications for Design and Constuction, latest Edition. C. Additional information conceming Pavement Mar$ng may be fouDd on the Civil Drawings. ln case of conflict between the Drawings and the information specified herein, the more stringent requirements shall govern. I,O2 SI.JMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Furnish and instalt att painted lines, directional arrows, handicapped symbols, or similar markings on paved surfaces, as shown on the drawings or specified herein, or as required to cornplete the wort. B. Related Work: l. Section 03300 --Cast-In-Place Concrete. I.O3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: Comply with the requirements of the reference standards noted herein" except where more stringent requirements are descn-bed herein or otherwise required by the Contract Documents. I.O4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's published descriptive literature and complete specifications for products specified herein. 1.05 QUAUTYASSTJRANCE A. Qualifications: Pavement marking applicator shall be regularly engaged in this tlpe of work, and shall provide adequate, experienced manpower and proper equipment to complete the work B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable provisions of Colorado State Departnent of Highways Specifi cation Items 627.02, 627 .06, 7 08.05, 708.07 and 7 I 3.08. I.06 DELIVERY,STORAGEAND}TANDLING A. Packing and Shipping: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened containers, with labels intact and legible. I.O7 PROJECTCONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Do not apply pavement marking when ambient air and pavement surface temperature is below 40"F, or when moisture in any form is present on the pavement Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vait Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 Pavement Marking 02s90-l PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MATERIALS Trafhc Marking Painf Alkyd-based, ready-mixed, cold-applied traffic rnarking paint complying with FS TT-P- I lsE and AASHTO M-248, Tpe S or N as determined by traffic requirements, white or yellow color as designated on the plans for striping and lane markings, white and blue at intemational handicapped parking synbols. Acceptable products include Devoe "Traftic Line" and Sherwin Williams '?roMar Traffic Marking Paint." Reflective Glass Beads: Transparent, clean, colorless, smooth and spherical glass beads conforming to AASHTO M-247, Tlpe 2, Flotation Grade. High Density Polyethylene Pipe - smooth interior, Hancor Sure-Lok f477 or approved equal, AASHTO M-252andM294 Thermoplastic Marking Material: Reflectorized thermoplastic pavement striping materials composed to pigment, filler, resins, and glass reflecting spheres, conforming to AASHTO M-249 or M-250, white or yellow as designated on the plans or as required by applicable public works requirements, PART 3 EXECI/TION 3,OI EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which the work of this Section will be perfomed. Do not proceed with the work until satisfrctory conditions have been corrected. Commencement of work implies acceptance of all areas and conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Surfrce Preparation: Allow fiesh pavemcnt surhces to weather at least 30 days prior to application of traffic marking paint. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Traffic Marking Paint Unless othenrise indicated, apply trafrc marking paint in nominal 4 inch wide stripes at the rate of350 lflgal, or to wet thickness of l5 mils (0.015 inches). B. Reflective Glass Beads: Where indicated on the drawings, mix reflective glass beads with taffic marking paint at the rate of4 lbs/gal. C. ThermoplasticMarkingMaterial: l. Apply in molten state or by llame-spray methods as applicable for material t1pe. 2. Apply molten material to uniform dimension and line thiclness for l/8 inches to 3/16 inches. 3. Apply flame-spray powder at the rate of 14 to 2l oz. Per 30 seconds. D. Pattems and Symbols: 1. Unless otberwise indicated, apply taffic markings in nominal 4 inch wide stripas witb clear and sharp dimensions. See drawings for stiping pattenr, directional arrows and symbols. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 T I I t I I I I t I I B. c. D. I I I I I I I I Pavement Marking 02590-2 ). Unless otherwise indicated use yellow markings at land stripping and directional slmbols, white markings at parking striping and white and blue markings at intemational handicapped symbols. Comply with ANSI I l7.l and ADA requirements for graphic symbols, stall width,s, and access aisles at handicapped parking spaces. Provide approved templates for slmbols and directional arrows. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 Pavement Merking 02590-3 I r .*S*fflllf'.uf,3'"'I PART 1GENERAL I r.or ''MMARY I A. Section lncludes: t l. Drainage pipe and fittings at foundations and laterals under slab as indicated. | 2. Drainleenine over garage roof. 3. Free tlraining gra.vel at drainage pipes or retaining walls. I 4. Protective covering between gravel and backfill. 5. PVC sheeting under gravel. | 6. Drainage sump. 7. Connection to sump or daylight as indicated on Civil Drawings. I B. Related Requirements: comply with: t l. Eartlwork: Section02300 2. Concrete Work Division 3 Concrete t C. Related Sections: I . Foundation Waterproofing: Section 071 l0 I 2. Earthwork: Secrion02300 I,O2 DELTVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING I A. i""f##1tr[.T,erials in accordance with Section 01600. Stockpile aud store materials so not I PARr2PRoDUcrs 2,OI MATERIALS I A. Pipe: Rigid PVC pipe complying with ASTM D2779 l. Provide perforated in drainage areas and unperforated elsewhere. f| 2, Size: As indicated on drawings. 3. Provide solid end caps at terminations. fl 4. Att connections solvent welded. I t SubdrainageSystem Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 02620-r B. Cleanout Pipe and Fitting: Cast-iron soil prpe. Provide each cleanout vdth brass ferrule and a cast- brass screw jointed plug with socket for wrench. Provide grade cleanouts or wall cleanouts as indicated. C. Pervious Backfill Material: Free draining granular material consisting of I %" maximum size, less than 50% passing the No. 4 sieve less than 27o passing No. 200 sieve. PART3-EXECUTION 3.OI INSTAIIATION General: l. Keep trenches dry during installation ofdrainage system. 2. Use fittings at intersections and right angle intenections. 3. Make changes in direction of drain lines with l/8 bends. B. Bedding: l. Place graded bedding prior to laying of foundation drain pipe or tile. 2. Rest each section 6rmly upon the bedding through entire length. 3. Thiclness: As indicated C. Pipe Laying: l. Lay drain lines to uniform grades and alignment, with continuous frll indirection offlow with minirnum slope of l/8" per foot. 2. Thoroughly clean interior ofpipe ofdirt or other foreip material before laying. 3. Lay perforated pipe with perforations frcing down. 4, Comect to sump or daylight as indicated. 5. Solvent wcld all fiftings. 6. Wrap pipe in drainage fabric bcfore covering. Cleanout: Provide cleanous at all major direction changes. l. Unpaved areas: Set in 12"x 12" concrete blocl6. Co:nply with Division 3. PVC Sheeting: krstall under drainage gravel as indicated, ifshown on plans. Backfilling: l. After pipe installation has been accepted, place pervious backfill material. 2. When placing backfill, prevent displacement of or injury to pipe or tile. 3. Install filter fabric over pervious backfill before backfilling remainder ofwall. I I I t I I I D. t I I I t I I I I I I I E. F, END OF SECTION 02620-2 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Subdrainage System I I I SECTION02630 r SToRMDRATNAGE I PARTIGf,NERAL I I.OI DESCRIPTION I xif.'li,1iffi#_:n:".1#:fill,'"'fili#,i""fj"lxlfi::x1x?ffi;l"jJ*l:1i'##.H T B :JJ-; I Site clearing: Section 02230 I 2. Topsoil and Revegetation: Section 02921 I c. Definition:I l. Trench Excavation: Excavation of all material encountered along trench other than rock - excavation, I 2. Rock Excavation: All solid rock formations which cannot be reasonably broken by a backhoe with I /4 cubic yard bucket with bucket curling force and stick crowd force of35,000 lbs. each, and t requiring drilling and blasting. I.O2 SI.JBMITTAL I A. Submit shop drawings or product data showing specific dimensions and construction materials for: I . Precast Manholes I 2. Precast Catch Basins I 3. Frames, Grates, Covers B. Test Reports: Submit laboratory gradation tests for bedding and rench stabilization materials, concrete t mix design, and compression test. I I.O3 JOB CONDITION I A. Environmental Requirements: Except by specific written authorization, cease concr€ting when t descending air temperature in shade and away from artificial heat falls below 35 degrees F. and there is frost in subgrade. When concreting is permitted during cold weather, temperature of mix shall not be- less than 60 degrees F. at time ofplacing. r PART2-PRoDUcrs I 2.ot PIPE AND FITTINGS J A. Non-Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM Cl4 I B. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C76, circular; ASTM 506, arch; ASTM 507, vertical or horizontalI r storm Drainage elliptical' class pipe as to"t * T#;:l aore creek Residences - TunnerI ,J#,:#;$! c. D. Concrete End Section: Same ASTM specification as pipe. Equivalent in area as circular pipe. Comrgated Steel Pipe and Arches: AASHTO M36, gauge as shown on drawings. Bands shall conform to following: Pipe Size Inches G30 36-60 66-t20 14"3ea Thickness ofband one gauge less than pipe but not less than 16 gauge. Comrgated Steel Pipe End Sectioru Sizes and dimensions shown on drawings. Materials same as comrgated steel pipe. Bituminous Coating: Where required on comrgated steel pipe and fittings, AASHTO M190, Type A, with minimum thickness of 0.03". Coupling bands firlly coated. I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I Comrgations 2-213" x ll2" 12" 24"20" 5 ea Number Bols 3ux ln - 2ea E. F. 2.02 UNDERDRAIN PIPE B. c. D. Storrn Drainage PREFABRICATED INLETS AND OUTLETS Comrgated Steel Unir: Conform to drawing dimensions, AASHTO M36. Binmrinous coating when specified, AASHTO M190, Type A. Steps fabricated into units. Precast Concrete Units: In accordance with drawings, ASTM C478 and C?89, wall "B", wall thickress l/12 intemal diameter. Steps precast into units. 2.M MANHOLE Manhole Bases: Precast concrete. Manhole base and first barrier section cast monotthic per ASTM - c478. Manlrcle Sections: ASTM C478. Precast concrete with minimum wall thickness l/12 of intemal diameter. Cones eccentric. Manhole Ring and Cover: Cast iron, ASTM A48. Ring and cover combined weight greater than 400 lbs., machined to fit securely. Non-rocking cover. Hot dipped in asphalt. Manhole Steps: Two non skid grooves in the surface of step and capable of carrying load of 1,000 lbs. 6" from hce of manhole. B. C.omrgated Steel: AASHTO M36 Tpe III. Holes 3i8" double row each side ofpipe for 6"-10" size pipe. Triple row each side ofpipe for 12"-21" pipe. Spaced in center of each depressed comrgation nearest to c€nter pipe. Install hole roweach side ofpipe for6"-10" pipe; tsiple row each side ofpipe for 12"-2l" pipe. Rigid PVC Schedule 35. Flexible Polypropelene or Polyethyleney'llancor. B. C. Gore Creek Residmces - Tunne, IVail, Colorado t 03 January 2lX)5 r 02630-2 I I I a E. Manhole Joint Sealant: RubberNek. 2.O5 SLOTTEDDRAIN t A. AASHTO M36 with grate assembly, ASTM A123, Jointand couplers offig comprcssion t1rye. Where f required, expanded wire mesh attached across top ofdrain opening. Fittings provided with annular ends for hugger-t1pe balds. - I 2.06 FRAMES, GRATES, COVERS, AND STEP a Metal mits cotrform to drain dime,lsions and to following for designated material.II B. Gray lron Castings: A,ASHTO M105. I C. Carbor-Sleel Castings: AASHTO M103. I D. Ductile Iron Castings: ASTM A536. I E. Stnrctural Steel: AASHTO M 183 and ASTM A283, Grade B. Galvanizing, where specified, AASHTOt Mlll. I 2,O7 BEDDINGrA. Pipe and culvert - roadba.se, percent by weigbt passing square mesh sieves: 3/4', 100; No.4, 30-65; No. 8,25-55; No. 200,3-12. I B. Underdrain - washed gravel: percent by rpeigbt passing square mesh sieves: 1", 100%; 314",95-100%o; No.4,0-5%. r 2.08 CoNCRETEMATERIALS ll A. General: All materials furnished from sources approved by Engineer. I B. Cernent: ASTM C 150 for Portland Cemen! Type II. Cement which has become partially set or contains lumps, caked cement and have been exposed to inclement weather shall be rejected. t C. Aggregate: ASTM C33. I D. Water: Water used in mixing or curing concrete shall be clean and free from oil, acids, salt, alkali, or I organic materials harmful to concrete. 2.09 CONCRSTEMIX I A. Design Mix: l. Proportions: Cement 5-l/2 sacks per cubic yardr $H"#%:trii.'#.".u Maximum size aggreg te 3l4tl | 2. Slump: 4" maximum t 3. Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days I 4- Air content: so/o-|yo I StormDrainage 02630-3 Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI 'J;*"""H;$! B. Job Mixed Concrete: Mixed in drum mixer conforming to Concrcte Paving Mixer Standards of Mixer Manufacturen Bureau of Associated General Contractors of America. Mixer shall be capable of combining aggregates, cement, aDd waler into thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Discharge entire contents ofdrum before recharging. Continue mixing ofeach batch for not less than l0 minutes after all materials are in drum. C. Ready Mixed Concrete: Proportioned, mixed, and uarxported in accordance with ASTM C94. Any concrete not plastic and workable when it reaches project shall be rcjected. PART3EXECUTION 3.OI TRENCHING A. Trench Excavation: Excavate to depfts required. Confine excavation to work limits. B. Rock Excavation: Prior to r€moval, mtify Engineer of areas requiring rock excavation. C. Blasting: In general blasting will be allowed in order to expedite the work if a permit by the local authority having jurisdiction is granted. All explosives and appurtenances shall be transporte4 hardled, stored and used in accordance with the laws of the local, state and federal governments, as applicable. All blasting shall be controlled so as not to injure any existing structure or facility. The protectionoflife and propefty and all liability for blasting shall be placed solely on the person or persons conducting the blasting operation. The hor:rs of blasting shall be in accordance with the permit of the local authority. Prior to blasting, provide minimurn 24 hour notification to Engineer. 3.02 UNSTABLE TRENCH BOTTOM. EXCAVATIONINPOOR SOIL A. If the bottom ofthe excavation at subgrade is found to be soft or rrnstable or to include ashes, cinders, refuse, vegetable or other organic material, or large pieces or fiagnrents ofinorganic material that cannot satisfactorily support the pipe or structur€, then tbe Contactor shall further excavate and rernove such unsuitable rnaterial. Before the pipe or structure is iDstalled, the subgrade shall be accepled by the Engineer. 3.03 BEDDTNGOTHERTIIANTJNDERDRAINS A. Pipe: Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of 4" below bottom of pipe o c€nterline for full width of rench. B. Culvert: Install in conformance with drawings. Place from minimum of 6'belowbottom of pipe to centerline ofpipe for entire width of rench. 3.04 PIPEINSTALIII,TION A. General: For new embankments, place fill so width each side of pipe is at least five (5) times pipe dianeter. After embankrnent is placed, proceed with renching. Begin all pipe installation at downstream end. Bell or groove ends of rigid conduit and outside circumferential laps offlexible conduit facing upstream. Place flexible conduis with longitudinal laps or seams at sides. B. Comrgated Steel Pipe: Remove all loose excavated materials from bottom oftrench and install bodding to required thiclcress. Insall pipe true to line and grade. Install remaining bedding material along sides of pipe to avoid any voids. Repair bituminouS coating damage using similar coating material. Lubricate coupler bands. Vertical elongation caused by backfill operation shall not exceed 3olo ofpipe diameter. I I ,| T I I I T I I I t I t I I I I GorecreekReT";fu$fi# IStorm Drainage c. D. B. 3.05 T I I I I T I T T I I T I I I I I I I Compact backfill to 90% AASHTO T99 and continue to l' over top ofpipe. Concrete Pipe: Extend bedding around bell where bell and spigot pipe is used. Place pipe on bedding as shown on drawings. Place remaining bedding along pipe sides with no voids. Compact backfill to 95% AASHTO T99 and continue to l' over pipe. Underdrain Pipe: l. General: Install to lines and grades shown on drawings. Extend underdrain material a minimum of 6" over top of pipe. Cover underdrain material for entire widdr of rench with 6lter fabric. If shown on drawings, line trench wi0r fabric before installing prpe and underdrain material. 2. Concrete Pipe: Install with bell resting on tench bottom facing up grade, with underdrain material supponing pipe. 3. Comrgated Steel or PVC Pipe: Holes or perforations placed down with maximum l" underdrain material under pipe. Joint according to manufacturels recommendations. SLOTTED DRAIN INSTALT.4,'TION Install in accordance with drawings. Trench as narow as possible and backfill to create uniform foundation side support. Install true to line and grade. 3.06 MANHOLE CONSTRUCTION Manhole: Construct in accordance with drawings. Extend concrete manhole base at least 8" below pipe barrel. Slope floor ofmanhole from centerline ofpipe to maximum of2" above top ofpipe at face of manhole. Shape invert after manhote is set. Construct side branches with as large radius ofcurrranue as possible to connect 0o main invert. Inverts shall be smooth and clean with no obsmrcdons, allowing imertion ofexpandable plug in pipe. Place complete and continuous roll ofjoint sealant on base ring in sufficient quantity, so drere will be no spaces allowing infiltration. Join each succeeding manhole section in similar manner. Trim away all excess material and repair all lifting holes. Turn eccentric cone and steps away from roadway ditch. Manhole Ring and Cover: Install at grade of finished surface. Where surface will be completed after manhole constuctioD, set top ofcone so maximum ofsix - npo inch thick reinforced concrete rings will adjust ring and cover to final grade. 3.07 CONNECTION TO EXISTING MANHOLE Make connections to existing manholes, where no pipe is stubbed out, in similar manner as new manhole. Break small opening in existing manhole as necessary to insert new pipe and attain watertight seal. Chip existing concrete bench inside manhole to provide enough thickness for mortar bed to make new smooth continuous invert. Place expandable wate$top around portion of sewer pipe inserted into existing manhole. Use expandable grout to completely fill hole in manhole to create watertight repair. 3.08 CONCRETEWORK Placement Place to required depth and width conforming to drawings. Place concr€te as uniformly as possible to minimize amount ofadditional spreading. Place and consolidate with suiable tools to avoid formations of voids, honeycomb, or pockets. Well vibrated and tamped against forms. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Storm Drainage 02630-s 3.09 B. Retempering: Do not retemper mncrete or mortar which has partially hardened by remixing with or without additional cement, aggregate, or water. Provide concrete in such quantity as is required for immediate use. C. Curing: Protect against loss ofmoisture, rapid temperature change, rain, or flowing water, for not less than two days from placement of concrete. Immediately after finishing, cover concrete surface with curing medium which is applicable to local conditions as approved by Engineer. Protect e:<posed edge of concrete slabs by removing forms immediately to provide these surfaces with continuous curing treahnent. BACKFILL A. One Foot Over Pipe: Use 3/4' road base for cover material and backlill by approved mechanical methods. Cover material shall be clean, free from organic materials, chunks ofsoil, frozen material, debris or other ursuitable materials. Place and compnct starting at top of pipe bedding extending upwards to I' above top ofpipe. Place in lifts to a density of90% AASHTO T99, at a point 6" above top ofpipe. B. Remainder of Trench: Backfill with same materials excavated from work limits unless unsuitable. No rocks over 6" in diameter in top 12" ofrench. COMPACTION A. Demonstate method of compaction. Engineer will test compacted demonstration section for uniform density throughout depth ofeach lift. Alter construction methods until providing one acceptable to Engineer. Continue same procedure until significant change in soils occurs, or required compaction is not being achieved, then demonstrate new method. B. Compaction requirements for all trenches within limits of pavement, shoulders, or back of curbs: I' Predominantly of cohesive soils where AASHTO T99 procures are applicable: Compact uniformly throughout each lift lo 95% AASHTO T99. For granular soils the moisture content shall be -2 to +2 ofthe optimum moisture content. For clay soils the moisture content shall be 0 to +2 of the optimum moishre content. Predominantly ofroclg to 6'r in diameler: Place in loose lifts up to average rock dimension. Placing ofoccasional boulders ofsizes larger than maximum layer thickness may be agreed to by Engineer, provided rnaterial is carefully placed and large stones well distributed with voids completely filled with smaller stones, earth, sand, or gravel. kvel and smooth each layer to distribute soils and finer fragrnents of earth. Wet each loose layer as necessary to facilitate compaction prior to placing additional lifls. AII backfill placed below foundations shall have the following characteristics : Sieve Size Maximurn Percent Passing Vo\ UpoerLimit 100 lnwerLimit No.4 5 The backfill shall be compacted using a vibratory compactor and should be compacted to at least 98 percent of the standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I 2. 3. 3.10 Storm Drainage 02630-6 B. C. D. 3.14 I I I I I I I I T t I t I I I t I 3.1 I CONCRETE STRUCTI.JRES General: Cast-in-place concrete conforming to dimersions shown on the drawings and accurate to tolerarrces of | /4'. Install forms so all finished lines will be true and sraight. Install reinforcing steel with the spacing between the forms and between bars as shown on drawings. Keep excavation dry during construction. Compaction requirements same as above. Inlets and Outlets: Either cast-in-place or precast units, in accordance with drawings. When required, set castings accurately to grade witlr adjusunent courses of brick in full mortar beds. Consruct pipe inverts or smooth concrete inverts same size as pipe up to centerline ofpipe, with bench to stand on. Frames, Grates, Covers, and Steps: Install accurately according to drawings. Anchor castings in place and set in adjusunent mortar to assure firm foundation. Trash Guards: Install in accordance with drawines and manufacture/s recommendations. 3.t2 PAVEMENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT Score existing surface with cutting wheel to create clean break line. Remove and dispose of existing surface and aggregate base course. kave 6" undisturbed subgrade lip on each side of trench. After trench has been backfilled and properly compacted, place aggregab base course in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thicloress in these specifications. Compact aggregate base course to 95% AASHTO T I 80. Replace pavement in accordance with permit requirements or minimum thickness in these specifications. Compact asphalt to 95% ASTM D1559; consolidate concrete with vibrators. 3.t3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Notify Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of pipe being laid in any trench. Cover no pipes until observed by Engineer. CLEANUP AND RESTORATION Restore all pavements, curbs, gutters, utilities, fences, irrigation ditches, yards, lanms, and other stuctures or surfaces to condition equal to or better tban before work began, and to satisfaction of Engineer. Deposit all waste materials in designated waste areas. Grade and shape disposal site. Complete topsoil and reseeding ofsite ifrequired. Where disposal sites are not designated, remove and dispose of all waste naterials offsite. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 I I Storm Drainage 02630-7 t.02 1.03 I I I T t t I I t I I t I I I I I I I l.0l t.04 sEcrIoN 02810 LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION Specifi cations for Underground Sprinkler System Installation PART l: CENERAL CONDITIONS GENERAL STATEMENT The specifications set forth herein pertain to the installation ofan underground irrigation syshm. Consultant refen to Owner's Representative RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE Section 02480 - Planting, Sodding Section 02440 - Earthwork SCOPE OFWORK A. The applicable provisions of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions of these specifications shall govern the work of this section as if it were written here in full. B. This work shall consist of instatling a complete underground irrigation system as shown on the drawings. The contractor shall include all labor, materials, permits, licenses, inspection tools, facilities, ransportation and equipment necessary for the installation ofa complete slntem according to the plans and specifications. No subslitutions of material or the procedure shall be made conceming these documents without the written consent of an approved equal by the consultant. The work shall comply with the requirements of all legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction. C. All work in this section shall be coordinated with all utilities and rades responsible for drcir installation. D. Work called for on tlre drawings and details shall be fumished and installed whether or not specifically mentioned in the specifications. OUALITY ASSURANCE A. lrrigationDrawines: The irrigation drawings are essentially diagrarrmatic. Due to the scale of the drawings, all characteristics ofthe system (i.e., sleeving, finings, etc.) may not be represented. The contractor shall carefully inspect the site and plan his work accordingly, supplyrng any materials and equipment necessary to install said characteristics. The contractor shall notify consultant ofany discrepancies between site dimensions, grade diferences, obstructions, etc., and those on the drawings that might not have been known during preparation of irrigation drawings. Ifsuch written notifications are not made, confractor shall assume all expenses and responsibility for any revisions necessary. Work called for on $e Drawings by notes or on details shall be furnished and installed whetber or not Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lXl5 Landscape lrrigatlon 02810 - I I I t I I I I I I T t T I t I t I I I 4- l. B. specifically mentioned in the specifications. Design locatiorx of heads, valves and lines are approximats. ConFactor shall make minor adjustments of locations to avoid conflicts with planting, buildings and other obstacles. All finish grades shall be approved prior to installation oftlr irrigation system. Exoerience and Observations: I.Work shall be performed in accordance with the best standards of practice relating to the various trades. The conmctor shall be highly skilled and proficient in the installation of irrigation systems of this magnitude. If requested by owner or consultant, contractor shall submit a list of thrce (3) projects of equal complexity with references. Contractor must have a minimum offive (5) years experience with projects ofconrparable size. The contractor shall coordinate installation of irrigation sptem with other trades on the project. Superintendent approved by the consultant shall ovenee the irrigation system installation and shall be available on a daily basis. The superintendent shall not be changed unless approved by the consultant. No materials ofany kind shall be insalled on the project until they have been approved by the consultant. The consultant reserves the right to observe installation ofthe irrigation system at any time and to reject any and all materials or worlonanship that does not meet project specifications and standfids. Materials used without prior consent of the consultant may be rejected and removed at contractods expense. Approval of materials is for desigrr purposes only and shall indicate that materials visually meet specifications, but this acceptance shall not relieve contractor ofany guarantees. Contactor shall be responsible for the total performarce of zuch substitution o equal or surpass the original dasign in every respect. Consultant reserves the right to reject installed substitution if, in his opinion, it proves unsatisfactory. Contractor shall replace substiution at his own expense. Before final acceptance ofthe projec! the contractor shall show evidence to the consultant that all submittals, etc., have been received by the owner. Contractor shall give consultant forty-eight (48) houn notice widr request for staking or for field observation Head ard valve staking must be approved prior to commencement of installation. Contactor to verifr site conditions before commencing work Contractor to notiry consultant in \r/ritten fonn ofany site inegularities prior to corunencing rirork Ilitiation ofirrigation installation implies contractor acceptance ofexisting conditions. Ordinances and Requlations: Conmctor shall obsene all sate and local laws, ordinances, regulations and applicable codes conceming the materials and installation of the irrigation system. Should a conflict arise betwcen ordinances, laws, codes, regulations and specifications, the most stringent requirements will prevail in any cate. 1.05 SIJBMITTALS Material List: A material list ofall products and materials to be used in the project shall be submitted to the consultant prior to installation of irrigation system. Corxultant reserves the right to reject any and all materials that have been installed but have not been approved. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Landscape lrrigation 02810 - 2 I T I I I I I I I Contractor may request an approved equal to a product specified on the pla$. Contractor must submit cut sheets of the product seven (7) days prior to bid opening to the consultant. Consultant shall respond to the request within three (3) days ofreceiving product information. Manufactgre/s warranties shall not relieve the conbactor ofhis liability for project guarantee. Such warranties shall only supplement the project guarantee. Operatins and Maintenanc€ Manuals: L Conhactor is to deliver to owne/s representatives the following before final acceptance ofthe irrigation systenr- a. Index sheet of Contractofs address and phone number. b. List ofmaterials and marufacturer's representatives with addresses and phone numbers. c. Operating and maintenance instnrctions of all equipment with shutdown and start-up procedures for the irrigation systern Additional Equipment: Equipment to be fumished as part ofthis contract to the owner at the completion ofthe project before final acceptance ofirrigation system: Two (2) manual drain valve keys of appropriate length; Two (2) gate valve or stop and waste valve keys ofappropriate lenglh; Three (3) quick coupler keys and two (2) matching hose swivels; Two (2) sea ofspecial tools used for maintaining and adjusting each tlpe ofsprinkler head and valve supplied; e. Two (2) kep for each automatic conboller; f. Two (2) sprinkler heads and nozzles for each type used. As-Built Drawins: L Before final acceptance of the irrigation system, contractor shall supply owner with a reproducible Mylar As-Built Drawing. Drawing shall include dimensioned locations of all equipment and piping as listed in the irrigation schedule on the plans. Drawing to include dimensioned changes in location of sprinkler heads, zoning changes, connection to existing water lines, and any other items as requested. As-built drawings are to be updated weekly tbroughout the length ofthe project and to be made available to the consultant. The owner shall not approve any pay requesB if the As-built Drawings are not curr€nt. If requested by owner, consultant shall review submitted As-built Drawings and reject the drawings if they are not legible, etc., or do not contain the proper equipment. 1.06 PROTECTION OF PROPERTYAND SAFETY MEASURES Prooerty and Utilities: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 4. B. I, a. b. c. d. D. t I t I t I I I t I Landscape lrrigation 02810 - 3 I t I t I T t t I I I I I I t T I l.o7 t.08 l. AII trees, shrubs, flowers, fences, buildings, walks, roadways, and other pmperty shall be protected ftom damage. Any damage to said property shall be repaired or replaced to the owner's satisfaction at the contracto/s expense. Open trenches left exposed shall be flared and barricaded as per O.S.H.A. regulations by the contractor. Contractor shall restore all areas to their original condition. Contractor shall be resporsible to contact utility companies and the owne/s representative for staked locations ofall utilities on tbe properry. Ifstaked utilities are damaged by the contractor, the utilities shall be repaired at the conbacto/s experse. 2. All tenching and o0rer work within three feet ofexisting tees shall be done by hand so as not to damage tree roots or limbs. All fenches shall be no less lhan one foot fiom the trunk ofany t€e. 3. Promptly notiff consultant ofunexpected sub-surfacc conditiom. B. Replacement ofPaving and Curbs: I . Damage caused by henching, crossing existing and/or proposed roadways, paths, curbing, erc., shall be kcpt to a minimum and all darnaged areas shall be restored to their original condition at the contractor's expeme. This will include compaction of subgrade to ninety-five percent (95%) relative compaction. Restoration shall take the following course: a. Match existing paving sections for asphalt paving. Thoroughly compact zubbase, base coune, and binmrinous course, matching grade of existitrg paving. No rough or rolled grades will be allowed. b. Blacltop curbs - hot mix bituminous curb mix tamped and shaped to match adjoining curbs. c. Concrete paving - corrcrete to match adjoining concrete work, with expansion joints. d. Sidewalks - concrete to match adjoining cotrcrete work MATERIAL HANDLING. STORAGE AND CLEAN UP A. Material Handline and Storaee: Contactor shall be cautious in handling and installing pipe and materials. Consultant reserves the right to reject any and all rnaterials that are damaged. Damaged ard defective pipe and equipmeot is to be removed from the site. Conbactor shall make arrangements with the owner to store materials on site. Do trot expose plastic piping to prolonged sunlight. B. Clean Up: Contractor shall endeavor to keep the site clean at all times. At the completion of the projec! the contractor shall remove all construction equipment and zurplus materials trom the prernises leaving tbe area in a clean and acceptable condition. Surplus materials shall include rmsuitable excavated materials, rock" trash, and debris. Any equipment or debris whicb is not r€moved shall be removed at the expense of the conbactor. FLUSHING. TESTING AND COVERAGE Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I vait, coloral-o I 03 January 2005 r Landscape Irrigation 02E10 - 4 B. 1.09 t.l0 I t t t I I t I t I I I I I I I I I t Flushine: All lines shall be thoroughly flushed to eliminate any foreign matter before sprinkler heads are installed, Testinc: l. ln the presence ofthe consultant, the contractor shall conduct a pressure test on the rnainline pipe at a pressure of | 00 PSI for a period oftwo (2) hours. Any leaks or breaks during the test shall be repaired and the mainline will be tested until accepted. All test equipm€nt and pumps shall be supplied by the confactor as part of the conhact. 2. The contractor is responsible for providing the proper amount of water on sod and plant material to establish and sustain optimum plant growth. The watering program is to be included on As-built drawings. C. Coveraqe: After the sprinkler heads have been installed, and before installation of sod, the contractor shall conduct a coverage test in the presence of the consultant to detennine ifirrigated areas are receiving the proper amount of water. As directed by the consultant, the contmctor shall make adjusinents for proper coverage at no additional expense. This shall include changing ofnozzle patterns and degrees ofarc. Contactor shall perform, at no additional expense, the required work to correct any coverage problems due to deviations from irrigation plans or to problems caused by installing according to plans when it is obvious that the plans are inadequale, without bringing it fust to lhe attention of the consultant. No overspray is permitted on any structure. Any areas which do not conform to the designed characteristics of the drawings and unauthorized changes or poor installation practices shall be repaired or replaced by the contractor at his expense. PRELMINARYINSPECTION A. Preliminary inspection will occur after completion of entire irrigation system. Provide 48 hours notice to consultant for inspection. B. Preliminary inspection will evaluate the performancet coverage, appearance and conformance ofthe system to that of the drawings. Contractor shall rework or replace items that do not rneet consultantrs approval. C. Consultant will provide punch list of items to be corrcrted. D. Conhactor will correct all punch list items at this expense. FINALINSPE TION A. Upon completion of punch list items, conmctor will give consultant 48 hours notice to set up final' inspection Final inspection will take place after all as-built drawings, controller charts and submittals have been provided to and accepted by the owner. B. If, after irspection, tbe consulant determines that all work conforms to the drawings, he will issue a written notice of acceptance. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Landscape Irigation 02E10 - s I I I T I T I I I I I t I I I I I I. t.l I l.l2 C. Final acceptance will rnt be given until all punch list items and subsequent new items are corrected. Funds shall be withheld from the contractor to pay for any subsequent inspection as deemed n€c€ssaqf by the owner to ensure compliance with contract drawings, specifications and details. D. Ifthe consultant determines that the irrigation system is obviously not completed to warrant a final inspection, the conbactor shall pay fie consultant to cover costs for final inspection. WINTERIZATION Contractor shall be responsible for draining ofthe irrigation slntem at the close ofthe 2004 sprinkling season and for start up ofthe system in the spring of2005 without being requested by owner. Contractor shall use compressed air or an acceptable equivalent to drain system. Use procedures that are indusry standards. Contractor shall adjust system (sprinkler heads, coverage, etc.) as part of the start up procedures. WARRANTY It shall be the resporsibility of the contractor to insure the satisfactory operation ofthe entire irrigation system and the worlcnanship and restoration of the project area- The enthe s)6tem, including materials, shall be guaranteed in writing to be complete and remain operable in every detail by the conractor for a period ofone ( I ) year from date ofsubstantial completion ofproject, and the contractor agrees to make any adjustments or repair any defects occurring within the one-year guarantee period within seven (7) calendar dap fiom receipt of notice ofmalfunction by the owner. Ifcontractor neglects to perform these duties within tbe specified tire, the owner may make such repairs at the contractorrs expense; provided however, that in the case of an emergency, wherein the judgment of the owner, delay would cause serious loss or damage, repairs or replacement may be made by verbal communication and without notice being sent to the contmctor, and the contractor shall pay the cost thereof. Any settling ofirrigation trencheVbackfill material during the guarantee period shall be repaired al contracto/s expense. Contract documents shall govem irrigation replacement the same as new work. Replacements are to be made at no cost to the owner. Any vandalism to the irrigation system prior to final acceptance shall be repaired and/or replaced at contracto/s expense. PART2: PRODUCTS 2.OI MATERIALS P.V.C. Pipe This specification describes the properties and performancc required for polyvinyl chloride pipe. Pipe shatl be zuitable for use at maximum hydrostatic working pressure of 200 PSI or 160 PSI as noted on plans. Pipe shall be made fiom clean, virgin, NSF approved, tpe I, grade I P.V.C., conforming to Astin Resin specification D l78a-60 and project standard D2241 for P.V.C. I I 20 SDR 26 or SDR 2 l. P.V.C. Pipe is to be belled end and solvent weld. Solvent cement and primer shall be of the type prescribed by manufacturer. Markine and Declaration of Comoliance Marking shall show the size, series, identification, manufacturels trade name at intervals ofnot more than 20 feet. Pipe shall include the seal of approval of the National Sanitation Foundation spaced at intervals required by NSF regulations. P.V.C. Fittines: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado t 03 Jenuary 2005 I Landscape lrrigation 02810 - 6 I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I All pipe fittings to be schedule 40 P.V.C. (ASTM D2466 and D1784) ''"less specifically noted otherwise. Solvent cement to conform to ASTM D2564. C. Brass Pipe and Fittines: l. Brass pipe shall be 857o red brass, (ANSI) Schedule 40. 2. Fittings shall be mediurn brass, 125 pound class, screwed type. 3. Use a dielectric union wberever a copper based metal (copper, brass, bronze) is connected to an iron based metal (iron, galvanized and stainless steel). D. Copper Pipe: Copper pipe shall have the requirements of Type K ASTM 888. Fittings shall be copper or cast bronze. Silver solder shall be used for joints. E. Sprinkler Heads: Sprinkler heads shall be ofthe type and model as indicated on drawings. F. Backllow Preventer: Backllow prwenter shall be of the tlpe, model and size as indicated on drawings. G. Automatic Control Valves: Automatic conhol valves shall be of the make sp€cified, designed to operate with the sp€cified controller witb size and model as listed on drawings. Control valve shall be normallyclosed type and shall have manual bleed nut and manual flow control. H. Drip Valve Assemblies: Drip valve assembly shall be ofthe type, size and style as indicated on the drawings. Stainer shall have 120 mesh nylon screen with I /2" blow-out. Preszure reducing valve shall have manual adjusting nut, L Drip Emitters and Tubine: Drip emitters shall be of the type, style and size as indicated on the drawings. Drip tubing shall conform to ASTM D1248 and ASTM D3350. Capillary tubing shall have l/8" i.d. J. Drio Line Blow Out Stubs: Install drip line blow out stubs at all ends ofdrip tubing. G. Ouick Couplers: Quick coupler valves shall be of the q@e, size and style as indicated on the drawings. Quick coupler valves shall be two piece with rubber locking cover. L. Gate Valves: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Landscape Irrigrliol 02810 - 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t T 3.01 Gate valves up to 2-112" and larger shall be brass with non-rising stem and I.P.S threads. Gate valves shall be as shown on drawines. M. AutomaticController: The automatic control ler shall be fumished and located as shown on the plans. The controller shall be of the t1pe, size and model number as shown. Confioller shall be equipped with primary line surge protector. lnstall valve output surge protection anestors for confol wiring and common. N. Control Valve Wirine: Irrigation contol wiring shall be #14 gauge solid A.W.G. and shall be U.F., U.L. approved. Conrol wires to be red. common whes to be white. O. Valve Boxes: Valve boxes shall be ofthe t1pe, sizc and style as indicated on the deails. A Carson #910-12 box shall be used for control wire splices. Use one (l) valve box for each valve installed. Where multiple valve boxes occrr, acange in synmetric order and appearance. No valve box extemions will be accepted. On tbe underside ofall control valve boxes shall be markings clearly indicating contsoller number and valve number. PART3: EXECUTION INSTALI.A,TION A. Trenchins: l. Trenching and installation ofirrigation systan shall not commerce until final grading has been completed and approved by the owner. 2. Trenches shall be cut to true line and grade, and sball be excavated so that the pipe shall drain uniformly toward the drain valves deemed necessary to properly drain the qatem. Minimum grade ofpiping to drain shall be 3'l 100. All debris and rocks shall be renroved from trenches, For piping 3" and larger, tsench width shall be sufflcient for installation of pipe with a clearance ofat least 4 inches horizonally on both sides ofpipe within trench. 3. Pipe pulling may be used ifsoil conditions arc acceptable to dre consultant. 4. Installation Deoth of Pioing: Depth of mainline from top of pipe is 24" Depth oflateral (rotor) from top ofpipe is 18" Depth oflateral (pop-"p) from top ofpipe is t2" Depth of shrub (pop-up) from top of pipe is 18" Depth of wiring - side of mainline B. Plastic Pipe and Fittines: Gore Creek Residenceg - Tunnet I vail'coloral-o I 03 January 2fi)5 r Landscape Irrigation 02E10 - 8 T I I I I I t I t I I t I I t T t t I l.All pipe and fittings shall be installed as per manufacture/s recommendations. No pipe shall be installed in temperatures of40 degrees F or less. No pipe shall be installed on non- compacted fill dirt. Plastic pipe shall be snaked horizontally in tench and square cut with burrs removed Aom irside of pipe. Provide for thermal expansion and contraction. For tbreaded connections, use sealants that are recommended by the manufachrrer for use with plastic, Do not use oil based pipe joint compounds. Assemble threaded connections by tightening I to I-l/2 turns beyond finger light. Keep piping clear ofdirt and pipe scale. Keep open ends ofassembledpiping capped. Teflon ape is to be used on all plastic threadedjoints. Solvent weld joints shall be made according to manufacturel's recommendations' Allow joints to set at least 24 hours before pressure is applied to the piping. Backfilline: l. All backfilling shall be done with approved soil, ftee of any debris including rock and debris l" in diameter or larger, and shall be puddted and/or mechanically tamped to prevent settling. Backfilling shall not be done with frozen or caked soil. Excess debris encountered during backfill process shall be removed at the contracto/s expense. Backfill shall be compacted to 95olo standard proctor density (ASTM D698-78). Any bacldll soil removed due lo unsuitability shall be replaced with new, approved soil at the contracto/s expense. Any seuling during the warranty period ofthe backfill material shall be repaired at the contracto/s expeDse, including any damage to other ilems affecting by the settling. 2. All lateral lines shall be installed in trenches with a minimum of 6" clearance. 3. Do not install lateral lines within 2' of lines of other trades. Installation of Pipins Under Pavine: Confiactor to coordinate installation of sleeving with other applicable frades. All piping that is to be located under areas where asphalt or concrete paving is to be installed shall at an 18" depth below top of road base. Piping is to be encased in sand 4" on all sides. Add backfill in 6" lifts and use mechanical amping to reach 95" standard proctor density. Contractor is to rnatch and install new paving and base with existing paving and base where cutting of paving is necessary for installation of piping. Contractor mwt obtain written approval trom the consultant for the process, Installation of piping under existing walks is to be done with jacking or boring. Any cracking or breaking of 0re walk is to be repaired at contractot's expense. ConFactor shall repair or replace to its original condition any damage caused by senling of sleeving during tlrc wananty period. Sprinkler Heads: All sprinkler heads located in turfareas shall b€ adjusted vertically to be flush with final finish gades. Install heads as per details with spacing according to plans. Install heads on double swing joint assemblies. Angle ofnipples relative to lateral lines shall be no more than 45 degrees and no less than 15 degrees. locate rotary sprinklen 6" (spray heads 3') away from walls, fences and paved areas. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januery 2005 Landscape Irrigation 02810 - 9 I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I F. G. J. Under no circumstances shall the spacing exceed the maximum spacing recommended by dre manufacturers. Gate Valves: Installation of gate valves shall be as indicated on the details. Backflpw Preventer: Installation of baclllow preventer shall be as indicated on the details. Install as per local and state codes. The most stringent requirement for backllow prevention shall prevail in case ofa conflict. Automatic Control Valves: Installation ofautomatic control valves shall be as indicated on the details. All connol valr.,res shall be installed as close as possible to the locations as shown on plans. Drip Valve Assemblies: Installation ofdrip valve assemblies shall be as indicated on the details. Drip Emitters and Tubine: Insallation of drip emitters and tubing shall be as indicated on the details. Drip tubing is to be installed at a depth of4" below top ofgrade. In this case, top ofgradc does not include mulch or rock layer. Drip line blow out stubs are to be hstalled at all ends ofdrip tubings. Install drip tubing in turf areas as lateral piping, Ouick Couoline Valv€s: All quick coupling valves shall be installed as double swing joint assemblies of schedule 45 PVC. A.ngle of nipple rclative to mainline shall be no more than 45 degrees and no less than 15 degrees. Install as per detail. Automatic Controller: l. Automatic controller shatl be insalled as per manufacturer's recomrnendations and/or irrigation details. Eacb conroller shall have ib own separate ground wire and reduced, laminated as- built drawing installed in the door. Conroller charts shall be legible and color coded to show valve numbers and their respective zones. Charts are to be hermetically sealed between two layers of20 mil. Thick plastic sheets and approved prior to final acceptance. 2. All work performed as electrical installation sball conform to applicable codes. All high voltage electical work shall be performed by a licensed electrician. The contractor shall be responsible for the electrical connection ofthe controller with the metered electrical line at the base ofthe controller as provided by the owner. 3. Install one valve output surge protection arrestor on each control and common wire. 4. Install a circuit breaker and electrical on/olf switch for each controller. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I !-ail, Colorado I 03 January 2005 I Landscape Irrigation 02810 - 10 t I I I I I I I I M. Control Wirine: Insbllation of control wires shall be strung as close as possible to the mainline with such wires to be located on one side of pipe. Wiring to be installed in separate trench if not along mainline. All underground electrical corurections shall be made with Rainbird Pentite comeclors. Anysplices not within conhol valve boxes shall be installed in a Carson #910-12 valve box. The contractor shall leave a minimum loop of 24" at each conhol vafue, each splice and every | 00 feet ofwiring Wiring is to be bundled every 20 feet with one ( I ) confol wire used for every control valve. Install two (2) spare #14-l wires along complete entirety ofmainline from controllers to farthest control valve on each and every brarrch of mainline. Color to be blue. N. Drain Valves: Manual drain valves shall be installed as per details. ConEactor shall supply, locate and install drain valves so as to drain entire mainline. I 528spc I I Landscapelrrigation I I I I I I t Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fl15 02810 - rl I I t sEcTroN 02900 I LAIIDSCAPE PI.ANTINGt 1. 'SCOPEOFWORK -I Furnish all labor, equipment, tmnsportation and materials to complete the landscape planting as shown on the drawings and herein specified: I A. Soil preparation and fine grading.I B. Planting, mulching, and fertilizing oftrees and shrubs, perennials and ground covers. I C- Staking oftrees. D Preparation and planting of ground cover, sod lawn.II 2. RELATED WORK NoT INCLTJDED IN THIS SECTION I A. Irrigation r B. Planting Maintenance I 3. cRAprNGI The Contractor Shall be responsible for maintaining finished grades in all planting areas, and for executing r and fine grading necessary for surface drainage and uniformity, or irrcidental to all planting operations. I 4. MATERTALS I ^-".-*"ral Fertilizer shall be Osmicote, or equal in pelleted fonn, and shall be complete, of which I part of the elements are derived from organic sources containing in available form by weight: I H:fl?*::',1"tr,ff.1;1iiiff3;;i":,1ffir;?'i1fiffi,nffi,Hr'il:1;il:#"*"'I B. All trees shall be staked with 3 green wood stakes per tree. Stakes for Aspen trees are green, 6'wood I posts. Stakes for Spruce trees are green, 3'wood posts extending approximately 6 to 8" out ofthe I ground. Trees are to be guyed with#|2 wire and hstened to the tree with green nylon &ee sFaps. r c ff.J::ffirfrt:i"JJ:,:-Lntotarquantitiesaretabu,ated,theysha'I be considered approximate, and are fumished for convenience only. I l. Quality and size shall conform to standards set forth in American Standard for Nursery Stock I (ANSI 260. I )and or the ALCC Specifications Handbook. . Nursery-grown stock only shall be used, and which are free from insect pests and diseases. Approved collected material is called out in the Plant Schedule. I 2. All plants shall comply with Federal and State laws requiring inspection for plant diseases and infestations. Inspection certificates required by law shall accompany each shipment ofplants, and I certificates shall be delivered to the l$dscape Architect. The Contractor shall obtain cleararrce I LandscapePlanting I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 02900 - I 9. 10. I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I T I I I J. 4. 8. ll. 12. from the County Agricultural Commissioner, as required by law, before planting plants delivered from the outside the County in which they are to be planted. All plans shall be tue to t1pe or name indicated, and shall be tagged in accordance with the standard practice recommended by the American Association of Nunerymen; however, determination ofplant species or variety will be nrade by the Lardscape Architect, and his decision shall be final. Plants shall be healthy, shapely, and well rooted; and roos shatl show no evidence of having been rootbound, resbicted or deformed. Root condition ofplants in containen will be determined by rcmoval of soil from the roots of not less than two (2) plants, nor more than 2olo of the total number ofplants of each species or variety, except when container-grown plants are from a several sources, the roots ofnot less than nvo (2) plants ofeach species or variety from each source will be inspected by tbe Landscape Architect. In case the sample plants inspected are found to be defective, the landscapc Architect reserves the right to reject the entire lot (s) of plants represented by the defective samples. All plants rendered unsuitable for planting because ofthis inspection shall be imrnediately disposed of offthe site. Each plant shall be handled and packed in the approved manner for that species or variety, and all necessary precautions shall be taken to ensure tbat the plants will anive at the site of the work in proper condition for successful growth. Trucks used for transporting plants shall be equipped with covers to protect plants from windburn. Substitutions will not be permined, except as follows: a. Ifproofis submitted to tlre landscape Architect that any plant specified is not obainable, a proposal will be considered for use ofnearest equivalent size or variety with an equitable adjustment of Contract Price. b. Such proofshall be substantiated and submitted in writing by thc Contractor within thirty- frve (35) days after the effective datc ofNotice to Proceed. Trees shall have straight runks with the leader intact, undamaged and uncul All old abrasions and cuts shall be conpletely calloused ovcr. All rees and sbrubs shall be measured when their branches are in normal position. Height and spread dimensions indicated refer to the main body ofthe plant, and not from branch or root tip to tip, Indicated sizes shall be before pnrning. Planb shall not be pruned prior to delivery, except upon approval ofthe Landscape Architect. Contractor is to provide the name and location of the tree supplier for the Landscape Architects / Owners rcview and approval of trees gjq to delivery to the project site, The Owner reserves the right to terminate the contract if the trees are not rccepaable to the Landscape Architect and the Contractor is not able to produce ecceptable trees. Plant materials shall also be subject to inspection and approval by the landscape Architect upon delivery to the site. Aspen trees called out as clump form means that at least one of the individual trce stems in the clump needs to be the size called out for on the plans. Thc other stems in the clump shall be close in size and proportion to dre dominant stem. Spruce trees are to be Specimen Grade-A quality trees frrll in appearance with layered branches (not sheared to a solid Christmas Tree form), cone shape, with leader intact with-out bare spots. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Landscape Planting 02900 -2 I - I r D. Shredded Cedar Bark mulch for shrub beds, conifer beds and tree and shrub basins. I E. Fine textured peat moss for all perennial and ground cover beds. I F. Turf Sod: Kentucky Bluegrass Mixture. I G. Wildflower Carpet: Perennial Wildflower Sod available from Stevens Home Care, Inc. or other I approved equal sources. t H. Planring backfill mix to consist of 80oZ native topsoil and 20olo compost. I 5. FINE GRADINGA.T{D SOIL PREPARATION A. Well-rotted compost shall be spread over the surface ofthe ground ofthe areas to be perennial bed orI ir##$"#;Tffi:*":'"H,1i'fi::"',#:,'fiil:ilr$'11?:Hifl;.:1f:,';'ffJil'#* I Aom a minimum of four (4) incbes to a maximum of six (6) inches until no compost appears on the surfice. Sewage sludge will not be allowed. I All sticks, stones and other debris appearing on the surfacetut not going through a hand rake shall be carefully removed. The entire surface shall then be carefully bladed so that no uncvenness appe.rs. Finisbed grades shall be approved by the Landscape Architect before any planting is done. t B. All planting areas shall be thoroughly wet down and sprirkler coverage and operation confirmed. I ftff;:l] to dry so as to be workable, after which thoroughly cultivate to a depth of 6 inches and allow r C. Spread l0 lbs. of iron sulfate evenly per 1,000 square feet ofplanting areas. Incorporate iron sulfate into top 6 inches of soil in shrub areas immediately after approval of the kndscape Architect. Iron I sulfatJmay be incorporated into soil with soil amendment. Do not allow iron sulfate to stain pavement, f wood or other surfaces on structures, f D. Soil Amendment and Fertilizen: Spread evenly over all planting areas, including tur[, groud cover, I and shrub areas at the following rates: I . Soil amendment: For turf areas, (2) cubic yards per thousand ( I 000) square feet or 2" deep I 2. Soil amendment: For oerennial and eround cover olantine beds add 5" ofcomposl r 3. Fertilizer: 25 lbs. per 1,000 square feet, I lacorporate into top 6 inches ofsoil. I E. Scarifr all planting areas that become compacted prior to planting. I - F. Rake all areas to remove rocks I inch or larger in size, sticks and debris. Drag to a smooth, even surface, Grade to form all swales, pitch to catch bxins, street curbs, etc,, to insure proper surface I drainage.I G. For turfareas, lightly roll surface and reshape to level humps and hollows, Secure Landscape I Architecfs approval before placing sod. I I LandscapePlanting I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 02900 - 3 I I I I I I I I I t I I t I I I I T I 7. TREEAND SHRUBPLANTING A. Mark tree and any B&B shrub locations using 12" wood stakes with colored flagging and size ofplant material indicated with black waterpmof rnarker- lncations shall be approved and / or adjusted by the Iandscape Architect before plant holes are dug. Container shrub, perennials and groundcovers to be placed according to the plan. The landscape A-rchitect will review and or adjust placement prior to planting. B. Dig pits circular in outline with vertical sides as follows: L One gallon containers: l8-inch diameter. 2. Five-gallon containers: 24-inch diameter. 3. langer size materials: @&B material, l5-gal. etc.) 18' wider tban dre diameter of the container. C. After pits are dug, break sides !o open wall ofpit for toot penetration. D. Backfill plant holes with backfill mix as specified, &ee fiom rocks, clods, or lumpy material. Backfill about l/3 of the hole with mix; place plant and nater before adding remainder of bacldrll. E. Set plants in backfill to such depth that thc top ofthe plant ball will be 3 inches above finished grade. Remove wire basket and any tu'ine fiom top l/3 of rootball. Bacldll rest of hole and soak thoroughly. F. Water backfill until saturated to the firll depth of the hole. Hole shall drain completely within l/2 hour. G. Build 3-foot diameter watering basins arround trees and 2-foot diameter around shrubs and water to drain through root ball. Basins shall be formed with 6-inch high walls. H. Fertilize each trree and shrub immediately afrer planting as follows: l. One-gallon-can planl: l/4 pint. 2. Five-gallon-can plant: l/2 pint. 3. Fifteen-gallon-can and largex I 12 pint. Spread fertilizer evenly over surface ofplant basin, and till into ground surface. In nrfareas, spread around plant and work into the soil. Water immediately. L Fine grade planting areas to smootl! even surfrce with positive drainage and no rocks, clods, vegetative particles or other debris. J. Spread 2" to 3" ofbark mulch around tree and sbrub basins and in shrub beds. PLANTING SODDED LAWN A Sod shall be defined as living, growing grass, consisting ofblades, crovms, rhizomes, roots, and anached soil. Density of sod shall be such that the sod slabs may be handled, lifted, and moved without substantial breaking or tearing. Sod shall be essentially free of weeds and injurious insects when delivered. Sod shall be cut from mature, healthy rurf fields with a sod cuter in even sized slabs which may be rolled or folded for tansport; and the slabs shall be reasonably unifirrm in thickness; and the hrrfevenly mowed prior to harvest. Averagc thickness ofsod shall be 3/4 to I inch. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Landscape Planting 02900 - 4 I I I B. Weeds and debris shall be removed. All areas shall be rough and finished graded, leaving finished r grade approximately I inch lower than curbs, sidewalk, concrete paving blocks to accommodate sod I thickness. Install irrigation system before finished grading. Shape and finish grading. C. Broadcast on all sod areas commercial fertilizer G20-20 at l0 lbs. per 1,00 square feet (or as sod I manufacture directs) priot to sod installation. I D. Sod slabs shall be laid promptly after delivery to job site- In hot, dry or windy weather, the staked sod r at job site sball be lightly sprinkled with water to prevent slab edges from excessive drying. Sod slab I ends and sides must be butted together for a close fit without overlapping; stagger the ends. SoddedI areas will be lightly rolled after a light initial watering, then irrigate heavily to assure watet penetration in the soil to a depth of8 inches. I E. Sod should stop short at an appropriate distauce from any existing sees. The area immediately around the crown should not be disturbed eicept for clean-up work The exact line around trees shall be set by the Landscape ArchitectII F. Newly sodded areas will be kept moist at all times for ten (10) days following installation. Panicular care is to be taken to assure even irrigation distnibution on all areas ofthe sodded surfaces during hot, I dry or windy weather. Excessive drying of the sod slab before it hds rooted into the soil may result in I turf damage. The nrrf should not be atlowed to wilt. After (7) to (10) days, the sodded area will be mowed at normally recommended heights. If finish grade has seftled during this period, or if the swface is uneven, an additional lighl rolling shall be carried out. I G. Protect sod areas by erecting such fences, barriers, signs, etc. as necessary to prevent trespass. I H. Selection ofvariety shall be determined on the basis ofrurfuse, soil area, shade, maintenance and I similar speiific choices. The specific variety shall be selected by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect. I 8. PLANTINGGROIJNDCOVERSandPERENNIALS - After soil preparation has been done (as indicated in section 5 above): Ir A. Apply general fertilizer per manufacturet's instructions to insure good plant growth. Amount and t)?e . to be approved by the landscape Architect. f B. Plant ground cover plants in evenly spaced rows with staggered spacing at equal intervals (see plant legend). Water immediately after planting and in sufficient quantity to wet the soil around the plants to I adepthof8 inches. t C. Add 2" of darft extra fine peat rnoss mulch to tlre perennial and ground cover beds. I D. After the plants have been thoroughly watered, allow the soil to adequately dry to provide a workable I surface. Rake the area to provide a uniform even surface. I 9. wATERTNGI All plant materials shall be watered immediately after planting. After the first watering, water shall be I applied to all plants as often and in sufficient amount as conditions may require to keep the plants in a I healthy and vigorous growing condition until completion of the Contract. I LandscapePlanting T Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado . 03 January 2lD5 02900 - 5 I I I T I I I I I I t t I t I t I I I 10. 11. 13. MAINTENAI\CE OF PLANTING A. From the time plans are planted until final acceptance oflandscape installation, plants and lawns shall be watered, fertilized, and trash and debris shall bc kept removed; weeds shall be conbolled, and replacements shall be made; all as specified and full compensation for such work will be considered as included in the Conract Price. B. All plant materials must be healthy and full in appearance or be subject to rejection by the l-andscape Architect and / or the Owner. Rejection ofplant materials not in acceptable condition or appearance can occur at any time up to Final AccepAnce. Plant materials rejected are to be imrnediately removed from the site and replaced with the same plant material specified on the plans. CLEAI{.UP A. Remove all fash, rubbish, construction and planting materials, scraps, etc., from the siE, kave area in a neat, sightly condition. B. During consruction, and on a daily basis remove any rocla and debris the roll into road ditches and remove all empty plant containers. APPROVALOF PI.ANTING Prior to Final Acceptarrce, the Contractor shall receive approval of the insalled planting, The Contractor shall notiff the landscape Architect a minimum ofseven (7) days prior to the requested inspection. Before the inspection, the following conditions shall exist: A. All constnrction work shall be completed. B. All planted areas shall be neat and clean. C. All plants shall be insalled and must be healthy. D. Trees and tree stakes shall be straight. E. Water basins arc built and are intact. F. All flagging and plant tags removed from plant materials. G. All plant materials must be full and healthy in appearance. GUARANTEE AND REPLACEIT{ENT A. Guarantee all plant materials for one year from the date of Final Acceptance as stated on the Certificate ofFinal Acceptance. B. Replace all dead plants not in a vigorous condition immediately as directed by the Landscape Architect. Plants used for replacement must be of the same kind and size as indicated on the drawings, and planted as outlined above. All replacement ofplants shall be at the expense ofthe Contractor. END OF SECTION 02900 - 6 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Landscape Planting I I I SECTION 02970 t r.AI\DscAPE MAINTENAI\cE I l. scoPEoFwoRK I The work under this Section includes, but is not limited to all work relating to Planting Maintenance. I 2. cENERALREouTREMENTSI A. Time and location ofmaintenance required: One year from date of Final Acceptance of Installation. I Area ofmaintenance is all new landscaped areas and existing landscape directly related to the I Landscape Plan I B. Check and straighten Fees, aee stakes and tighten guy wires. I C. Keep all walks and paved areas clean. Keep site free from debris resulting fiom landscape work or maintenanc€. I D. Repair all damaged, planted areas, and replace plants imrnediately upon discovery ofdamage or loss. - E. Check sprinkler systems at each watering; adjust coverage and clean heads immediately. Adjust timing t ofsprinkler controller to prwent flooding. F. Prune any dead stems, branches, flowen and replace any dead / brown lawn areas. I I C. Maintain adequate moisture depth in soil to insure vigorous growth. H. Keep contract areas free of weeds by cultivating, hoeing or hand-pulling. Use of chemical weed killers I will not relieve the Contracror ofthi responsibiiity ofkeeping areas frei ofweeds over I inch high at I all times. I I. Straighten all trees and sbrubs. I J.Make swe all mulch has at least 2 to 3 inches of coverage. I K. X*ff"l1.tt-t materials every 6-8 weeks (e.g. 20-20-20) according to the manufacture's I 3. TREEAND SHRI,]BMAINTENANCEI r A Maintain during the entire Maintenance Period by regular watering, cultivating, weeding; repair stakes' and ties, and spray for insect pests, Prune when directed by the Landscape Architect. I B. Keep watering basins in good condition and weed free at all times. r C. Fertilize eacb tee and shrub with derived fenilizer at the end ofthirty (30) days, and every forty-five I (45) days following until job is accepted, as follows: I One-gallon plant: l/4 pint. f| 2. Five-gallonplant: l2 pint. I 3. Fifteen-gallon plant and larger: I pint. I Landscape Maintenance I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lD5 02970 - 1 Spread evenly over surface of plant basin and cultivate into mulch or soil. Thorouglrly water after applying fertilizer. D. All damaged, unhealthy or dead trees and shrubs shall be replaced with new stock immediately. Size as indicated on the drawings. GROI,JND COVER MAINTENAI\ICE A. Maintain during entire maintemnce period. B. Maintain co$tant moisture to a depth of 8 inches. C- Keep areas free ofundesirable weeds and gtasses by the application ofsuitable selective weed killen, or hand pulling. D. Replant all dead materials as soon as evident. E. Repair any hollow, settled or eroded areas by filling rolling, top dressing and reseeded, or as directed. F. Fertilize areas with G20-20 as specified at the rate of l0 lbs. per l,(X)0 square feet after thirty (30) days. Water thoroughly after applying fertilizer. Apply fertilizer at the same rate two (2) weeks prior to completion of mainteDance. PERENNIAL MAINTENAI{CE A Maintain during entire maintenance period. B. Maintain constant moisture to a depth of 8 inches. C. Keep areas free ofundesirable weeds and grasses by the application ofsuitable selective weed killers, or hand pulling. D. Replant all dead materials as soon as evident. E. Repair any hollow, settled or eroded areas by filling, rolling, top dressing and reseeded, or as directed. F. Fertilize areas with 6-2G20 as specified at dre rate of l0lbs. per 1,fi)0 square feet after tbirty (30) days. Water thoroughly after applying fertilizer. Apply fertilizer at the same rate two (2) weeks prior to completion of maintenance. G. Cut back dead flowen as they dye and in late fall at timc of dormancy. WILDFLOWER CARPBT MAINTENANCE A. Keep the wildflower sod watered very deeply and thoroughly moist for the first 3 to 4 weela after installation. During bot dry periods sod require a minimum of one inch of water per week. B. Watch for areas in the installation that are too dry of too wet:; adjust irrigations coverage as nec€ssary. C. Fertilize every 6-8 weeks (e.g. 2G2G20) according to tlrc manufacture's instructions). D. Tluough the season watch for weeds to ernerge; pull immediately or spot spray or cut and spot spray tlre stalk (as in thistle) with round-up being very careful not to spray the sod. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I t I I I I T T I I T I I I I I I I Landscape Maintenance 02970 - 2 1 9. I t t I 2 ! il i ! I I T I t z I I I I E. In the fall cut sod back to a height of4-6 inches; clean cuts are important. Leave the cuttings in place as winler mulch and to increase re-seedine. TURTMAINTENA}ICE A. Maintain during entire Maintenance Period. Cut as frequently as growth of grass requires. Cut to a height of2 inches unless otherwise directed by the Landscape Architect. Maintain constant moisture lo a depth of 8 inches. Trim edges ofturfat paving and header boards at time ofsecond cutting, and at each later cutting. Trim around nees in hrfareas at the time ofthe second cutting. Keep 2-foot-diameter atea under trees free of turf at all times. Keep turfareas free ofundesirable weeds and grasses by tbe application ofsuitable selective weed killers, or hand-pul l ing. Repair any hollow, settled or eroded areas by filling, rolling, top dressing and reseeding, or as directed. Fertilize turfareas with 6-2G20 as specified at the rate of l0 lbs. per 1,000 square feet after second cutting. Water dnroughly after applying fertilizer. Apply at the same rate two (2) weeks prior to completion of maintenance. Apply ammonium sulfate, UF-39 or similar approved fertilizer, as necessary to mainlain vigorous, green gmss between first and last fertilizing mentioned above. L Perform all necassary operations to establish a uniform, thick and vigorous stand ofgrass. FINAL PLAIITING INSPECTION Ai\D ACCEPTAJ{CE A. Final inspection for acceptance shall be made at the conclusion ofthe Planting Maintenance Period, provided that all project improvements and corrective work have been completed. If all project improvements and corrective work are not completed, the Planting Maintenanc€ Period shall continue, at no additional cost to the Owner, until all work has been completed. This condition will be waived by the Owner where an extension of the time has been granted in order to complete work beyond the time set forth in the Agreement. Written notice requesting inspection shall be submined at least ten (10) days before the anticipated date. Prior to being considered ready for inspection, the Contractor shall remove all weeds and rake all planting areas Plant basiru shall be repaired, lawn neatly mowed and edged; and the job cleaned ofall debris. GUARANTE E A}iD REPLACEMENT A. Guarantee all plants to be in a healthy, thriving condition until the end ofthe Maintenance Period, or beyond Orat time until active growth is evident. Guarantee all trees for one (l) year after linal acceptanoe. B. Replace all dead plants and plants not in a vigorous condition immediately as directed by the landscape Architecl Plants used for replacernent must be of the same kind and size as indicated on the Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 B. c. D. F, G. B. Landscrpe Meintenance 02970 -3 drawings, and planted as outlined above. All r€plecm€nt ofplants shall be at thc cxpensc of thc ConFactor Replacemcnt ofplanr shall bc done before the fnal accepance. ENDOF SECTION I I T t I I I Landscape Maintenance Gore Creek Resilences - Tunnel Veil Coloredo 03 January 2005 02970 - 4 II t ' sncrloNo33oo\ll CAST-IN-PLACECONCRETE I PARTI GENBRALt I.OI SECTION INCLUDESf, I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: E l. Concrete Foundations. fl 2. Concrete slabs (elevated), beams, columns and ualls. 3. Slab-on-grade concrete, including areas exposed to public view. 4. ConEol, expaDsion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work, including I joint sealants' I.O2 RELATED SECTIONS 3 I A. Section 01410 - Testing taboratory Services: Testing laboratory services, R Section 01400 - Conract Quality Control: Mockups.I,1, C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. I D. Division l6-Electrical: l. Light fixtures in floor. I Electrical, phone and data devices in floor. f t.o3 REFERENcES n A. ACI 301 - Sructural Concrete for Buildings. I- B. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. E C. ACI 304 - Recomrnended Practice for Measuring Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. D. ACI 305R - Hot Weather Concreting. F I E. ACI 306R - Cold Weather Concreting. I F. ACI 308 - Standard Practice for Curing Concrete. IIa G. ACI 3 t 8 - Building Code Requirements for Re inforced Concrete. I H. ANSVASTM D994 - Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete (Bituminous Tlpe). I I. ANSVASTM Dl l90 - Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic T1pe. ll I. ANSVASTM Dl75l - Preforrned Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete paving and Struchrral Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). I K. ASTM c94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete. I L. ASTM Cl43 - Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete.tr Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I 03 JanuarY 2005 I 1.04 M. ASTM C | 50 - Portland Cement. STJBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300. B. Product Data: Provide daa onjoint devices, attacbment accessorics and admixtures. C. Mix desigrs. D. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Details of fabrication, bending and placement, prepared according to ACI 315. E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate installation procedures and interface required with adjacent Work. F. Test Reports: Submit copies of laboratory test r€ports on the compressive strength of test cylinders made with mix proposed for use. G. Test Panels: Provide three test panels for review prior to mockup, for appearance, color, and texture, utilizing the same concrete materials as provided at the project site. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisiors ofSection 01700. B. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed from view. QUALIFICATIONS A. All Subcontractors: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum offive years of documented experience. QUALITY ASSI.JRANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 . B. Acquire cernent and aggregate from same source for all Work. Conform to ACI 305R and 306R when concreting during hot and cold weather, respectively. Cast-in-place concrete shall conform to toleranc€s as listed in paragraph 2.0 - A General Building - Cast-In-Place of ACI I | 7. 1.08 MOCKUP Provide mockup for appearance of each stain color and/or texture as directed by Architect for approval. Minimurn size 5 feet by 5 feet. Multiple test panels maybe required to achieve the Architect's desired finish. Mockup may NOT remain as part of the Work 1.09 PRE-INSTALI-A,'TION CONFERENCE Gore Creek Residenccs - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I T t I t I I t I I n ! I I I I I I t.05 1.06 1.0'7 c. D. Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 2 I T A. Convene two weeks prior to commencing work ofthis section, under provisions of Section 01200. t PART2 PRODUCTS t 2.or CoNcRETEMATERIALS t t I A. Cement: ASTM C150, as indicated on Drawings, low alkali - Portland type. B. Aggegate: ASTM C33,3/8 inch maximum diameter for concrete slabs on wood floor. C. Water: Clean and complying with ASTM C94. 2.02 METALREINFORCEMENT I A. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, gage and mesh size as shown on tlre Drawings. B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM 4615, Grade 60, free Aom oil, loose mill scale and rust. C- Low Alloy Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A706, Grade 60. I D. Accessories:I] -1w l. Tie wire 16 gage or heavier. Black arurealed.n 2. Mesh supports conforming to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. I! 2.03 coNcRETEcoATING t t I 2.M ACCESSORIES I A. Bonding Agent: Ethylvinyl Acetate. I B. Non-Shrjnk Grout Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water I reducing and plasicizing agents; capable ofdeveloping minimum compressive strength of2J00 psi in 48 hours and 7,000 psi in 28 days. No grouts containjng gypsum or calcium chloride permined. I C. Vapor Barrier: l0 mill thick, clear polyethylene Iilm reinforced with glass fiber square mesh; tSpe I recommended for on-grade application. T. 2.05 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLERMATERIALS IIJ A. Joint Filler: ASTM Dl75l, ASTM D994; asphalt impregrated fiberboard or felt, Itz inch thick; I tongue and groove profile. t A. Mix concrete in accordance with ACI 304. Deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. f Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 -3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 A. Coating: L. M. Scofield Company, Lithochrome Chemstain. B. Curing Compound: Water base, color to match stain colors as recommended by admixture manufacturer. C. Color: Custom color from manufacturer full ranse of colon. D. Sealer: As recommended by manufa"*", -O "-o.Oatible with curing compound. I B. c. Furnish batch ticket information. Proportion concrete in accordance with ACI 2l l.l and 301 and 318. Use accelerating adnixtures in cold weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer. Use of admixtures will not relax cold weather placement requirernents. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Architect/Engineer. Do not use admixture containing Calcium Chloride. Refer to structual drawings for concrete strengtl, water/cement ratio and air content requirements. Maximum slumgr4 inches tlpical, unless reviewed by engineer. T t I I I I ,t I I I t, I I D. E. F. G. PART3 EXDCUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Verifu site conditions under provisions of Section 0 I M0. B, Veriff requirements for concrete cover over rcinforcernent. C- Verifu that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applyng bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and plac€ment of form accessories. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance widt ACI 304. B. Noti$ Engineer ninimum 48 houn prior to each commencement of cotrcrele placement operations. C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts and formed expansion and contraction joints are not distu6€d during concrete placement. D. Place joint filler in floor slab as shown on Drawings. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by wet concrete. Exposed to view joint filler is not permitted. E. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within l/8 inch of finished slab surface. Conform to Section 0790O for finishjoint sealer requiranents. F. Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. G. Irstall joint device anchors. Mainain conect position to allow joint cover to be flush with floor and/or wall finish. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I ,l I ICast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 4 I I 3.04 I T I I l I t I I I t t I l Install joint covers in longest practical length, when adjacent construction activity is complete. I. Apply sealants injoint devices in accordance with Section 07900. J. Maintain records of concrete placement. Record date, location, quantity, air temperature, slump, water added and test samnles taken. K. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, contol and construction joints. Submit proposed plan ofconstruction joint locations tbree weeks prior to first concrete placement. L. Saw cut joints as soon as possible but not more than 24 hours after placing. Use 3/16 inch thick bladg cut I% inch deep into slab (or Z ofslab thickness). M. Screed floon, maintaining minimum concrete thiclness as indicated and surface flatress of minimum l/8 inch in I0 feet or sloped as indicated on Dmwings. N. Do not place concrete when ambient temperature is above 85 degrees F or below 40 degrees F at the time of placing, or it is likely to rise above 85 degrees F or fall below 40 degrees F before the concrete has had its initial set, unless special precautions are taken, CONCRETE FINISHING A. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. B. Steel trowel surfaces which will not be exposed to public view. Finish shall be free of defects which will show through the flooring rnaterial. Correct such defects by grinding or with an overlay of latex mastic./leveling the floor to meet &e above conditions. C. Smooth finish surfaces which will be exposed to public view. Finish shall be free of defects, such as honeycornbing, pits, efflorescence etc. Correct such defects by removing and replacing the concrete to the immediate control joints. D. Staining Concrete: l. Preparation: Clean concrete to ensure the surface is &ee ofall latency, dirt, dust, grease, efflorescence, paint, and any foreign material prior to the color application in accordance wittr the color manufacturer's recommendations. The confactor shall correct, at his own cost, any surface problems created as a direct result of the surface preparation methods used. 2. Pressure washing with water (minimum 3000 psi) is the preferred method of removing latency. If cleaned by power washing a pressure of 3000 psi, a rate of three or four gallons per minute using a fan nozzle held perpendicular to the surface at a distance of one to two feet, shall be provided. 3. No chemical cures urre to be used on areas of the concrete surfaces to receive special surface coloring. 4. Concrete should be at least 15 days old, free ftom dark alkali spots, and clean ftom grease, paint, oil, soap, and other foreign matter which would prevent n€cessary penetration and subsequent reaction of the color with the concrete surface to be colored. 5. Remove oil, wax, and grease, by raising the cement dust &om the concrete dust without scratching the surface. 6. Application medrod(s) broom, brush, spray, in accordance with standard practices. 7. Do not use soaps, acid, or other chemicals that will react or prevent the color to peneEate or react properly. Apply color only to areas or graphics intended to receive color- Apply color to provide covenge as recommended by manufacturer or to achieve the colors selected and to match the approved sample coloration. Apply with medium-stiff bristle brush, being carefirl toI I 8. Cast-In-Place Concrete Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 03300 - 5 3.05 avoid excess puddling. Brush in circular motion until all fizzling action ceases. Do not allow color to be splattered, dripped, or otherwise come into cotrtact with surfaces that are not intended to be colored. 9. Al[ow at least eight hours for color to dry before cleaning or application of additional coats ofcolor. 10. After the last coat of color has dried, remove all residue and salts by wet scrubbing with stiffbrush and/or sponges and flushing with clean water. Contol runoff of flushing water to pr€vent damage to surrounding areas. I l. Apply penetrating solvent-base sealer per the manufacturer's recorrmendations. 12. Apply sacrificial waterbase sealer two coats, per the rnanufacturer's recommendations. CI,JRING A].ID PROTECTION A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury. B, Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant tempeftrture for period necessa5y for hydration ofcement and hardening ofconcrete. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 308. Spraying: Spray water over floor slab areas and maintain wet for 7 days. No curing rnethod will be allowed which affects tlre color and finish surface of concrete or detracts from the effectiveness of the sealcr and/or adhesives to be applied later. Plastic sheet membrane paper, fog spray flooding, and other liquid curing compounds for sained concrete will not bc permitted. Tbcse curing methods have a tenderry to discolor the surface of the concrete 3.06 FIELD QUAIITY CONTROL I I I I I I I I I i I I I fl I I I I ,| c. D. E. F. A. B. c. D. E. F. G. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301 and under provisions of Section 01410. Owner will ernploy the services ofan Independent Testing l,aboratory (lTL). Provide fiee access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior to commencement of Work. Tests of cernent and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformarrce with specified requirernents. Six concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 50 or less cubic yards of each class of consete placed per day. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on jobsite urder same conditions as coDcrete it represents. The contractor may (at his expense) take additional test cylinden as needed. One slump test will be taken for each set ofcylinders taken. Allow Engineer to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 H. I. Cast-In-Place Concrete 03300 - 6 I I t T I I I I l I I 3.07 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE A. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or specifi ed requirements. B. Repair or replacement ofdefective concrete will be determined by the Engineer and Architect. C. Do not patcll fitl, touch-up, repair or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of Architect/Engineer for each individual area. D. Remove and replace defective concrete with approved concrete conforming to the Drawings and these Specifications at no additional cost to the Owner. PATCHING A. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notifu Engineer upon discovery. I . Areas not exposed to view: Patch imperfections as directed in accordance with ACI3OI . 2. Areas Exposed to View: Remove to the nearest conrol joints and replace with same to achieve a uniform finish with the adiacent area. SEALERCONCRETE 3.08 A. B. 3.09I I I I I I I A. B. c. D. Affer the concrete has cured and been thoroughly cleaned, stir the sealer thoroughly immediately prior to application. Apply a coat ofunthinned sealer thinly and uniformly to a cool surface. Apply nro coats of sealer after the concrete is ready and just prior to final inspection. Prevent traffic on surfaces until they are thoroughly dry (at least eight hours after application). After the sealer coat has been applied, do not cover with plastic sheathing, OSB board, or any other laminated board which contains glue or waterproof paper. kave the surfrce uncovered for at least four days. 3.IO PROTECTION Protect furished Work under provisions of Section 0l500. Prohibit traffic on finish floor for four days. END OF SECTION Gore Crrek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Cast-ln-Place Concrete 03300 - 7 sEcrIoN 03310 SITE CONCRETE tt ll PARTIcENERAL I 1.01 DESCRIPTTON I A. Related Requirements: Revien' the General Contract Conditions and Division One, General I t I I I t t I t I I I t t I Requirements, which contain information and requirements that apply to this Section. B. Work Included: l. Concrete sidewalk and pavement. 2. Colored Concrete bands and pavement C. Related Work in Other Sections: l. Earthwork: Section 02300 r.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicable Standards: Apply the current or latest editions ofthe standards described below: . L 'ASTM'I - American Society for Testing and Materials 2. "ACI" - American Concrete Institute, Manual of Concrete Practice. ts. Contractor Experience: l. The work shall be done in a thorough, workmanlike manner by conkactors experienced in patterned concrete construction. 2. Contractor references for five similar, successfirlly executed projects will be required. 3. The Conlractor(s) guarantee their respective work against defective materials or faulty workrnanship for a period of one year. C. Coordination: l. Coordinate all items of other trades to be furnished and set in place. 2. Insure that such portions oftheir work which are all or in part embedded, built-in, attached to, supported by or covered over by the concrete work are executed by them in ample time that progress of the work is not delayed. 3. Do all cutting or patching made necessary to comply with above injunction. 4. Coordinate proper installation ofall accessories embedded in the concrete necessary to the execution of the work ofthe trades. D. Lines and L€vels: A licensed Suweyor or registered Civil Engineer shall lay out and establish all lines, levels, grades and positions ofall parts of tbe work. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Site Concrete 03310 - r E. Sample panel: Before irctalling corrcrete worlg provide 3 s"mFle panel, minimum six (6) feet square, using specified materials. Show color, texture, pattern, edging and joint treatnents. Correct and rebuild sample panel until Landscape Architect's acceptance of dre work. Retain panel during construction as a standard for completed concrete paving work I . The approved sample panel may be a portion of the work and rernain in place. Location as directed by the landscape Architect. 2. Provide a sample panel for each tlpe offinish specified. SUBMITTALS A Test Data: Submit copies ofall laboratory tests and reports ofail materials. B. Samples: Fumish manufacturers samples of colored concrete. TESTS A. General: Refer to Section 1400 - Quality Conrol. B. Quality Conrol: Concrete Testing Service: The following sampling and testing shall occur during concrete placement as follow: l. Sampling: ASTM C172, "Specific Gravity and Absorption of Concrete Aggregate." ASTM C3l, "Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field." 2. Slump: ASiM C143, "Slump of Portland Cement Concrete," one test for each set of compressive test specimens taken at point discharge. 3. Air Content: ASTM C231, "Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method," one for eacb set ofcompressive strength specimens. 4. Report test results in writing to tlre Owne/s Authorized Representative, Engincer, Architect, Contractor, and Concrete Prcducer on same day tests are made. C. Submit proposed mix desigr to testing laboratory for review prior to conmenc€ment of work For standard premix concrete mixes, the suppliels quality control rccords may be substituted forjob mix rcsting. D. Testing laboratory will take cylinders and perform slump and air entainment tests in accordance withACI. E. Cost ofRemoval and Retesting: Pay for full costs ofremoval ofrejected corrcrete and its replacement with concrete ofspecified strength and retesting. I.O5 PROJECTCONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: | . Cold Weather Placemen[ When placing concrete when the mean daily temperah,ues are below 40 &grees F, follow recommendations of ACI 306. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AI\D IIANDLINC Hauling Time: Discharge concrete transmitted in a truck mixer, agitator or other transportation device within l-ll2 houn after the mixing water has been added. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Janurry 2005 I t fr r.03 I l I I T I t I I I I I I t t I Site Concrete 03310 - 2 I I B. Extra Water: Deliver concrete to the job in exact quantities required by the design mix. Any additional water added to the mix after leaving the batch plant shall be indicated on the truck ticket and signed by the person responsible. Where exha water is added to the concrete it shall be mixed thoroughly for 40 revolutions of the drum or 3-ll2 minutes at mixing speed, whichever is greater, I PART2PRoDUCTst 2,OI GENERAL |' Provide materials ofsame brand and source throughout the project unless otherwise noted.rt 2.02 CEMENT T ASTM Cl50, Type I or II Portland cement as required. I 2.03 WATIR-REDUCTNGADMD(TURES I ANSVASTM C4g4t Weas required to suit project conditions. Only use admixhres which have been . tested and accepted in mix design, unless otherwise acceptable. f 2.04 AIR-ENTRAININCN)MIXTT,'RE ASTM C260; providing not less $an 5% nor more than 770 entained air concrete exposed to fieezing and thawing. ^ 2.05 COIjRSE AGGREGATE 1! A. Description: ASTM C33, hard, durable, uncoated, washed, graded, cleaned and screened crushed rock or gravel aggregate for regular weight concrete. Do not use crusher-run stone or bank-run gravel. B. Grading: Do not use aggregate which has a maximum size exceeding I/5 of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms of the member for which the concrete is to be used nor larger tlan 3/4 of the minimum clear spacing between reinforcing bars. Do not use coarse aggregate which exceeds 3/4 in. for paving. I 2.06 FrNE AGGREGATE I A. Description: ASTM C33, clean, hard and durable sand. Do not use sand coated with injurious silt loam , clay or other deleterious matter. I B. Grading: I T I Percent Passing 45-70. r . I r5-30-t.t 3-8.1,1 100 Sieve Size #t6 #50 I 2.07 RETNF'R.EMENT' A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM y't'615, grade 40 derformed billet-steel bars, clean and free from rust, scale, or coating that will reduce bond. B. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185. Leave tags designating wire size and spacing on each I site concrete roll until ready for use' I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 03310 - 3 I C. Dowels: ASTMS A615, grade 40, plain steel, uncoated finish; matclred sleeve and cap one end. Provide dowel basket to hold dowels in parallel alignment. 2,08 WATER Clean, potable, concrete mixing water free from injurious amounts of salts, oils, acids, alkalis, organic materials or other deleterious matter. 2.09 EXPA}ISION JOINT MATERIALS A. Premolded Joint Filler: ASTM Dl75l, non-extruding and bituminous t1rye resilient filler. B. Joint Sealant: Two component polysulfide or polyurethane elastomeric type, selfleveling and designed for foot tsaffic. Color to match concrete where specified. 2.10 INTEGRAL COLOR PIGMENTS: Pure, non-fading, non-staining, mineral oxides color conforming to ASTM C979 and designed and mixed to provide uniform color finish. A. Color: Davis, San Diego Buff. Submit samples for approval. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: L.M. Scofield/Chromix, Davis Colors/True Tone Colors. PART3EXECUTION 3.OT GENERAL Surface Drainage: l. Provide for positive drainage on all concrete paving surfaces. 3. Report in writing all discrepancies or omissions on drawings and conditions on the site which would prevent proper drainage. 4. Do not permit finished surfaces to vary more than l/4 in. measured with a l0 ft. metal straightedge, except at grade changes. 5. No "birdbaths" or other surface irregularities will be permitted. Properly correct irregularities. Subgrade Preparation: Proof roll the subgrade and do all necessary rolling and compacting to obtain firm, even subgrade surface,. Fill and consolidate depressed areas. Remove uncompactable materials, replace with clean granular fill and comprcj lo 95o/o Standard Proctor Density (ASTM A-698). Remove loose material and debris from base surface before placing concrete. Install, align, and level forms. Stake and brace forms in place. Maintain following grade and aligrunent tolerances. l. Top of form: Maximum l/8" in l0'4". 2. Vertical face: Maximum I/4" in l0'-0". Thoroughly wet subgrade with clean water immediately before placing concrete. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2{Xl5 B. t I t I It t t I I l I c. D. E, I I Site Concrete 03310 - 4 F. I t Coat form surfaces in contact with concrete with form release agent. Clean forms after each use and coat with form release agent ars necessary to assure separation from concrete without damage. Insall, set, and build-in items fumished by other trades. Provide adequate notification for instatlation of necessary items. Coordinate with all irrigation, electrical, utility, mechanical and site fumishing installations. Coordinate insallation of irrigation sleeving by lrriSation Contractor under pavements, walls, and curbs. Refer to irrigation plans for approximate locations and requirements. Securement: Use templates for all anchor plates, bolts, inserts and other items embedded in concrete. Accurately secure so that they will not be displaced during placing ofconcrete. Electrical Conduit Do not embed piping, otber tlran electrical conduit, in structual concrete. locate conduit to maintain srength of struchres at maximum. Venfr size, length and location of electrical conduit, BASE COIJRSE Compact base course to thickness sbown on Drawings by rolling or other acceptable method to 950% of the standard proctor density. CONCRETEMIXES Design: Proportion ingredients for mixes in accordance with ACI 301, Section 3'8.2., Method I or 2, or Section 3.8.3. Obtain this information in accordance with the latest ASTM Specifications. Should a special mix be required due to structural Admixtures: No admixtures will be allowed except as specified herein, unless authorized by the Owner's Representative. Requests for approval or substitution must be accompanied by sufficient information and test data for evaluation. Slump: Design water-cement ratio to provide slumps indicated under mix-tj,pe. CONCRETEMIXTYPES Concrete Mixes: Employ approved commercial testing laboratory to design concrete mixes as follows: 4500 psi Compressive Strength at 28 Days AASHTO M85 Type II Cement, 564 pounds/cubic yard 3/4 Maximum Course Aggregate Size Slump 4" Maximum Water to cement ratio 0.45 maximum 6o/o+l-lt n\o At Entrainment Fibermesh fibers: Collated fibrillated polyropylene olefin fiberc,/t,tl and 2" length as provided by the Fibermesh Company, or equal, at the rate of 1.5 poundVcubic yard 3.05 FORMWORK General: l. Construct forms accurately to dimensions, plumb and true to line and grade. Use forms that are substantial, mortar tight, braced and tied so as to maintain position and shape during placing of reinforcing and concrete. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fl)5 G. H. B. I T I I I 3 t I T T I I t I I I Site Concrete 03310 - 5 I 2. Wavy surfaces and bulged walls or slab surfaces resulting from settlement or' springing of formwork will be rejected. 3. Carefully verift and check all forms for aligrrment and level as the work proceeds. Promptly make all needed adjustments or additional bracing. B. Construction Joints: Construct forms and asscmble them in such a manner that joints occur at accept€d locations. Thoroughly clean forms before pouring concrete. C. Details: Take extreme care in all details of forming, setting and reinforcing. Except where tooled corners are indicated, provide all exposed concrete finish work with smooth, even surfaces of dense concrete with clean sharp arises and outside corners. D. Coordination: After forms have been placed and accepted, insure that all other trades have been properly notified and are given sufficient tim€ to complete installation of their work. E. Recesses and Openings: Provide as sholvn on the Drawings or as may be directed at the site. F. Reinforcing Steel: Install progressively with work of other trades. Coordinate each other's schedules so as to avoid disturbing or moving work already installed by one trade to admit the work of another. G. Responsibility: Each trade shall be entirely responsible for proper installation and securing of the work during placing of concrete. H. Prior to Pouring Concrete: l. Thomughly clean out all forms to be used. 2. Thoroughly wet wood forms as required where form coatings are not used. I. Removal ofForms: l. Do not remove supporting forms or ihoring until concrete has sufficient sfength to carry its own weight and other loads upon iL 2. Remove forms only after concrete has properly set and without damaging concrete, 3.06 REINFORCEMENTSANDEMBEDMENTS A. Supports: Accurately and securely fasten or support reinforcements to prevent displacement before or during pouring. Hang footing bars Aom forms. Support wire mesh with suitable metal cradles. Placement: Clean, bend and place reinforcements per ACI Manual of Concrete Practice. Reinforcement Splices: L Welded Wire Fabric - lap one mesh minimum. 2. Reinforcing Bars - 36 times the bar diameter minimum, but no less than 12" except as otherwise noted. D. Dowels: Grease sleeves, insert dowels and through from; secure dowel basket against movement. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I r I t I I I I I I B. c. I I I I I I t I Site Concrete 03310 - 5 I -. I 3.07 FINISIIES |1 A. Medium Broom Finish: Medium broom finish on all concrete walla. Edge outside edges with a I radius edging rool. 3.08 CONTROL JOINTS I, A. Control Joints shall penetrate l/3 slab thickness. i B. Tooled Joints: Tooled joints shall have a l/4" radius and shall not incorporate a trowelled edge I unless specifically noted on the drawings. Place joints in pattern and at spacing indicated. When not indicated, provide spacing equal to slab width and not greater than 10L0" on center. I 3.09 ExPAnsroN JorNTsaA. Locations: Provide joints at locatiors and intervals shown on the Drawings, and where;- concrete paving abuts buildings, curbs, or other structures or a maximum of50 feet on centerI for walks.I , B. Placement: Place joint materials with top edge l/2 in. below the paved surface. Securely hold in place to prevent movement. I C. Forming: Form joints and other edges in the fresh concrete using an edging tool to provide a t srnooth uniform impression. Strike all edges before and after exposing aggregate. -t D. Sealing: After the curing period, carefully clean expansion joints and frll with joint compound to l/8 in. below adjacent paved surface. Avoid spilling on paved surfaces or overflow from joint. I 3.TO PROTECTION AND CURING I A. Protection: Protect concrete against frost, rapid drying and damage by rain. Keep moist for t at least 7 days after protecting with wet burlap, canvas covering or liquid curing compound. Secure approval ofproposed method. During this period, maintain surface ofconcrete above- 70 degrees F. for at least 3 days or above 50 degrees F. for at least 5 days. I- B. Spraying: Spray concrete during the curing period as frequently as drying conditions may A^ require, Use a concrete covering that will not stain or discolor finished concrete surfaces. I C. Curing: Cure concrete irr accordance with the ACI "Manual of Concrete Practice". I D. Damage and Defacement: Protect all concrete work against damage and defacement I during subsequent construction operations until final acceptance. i 3.II FIELD QUALITY CONTROLII A. Maintain records ofptaced concrete items. Record date, location ofpour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. I 3.r2 CLEAN-UP A. General: Upon completion of work, immediately remove from the premises all surplus materials, tools, equipment, rubbish and debris resulting from the work. t siteconcrete I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 03310 - 7 I t I I t I I I I I I I t 1 t I I T I B.Cleaning and Patching: l. Removal: Remove all projecting fins, bolts, wire, nails, etc,, not necessary for the work, or cut them back I in. from the surface and patch in an inconspicuous manner. 2- Voids: Fill holes with a l:3 cement and sand mo ar with the same color as the adjoining concrete. Mix and place the mortar as dry as possible and finish flush with the adjacent surface. 3. Corective Patching: Correct all defects in concrete work Chip all voids to a depth of at least I in. with the edges perpendicular to the surface and parallel to form markings. Fill all voids, surface irregularities, or honeycombing by patching or rubbing. lnsure that all concrete surfaces so repaired duplicate the appearance of the unpatched work. 4. Defective Work: Remove in its entirety and replace all defective concrete work which after corrective patching, rubbing, etc. fails to duplicate tbe appearance of unpatched work and/or conform to the standards set forth in these Specifications. END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Site Concrete 03310 - 8 I I sEcrloNo34roI STRUCTI,JRALPRECASTCONCRETE T PARTI GENERAL l 0l STMMARY (For General Guidance - Not All-Inclusive) I A. Section Includes: I l. Solid roofslabs. I i. Inverted tee beams' 4. Accessories. |l B. Related Sections: I l. Section 03300- Cast-In-Place Concrete. I 2. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry Systems. . 1.02 REFERENCES I - A. Reference Standards: Comply with following: I l. Presbessed Concrete Members: When not otherwise specified, ACI 318 latest edition - t Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 2. Production of Precast/Presfessed Units: PCI MNL I l6-Manual for Quality Confol for A Plants and Production ofPrecast/Prestressed Concrete Products. t 3. Welding:AWSStructural WeldingCodeDl.l SteelandDl.4ReinforcingSteel. B. Cornply with listed reference standards except as modified by supplemental requirements on the drawings or by the specifications. I I.O3 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION I A. Desip Requirements:I A l. Provide for superimposed live and dead loads as stated on drc Drawings. I 1.04 ST.IBMTTTALS I A. Shop Drawings and Ereclion Drawings: I l. Include connection anchorage and insert details; size and location ofreinforcing steel, prestressing strands and inserts; and member identification marks. 2. Identification Marks: Appear in concealed locatiom on members. I B. Quality Control Submittals: t l. Desigrr Calculations: Include calculations for each t1pe, shape and span of - precastiprestessed units indicated on the drawings. Design of members shatl include I ::fiffi";l"ff;::: calculations. see General Notes on structural Drawings for I 2. Test Reports: Make available to the Engineer, upon request, records of concrete cylinder breaks for concrete used in the precasVprestressed concrete products and mill tests of reinforcing and prestressing steel used. E Structural Precast Concrete 03410 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail. Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I t1.05 3. Certificates: Submit written certification that fabricator is currently PCI certified. Submit welder qualification certificates to Engineer upon request. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Designer Qualifications: Design ofprecast units and all related supports and connectiom shall be under the direct supervision ofa professional engineer registered in the State of Colorado and all calculations shall bear engineer's seal and signature. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in design and manufacture of precast/prestressed concrete units. l. Manufacturer's Plant: PCI certified for Group C4, Structural Producb. 2. Experience: Continuously manufactured precast/prestressed concrete supplied in State of Colorado for five yean. C. Erector Qualifications: Manufacturer or competent erection contractor specializing in erection of prec.rst concrcte. L Experience: Continuously erected precast/prestressed concrete in State of Colorado for five years. D. Welder Qualificatiors: Currently certified according to AWS Dl .1. E. Source Quality Conrol: | . Quality Control of Precast Concrete Prodrrctions: Responsibility of manufrcturer. 2. Allow Engineer access to manuhcturing plant at all times during rnanufacture of precast/presfessed concrete products- Provide Engineer with casting schedules when requested. 3. Desigr of Precast/Prestressed Units: Under direct supewision of Professional Engineer registered in Colorado and bear his seal and signature. DEIIVERY. STORACE AND IIANDLING A. Delivery and Handling: Use care in transporting precasVprestressed units to jobsite. Handle members in marmer to prevent excessive stresses, spalling, or cracking. B. Storage: Store products utilizing good plant procedures and proper handling in manner to prevent damage. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI PRECAST/PRESTRESSEDCONCRETEPRODUCTS A. Precast/Presbessed Concrete Products: Provide and erect under single responsibility. 2.U2 MANI,JFACTI.iRER A. Strescon Corporation. B, Roclcy Mountain Prestsess. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 0 1630. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 1.06 I I I I T I I I t I t I I t I Structural Precast Concrete 03410 - 2 l 2.M I t I I I I I t. 2. .). 4. II I I I I I I I I t I MATERIAL A. Materials: As outlined in ACI 318 and AISC Manual of Steel Construction, conforming to latest ASTM specifications and general notes on structural drawings. l. Reinforcing Sta:l Requiring Welding: ASTM A706; chemically suitable for welding. DESIGN A. Design Prestressed Concrete: In accordance with ACI 318, latest edition B. Desigrr Loads: Design units to support live and dead loads indicated on sfuctural drawings and to accommodate anticipated loading due to handling and erection. C. Prestress Force: Tensioning and releasing of sfessing strand may be by either single or multiple stand procedures in accordance with ACI 318 and PCI MNL I 16. D. Concrete and Reinforcing Strength: Comply with requirements indicated on stuctural drawings and in accepted design calculations. L Minimum Concrete Compressive Strength: 5000 psi at 28 days. FABRICATION A. Dimension as indicated on drawings. Fabricate and furnish to following tolerances: Length: Plus or minus 3/4 inch, or l/8 inch per l0 feet of length, whichever is gteater. Cross-Sectional Dimensions: a. lrss than 24 inches: PIus or minus 3/8 inch. b. 24 inches to 36 inches: Plus or minus ll2 inch. c. Over 36 inches: Plus or minus 5/8 inch. Position of Anchors and Inserts: Plus or minus otre inch of centerline locations indicated on Drawings. Horizontal Alignment (Sweep): Length of swe epl360 or3l4 inch maximum. Maximum of one inch gap between two adjacent members due to sweep. 5. End Squareness: l/2 inch maximum 6. Blockouts: One inch of centerline location indicated on &awings. 7. Camber Deviation from Desigr: Plus or minus l/4 inch per l0 feet of length. 8. Camber Differential Between Adjacent Members, After Installation: l/4 inch per l0 feet of leng0r, 3/4 inch maximum. B. Finishes: l. Standard Underside: Resulting from casting against accepted forms using good industry practice in cleaning of forns, desigr of concrete mix, placing and curing. a. Srnall surface holes caused by air bubbles, normal form joint marks, and minor chips and spalls will be tolerated. b. Major or unsightly imperfections, honeycomb or structural defects not allowed. 2. Standard Top: Result ofvibrating screed and additional band finishing at projections. a. Norrnal color variation, rninor indentations, due to required covering, and minor chips and spalls will be tolerated. b. Major imperfectiorx, honeycomb or structural defects not allowed, 3. Exposed Vertical Ends: Recess strands 3/4" minimum and provide sacked fmish. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 January 2005 Structural Precrst Concrete 03410 - 3 I t I ID. Patching: Minor parching of rurin in plant will be acceptable providing sructural adequacy of product and appeafimce is not impaired. Cosmetic patching of other members allowed only after Engineer's acceptarrce of metho& and workrnen to be used. l. Patching: By manufacturer. Openings l. Openings in All Members: Cast at plant Testing: Sample and test in accordance with manufacturer's standard procedure, subject to acceptance by Engineer. STEEL PLATES AND ANCHORS A. For Precast: Fumish steel anchors, anchor plates and angles cast into cast-in-place concrete to receive precast members. B. In Precasfi Furnish and install steel or threaded inserts cast into precas! weld plates between sections ofprecast, and loose steel items needed for erection ofprecast. DRYPACKGROUT A. Grout: As indicated on drawings or approved shop drawings. I PART3 EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION B. Verifi cation of Conditions: l. Layout: Veriff layout of work before beginning insbllation. Check location of embedded anchor bolts, plates, angles, etc. 2. Existing Conditions: Examine substrate before beginning installation. 3. Notification: Notift General Contractor of unsatishctory corditions in writing with copy to Engineer. Acceptance: Beginning ofwork means acceptance ofexisting conditions by installer. I I I I T T l I I I I t 3.02 ER.ECTION A. General: Lift me,mben by rreans of suitable lifting devices at poinb provided by fabricator. Provide temporary shoring and bracing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Alignmenc Align members and level as required by accepted shop drawings and within allowable tolerances. l,evel out variations between adjacent members by jacking, loading or other feasible method reconunended by manufacturer and acceptable to Engineer. Position mernbe$ so cumulative dimensional erron do not occur. Welding: Use equipment and materials compatible to base material. Protect nnits from damage by field welding or cutting operations. Repair: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 D. Structural Precast Concrete 034t0 - 4 I I I I I l. Unis Damaged During Erection: May be repaired providing such damage does not impair sEuch'rral adequacy or appearance- 2. Exposed Areas: Cosmetic patching will be allowed only after Engineer's acceptance of methods and workmen to be used. E. Lift Anchors: Do nol cut offlift anchors until acceptance ofEngineer is obtained. F. Attachments: Subject to acceptance of Engineer, precast pmducts may be drilled provided no contact is made with prestressing or reinforcing steel. Repair any spalling as specified in this section. G. Time of Erection: Do not erect precast units before supporting cast-in-place concr€te has reached sufficient seength. H. Anchors for Precast: Deliver anchors to Contractors for concrete work under Sections 03300 in time for embedment as work progresses. Coordinate locations. I. Erection Tolerances: Erect precast members with joints in positions indicated on drawings and within following limits: l. Face Width of Joints: Drawing dimensions plus or minus l/4 inch. 2. Joint Taper: l/40 inch per foot of length with maximum length of tapering in one direction of l0 feet. 3. Step in Face: l/4 inch maximum 4. Jog in Alignment of Edge: l/4 inch maximum FIELDQUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Will visually inspect that precast concrete units have been properly installed. l. lnspection: Include testing of welding joints. CLEANING A. Clcaning: Clean exposed surfaces as necessary to remove dirt and stains which may be on surfaces after erection. Clean precast units after installation procedures are completed. Wash and rinse exposed surfaces in accordance with precast manufacturer's recommendations. Remove weld stains. END OF SECTION l I I I t I I I I I 3.03 3.04 I t I I Structural Precast Concrete Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 03410 - 5 I I SECTION 04065 IVT,ISOXNY UORTAR AND GROTJT I I PARTI GENERAL I r.0l sEcrroNrNcLuDES I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the follov/ing: I l. Mortar and grout for concree masoDry unis and stone veneer, I.O2 REI-ATED SECTIONS A. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry Systems: Concrete masonry units. B. Section 04400 - Stone Veneer. ' C. Section 08 | | 0 - Standard Steel Doon and Frarres. I I.O3 REFERENCES I- A. ACI 530 - Building Code Requirements for Masonry Strucn[es. I B. ASTM Cl44-Aggregate forMasonryMortar.I C. ASTM Cl50-Portland C-ement. - I D. ASTM C2trl - Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes. r. E. ASTM C270 - Mortar for Unit Masonry. ! F. ASTM 0404 - Aggregates for Masonry Grout I G. ASTM C4?6 - Grout for Masonry. I H. IMIAC - Intenrational Masonry Indrstry All-Weatber Council: Recorunended Practices and Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction" |l I. MSJC - Masonry Standards Joints Committee: Code and Specifications. tr l.o4 srJBMrrrALs I A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. I B' *HL:il4"ffii"#;1:*"ffi,*'Jiff^- or Propertv metrrod is used' required I C. Samples: Submit dme ribbons 12 inches long of colored morar or grout, illustating color and color t range. Gequired at all mortrr or grout types which will be exposed). Use as part of all rnasonry mockups.Il, D. Test Reports: Submit reports on nrortar indicating conformance to ASTM C270 and on grout indicating conformance to ASTM C476. .I!' Masonry Mortar and Grout 04065 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr rr";t'""fl.ll; I t.05 t.06 1.07 r.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND IIANDLING A. Deliver, store protect and handle products to site rmder provisions of Section 0 | 600. B. Maintain packaged rraterials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter. PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Cold Weather Requirements: IMIAC - Recommended Practices ard Guide Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Constuction SEQIJENCING A. Coordinate Wort urder provisions of Section 01040. B. Coordinate Wort with work specified in Sections 04200 and 04400. EXTRAMATERIAIS Provide one mmplete umpened package of each product used. I I I t t I I I t T t I I I t I PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MATERIAIS t t B. Portland Cement ASTM C150, Tpe I, gray color for concrete masonry units, color as setected by Architect for €xposed stone veneers. Mortar Aggregte: ASTM Clu14, stardard masonry tlpe; cleaq dry, protecrd against dampness, fieezing, and foreign matt€r. Hy&ated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404. Water: Clean and potable and free of deleterious anrormts of acids, alkalies or organic matcrials. Calcium Chloride: NOT permined. c. D. E. F. 2.V)MORTAR A. Mixes: l. Morur for Load Bearing and Nort-'I-oad Bearing Walls and Partitions: ASTM C270, Tlpe S using the Property Method. 2. Morur for Masonry Veneer: ASTM C270, Tpe N using the Property Method. 3. Pointing Mortan ASTM C270, Tpe N using the Property Method. B. Mixing: l. Thoroughly mix rnrtar ingredients in quantities needed for inunediate use in accordarrce withASTMC270. 2. Add mortar color in accordance with Manufictwer's instructiors. Provile uniformity of mix and coloration. Gore Crcek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Masonry Mortar and Grout 0406s -2 I I I I t I I I t I 3. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the feezing point ofmortar. 4. If water is lost by evaporation, re-temper only within nvo hours of mixing. 5. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F, or 2-ll2 hours at ternp€ran:res under 50 degrees F. C. Colon As selected by Architect from Manufachrer's full range of colors. I z.o3 cRour I l A. Mixes: ASTM C476 Fine groug 3000 psi strength at 28 days; 7-8 inch slump. B. Mixing: L Thorouglrly mix mortar ingredienb in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476 Fine grout. 2. Do not we anti-freeze compowds to lower the freezing point of grout. A. hxtall morur and grout to requirernents of the specific masonry Sections. B. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids. C. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout. D, Remove grout spaces ofexcess mortal. ENDOFSECTTON I T PART3 EXECUTION l, 3.01 EXAMTNATION '' A. Request inspection of spaces to be grouted. | 3.uz PREPARATToN A. Plug cleanout holes with masonry unis. Brace masonry for wet grout pressure. I 3.03 rNSrALr-AroN Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t Masonrv Mortar and Grout 04065 - 3 I I rN,'if,"$'H,91'J3r"** ,a I PART1 GENERAL I l.0r sEcTroNrNcLuDEs I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: L Concrete masonry units. I 2. Reinforcement, anchorage and accessories. 3. Buih-in items supplied by other Trades. I a. Anchor bolts, weld plates, embed plates, and bearing plates built into masonry. I l.o2 REL{TED sECrroNS I A- Section 04065 - Masonry Mortar and Grouc Mortar and groulrl B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealen: Backer rod and sealant at control ioints. I C. Section 09260 - Glpsum Board Assemblies. I t.03 REFERENCES I A. ACI 530 - Building code Requirements for Masonry Stucturcs. '| B. ACI 530.1 - Specificatiors for Masonry Structures. I C. ASTM Al23 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. I D. ASTM 4615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Corrcrete Reinforcement.I E. ASTM A64l - Zinc-Coated (Gahanized) Carbon Steel Wire.II F. ASTM 495 l - Masonry Joint ReinforcanenL I G. ASTM C90 - t oad Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. I H. ASTM c I 29 - Non-l,oad Bearing Concrete Masonry Units. I I. IMIAC - Intemational Masonry Industry All-Weather Council: Recommended Practices ard Guide I Specifications for Cold Weather Masonry Construction. . I,M SIJBMITIALS I ' A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300. I B. Submit product data for each different masonry unit, accessory, mortar, grout mix, ard otherI manufrctured producs as needed for thejob conditions. I C. Samples: Submit mortar design mixes for reinforced masonry grout and color samples. I D. Shop Drawings: Submit for reinforcing detailing, fabrication, barding, and placement of unit I onry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315 "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcing" , Unit Masonry Systems 0 4200 - | Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel VaiI, Colorado I o3January2005 I' showing bar schedule, stimrp spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and an-angement of masonry reinforcing. E. Certificates: Fumisb Manufachrer's certification and test results indicating that nmsonry units meet specified ASTM requirements. I.O5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 530 and ACI 530.1. B. National Concrete Masonry Association, NCMA, 'i{ Manual of Facb on Concrete Masonry''. C. Portland Cement Association, PCd '€oncrete Masonry Hardbook". D. Intemational Building Code,20o3,Chryterzl - Masonry. I.06 QUALtrICATIONS A. Manufachrer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. B. IDstaller: Company regularly engaged in installing work as specified in this Section with minimum of tltee years experience on projects of similar size and complexity. I.O7 REGIJI-A,TORYREQUIREME}ITS A Conform !o applicable Code for requiemeots for fire rated rnasonry constuction. I.O8 PRE-INSTALI.ATIONCONFERENCE A. Convene one week prior to commencing Work of the section, rmder provisions of Section 01200. I.O9 DEUVERY, STORAGE, AND IIANDLING A. Deli'uer, store protect and handle products to site under provisiorn ofSection 01600. B. Maintain pacloged materials cleag dry, and protected against dlarryness, teezing and foreigr matter. l.l0 PRoJECT/STTECoNDITIONS A. Cold Weather Coostruction: Comply with the International Building Code and Intemational Masonry Insinrte All-Weatber Council. l.ll SEQT.JENCING A Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 0 I 040. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MASONRY IJNITS A. Concrete Masonry Units: l. General: Hollow units; ASTM C 90, Grade N, Compressive Strength of 1500 psi. Unit Masonry Systems Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t I I I I I t I I I T t I I I I I I 04200 -2 I 2. Size: 8"x 8"x 16- nominal. ll 3. Weight Classification: Normal weight. I 2.02 REINFORCEMENTANDANCHORAGE I A. Joint Reinforcement: Truss or ladder type; steel wire, hot dip galvanized to ASTM .464l Class 3 after . frbrication; 3/15 inch side rods with cross ties. I B. Srap Anchors: Bent steel shape, size as required, hot dip galvanized to ASTM 4123, B2 finish I C. Wall Ties: Formed steel wire,3/16 inch diamaer, adjustable, hot dip galvanized to ASTM .{123, 82 It fnish. r 2.03 MORTARANDGROLn I A. General: As specified in Section 04065, Type S. I 2.u Fr-A,sHrNGS t A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A525, G90 finish,24 gage core steel. I B. IapSealant: Tlpe as specified in Section 07900. 2.05 ACCESSORIES I A. fr3formed Conaol Joinn: Neoprene material. Provide with corner and tee accessories, cement fused JOrnB. B Joint Filler: Closed Cell polyvinyl chloride oversized 500/o to joint width; self expanding maximum lengths. I c. weeps: Cotton rope.II D. Cleaning Solutions: Norr.acidic, not harmfirl to masonry work or adjacent materials. I PART3 EXECUTION I 3.ol EXAMTNATT.NI A. Before begiruring Worh the Masonry Contractor shall inspect foundations or other bearing surfaces I for proper grades, elevations, fieedom from dirt and other foreigr material, for correct location, size I and projection of dowels. Report unsatisfactory mnditions immediately to the General Contractor. - B. Begfuming of installation means installer accepts existing conditions. trI 3.02 PREPARATION r| A. Direct and coordinate placement ofmetal anchors supplied by other Sections. l, B. Provide temporary bracing during installation of masonry work. Maintain in place until building' structure provid€s permanent bracing. I C. Remove all dirt, ice, loose rust and scale from walls, ties and reinforcing prior to insallation. . Unit Masonry Systems 04200 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail,Colorudo I 03 JanuarY 2005 I I I I t t I t I I I D. Clean all equipment for mixing, hansportation and placing mortar before sarting Work 3.03 COURSING A. Establish lines, levels, and couning indicated. Protect from displacement B. Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension Form vertical and horizontal joins of uniform thickness. 3.04 INSTALI.A.TTON B. c. Comply widr referenced unit masonry standard and other requirements indicated applicable to each type of installation included in Prqiect. Lay masonry with in a single wythe in running bond, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. kave openings for equipment to be installed before completion of masonry. After insallation of equipment, complete mursonry installation. Cut masonry units with motordriven saws to provide clean, sbarp, un-chipped edges. C\rt units as required to provide continuous pattem. Where built-in items are ro be embedded in cores of hollow masonry unils, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod mortar or grout inlo core. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout. lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. Cut joints flush for rusonry walls to be concealed or to be covered by other materials, unless otherwise indicated. E. F. G. H. I I I I il T D. 3.0s HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCEMENT General: Provide continuous horizontal joint reinforcement longitudinal side rods in mortar for their entire lenglh with exterior side of, walls. lap reinforcing a minimum of 6 inches. at 16 inches on center. Install a minimum cover of 5/8 irch on Cut and bend reinforc€ment units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at cornen Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces sructural members to comply with Ore following: l. Anchor masonry to sructural members wjth anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to struchare. 2. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches on center vertically and 36 inches on center horizonlally. 3,06 INSTALLATION OF REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY General: Install reinforced unit masonry to comply with requirements of referenced unit masonry standard. B. Do not place grout until e"tire lreight of masonry to be grouted has attained sufficient stength to rcsist grout pressur€. Unit Masonry Systems Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 B. c. I t I 04200 - 4 II . 3.07 TOLERANCES I A. Maximum Variation fiom Unit to Adjacent Unit: lt32 itrc,h. I B. Maximum Variation fiom Plane of WalL l/4 inchin l0 feetand ll2 nchn2O feet ormore. ,l I C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: l/4 inch per story non-cumulative: l/2 incb in wo stories or more. D Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: l/8 inch in 3 feet and l/4 inch in l0 feet; ll2 inch in 30 feet, Variation is NOT allowed in masonry fireplace. E. Maximum Variation ofJoinl Thicl$ess: l/8 inch in 3 feeL F. Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thiclness of Walls: l/4 incb. t t 3.08 CUTTING AND FITTINC II A. Cut and fit for chases, pipes, conduit, slewes, and grounds. Coordinate with other Sections ofwork to provide correct size, shape, and location B. Obtain approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appeaftlnce or strength of masonry work may be impaired. I t I t I 3.oe cLEANTNG Manufacturer. '! F. Use non-metallic tools in cleaning operations. I 3.lo PRoTECTToNoFFTMsHEDwoRKI A. Clean Wo* under provisions of Section 0 | 700. B. Clean exposed concrete masonry units by dry brushing at the end of each day's work and after 6nal pointing to remove mortar spots and droppings. Comply widr recommendations in NCMA TEK Bulletin No. 28. C. Remove excess mortar and mortar smears. D. Replace defective mortar. Match adjacent work E. Clean soiled surfaces with water, soap and water or cleaning solution as recommended by I A. Protect finished installation un&r provisions of Section 0 | 500. B. Without damaging completed Worft, provide protective boards at oeosed extemal comers whicb may be damaged by coruruction activities. C. Protect masonry units from moisture at all times. Cover the top of masonry with a well-secured membrane each time Work is stopped, to prevent u/ater entering the masonry unit cells. ENDOFSECTION I I I unit Masonry Systems I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 04200 - 5 I PARTI GENERAL . I.OI SECTION INCLUDESIt A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:. I I I I I I I I SECTION O44OO STONEVENEER l. Exterior stone veneer walls. 2. Exterior stone sills, lintels, caps and copings. 3. Metal anchors, supports and accessories. 4. Mortarbedsandjoints. 5. Connoljoints and expansion joints. I.O2 RETATED SECTIONS A. Section M065 - Masonry Mortar and Grout: Mortar and Grout. I B. Section 0751 I - Spray-Applied Foundation Wall Waterproofing. I C. Section 0?900 - Joint Sealers: Application of backer rods, bond breaken, and joint sealers at intermediate, perimeter, control and expansion joints. I D. Section08llO- Standard Steel Doors and Frames. I E. Section 10210 - Fixed Metal Watl Louvers. f l.o3 REFERENCES I t t D. MIA - Masonry lnstinrte of America. E. TMS MSJC - Building Code for Masonry Strucrures (ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402), Specification I for Masonry Structures (ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602) and Commentaries. Ir l.o4 DESIGNREeITIREMENTS A. Design anchors and supports per 2003 IBC, Section 1405.6, and vfrer direct supervision of a Professional Smcnral Engineer, registered in tbe State of Colorado. B. Design anchors to resist positive and negative wind pressures and other loads as required by applicable Code. C. Design anchor attachment to stone rvith factor ofsafety of5;L D. Desigr each individual anchor with factor ofsafety in vertical deadload-bearing direction of4:1, and in horizontal lateralload-bearing direction of2: l. t stone venccr I A. ASTM A167 - Standard Specification hr Sainless and Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. B. ASTM C270 - Standard specifications for Mortar for Unit Masonry. . C. BSI - Building Stone Institute. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 tM400- I 1.05 SUBMITTALS Submit under provisions ofSection 01300. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout, pertinent dimensions, anchorages, head, jamb, and sill opening details, and control and expansion joint locations. Prepare Shop Drawings and calculations under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experierrced in desigr of this Work and licensed in the Sute of Colorado. Shop Drawings and calculations to bear Engineer's stamp or seal. Product Data: Provide data on stone units, mortar products and sealants. Samples: l. Stone: Submit three stone pallets, 2 feet by 2 feet in size, illusuating color range and texture, markings, surface finisb. 2. Mortar: Submit three ribbons of 6 inch long , illustrating color range. F. Submit stone supplier's installation insructions and field erection or setting dravdngs. G. Indicate panel identiffing marks and locations on setting drawings. I.06 QUALIFICATION A. Supplier and Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum five years docurnented experience. B. Inslaller: Conrpany specializing in installation of the Work of this Section with minimum 6ve years documented experience. I,O7 MOCKUP A. Provide mockup under provisions of Section 01400. B. Construct stone wall mockup; 8 fect high x 8 feet wide (include outside comer condition), including mortar and stone anchor ac@ssories, stsuchtral baclorp, wall openings, sill flashings and t5pical conrol joing for Architect's approval. C. Locate vAere directed by Architect. D. Mockup may NOT remain as part of the Work. I.O8 PRE-INSTALIATIONCONFERENCE A. Convene one week prior to cortrmencing Work of this Section, under provisions ofSection 01200. I.O9 DELIVERY,STORAGE,ANDPROTECTION A. Deliver, store, protect and handle material under provisions ofSection 01600. B. Store stone at site on planks, pallets or timb€N, clear ofsoil and soil splash. C. Accept packaged stone materials on site and inspect for damage. Protect stone iom staining. Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I A. B, c. D. E.t T I I I t t I I t I I I t Stone Veneer 04400 -2 I - I D. Protect mortar miterials from moisture. - E. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation from forming on stone. II I.IO PROJECTiSITE CONDITIONS I A. Maintain materials and surrounding air to minimum 40 degrees F 48 hours prior to, during, and I after completion of Work. I l.ll OPERAIONANDMAINTENANCEDATA A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01730. I B. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and t suggested schedule after installation ofmaterials. I t.r2 WARRANry A. Stone installer shall provide written l0 year warranty against failure of mechanical support system I for stone. I PART2 PRODUCTS I 2.01 STONE MATERTALS A. Type as per Gallegos' Mockup Panel: Ashland Rubble Smear - Pholo 31. wwtuSSllggry I 2.oz MoRTAR I A. Ponland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, gray color for concrde masonry uni8, eolor os selected by I Archiuafor exposed stone veneers. I B, Mortar Aggtegate: ASTM C144, dandard masonry type; clean, dnl protecud against dampness, I fteezing andforcign mstter- C Hy&atedLime: ASTMC207,TypeS. I D. GroutAggregote: ASTMC404. E l;later: Clean and potable andfree of deleteious omounls of ocids, alkalies or orgonic mateials I I .R Calcium Chtoide: NOT permited I G Mix: ASTM C27Q Type N using the Property Method I 2.03 ANCHORS AND ACCESSORIES I A. Anchors and Other Support Components in Contact with Stone: Steel, ASTM ,{36, carbon steel! phtes, angles and inserts, galvanized after fabrication to ASTM A123, 1.25 o/sq ft; of sizes and configurations required for support ofstone. t l. Anchor ties and veneer ties, minimum 12 gatge (2.69 mrn), corrosion resistant wire. I Stone Veneer 04400 -3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr vail' colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I I B. c. Setting Buftons and Shims: Lead t1pe. Spray-Applied Membrane: As specified in Section 0751l. Flashing: "Perm-A-Barrier Wall Flashing" as rranufacturcd by Grace Construction Products. Joint Filler: Closed cell polyvinyl chloride oversized 50% to joint width; selfexpanding. Weeps: Polyethylene tubing, l/4 inch diameter. Sealant Materials: Tlpe as specified in Section 07900. Prior to installation, Conractor shall confirm sealant will not stain stonework. Cleaning Solutions: Tlpe which will not harm or discolor stone, joht materials or adjacent surfaces. Consult stone supplier for recommended type. D. E. F. G. H, I I I t I t I I I T B. I I t I t I STONE FABRJCATION Cut accurately to required shapes to match mockup and as approved Shop Drawings. Do not locate joints other than wbere shown on approved Shop Drawings. Do not use impact drills. PART3 EXXCUTION 3,OI EXAMINATION A. Verify that support Work ard site conditions ar€ r€ady to r€ceive Work of this Section. B. Verify field dimensions are as slrcwn on Shop Drawings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Veri& that items built-il under other Sections are pmperly located and sized. B. Clean stone prior to irutallation. Do not use wire brushcs or implements which will mark or damage exposed surfaces. C. Mortar Mixine: l. Th;.ghly nix mortar ingredients in quantities neoded for imrnediate use in accordance withASTM C270.2. Add mortar color in accordance with Manufacturer's instuctions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration. 3. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point ofmortar. 4. If water is lost by evaporation, re+emper only within two houn of mixing. 5. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F, or 2-12 horns at temperahJres under 50 degrees F. 3.03 INSTALIIT,TION A. lnsall stone in accordance with Stone Fabricator's instructions and Shop Drawings. B. Obtain appnoval prior to cutting or fitting any item not so indicated on Shop Drawings, Do not Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Stone Veneer 04400 - 4 I T I impair appearance or str€ngdr ofstonework by cutting. Wtl, Concrete or Masonry Bocking: Install anchor tie formed as exposed "loop" extending minimum l/2 inch beyond backing face wittr legs of minimum 6 inches length bent at right angles. Install veneer tie threaded through exposed anchor tie, n'ith loop minimum 15 inches in length bent at right angles, laid in stone veneer mortar joints; end bent in 2 inch angle. Anchor tie loops at uaximum l2 inches on center in both directions. Install stone on walls to pattern as per approved nockup. Lay stone units in full bed of monar, with lull head joina Leave hesd and top joints in units with exposed top surlaces open lo rcceive sealanl Leove joints under shelf angles open to receiee seolant Do not shift or lap stone units alter mortar has achieved initial set Where adiusment is required, remove mortor ond replace. Rahe mortar joint lor pointing. Sponge face of each slone to remove &cess mofion Tuck point mortar joints Pack morlor tightly into joinl TooI joint surloce lo match mockup panel Install flashings of longest practical length and seal watertight to back-up. Lap end joint minimum 6 inches and seal watertight. l. Head of Openings and Bottom of Wall Conditions: Extend flashing 3 feet up the wall. 2. Sill of Openings: Extend flashing to underside of window for the ftll depth of window sill. Install weeps in vertical stone joints at approximately 24 inches on center, running 8 inches horizontally within fully-grouted space at bend in flashing; immediately above horizontal flashings, above shelf angles and supports, and at bottom of walls at apgoximately 12 inches above natural grade. Do not permit mortar accumulation to plug weeps. Install sealant to junction of stone with dissimilar materials or dissimilar plane. c. D. E. F. t I I I I I t I I I I I T T I I L) 3. 4. J. 6. 3.04 TOLERANCES 3.05 CI-E.ANING A. B. C. D. E. Stone Veneer A. B. c. Positioning of Elernents: Maximum l/4 inch per l0 feet, non-cumulative. Maximum Variation Aom Plumb: l/4 inch per story non-cumulative; l/2 inch in any two stories. Maximum Variation from lrvel Coursing: l/8 inch in 3 feet; t/4 inch in l0 feet; l/2 furch maximum. Clean Work under provisions of Section 01700. Ranove excess mortar and mortar smears as Work progresses and upon completion of Work. Replace defective mortar; match adacent Work. Clean soiled surfrces with water, soap and water or cleaning solution as recommended by Manufacturer and per Manufacturer's instructions. Do NOT use acids of any kind. Use fiber brush tools in cleaning operations. Do NOT use metal brushes of any kind. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 04400 - 5 PROTECTION OF FIMSHED WORK A. Protect finished \[/ork under provisions of Section 015fi). B. Without daruging cornpleted Worlq provide protective boards at exposed extemal comcrs that may be damaged by constsuction activitics. END OFSECTION I I I t I I I I I I T T I T I Gore creekRestt;:i:;ff#1 | 03January200t I Stone Veneer 04400 - 6 I I ' s'crloNossoot METALFABRTcATIoNS - I PARTI GENERAL I r.or SECTIoNINCLUDES r A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the foltowing: I l. Miscellaneous fabricated fenous metal items, glvanized and prime painted as indicated on t Drawings, or as required. 2. Steel lintels- 3. Steel bollards. I 4. Mechanical areawell covers and openings. I.O2 RELq,TED SECTIONSIf A. Section 0330O - Cast-in-Place Concrete. I . U. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry Systems. '' C. Section 04400 - Stone veneer. I D. Section 055 l0 - Metal Srairs.a E. Section 05520 - Handrails and Railings.I I F. Section 09900 - Painting: Paint finish. I- I.O3 REFERI,NCES I A. AsTMA36-Sruchml Steel. I B. ASTM A53 - Hot-Dipped, Zinc-mated Welded and Searnless Steel Pipe. I C. ASTM Al23 - Zinc (Hot€alvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated From Rolled, Pressed and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Stip. - D. ASTM A | 53 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. I E. ASTM A283 - Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars.t F. ASTM A307 - Ca6on Steel Extemallv Threaded Standard Fasteners. f G. ASTM A325 - High Srength Bols for Stsuctural Steel Joints. l, H. ASTM A386 - Zinc-Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. I I. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structual Tubing in Rormd and Shapes. I J. ASTM A50l - Hot-Formed Welded and Seanrless Carbon Steel Strucnral Tubing. r K. AWS A2.0 - Slandard Welding Symbols. I Metal Fabrications 05500 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I 1.04 AWS DI.l - Sbuctural Welding Code. M. SSPC (St€el Srrrcnral Painting Council) - Steel Stsuctures Painting Manual, DESIGNREQUIREMENTS 1.05 SIJBMITTALS 1.06 QUALIFTCATIONS I t I I I I I I I t I T I I I Fabricate s)6tem components, including anachments, to building structure and to zupport live load as determined by local applicable Codes and practice. A, B. Submit under pmvisions of Section 0 I 300. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, rcinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, and accessories, Include erection drawings, elevations, and details where applicable. l. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths. Prepare Shop Drawings and calculations (applicable when metal Abrications rarsfer loads from other work to structure) urder direct supervision of a Professional Struchxal Engineer experienced in desigr of dris work and licensed in the State ofColorado, unless designed by Structural Engineer of Record. Shop Drawings and calculations to bear Engineer's stamp or seal. Welders Certificates: Submit under provisions of Division I, certi$ing welders errployed on dre Wor( veriffing AWS qualification within the previous 12 montbs. c. D. B. Fabricator and lrstaller: Company specializing in fibrication and installation ofthe Product specified in this Section with minimurr of five yea$ documented o<perience. Professional Engineer: Company with a minimum of five years experience in the desigrr of Products specified in this Section. hstaller and Prcfessional Engineer shall be hired by hbricator for "one+ourcd' responsibility. t.u7 1.08 1.09 FIELD MEASUREMENTS Veriff that field measurerrents are as indicated on Shop Drawings. SEQI.JENCING Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 0 I 040. DET TYEPY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINC Deliver and store materials under provisions of Section 0 1500, PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MATERIALS Metal Fabrications Gore Creek Rcsidences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 T I t I 05500 - 2 II t ! A. Steel Sectioru: ASTM r\36. I B. SteelTubing: ASTM 500, GradeB.r C. Steel Plates: ASTM 4283. t D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40.I E. Steel Grating: McNichols Company - Welded, GW Series, l-l/4 inch x 3/16 inch x I inch open I space; 7lo% op€n arca.Ir F. Steel Wire Cloth: McNichols Company - lock crimp, I inch center-to-center, .063 inch diameter of wire, edge fi'ame as shown on Drawings; 87.8% free area. t G. Bolrs, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A325 or ASTM A30?, galvanized to ASTM Al53 for galvanized components. I H. Welding Materials: AWS D I . I ; tlpe required for materials being welded. t I. Shop and Touch Up Primer for Ferrous Metal Surfaces: Single component universal primer - gra.y. t J. Touch Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Organic zinc rich component universal shop primer - p:rav, I K. All steel metal fabrications exposed to abnosphere or exterior in location shall be galvanized. I 2.O2 FABRICATION I' A. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sectiors, for delivery to site. I B. Fabricate ircms with joints tiehtly fitted and secured.I C. Grind exposed joinc flush and smooth with adjacent finish surfrce. Make exposed joints bun tight, I flush, and hairline; ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. I D. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Fluh countersunk screws or bolts; unobrusively located; consist€nt I with design ofcomponent, except where specifically noted otherwise. ' E, Supply components required for anchorage offrbrications- Fabricate anchon and related components I ofsame material and finish as fibrication, except where specifically noted otherwise. r 2,03 FIMSHES I A. Prcpare surfaces not visjble to view in accordance with SSPC SP 2. I B. Prepare surfaces scheduted to be visible in accordance with SSPC SPl0. I C. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, gease, and foreign matter prior to finishing.t D. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where 6eld welding is required. I E. Prime paint components in accordance with Section 0900 ready for field painr t G. Galvanize in accordance with ASTM A123. t Metal tr'abricatlons 05500 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 JanuarY 2005 I I . Structural Steel Mernb€rs: Provide minimum 1.3-olsq ft zinc coating. 2. Other Items: Provide l.2-olsq ft zinc coating. PART3 E)GCUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Verifi that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work B. Beginning of insallation means erector accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean and strip prirrd steel itetns to bare metal where sib welding is required. B. Supply items required to be cast into concrcte, emMded in masonry, or placed in partitions, wittr secing templates, to appropriate Sections. 3.03 INSTALI^ATION A. Install iterns plurnb and lwel, accurately fiued free Aom distortion or defects. B. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient ternporary bracing to maintain tuc alignment until completion of erection and insallation of perrranent attachments. C. Field weld components indicated on Shop Drawings. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS Dl.l. D. Obtain Architect/Engineer approral prior to site cutting or making adjustsnents not scheduled. E. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and srfaces not shop primed galvanized, orcept surfaces to be in contact with concrete. F. Isolate dissimilar metals from contact with bituminous paint, non-abrasive gasket, or otlrer appro',red rnethod 3.M ERECTIONTOLERANCES A. Maximm Variation from Plumb: l/4 irch in l0 feeg non-ctmulative. B. Maximum Oftet from True Alignment: l/4 inch. 3.05 SCHEDUT-E A. The Schedule is a list of prirrcipal items only. Refer to the Drawings for itenrs not specifically scheduled and refer to requirements ofother work as necessary. Provide anchorage and attachments required for installation. l. Bollards: Steel pipe of8-inch diarneter, galvanized, concree filled, crowned cap. 2. l*dge and Shelf Angles, Channels and Plaes Not Attached to Sbuctural Framing: For support of veneer materials. Refer to Drawings for size. 3. Lintels and Frames at Wall Openings: Refer to Drawings for size. 4. Steel frames at head ardjambs ofoverhead door openings. Refer to Drawings for size. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t I ! I I I I I I I t I I I T I I I Metal Fabrications 05500 - 4 6. 7. t I I t I I I I I t I I I t I I t I T Mechanical Areawell Covers and Openings: Fabricated frames and grating covers for nrechanical wall openings and areawells, including struchrral support. Galvanized "Unisauf' system as required for support of miscellaneous equipment, fixnres and devices Aom structure. All other miscellaneous anchors, sleeves, bolts, brackets, clips, inserts, gratings, tubing, bar stock, plates and other iterns not distinctly specified under other Sections, but necessary to complete each item lhrough such work may not be shown or specified. ENDOT'SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lXl5 Metal Fabrications 05500 - 5 I I sEcTroN 05510 T ,- METALSTAIRS I I PARTI GENERAL I l.0l SECTToNTNCLUDES I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. Steel stair franre ofstuctural sections, with closed risen, metal grate tead and landing and f supports and anchors. 2. Integral balusten and handrails. - 3. Integral steel gate at egress stair. I I,O2 REI-ATED SECTIoNS I A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. I B. Section 05720 - Handrails and Railings: Handrails and balusters other than specified in this Section. I I C. Section0990O-Painting: Paintfinish. . I.O3 REFERENCESIf A. ASTM A36 - Stuctural Steel. I B. . ASTM A53 - Hot-Dippe4 Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe.r C. ASTM Al08 - Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality. I D. ASTM Al53 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. I E. ASTM A283 - Carbon Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars. I F. ASTM A307 - Ca6on Steel Extemally Threaded Standard Fasteners. I C. ASTM 4325 - High Strength Bolts for Stuctural Steel Joinb. t H. ASTM A386 - Zinc-Coating (Hot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Prodrcts. I I. ASTM 4,653 - Steel Sheet, Zinc{oated (Galvanized) by ttre Hot-Dp Process, Structural @hysical) I QualitY' r J. ASTM A500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and I ShaPes. K. AWS A2.0 - Standard Welding Symbols. l| L. AWSDl.l - Stuchual Welding Code. I M. SSPC (Steel Sructures Painting Council) - Steel Sauctures Painting Manual. I 1.04 DESTGNREQUTREMENTS ! Metal Stairs 05510 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr or";1"::i%3; I I 1.05 A. Fabricate stair assembly, including stair attachments to building structure ard to support live load of Itrc-lb/sq ft with deflection of stringer or landing framing not to exc€ed U240 of span. B. Railing assernbly Refer to Section 05720 - Handmils and Railings. C. Stair design to meet the requirenrenn ofall applicable Codas. STJBMITTAIS A. Submit rmder provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profks, sizes, connection attachmenB, reinforcing, anchorage, size and qpe of fasteners, and accessories. l. Indicate welded mnnections using standard AWS A2.0 rvelding symbols. Indicate net weld leogths. C. Prepare Shop Drawings and Calculations, including miling assembly, under direct supervision ofa Professional Srucurral Engineer experienced in dasign of tbis Work and licensed in the State of Colorado. Shop Drawings and calculations to bear Engineer's stamp or seal. D. Welders Certificates: Submit certification that welders employed on the Worh verifoing AWS qualification within the previous l2 months. QUALIFICATIONS A. Manuhcturer and Installer Companies specializing in manufactruing and installation of rhe Product specified in this Section with minimun of 6ve laars docurrnrcd experierrce. B. Professional Engineer: C.ompany specializing in the de.sign of Prodrcts as specified in this Section with minimum of five years docurrented erp€rir:nce. C. krstaller and Professional Engheer shall be hired by manuhcturer for "one-source" responsibility. D. Manufacturer shall be responsible to have a thorough knowledge of applicable Codes and notify Architect of any discrepancies prior to commenc€ment with work. There shall be no additional cost after award of Bid as the result of ovenight by manufachrrer to meet requirements of applicable Codes. FIELDMEASI.JREMENTS A. Veri$ that 6eld measurernene are as indicated on Shop Drawings. I I T I I I T I I I I I I I I I I I 1.06 1.07 PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MATERIAIS A. Stair Componenrc: l. Steel Sections: ASTM A36. 2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. 3. SteelBars: ASTMAI08. 4. Steel Plates: ASTM A283. 5. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 Metal Stairs 05510 - 2 B. c. A. B. c. D. E. I t I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I 6. Sheet Steel: ASTM A653, Grade 33 Sructural Quality with G 140 glvanized coating. 7. Stair Treads and l-andings: Galvanized steel gra.te with maximum t-l/8 inch bar spacing and checkered plate nosing; McNichols Company welded rectangular bar Tlpe-B Standard. 8. Taped Conrast Stripe: Provide contzsting color as required by Code at top and bottom of uead for each run ofstairs. 9. Bolts, Nuts, and Wasbers: ASTM A325 or ASTM A307 galvanized to ASTM Al53 for galvanized components. 10. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bols; consistent with desip of stair structure. I l. Welding Materials: AWS Dl.l; t5pe required for materials being welded. 12. Shop and Touch Up Primer for Fenous Metal Surfaces: SSPC 15, Type l, red oxide. 13. Touch Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: Zinc rich type. Railing Components: l. Refer to Section 05720 - Handrails and Railings. Gate Components: l. Steel Pipe and Frame: Same as railing system. 2. Hinge: Spring qpe. FABRICATION F. G. H. L J. K. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. Form tread and landing supports from steel angles or bent plat€s suitable for the condition, risen with sheet steel stock. Fabricate balusters and railings in accordance to Section O572O from l-l/2'ulch diameter steel pipe. Provide fittings and splices for site erection. Make bends unifonq without wrinkles or kinks. Secure teads and landings to sringem with clip angles; welded or bolted in place. Form stringers with rolled steel charnels or rectangular hollow sections. Weld fascia plates to stringers using steel sheet across charmel toes. Fabricae componens wittrjoints tightly fitted and secrued. Continuously seal jointed pieces by continuous welds. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent 6nish surfice. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline; ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flusb countersunk screws or bolts; unobfusively located; consisEnt with desip ofcomponent, except where specifically noted othef,wise. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically rrcted othentise. Accurately form components required for anchorage of stairs and railings to each other and to building structure. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 2,03 FIMSTIES Metel Stairs 05510 - 3 A. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance wiih SSPC SP3. B. Clean surfaces ofrust, scale, grease, and foreign maner prior to finishing. C. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with coDcrete or where field welding is required. D. Prime paint components ready for field paint E. Galvanize items in exterior locations to minimum 1.3 odq ft zirrc coating in accordance with ASTM Al23 ard ASTM A385. PART3 EXECUfiON 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Verifr that field conditions arc accepable and are ready to receira Work B. Beginning of installation means ercctor accepts existing conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean ard srip prinied steel items to bare metal wlrere siE welrling is required- B. Supply items required to be cast into concrete, embedded in rrasonry, or with setting ternplates, to appropriate Sections. 3.03 INSTALI.A.TION A Install items plumb and level, accuraEly fitted, fiee frrom distortion or defccts. B. Provide anchon, plaEs, angles, hangers, and strue required for connectirg stairs to sruc[rre. C. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient ternporary bracing to maintain fue alignment until completion of erection ard irstallation ofpermanent attachments. D. Field weld components indicated on Shop Drawings. Perform field welding in accordance wifr AWS Dl.l. E. Field bolt and weld to march shop bolting and welding. Corceal bolts and screws wlrenever possible. F. Mechanically &sten joints butted tigbt, flust\ and hairline. Grind u,elds smooft ard flrsh. G. Obtain Architect/Engineer approvalprior to sits cutting or making adjusfinents not scheduled. H. After erection, clean and repmtect welds and abrasions. 3.04 ERECTIONTOIERAI.ICES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: li4 inch per story, non-cumulative. B. Maximum Oftet fom Tnre Alignment: lil6 inch C. Maximum Variation between Risen and between TrEads: As allowed per applicable Codes. Gore Creek Residences - Turmel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I T I I I I I I I I I I I I t t I Metal Stairs 05510 - 4 T I I t I I I I I I I I I Metat stairs I .EIYD OFSECTION 05510 - 5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I ll I sEcrloNoss86 I ARCHITECTTJRALMETALWORK I PARTI GENERAL I l.0l SECTIoNINCLLJDES II A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. Decorative railing and guardrail components, fittings and attachments. I 2. Monument sigrs. I .- l.Oz REI-TTTEDSECTIONS I A. Section 03300 - Cast-hrPlace Concrete. I B. Section 04400 - Stone Veneer. I C. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. I D. Section 05720 - Handrails and Railings. E. Section 09900 - Paintins: Paint finish.II I.O3 REFERENCES I A. ASTM A36 - General Requirements for Rolled Strucnrral Bars, Plates, Shapes and Sheet Piling f Structural Steel. Dr ASTM Al09 - Steel, Strips, Carbon, Cold Rolled.II C. ASTM Al23 - Zinc (Hot-Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolle4 Pressed and I ges Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars, and Srip. I D. ASTM Al53 - Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware. - E. ASTM A283 - Carton Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars. Ir F. ASTM A3O7 - Carbon Steel Extemally Threaded Sandard Fasteners. I G. ASTM A325 - High Srength Bolb for Sructural Sreel Joints. I H. ASTM A386 - Zinc-Coating (IIot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Products. I I. ASTM A'500 - Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Stuctural Tubing in Round and Shapes. I J. ASTM A50l - Hot-Formed Welded and Seanrless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing. I K. ASTM E935 - Test Metlrods for Performance of Pernnnent Metal Railing Systems and Rails for Buildings. r L. ASTM E985 - Permanent Metal Railing Sptems and Rails for Buildings. Tr Architectlral Metalwork 05586 - I Gore CreekRsidences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I 03JanuarY2005 a I I t I I T I I I I t I I I I I T t I M, N. o. P. AWS A2.0- Standard Welding Syrnbols. AWS Dl.l - Sbuctural Welding Code. NAAMM - Metal Finishes Manual for Architecnlal and Metal Products. SSrc (Steel Srucnres Painting Council) - Steel Snucnues Painting Manual. l.ot DESICN REQIJIREMENTS Railing Sptem: Refer to Section 05720. Desigrr ard size systerr components and connections to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure as determined by all local applicable Codes. Wind pressures act perpendicular to llat surfaces, regardless of surface orienbtion. Wird pressures act perpendicular to tangenB ofcurved surhces. At comers and other cbanges in plane, both surfaces shall be assumed to experience inward pressue simultaneouslg and outward pressure simultaneously, Design for simultaneous occurrence of inward pressure on one surhce and outward pressure on adjoining surhce is not required. Component Connections: To accommodate firll range ofspecified tolerances for building movement, damage to components wnrcking ofjoint cormections, and breakage ofseals. Provide archor adjustnent to accommodate misalignnrnt of structwe, movement within system, movement betrveen s)6Em and peripheral comfuctiorL dynamic loading and release of loads, deflection ofsfuctural support framing, creep, suray and torsioq without permanent distortion. All group of componenb shall be rnanufactured and srpplied by one manufacturer. Individual components, provided by wrious suppliers will not be comidered or acc€pted. 11 It re ;n1gn1 sf this Section to provide a complete, single source system design€d, manufrctured and finished by a single company, in their own manrhcnring hcilities. It is also the intent to not accept parts and pieces fr om various manufrcturen. 1.05 ST]BMITTALS Submit under provisions of Section 01300. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, profiles, sizes, finjshes, jointing and attachn€nt mettrods, reinforcing, anchorage, size and t,?e of fasteners, and relatiorship o adjoining constsuction. Include erection drawings, elevatiom and details where applicable. l. Indicate welded connections using standard AWS 2.0 welding slmbols. Indicate net urcld lengths. Prepare Shop Drawings and calculatiors under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in desigrr of lhis Work and licensed in dre State of Colorado. Shop Drawings and calculations to bear Engineer's stamp or seal. Sarnples: Submit partial firll-scale sample of each Product as directed by Architect, illustrating profile and finislr, for Architect's approval prior to fibrication. Welder's Certificates: Submit certification drat welden employed on the Work are currently and within the previous 12 montls AWS qualified. r.06 QUALIFICATIONS Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 A. B. C. D. E. A. B, c. D. E. Architectural Metalwork 05586 - 2 I I A. Manufacturer and Installer: Company specializing in manufacnring and installation of the Product specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience. I B. Professional Engineer: Company specializing in desiping of the Product specified in this Sction wiilr minimum of five years documented experience. I C. Installer and Professional Engineer shall be hired by manufacnrrer for'bne-source" resporxibility.I D. Manufacturer shall be responsible to bave a thorough knowledge of applicable Codes and notiff I Architect ofany discrepancies prior to commencement with work. There shall be no additional I cost after award of Bid as ttre result of oversight by manufacturer to meet requirements of applicable Codes. I r.07 MOCKTJPI A. Provide mockup under provisions ofSection 01400. I B. Construct guardrail and brackets as directed by Architect as part of wall mockup as described in Section 01400. I C. Size and locate where directed by Architect. I D. Mockup may NOT remain as part of the Work. I l.o8 FrELD MEASUREMENTS I A. VoiS that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings. I I.O9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA I A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01730.r B. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedrues, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule after irstallation of matprials. I PART2 PRODUCTS I 2.or MATERIALS I A Steel Sections: ASTM A36; surface preparation in accordance wjth SSPC SPl0. I B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B; surface preparation in accordance with SSPC SPl0. I C. Steel Plates: ASTM ME3; surface preparation in accordance with SSPC SP 10. I D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B; surhce preparation in accordance wift SSPC SPl0. I E. Bolts, Nuts, and Washen: ASTM A325 oTASTM A307, galvanized to ASTM Al53 for galvanized comrronenis. I F. Welding Maerials: AWS D I - I ; tlpe required for materials being welded. G Shop and Touch-up Primer: As specified in Section 0900.Ir Architectural Metalwork 05586 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 JanuarY 2005 I I IH. L Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC 20, Type I - Inorganic, zinc rich. All steel and rnetal components in exterior locations shall be galvanized. ACCESSORIES I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I A. B, A. B. c. D. H. L Fasteners: Material compahible with base metal; countersunk Phillips's flat head wlrere exposed, and/or as indicated on Drawings. Anchoring Cement: As recomrnended by meals Manufrctuer, where appropriate. FABRICATION E. F. G. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site. Fomr work to shape ard size with sharp lines, angles and arises. Include supplernenory parts necessary to complete each item. Fabricate trim from longest lengths possible; locate joints symmerically. Fit adjacent pieces with hairline joints and aligned surfaces. Space exposed screun evenly and symmetrically. Miter comen and angles ofexposed rnoldings and trim. Fabricate railings and guardrails with ninimal joins. Fabricate and finish joints and slope transitions in shop. Joint location subject to Architect/Engineer's approval. Conceal fastenings wherwer possible. Use countersunk flat head type as necessary for the condition. Grind exposed joine flush ard smooth with adjacent finish surhce; there shall be no visible rrrelds. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and bairline; ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. Supply components required for anchorage offabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, cxcept wtrere specifically noted otherwise. Fabricate all rails and architectural metal as per Drawings, approved Samples, and approved Shop Drawings. Worhnanship slull be of the highest quality. All major componenb sball be shop frbricated; keep feld connections o a rninimum. All visible field connections shall be mechanical; no field welding shall be permitted for exposed connections, Prepare surfaces not visible to view in accordance with SSPC SP2. Prepare surfaces scheduled to be visible in accordance with SSPC SP I 0. Clean surfrces of rust, scale, geas€, and foreip matter prior to finishing. Prepare and prime paint surhces per Finish Manufacturer's instrrctions. Galvanize in accordarrce with ASTM A.123. FIMSHES J. K. A. B. c. D. E. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lD5 Architectural Metalwork 05s85 - 4 l. 2. A. B. c. D. E. F. I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I Stsuctural Steel Members. Provide minimum 1.3 o/sq ft. zinc coating. Other ltems: Provide minimum l.2odsq ft. zinc coating. PART3 EXECUTION 3.OI DGMINATION 3.02 PREPARATION Supply items required to be cast into concrete with setting templates to appropriate Sections. INSTALI.A,TION A. B. c. D. E, F, G. H. I. Install items plumb and level, accurately fined, free from distortion or defects. Fit components to hairlfurc joints. Install sleeved oomponents with anchoring cement. Isolate dissimilar metals fiom conlact with bituminous paint, non-abrasive gasket, or other approved method. Obtain ArchitectiEngineer approval prior to site cutting or making adjustnents not scheduled. Where grouting is required at post bases, use norrshrink gtout, colored to match adjacent rnaterial. Enzure that rail and guardrail installations comply rrith local Codes for withstanding lateral live loads. Wbere steel or other metal is prefinisbed or mill finished, use extreme care during erection and fabrication not to mar surfaces. Protect all metalwork from damage before, during and after irntallation. Replace any Work that is dannged. Do not repair. 3.U ERECTIONTOLERANCES Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work Beginning ofirstallation means ercctor accepts existing conditions. Metalwork must be carefully coordinated witb Work of other trades. Shop Drawings of metalwork must show Work of these otber rades and 0reir Work must be shown to-scale incorporated into metalwork Railings ard dividers having lighting built-in must be coordinated at all phases wi0r the Work of the elecrician. Verify ttrat all preparatory Work is complete before metalwork is delivered to site. Ensute that Woft ofother rades is installed as per approved Shop Drawings. Before installing metalwork, ensure lhat all anchors and other field conditions are ready to receive connecbons. Store all metalwork in clean, dry place off ground until installation. Prctect fiom damage during stofttge. Architectural Metalwork 05586 - 5 A. Maximum Variation from Ptumb: I /8 inch in I 0 feet, non-cumulative. B. MaximumOflsct fromTrueAlignmenc l/32 inctr 3.05 ADruSTING A. Clean and touch-up shop paint at welded and abraded surfaces. 3.06 CLOSEOUT A. At Prcject closeout, check tbat rail, guadrail and other metal installations are secrue and installed as desigred and as pcr local Codes. B. krspect all m€tal for blemishes in tlre finish and touch-up as requircd. Use only original Finishers or Firms wtrose primary Work is touch-up Finish Worlc 3,07 SCHEDI.JLE A. Decorative guadrail hbricated from tube stect components, sized and dimemioned as indicaEd on Drawings. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residcnces - Tunnel Vai! Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I T I I I I I t I T I I I T I Architectural Metalwork 05586 - 6 I r s.crloNosT2oI IIANDRAILSA}IDRAILINGS I PARTI GENERAL I l.ot SECIoNINCLUDES : A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l Steel, pipe guardrails, han&ails, baiusters and fittings at sire and building egress stain. I.O2 RELA,TED SECTIONS I A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Attachment of railing system to wall. B. Section 05510- Metal Sairs: Hardrails other than specified in this Section. l| C. Section 05586 - Architecnrral Metalworlc Decorative railing and guardrail components. I D. Section 09900 - Painting: Paint finish I I.O3 REFERENCES I A. ADA (American with Disabilities Act) - Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities.r B. ASTM A53 - Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe. t C. ASTM A386 - Zirrc-Coating (IIot-Dip) on Assembled Steel Producs. - D. SSPC (Steel Sruchrres Painting Council) - Steel Structures Painting Manual. Ir t.04 DESIGNREQTJIREMENTS I A. Railing assembly, wall rails, and attachments to resist lateral force of 200 lbs applied at any point I widrout damage or p€rmanent set, unless local Codes require a nnre stringent desigt load. I B. Railing system assembly shall be in accordance to the requirements ofapplicable Codes. f l. Railing size and spacing. I ?. :lr-tffiffi*'ffi:#lnffiitetweanra'ingsandothererements' t 4. Top of handrail to nosing strall be 34 inches at slairs when measured plumb from edge of stair nosing, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. I 5. Top rail of guardrail shall be 43 inches from finish floor level or stair landing when t measured plumb. I 1.06 SUBMTTTALS I A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300. I B. Shop Drawings: Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and tlpe of t fasteners, and accessories. Include erection drawings, elevations and details where applicable. n Prepare Shop Drawings ard calculations under direct supervision of a Pmfessional SauchrralTI Handrails and Railings 05720 -l Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I 03 January 2005 Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of Colorado. Shop Drawings and calculations to bear Engineer's stamp or seal. L lndicate welded connectiors using standard AWS 2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengtbs. D. Welder's Certificates: Submit certification that welders employed on the Work are currently and within the previous l2 mondr AWS qualified. QUALIFICATIONS A. Manu&cturer and kstaller: Companies specializing in manufrcturing and installation of the Product specified in this Scction with minimum of five years documented experierpe. B. Professional Engineen Company specializing in &signing of the Product specified in this Section wi0r minirnum of five )aears documented experience. C. Irstaller and Professional Engineer shall be hired by manufrcturer for "one-source" responsibility. D. Manufrcturer sball be responsible to have a thorough knowledge of applicable Codes and noti$ Architect of any discrepancies prior to comrnencement wi0r work Tbere shall be no additional cost after award of Bid as the result of oversight by manuficturer to meet requirements of applicable Codes. FIELDMEASUREMENTS A. VeriS $at field rrasurcments are as fudicated on Sbop Drawings. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI RAILINC SYSTEM A. Stcel Pipe ASTM A53, Grade B, Scbedule 40. l. Size: l-l/2 inch diameter, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. B. Steel Plate: ASTM A283. C. Fittings: Elbows, T-shapes, wall brackets, escutcheons; cast sE€I. D. Mounting: Adjustable brackets and flanges, with steel inserts for casting in concrete. E. Exposed Fasteners: Rush countersunk screws or bolts; consistent with design ofrailing. F. Galvanizing: 2.0 ozlsqft zinc coating in accordance wi$ ASTM A123. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sizes, for delivery to site. B. Fabricate components wi$ joints tightly fitted and secured. C. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobfusively located; consistent with design ofcomponent, except where specifically noted otherwise. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel VaiI, Colorado 03 Januarv 2(X)5 I I I I r.06 t.07 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Handrails and Railings 05720 -2 I I D. Supply components required for anchorage of fabricatbns. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically not€d otherwise. I E. C,ontinuously seal joined pieces by continuous welds. I F. Orind exposed joins flush and smooth with adjacent 6nish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, I flush, and hairline; ease exposed edges to small uniform radius. G. Accurately form components 0o suit stai$ and landings, o each other, and to building structur€. I 2.03 FTMSHES I A. Prepare surfaces to be primed in accordance with SSPC SP3. r B. Clean surfaces ofrust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. I C. Do not prime surfrces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required. I D. Prirre paint components ready for field paint. I PART3 EXECUTION I 3.ol EXAMTNATToNt A. Veri$ that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work. I B. Begirming of installation means erector accepts existirg mnditions. I 3.o2 PREPARATToN I A. Clean and srip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required. I B. Supply itenx required to be cast into concrete, embedded in masonry, or placed in partitions with I setting templates, to appropriate Sections. I 3.03 INSTALT-ArIoN I A. Instalt items plumb and level, accurately fitt€4 ftee ftom distortion or defects. I B. Provide arrchors required for connecting railings to struchJfe. Arrchor railing to sfuchtre.I C. Field weld anchon as indicated on Shop Drawings; grind welds srnooth, touch-up welds with primer. t D. Conceal bolts and scre'*s whenever possible. 3.M ERECTIONTOLERANCES II A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: l/4 inch per l0 feet, non-cumulative. I B. Maximum Offset from True Alignment: l/4 inch. I ENDOFSECTION 05720 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I Handrails and Railings I I t sEcrroNo6rosI WOODBLOCKINCANDCIJRBING I I PARTI GENERAL I,OI SECTION INCLTJDES Ir A. The Work includes, but is not lirnited to the following: I I . Roof perimeter nailers. I 2. Wood blocking and shirnming at wall openings. 3. Wood blocking and plywood backing as permitted by Building Code for support of u,all- r 4. lliioiiiffo.*,0"-0.r I.O2 REI"A,TEDSECTIONSt f A. Section 081 l0 - Shndard Steel Doors and Frames: Blocking and shimming for door openings. I B. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Blocking and backing for wall framed openings and I wall-hung systems. C. Section 10210 - Fixed Metal Wall Louvers: Blocking and shimming for louver openings.II D. Division 15 - Mechanical: Backing for wall-mounted plumbing fixtures. I E. Division 16- Electrical: Backing for wall-mounted lighting fixtures. r l.o3 REFERENCES I A. ALSC (American Lumber Standards Committee) - Softwood Lumber Standards.r B. ANSI A208.1 - Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard. I C. ASTM E84 - Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. D. AW?A (American Wood Preserven Association) Cl - All Timber Products - Preservativc I Treatnent by Pressure Process.t E. AWPA (American Wood Preserven Association) C20 - Stnrctural Lumber Fire Retardant' Tr€ahent by Prcssure Process. - F. NFPA (National Forest Products Association). I G. RIS @edwood Inspection Service). I H. SPIB (Southem Pine hxpection Bureau). - I I. WCUB (West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau). r WWPA (Westem Wood Products Association).III I.O4 SUBMIT"TALS I A Submit under provisiors of Section 0 1300. I Wood Blocking and Curbing 06105 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado t 03 January 2005 ! I I T I I I I I I I I I T I I I I t I B. A. B- l 06 Product Data: Provide technical data on application instructions. fire-retardant and wood preservative materials, and t.05 QUALITYASSURANCE l. 2. 3. SEQIJENCING Perform Work in accordance v'"ith the following agencies: Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by ALCS. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA. Fire-Retardant Treatnent: Bearing LJL Classification. Untreated wood blocking may not be used, even when concealed within wall construction. Coordinate Wor* under provisions of Section 01040. Coordinate Work with window and door openings, and all wall mounted Products. PARTz PRODUCTS 2.OI MATERIALS A. Lumber Framing (non-structural): NLGA, WCLIB or WWPA, No. 2 grade Fir, Hem fir or Douglas fir, kiln-dry to 6% maximum moisture contenL B. Wood Blocking: No. 3 grade Fir or Hem Fir, kiln-dry to | 9olo maximum moisture content. C. Plywood: APA Rated Sheathing Grade, Exposure l, Group I or 2 species, 3/4 inch thick. 2.02 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners; Hotdipped galvanized steel for high humidity and tseated wood locations. B. Anchon: Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollo\{, nxNonry. Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete, Bolt or ballistic fastener for anchorages to steel. 2.03 WOODTREATMENT A. Fire-Retardant Treatment (FR-S Tlpe): l. Where fire-retardant or "non-combustible" lumber is specified, required by Code, or otherwise indicated, comply with AWPA C20 for pressure impregnation with fire- retardant chemicals to achieve a Class A fire-rating with a flame spread and smoke developed value of25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Acceptable Manufacnrrers and Products: a. Hickson Corporation" "Dricon." b. Osmose Wood Preserving, "Flame Proof LHC-HTT". c. Hoover Treated Wood Products, "Pyro4uard". d. Substin"rtions: Under provision of Section 0 | 630. B. Wood Preservalive Treatrnent (PT Type): l. Pressure Treatrnent: AWPA Treatment Cl using water bome preservative with 0.25% retainase. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Wood Blocking and Curbing 06105 - 2 I I I I t 3.or FRAMTN. I I Wood Blocking and Curbing I 2. Surface Application: Clear colored, type as recommended by preservative Manufacturer. C. Provide identification on fire-retardant heated rnaterial. D. Apply fire-reardant treatment to materials specified in this Section. E. Kiln dry wood after pressure treatrnent to maximum 60% moisture content PART3 EXECUTION I I I I I I T l I t t A. Set members level and pluurb, in correct position. B. Place horizontal members, crown side up. C. Construct curb memben of single pieces. D. Space framing and funing 16 inches on center unless noted otherwise. E. Curb roof openings except where prefabricated curbs are provided. Form comers by alternating lapping side members. F. Coordinate installation of curbing widr installation of decking and support of deck openings, and toofing vapor retardant. G. Coordinate installation of wood blocking and backing as required to adequately support various wall and ceiling mounted devices. Coordinate locations with Drawings. 3.O2 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT A. Apply preservative teatrnent in accor&nce with Manufacturer's instructions. B. Brush apply two coats of preservative featment on wood in contact with cementitious snterials roofing and related metal flashing and grade. Treat site-sawn cuts, C. Apply fire retardant heatment to site-sawn cuts in accordance to manufacturer's instructions. D. Allow presewative and fire retardant treatments to dry prior to erecting members, ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 06105 - 3 I | ,iB8l'Bxiftr" I PARTI GENERALrI.OI SECTION INCLTJDES I A. Prefabricated timber Work as shown on Drawings for solid wood decking.I . 1.02 RETATED SECTIONS3 t A. Section 06130 - Heavy Timber. I ' B. Section 07181 - Water Repellant Coating: Sealer. r C. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board System. t l.o3 REFERENcES A. AITC ll2 (American Institute Timber Corsruction) - Standard for Tongue and Groove Heavy' Timber Decking. I B. AISC - American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standards. I . C. AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) Cl - Al I Timber Products Preservative TreatnentI by Pressure Process. I D. ASTM D2559 - Adhesives for Shuctural laminated Wood Products for Use Under Exterior (Wet I Use) Exposure Conditions. I E. NFPA: National Forest Products Association t F. SPIB: Southem Pine Irspection Bureau. I G. WCIIB: WestCoatllmberlnspectionBureau. . H. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association r- I 1.04 slJBMITrArs A. Submit under provisiors of Section 0 | 300 - Submittals.r, t B. Shop Drawings showing proposed layout and complete details for proposed cornections. I C. Samples: Submit samples, | 2 irrches long in size, sained and sealed. I D. Material certificates, signed by the supplier and contractor certi$ing that each material in this Section - complies with or exceeds specified requirements, shall be fumished. r I.O5 QUAIITYASSIJRAI.ICE I A. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with ANSUAITC Al90.l "Stuctural Glued I Laminated Timber". I Manufrcturer Qualifications: Provide frctory-glued timber units, produced by an AITCJicased I Wood Decking 06125 - f Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr .J#;":11;t! I 1.06 firm, qualified to apply 0rc AITC "Qnlity Inspected" mark C. Subcontractor regrrla,rly engaged in subcont'acting work of this type. Minimum of 5 yean experience on pdece of similar size and complexity. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND TIANDIING A. Deliver and store materials under provisions of Scction 0 I 600 - Material and Equipment. B. Deliver materials to the site 3 days minimum prior to installation, to permit moisu.re content to stabilize to ambient conditions. C. Protect Work from moisnre damage before, during and after installation. EI.TVIRoNMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide permanent heag light, and ventilation prior to installation. B. Maintain minimum room temperature 65 degrees F for period of 3 dap prior to delivery ofmaterials, during and after imtallation. COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01040 - Project Crntract Coordination WARRANTY A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01700 - Contract Closeout. B. Provide 5 year warranty on installation and replacement ofsanre. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MATERIALS Solid Decking: Douglas Fir; kiln{ry to 670 maximum moisture content, tongue and groove, vee joint, cener matche4 select decking gade, nominal 2 inches x 6 inches decking, 8 foot and 12 foot lengtlx. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Use galvanized common nails complying with Federal Specifications FF-N- I except as noted. B. Machine Bolts: Comply with ASTM 307 and shall be painted in finished stnrcture. C. lag Bolts: Comply with Federal Specification FF-B-561, galvanized. D. Screws: Hot dip galvanized. 2.M FIMSHES A Stain: As indicated on Drawings, and as specified in Section 09900 - Painting. B. Sealer: As recommended by Stain Manufacnrrer. Gore Creek Residenccs - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I t I I I T I I I I 1.08 1.09 Wood Decking 06125 -2 I I ,h PART3 EXECUTION I 3.01 TNSTALI-A,TrON at A. Comply with Manufacturefs insuuctions and with AITC standards and recommendations for tbe t installation ofwood decking. B. Handle bundles of decking with blocking and slings to prevent damage to surfaces which will be visible after completion of the worlc I C. kstall decking in accordance with AITC ll2, for two spans c,ontinuous with joints over supporting ,r members and staggered. r D. Install decking level, accurately fitted tight, fee fiom distortion or defects. I E. Screw decking as indicated, or ifnot otherwise indicated, comply with manufachre/s insructions and I with AITC rocommendations for attaching wood decking. Comply with governing regulatiors. On sloped surfaces install wift tongue on upward side. I F. Repair damaged srfaces and finishes after completion of installation, or replace damaged decking when damage is bepnd satisfactory repair. t 3.02 EREcTToNToLERANcESI A. Maxirnum Offset From True Position: l/4 inch in l0 feet, non-cumulative.I ! B. Maximum Joint Gap with Abutting Material Hairline joint. 3.03 CI-EANING II A. Clean Work under provisions of Section 0 I 700 - Conbact Closeout. I lM PRorEcrroNoFFrMSHEDwoRK I A. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Conrols. r l, ENDOFSECTTON I tI I r ll' Wood Decking 06125 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I o3 January 2oo5 I I t sncrloNo6t3orHEAVYTIMBER - I PARTI GENERAL r l.0l SECTIoNINCLUDES I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to tlre following: I l. Healy timber beams and girders, purlins, and ouriggers. I 2. Healy timber columns including posts, bmces and srue. 3. Heavy timber ausses. I 1.02 REI-A,TEDSECTToNS A. Section 06125 - Wood Decking.II B. Section 07181 - Water Repellant Coating: Sealer. Ir C. Section 09260 - Glpsum Board Systems. . I I.O3 RELC.TEDDOCUMENTS I A Comply with the provisions of the International Building Code - 2fi)3 Edition, Specifications and I Standards, except as otherwise shown or specified herein. I B. Materials shall comply with requirements of desigrated specifications of ASTM. -,- C. National Design Specification for Stress4rade Llmber and its Fasteners, National Forest Products Association, 1619 Massachusetts Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 2N36. I I.O4 SIJBMITTALS I A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300 - Subminals. I B. Shop Drawings: lndicate sizes, spacing, locations and all related connections. I C. Material certificates, signed by the zupplier and contractor certi$ing that each material in this Sectiont complies with or exceeds specified requirements, shall be fumished. I l.o5 euALrFrcATroNaA. Manufachring company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with I minimum of 3 lean documented experience. B. Subcontractor regularly engaged in subcontacting work of this t5rpe with minimum of 5 years of t documented experience on projects ofsirnilar size and complexity. I PART2 PRODUCTS I 2.01 MATERTALS I A. All solid rough sawn members exposed in the completed sauchrre sb,all be Douglas Fir hrch No. I, I Heary Timber 06130 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I F. G. H. L J. I I T I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I B. c. D. E. kilndry to | 9 percent maximum moishfe content All solid sawn timber, including tongue and groove &cking with square edges, exposed in the finished srucnre ard scheduled to receive Eansparent or semi-Uansparent finishes shall be shipped local to the job site ard sored in warehouses provided by the Conbactor, where it will receive preservative treatneDt and Owner inspection as specified in Section 06105 - Wood Blocking and C\ubing of this Spocifi cation All other solid sawn timber shall be pressure feated with CCA (Type C) preservative freatnent, 0.25 P.C.F. retention. Minirnum Desip Values l. Fu.......-...... l,350PSI-DFL#l 2. F" ............... 170 PsI 3. E ................ 1,600,000 PSI Decking sball be 2 x 6 tongue and groove lamimted wi6 square edges, or as indicated on the Drawings. Top and bottom surfaces shall be rough sawn and lengtbs of pieces shall be such as to allow end joins to occur only over support members. Strrchlral steel stmll be ASTM A36 and shall be painted in the finished stuctrne. Machine Bols: Comply with ASTM ,{307 and shall be painrcd in the finished struchue. Lag Bolts: Comply with Federal Specification FF-B-561. Use galvanized at exterior tocations. Joist l{angers: Shall be galvanized offie type indicated on the Drawings. All materials shall be stored off the ground in such manner to prevent wesing, warping or other darnage. FIMSHES A. Stain: As indicated on Drawings, and as specified in Section 0900 - Painting. B. Sealer: As recommended bv stain Manufacturer. PART3 EXECUTION 3.OI WORKMANSHIPANDINSTALI.A'TION A. Use adequate numbers of skilled worlsnen wto are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are corrpletely faniliar with the specified requirenrenb and the medrods needed for proper performarce of the Work of this Section B lrad carpenter shall have had ninimum of 5 years experience in carpentry worlc C. Examine the areas and conditions under which the Work of this Section will be performed. Correct corditions that are d€trfunental to timely and proper completion of the work Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. D. Prodrrce joints that are rue, tight, and well nailed with all mernben asserrblcd in accordance with the Drawings. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 HeawTimber 06130 - 2 I I I t I E. Select individual pieces so that knots and obvious defects will not interfere with the proper nailing, and will allow tlp making ofproper connections. F. Cut out ard discard defects that .rvill render a piece unable to serve its intended firnction. G. Lumber may be rejected by the Architect, whether or not it has been installed, for excessive knots, warp, twist, boq crook, rnildew, firngus, or mold, as well as for improper cutting and fitting. H. Keep the premisas in a neat, safe, and orderly condition at all times during execution ofthis portion of tbe worlg free from accumulation ofsawdust, cut ends, and debris. I. Do not shim any fuaming component. EI\[D OFSECTION 06130 -3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I t I I I Heavy Timber I ) I r F^'*fitlilffi#"" I PART1 GENERAL r l.0l SECTIoNTNCLUDES ) A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l All sbop-fabricated woodwork such as:t ;1, il'J.lm.*o* I c) Counter top.I i. f#:ffiTitrtrffiT#r',ff'tintonnishcarpenrv' 4. Priming of items to be field painted. I I.O2 REI*ATED SECTIONS f A Section 06105 - Wood Blocking and C\rbing: Grounds and support faning. I B. Section 081 l0 - Steel Doors and Frames. I C. Section 09260 - Glpsum Board Assemblies.I D, Section 09900 - Painting: Painting and finishing of finish carpenry iterns. I I 1.03 REFERENCES ^ ASTM E84 - Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials.tI B. AWI (Archirectural Woodwork Institute) - Architectural Woodrvork Quality Standards. I C. AWPA (American Wood Preservers Association) C2 - Lumber, Timbers, Bridge Ties and Mine Ties I - Preservative Treatsn€nt by Pressure Processes, I D. NIST PS I - Corstuction and Indusrial Plywood. r E. NIST PS 20 - American Softwood l.umber standard. I r.o4 suBMrrrALSIA Submit under provisions of Section 01300. I B. lf*ffiT#ffo,X,T1!#",:1",1T: *"nres, fastening methods, joinring derairs and I C. Subrnit three samples of each wood species and profile, 6 inches long, ithsrating each vood graint and specified finish. I r.05 QUALTTYASSTTRANCE I A. Work of this Section can be from different sources, pending the expertise, however, each t5peigroup of Work shall be with one Contactor. FiniSh Carpentry 06200 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I VaiI, Colorado f 3January 2005 I I t l 06 l.o7 1.08 1.09 l. t0 r.t I t.l2 B. All Work shall be manufactured and installed according to AWI Architecnral Woodwork Qrnlity Standards, Prcmiurn grade quality, for opaque and transparent finishes. C. Preservative Treated Products: Identifr by AWPA quality marlc D. All lumber and veneen to be AWI' Grade I. QUALIFICATION A Fabricator and Installer: Company speializing in manufacnring and installation of the products specified in this Section wi0r a mininnrm of five yean ofdocumented experience. B. Installer shall be hired by hbricator for "one-source" responsibility. MOCKIJP A. Provide mockup under provisions ofSection 01400. B. Fabricate ard rnochrp ofevery finisbed Product for review and approval. REGIJI.ATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to applicable Code for fire-rated rcquirernents. DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDIJNC A. Deliver, store, protect and handh Producs to site under provisions ofSection 01600. B. Do not deliver millwork until wet constuction wolk is completed, building is fully closed in, and ambient temperature and relative humidity has been stabilized. C. Store milluork in the space for a minimum period of 14 days to allow Products to acclirmte before installation D. Protect Products from moisture damage. PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Provide pennanent heat light, and ventilation prior to installation B. Maintain rninimum room temperatue 65 degrees F and relative humidity level of 20 - 30% for period of three days prior to delivery ofmaterials during and after installation. SEQt'ENCING A. Coordinate Work rmder provisiors of Section 0 | 040. B. Coordinate Work with plumbing and electical rough tr1 and installation of associated and adjacent components. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01730. Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I Finish Carpentry 062|m -2 B. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. Maintenance Data: Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, ard suggested schedule after irxtallation of materials. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI LI,IMBERMATERIAIS B. Softwood Lumben PS 20; graded in accordance wift AWI Premium requirements, maximum moisture content of6%; cut and hce veneer species as selected by Architect. Hardwood Lumber: Graded in accordance wilh AWI Premium requirements, maximum moisture content of 6%; cut and face veneer species as selected by A$hiteci SHEETMATERIAIS Softwood Ptywood: PS l; graded in accordance with AWI Premium requfu€ments, core materials of veneer or particleboard, cut and face veneer specie as selected by Architect. Hardwood Plywood: Graded in accordance with AWI requirements, core materials of veneer lumber or particleboard; tlpe ofglue recommended for application; cut and face veneer species as select€d by Architect. Wood Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Type I; composed of agriculture waste, post-crlu rmer waste fiber, or recovered wood fiber, of medium density, made with water resistant adhesive; of grade to suit application; sanded faces. Use offormaldehyde is NOT allowed. Plastic Iamirmte Facing : NEMA LD3, General Purpose Type, 0.05 inch thick Backing sheet on concealed portion of Work ACCESSORIES B. c. D. B. c. D, E. F. FasEners: Tpe and size as required by conditions of use, plain steel or aluminum for interior usg hot-dip galvanized steel for exterior use; except at treated lumber where galvanized and painted shall be required, whether interior or exterior. Concealed Joint Fastene$: Threaded steel. Adhesive: Solvent release qipe' compatible with substrate materials and as recommended by adbesive Manufrcturer. Lumber for Shimming and Blocking: Fire-Retardant, softwood, any available species. Primer: Type as recommended for applied finishes. Wood Filler: Tinted to match surface finish color; tlpe as r€comm€nded for applied finishes. WOODTREATMENT Fire-R€tardant Tr tnent (FR-S Type): Chemically treated and pressure impregnated; capable of achieving a Class A fue-rating with a flame spread and smoke developed rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. Wood Preservative Treatsrrent (PT Type): Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 Finish Carpentry 06200 - 3 c. E. F. l. Pressure Trea0nelrt AWPA Treamrent C2 using water-bome preservative with 0.25% retainage. 2. Surface Application: Clear colored, q@€ as recomm€nded by preservative Manuhcturer. Provide UL approved identification on fire-retardant heated material. Deliver fire-retardant treated materials cut !o required sizes; minimize lield cutting. Kiln-dry wood after pressure treatsnent to maximum 60lo moisture content. I I I I I I I I I I FABRICATION A, B. c. D. E. G. H. Fabricate as per Drawings, approved Shop Drawings, and to AWI Quality Standards, Premium grade quality. Shop assemble Wod< for delivery to site, permitting passage through building openings. Shop prepare and identify components for grain matching during sie erection. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide rim for scribing and sirc cutting. Before proceeding with purchasing or fabricating Work in this Section5 obtain approvals for all Shop Drawings. As Work proceeds, cull out all rnaterial that does not comply with grades specified or samples approved. All exposed plywood shall be edge banded as per finish required, unless edge is to be trimmed. 2.06 FINISHING A. Refer Section 09900 - Painting, and/or Scbedules for items not listcd within dris Section. t. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. 2. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indcntations. 3. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler that matches surrounding surfaces and oftlpes recommended for applied finishes. 4. Finish exposed and semi-concealed zurfaces to match approved samples. PART3 EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATIONANDPREPARATION Veriff and confirm structural adequacy of blocking, backing and support framing. Veriff and coordinate mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting Work of this Section are placed and ready to rcceive this Work Fill and/or correct all pressure teatrneNrt marl6 as recommended for finishing. INSTALLATION A. General: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I t I I I I I A. B. 3.02 Finish Carpentry 06200 - 4 I I I l. Install Work in accordance with AWI Quality Sendards, Premium gra.de quality. 2. Set and secure materials and components in plac€; true, plumb and level. 3. Miter comers and end joins in standing and running trim, unless noted or indicated f otherwise. 4. Carefully scribe Work to adjacent construction with maximum ll32 inch gaps. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. f 5, Fasten in concealed locatiors wherever possible.I 6. Countersink exposed hsteners. AppV wood filler in exposed fistener indenations; sand Work snrooth. I 7. Before installation, prime paint surfaces of items or assemblies to be in contact with I cementitious materials. 8. Field Fitting: I a. Cut to fit and carefully scn-be. I b. Where work abuts other finished surfaces, scribe and cut for accurate fit. c. Do not use overlay trim pieces to coverjoints. I B. Standing and Running Trim:I L Install trim and molding in unjointed lengths for openings and for runs less than I maxirmrm length of lumber available. For longer runs use maximum length of lumber I available and minimum number ofjoints. 2. Stagger joints in adjacent members. 3. Cope moldings at retums and miter at corners. fl 4' lnu"*"ilr,o. fabricator's standard concealed fasteners. b. Provide for thermal and building movements. c. Use finishing naits where exposed nails are required, set nail heads, and fill. I 3.03 ERECTIONTOLERANCES f A. Maximum Variation from Irvel or Plumb: l/32 hclt every 3 feet, non-cumulative or l/8 inch per l0I feet, whichwer is less. I B. Maximum Variation fiom True Position: l/16 inch.t C. Maximum Oftet from True Alignment with Abutting Materials: l/32 inch. I I D. Joint Gap with Abutting Materials: 'Hairline joint''. 3.M PROTECTIONANDCLOSEOLIT I A. Protect all finished Work from damage before, during and after installation. Replace any Work that is damaged beyond repair. I B. At Project closooul check all trim for defects. Touch up surfaces that have been marred during construction. Use only workers skilled in touch-up work or who were the original finishers. Use only materials that are compatible with the finish. I C. Reuork joins that have opened during course of Project Ifjoints are larger than l/16 inch replace the piece for a tight and uniformjoint. 't 3.05 ScHEDTJLE - A. Exterior: I Finish Carpentry 06200 - 5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I L Door Trim: a. Wood Species: Westem red cedar, premium grade, resav'n. b. Finish: Sikkens, #72, Butternut. Fascia: a. Wood Species: Westem red cedar, premium grade, resawn b. Finish: Sikkens, #72, Butternut. Door Trim: a. Paint Grade: Profile as indicated on Drawings. pl41i6 T rminate; a. As selected by Architect from Manufac[rer's standard colors. ENDOFSECTION I I I I I t I I I B.Interior: l. 2. I I t I I I I I I I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 tr'inish Carpentry 06200 - 6 I t "'"'f3:ff3l#lfl"oFrNcI I PART1 GENERAL I r.0l sEcTroN TNCLUDES I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. Cold applied asphalt emutsion dampproofing for use on below grade vertical concrete I surfaces at landscaping walls and gamge walls not waterproofed (at unoccupied/unenclosed areas). I 1.02 REIArED SECTTONS A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Plac€ Concr€te: Concrete surhces to receive dampproofing. I I,O3 REFERENCES I A. ASTM D,{ I - Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing. - B. ASTM D | | 87 - Asphalt-Base Emulsions for Use as Protective Coatings for Meal. I C. AsTMD2822-AsphaftRoofCement.I D. NRCA (National p66fing Contractors Association) - Watsproofing Manual- I r.M QUATTFTCATTONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufrcturing of Product with five years documented I o(Penelrce. B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum five years documented experience. I I.O5 SI.JBMITTAIS I A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300. B. Product Data: Provide properties of primer, bitumen" and mastics. I C. Manufacturer's Irxtallation ksfuctions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. r 1.06 QUALTTYASSTJRANCE A Perform Work in accordance with NRCA Waterproofing Manual. II I.O7 E}N4RONMENTALREQI'IREMENTS I A. Maintain ambient temperatures above 20 degrees F for 24 hours before, during application until I dampproofing has cured, or as required by Manuficturer's written instructions. I Bituminous Dampprooling I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 07160 - r PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MATERIALS A. Asphalt Emulsion: ASTM Dl 187; No. 100 Non-Fibrated Emulsion Coating by Kamak Corp. B. Asphalt Primer: ASTM Dl I , compatible with substrate and emulsion. C. Asphalt Cernent: ASTM D2822, Type I. D. Substitutions: UnCer provisions of Section O1630. PART3 EXECUIION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Veri$ substrate surfaces are durable, free of matter defimental to adhesion or application of danpproofing systm. B. Verifu iterns which peneuate surfrces to receive dampprmfing are securely irutalled, 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces not designated to receive dampproofing. B. Clean and prepare surhces to receirrc dampproofing in accordance with manufacturer's instnrctions. C. Do not apply dampproofing to surfaces unacceptable to Manufrcturer or applicator. D. Apply mastic to seal penetsations, small craclcs, or mimr honeycomb in substrate, 3.03 APPLICATION A. Prime surfaces at minimum raE of one gallon per | 00 square feet Allow to dry ack free. B. Apply asphalt emulsion by brusb" roller, or spray. C. Apply emulsion in one coat at minimum rate of two gallorx per 100 square feet, continuous and uniform. D. Seal items projecting tbrough dampproofing surface with asphalt cernent. Seal watertiglrt ENTD OF'SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I Bituminous Dampproofing 07160 - 2 I r sEcrIoNoTlEII WATERREPELLENTCOATING I PARTI GENERAL I l.0l SECTIoNINCLLJDES I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to 0re following: I l. Water repellent coating applied to exposed exterior concrete. I.O2 REI,.ATEDSECTIONS I I A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Exposed concrete surfaces. B. Section 06125 - Wood Decking. II C. Section 06130 - Heavy Timber. I r.03 QUAIIFTCATTONS t A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manuficturing the Products specified in dris Section witb minimum five years documented experierrce. Ir B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum tlree years I documented experience. I 1.04 SUBMTTTALS t C. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. I D. Product Data: Provide details of product description, tests performed limitations to coating, ffH* procedures required during application, and chemical pmperties including percentage of I _ E. }|ffiffI"a. tstallation hsfiuctions: Indicate special procedures and conditions requiring spccial - l.o3 MocKUp I A. Provide moch.rp of surftce to be coated under provisions of Section 01440.r ' B. Prepare coated surface 5'-0" x 5'-0" in size. t- f C. Afler curing, water test to veriry sufficient coverage to rcpel nrcishre from surface. D. Verify that application ofcoating to substrate will not produce surface stains or discoloration I E. Mockup may rernain as part of the Worh I 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE,ANDHANDLING I A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600. I Water Repellant Coating 07lEl - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I o3January2005I B. Protect coating liquid from freezing 1.05 EI.IVIROMvTENTALRIQUIREMENTS A, Do not apply coating when ambient surface temperaftre is lower than 50 degrees F or higher dnn 100 degrees F, or as per Manufachtrers requircrnenB. I,O8 EXTRAMATERIALS A. Fumish under provisiors of Section 01700. I(DO OPERATIONANDMAINTE}.IANCEDATA A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01730. B. Maintenance Daa: Include rnaintenance procedures, recommended maintenarrce materids, and suggesrcd schedule after insallation of materials. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OT MANI.JFACTI.JRERS A. Exterior Concrete: l. Hydrozo, Inc., Product "Enviroseal 20". 2. Huls America, Pmduct ' Aqua Tr€te 20". 3. Subsdnrtions: Under provisiom of Section 0 I 63 0. 2,02 MATERIALS A. Exterior Concrete: l. Water based product containing minimurn 20 percent silane by weighr 2. Produce water repellent effect without attering color or torture of zubsbate. PART3 EXT,CUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION Verifrjoint sealanB are installed and cured. Verifu surfaces to be coated are dry, clean, and free of eflorescerrce, oil, or other rnatter detimental to application of coating. I I I t I I I I I T I I I I I I I 3.O2 PREPARATTON A. B. A. B. c. Prepare interior su'faces per ManufrctureCs directions. Delay work rmtil tnasonry monar is cured a minimum of 60 days. Remove loose particles ard foreigl matter, Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I Water Repellant Coating 0718r -2 I I I I D, Rernove oil or foreign substance with a chemical solvent lhat will not affect coating. E. Scrub and rinse surfaces with water and let drv. I 3.03 APPLTCATION I A. Apply coating in accordance with Marnrfacnrer's instructions. |. B. Apply at a rate determined by testing of mock-up. C. Apply in one continuous, rmiform coat. 3.04 PROTECTION TO FIMSTIED AND ADJACENT WORK A. Protect adjac€nt surfaces not scheduled to receive coating. I B. Protect landscaping, property, and vehicles. I C ii#rtl*to unscheduled surfaces, remove immediately by a method insructed by Coating t I t t I I I I I I t water Repcllant coating I ENDOFSECTION 07f8f -3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado . 03 January 2005 It I ' sEcrloNo?2r2 T BOARDTNSULATION I PARTI GENERAL I l.0l sEcTroNrNcLrJDEs t A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. Insulation as part of perimter walls below grade. I 2. Insulation over tunnel. I 1.02 REL{.TED SECTIONS I A. Section 02200 - Earthwork. I B. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. I C. Section 07510 - Hot Fluid-Applied Fabric Reinforced Waterproofing: Rigid insulation associated I with horizontally applied sheet membrane waterproofing. T I.O3 REFERENCES I A. ASTM C578 - Preformed Cellular Polptyrene Thermal Insulation. I B. ASTM C 1289 - Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board. I C. ASTM D | 621 - Compressive Pmperties of Rigid Cellular Plastics.I D. ASTM E84 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Characteristics of Building Materials. I E. ASTM E96 - Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. I ASTM El 19 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. I I.M SYSTEMDESCRIPTI'N I A The materials and work of this Section sball provide continuity of thermal barrier at building t enclosure elements in conjunction with thermal insulating materials in Section 07213. r 1.05 SUBMITTALS Ir A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. I B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteria, and limitations.t C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special environmental conditions required for I iDstallation, and installation techniques. I l.06 EIT'TR'NMENTALREeT.'REMENT' I A. Do not install insulation adhesives when temperature or weather conditions are detrimental to I successful installation. t 1.07 SEOTjENCING t Board Insulation 07212 -l Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado' 03Jenuary2005 I Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 0 | 040. Coordinate Work with Section 07 190. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI INSI.JLATIONMATERIALS A. TlpeA: l. Polptyrene Board Insulation: Owens Coming, "Foarnular 400". a. ASTM C578, Type VI; exruded cellular qpe. b. Thickrcss: 3 inches, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. c. Thermal Resistance: R of 5.0 per inch ofthickness. d. Compressive Sbength: Minimum 40 psi. e. Edges: Square. Type B: 1. Polystyrene Board hsulation: Owens Corning, "Foamular 250". I I I I I I t I I A. B. a. b. c. d. e, ASTM C578, Type IV; exruded cellular t1rye. Thickness: 3 inches, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Thermal Resistance: R of 5.0 per inch of thickness. Compressive Strength: Minimum 25 psi. Edges: Square. 2.02 Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. ADHESIVES A. Adhesive: Tlpe recommended by insulation Manuhcturer for application. I I I I I I I I I I PART3 EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION INSTALLATION A. B. Veri& site conditions under provisions of Section 01040. Verifr drat substrat€, adjacent materials, and insulation boards are dry and ready to receive insulation. Verify subsbate surface is flat, free of honeycomb, fms, irregularities, and materials or substances that may impede adhesive bond. 3.02 A. B. c. Apply adhesive in continuous beads. Daub adhesive tight to protrusions. Install boards on wall surfacg around perimeter walls, under plaza deck and over roof deck in most economical method. Place boards in a rrethod to maximize contact bedding. Stagger end joints. Butt edges and ends tight to adjacent board and to protrusions. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail Colorado 03 January 2005 Board Insulation 07212 -2 I I 3.03 PROTECTIONOFFIMSHEDWORK I A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01500. I B. Do not permit Work to be damaged prior to covering insulation I 3.04 scHEDT.JLE I A. TrpeA UnderPlazadeck B. Tlpe B: Perimeter walls (below-grade). I I I I I I I I I I I I I Boardrnsutation I END OFSECTION 07212 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Jenuary 2005 Ir I u^', n ,i3:ffio$T11'r,,*',on I I PARTI GENERAL . I,OI SECTIONINCLI.JDES Ir A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. krsulation iruide of walls. t 2. Insulation for flling crevices and gaps in walls. I 1.02 REI-ATED SECTIONS I A. Section072l2-Boardlnsulation. I B. Section 09260 - Glasum Board Assemblies. I I.O3 REFERENCES I I A. fiS"ffi"?lli;##J.*l Fiber Blanket rhermal lnsulation for Lieht Frame construction and I B. ASTM 884 - Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials.I C. ASTM E96 - Test Metlods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials.I I D. ASTM El l9 - Test Method for Fire Tests of Building ConsEuction ard Materials. . E. NFPA 96 - National Fire Protection Agency. Ir F. UL - Fire Resistance Directorv. I I.U SYSTEMDESCRIPTION I A. Materials and work of this Section shall provide continuity of thermal barrier at building enclosure elements in conjunction with Section 072 12. I I.O5 SI,]BMITTAIJ I A Submit rurder provisions of Section 01300. I B. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance criteri4 and limitations. I c. ffii|;fr"f.H:lfgl j3ffi|;f: Indicate speciar environmental conditions required for I l.06 sEeuENcrNcI A. Coordinate under provisions ofSection 01040. I PART2 PRODUCTS I B.att andBtanketlnsulation I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 07213 - | 2.OI MANI.JFACTI.JRER A. Certain Teed Corporation. B. Owens-Coming, Fiberglass Technolory Inc. C. Substinrtions: Under provisions of Section 01630. 2.02 MATERIAIS A. Batt Lsulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber bas; Aiction fit, conforming to the following: l. Thiclrress and Thermal Resistance: Refer to Schedule at end ofthis Section. 2. Size: Width and length as required to suit application, 3. Tape: As required by specific application and as recommended by insulation Manufachner. B. Fastenem: As recommended bv Manufacturer. PART3 D(ECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Veri$ site conditions under provisions of Section 01040. B. Verify tlrat subsrarc, adjacent materials, and insutation are dry and ready to receive iasulation. 3.02 INSTALITA,TION A. Install insulation in accordance witb Manuficfirrer's irstuctions. B. Install in wall urithout gaps or voids; do not compress insulation. C. Install in between double studs at Aamed openings and comen. D. Trim insulation neatly o fit spaces. E. Provide stock pins or other appropriate fasteners wtrere required within wall assemblies to prevent sagging. 3.03 SCHEDULE A. Wall Insulation; Unhced glass fiber insulation, R-l I for use in wall cavities as shown on Drawings. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I Baat and Blanket Insulation 072t3 -2 I I SECTION 07313IROOF SIIAKES I PARTI GENERAL - I,OI SECTIONINCLI.JDES r A. The Work inctudes, but is not timited to the following: l. Roofshakesr ":. X*f#:*",metarflashingandtrim. t 4. Snowfence. r Loz REI-A,TED sEcrloNs t A. Section 06100 - Framing and SheathingI B. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. I ro3 REIDRENCES I A. ASTM 8370 - Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction. I B. NRCA (National Roofing Connactors Association) - Roofing Manual. ll C. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Meral Manual. I D. UL 580 - Tests for Wind Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies. I E. Delaed- r F. RCSHSB (Red Cedar Shingles and Handsplit Shakes Bureau) - Grading Rules for Red Cedar I ShinglesandHandsplitshakes , I.M SUBMITIAIS I A. Submit under pmvisions of Section 01300. r B. Shop Drawings: Indicate pattern, metal flashings, joint locations, frstening locations and installation f details. C, Product Data:If l. Roof Shakes: Pmvide data irdicating material characteristics, performance criteria and limihtions, properties, configurations, special sbapes and secruement methods. 11 2. Snow Fence: Provide technical properties on snow load, configurations, special shapes and I ecurement methods. D. Samples: I t H,os|t*ffi:-submit three samples in actual size, illusrating tutl color range, surface I 2. Snow Fence: Submit three partial samples in actual size, including end and mid brackets. I Roof Shakes 07313 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr ..";*"".$%i;I E. Manufacturer's Installation Ins0iuctions: Indicate installation techniques. F. Manufactruer's Certificate: Certifr that products meet or exceed specified requiremenb. I.O5 QUALITYASSI.JRANCE A. Perform flashing Work in accordance with RCSHSB instructions, SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, and specified Manufacnrer's lrutallation and Specifications Manual. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. I.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company qpecializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum five years docurnented experience, B. Installer: Company specializing in performing the Wqk of this Section wi0r rninimum five years documented experience ard approved by Manufacturer. I.O7 REGIJLATORYREQIJIREMENTS A. Conform to all applicable Codes and UL 580 for wind uplift. t.08 MocI(r.JP A. Provide mockup under provisiors of Section 01400. B. Provide mockup of8 feet x 8 feet, including eave protection, underlayment, shake and associated flashings, and smw Gnce. C. I-ocate where directed by Architect. D. Approved mockup may remain as part of Work I.O9 PRE.INSTAII-ATIONCONFERENCE A Convene tkee weel6 prior to commencing work of this Section, under provisions of Section 01040. I.IO DELIVERY, STORACE, AND HANDLING A Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions ofSection 01600. B. Accept tile on site in originat packaging; inspect for damage. Lll EI.IVIRONEMENTALREQUIREMENTS A. Do not install eave edge protection or bitumen sheet Foducts when ambient air or wind chill temperanfes are below 45 degrees F. I.I2 SEQIJENCING A. Coordinate under provisions of Section 01040. B. Coordinate Work with installation of devices that penetrate roof. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I Roof Shakes 07313 -2 ! I C. Coordinaie Work with installation of flashing components, snow cleats and fences I I.I3 WARRANTY I A. Provide 2&year material and installation warranty under pnovisions of Section 01700. I B. Warrant,4 Cover damage to building and contents resulting fiom failure to resist penefiation ofI warcr. t PART2 PRODUCTS . 2.OI SHAKES r A. Manufacturers: l. Watkins; or approved equal. I B. Cedar Shakes: RSCHSB sized and graded; No. I taper split,24 inches long heavy gage; Class B. I C. Hips and Ridge Caps: Field fabricated, flush multiple ply, units to match shakes.I D. Verifu stain color with Architect prior to installation. I 2.02 SHEETMATERIALS I I A. Protective Roof Underlayment: SelGadhering polyethylene elastomeric sheet membrane bonded with rubberized asphalt, with strippable treated release sheet. I l. Thickness: ASTMD3T6T,MethodA;40mil. I 2. Tensile Strength: ASTM B{12; 250 psi. 3. Elongation: ASTM D{12,250%. 4. Low Temperatue Flexibility: ASTM D1970; unaffected at -20 degree F.r i: fi*ffiifi1fr11,T#.'*3;3rb/inwidth I z.o3 Fr-A.sHrNG MATERIALSI A. Sheet Metal Flashing: As specified in Section 0'7620; as shown on Drawings, or as required by Manufacturer. r 2.M AccEssoRIES I A. Nails: Standard mund wire shingle t5,pe hot dipped zinc coated steel type, of suifcient length to f penetsate tbrough roof sheathing, no staples. I B. Plastic Cement: ASTM D2822; ASTM D1586; asphalt tpe with mineral fiber components, free I oftoxic solvents, capable ofsening within 24 hours at temperanres of75 degrees F and 50% RH. I C. Lap Cemenc Fibrated cutback asphalt t1rye, recommended for use in application of underlayment, I free of toxic solvents D, SnowFence: r RoofShakes 07313 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2l[5 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2. 3.02 3.03 PART3 EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Verify deck substrate under provisions ofSection 01040. B. Verifu that roofpenetrations are in place and flashed to deck surface. C. Veriff roof openings are correctly framed prior to irstalling Work of this S€ctior D. Verify deck surhces are dry, uniozen, and free ofridges, warps or voids. PREPARATION A. Seal roof deck joints wider than l/16 irrch widr deck tape. B. Fill knotlroles and surface cracks with latex filler. C. Bmom clean deck surhces. D. Install starter srip as per tile Manuficturer's recommendation. INSTALLANON - UNDERLAYMENT A. General: l. Place one ply of protective roof underlayment over entire roofarea, with ends and edges weather lapped minimum 6 inches. Stagger end laps of each consecutive layer. Nail in place. 2. Install protective roof waterproofing underlayment perpendicular to slope ofroof 3. Weather lap and seal watertight with plastic cement items projecting through or mounted on roof.4. Extend protective roof underlayment up adjoining walls above top ofroofa minimum of 36 inches, unless Drawings show otherwise. B. Eave Protection: l. Apply additional layer of underlayment sheet eave protection in accordance with manufacturer's insEuctions down to the face of fascia a minimum of 6 inches. 2. Place eave edge and gable edge metal flashings tight with ftscia boards, Weatber lap joints 3 inches and seal with plastic cernent. Secure flange with nails spaced 6 inches on Pre-engineered syst€m consists of four rails on 4 inch on center spacing mounted to customized brackets for mounting lo roof structure, similar to D4 as manufacnred by TRA Snow Brackets, Inc. a. Components: I ) Mounting Bracket: Custom bracket for mounting to roof struch.re. 2) Tubing Rails: Galvanized steel; one (l) inch diameter, painted to match weathered coPper'. 3) Couplings: As per Manufachrrer's recommendation for the condition. 4\ End Caps and Collars: As per Manufichrer's recomrnendation for tbe condition. Substihrtions: Under provisions of Section 01630. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lXl5 Roof Shekes 07313 - 4 I I I I I I I t t t center.3. Starting from lower edge of starter strip, lay additional 36 inch wide srips of rmderlayment in lap cement, to produce a two ply membrane. Weather lap plies minimum l8 inches and nail in place. Lap ends minimum 6 inches. Stagger end joints of each consecutive ply. 4. Apply lap cement at rate of approximately l-l/4 gal perl0O sq. ft. over underlayment starter strip. 5. Extend eave protection membrane minimum 4 feet up-slope beyond interior face of exterior wall. C. Valley, Ridge and Hip Protection: l. Place one ply of roof waterproofing underlayment, minimum 36 inches wide, centered over valleys, ridge and hip. Weather lap joints minimum 4 inches. Nail in place minimum l8 inches on ceDter, one ( l) inch from edges. 2. Place one layer of sheet metal flashing, minimum 24 inches wide, centered over open valleys and crimped to guide water. Weather lap joints minimum 2 inches. Nail in place minimum 18 incbes on center, one (l ) inch from edges. 3.04 INSTALI.A,'TION_SHAKES A. Install shakes in accordance wittr Manufachrrer's instructions. B. ky shakes and integral interleaved protective underlayment in accordance with RCSHSB rcquirements lo produce straight coursing pattern with 7-ll2 inch weather exposure to produce a triple thickness over roof area. C. Project fust course ofshingles one inch beyond frce offascia boards. D. Place shakes square with building lines and parallel with roof slope. Place filler and closure pieces a s required. E. Coordinate installation of roof mounted components or work projecting through roof with weather tight placement of counter flashings. F. Coordinate installation of roof mounted @mponents or Work projecting through roof with weather tight placement of counter flashings. C. Complete insallation to provide weather tight service. 3.05 INSTALI-ATION-SNOWFENCES A. Install snow fences to brackets as per snow fence Manufacturer's instructions. 3.06 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Under provisions ofSection 01700. B. Do not p€rmit raffic over finished roofsurface. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I t t Roof Shakes 07313 - 5 I I I I sEcTroN 07510 . HOT FLIIID-APPLIED FABRIC REINFORCED WATERPROOFING PROTECTED PLAZA MEMBRANE A}ID SUBSURT'ACE DRAINAGE SYSTEM F1OR PLAZ,A PART I-GENERAL I.OI REI.{TEDDOCIJMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract apply to this Section. Work specif cation elsewhere: l. 0751 I - Spray-Applied Foundation Wall Waterproofng 2. 07710 - Waterproofing Systems Expansion Joints 3. 07900 - Joint Sealers I.O2 SI,]MMARY A. This Section included the following: l. Swface preparation and substrate treahent 2. .Reinforced waterproofing membrane with integral protection course. 3. Flashings end reinforcement sheet 4. Subsurface drainage systern 5. Dxains. I.O2 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS A. Provide waterproofing that prevents the passage of liquid water under bydroshtic pressure and complies with phpical requirements of CAN/CGSB-37.50, "Hot Anplied, Rubberized Asphdt for Roofing and Waterproofing," as demonstrated by testing perforrned by an independent testing agency of manufacturer's current u/aterproofing formulations T.O3 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION A. Furnish and instoll a completed waterproofing assembly including surface conditioner, a monolithic, fabric reinforced rubberized asphalt membrane, integral protection course, flashhgs, and drainagc sJ'stem' I.O4 STJBMITTAIS A General: Submit each item iD this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Specification . Sections. B. Product Data" Material Safety Daa Sheets, manufachuer's printed instructions for evaluating preparin& aDd teating the substrate, tecbnical data, and tested physical and performance properties. C. Shop Drawings showing locations and extent ofwaterproofng including deails for substratejoints aad cracks, sheet flashings, penetrations, and other termination conditions. D. &by-Ginch sarnples of waterproofing material and accessories. T I I I I T t I I t I t I I I B. Hot X'luid-Applied Fabric Reinforced Waterprooling hotected Plaza Membrane And Subsurface Drainage System For Plaza 07510-t Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vall' Coloredo 19 JanuerY 2005 E. Installer certificates siped by manuficturer certirying that Installers comply with requirements under the ' Quality Assurance" Article. F. Certification from an approved independent testing laboratory experienced in tesring this rype of material, that the material meets the CGSB 374P-50M sandard for rubberized asphalt oembranes, including applicable ASTM procedures. G. Certification showing frrll time quality conbol ofproduction hcilities and tbat each batch of materiat is tested to insure conformance with the manufachrer's published physical properties. H. Certification showing tbat all waterproofing components are being supplied by a singlg-sourcs rnerSrane manuhcturcr. I. Sample copies of Conractods Warraffy. J. Sample copies ofManufictureds Waranty. K. Copies of completed Manufactureds Warranty application I.O5 QUALITYASST'RANCE A. Membrane Installer Quatifications: Installer must be certified in writing by vaterproofing manufacturer as qudified to hstaU manufachrer's rraterproofing. B. Membrane bstaller Qualifications: Company specializing in perfonning the work of this Section with a minimum fivc (5) ycars documented expcrieoce with thc proposed manufacturer. Applcator must submit with bid five (5) completed projects ofqual mapitude to this tlpe and size with their proposed manufrcnrrer and certify in writing &om that manuhcturer of the satisfactory completion Foreman for waterproofing applicator must have installed $e proposed manubcturer's mernbranc for a period oftluee (3) years on projece ofthis t5pe and size. C. Membrane Manufacturer Qualifications: Company erperienced in manuhcturing hot fluid-applied waterproofing that mects the stated rcquirernens and tbat has a record ofsuccessful in-servicc perfonnanca D. Membrane Manufactwer shall have available an i*housc tcchnical staf to assist the contactor, wheNr necessary, in application ofthe products and final inspcction ofthe assembly. E. Membraoe Manufacturer shall: L Show evidence that their hot lluid rubberized asphalt has been manufactured by the samc souce for 60em (15) yean and successfirlly installed on a yearly basis for a minimum of fifteen ( | 5) ycars on projects of similar scope and complexigr. 2. Must not issue waralties for terrns longer than they have been manufacturing their hot fluid rutrberized asphalt memb,rane' F. Single-Source Responsibilitf Obtain waterproofing materials from a single manufacturer regularly engaged h manufacturing waterproofi ng G. Field Saryles: Apply naterproofing field sample to l0o sq. ft. (9.3 sq. m) of deck to demonstrate sur&ce preparation" joint and crack treaEpnt, thicloress, ard standard ofworknmnship. T :l t T I I I I Hot Ftuid-Applied Fabric Reinforced Waterprooflng Protected Plaza Membrane And Subsurface Dralnage System For Plaze 07st0-2 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 19 JanuarY 2fl)5 I I I I I I I I I I T I I I I I I I l. Noti$ Architect one week in advance of the dates and times when field sample will be prepared. 2. When Architect determines that field sample does not meet requir€ments, reapply waterproofing until field sample is approved. 3. Retain and maintain approved field sample during construction iri an undisturbed condition as a standard forjudeing the completed waterproofing An undamaged field sample may become part of the completed Work H- Preconsrucdon Meeting Conduct meeting at Project site. l. Before installing waterproofing, meet with Owner, Architec! consultants, and waterproofing rnanufacturer. 2. Review requiremenb for waterproofing, including surface preparation specified under other Sections, subsrate condition and pretreatnent, minimum curing period (ifapplicable), forecasted weather conditions, special details, installation procedures, inspectio4 and protection and repairs. 3. Notifr participants at least 3 working days before conference. I I 1.06 DELrvERy, 'T.RAGE,ANDTTANDTJNG t t u t, t A. Deliver materials to Project site in original conainers with seals unbrokeq labeled with runufacturer's nune, product brand name and type, date ofmanufacnre, and directions for storing and mixing with olber components. B, Store materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temp€rature range required rmterproofing nraoufacturer. Protect stored materials from direct suuligbt. C. Store all maerials on raised platforms with weather protective coverings. The manufacturer's standard pacloging and covering ! nq! considered adequate weather protection. Tarpaulins are required for protection of all materiats. MATERIAL STORAGE PROCEDIJRES WILL BE CONSTANTLY MOMTORED AND STRICTLY ENFORCED. D. Materials storcd on plazas shall be timited to ihe safe loading of installed materials, decking and sEuctural Faming. E. Sbre all adhesives at temperatures between 60oF. and 80"F. Ifexposed to lower tempemtues, restore . materials to 60oF. minimum teryerature before using. I r.oi PRoJEcrcoNDmoNs I A. Application of membrarc shall not conrmence nor procecd when the ambient temperanre is below 0 I degrees F 117.7 degrees C). t B. Preparation and apptication ofmembrane must be conducted in well ventilated areas. C, Over its service life, do not expose membrane or accessories to a cor$tant tcmperanue in excess of I80 degrees F (82 degrees C), (i.e. hot pipes and vents or direct stearr venting, etc.). I IIot Fluid-Applied Fabric Reinforced Waterproofing Gore Creek Residences - TuDttel Protected Ptaza Membrane And Subsurface Drainage System f,'or Plaza Vail Colorado o75lc3 19 JanuarY 2oo5 I I 1.08 D. Adhesives contain petroleurn distillates and are exremely fla.ornable. Do not brcathc valxtnl or use near an open firc. Do not use in confined areas without adequate r€ntilation Consult container or packaging labels and Material Safety Data Shees (MSDS) for specific safety information E. Do not allow waste products (petoleml, grease, oil, solvents, vegetable or mineral oil, anirnal S1, 91s.1 to core'in contact with the waterproofing membrane. Any exposure to foreip materials or chemical discharges must be presented to membrane manufactr,uer for evahution to determine any impact on tbe wrterproofirg mernbrane assembly pcrfonnance. F. C.oncrete Deck Surface Condition Consult rvaterproofng mnufrctruer to acceptable surfue condition- G. Deck Preparation Refer to Section 3.02 Preparation. IL General Contactor shall assure adequate protection during insullatim oftbe waterproofng assembly. CONCRETE S{JBSTRATE A. Shengt/d€nsitf minimun 2,500 psi compressive strength'(17,235 kPa) minimurn I 15 pcf (l I 42 ke/ m3) densi g (if applicable). Finish: Wood-float or wood-troweled finish. Steel troweled is not desirable (ifapplicable). Concrete Hydration: l. Metbod of Cfrre: Water cllle, wet coverings, paper sheets, plastic sheets or approved liquid curiog compound (sodium silicate prefcrred). Contact lmbrane manufachuer for other alternalives. 2. Duration of Cure/Dqz a. Structural Weight Concrete: recomnrcnd 28 dayx minimum 14 days, prior o application of the membrane. b. Ligbtw€igbt Structural Concrete: recorrsiend 60 days, minimum l8 days, prior to application of membrane. Venting of the deck fomr the uuderside is recorurended to facilitate drying. D. Concrete curbs, expansion joints, and transitiom mrst be cleanly fomed, free of broken edges and excess concrete. I.IO WARRA}.ITY A. Warranty Submit a unitten warranty signed by waterproofing marufacturer agreeing to repair or rcplace wat€rproofng that does rct meet requirernents or that do€s not remain watertiglrt within tbc specifi ed warrantY period. I . hovide ten ( I 0) Year warranty. 2. Hablirc cracking of concrete due to temperanre change or shrinkage is noa considered a struchrral fiilure. I I I I il B. c. T , I I I I I IIot Fluid-Apptied Fabric Reinforced Waterproofing Protected Plaza Membrane And Subsurface Drainrge System For Plria 075104 Gore Creek Resldences ' Tunnel Vail, Colorado 19 JanuarY 2005 I I I I I ! rt t I I 3 ffiHA:TIl include guarantee for a period of two (2) years in conjunction with the - PARTz -PROTIUCTS r 2-or MANUFACTI RER I A Products:I't l. Manufrcturer must comply with items tisted in 1.05. I 2. Manuficturer must comply with all properties listed in 2.02. 3. Accepable products are as follow: - a. Fluid-applied rubberized asphaltic mernbrane MM6l25 by American Hydrotech, Inc. I b. Reinforced hot-applied, liquid mernbrane system CCW500-R by Carlisle Coatings I and Waterproofing, lnc. 2.02 MEMBRANEl' I A. Single-cornponent, 100 percent solids, hot-applied rubberized asphalr A 2.03 REI"ATEDMATERIALS !t A. Primec ASTM D 41, asphattic primer. I B- Sheet Flashing: 60 mil (1.3-mm) minfunun, nonstaining uncrued sheet neopreoe with manufrcturer's t fffiffi;ldrd *r""t adhesives and predrilled metal termination ban and anchors, complying with fte I l. Tensitestength: I40opsi(9.6MPa)minimuqASTMD4l2,DieC. f t 2. Elongation: 300 percent minimum; ASTM D 412. I 3. TearResisance l25psi(860kPa)minimum;AsTM D624,DieC. 4. Britdeness: Does Dot break at minus 30 deg F (minus 34 deg C); ASTM D 2137. I- C.. Sealants aod Accessories: Waterproofing rnauufacturer's recommended sealants and accessories. F D. Elastornerjc Reinforcing Sheet: 60 mil (1.3 mm) minimum, noutaining, uncrred sheet neoprene with I manufacturer's recomm€nded contact adhesives. ?, Tensile Strength: t4@ psi (9.6 MPa) minimum; ASTM D 412, Die C. ll Elongatiotr: 300percentm;,,imuq ASTM D412. -\ Tear Resistance: 125 psi (860 kPa) minimum; ASTM D 624,Die C. I Brittleness: Does not break at minus 30 deg F (minus 34 deg C); ASTM D 2137. I Hot Fluid-Applled Fabric Reinforced Waterproofing Gore Creek Rcsidences - Tunnel Protected Plaza Membrene And Subsurfece Drainage System For Plaza Vail' Colorado 075f0-5 9JanuarY2005 I I Membrane Reinforcing Fabric: Manufrcturer's recommended spunbonded nylon or polyester fabric. Integral Protection Course: Semirigid sheets of fiberglass or mineral reinforced-asphaltic linen and as follows: Thickness: l/16 inch, nminal. Protection Board: Semirigid shects of fiberglass or mineral reinfi.rced:asphaltic core, prcssure laminated between 2 asphalt-saturaed fbrous liners and as follonr: l. Thickness: I /4 incb, nominal. 2. 2 inch thick rigid insulation at planter walls. Drainage mat: l. Hydrodrain 300 coryosite by Amcrican Hydroech, Inc. 2. Mira Drain 9000 composite by Mirafi Moistre Protection a. Geotextile: Woven geotextile fabric of pollpropylene or polyester fiberg or combination ofboth. Dnins: ZnrnZ-lO7-C 20" Widc Dcck Drafu. Cast iron body with both a prinary and secondary clamping ring Provide schedule 40 PVC perforated extension of additional height to level ofgradc. Wrap in liltcr fabric. Provide stainlcss steel sedimant screening as indicatcd in tbe details. Mesh pattem to be zubmitrcd for approral. Refer to mechanicaUplumbing for connects and pipe sizes. PART3.EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Exanine substratos, arcas, and conditions under which wabrproofini will be applied, wilh Installer pres€nt, for coryliance with rcquircrnents. Do no proced with irstallation until unsatisfictory conditions havc been colect€d. l. Do not proceed with insbllation until after ihe minimum concrete curing p€riod recomrnendcd by waterproofag manufacftrer. . 2. Vcriry substrat€ is visibly dry, free of rnoisnre and clcan. Test for capilhry rnoisture by lhe plastic sheet merhod according to ASTM D 4263. 3. Notiry Architect ia qriiing ofanticipated problerns using waterproofing over substrate. 3.U2 PRSPARATION A. Clean and prepare substrate according to rnanufachrer's recommcndations. Provide clean, dust-free, dry subsrate for waterpmofiDg application B. Mask ofia joining surhces not receiving waterproofi"g to prevent spiltagc affecting other construction. IIot Fluid-Applied Fabric Relnforced Waterproofing Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel T I I I I E. F. I I I t T T I N fl I :l I l Protected Plaza Membrane And Subsurface Dralnage Systern For Plaza . 07s10-6 Vail, Col,orado 19 January 2005 I t t t, 3.03 C. Close offdeck drains and other deck penehations to prwent spillage and migration of waterprcofing fluids. D. Remove grease, oil, form release agents, paints, and other pe_netrating contaminants from concrete. Remove firu, ridges, and other projections and fill honeycomb, aggregate poclcets, and other voids. JOINT AND CRACK TREATMENT A. Prepare, beaq rout, and fill joints and cracks in subsrate according to CAN/CGSB-37.51, "Application ofRubberized Asphalt, HorApplied, for Roofing and Waterproofing," and u/atffproofing . manufacturer's recommendations" Remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks complying with ASTM D 4258 prior to coating surfaces. B. Install elastomeric sheet reinforcement and bond to deck and viall subsbates where indicated or required according to CAN/CGSB-37.51 and waterproofng nanufacturer's recommendations. C. Exrcnd elastomeric sheet reinforcement a mininum of 6 inches (l5O nm) onto perpendicular surfaces and other vork pene[ating subso-ate, D. Prepare vertical and horizontal surfac€s at terminations and penetrations tbrough waterproofing and at drains and sleeves according to CAN/CGSB-37.51 and waterproofing manufachrrer's recommendations. l. At expansion joints and discontinuous deck-to'urall or deck-to-deckjoints, bridge joint according to ,pxlsrproofing rnanrfacturer's recornmendations with sbeet flashing extended along each side ofjoint and securely bond to substrate. MEMBRANE APPLICATION A. Apply rubberized asphalt according to CAN/CGSB-37.51,'Application of Rubberized Aspbalt, Hot Applied, for Roofing and Waterproofing," and the maiufacturer's written insallation recommendations. B. Heat rubberized asphalt in an oil- or air-jacketed rrelter with mechanical agitator specifically designed for heating rubberized-asphalt waterproofi ng. C. Apply primer, at nanufacturer's recommended rate, over prepared substrate and allow to dry. D. Reinforced Membrane: Apply waterproofing to substates and adjoining surfaces indicated. Spread hot, rubberized-asphalt to a thiclness of90 mils (2.3 mm), firlly errbed rnembrane-reinforcing-fat'ric. overlapd sheets 2 inches (50 mm), and spread another 125-mil (3.2 mm) thick layer to provide a uniforn! reinforced, seamless membrane 215 mils (5.5 rnn) thick E. Apply waterproofiog over prepared joints aod up wall terminations and vertical surfaces to heights indicated or required by manufrchuer. F. Install integral protection course with overlapped joints while rubberized asphalt is still hot. Gore Creck Residences ' Tunnel Vail, Colorado I 9 JanuarY 2lX)5 I I Ia I I I t T T I I I I T I 3.M Eot Fluid-Applied Fabric Reinforced Waterproofing Protected Plaza Membrane And Subsurface Dralnage System For Plaza oTsto-7 3.05 3.06 DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALT.A,TION A. Ptace and secure drainage panels to subsFate according to manufacturer's written instructions, Use adhesives and mechanical fasteners recomrmnded by manufacturer ihat do not penetrate waterproofing. lap edg€s and ends of geotextile to maintain continuity. Ptptcct ir$talled panels during subsequent construction. PROTECTION BOARD INSTAII-ATION A. Place and secure protection board according to manufacturcr's uritten insfuctions. Butt edges and ends ofboard to maintain continuity. Protect installed boards during subsequent construction. FIE1D QUALITY CONIROL A. Test each deck area for lealcs after waterproofing and before insalling drainage panels and protection board and overlying construction. Plug or dam drains and fill with water to a deplh of2 irches (50 rnm) or to within 3 incbes (/5 mm) of top of sheet flashings. Flood each area for 24 hours. B. Owner rnay eneage a waterptoofng consultant to perform field inspections, sample and test rmterials being used, observe flood tests, and report whether tested Wortc conforms to or deviates from requirements. l. Consultant will inspect materials delivered to Project site, with Contractor present 2. If deeined necessary, Consultant will perform tests for any ofthe product ctaracteristics specified, using referenced test procedures and other texts cited in manufachrer's Product Data- 3. Consultant will veri$ 0ticloess of waterproofng membrane. 4. Consultant will examine underside ofdecfts and terminations for evidence ofleaks during wat€r testing. C. Contractor shall correct deficiencies in or rernove wateryroofing that lealcs or does not conply with roquirerrents, repair substrat€s, reapply uaterproofing and rcpair sheet flashings. 1. After flood tests, repair leaks and make firther repairs until the waterprcofing installation is watertight. D. Additional testing, at Contractor's cxpense, may be rcquir€d to be perfonned to determine compliancc of conecM Work with requirements. PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Prctect waterproofing according to rnamrfacturer's recosrmeodatiors to prevent damage and wear during aplication and remaindcr of constuction period. B, Clean spillage and soiling Aom adacent consuuction using cleaning agents and proccdures recommended by manufachrer of affected construction. 3.07 3.08 ENDOTSECTION Hot Fluld-Applied Fabric Reinforced Watcrprooling Protected Plaza Membrane And Subsurface Drainage System Fbr Plaza 075r0-8 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado l9 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I t SECTION 07srr SPRAY-APPLIED FOUNDATION WALL WATER}ROOFING PART I -GENERAL I.OO RELATEDDOCT,]MENTS A. Drawings and general provisiors of the Contract apply to work of this section. B. Work specification elsewhere: L 0751 0 - Hot Fluid-Applied Fabric Reinforced Waterproofing Protected Plaza Membmne And Subsurface Drainage System For Plaza 2. 07710 - Waterproofing Systems Expansion Joints 3. 07900 - Ioint Sealers I,OI DESCRIPTION A. Work lncluded: Work consists of furnishing all labor, materials and equipment necessary to effectively install a protected, insulated mernbrane s).stem to all subgrade vertical walls at buildings, as shown on the drawings, including, but not necessarily limited to, the following: l. Vertical foundation wall waterproofing membrane system. 2. Vertical drainage system. 1.02 QUALITY CONTROL A. Requiremens of Regulatory Agencies: The Work under this section shall be subject to all applicable provisions of the state and local building and safety codes. B. Qualifications: l. Prior to the Notice of Award, the Contractor shall submit evidence that his existine companv has five (5) years continuous successful experience in appllng specified material(s), and is currently an approved applicator for the specific material manufrcturer(s) . C. Manufacturer's Products: Obtain materials from only one manufacturer. D. Underwriten l,aboratories (JL) Listed Products: Provide materials which have been tested and listed by UI" and bear LJL label on each package, or are shipped to the project with a IJL certifi cation of comoliance. E. Fire and Insurance Ratings: Comply with ratings as rcquired by governing authorities and codes. I.O3 SI.]BMITTAIS A. Required prior to lhe commencement of work in triplicate: Spray-Applied Foundation Wall Waterproofing Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado' 03 January 2005 0751r-r t t t 3 I l I I I T Ij t 1 l I t 1.04 t.0s l. Manufacture/s literature, Material Safety Data Sheets and application instructions. B. Required after the completion of work: l. Copy ofmembrane manufacturet's guarantee. PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STOMGE A. Delivery of Materials: Deliver material to job site in sealed, undamaged containen. Identify each container with material name, date of manufacturer, and lot number. B. Keep all materials dry while they are transported, stored and installed. Do not allow materials to be exposed to heat souces or any moishue anywhere, at any time, during hansportation, storage, handling and irstallation. Reject and remove from the site any new materials which exhibit evidence ofmoisture during application, or have been exposed to moisture. C. Store all materials on raised platforms with vaeather protective coverings, The manufacturer's standard packaging and covering is not considered adequate weather protection. Tarpaulins are required for protection of all materials. MATERIAL STORAGE PROCEDURES WILL BE CONSTANTLY MOMTORED AND STRICTLY ENFORCED. D. Store all adhesives at temp€raturcs between 6f F and 80o F. If exposed to lower tempemhres, restore materials !o 60"F minimum temperature before using. JOB CONDITIONS A. All dimensions and details shall be verified by Contractor prior to bidding and acquisition or installation of materials. Contractor slnll noti$ the Engineer of any condition found to be different than tbat indicated in the Conbact Documents. Engineer shall review the situation and inform Conhactor ofnecessary changes, ifany. B. Install materials in srict accordance wift all safety and weather conditions required by manufacturer, product literature, Material Safety Data Sheets, or of local, state, and federal rules and regulations. C. Observe all fire, safety and pollution regulations of governing authorities. D. Application of tbe membrane shall not cornmence nor proceed during inclement weather. All surfaces to rcceive the membrane shall be ftee ofwater, dew, Aost, snow or ice. E. Application of membrane shall not commence nor proc€ed when the ambient temp€rature is below 20P F. F. Preparation and application of membrane must bc conducted in well-ventilated areas. G, Over its service life, do not expose membrane or accessories to a constalt temperaturc in excess of 180 F. (i.e., hot pipes and vents or direct steam venting, etc.). H. Adhesives contain petroleum distillates and are extremely flammable. Do not breathc vapors or use near zrn open fire. Do not use in confincd areas without adequate ventilation. Consult Spray-Applied Foundation Wall Waterproofing Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vril, Colorado 03 January 2005 I T t I aI I ,t I I I 07511-2 1.06 t t t t I I container or packaging labels and Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for specific safety information. I. Do not allow waste products (petroleum, grease, oil, solvents, vegetable or mineral oil, animal fat, etc.) to come in contact with the membrane system. Any exposures to foreign materials or chemical discharges must b€ presented to the manufacturer for evaluation to determine any impact on the membrane assembly performance, J. In the event of discrepancies within tbe Drawings, within the Specifications, or between the Drawings and Specificatiorq the more stringent of the two items shown or described shall be considered to be shown or specified at all locations where the discrepancies occur. The Engineer shall be notifred ofsrrch discrepancies. WORK SEQIJENCE A. Do not install materials when rain is imminent. B. Installation of tbe new membrane system shall be coordiruted v/ith removal operations specifled in other sections. PART2_PRODUCTS 2.OI MANTJFACTTJRER A. The components of this waterproofing assembly are to be products of Carlisle Coating and Waterproofing Company. 2.O2 MEMBRANE A. Membrane shall be spray applied, asphalt membrane Barricoat-S (reinforced) as furnished by Carlisle Coating and Waterproofing Company. 2.O3 RELATEDMATERIALS A. Vertical drainage composite shall be Miradrain 9000 by MIRAFI Company. B. Sheet waterproofing/flashing shall be Bituthene by W. R. Grace Construction Produce, Inc. 60 mils thick. C. Liquid membrane flashing shall be I-lv{300O by W. R Grace Construction Products, Irrc. PART 3 - EXECIJTION 3.OI SIJPPORTING DECK CRITERIA A. A proper substrate shall be provided to receive the membrane system. The contractor sball not pmceed with the inshllation until all defects in the substrate have been corrected and approved by the manufacturer's representative and the Architect. Spray-Applied Foundation Wall Waterproofing Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2l[5 I I I I, I I t I I t, t I I 07sll-3 I tB. Concrete surfaces and transitions tom one surface plane to another (inside and outside comers) must be cleanty formed, free ofbroken edges and excess concrete, 3.02 STJPJACEPREPARATION A. Before commencing work, examine all areas to ensure that work done by other tsades (if any) is complete and ready to receive membrane. The contractor shall report in ETiting to the Architect any conditions which will advenely affect the membrane system instaltation and/or performance. Do not proceed with the membrane installation until these conditions have been corected and approved by tbe kchitect. l. Subsfate defecS (i.e., voids, forrr tie holes, honeycombing, cracks, etc.) must be properly patched using Ikrnak "AR Elastomeric Trowel Graden nrastic or other Architect accepable materiat prior to the application of the membrane. 2. Remove all concrete fins and projections, concrete splatter and any other irregularities which would prevent the monolithic, continuous application of the membrane. 3. The substrate must be CLEAN free of unapproved liquid membrane curing compounds, form release agents, oil, grease, laitance, dirt and all other loose and/or foreign material. 4. The substrate must be DRY, free of water, dew, frost, snow, ice, etc. 5. Thoroughly brush the substrate which is to receive the membrane. 6. The Substrate must also be blown clean using an air compressor to remove any remaining loose debris. 7 . No surface priming is necessary. 8. Membrane can be applied as soon as fomrs are removed. 3.03 MEMBRANEAPPUCATION A. Membrane application (concrete surfaces): I. Apply the membrane to the subsbate using a hand-held sprayer evenly at 60 mils dry film thickness (approximately 20 sq ft per gal), providing continuous coverage of embedded reinforcemcnt and exposed concrete. 2. Extend membrane down walls from finisbed grade line to top of footing and extend over tip of footing. 3. Membrane should not be exposed to sunlight for more than 15 days. B. Detailing: All detailing, flashings and terrrinations shall be done in accordance wift 0re drawings. l. Cracks: a. Rout crack to l/4 in. width x l/2 in. dep$. Spray-Applied Foundation Wall Waterproofing Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 07511-4 t I I I I I I I I I I I t I I l I -- b. Seal the routed crack with a urethane sealant. t c. Install 30 wet mills extending 3 in. to either side ofcrack. d. Embed fiber mesh in membrane and allow 24 hour cwe. J e. Install [pical reinforced system. 2. Expansion Joins:I a, Refer to details. I 3. Comers and Transitions: - a. Install 30 wet mils.I I b. Embed reinforcement 6 inch wide and allow to cure' - c. Install tlpical reinfotced system. f, d. tnstall membrane terminations as detailed, and in accordance with the I manufrcturer's written instructions. t 4. Metal Penetrations (Pipe, Vent, etc.) I a. Assure any voids around lhe penetsation are sealed with a non-shrinking f hydraulic grout.f b. Install 30 wet mils Barricoat-R membrane extending 6 in. around and 3 in. onto penetration. Embed fabric reinforcement and allow 24 hour cure.r c. Install typical reinforced system. f 3.04 'R.rECrIoN/DRAINAGMNSLJI-ATIoN BoARD INSTALLATIoNI A. Apply insulation and drainage mat vertically using spot areas of Draincrip Adhesive to I' hold composite in place. l| B. Composite must extend down to the foundation footing and connect through gravel or -r channels to a positive drain system. I 3.05 CLEANIJP t A. Remove trash, debris, and equipment from job site' rt B, Repair damage and remove stains caused by the Work I EI{D OF SECTION !. Spray-Applied Foundatlon WaIl Waterproofing Gore Creek Residmces - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I 03January2fl)5 I 0751r-s I It B. A. B. B. I I I I I I I I I I I T I t I I I I t SECTION 07512 PRE.APPLIED, INTEGRALLY-BONDED, SHEET MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING rOR VERTICAL APPLICATIONS PARTI GENERAL I.OI SI.JMMARY Tlre Work of this Section includes a pre-applied sheet membrane waterprcofing that forms an integral bond to poured concrete. In vertical applications, the membrane is applied against the soil retention system prior to the placement of the concrete foundation walls. Related sections include, but are not limited to, fte following: l. Section 02200 - Earthwork 2. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. 3. Section 0751 I - Spray - Applied Foundation Wall Waterproofing. t.02 1.03 SUBMITIAI,S Submit manufacturer's product data, installation inskuctions and membrane samples for approval. REFERENCE STANDARDS The following standards and publications are applicable to the extent referenced in the lext. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): C 836 Standard Specilication for High Solids, Cold Liquid-Applied Elastomeric Waterproofmg Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Coune D 412 Standard Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension D 570 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics D 903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping Strength of Adhesive Bonds D 1434 Standard Test Method for Determining Gas Permeability Characteristics of Plastic Film and Sheeting D 1876 Standard Test Method for Peel Release of Adhesives G-Peel) D 1970 Standard Specification for Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection D 3767 Standard Practice for Rubber - Measurements of Dimersions D 5385 Standard Test Method for Hydrostatic Pressure Resistance of Waterproofing Membranes E 96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials E 154 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Usod in Contact with Earth under Concrete Slabs, on Walls. or as Ground Cover 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE Manufacturer: Sheet membrane waterproofing system shall be manufactured and marketed by a frm with a minimum of 20 years experience in the production and sales of sheet membrane waterproofing. Manufacturers proposed for use but not named in these specifications shall submit evidence of ability to meet all requirements specified, and include a list of projects of similar design and complexity completed within the past 5 years. Installer: A finn which has at least 3 years experience in work of the type required by this section, and which is has received certification from the rnanufachrer as a manufacturer's "Certified Applicator." Pre-Applied Sheet Waterproofing Membrane For Vertical Applications Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lD5 07512 - I I C. Materials: For each type of material required for the work of this section, provide primary I materials which are the products ofone manufachrer- I 1.05 1.06 r.07 D. Pre-Installation Conference: A pre-installation conference shall be held prior to commencement of field operations to establish procedures to maintain optimum working conditions and to coordinate this work with related and adacent work Agenda for meeting shall include review of special deails and flashing. The Owner's Representative, the Architect, the General Contractor, the Waterproofing Subcontractor, the Wateqproofing Manufacturer's Representative, ihe Waterproofing Consultant, the Shoring Subconfactor, and the Concrete Formwork Subconfactor should all be in attendance. E. Schedule Coordination: Schedule work such that membrane will not be left exposed to weather for longer tban 56 days, as recoltrmended by the manufacturer. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in labeled packages. Store and handle in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Protect from damage from weather, excessive temp€rature and construction operations. Remove and dispose ofdamaged material in accordance with applicable regulations. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the limits established by the manufacturer of the materials used. Proceed with installation only when the substrate construction and preparation work is cornplete and in condition to receive sheet membrane waterproofing, WARRANTY A. Sheet Membrane Waterproofing: Provide written five year material waranty issued by the membrane manufactrfer upon completion of worlc l I I I t I PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MATERIALS t I t I I Pre-applied Integrally Bonded Sheet Waterproofng Membrane: Preprufe@ l60R Membrane by Grace Construction Products, a 0,032 in. nominal thickness composite sheet membrane comprising 0.016 in. of high density polyethylene film, and layers of specially formulaied synthetic adhesive layers. The mernbrane shall form an integral and permanent bond to poured concrete to prevent water migration at the interfac€ of the membrane and structural concr€t€. Provide membrane with the following physical properties: Pre-Applied Sheet Waterproofing Membrane For Vertical Applications 1 I I IGore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I PHYSICAL PROPERTIES FOR PREPRUFE I6OR MEMBRANE ProperB Test Metbod Typical Value Color While with white adhesive Thiclness ASTM D 3767 Method A 0.032 in. (1.0 mm) nominal Low Temperature Flexibility ASTM D I97O Unaffected at -10"F Elongation ASTM D4l2 Modified'>300P/o Crack Cycling at - l0oF, 100 Cycles ASTM C 836 Unaffected Tensile Sbength, Film ASTMD4I2 4,000 lbVin.' Peel Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D903 Modifieff 5.0 lbs/in. I.ap Adhesion ASTM D 1876 Modifred'2.5 lbs/in. Resistance to Hydrostatic Head ASTM D 5385 Modified'>231 ft Puncture Resistance ASTM E I54 100 lbs 07s12 - 2 I I I t t I T I I i I I I l I I l T I Pre-Applied Sheet Waterproofing Membrane For Vertical Applications Permeance ASTM E 96 Method B <0.0 | perms Water Absorption ASTM D 570 <0.5Yo Footnotes: lElongation of membrane is run at a rate of 2 in. per minute. 2Concrete is cast against the protective coating surhce of the membrane and allowed to cure (7 days minimum). Peel adhesion of membrane to concrete is measured at a rate of 2 in. per minute at room temperatur€. The test is conducted 15 minutes after the lap is formed as per manufacturer's instructions and run at a rate of2 in. per minute at 25oF. {Hydrostatic head tests are performed by casting concrete against the membrane with a lap. Before the concrete sets, a 0.125 in spacer is inserted perpendicular to the membrane to create a gap. The cured block is placed in a chamber where water is inroduced to the membrane surface up to a head of 23 I ft of water which is the limit of the appamtus. B. Substitutions: No substinrtions are allowed, since this is a proprietary product and system RELATED MATERIALS A. Preprufe Tape: A two-sided pressure-sensitive lape, 3 in. and 6 in. wide by 50 ft long, manufactured by Grace Construction Products. Provide tape width that is best suited for the application. Use Preprufe Tape LT (l,ow-Temperature formulation) in cold weather applications when the ambient temperature is below 55 deg. F. B. Preprufe CJ Tape: A two-sided pressure sensitive tape manufactured by Grace Construction Products for use atjoints in the concrete. C. Drainage layer: Hydrodu ct 220 and 600 manufactured by Grace Construction Products. A prefabricated, dimpled polystyrene drainage core with a nonwoven filter fabric on one side and a tough polymer film on the reverse side. Install wift filter fabric side facing the wood lagging. Board should be butt end together and the fabric overlapped. D. Bituthene 3000: A composite sbeet of 0.056 in. thick layer of rubberized asphalt and a 0.0004 in. thick layer of cross-laminated, high-density polyethylene film manufactured by Grace Constsuction Products. Apply in only in temperatures of40 deg. F and above. Concrete surfaces must be properly cured and dried a minimum of 7 dap prior to application E. Bituthene 5000: A 0.065 in. thick composite sheet composed of a 0.056 in. thick layer of rubberized asphalt and a layer of heat-resistant woven polypropylene mesb manufactured by Grace Construction Products. Apply only in temperatures of 40 deg. F and above. Concrete surfaces must be properly cured and dried a minimum of7 days prior to application. F. Prirner for Bituthene 3fi)0 and Bituthene 5000: Bituthene Primer 82 manufactured by Grace Construction Products. A rubber-based primer in solvent. When dry the primer is black in color and non-tacky. VOC content is : 440 dL. Apply by roller or brush at a rate of 250 to 350 sq. ff/gal. Dry one hour or until tack free. G. Bituthene Liquid Membrane: A two-component, 1000/o solids, trowel-gtade asphalt-modified urethane manufactured by Grace Constsuction Products. Apply only in temperatures of25 deg. F and above. Mix parts A & B together with a mechanical mixer. Trowel material into place with a minimum thickness of 0.090 in. H. Insulation: Thermal insulation shall be extruded, closed-cell polysqnene insulation panel with continuous skin surfaces (skirured) and square edges. Minimum compressive stsength 40 psi. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fl)5 075t2 - 3 Tennination Bar: l4-gauge channel shaped stainless steel bar, one-inch wide, prc-punched one- inch oh center, for securement of membrane. Miscellaneous Fasteners and Anchors: AII fasteners shall be of the same qpe as the metal b€ing secured. In general all fasteners, anchors, nails, straps, shall be of stainless steel. Fasteners are to be compatible with materials in contact with fasteners. All fasteners and anchors shall have a minimum embedment of l-l/4 inches and shall be approved for such use by the fastener manufacturet Fasteners for attachment of rnetal to wood blocking shall be annular ring nails. Fasteners for attachment ofmetal to masonry shall be expansion q@€ fasteners. All fasteners shall meet Factory Mutual Standard 4470 for corrosion resistance. I t I I PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXECL-rrION Pre.Applied Sheet Waterprooling Membrene For Vertical Applications l T t t T I t I I I I J t 3.02 The installer shall examine conditions of substrates and other conditions under which this work is to be performed and notiff the Contractor, in writing, of circumstances detrimental to the proper completion of the work Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions are conected. B. Insall Preprufe waterproofing membrane when ambient ternperatures are 25 deg. F or above. Apply other products when ambient temperatures are within the range recommended by the manufacturer. CONCRETEFORMING A. One-Sided Forrs: For most iocations and where shown on the drawings, tlre installation of the Preprufe waterproofing membrane assumes the use of a one-sided wall forming system. Sinc€ one- sided wall forming systelns arc extemally braced, therc are Do penetrations tbrough the waterproofing system. As a result, there are no penehations related to the forming through the waErproofing system. Refer to Technical htter No. 13 by Grace Consruction Products for more information. B. Two-Sided Forms (located above one-sided forms): l. Wbere shown on the drawings, hand-set forms with conventional ties may be used. Howevcr, their use should be very limited, since there are maDy form ties that penetrate the waterproofing system. All holes in the waterpmofing membrane must be patched following removal of the forms. All form tie holes shall be filled with Liquid Membrane, then covercd with a 3 in. by 3 in. piece of Prcprufe Tape. The membrane shall be checked by the Manufachrrer's Representative to ensure that all holes have been parched. Only after the mernbrane has been checked can it be covered with the drainage layer, insulation board, and backfilled. 2. The Preprufe membrane is installed inside the outer panel of the formwork prior to placing the reinforcing steel, supplementary formwork, and concrete. Once the concrete is poured agaimt the Preprufe membrane, the formwork must remain in place until the boncrete has gained suffrcient compressive strength. The initial adhesion of the Preprufe membrane is limited by the corrpressive strength of the concrete. Stripping formwork prematurely may result in permanent loss of bond between the membrane and the concrete; therefore, this should be avoided. Refer to Technical ktter No. l7 by Grace Construction Products for more information. Gore Creek Resldences - Tunne! Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 a7sl2 - 4 l. 2. )- 4. 5. 6. B, c. I t I T I I n I I I I I 3.03 INSTALLATION FOR VERTICAL APPLICATIONS Substrates shall be smooth and sound. Install drainage layer over subsfat€. Gaps shall not exceed 2 in. Support the drainage {ayer using large head nails and secure at appropriate intervals to the soil retention system, so that the drainage layer is appropriately supported and smooth. Suitable for membrane shall also be smooth and sound. Allowable substrates for the membrane include the drainage layer or pllvood. Strictly comply with installation instructions in manufacturer's published literature, including but not limited to, the following: Apply membrane with the white HDPE film facing the approved substrate positioned over the prepared soil retention system (wood lagging, sheet piling, gunite, shotcrete, etc.). The adbesive coating and release liner should face the side to which the concrete will be placed. The membrane may be placed in any convenient length either vertically or horizontally' For lengths greater than 8 ft, rnechanically fasten (see below) the membrane at 2 ft intervals cintered on the adhesive selvedge prior to making the side lap. Remove the clear release liner at the time of installation and fasten membrane along uncoated edge to the soil retention system through drainage layer with large head nails. Using the lap line as a guide, apply succeeding sheets by overlapping the previous sheet 3 in. along the self-adhesive selvedge of the membrane. Avoid overlapping membrane beyond the guideline to prevent "fishmouths." Should "fishmouths" occur, roll firmly to form a tight seal and remove lhe release liner. All nail heads must be covered with the overlapoine sheets of membrane. Side laps must be immediately rolled finnly to ensure a tight seal. A seam roller is recommended. To maximize adhesion in colder tempemtures or in damp conditions, apply gentle heat to the lap area using a hot air gun, Extseme care must be taken so that the heat does not damage the Preprufe membrane. Use Preprufe Tape LT (in lieu of Preprufe Tape) in all details to seat edge laps and other penetrations when temperatures fall below 55 deg. F. Refer to Technical Bulletin dated October 2001 by Grace Construction Products for rnore infornration. 7. Overlap the ends of the membrane 3 in. Remove and discard the release liner fiom both sheets. Apply Preprufe Tape centered over the end lap and roll firmly to ensure a tight seal. Remove release liner from Preprufe Tape and discard. 8. Provide 12 in. of Preprufe membrane with the release liner in place for portions of the membrane lhat extend above a concrete pour, and where the membrane will tie into subsequent sheets of Preprufe membrane. Protect this length from damage. This length of clean membrane will be used to complete the appropriate waterproofing detail after the concrete lift is placed. Where the top edge of the Preprufe membrane extends above the top of the one-sided formed application (such as where it will later be installed in a two-sided form application), the membrane should be rolled up so that the white adhesive with the clear release paper in on the inside part of the roll. Tbe release paper should not be removed until the Preprufe membrane is installed. The Preprufe should not be left exposed more than 56 dap in any circumstance. D. t I t I l I Pre-Applied Sheet Waterproofing Membrane For Vertical Applications Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 o75t2 - 5 I I I t t I t T I l I I t I I I I I I E. F, Install intemal and extemal comers as recommended bv the membrane manufacturer. and as follows: l. Internal comen: Fold the membrane with 4 in. to the edges of the membrane. Crease the fold with nominal hand pressure to ensure a close fit to the subsrate profile and avoid hollows. With the white coating facing toward the concrete, ensure that the apex of the corner is covered and sealed with Preprufe Tape. Remove the rclease liner and roll firmly. 2. External comers: Fold the membrane with 4 in. to the edges of the membrane. Crease the fold with nominal hand pressure to ensure a close fit to the substrate profile and avoid hollows. Cut the Preprufe membrane in order to wrap around the comer. With the white coating ftcing toward the concrete, ensure drat the apex of the comer is covered and sealed with Preprufe Tape. Remove the release liner and roll firmly. Install round penekations (for pipes, conduits, etc.) in strict accordance with the recommendations of the membrane manufacturer, and as follows: l. All penetrations must be firmly secured and stable. Grout around all penetrations that are not stable. Clean loose dust or dirt from the penetration surhce using a clean, dry cloth or brush. Remove rust, if applicable, with a wire brush and wipe clean. Cut the field membrane tight to the penetration and remove the release liner. If membrane is not within ll2 n; of the penetration and not more than 2 in. fiom the penetrationr apply Preprufe Tape to cover the gap. Roll firmly into place and remove the release liner. If the membrane is more than 2 in. from the penetration, install more Preprufe membrane lo cover the gap, repeating these insrucdons until Preprufe membrane and/or Preprufe Tape is within l/2 in. 3. Mix and apply Bituthene Liquid membrane around the penetration. Uquid Membrane should be placed to brm a minimum I in. continuous fillet between the PrepruG membrane and/or Preprufe Tape and the base of the penetration. 4. Cut patch of Preprufe Membrane that is 12 in. larger than the diameter or width of the penemtion so that the patch extends 6 in. beyond tbe penetration in all directions. Remove the release liner and center the patch over the penetations and trace the penemdon profile into the patch. Using sheers or a utility knife, make relief cuts through the membrane. Trianglcs formed by making a relief cut are not to exceed 2 in. in height when placed over the penetration. In other words, penetration diametets greater than 4 in. need to be trimmed. Remove and discard the release liner. 5. Slide the patch over the penetration and press into the partially cured Liquid Membrane. Ensure that the patch is pressed firmly into the Liquid Membrane and is positioned directly onto the Preprufe field membrane below. Using a trowel, smoolh out any Liquid membrane that has flowed out of the relief cut. 6. Apply Preprufe Tape centered over the edges of the patch and roll frrnly to form a tight seal. Remove release liner from tape and discard. 7 . Wrap the peneration with Preprufe Tape, positioning the tape at the base of the patch. Remove enough release liner to overlap the tape onto itself and rolUpress firmly into place. Remove remaining release liner and discard. Pre'Applied Sheet Waterproofing Membrane For Vertical Applications Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 07sr2 - 6 G. H. I I l I I I I I I 2. I I I t I I I I I I Install penebations (for reinforcing bars, metal dowels, etc.) in strict accordance with the recomrnendations of tlre membrane manufacturer, and as follows: l. Follow steps I and 3, then step 2 above for round peneFations. 2. Position the field membrarrc snug to the peneEation so that it is a maximum of Ll2 irt fiom the base of the penetration and prcss firmly into the partially cured Liquid Membrane. 4. Apply the Liquid Membrane to form a minimum I in. continuous fillet between the Preprufe membrane and the base of the penetration. Apply a 90 mil (0.090 in.) continuous coating of Liquid Membrane overlapping a minimum of 3 in. onto the surface of the Preprufe membrane and 6 in. onto the penebation. 5. Wrap the peneration with Preprufe Tape, positioning the ape at the base of the penetmtion. Remove enough release liner to overlap the tape onto itself and rolVpress firmly into place. Remove remaining release liner and discard. Install square-edge penetrations in strict accordance with the recommendations of the membrane manu facturer, and as fotlows: l. Follow steps I through 3 above for round penetrations. Apply a 90 mil (0.090 in.) continuous coating of Liquid Membrane overlapping a minimum of 3 in. onto the surface of the Preprufe membrane and tbe penetration. Insall a minimum 12 in. wide strip of Bituthene 3000 over the Preprufe membrane centered over the Preprufe membrane and the penetration intersection. 3. Install Preprufe Tape to cover the strip of Bituthene membtane by overlapping a minimum of I in. until a minimum of 2 in. overlap onto the Preprufe membrane is achieved. 4. Terminate the top edge of the strip of Bituthene membrane and Preprufe Tape along the penemtion with a bead of Liquid Membrane. lnstall the Preprufe membrane over tieback heads in strict accordance with the recommendations of the membrane manufacturer, and as described below. Coordinate with work of soil retention system designer for ease of installation. Cover tieback heads with a box constructed ofsteel, or olher material that will provide a sound, stable, and smooth substrat€ for the Preprufe membrane. Position the box so as to optimize consolidation around the box during concrete placement. Apply Preprufe membrane and Preprufe Tape over the box and overlap onto the field membrane by a minimum of 3 in. Remove the release liners and apply Preprufe Tape centered over al oueide corners ofbox and edges of Preprufe Membrane, including the edges overlapping onto the field mernbrane. Roll firmly and remove release liner. 3.M PROTECTION Pre-Applied Sheet Waterproofing Membrane For Vertical Applications Protect mernbrane in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations until placemant of concrete. Inspect for damaee iust orior to placement of concrete and make repairs in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 07512 -7 I t I 3.05 MEMBRANE REPAIR A. The membrane shall be irspected for damage before tbe placement of formworlg and concrete by the Architect, General Conractor, Waterproofing Subcontactor, and Manufacturer's Representative. B. Repair small punctues ll2 m. or less and slices by applying Preprufe Tape centered over the damaged area and roll firmly. Remove the release liner from the tape. C. Repair holes and large punctures by applying a patch of Preprufe membrane, extending 6 in. beyond tbe damaged area. Seal all edges of the patch with tb€ Preprufe Tape, removc the release Iiner from the tape and roll firmly. REINFORCING AND CONCRETE PI.ACEMENT A. Exbeme care should be taken wben placing dre reinforcing steel inside the forms to prev€nt damage to the Preprufe membrane. B. Lightly soiled membrane should be cleaned with air blower and heavily soiled membrane should be cleaned with a power-washer, in strict accordance witb the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Immediately prior to the placement of concrete a final visual check of the membrane should be made by the General Contractor, Waterproofing Subcontractor, and Manufrcturer's Representative. Repairs to damaged areas should be made promptly. D. Concrete walls must be placed within 30 days of membrane application. Concrete must b€ placed carefully to avoid damage to the membrane. Do not use sharp objects to consolidate the concrete. REMOVALOFFORMWORK A. The formwork must rernain in place until the concrete has gained sufficient compressive strength to develop the surface bond. B. Strictly follow rnanufacturer's recommendations for removal of formwork END OF SECTION 3.05 t I I I t t t3.06 I Pre-Applied Sheet Waterproofing Membrane For Vertical Applications Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado' 03 January 2005 I I I t T I 07512 - 8 II ! sEcrloNoz62oI SIIEETMETALFLASHINGANDTRIM I PART1 GENERAL I l.0l SECTIONINCLUDES I A. The Work includes, but is Dot limited to rhe following: I L Copper flashing, counter flashing, reglets and accessories. f 2. Copper fascias, scuppers, gutters, downspous and rim. 3. Flashing sleeves and collars for items pmtruding ftrough mofing system. .t 4- Copper thru-wall flashing. II - Lo2 REI-A,TED sEcrIoNS I A. Section 04400 - Stone Veneer. I B. Section 06105 - Wood Blocking and Curbing: Wood blocking and nailers. I C. SectionO73l3-RoofShakes. . D. Section 0?900 - Joint Sealers. I I E. Section 08 I I0 - Steel Doon and Frames. A I.O3 REFERENCES T A- ASTM 832 - Solder Metal. I B. ASTM 8370 - Copper Shea and Strip for Building Consfiuction., . C. ASTMB486-PasteSolder. t D. ASTM Dt586 - Asphalt Roof Cement, Asbestos-Free. I E. FS TT-C494 - Coating Compormd, Binrminous, Solvent T1pe, Acid ResistanL I F. NRCA (National Roofing Connactors Association) - Roofing Manual. I G. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual.I . 1.04 DESIGNREQUIREMENTS I A. Size all gutters per local Code requirernents unless Drawings indicate larger size. B. Desip gutter and fascia to widrstand loads caused by po.sitive and negative wind prcssurc as I calculated by applicable Codes. I.O5 SI,'BMITTAIS ) I A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300. R Shop Drawings: Indicate marerial profile, iointing pattem, iointing details, frstening rnethods,II . Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620-l C;ore Creek Residences - Tunnelr .r";*"::l,H; I I I I I il D. E. 1.06 c. flashings, terminations, and installation details. Preparc gufter and fascia Shop Drawings and calculatiors under direct supervision of a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in the State of Colorado. Shop Drawings and calculations to bear Engineer's slamp or seal. Samples: Submit three 12 inch x 12 inch samples illustrating finish, color, sheen and texture. Manufacturer's Fabrication and Installation lrstructions: Indicate special procedures, attachment medrods, jointing requirements, perimeter condition and details requiring special attention. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA Architecnral Sheet Meal Manual standard details and requircments, unless otherwise Micated. B. Perform Work in strict compliance with Manuficturer's fabrication drawings and instructions. QUALIFICATIONS A. Fabricator and Installer: Company specializing in work of this Section with five years docwnented experience. PRE.INSTALIATION CONFERENCE A- Convene three weeks prior to commancing wolk ofthis Section, under provisions ofSection 01200. DELTVERY, STORAGE, AND TIANDLING A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Stack preformed and prefinistrcd material to prevent twisting, bending, or abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage. Prevent conlact with malerials which may cause discoloration or staining. l.l0 COORDINATION Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01040. Coordinate Work wift installation of roof underlavment and shakes. 1.il WARRAN'TY Provide a lS-year walcrtight warranty for all flashing counterflashing, guters, frscia, and the like. Warran6r: Cover damage to building resulting fiom failure to prevent penehation of water. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI SHEETMATERIALS A. Coppen ASTM 8370, cold rolled 20 ozlsq ft; pre-weatlrered finish.. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I.07 1.08 t I I I I I t T ! I t I ! t A. B. A. B. 1.09 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim 07620 -2 Ir I B. Prorecdve Roof Underlayment: Sheet membrane waterproofing as specified in Section 0?320.t C. Slip Sheet: Resin sized building paper. I 2.O2 Gr.,rrTER COMPONENTS I A. Collectors: Profile as shown on Drawings. r B. Gutters: Half-round profile, matching SMACNA Figure l-3A; 6 inch. Hanging gutter installation matching SMACNA Figure l -20B. I C. Downspouts: Round profile, matching SMACNA Figure l-35D. I 2.o3 ACCESSORTES I A. Fasteners: Same material and finish as flashing meal, with soft neoprene wasbers and in accordance with SMACNA requiremenls for gutter and downspouts. a B. Supports: Brackets for support ofgutters and downspouts to suit conditions. t C. Primer: Zinc cluomate type.r- D. Protective Backing Paint: FS TT-C494, bituminous. I E. Sealant: One-part polprerhane t5pe, specified in Section 0?900; as recommended by Manuhcturer. I Color as selected by Architect fiom manufacturer's full range of colon. t F. Plastic Cement: ASTM D1586, Tpe I. G. Reglets: Two piece reglet and counterflashing, as indicated on Drawings. I H. Sotder: ASTMB 32;s}/s|rype.! I. Paste Solder: ASTM 8486. r 2.M FABRTCATTON I A. Form sections rue to slmpe, accDrate in size, square, and fee fiom distortion or defects. I B. Fabricate cleats and starter stsips ofsanrc material as sheet, minimum l-l/2 inches wide, interlockable with sheet. I C. Form pieces in longest possible lengtlu. I D. Hem exposed edges on undenide l/2 inch; miter and seam comers. r E. Form material with flat lock seams, unless otherwise indicated. At moving joinrc, use sealed lapped, . bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams. t . F. Fabricate comers fiom orn piece with minimum 18 inch long legs each way, solder for rigidity, seal l, with sealant I C. Fabricate vertical frces with bottom edge formed ounnard li4 inch and hemmed to form drip. H Form sheet metal pans (pibh pockets) minirnum 2 inches larger in nominal size than tlre item it istr Sheet Metal f,'lashing and Trim 07620 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I ',t;*"t"l%t;I flashing, with 3 inch upstand, and 4 inch flanges. Fabricate accessories in profile and size to suit gutters and downspouts. Seal metal joints. FIMSHES Prepare metal srrfaces as recornnended by Manufacturer. Back paint concealed metal surfaces with protective backing paint as recommended by ManufacNu. Acid-wash copper to level approved by Architect through Submithl process. Rinse and clean excessirre acid, PART3 EXECU.'IION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Verify roof openings, curts, pipes, sleeves, ducts, or venb through roof are solidly set, reglets in place, and nailing stips located. B. Veri& roofing termination ard base flashings are in place, sealed and secure. 3.O2 PREPARATION A. lnstall starter and edge suips, and cleats before starting installation. B. Install surhc€ mounted reglets Eue to lines and lwels. Seal top ofreglets with sealanr C. Paint concealed metal surfrces with protective backing paint to minimun dry flm thicloress of 15 mil. 3.03 INSTALIATION-FLq,SHING A. Install starter ard edge stips, and cleats. B. Install surface mounted Reglets. Seal lap ofreglets with sealant C. Insert flashings into regleb !o form tight fit. Secure in placc with lead or plastic wedges at rnaximurn 8 inches on center. Scal flashings into reglets with sealant. D. Secure flashing in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed fasteners only where not orposed to view. E. Apply plastic cement compound betwe€n metal flashings and felt flashings. F. Fit componcnts tight in place, Make comers sqrure, surfaces tue and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profles. G. Seal metal joins watertigbt. H. Attach flashing with clips to allow movement from thennal exparuion ard contractiorl and building movement without distortior! and'bil caning". I. J. A. B. c. I j I I t I I I t I I I I I Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I T I 07620 - 4 r t 3.04 rNSTALrr,TroN-currERSANDDowNspours A. Secure gutter lining to subsu'ate with cleats spaced minirnum 12 inches on center along edgps of guner. B. Secure gutters and downspouts in place using concealed fasteners. Use exposed frsteners only where not expsed to view. Longitudinal joints are not acceptable. C. At roof edges, extend gutter lining under roofing material minimum 6 inches and terminate in 3i4 inch folded edge, secured by cleats. Hook lower end of roofing into strip to forrn 3/4 inch wide looselock sea[L D. Seal gutter watertight; seal joint of gutter to downspout with sealant. E. Slope gutter l/4 inch per foot minimum; provide high point at center as necessary. ENDOFSECTION I I I I T t I I I I I I T I I I Sheet Metal tr'lashing and Trim I 07620-5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING l. Tluough-penetrationfirestoppinginfire-ratedconstruction. 2. Construction-gap firestopping at connections of the same or different materials in fire- rated construction. 3. Corstnrction-gap firestopping occurring within fire-rated wall, floor or floor-ceiling assemblies. 4. Constsuction-gap frestopping occurring at the top of fire-rated walls. 5. Through-penetrationsmoke-stoppinginsmokepartitions. 6, Construction-gap smoke-stopping in smoke partitions. I PARTI GENERAL I.OI SECTION INCLUDES I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I I I I.O2 REI-A.TEDSECTIONS f A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete: Firestopping required in conjunction with concreteI work. B. Section 09260 - G1rysum Board Sptems: Glpsum wallboard partitions. C. Division 15 - Mechanical: Fire dampers and manufactured devices r- I D. Division 16 - Electrical: Raceway seals and manufacrured electrical devices.I I.O3 REFERENCES A. ASTM C5l8 - Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter. B. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. C. ASTM El 19 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Constsuction and Materials. D. ASTM EEl4 - Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops. E. ASTM E2307 - Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barrier System Using lntermediate-Scale, Multi-story Test Apparatus. F. FM (Factory Mutual) - Fire Hazard Classifications. G. ITS (Intertek Testing Services) - Directory of Usted Products (Incorporating Wamock-Hersey Listing). H. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. l. LJL Fire Resistance Directorv: I Firestopping I a. Through-penetrationfirestopdevicesQGICR). b. Fire resistance ratings (BXW). c. Through-penetration fir€stop systems QGIEE.d. Fill, void or cavity material QGIHW)- Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 07840 - I I T I I I t 1.04 2. UL 1479 Test Method for Fire Tests of Tlrough-Penetration Firestops, irrcluding optional air leak test. 3. IJL 2079 Test Method for Fire Tests 6f ftssisrancs 6f Building Joint System. 4. UD Component Listing Test Criteria. I. CIE/DIN Age Testing. DEFIMTIONS A. Assembly: Particular arrangement of materials specific to given tlp€ of comtruction described or detailed in referenced documents. B. Barriers: Time rated firewalls, smoke barrier walls, time rated ceiling/floor assemblies and structural floors. C. Firestopping: Methods and materials applied in penetrations and unprotected openings to limit spread ofheat, fue, gasses, and smoke. D. Penetration: Opening or foreip material passing tbrough or into barrier or stsuctural floor such that firll thicloress of rated materials is not obtained. E. Constnaction Gaps: Gaps between adjacent sections of walls, exterior walls, at wall tops between top of wall and ceiling, and structural floors or roof decks; and gaps between adjacent sections of sfuctural floors. F. System: Specific products and applications, classified and numbered by Underwriten Laboratories, lnc. to close specific barrier penetrations. G. Sleeve: Metal fabrjcation or pipe section extending tbrough thickness of barrier and used to permanently guard penetration. Sleeves are described as part of penetrating systern in odrer sectiorB and may or may not be required. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Desigrr Requirements: l. Fire-Rated Construction: Maintain barrier and structural floor fue resistance ratings including resistance to cold smoke at all penefations, connectiorr with other surfaces or types of construction, at separations required to p€rmit building movement and sound or vibration absorption, and at other constsuction gaps. 2. Smoke Barrier Construction: Maintain barrier ard sructural floor resistance to cold smoke at all penetrations, connections with other surfaces and tlpes ofconstruction at all separations required to permit building moveNnent and sound or vibration absorption, and at other cons truction gaps. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E8l4 to achieve a fire rating equivalent to assembly or component being firestopped. B. Surface Burning: ASTM E84 with a flame spread rating of l0 maximum. C. Firestop all intemrptions in fire-rated assemblies to specific UL Fire Resistance Directory systems. SUBMITTALS I I I l t I I t I t I I 1.05 1.06 1.0'I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Firestopping 07840 -2 I I I I I T I Submit under provisions of Section 01300, unless otherwise indicated, All product data and Manufacturers' certificates shall be due prior to bid. l. Hilti Inc firestopping systems indicated on Drawings. Other Acceptable Manufacturer's shall provide firestopping detailing, using tlreir specific Products, meeting Building Code requirements. 2. Manufacturer/Installer to provide detail drawings with UL Desigr Numbers for each fi restoPPing aPPlication. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications and technical data including the following: l. Detailed specification ofconsruction and fabrication. 2. Manufacturer'sinstallationinstructions. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, description of materiats and finishes, general construction, specific modifications, component connections, anchorage methods, hardware and installation procedures, plus the following specific requirements. L Details of each proposed assembly identi&ing intended products and applicable UL System number or UL classified devices. 2. Manufacturer or Manufrcturer's representative shall provide qualified engineering judgments and drawings relating to non-standard applications as needed. Quality Control Submittals: l. Statementofqualifications. 2. Firestopping materials shall be from a single source Manufacturer for the entire project. Insaller's Qualifi cations Statement: l. List past projects indicating required experierrce, 2. Single source applicator for entire Project. D.I E. B. B. I I I I t I I I I t 1.08 QUALIFICATIONS Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufachrring the Products specified in this Section with minimum five yea$ documented experience. Installen Company speciatizing in performing the wort of this Section with minimum five years documented experience and approved by Manufacturer. 1.09 Ll0 PREINSTALI.A,TION CONFERENCE Convene three weeks prior to sarting Work of this Section under provision of Section 01M0. DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Packing and Shipping: l. Deliver Products in original unopened packaging with legible Manufachrer's identification. 2. Coordinate delivery with scheduled installation date, allow minimum storage at site. Storage and Protection: Store materials in a clean, dry, ventilated location. Protect from soiling, abusg moisture and fieezing when required. Follow Manufactureds insEuctions. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Firestopping 07840 - 3 il It.l l l. Verifu existing conditions and substrates before startiag work. Correct ursatisfactory conditions before proceeding. Proceed with installation only after penetrations of tlre substrate and supporting brackets have been installed. B.Environmental Requirements: PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Existing Conditions: l. 2- J. 4. 5. t I I I Fumish adequate ventilation ifusing solvent. Fumish forced air ventilation during installation if required by Manufacturer. Keep flammable materials away from sparks or 0ame. Provide masking and drop clotls to prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces by fi restoppilg materials. Comply with manufacturing recommendations for temperature and humidity conditions before, during, and after irstallation or firestopping. I t t I t I I t T ! t |.12 C. Inspections: I . Manufactur€r or certified representative shall make jobsite visits prior to, during and after application to ensure compliance widr details. GUARANTEE A. Submit copies of written guarantee agreeing to repair or replace joint sealers which fall in joint adhesioq extrusion resistance, migration resistance or gerrral durability or appear to deteriorate in any other marmer not clearty specified by submitted Manuficture/s data as an inherent quality of the material for the exposure indicated. The guarantee period shall be one year from date of Substantia! Completion PRODUCTSPART 2 2-OI ACCEPTABLEMANT.JFACTI,JRERS A. 3M. B. Hilti Corp. C. Specified Tecbnologies Inc. D. Substitutions:UnderprovisionsofSection0l630. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Thorough-PenetrationFirestoppingofFire-RatedConstruction: l. Systems or devices listed in tbe UL Firc Resisance Directory under categories )GICR and )GIEZ may be used, providing that it conforms to the construction type, peneuant t5pe, annular space requirements and fire rating involved in each separate instance, and that the system be slmmetrical for wall applicatiorx. Systems or devices shall be asbestos-free. Mortar systems must be Wamock Hersey approved. 2. Additional Requirements: Withstand the passage of cold smoke either as an inherent propefty of the system or by dre use of a separate product included as part of dre UL Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Firestopping 07E40 - 4 I I I I I I I I system or device, and designed to perform this function. 3. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: a. Those listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory for the UL System involved or Mortar Systems approved by Wamock Hersey. 4. All fuestopping products must be from a single Manufacturer. All trades shall use products from the same Manufrcturer. B. Construction-GapFirestoppingofFire-RatedConstruction: l. Firestopping at construction gaps between edges of floor slabs and exterior wall construction. 2. Firestopping at construction gaps between tops of partition and underside of structural systerns. 3. Fhestopping at construction gaps between tops of paditions and undenide of ceiling or ceiling assembly. 4. Firestopping ofconhol joints in fire-rated masonry partitions. 5. Firestopping exparnion joints. 6. Acceptable Manufactruers and ProducB: Those listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory for the UL System involved. C. Smoke-Stopping at Smoke Partitions: L Through-Penetation Smoke-Stopping: Any system complying with the requirements for lhrough-penetration hrestopping in fue-rated construction is acceptable, provided that they system includes the specified smoke seal or will provide a smoke seal. The lenglh of time of the fire resistance may be disregarded. 2. Constnrrction4ap Smoke-Stopping: Any slntem complying with the requirements for construction-gap firestopping in fre-rated construction is accepable, provided 0rat they system includcs the specified smoke seal or will provide a smoke seal. The length oftime of the fue resistance may be disregarded. I T A. Clean surhces to be in contact v/ith penetration seal materjals of dirt, grease, oil, loose materials, rust, or other substances that may affect proper fitting, adhesion, or tbe required fire resistance. t il:,,"oil''J"LLATI.N I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I 2.03 AccESSoRrEs A. Fill, void or cavig materjals: As classified under category )GIHW in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. B. Forming Materials: As classified under category XHKU in the uL Fire Resistance Directory. I PART3 EXECUTION - 3.01 EXAMINATION I- A. Verjfication of conditions: Examine areas and conditions under which Work is to be performed and identi$ conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion, l. Veriff barrier penetrations are properly sized and in suitable condition for application of materials. 2. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. - 3.02 PREPARATIoN 07E40 - 5 Install penekation seal materials in accordance with printed hstructions of the uL Fire Resistance Directory or Mortar Systems per Warnock Hersey approval, and in accordance with Manufacturer's insfi uctions, Seal holes or voids made by penetsations to ensure an effective smoke barrier. Where lloor openings widrout penefating items are more tban four inches in width and subject to traffic or loading, install frestopping materials capable of supporting same loading. Protect materials from damage on surfaces subject to tramc. Where large openings ar€ created in walls or floon to permit insallation of pipes, ducts, cable tray, bus duct or other items, close unused portions of openings with firestopping material tested for the application. See UL Fire Resistance Direclory or Warnock Hersey approvals. Install smoke-stopping as specified for firestopping. Where rated walls are constructed wift horizontally continuous air space, double width masonry, or double snd trame construction, provide vertical 12 inch wide fiber dams for full thickness and height ofair cavity at maximum l5 foot intervals. 3.04 FrELD QUALITY CONTROL A. HT"" penetration sealed areas to ensur€ proper installation before concealing or enclosing I Keep areas of Work accessible until inspection by applicable Code authorities. Perform under this Section patcbing and repairing of firestopping caused by cutting or p€netation I by other trades. 3.05 ADruSTING AND CI.EANINC Clean up spills of liquid componeDts. Neatly cut and trim materials as required. Remove equipment, materials, and debris, leaving area in undamaged, clean condition. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I IA, I I t B. C. D. E. F. G, B. c. J t T I I I I I A. B. c. Firestopping 07E40 - 6 Ia f SECTION 07900TJOINT SEALERS r PART1 GENERAL {l l.ot sEcrIoN INCLT.JDES f A- The Work includes, but is not limited to the foltowing: I l. Preparing substrate surfaces. I 2. Installation ofsealant andjoint backing. I r.02 RETATED SECTIoNS t A. Section04200-UnitMasonrySpem. I B. Section 044fi) - Stone Veneer. I I C. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. D. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry. E. Section 07270 - Firestopping. F. Section 07620- Sheet Meal Flashing ad Trim. I C. Section 081 | 0 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. I H. Section 08310 - Access Doore. t I I. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assernblies.t J. Section 09900 - Paintins. K. Section | 0210 - Fixed Metal Wall l,ouvers. L Division 15 - Mechanical. M. Division 16 - Electrical. I r.o3 RETTRENCES I I T t I I Jointsealers I A. ASTM C7l7 - Definitions r€lating to Building Seals and Sealans. B. ASTM C7l9 - Test Method for Adhesion and Cohesion of Elasomeric Joint Sealants. C. ASTM C790 - Use of latex Sealing Compounds. D. ASTM C804 - Use of Solvent-Release Type Sealants. E. ASTM C834 - ktex Sealing Compounds. F. ASTM C9l9 - Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 07900 - I G. H, L J. A. B. c. ASTM C920 - Joint Sealants Subsrates Classificatiors. ASTM D1565 - Flexible Cellular Materials - Vinyl Cbloride Polymers and Copolymers (Open{ell 'Foam). ASTM EB14-Truurel Fire Test. ASTM 962 - Use of Elastomeric Joint Sealans. ,l I I I I t I T I I T I I T t I I LM SI]BMITTATS F. D, E, Submit under provisions of Section 0l 3 00. Submit products as specified in this Section, irrcluding bed sealant at door tlueshold. Product Data: Provide data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, perforrrance criteriq substrate preparation, limitations, ard color availability. Samples: Submit three l2-inch long samples illustrating sealant colors for selection. Manuhcturcr's Insallation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, surface preparatio4 and conditioru requiring special attention Certification ihat scheduled sealants are compatible with intended subsrates per ASTM C920. I.O5 QUALXTYASSI.JRANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with sealant Manufacturer's requirements for preparation of surfrces and material installation insrucdons. B. Perform acorstical sealant application Work in accordance with ASTM C9 I 9. I.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacnuer: Company specializing in rnanuhcnring the Products specified in this Section with minirnum five yean documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in perbrming the Work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience. C. Material Forsnrla: Manufachrer to submit eviderce that the fomrula used to manuhchue the material rernains for a minimunr of five yean. I.O4 ENVIRONMENTALREQTJIREMENTS A. Maintain temp€rature and humidity recommended by the sealant Manubctuer during and after installation B. Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed spaces without proper ventilation. I.O9 PRE.INSTALIATIONCONFERENCE A. Convene three weeks prior to starting Work of this Section under provision of Section 0 | 200. I.IO WARRANTY Joint Sealers Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 07900 - 2 I I I I A. Provide 5-year nondepreciating warranty for material and labor under provisions of Section 01700. I B. Wan-anty: Include coverage for irxtalled sealanB and accessories which fail to achieve air tight seal I or water tight seal, exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion, imperfect curing. Warranty to also cover all affected areas and products. I l.ll EXTRAMATERTATsI A. Provide four containers each ofmaterials used. II PART2 PRODUCTS I 2.OI MANUFACTURERS:, A. Dow Coming Corporation. I B. General Electric Company- ,; C. Pecora Corporation. -/rt D. Tremco, Inc. I E. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630.t 2.02 SEAT ANTSI I A. TlpeA: I . ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25 ; multi component polyutethane, self leveling. r 2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 25%.I 3. Color Manufacturer's standard as setected bv Architect I B. TypeB: I I . ASTM C92Q Tpe M, Grade NS, Class 25 ; multi component polyu.rethane, non sag. - 2. Movement capability: Plus or minus 25%. I 3. Color: Manufrcnr€r's standard as selected by Architect. C. Type C: I l. ASTM C834, single component acrylic latex, non sag. 2. Movement capability Plus or minus7-ll2o/o. 3. Color: Manufacturer's standard as selected by trrch1se1. r D. TlpeD: I l. ASTM C92},TypeS, Grade NS, Class 25; single component silicone, non-hardening, non- I sag, mildew resistant. 2. Movement capabilitSr Plus or minus 257o. t 3. Color: Manufacturer's standard as selected by Architect. E. All sealants must be mildew resisanr J r Joint Sealers 07900-3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I 03 JanuarY 2lD5 I ACCESSORIES I T I I t I I I I I I t I I I I I I A, B, c, D. E. Primer: Nonstaining tJpe, recomrnended by sealant Manufacnrer to suit application. Joint Cleaner: Noncorrosive and nonstaining !pe, recommended by sealant Mamhcnuer; compatible with joint fonning materials. Joint Backing: ASTM D1565; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; ovenized 30 to 500/o larger than joint width; recommended by sealant Manufichrer. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recornmended by sealant Manufachuer to suit application. Masking: Compatible with arealmaterial to be masked; as recommended by sealant and sunounding material Manufacnuer. EXECUTIONPART3 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Verifr that subsFate surfaces andjoint openings are ready to receive Work. B. Veri&/ that joint backing and release tap€s are compatible with sealant. C. Veri! that sealant is compatible with joint subsbates. 3.O2 PREPARATION A. Rerpve loose materials and foreign rntter which might impair adhesion of sealant. B. Clean and prime joints in accordarre with Manufacnrer's instructions. C- Perform preparation in accordance with Manuficnrer's instsuctions, ASTM C804 for solvelrt release and ASTM C790 for latex base sealanb. D. Protect elernents surrounding the Work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. 3.03 INSTALI,ATION A. Alljoints (exterior and interior) unless otherwise detailed or specified shall receive joint sealers. B. All exterior tluesholds are to be set in frll sealant bed. C. Perform installation in accordance with Manufacturels instructions, ASTM C804 for solvent release and ASTM C790 for latex base sealants. D. Measre joint dimensions and size materials to achieve 2: I width/depth ratios. E Install joint backing to achiew a neck dimension rn greater than l/3 ofthe joint width. F. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used. Do not leave voids or gaps between tJre ends of joint filled units and backer rods. G. Install sealant free ofair pockets, foreign embedded mattet ridges, and sags. Gore Crek Residmces - Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 Januarv 2005 Joint Sealers 07900 - 4 I I H, Appty sealant within recommended application temperatue ranges. Consult Manufacorer whent sealant carmot be applied within these temperatue ranges. I I. Tool joinls corpave. I J- Do not allow sealants to overllow or flow onto adjoining surfaces, mask and clean adoining surfaces t by wlutever means may be necessary to eliminate such contamination and flow, r K. Cure sealants in compliance with s€atant Manuficturer's insurctions and recommendations, to obtain high early bond stength, intemal cohesive saength and surhce durability. I L. AII interior walls with acoustical insulation are to be fully acoustically sealed, including all penetsations, perirneter joints, and comers. Comers shall have a bead of sealant at each layer of I gYPsum wallboard' f l. Acoustical Sealant Refer Section 09260 - Clpsum Board Assemblies. I 3.04 cLEANTNcr A. Clean Work under provisions of Section 017fl). ,l I B. Clean adjacant soiled surfaces. I 3.0s PROTECTTONOFFTMSHEDWORK I A. Prorect finished insallation rmder provisions ofsection 01500. ,l B. Protect sealants until cured. -3.06 SCHEDULE I A. Exterior Joine:r l. Horimntal joints subject lo pedestrian or vehicular aaffic: Type A. f| 2. O0rcr joints: Type B. I B. Interior Joints: I t. i1ffi*',Til:*:*movemencrrPeB' 3. Joints in toilet roorns, baths, and showers: Tlpe D. I Other Joints: Tlpe C- - ENDOFSECTIONr Ir t I Joint seaters I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 07900 - 5 I T I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I I T II I sTANDARDsi?;lISfSllil*o^'", I PARTI GENERAL 1 l.0l SECTIONINCLUDES ' A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. Non-rated, fire-rated, and thermally insulated steel doors and frames. I,O2 RELq,TED SECTIONS I I A. Section 08710 - Door Hardware. R Section 09260 - Glpsum Board Assemblies.II C. Section 09900 - Painting: Field painting ofdoors and tarnes. I 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSUSDI-A250.8 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. t B. ASTM C236 - Test Method for Steady-State Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Meansf ofa Guarded Hot-Box. I C. ASTM El52 - Merhods otFire Tests ofDoor Assernblies.a D. DHI @oor Hardware hntitute) - The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, 3 Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Franres and Builde/s Hardware. r E. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. I F. NFPA lO5 - Installation of Smoke-Control Door Assemblies. I G. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests for Door Assemblies. - I SDI - Steel Door Institute. ' I UL l0B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.t- I.O4 SI'BMITTAIS I . 4 Submit under provisions of Section 01300. I B. Shop Drawings: Indicate door opening criteri4 elevatioru, sizes, t1pes, swings, undercuts required, I interior reinforcement, closure method, cutouts for hardware ard glazing, fire-ratings aDd finish.|l Indicate frame elevations, intemal reinforcement, anchor t1pes, fire-ratings and finish.t C. Product Data: Indicate door and frame configruations. ) I D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special installation instructions. I E. Manuficturet's Certificate: Certify that doon and tames meet or exceed specified thermal and fire-I Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08110 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr o'";1":l%l;I rating requirements. I,O5 QUAIITYASSI.JRANCE A. ConformtorequirernentsofANSVSDI-A250.8. B. Exterior Doors and Frames l. TlFrmal requirerrrcnts: U fictor of 0.34 minimum per SDI I13. I.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Maruficturer: Company specializing in manufrcturing the Prodrrcts specified in this Section with minimum of five years of experierrce ,nd cufi€nt mefiiber of SDI. r.07 REGULATORYREQLIIREMENTS A. Fire-Rated Door and Frames C,onstruction: C.onform to ASTM E I 52 or UL I 0B and SDI- I I 8. B- Fire-Rated Door Construction: Rate ofrise of250 degrees F, or 450 degrees F across door thickness. C. Installed Door, Frame and Panel Assembly: Corform to NFPA 80 and NFPA 105 for fue-rated class as Sch€duled. I.O8 DELTVERY,STORAGE,ANDHANDLING A. Delivet store, protec! and handle products to site under provisions of Section 01600. B. Protect doors and farnes with resilient packaging sealed with heat shnurk plastic. C. Break seal on-site to permit ventilation. I.O9 FIELDMEASI.JREMENTS A. VeriS that field measureme,nts are as indicatsd on Sbop Drawings. l.l0 SEQI ENCTNG A. Coordinate Work rmder provisions of Section 01M0. B. Coordinate Work with door opening constsuction, door tame and hardware imtallation. C. Coordinate frame installation with size. location and insallation of service utilities. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MANI.JFACTIJRERS: A. Amweld Building Products, Inc. B. Republic Builders Products Corporation. C. Steelcraft,Ingersoll-RandCompany. Gore Creek Resftlences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t I I I I I I I T I I I I I ! I I I Standard Steel Doors and Frames 08110 - 2 I I D. Substitutions: UnderprovisionsofSection0l630. I 2.02 DOORANDFRAME TYPES t I I I A. Door: !. Exterior Doon: ANSVSDI-A250.8, Irvel 3, Model 2; l-3l4 inch thich unless otherwise indicated. 2. Interior Doors (Non-rated): SDI-108 L,evel2, Model l; l-3/4 inch driclc, unless otherwise irdicated. 3. Interior Doors (Fire Rated): SDI-100 I.evel2, Model 2; l -3l4 inch thick, unless oth€rwis€ indicated or required. B. Frame: l. Frames: SDI-I I l-A; ANSVSDI-A250.8, trvel2. a. Profile: 2-inch face frame with l2-irrh backbend. | ) Glpsum Board Condition: With backbend return. 2) Otlrer Conditiors: No backbend return. b. Throat Opening: To suit application, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. 2.03 DOORANDFRAMECONSTRUCTION A. Door: l. Face: Steel sbeet in accordance with ANSYSDI-A250.8; Channel, 0.042 inches thick, full flush; SDI-I 12-A60 galvarurcaled. 3. Cores: a. Exterior Doors: Polyurethane, R-value of 14, measured in accordance with ASTM C236. b. Interior Doors (Non-Ra!ed): Cardboard honeycomb. c. Interior Doors (Fire-Rated): Mineral fiberboard. 4. Reinforcement: a. Hinge: Not less than 7 guge. b. OttrerHardware: AspeTANSVSDI-A250.8. B. Frame: l. Face: Steel sheet 16 gage face welded in accordance to ANSVSDI-A250.8; SDI- l 12 - A@ I I t I I I I I I I 2.04 AccESsoRrEs gah,u-'ealed' I ::'-"":T"::::":.Frames I A Supports and Arrchors: Fabricated ofnot less than 16 gage galvanized sheet steel. B. Inserts, Bolts and Fasteners: Manuficturer's standard units. C. Primer: Rust-inhibitive primer, ANSI/SDI-A250.I0 baked on, suitable as a base for specified finish paints. D. Coat inside of frame profile with bituminous coating to a thiclness of lil6 inch, when frame is in direct contact with masonry, or when frame is part ofan acoustic assembly. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 January 2005 08110 - 3 A. Door: l. 2. t t I I I I I I I t I t I I I t I I I B. J. 4. Frame: Fabricate doors with bardware reinforcement welded in place. Anach fire-rated label to each fire-rated door unit labels for fire-rated doors used to pmtect openings into exit enclosures sball indicate that ternp€rature rise on unexposed surfaces does not exceed 450 degres F above ambient at erd of30 minutes of fire exposre as specified in tlBC Standard 7-2. Do not paint or remove fre-rated labels. Close top edge of exterior doors with steel 0ush end closure as per ANSUSDI-A250.8. Scal joine watertight. Configure exterior doors wirh special profile o receive recessed weatherstripping. Fabricate frames as welded unit. Fabricate frames to required profiles and sizes by forming with edges straight and sharp. Fabricate fi'ames wi$ hairline joints and all srrfaces free from warp, wave, buckle and other defects. Fabricate frames with hardware reinforcement plates weldcd in place. Provide mortar guard boxes. Reinforce frames wider than 48 inches with roll fonned steel channels fitted tightly into frame head, flusb with top. Prepare frames for silencers. Provide three single silencers for single doors on strike side. Provide two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions. Attach fire-rated label to each fire-rated door unit. Iabets for fire-rated doors rsed to protect openings into exit enclosures shall indicate that ternp€ratue rise on unexposed surhces does not exceed 450 degrees F above ambient at end of30 minutes of fire exposure as specified in LJBC Standard 7-2. Do not paint or remove fire-raed labels. Fabricate frames to suit concrete masonry unit walls couning with 4-inch head member. l. 2. 4. 5. 6. 7. FIMSH A. Primer Baked, ready for site finishing. PART3 EXf,CUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Verifr substrate conditions urder provisions of Section 0 I 040. B. Verifr 0rat opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable. Do not insall doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out-of-tolerance for size or alignment. 3.W INSTALI-A,TION A. Frarre: Install &ames in accordance with ANSV SDI-A250.1I and DHI-AIls.lc. Coordinate with masonry and glpsum wallboard wall construction for ancbor placemenL Provide ancborage and connections to adjacent co$ruction: a. Provide not less than lhree anchors and one floor clip per side for doors up to seven feet high and four anchon and one floor clip per side for doors over seven feet high. b. Provide one anchor at head for frames over three ftet wide. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 l. 2. 3. Standard Steel Doors and Frarnes 08110 - 4 ! Ir c. Provide anchors suitable to adjacent wall construction and clips welded to framef for frstening to floor. 4. Coordinate installation of frames with installation of hardware specified in Section 08?10 I and specified doors. I 5. Install roll formed steel reinforcement chmnels between two abutting frames. Archor to struchre and floor. -I B. Door: t. Install doon in accordance with ANSUSDI-A250.8 and DHI. I 2. oCffifi:" *"llation of doors with installation of fi-ames aod specified hardware in Section I 3.03 ERECTIONTOLERANCES I A Maximum Diagonal Dstortion: l/ I 6 inch measured with straight edgq comer to comer. I 3.04 ADrusrrNGI A. Adiust frame as needed for smooth and balanced door movement. I B. Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movenent. I C. Adjust closer for full closure. r 3.05 cLEANING t A. Clean Work under provisions of Section 01700 . t B. Remove labels of non-rated doors after Work is complete, I 3.06 SCr{EDTJLE A. Refer to Drawings for Door and Frame Schedule. I ENDOFSECTION t T t I r I Standard steelDoorsandFrarnes 08110-5 I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I sEcrroNos3loIACCESSIXX)RS I PARTI GENERAL a t.ol sEcTroNrNCLuDEs I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. Fire-rated and non-rated access door ard fame unit in wall and ceiling locations. I.O2 R.EI.ATEDSECTIONS I A. Section 09260 - Glpsum Board Assernblies. B. Section 09900 - Painting: Field paint finish. ! C. Division 15 - Mechanical: Mechanical and plurnbing devices requiring access. I D. Division 16 - Electrical: Electrical devices requiring access. I I.O3 STJBMITTALS I A. Submit under provisions of Section 013@.I B. Shop Drawings: Indicate exact position ofall acc€ss units as part of mechanical, plumbing, electrical coordination drawing. I C. Product Data: Provide sizes, tfpes, finislres, hardware, scheduled locations, ard details of adjoiningII I.O4 PRoJECTRECoRDDoCUMENTS I A. Sribmit under provisions of Section 0l?00. I B. Record actual locations ofall access units. r 1.05 REGI-rr-AToRYREQUTREMENTS A. Conform to applicable Code and UL rcquiremen6 for fue-rated ac.ess units.I I 1.06 SEQUENCTNG I A. Coordinate work under provisions of Section 01040. I B. Coordinate the Work with mechanical, plumbing and elecrical, and special systems work requiring I c ;;'*tor rcquiring access doors not shown on Drawings, and any additional access doors required by local jurisdiction having authority, shall be procured and hstalled at no additional cosl r PART2 PRODUCTS I r Access Doors 08310 - f Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI o'";1,:l%l; I 2.Or MANUFACTTJRERS I I IA. B, c. D. E, A. B. ACCESS DOORTYPES Access doors shall be 12 inches by 12 inches minimum size unless othenrise required otherwise or indicated on Drawings. FABRICATION JL Industries, Inc. Karp Associates, Inc. Milcor,LP. Nysrom, Inc. Substitutions: Underprovisions of Section 01630. Fabricate frames and flanges of l6 gage steel. Fabricate norFnrted door panels of 16 gage steel singh thicloess steel sheet. Fabricate fire resistive door panels of 14 gale steel double sheet with integml noncombustible irsulation filler. Weld, fill, and grind joins to assure flush and square unit Hardware: l. Hinge: 175 degree steel piano hinge with removable pin. For fre resistive doors, provide conc€aled constant force closure spring t5pe hinges. 2. Lock Flus[ screwdriver operated stainless steet cam lock I I I I I I T I I I I I I T I I c. D. A, B. FIMSHES Base Metal Protection: Galvanized, hot dipped finish. Finish: One coat baked enamel primer, ready for fieH painting. PART3 DGCUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Verifr zubsrate conditions under provisions of Section 0 I O$0. B. Veri$ that rougb openings for door and frame are conecdy sized and located parallel to building lines unless otherwise approved by Architect or Orvner. C. Final location of units subject to approval by Architect ard Owner as part of MEPF? Coordination Drawings as specified in Section 0t300. 3.V2 INSTALT.ATION A. Insall units in accordance with Manuhcturer's instnrctions ad per requirements of UL for fre - Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januery 2005 Access Doors rated access doors. 08310 - 2 I I B. Irxall units plumb and level in opening. Secure rigidly in place anchored to adjacent corsuuction. I C. Position units to provide convenient and C.ode required access to concealed Work requiring access. t 3.03 ADruSTING I A. Adjust Wo* under Section 01700.I B. Adjust door for smooth movement and operation. I 3.04 SCHEDULE r A. Public Areas: I 1. Units in Gypsum Wallboard Finish Surfaces: Flush, with drywall bead (flangeless). 2. Units in Wood and Tile Finish Surfaces: Recessed, with drywall bead (flangeless), I accommodating total ftickness of finish material. I 3. Units in Acoustically Rated Wall and Ceiling lncations: Recessed, with drywall bead (flangel€ss), accommodating total thickness of finish material. I B. Back-of-House Areas: Flush, with standard I inch flange. I ENDOFSECTION I I I I I I I I I Access Doors I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 08310 - 3 I I sEcrIoN 08360 I OVERHEADDOORS T PARTI GENERAL I.OI SECTION INCLUDES I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I t. Electric overhead sectional doors with operating hardware, supports and controls. t t.o2 RE',{TED .ECTT.NS I A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.I B. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers: Perimeter sealant and backup materials. I C. Section 08710 - Door Hardware: Cylinder locks by Door Manufacturer. D. Section 09260 - Glpsum Board Assemblies. I- E. Division 16 - Electrical: Empty conduit from contsol station to door operator. I I.O3 REFERENCES I A. AIIA A135.4 - Basic Hardboard. I B. ANSI A216.l - Sectional overhead Tlpe Door (NAGDM 102).I C. ASTM 8209 - Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate.II D. ASTM B22l - Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. r E. ASTM E330 - Test method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and I Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. F. NEMA MG I - Moors and Generators. f G. NFPA 70 - National Elecrical Code. I I.O4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ! A. Overhead panel sectional door ofmetal irsulated core and solid wood panel. I B. Lift Type: Standard lift operating style with track and hardware (commercial grade at Tunnel f garage door). I C. Operation: Electic. Ir- D. Loads: Design and size componene to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting Dormal to plane ofdoor as calculated in accordance with local Code. I E. System Operation at Tururel Entry i Exit: I overheadDoors 0E360- r GorecreekRe.t.i5.:ff1"11 03 Januarv 2005I I I III I I I I I I I I T I I II I I I I A. B, c. D. A. B, C. A, B. t.0s t.07 l. Parking Control Systems: Kelpad operation at entrance and automatic exit. 2. Design: Protect against interference or damage by lightdng or other electrical influence; include firse, over-voltage protection, IlasFover protection and line filter. 3. Entry - Autornatic Door Control: Electrically operated upon entering a code at keypad. Activate automatic door reversing switch if an obstacle is sensed in the down motion. 4. Exit - Automatic Door Control: Electrically operated upon detection of vehicle by in- floor loop detector. Activate automatic door reversing switch if obstacle is sensed in the down motion. SUBMITTAIS Submit under provisions of Section 0l 300. Shop Drawings: Indicate opening dimensions and required tolerances, connection details, anchorage spacing, hardware locations and irstallation details. Product Data: Provide component construction, anchorage method and hardware. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special att€ntion. t.06 QUALITY ASST.JRANCE Perform Work in accordance with ANSI A2l 6. I , Application Type Commercial. Manufacturei: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience. Lstaller: Company specializing in p€rforming the work of this Section witb minimum three years documented experience, and approved by Manufacturer. t.o7 SEQT'ENCING Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01040. Coordinate door rnanufactuer's requirement for size, required clearances and means of operation with the support system before commencing with work. WARRANTY A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01?00. B. Provide 5-year Manufacturer warranty, including electric motor and transmission. C. Conect defective Work within a tbree year period after date of Substantial Completion. PART2 PRODUCTS 2,OI MANI,]FACTIJRER A. Tunnel Entry / Exit Garage Door: Desiper Doors, Inc. l. Model: Sempfice, SSVW-422,with true dividedJite window detailing. 2. Provide thrce matching adjoining walk-through doors, as indicated on Drawings. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 Overhead l)oors 08360 - 2 l. 2. -). l. 2. J. 4. 5. 6. '7. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2.02 3. Size: As shown on Drawings. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Clopay Building Producls Company: Custom Series CR'800 wood door- b. Ov*head Door Company: Custom Seies 724 wood doon c. Acceptable Manufacturers garage anil molching adjacent walk-through doorc sholl match DRB approved Designer Doors series as specified- 5. Controller: Keypad at entry, in-floor loop detector at exit. B. Residential Garage Door: Raynor Garage Door Co. Model: Therma Seal, Stardard; woodgrain, color: "Clay Tone". Size: As shown on Drawings. Confoller: Two remote activation devices and one push button inside Residential Garage. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01630. SYSTEM COMPONENTS A. ElectricalCharacteristicsandComponents: Motor: NEMA MG l, Type I, as manufactured by Hercules; Elite l/2 hp. a. Provide % hp motor al Tunnel garoge door. Wiring Terminalions: Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch in control panel. Electric Operator: Center mounted on cross head shaft, center mounted draw bar asserrbly, adjustable safety friction clutc[ brake system actuated by independent voltage solenoid controlled by rnotor starter; enclosed gear driven limit switch; enclosed rnagnetic cross line reversing starter; mounting brackets and hardware. Intercoffiection to keypad Systern (under separate contract with Owner). Loop Detector and Treadle at Tunnel garage doon Safety Edge: At bottom of door panel, full widdU elecEo-mechanical sensitized t5pe, wired to reverse door upon sriking object; hollow rubber covered to provide weatherstrip seal. B. Track ASTM A653, standard 2-inch, hot dipped galvanized steel, reinforced as necessary to accommo&te door weight and operation. Provide 3-inch low headroom ftack at Tunnel garage doon C. Sprkgs: Standanl 20,000 cycle. Provide 100,000 qtcle ot Tunnel garage doon D. Rollers: 3-inch wheels with sealed precision ball bearing and hardened inner race and zinc plated steel stem. l. UHMW Polyethylene wheels. 2. Rubber wheels as manufactured by Garage Inc., 333 Bayview Drive, Barrie, Ontario [,4M6E7 Canada; 7 05-733-1 173. E. Cables: Galvanized aircraft cable. F. Struts: ASTM A653, hot dipped galvanized steel, SAE l0l0 Corunercial Grade. G. Hardware: Double end lringes I I gage minimum. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Overhead Doors 08360 - 3 Weatherstripping: Manufacturer's standard. Acoustical Motor Mount Isolator: De-coupler RSIC-DCO4x2 sound isolation mount as manufactured by PAC Intemational, Inc. (www.pac-int!.com). PART3 EXECUfiON 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Under provisions of Section 01040. B. Verify that wall openings are ready to r€ceive Work and opening dimensions and tolerances are within specifi ed limits. C. Verifu tbat electric power is available and ofcorrect characteristics. 3,02 PREPARATION A. Prepare opening to p€rmit conect installation ofdoor unit to perimeter air and vapor barrier seal. B. Apply primer to wood frame. 3.03 INSTALIATION A. Install door unit assembly in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. B. Mount rnotor assembly as per sound isolator manufachrer's instruction and approved by door Manufacturer. C. Anchor assembly to wall construction and building framing witbout distortion or stress. D. Securely brace door tracks suspended from structure; secure tracks to structural members only, E, Fit and align door assembly including hardware. F. Complete power and contol wiring from disco rect to unit components. G. Install perim€ter trim and closures to ensu€ weathertight seal. 3.O4 ERECTIONTOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Plumb: l/8 inch. B. Maximum Variation from l*vel: l/8 inch- C. Lrngitudinal or Diagonal Warp: Plus or minus I /8 inch from l0 ft stnight edge. D. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent Work ?.0s MANUFACTT.JRERSFIELDSERVICES A. Division 16 - Starting of Systems: Prepare and start systems. B. Ensure the operation and adjustnents to door asserrbly for specified operalion. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I t I I I T I I I I I I I T I I I H, L Overhead Doors 08360 - 4 I I 3.06 ADIUSTIN. I A. Under provisions ofSection 01700. B. A just door assembly for smooth operation and in full-contact with weathersripping. I 3.oi cLEANTNG I A- Under provisions ofSection 01700. I B. Clean doors and frames. r C. Remove temporary labels aud visible markings. I 3.08 PRorEcrroNoFFrNrsHEDwoRK I A. Under provisions ofSection 01500.r B. Do not permit construction traffic through overhead door openings after adjustnent and cleaning. I 3.oe scHEDULEI A. Refer to Drawings for Door and Frame Schedule.I I t I I I I I I I eadDoors t END OF SECTION 08360-5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail" Colorado 03 January 2fl)5 I I SECTION 08710 DOORIIARDWARE I PARTI GENERAL . I,OI SECTION INCLUDESII A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. Hardware for wood and hollow metal doors.I :' ffi"Ji:J'"1*:[ii,1li;fr1',.il'*::'":*:,icipated degree oruse). I 4: rHtf,:"ffitJ:t"'i;l'I* hardware specified sha[ be sufficient quantities necessary tot ffiHi*.X*#H1,Hi:?i:"*"T"",ffi:fffJ:'fffrf::ff::'*:"il: I omissions not clarified prior to Bid opening. I 6. Refer to Drawings for Door and Frame Schedule. . I.O2 REI-A.TED SECTIONS I A. Section .081 t0 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames: Fumish templates for door and frame preparauon. I B, Section 08360 - Overhead Doors: Fumish templates for door preparation. I C. Division 16 - Electrical: Power Supply to elecFical hardware componenB. I I l.o3 REFERENCES I . A. ADA (Americans with Dsabilities Act) - Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. I B. ANSI All7.l - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable byI Physically Handicapped People. I C. AWI (Architectural Woodwort Institute) - Quality Standards. D. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association. I I E. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute. F. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacture$.I I G. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. I H. NFPA l0l - Code for Safety to Life from Fire in Buildings and Structures.r'.r L SDI - Steel Door Institute. I J. UL lOC - Safety Fire Tests ofDoor Assemblies. I K. IJL 305 - Safety Panic Hardware. I Door Hardware 08710 - r Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail' ColoradoI 03 January 2oo5I t I 1.04 SUBMITTATS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate locations and mounting heights of each qpe of hardware, schedules, name and Manufrcturer ofeach itenl location ofeach hardware set cross referenced to indications on Drawings, both on floor plan and in Door and Frame Schedule, explanation ofall abbrcviations, symbols, and codes contained in Schedule, door and frame sizes and materials, rnaximum allowable degree of swing and door handing, fire-ratings, electrical characteristics and connection requirements. C. Submit Manufacturer's cut slrcets, parts lists and ternplates. D. Samples: If requested by Architect submit one sample ofeach type of hardware, illustrating style, color and hnislr- E. Approved Samples may be incorporated into the Work. F. Manufachrer's Installation Instructions: lndicate special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01700. B. Record actual locations of installed cylinders and their master key code. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions of Section 01730. B. Maintenance Data; Include dala on operating hardware, lubrication requirements, and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. QUALITY ASSI,JRANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the following requirements: l. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 2. ANSI Al l7.l - Specifications for Making Buildings and Facilities Accessible to and Usable by Physically Handicapped People. 3. NFPA8O. 4. NFPA IOI. 5. UL t0C. 6. UL30s. B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each tlae of hardware (latchsets and locksets, hinges, closers, etc.) from a single Manufacturer, unless scheduled otherwise. QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacnning the products specified in this Section with minimum five years experience. I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I 1.06 t.07 1.05 1.08 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Yail' Colorado 03 January 2005 Door Hardware 08710 - 2 I I D. Hardware Suppliec Shall be current member of DHI (Door Hardware Irstihrte). I l. Hardware supplier shall have a thorough knowledge of door operation systems and I applicable Codes, and notiry Architect ofany discrepancies. There shall be no additional I cost after award of Bid as the result of oversight by hardware supplier for proper operation and meeting requirements ofapplicable Codes. I r.o9 REGULAToRYREeUTREMENTsIA. Conform to applicable Code for require,ments applicable to fue-rated doors and frames. I B. Conform to applicable sections ofChapter 5 ofNFPA l0l. C. Prodwts Requiring Electrical Cormection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' I:boratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. I I,IO PRE-INSTALLATIONCONFERENCE I A. Convene one week prior to commencing work ofthis Section, under provisions ofSection 01200. Meet with the Owner, Contractor, Installer, Hardware Supplier, and Manufacturers Representative.I l"#x'":ffi:l'x;,?fi:: ffi'.5fi:'trr'*1il,tril:Tr; #.,$';1ilil1J1'"1ffi:I conditions, as to insure correct tecbnique ofinstallation, and coordination with other work. I I.II DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND IIANDLING - A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions ofSection 01600. I B. Package hardware items individually; label and identiff each package with door opening code toI match hardware schedule. I C. Protect hardware from tbeft by cataloging and storing in secured area. I D, Deliver keys with identifoing tags to Owner by secwity shipment direct frorn hardware supplier. I tJ2 cooRDrNATroNI A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01O40. I B. Coordinate Work with other directly affected Sections involving Manufacturer or fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware and recessed items. I C. Coordinate Owner's keying requirements during course of Work.I I.I3 WARRANTY I A. Provide the following warranties under provisions of Section 01700. I . l0 year waranqr on closers. I 2. 3 year warranty on exit devices. 3. 2 year warranty on remaining hardware. I B. Waranty: Submit Manufacturer waranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's I name and registered with Manufacturer. Include coverage for all bardware. I Door Hardware 0E710-3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr vail, cotorado 03 Januarv 2005 t t t.l4 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide maintenance materials under provisions ofSection 01730. B. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component. C. Provide maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component Manufacturer. PART2 PRODUCTS 2,OI ACCEPTABLEMANI.'FACTI.JRERS. A. Refer to "Hardware Materials" located at end of this Section for approved Manufacturers and approved Substitutes listing. 2.02 KEYING A. Grouped, keyed and supplied as per Owner's direction. Hardware supplier to verif, with Owner for keying requirements. B. Except as otherwise indicated, key to new master-key systern. C. Keys. l. Keys shall be rnade ofnickel silver. 2. Stamp all keys to read "DO NOT DLJPUCATE". D. Supply keys in the following quantities: l. 6 master keys. 2. 3 grand master keys. 3. 15 constuction keys, 4. 2 change keys for each lock. 2.03 KEY CABINET A. Cabinet Construction: Sheet steel construction, piano hinged door with cylinder-type lock, master keyed to building system. B. Cabina Size: Size for Project keys plus 50olo growth. C. Provide hooks for keys. D. Horizontal mehl strips for key hook labeling wi& clear plastic strip cover over labels. E. Finish: Baked enamel; color as selected by Architect. F. Install in location where directed by Owner. 2.M FIMSHES A. Finishes; As indicated in Schedule at end ofthis Section. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I Door Hardware 08710 - 4 6. 't. 3.03 3.05 I I I I T I t I I I I T I I I t I t I PART3 3.01 3n2 3.04 EXECUTION EXAMINATION A. Verifo site conditions under provisions ofSection 01040. B. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive Work and dimensiors are as insructed by the Manufachrrer. C. Verifu tbat elecric power is available to power operated devices and of the conect characterjstics. INSTALLATION A. Install hardware in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. B. Use templates provided by hardware item Manufacturer. C. Conform to ANSI All7.l and ADA Guidelines for positioning requirements for the physically handicapped. ADruSTING A. Adjust Work under provisions of Section 01700. B. Adjust hardware for srrcoth operation. PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect finished Work under provisions of Section 01500. B. Do not permit adjacent Work to dasnge hardware or fmish. HARDWARE MATERIALS General: l. 2. 1 4. ). Furnish all items in finish as selected by Architect. Use rwo pair butts or two each intennediate pivots at doors 7'-6" and over. Use 5" x 4.5" butts at doors 3'-6" and over. Hardware supplier shall verifu all lock functions with Owner prior to ordering material. After installation of all vertical rod exit devices, General Contractor to have Manufachrer's representative inspect installation and advice ifdevices are adjusted cofectly. At openings where wall stops are inappropriate a "stop ann closer" at outswing doors or an overhead stop at fuswing doors sball be used. Factory Authorized Service Center shall meet with Architect and Owner to finalize keying requiremenls and obtain keying instructions in uniting. Both the cylinders and key blanks shall be protected from autborized manufacture and disribution by the manufacturer's United States patents. All cylinders shall be mastefteyed by Sewice Center, combined in sets or subsets, rmsterkeyed or great grandmaster keyed, as directed by Owner. Quantities of permanent keys will be as determined by the Owner's Representative. Permanent keys shall be samped with the applicable key mark as determined by the Owners' Representative for identificatioq and sequentially numbered per change on the reverse side of the key that 0re key mark is starnped on. Permanent keys will also be stamped 'Do Not Duplicate". Deliver all permanent keys, security cores, and other Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2l)l)5 Door Hardware 0E710 - 5 security keys direct to Owner's Representative from Service Center by secure courier return receipi requested. Owner will be responsible to switch out the high security cores. Hardware supplier to fumish temporary cores at all locksets specified with high security cores. All cylinders shall be furnished with temporar5/ cores. Furnish 20 construction keys and 2 construction control keys. 8. Prior to final inspection, the Installer, accompanied by the representative ofthe latch and lock manufacturer, shall returtr to the project and inspect hardvmre to insure proper function of doors and hardware.. Consult with and instruct Oqmer's personnel in recommended additions to the maintenance procedures. Replace hardware items that have deleriorated or failed due to frulty design, materials or installation ofhardware units. Prepare a written report ofcurrent and predictable problems in the performance of the hardware. 9. Conact Alpine Lock and Safe (970-926-8000) for pricing ofcustom hardware. B. Hardware Types and Manufacturers: (SCH) Schlage (NGP) Natioml Guard Products (I(NO) Knox Box (TEL) TelKee (IVE) Ives @YO) ByOfters (lcN)LcN (HAG) Hager (FIAR) Hardware Renaissance (RKY) Roclcy Mountain Hardware t I I T I t T T I I I I I t T I I I T 630 626 689 630 AL AL AL HW SET:01 EACH OPENINC TO IIAVE: HW SET:02 EACH OPENING TO HAVE: 3 EA HINGE EA HINGE EA KEYPADLOCKSET EA CLOSER/STOP EA KICKPL"ATE SET SEAIS EA DOORSWEEP EA THRESHOLD EA KEYPADLOCKSET EA CLOSER/IIOLDER EA WALLSTOP EA SEALS EA DOORBOTTOM EA THRSSHOLD BBI l9l 4.5 X 4.5 NRP KC5l96X ITXKDXSLB 4lll cusH 8400 l0'x 2'LDw 9OOOAHEADAND JAMBS c627A 613 (ORAS DETATLED) BBl279 4.5 X 4.5 KC5I96X I?XKDXSLB 40ll H ws407cvx DOOR/FRAME MANI,JFACTIJRERS STANDARD DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTT'RERS STANDARD DOOR/FRAME MANI.JFACTI.JRERS STANDARD HAG scH LCN IVE BYO BYO BYO Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januery 2005 HAG scH LcN WE NGP NGP NGP FIMSH OF HARDWARE AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT/INTERIOR DESIGNER Door Hardware 08710 - 6 J I I J t I I I I I I I I t I t I I I I I t t HW SET:03 EACH OPENING TO HAVE: 3 EA HINGE Hlf SET:05A EACH OPENING TO HAVE: BBt279 4.5l{4,s EA STOREROOMLOCKSET ND8OPDSPA EA SURFACECLOSER EA WALLSTOP EA SEALS EA DOORBOTTOM EA THRESHOLD EA HINGE EA STOREROOMLOCKSET EA SIJRFACE CI,OSER EA WALLSTOP SET SEAI.S 401I ws407cvx DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD DOOR/FRAME MANI.JFACTI]RERS STANDARD DOOR/FRAME MANUFACT{,JRERS STANDARD BBr279 4.5 X4.s NDSOPD SPA 1521 Rw62A ws407cvx 5O5OC HEAD AND JAMBS 881279 4.s X 4.5 98L-FX996L-NLX17 20-022 1521 Rlr/62A ws407cvx SOSOCHEAD ANDJAMBS BBt279 4.5 X4.s NDSOPD SPA ws407cvx sR64 HAG SCH LCN rvE BYO BYO BYO FINISH OF HARDWARE AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT/INTERIOR DESIGNER HW SET:04 EACH OPENINGTOHAVE: ALL HARDWARE BY GARAGE DOOR MANTIFACTURER HW SET:05 EACHOPENINGTO TIAVE: 652 06 689 630 BLK 652 06 630 GRY HAG SCH LCN IVE NGP 3 I I I I T EA HINGE EA PANICDEWCE EA CYLINDER EA SARFACECLOSEREA 'YALLSTOPSET SEAIS 552 HAG 626 VON 626 SCH 689 LCN 530 IVE BLK NGP HW SET:06 EACH OPENING TO }IAVE: EA HINGE EA STOREROOMLOCKSET EA WALLSTOP EA SILENCER IIAG SCH tvE IVE Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Door Hardware 08710 - ? HW SET:07 EACH OPENING TO HAVE: I I T T I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I HW SET:08 EACH OPENINGTO}IAVE: BBI279 4.5X4.5 NDsOPD SPA l52l sHcusH 8400 t0" x 2'LDw sR64 BBl279 4.5X4.5 HE-6OI XHE.6OI WHL-IOI LEVERX LEVER KEYED ESCUTCHEON ENTRY SET WA/ERONA LEVER, HOT WAXED PATINA, FT]LLMORTISE LOCK,ULLISTED l52l Rw62A DSIOI (FIMSH TO MATC}I ENTRANCE LOCKSET) 5O5OC HEAD AND JAMBS 3l2V AS SELECTED BY INTERIORDESIGNER EA EA EA EA EA HINCE ENTRANCELOCKSET CI.,OSER,I{OLDER KICKPI-ATE SILENCER 652 HAG 626 SCII 689 LCN 630 M GRY IVE 693 TIAG HAR J I EA HINGE EA ENTRANCELOCKSET EA SI.JRFACE CLOSER EA BASEBOARDSTOP SET SEALS EA DOORBOTTOM EA THRESHOLD I I I I I 693 LCN RKY BLK NGP AL NGP TBD TBD HW SET:09 EACH OPENINC TO TIAVE: ALL TIARDWARE BY DI'MBWAITER MANI,JFACTI.'RER HW SET: l0 EACH OPENING TOHAVE: HWSET: ll EACH OPENING TO HAVE: I EA PADLOCK EA HINCE BBI279 4.5X4.5 EA STOREROOMLOCKSET ND8OPDSPA EA CLOSER/STOP I52I SCUSH SET SEALS 5O5rcHEADANDJAMBS 652 HAG 626 SCH 689 LCN BLK NGP PLl002 BAIANCE OF HARDWARE BY GATE MAN[JFACTI.]RER 606 SCH Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vafl, Colorado 03 January 2005 Door Hardrvare 08710 - 8 T I I I I I I I I I t I lIW SET: 12 EACH OPEMNG TOTIAVE: 6EA 2EA IEA IEA 2EA 2EA HW SET: 13 EACH OPENING TO TIAVE: HINGE MANUALFLUSHBOLT DUST PROOF STRIKE STOREROOM LOCKSET WALL STOP SILENCER KNOXBOX MOIJNTING KIT KEY CABINET i BUT'TON ON KEYFOB TRAINING ON KEYPAD LOCKSET BBt279 4.5X4.5 F8458 DP2 NDSOPD SPA ws407cvx SR64 BBL279 4.5 X4.5 KC5196X ITXKDXSLB r52l scusH 8400 l0"X2"LDW SR64 BBt279 4.5 X4.5 NRP KC5l96X17XKDXSr3 4lll cusH DOOR/FRAME MANUFACTURERS STANDARD DOOR/FRAME MANI.JFACTI.JRXRS STANDARD DOORiTRAME MANTJFACTTJRERS STANDARD 32OO RECESSED RMK (IFREQURED) STZE AS REQURED BY OWNER IBF-25 ENDOF SECTION 652 HAG 626 WE 626 IVE 626 SCH630 rvE GRY IVE HAG scH LCN IVE IVE 652 626 689 630 GRY EA EA EA EA EA HINGE KEYPADLOCKSET CLOSER/STOP KICKPLATE SILENCER EA KEYPADLOCKSET EA CLOSER/STOPEA SEALS EA DOORBOTTOM EA THRESHOLD HW SET: 14 EACH OPENING TO TIAVE: 3 EA HINGE FINISH OF HARDWARE AS SELECTED BY ARCHITECT/INTERIOR DESIGNER HW SET: 15 MISC: HAG scH LCN BYO BYO BYO Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t r 2EA 2EA IEA I SET 4 HRS KNO KNO TEL SCH I I I I I I)oor Hardware 08710 - 9 II I sEcTroNog26ot cYPstTMBoARDAssEMBLIEs fi PARTI GEI{ERAL t l.0l sEcrroN TNCLTJDES \r A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. hterior metal stud wall fiaming including fire-rated walls. f| 2. Interior metal charmel and stud ceiling framing, including fire-rated ceiling and shaft enclosure. '; 3. GlPsum wallboard'I i: H::,fl5##,::*[llffi: I l.o2 REI-ATED sEcrroNsIA. Section 06105 - Wood Blocking and Curbing. I B. Section 07213 - Ban and Blanket hsulation. rl C. Section 07900 - Joint Sealen. I D. Section 081 l0 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. f E. Section 08310 - Access Doors. I F. Section 09900 - Painting: Surface finish. I G. Division 15 - Mechanical:I I ) H'ffi,1Ti:il"::1"3:il:T1*"^ H. Division 16 - Electrical: I L Light fxtures in ceiling and walls.I 2. Firc alamr components in ceiling and walls. I r.o3 REFERENcES A. ASTM C36- C)T,sumWallboard. I B. ASTM C79 - Gpswn Shealhing Board. .- ASTM Ctg2 - Glpsum Backer Board or Core board. TI D. ASTM C475 - Joint Treafircnt Materials for Gypsum r /allboard Constsuction. I E. ASTM C497 - Standard Practice for Installing Sound Isolation G1rysum Board Partitions. I F. ASTM C645 - Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Rrnuren (Track), and Rigid Furrhg Channels I for Screw Application of Glpsum Board. Gypsurn Board Assemblies 09260 - I Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI 0JJ.*":$3t!I l.04 G. ASTM C665 - Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insrlation for Lisht Frame Consfruction and Manufactured Housing. H. ASTM C745 - Installation of Steel Framing Members to Screw Attached Glpsum Board. I. ASTM C84O - Application and Finishing of Glpsum Board. J. ASTM C9l9 - Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications. K ASTM CI002 - Steel Drill Screun br the Application of Gypsum Board. L. ASTM El 19 - Test Methods for Fire Test of Building Construction and Materials. M. ASTM E497 - Practice for Installing Sound-Isolating Gpsun Board. N. GA-201 - Gypsun Board for Walls and &ilings. O. GA-216 - Recommended Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. P. GA-600 - Fire Resistance Desigr Manual. a. UL - Fire Resistance Directory. SYSTEM DESCRIPTIO'T.I A. Limit Deflection of Partitions to the Following Limits: l. Interior Partitions: U120. B. Base Above Deflection Limits on the Following Unifomr Live loads: l. Shafts: l0.0psf. 2. Dumbwaiter Shaffs: 7.5 psf. 3. Other Interior Partitions: 5.0 psf. SUBMITfALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate spccial details associated with building sructure and fueproofing. C. Product Data: Provide data on metal framing, glpsum boar4 joint tap€, and other accessories. D. Samples: Submit three samples of 12 incbes x 12 inches in size, illustating finish and textur€. QUALITYASSIJRANCE A. Perform Work in accordaoce with GA-20 I , GA- 2 I 6, and GA-600. B. Metal framing shall be isolated from building structure to prevent tansfer of loading imposed by stnlrctural movement. C. Perfonn acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I I t t I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.05 1.06 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09260 -2 1.07 |.08 1.09 I I t I I I I I I D. Metal framing system shall conform to ICBO Report for stud gage and spacing for all wall conditions. General Contractor shall verifu required gage and spacing with partition height and deflection limits and modifu accordingly. QUALIFICATIONS A. Insaller: Company specializing in performing the Work of this Section with minimum three years doorrnented experience. B. Installer shall review and coordinate widr mechanical, plumbing and elecrical, and special systems work requiring access units. There shall be no additional cost after award of Bid as the resull of oversight by Installer to meet the required framing. REGIJI.ATORY REQIJIREMENT S A. Conform to applicable code for fue-nted assemblies as indicated on Drawings. Provide assemblies listed by UL, FM, or GA. SEQI,JENCING A. Coordinate Work under provisiors of Section 01040. B. Coordinate the Work with mechanical, plumbing and electical, and special systems work requiring access units. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MANUFACTI,JRERS A. Framing: l. Gold Bond Building Products, National Gypsum Company. 2. United States Glpsum Company, USG Corporation. 3. Dietrich Industries. 4. G-P Gypsum Corporalion. B. Gypsum Wallboard: l. Gold Bond Building Products, National Gypsum Company. 2. United States Gypsum Company, USG Corporation. 3. G-P Gypsrun Corporation. C. Substitutions: Under provisions ofSection 01630. 2.02 METALFRAMINGMATERIAIS A. General: ASTM C645, GA-216, and GA-600; galvanized sheet steel, 22 gage thick minimum rmless noted or otherwise reouired. L Standard Wall System: Manufacturer's standard profiles of 3-5/8 inch,4 inch and 6 inch stud; consisting ofC shape studs, knurled frce, and U-shape track- 2. Shaft Wall Sptem: Manufacturer's standard profiles of 2-l/2 inch studs for fire- resistance rated assembly; consisting ofC-H studs or l-studs and J tracks. 3. Furring, Framing and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard profiles consisting of furring T t I t I I T I I I 09260 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Gypsum Board Assemblies channels- 4. Ceiling System: Manufacturer's standard profiles; consisting of cold mlled channels, firring channels. Meal Channel Support Framing: ASTM A,145; Z-firring channel, 2 inches wide, 20 gage minimum, spaced as indicated on Drawings; 'ZFE-20 Ga." as manufactured by Dietrich krdusties, Inc. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C6a5; g^lvantnd sbet steel, 22 gage thick minimum (unless noted or required otherwise), C shaped studs, knurled frce and U-shaped Eacls. Provide additional intemal support at all unbraced walls not extending to sfructure. Furring and Resilient Channels: ASTM C645; galvadzed. Framing Accessories: ASTM C645; manufrcturer's standard. Fastenen: ASTM C1002. Ancborage to Subsfate: Tie wire, nails, screws and otber metal supports, of type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure rnterials in place. Adhesive: GA-216. MISCELI^ANEOUS WOOD FRAMING Blocking and Miscellaneous Framing: Fire retardant reated as specified in Section 06105. GYPSI]M BOARD MATERIAIS Standard Glpsum Wallboard: ASTM C36; 5/8 inch thick unless otherwise indicated, maxrnum permissible length; ends square cut, tapered edges. Fire Rated Glpsum Wallboard: ASTM C36; fire resistive type, uL rated; 5/8 inch thick unless otherurise indicated, maximum permissible length; edges square cut, tapered edges. Glpsum Core Board: ASTM Of42, one-inch drick, maximum permissible length; ends square cut, square edges. ACCESSORIES Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I B. c. D, E. F. G. H. I I I I t Acoustical Insulation: Owens Coming fiberglass building insulation; ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, Aiction fit type, thictoress as indicabd; R-l I, unfrced. 1- Subgintions: Under provisions of Secrion 0163A Acorstical Sealant Manufrctuer's standard non-hardening, non-sag gunnable, non-staining latex sealant recomnrended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airbome sound; complying with ASTM C834 and the following requiremenr: L Product is effective in reducing airborne sourd fansrnission tluough perimeter joinB and openings in building construction as dernonsu"ated by testing representative assemblies per ASTM E9O. 2. Product has flame spread and smoke developed ratings ofless than 25 per ASTM E84. 3. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirernents, acoustical joint sealants that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Product Manufacturer: I I I I t I I I 1 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09260- 4 l I l) 'AC-20 + Silicone" (use only for painrable application); Pecora I corPoration' 2\ "BA-98 Acoustical Sealant"; Pecora Corporation. 3) '"Tremco Acoustical Sealant"; Trerrcq Inc' l'C. Moldable Putty Pads: Fire rated; to completely cover back and sides of all boxes within acoustic r walts. II D. Metal Accessories: Galvanized steel, I L Comer reinforcernent: GA 2l6,TypeCB-100x 100. f] 2. Casing: GA2l6,T1pelf. 3. C.ontoljoinL 4. Adjusable wall furring brackets. I 5. Metal furring channel clips. 6. Hat channels. 7. Hanger wire: 8 gauge. I 8. Black iron sructural channel. f| 9. Tie Wire: Double stand, 16 gauge, galvanized. I E. Joint Materials: GA-2 16; reinforcing tape, ioint compound, adhesive, and water. It' F. Fast€ners: ASTM C1002, Tpe Sl2. I G. Adhesive at Concrcte: As recommended by rypsum wallboard Manufacturer. Pmvide preparation of I concreie surface as recommended by adhesive Manufacturer. I I PART3 EXECUTION I 3.01 EXAMTNATToN I A, Verify site conditions under provisions ofSection 01040. t B. Veri& that site conditions are ready to receive Work and opening dimensions are as instructed by the I Manufacturer. a C. Coordinate layout of framing with mechanical trades and interior elevations. layout lights, outlets, I switches, grilles, etc., prior to framing to ensure prcp€r location of these items in the finish walls and ceilings. I 3.o2 METALSTIDINSTALLATToN !A, Coordinate stud layout to allow gypsum wallboard to run continuous, without intemrption by I intermediate partitions, at all acoustically rated partitions. I B. Install studs in accordance with GA-201 , GA-216 and GA-6@ and Manuhcturer's instuctions. t C. Metal Stud Spacing: 16 inches on center unless noted or required otherwise. I D. All studs to sfucture unless otherwise noted. Maintain clearance under sfrrcnral building members I to avoid deflection transfer to studs. Provide extended leg ceiling runners as required. I E. Door Opening Framing: Install double studs at door frame jambs and heads. hstall stud facks on I each side ofopening, at frame head height, and between s0.rds and adjaccnt studs. r Gypsum Board Assernblies 09260 - 5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel r Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I T I B. C. 3.03 F. Blocking: Install blocking for support ofwall hung items. WALL FTJRRING INSTAIIATION Erect wall firring for direct attachment to concrcte block ad concrete walls, as indicated or Drawings. Erect furring channels horizontally; space maximum 24 inches on center, not mor€ than 4 inches from floor and ceiling lines Secure in place on altemate channel flanges at maximum 24 inches on center. Erect freestanding metal stud framing spaced from concrete and concrete masonry walls, atached by adustable firning brackets in accordance with Manuficnrer's irstnrctions. 3.0s SHAFT WALL INSTALI.A,TION B. Shaft Wall Framing: Mainhin fire rated assemblies continuous and unintemrpted to exterior uall to other fire rated assemblies, and from floor deck to floor deck, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Install head track at head to allow for deflection as per UL Fire Resistarce Directory. Shaftwall Stud Spacing: 16 inches on center, unless noted or otherwise required. 3.04 CEILING FRAMING INSTALI,ATION c. D. E. F. G. Install in accordance with GA 201 and GA 2 16. Secure hangers to stsucn[al support by connecting directly to struc$rc where possible, or other anchorage devices or fastenen as shown. Do not connect or suspend steel framing Aom ducts, pipes, or conduits. laterally brace entire suspension s1t!em. Keep hangers and braces 2 inch clear ofducts, pipes, or conduits. Insall ceiling traming independent of walls, columns and above ceiling Work, unless othenvise indicated or required. Install suspended steel taming components in sizes and at spacing shown but not less than that required by referenced stecl Aaming ftstallation standard. l. Carrying Chamels (Main Runrers): l-l/2 inch, 4 feet on center.2. Rigid Furring Channels (Furring Memben): | 6 inches on center. lnstallation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings sq that cross firring members or grid zuspension mernbers are level to within li8 inch in 12 feet as measred boih lenglhwise on each rnember and trarsversely between parallel members. Clip furring members to main rururers and to other stsuctural supporB as specified or shown. Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system whicb interrupt main carrying channels or firring channels, with lateral channel bracing. Extend bracing minimum 24 inches past each end of openings. 3.06 SPECIALFIRE-RATEDASSEMBLYINSTALITA'TION A. B. t I I I t I T t Gypsum Board Assemblies I I T I I I H. I. J. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 09260 - 6 3.0s I l I t t I I I I I I T I I I T I I I 3.06 A. Inslall fiaming as per Manufrcturer's inshuction for the specific fire-rated assembly. B- Fire rated ceiling and ductwork enclosures are of a proprietary design; no substitutions are permitted. ACOUSTICAL ACCESSORIES INSTALI,ATION A. Place acoustical insulation in partitiom where indicated" Place tight within spaces, around cut openings, behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions, and tight to items passing duough partitions. B. Install acoustical sealant within partitions receiving acoustical irsulation in accordance with Manuhcturer's instuctions and per ASTM C919. l. Fire seal and caulk all penetations of partitions by strucnre, conduit, pip€, ductworlg rough-in boxes, and other components. 2. Gypsum panels: Base tayer; seal all perimeter joints. When sealing joints, hold back glpsum board l/8 inch to l/4 inch from adjacent surfaces and seal remaining gap airtight with acoustical sealant. Provide fire rated sealant where indicated or required. 3. Seal all penetrations of partitions by conduit, pipe, ductworlq rough-in boxes, stuctural elements and other components. 4. Use moldable putty pads to completely isolate rough in boxes at areas where back-to-back boxes are not separated by one firll shrd cavity, locations subject to review by Architect. C. Metal Framing: Use a double bead of sealant at contact areas of all intersecting walls, floors and ceilings at dwelling unit corridor walls, demising partition and shaffs. GYPSTIM BOARD INSTALI.A.TION A Gypeum wallboard to nm continuous without intem.rption at interrnediate partitions, at all acoustically rated partitions, without exception. B. Install glpsum wallboard in accordarce with ASTM Bl97,GA-2O1,GA-216, and GA-600. C. Erect single layer standard glpsum wallboard in most economical direction, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing. D. Erect single layer fue-rated glpsum wallboard vertically, with edges and ends occurring over firm bearing. Errect exterior gpsurn sheathing horizontally, with edges butted tiglrt and ends occurring over firm bearing. Use screws when frstening glpsum wallboard to metal firring or Faming. Multi-Iayer Applications : Use glpsum backing board for first layer, placed parallel (vertical) to framing or fiuring members. Use fire rated glpsum backing board for fire rated paftitiom. First la)€r to be fully taped, filled ard acoustically sealed with 6rst layer ofjoint treatsnent. Secure second layer to first with adhesive and sufficient support to hold in place. Place second layer perpendicular (horizontal) to first lapr. Offset joints of second layer from joints of 6rst layer- Place and install additional layen as necessa4r to irstnrctions ofsecond layer. Screw second layer to shrd framing. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 F. G. l. ) 4. -f- Gypsum Board Assemblies 09260 -7 I I I I B, c. D. 3.08 3.07 JOINTTREATMENT Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and com€$ to produce smooth surfice ready to receive fnishes. Fire tape and fill all joints in layers behind finish layen. Feather coas onto adjoining surhces so that camber is ftximum lB2 inch. Provide fuestop sealant or fuesafing as required maintaining a continuous, unintemrpted fire-rated assembly. TOLERANCES Maxinmm Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from True Flahess: l/8 inch in l0 feet in any direction TEXTIjREFINISH Verify that surhces are cleaq dry and smoodr- Prepare and prinre or seal surfaces in accordarrce with Manufacturer's irstuctions, MLr and apply texture finish in accordance with Manufacturer's imructiors to produce uniform ter(hre matching approved sample. Apply to avoid irdication of application pattern. Apply texture coating to gtrpsum wallboard surhces irdicated or scheduled. Remove texture drippingq and overspftry from adjacent surfrces where inadvertently applied. Pr€vent t€xture finish from coming in contact with other surfaces, H. I. J. D. E. F. G. 6. Acoustically seal entire p€rimet€r. Erect exterior glpsum soffit board perperdicular o suppore, with saggered end joinb over supporB. Place control joints consistent with lines ofbuilding spaces as directed. Place comer beads at extemal corners. Use longest practical length. Place edge trim where glpsum wallboard abuts dissimilar materials or stops \r'ith edge exposed; except wherc full-beight partition abuts exposed struchre above. At this condition, hold back glpsum board with clear l/8 inch minimum open joint; provide continuous sealant in open joint both sides of partitiorl ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 I I I I I I I T t I I t 3.09 A. B, c. I t I Gypsum Board Assemblies 09260 - 8 I B. I I t I I I I I t I.04 I T I I I I I I I sEcrroN 09800 ACOUSTICAL WALL COVERINGS PARTI GENERAL I.OI REI.J,TEDDOCIJMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplemenary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SIIMMARY This Section includes the following: l. Unfaced Acoustical Glass Fiber Board. 2. Acoustic Fiberglass Batts. 3. Open Cell Cenrentitious Fiberboard. 4. Duct Liner. 5. Architectural Acoustical Wall Panels. 6. AcousticallyTransparentFabric/TextileFinishes. 7. AcousticallyTransparentAppli€dFinishes. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section. l. Glrysum Board Assemblies - Section 09260. 1.03 DEFIMTIONS Thermal Resistivity: Where the thermal resistivity of insulation products are desigrated by "r-values," they represent the reciprocal of thermal conductivity (k-values). Thermal conductivity is the rate ofheat flow through a homogenous material exactly I inch thick. Thermal resistivities are expressed by tbe temperatue difference in degrees F between dre two exposed faces required to cause one BTU to flow through one square foot per hour at mean temperatures indicated' SI.IBMITTAIS General: Submit the followins in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division I Specifi cation Sections: l. Product data for each tlpe ofinsulation or acoustical wall covering product specified. 2. Samples for verification purposes in l2'l12" units of each type of exposed insulation or acoustical wall covering indicated for each color specified. 3. Product test reports from and bas€d on tests performed by qualified independent testing laboratory evidencing compliance of insulation products with requirements including acoustical absorption criteria, fire performance characteristics, water absorption ratings, and other properties, based on comprehensive testing ofcurrent pmducts. t.05 QUALITY ASSIJRANCE Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide insulation materials identical to those whose indicated fire performance characteristics have been determined per the ASTM test method indicated below, Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januery 2005 Acoustical Wall Coverings 09800 - r T t I I I I I I I I t I T I I I I B, c. B, c. D. E. by UL or other testing and inspecting organizations acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identifo products with appropriate markings ofapplicable testing and inspecting organization. l. Surface Buming Characteristic: ASTM E 84. 2. Fire Resistance Ratings: ASTM E I19. 3. Combustion Characteristics: ASTM E 136. Single-Source Responsibility for Insulation Products: Obtain each type of building insulation from a single source with resources to provide products ofconsistent gality in appearance and physical properties without delalng progress of the Work. Delivery, Storage, and Handling l. Protect insulation materjals from physical darnage and from deterioration by moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacture/s recommendations for handling storage, and protection during installation. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI UNFACED ACOUSTICAL GI.A,SS FIBERBOARD: General: Thermal insulation produced by combining glass fibers with thermosetting resin binders to comply with ASTM C 612 for Class indicated; and as follows: l" Semi-Rigid Board: Class I and 2, thiclness as shown on drawings, nominal density of 1.5-2.0 PCF; Minimum sound absorption coefficients for a ASTM C 423 Type AMounting. FREO. 125 250 500 lK 2K 4K NRC(Hz) 0.05 0.24 0.59 0.78 0.90 0.92 0.65 2" Semi-Rigid Board: Class I and 2, thickness as shoum on drawings, nominal density of 1.5-2.0 PCF; Minimum sound absorption coeffrcienb for a ASTM C 423 Type A Mounting. FREO. 125 250 500 lK 2K 4K NRC (Hz)0.19 0.57 0.96 1.00 0.98 1.00 0.90 l" Semi-Rigid Board: Class I and 2, thickness as shown on drawings, nominal density of 3.0-5.0 PCF; Minimum sound absorption coefticients for a ASTM C 423 Type A Mounting. FREO. 125 250 500 lK 2K 4K NRC (Hz)0.o3 0.23 0.62 0.86 0.93 0.94 0.65 2" Semi-Rigid Board: Class I and 2, thiclciress as shown on drawings, nominal density of 3.0-5.0 PCF; Minimum sound absorption coefficiene for a ASTM C 423 Type A Mounting. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado I 03 January 2005 I Acoustic al Wall Coverings 09E00 - 2 I il I FREO. l2s 250 500 lK 2K 4K NRC (Hz) 0.16 0.65 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.97 1.00 I F. 3" Semi-Rigid Board: Class I and 2, thickness as shown on drawings, nominal density of 3.0-5.0 PCF; ! Minimum sound absorption coefficients for a ASTM C 423 Type AMounting. I FREO. 125 250 500 lK 2K 4K NRC I (Hz) 0.34 0.92 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 1.00 G. 4" Semi-Rigid Board: Class I and 2, thickness as shown on drawings, nominal density of 3.0-5.0 I PCF; Minimum sound absorption coefficients for a ASTM C 423 Type A Mounting. I FREO. 125 250 500 lK 2K 4K NRC (Hz) O.g7 l.O0 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 II H. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, prcducts that may be incorporatedI in rhe work include, but are not limitid to, the following: I "CertainTeed IB Board", CertainTeed Corp. I .Knauf Instrlation Board", Knauf Fiber Glass "700 Series", OwenVComing Fiberglass Corp. r "Insul-Shield", Johns Manville. - 2.02 Acousrlc FIBERGT-ASS BATTS I A. General: Thermal insulation produced by combining glass fiben with thermosetting resin binders I and as follows: I B. Unfaced Acoustic Fiberglass Batts: Thickness and R-Value as shown on drawings, norninal density I of 0.9-1.5 PCF; ,_ C. Kraft or Foil Faced Acoustic Fiberglass Batts: Thiclgress and R-Value as shoum on drawings, nominal density of 0.9- 1.5 PCF; 'I D. FSK Faced Acoustic Fiberglass Batts: Thicloess and R-Value as shown on drawings; nominal t density of 0.9-1.5 PCF: and to comply with ASTM C 612 for Class indicated. r E. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: t CertainTeed Corp- Knauf Fiber Glass I Owens/Coming Fiberglass Corp. f Johrx Manville Corp. 2.O3 DUCT LINER I A. General: Comply with NFPA Standard 90A and TIMA Sendard AHC-l0l- I Acoustical Wall Coverings 09800 - 3 Gore Creek Residmces - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I Materials: ASTM C 1071, Type II, with visible surface coated black to prevent erosion of glass fibers, NO VISIBLE MARKINGS. l. ln black fiberglass duct liner, 1.5-2.0 PCF density, black insulation. Insulation to meet ASTM Cl07l-91, Type l. Minimum sound absorption coefficients for a ASTM C 423, Standard Reverberation Room Test using Type A (ABPMA No. 4) mounting. FREO. t25 250 500 lK 2K 4K NRC (Hz)0. t0 0.l9 0.48 0.65 0.78 0.83 0.50 2. 2" black fiberglass duct liner, 1.5-2.0 PCF density, black insulation. Insulation to meet ASTM Cl07l-91, Type l. Minimum sound absorption coefficients for a ASTM C 423, Standard Reverberation Room Test using Type A (ABPMA No. 4) mounting. FREO. l2s 250 500 lK 2K 4K lrRC (Hz)0.22 0.47 0.76 0.89 0.89 0.91 0.80 Fire Hazard Classification: Flame spread rating of not more than 25 without evidence of continued progressive combustion and a smoke developed rating of no higher than 50, when tested in accordance with ASTM C 4l I . Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA Standard 90A and ASTM C 916. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachmen! mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to surface. Provide fasteners that do not damage the liner when applied as recommended by the manufacturer and will indefinitely sustain a 50-pound tensile dead load test perpendicular to the surface. a. Fastener Pin kngth: As required for thickness of insulation, and widrout pdecting more than l/4 inch from the nominal surface. Adhesive For Attachment of Mechanical Fastene$: Comply with the "Fire Hazard Classification" of duct liner system. 7. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requiremens, producB that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: "Ultralite Duct Liner", CertainTeed Corp. "Knauf Duct Liner EOM", Knauf Fiber Glass "Aeroflex Plus Duct Line/', Owens/Coming Fiberglass Corp. "Permacole@ Linacoustic@", Johns Manville "Permacote@ Linacoustic@" R-300. Johns Manville PART3-EXECUTION 3,OI EXAMINATION A. Exarnine substrates and conditions with Instraller present, for compliance with requirernents of the I l*:n u*'*"':::m**"*:",1,n*,9,{**ilx* *rm,*t*,;*ll,x I B. I I I I t I I t I I I I I I I I J. 4. 5. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel IVailo Colorado I 03 January 2005 IT Acoustical Wall Coverings 09800 - 4 t B. C. D. I l I I I I I T I I I t I I wall coverings until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION 3.03 INSTALT.A,TION ', T.M PROTECTION Clean zubstrates of substances harmful to insulations, adhesives or vapor retarders, including removal ofprojections that might puncturc vapor retarders. GENERAL I.Comply wittr insulation or acoustical wall covering manufacture/s insructions applicable to products and application indicated. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to project conditions, consult manufactuter's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with installation of insulation. Extend insulation or acoustical wall covering full thiclcress as indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions, and fill voids with insulation' Remove projections that interfere with placernent. I.INFACED GLASS FIBER BOARD l. Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with manufacture/s recomnendations. If no specific method is indicated, use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support ofunits. ACOUSTIC FIBERGLASS BATTS l. Apply insulation units to substrate by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's recommendations. If no specific method is indicated, use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support ofunits. DUCTLINER l.Apply insulation units to subsfate by method indicated, complying with manufacturels recommendations. If no specific rnethod is indicated, use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support ofunie. All material edges with exposed fiberglass shall be sealed with duct butter to contain particles. GENERAL l. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmfirl weather I exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide ternporary coverings or enclosures t where insulation will be subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by perman€nt construction immediately after installation. B. ACOUSTICALPANEIS t.Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a rnanner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensures that acoustical wall panels are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Comoletion. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I T I Acoustical Wall Coverings 09800 - s Replace pancls that cannot be cleaned and repaired, in a marmer acccptable to thc Architecg prior to thc time 6f $ubstantial Completion. ENII OF SECTION I I I I I t t I I I I I I t I I I GorecreekRes"ffi:;,T:fi, I 03 Jenuary 2005 I Acoustical Wall Coverings 09800 - 6 B. c. I t I I t I T I I I I I I I t I I I I sEcTroN 09900 PAINTING PART1 GENERAL I,OI SECTIONINCLI.JDES The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: l. Surface preparation, painting, and finisbing of exposed interior and €xterior items and surfaces. Contractor must review Finish Schedules for proper &termination of listed finishes to all given areas specified. a. Where a specific finish is listed in another Sectioq it is to supercede the finish listed within this Section. b. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatnent specified under other Sections. Paint exposed surhces whether or not colors are designated, except where a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted, or is to remain natuml. Where an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint lhe same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, Architect and Interior Desiper will select from standard colors available. L Painting includes field painting exposed bare and covered pipes and ducts (including color coding), hangers, exposed steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mecbanical and electrical equipment, including roof area, and bituminous coating of metals as specified in appropriate Sections. Painting is not required on pre-fnished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating pafts, and labels unless otherwise scheduled or deuiled. l. Pre-finished items not to be painted, include the following fictory-finished components: Metal or phenolic toilet enclosures. Acoustic materials (unless noted otherwise). Architectural pre-finished woodwork and casework Finished mechanical and electrical equipment. e. Ught fixhues. f. Switchgear. g. Dishibution cabinets. h. Finish hardware, except prime-coated items. 2. All factory pre-finished items must submit paint and primers, solvents, MSDS, and material data sheets. 3. Concealed surfaces not to be painted, include wall or ceiling surfaces in the following generally inaccessible areas: a. Interior chase walls. b. Mechanical plenum spaces. 4. Finished metal surfaces not to be painted include: Anodized aluminum. Stainless steel. Bronze. Brass, Copper 5. Operating parts not to be painted, include moving parts of operating eguipment, such as the following: a. Valve and damper operators. b. Linkages. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 a. b. d. a. b. c. d. e, Painting 09900 - r I r.02 c. Sensing devices. d. Motor and fan shafts. 6. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, Factory Munual or other Code required labels or equipment names, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 7. Exterior/interior unfinished surfaces of plumbing, mechanical, and elecrical equipment and conponents not exposed to view. 8. Fiberglass reinforced plastic. REI-ATED SECTIONS A. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. I I I I I I I T I I I I I I I I I I B. c. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. A. B. c. D. E. Section 05510 - Metal Stairs. Section 05720 - llandrails and Railings. Section 06 | 25 - Wood Decking. Section 06200 - Finish Carpenry. Section 08 I I 0 - Standard Steel Doors and Frames. Section 083 l0 - Access Doors. Section 08360 - Overhead Doors. Section 09260 - Glpsum Board Assemblies. Section 10523 - Fire Extinguisbers, Cabinets and Accessories. 1.03 REFERENCES ASTM Dl6 - Defnitions of Terms Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Relarcd Products. ASTM D2016 - Test Method fon Moisnrre Content of Wood- ASTM D4258 - Surhce Cleaning Concrete for Coating. ASTM Df259 -Abrading Concrete. PDCA @ainting and Decorating Contractors of America) - Painting - Architectural Specification Manual. F. SSPC (Steel Struc$res Painting Council) - Steel Structures Painting Manual. I.O4 DEFIMTIONS A. Paint: Complete system of en"mels, paints, sealers, fillers, and stains, whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. B. System: Materials and quantities recommended by approved materials Manufacturer for specified surface; includes preparation, priming/sealing, intermediate and fmish coats. C. Concealed Spaces or Surfaces: Included items specifiod in this Section that will be covered by other trades with finish materials in a manner such that items are not exposed to view when Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Painting 09900 - 2 I.05 I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I t I cor}sEuction is completed. D. Exposed Spaces or Surfaces: Includes items specified in this Section that are exposed to view when construction is completed. This includes both exterior and interior spaces and surfaces. SIIBMITIALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 013@. B. Samples: Provide three color samples for each color in accord with scheduled color selections. Provide document-indicatine locations for each color. l. Except for wood and cementitious surhces, prepare color samples on heavy paper or chipboard 8-l/2 inches x I I inches in size. 2. Prepare samples of wood finish on actual wood species obtained from finish cary€ntry trade; apply all coats. 3. Prepare samples of smooth, steel-troweled, and similar concrele and plasler finishes on fine grit sandpaper. 4. Prepare samples ofsand-floated, and sirnilar concrete and plaster finishes on medium grit sandpaper. 5. Prepare samples ofconcrete masonry finish on coarse grit sandpaper. 6. Approved samples shall be used for judging colors offinished Work C. Product Data: l. Manufachrer's Information: Manufrcturer's technical data sheets, published instructions, Material Safety Data sheets, and other relevant data. 2. Material List: Submit a complete list of proposed materials to Architect for revieq including sealers, primers, and stains. Identi$ each material by Manufrcturer's name, product name and number, and tlpe ofsurfrces to receive individual finishes. D. Certification: Provide each shipment of materials delivered to jobsite with an affidavit from Manufacnrreq certi$ing that each classification or tlpe of materials furnished complies with Specification requirements and approved materials lisl. I,06 QUALITYASS1JRANCE A. Product Qualifications: l. For every specific system, firnish materials and products from a single Manufacturer, unless approved otherwise by Manufacturer of finish coating material or product. 2. Interior and exterior paint materials shall havc anti-mildew agents incorporated into thc formulation. In addition, include carefirlly balanced ultraviolet inhibitors for exterior materials. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: In addition to complying with other legal requirements, comply with: l. Consumer Products Safety Commission (CPSC), l6 CFR Part 1303. 2. SCAQMD,RegulationXI. C. Reference Specifications and Standards: l. ASTM: D523 Specular Gloss. 2. ASTM: D1258 Surface Cleaning Concrete for Coating. 3. ASTM: D1259 Abrading Concrete. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vait Colorado 03 January 2005 Painting 09900 - 3 4. CFR: 16 CFR 1303, Ban of Lead Containing Paint and Certain Consumer Products Bearing Lead Conaining Paint. 5. SCAQMD: Regulation XI, Source Specific Srandards. 6. SSPC: SP I SolventCleaning. . 7. SSPC: SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning. 8. SSPC: SP 13 Surface Preparation ofConcrete. I,O7 MOCKUP A. Provide paint and stain finish systems over surfaces designated by Architect and Interior Designer which will then be used as a basis forjudging quality ofworkmanship for entire Project. B. Apply colors selected by Architect atrd Interior Designer for each designated surface. C. Prepare surfaces and apply scheduled finishes in accord wi$ specified requirements. D. Prepare required mock-ups on walls or surfaces witlrin building at locations selccted by Architect and Interior Designer. Mockups shall be 100 sq ft mininum for walls and as directed by Architect and Interior Designer for other surfaces. Prepare moclorps on each ofthe following surfaces: l. Opaque Finishes: a, Concrete. b. Masonry. c. Wood. d. Fenous metals, galvanized and non-galvanized. e. Non-ferrous metals. f. Gypsum wallboard. 2. Other Finishes: To surfaces designated by Architect and Interior Designer. E. Notifr Architect and Interior Dcsigner when mockups are ready for inspection for color, texture and workrnanship. F. Provide lighting equivalent to final lig[ting conditions during Architect and Interior Designer's inspection. G. Modi! or conect Work on moclarps as directed by Architect and Interior Desigrrer. H. Do not proceed with Work of this Section prior to obtaining Architect and Interior Desiper's approval ofmockups. I. Approved mockups shall be used to judge other areas of similar finish. Protect mockups fiom damage until Project completion, I.O8 DELTVERY,STORAGEANDTIANDTJNG A. Deliver, store, protect and handle products to site under provisions ofSection 01600. B. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufactr.rer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: I . Product name or title of material. 2. Product description (generic classification or binder t1rye). 3. FederalSpecificationnumber,ifapplicable. 4. Manufacturer's stock number and dale of manufacture. 5. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. 6. Thiruring instructions. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Jrnuary 2005 I I I T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Peinting 099W-4 l.l0 t I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.09 PART2 2.Ol A. 7. Applicationinstructions. 8. Color name and number. C. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of45 degrees F. Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreip materials and residue. D. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application. El.I\i IRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperanrre mnges required by the paint product manufacturer. B. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature ofthe product, surfaces to be painted, and sunounding air temperatues are between 50 degrees F and 90 degrees F. Do not apply if temperatures might drop to this level within four hours after application. C. Apply solvent-thirmed paints only when the temperature ofthe product, surfaces to be painted, and surrounding air temperatures are betwe€n 45 degrees F and 95 degrees F. Do not apply if temperatures might drop to this level within four hours after application. D. M'nimum Application Temperature for Varnish: 65 degrees F for interior or exterioE unless required odrerwise by manufachrref s instructions. E. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or misg when the relative humidity exceeds 85%, at tempenhres less than 5 degrees F above the dew point, to damp or wet surfaces, or when rain is imminent. l. Painting may continue during inclement weather ifsurfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the rnanufacturer during application and drying periods. F. Provide lighting level of80-foot candles measured mid-height at substrate surface. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01730. B. Maintenance Data: Compile and rnaintain a listing of all paint colors with factory barch number and formulation code for every paint typc and color used in the Project. At the Date ofSubstantial Completion, submit complete list to Architect for firture maintenance reference. EXTRAMATERIALS A. Furnish under provisions ofSection 01700. l.l I T I I I t I PRODUCTS ACCEPTABLE MANTJFACTURERS Standard Product Materials: l. Benjamin Moore. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Painting 09900 - 5 2. J. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Dunn-Edvrards Corporation. ICI Dulux Paints. Kelly Moore Paint Mfg., Inc. Kwal Paint, Inc. Porter Paints. Sberwin-Williams Company. Vista Paint Corporation. Sophir/Monis. I I I t I T t I I I I t I I I I t I I B.Standard Product Materials for Special Spterrs frorn Specific Manuhcturers: l. Ameron Intemational, 2. Burke (EDOCO). 3. Carboline Company. 4. DuPont High Performance Coatings. 5. ICI Devoe Coatings. 6, Insl-X Products Corporation.'l. Mann Brotbers. 8. Matthews Paint Company. 9. RustoluernCorporation. 10. Tnernec Co. Inc. I l. Valspar Corporation. 12. Wasser HiTech Coatings. 13. Xymax, Stain: Except as specifed otherwise, provide best quality rnaterials made by one of the following: l. Exterior Use: Dunn Edwards Corporation. Frazee Industries ICI Dulux Paints North America. Olynpic Paint and Stain - PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. e. Sherwin-Williarns Company. Interior Use: Benjarnin Moore. Dunn Edwards Corporation. Frazee Industries. Jasco Chemical Corporation. ICI Dulux Paints North America. Olympic Paint aDd Sain, PPG Architcctural Finisbas, Inc. g. Poner Paints h. Sherwin-Williams Conpany. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 0163O. a. b. c. d. a. b. c. d. f. 2. D. PART3 EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION Examine surfaces scheduled to receive paint finishes for conditions dnt will adversely affect execution, permanance, and quality of Work l. Inspect metal items specified under other Sections to be pretreated or primed prior to finish painting under this Section. 2. Veriff that taped joints of gypsum wallboard surfaces are smooth, free of raised or Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Painting 09900 - 6 I I I I t t I I I I I I I I I t I I I depressed areas, or scuffed face paper. 3. Perform moistuie, adhesion, and similar tests to determine suitability of surfaces to receive paint materials. 4. Notifr Architect and Interior Desiper in writing if surfaces and conditions are not proper for pmducing best quality Work B. Do not apply paint or finish until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Do not apply finish to wet, damp, dusty, dirty, finger marked, rougb, unfinished, or defective surfaces. Repair imperfections as described for each type of material and fill with appropriate, compatible patching materials. D. Faulty sub surfaces rvill not excuse defective painting Work 3,02 PREPARATION A. General Procedures: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar itenrs in place that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items if necessary for complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces, Following completion ofpainting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. L Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treafiients. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with rhe manufacturefs instructions for eacb particular subsfate condition and as specified. l. Provide barier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notift the Architect and Ovmer in writing of problems anticipated with using the specified finish- coat material u/ith substrates primed by Others.2. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer. 3. Cementitious Materials: Prepare concrete and cement plaster surhces to be painted. Remove chaft dust, dirt, grease, oils and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing use mechanical methods for sufice preparation. a. Determine alkalinity and moistuie content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause blistering and buming of finish paint, correct this condition before application. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted in the manufacture/s printed directions, or as otherwise specified herei4 whichever is more resbictive.4. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign subsances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces smooth and dust oIf. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recomrnended knot sealer before application ofprimer. After priming, frll holes and imperfections in fmish zurfrces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. b. Putty fillers to match adjoining surfaces as close as possible in color, if stained finish. c. Prinre, stain, or seal wood to b€ painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides ofwood, including cabinets, count€rs, cases and paneling. d. When transparent finish is required, back prime with spar vamish. e. Back prime paneling on interior partitions where masonry, plaster, or other wet wall construction occurs on backside. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Painting 09900 - 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I 3.03 f. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts ofunprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. 5. Ferrous Metals: Clean non-galvanized ferrous-metal zurfaces that have not been shop coated; rernove oil, grease, dirt loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning-methods that comply with recommendations of tlre Steel Sructures Painting Council. a. Blast steel surfaces clean as recommended by the paint system manufrcnrer and in accordance with rcquirements of SSPC Specification SSPC SPl0. b. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled clean metal with a metal treaunent wash coat before priming. c. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been &maged. Wire-brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with lhe same primer as the sbop coat. 6. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean glvanized surfaces with non-petroleum-based solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove prereahnent from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. 7. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with the manufrcturer's directions. a. Maintain containers used in mixing and application ofpaint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. b. Stir material before application to produce a mixture ofuniform densiqr; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, ifnecessary, strain material before using. c. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. 10. Protection: a. Provide drop cloths, masking and other protection necessary to prevent damage to adjacent zurfaces. When prolection is removed to permit access by other trades, replace same to original conditions and assume full responsibility for all. damage. b. Provide barricades or otherwise isolate freshly painted surfaces fiom damage by other trades. Remove all implanents of Work at completion of painting operatiors. APPLICATION A. Apply paint materials with appropriate brushes or rollers. l. Rate ofApplication: Do not exceed paint Manubchrer's recomrnendation for the surface involved, less l0olo allowance for losses. 2. Maintain brushes, rollers and sprayrng equipment clean, dry, free from contaminants and appropriate for required finisbes. B. Apply stain materials with brush or roller. Spray-apply only when approved by Architect 1. Apply finish coats smooth, fiee of brush marks, streaks and laps with surfaces unifonnly covered, a. Finished metal surfaces sball be fiee ofskips, voids or pinholes in any coat when tested with a low voltage detector. b. Where opaque finishes are indicated, finish coats shall completely cover, hide and obscure underlying color of surface to which drey are applied. Provide finish color coats in addition to specified quantity, necessary to completely cover, hide, and obscure underlying colors. 2. l.eave details of moldings and omarnenB clean and true without excess paint in corners and depress ions. 3. Make edges of paint adjoining other materials or colors clean and sharp with no Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 January 2005 Painting 09900 - 8 a. b. d. f, o h. i. j. k. L m, 3.04 3.06 I I t I I I I I I I I T I I I I I I I 3.05 3.O7 PROTECTION Painting overlapping. 4 . Afply black primer in glazing rabbets prior to insallation of glazing. 5. Refinish entire wall where portion of finish has been damaged or is not acceptable. 6. Cleaning Equipmen[ Do not use plurnbing fixtures for cleaning painting equipment. Keep brush washed outside paint stonge .uea, and remove brush washes from Project site daily. 7. Conform to applicable Federal, State, and local regulations for health, safety, and hazardous waste disposal. TOUCHUPWORK A. Torrchup abraded, stained or otherwise disfigured portior\ or refinish as necessary, to produce best quality Work. CLEANING A. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. B. Upon completion ofpainting, clean glass and paint-spattercd surfaces. Rernove spattered paint by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces, C. Do not mar surface finish of iterns being cleaned. D. Leave paint storage spaces clean. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The Owner reserves the right to invoke the following test procedue at any time, and as often as the Owner deems necessary, during the period when paint is being applied: l. The Owner may engage the service ofan Independent Testing laboratory to sample the paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to the Project will be taken, identified, sealed and certified in the prasence ofthe Contractor. 2. The Testing Laboratory may perform appropriate tests for the following characteristics as required by the Owner. Quantitative materials analpis. Abrasion resistarrce. Apparent reflectivity. Flexibility Washablilty. Absorption. Accelerated weathering. Dry opacity. Accelerated yellowness. Recoating. Skinning. Color retention. Alkali and mildew resistance. B. If test results show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, th€ Contractor may be directed to stop painting, remove noncomplying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint form previously painted surfaces if, upon repainting with specified paint, the two coatings are noncompatible. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 09900 - 9 3.08 A. Proteet Wo* of other fades, whether to be painted or not, against damage by painting. Conect damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect ard Interior Designer. Provide "urct paint" signs to protect rrcwly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings pmvided by others for protection of their Work after completion of painting operations. The ConFactor, subcontractor and their employees must observe all OSHA and regulations and requirements. B. At completion of consEuction activities of other Fades, touch up and restore damaged or dehced painted surfaces 0o lhe approval ofArchitect and Owner. SCHEDIJLE A. The following materials represent paint finisbes as indicated in the Room Finisb Schedulc on Drawing A721. Unless noted otherwise, each indicated paint type shall be considercd a sepamte color. 1. Painl: a. PT-01: Exterior oil bose semi-gloss enamel; color as selected by ArchitecL b, PT-02: Exterior oil base semi-gloss enamel; color os selected by Architeclc. PT-03: Exlerior oil base semi-gloss enomel; color os selected by Architecl d. PT-10: Inlerior latex tlat enamel (eggshell); color os selected by Architect e PT-I I: Interior latex llat enamel (eggshell); color os selecad by Archilecl I PT-12: Interior latex semi-gloss enanel; color os selecled by Architecl C. PT-13: Inteior latex semi-gloss enomel color as selected by Architecl h. PT-14: Interior latex semi-gloss enamel; color as selected by Architect i PT-20: Exurior alkyd stoin; color as sele*d by Architectj. PT-21: Exterior olhyd sain; color os selccted by Archilea END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I t I I t I I I I I ! I I I I I Painting 09900 - 10 I I sECTIoNlo2loI FIXED METAL WALL LouvERs l PARTI GENERAL I,OI SECTIONINCLI.JDES I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I l. Prefinisbed aluminum and galvanized steel fixed louvers and frames with insect screen. I 2. Blanked-offpanels. . I.O2 RELATED SECTIONS t A. Section 03300 - Cast-in Place Concrete. I B. Section (X200 - Unit Masonry Systems. I C. Section 04400 - Stone veneer. - I D. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. . E. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim. I F. Section 07900 - Joint Sealers. f G. Section 09260 - G1rysum Board Assemblies. I H. Division 15 - Mechanical I l.o3 REFERENCESr A. AMCA 500 (Air Movement Conuol Association) - Test Method for Louvers, Dampers, and I Shurters. r B. ASTM A16? - Stainless and Heat-Resisting Chrornium-Nickel Steel Plate. I C. ASTM A526 - Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coatel (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Commercial I Quality. I D. ASTM 8209 - Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. I E. ASTM B22l - Aluninum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes. I r.o4 PEMoRMANcEREeuTREMENTsI A. Active louvenr t l. South Stone Veneer Wall: To permit 57%o free area and passage of air at a velocity as determined by mechanical sptem.2. General: To permit SOYo free area and passage of air at a velocity as determined by I mechanical system. B. Inactive (Decorative) l,ouver: Blanked-off on backside to prevent water and air from entering I- Fired Metal Wall Louvers 10210 - I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I 03January2005I building. I.O5 SIJBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300. B. Sbop Drawings: Indicate louver layout plan and elevations, opening and clearance dimensions, tolerances; head, jamb and sill details; blade configuration, screens, blankout areas required, and &ames. C. Product Data: Provide daa describing desip characteristics, maximum recommended air velocity, desigr free area, materials and finishes. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certif, that Products meet or exceed specified requirernents. 1.06 QUALITYASSLJRANCE A. Perform Work in accordanbe with AMCA Certification for fixed louvers. 1.07 QUALTFTCATTONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this Section with minimum thnee years documented experience I.O8 REGI]IATORYREQUREMENTS A. Conform to applicable Code for. closing operable louvers in conjunction with the fire and smoke alarm slntems. B. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Undervriten Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. I.O9 FIELDMEASI.JREMENTS A. Verif, that field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings and instucted by the Manufacturer. I.IO COORDINATION A. Coordinate Work under provisions of Section 01039. B. Coordinate Work with installation of flashings. C. Coordinate Work with installation of mechanical ductwork and electrical services to motoriz€d devices. I.II WARRANTY A. Provide 20-year warranty under provisions of Section 01700. B. Warranty: Include coverage for degradation of painted finish. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I I I PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MANI.JFACTI,JRERS Fired Metal Wall Louvers Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 10210 -2 I I I I I I I I I A. B. c. D. A. B. South Stone Veneer Wall: Prefinished, extruded aluminum sightproof louver, continuous horizontal blades, drainable; manufactured by Airolite - Model SCH5, Storm Class. General: Formed metal architectural blade louver, drainable at exterior locations, | 6-gauge galvanized; manufactured by Airolite - Model 6098. Insect Scr€en: Galvanized steel mesh, set in galvanized steel fiame with continuous hinge. 2.02 SCREENS 2.03 ACCESSORIES Fasteners and Anchors: Galvanized steel t)?e. Primer: Zinc chromate, alkyd type. Flashings: Ofsame material as louver frarne. Sealants: Tlpe per Section 07900. 2.04 FABRICATION FIMSHES PART3 EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION B. Louver Panel Thickness: 5 inches deep at Storm Class louven,4 inches deep at General louvers; face measurements unless required otherwise or as indicated on Drawings. Louver Blade Design: General louvers sloped at 45 degrees; "Z' shape; reinforced with intermediate stifieners, material thickness of lcgauge minimum; integral and lateral rain water stops positioned on blade at exterior louver locations. Louver Frame: Channel shape, welded comer joints, material thickness of l6-gauge minimum. Head and Sill Flashings: Roll formed to required shape, single length in one piece per location. Screens: Install screen mesh in shaped frame, reinforce comer construction, shop install to louver with fastenen. Exterior Metal Surface: Factory primed and finished after fabricatiorq Kynar 500 rcsin coating baked at 450 degrees F; custom color at Storm Class louvers, color as selected by Architect from Manufacturer's standard colors at General louvers. Interior Metal Surface and Screen: Factory prefinished, color to match exterior metal surface; screen color - black, c. D. E. A. B. I I I I I I I I I I B. Verify site conditions under provisions of Section 0 I 039. Verify that prepared openings and flashings are ready to receive Work and opening dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings and instructed by the louver Manufacturer. Gore Creek Residences - Tumel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Fixed Metal Well Louvers 10210 - 3 3,02 INSTALI.ATION A. Install louver assernbly in accordance with Manufachrer's insfiuctions. B. Install louvers level and plumb. C. Install flashings and alip louver assembly to ensure moisnre shed fiom flashings and diversions of moisture to exterior. D. Secure louvers in opening framing with concealed frsteners hinged for maintenance purposes. E. Install insect screen and Aame to interior oflouver; Nnge screens for acc€ss. F. Install perimeter sealant ard backing rod in accordance with Section 07900. 3.03 ADruSTING A. Adjust Work under provisions of Section 0 I ?00. B. Adjust opcrable louvers for fieedom of movemenl of conrol mechanism. l,ubricate op€rating joints. 3.04 SCHEDI]LE A. Refer to Drawings for louver elwations and details. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I t I I I I I I I t I I I I I Fixed Metal Wall Louvers 10210 - 4 I Ir ,*""*r^H#ffi*oi$"* "',I I PARTI GENERAL I l.0l SEcrloN INCLIJDES I A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: I ). Fre€xrineuishen. 3. Accessories. I r.02 REI^ATED SECTTONS I A. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies. I l.o3 REFEREN.ES I A. ANSVUL 7l I - Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers. I B. IJL 299 - Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers. t r.04 SUBMITTAIS A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300.I I B. Shop Drawings: Indicate cabinet physical dimensions, rough-in measurements for cabineF, locations, and finishes. layout to be confirmed to meet NFPAI0 and all Codes. I C. Product Data: Provide extinguisher operational features, color and finish. I.O5 OUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Provide units conforming with ANSI/UL 7l I . I 1.06 QUAUFTCATION I A. Supplier shall have a thorough knowledge of applicable Codes, and notiry Architect of any discrepancies. There shall be no additional cost after award of Bid as the result of ovenight by I upplier to meet requirements ofapplicable Codes. I,O7 REGIJLATORYREQUIREMENTS I A. Conform o applicable Codes for required quantity, placernent and tlae ofextinguishers. I B. All extinguishers to have UL and FM approval. I C. Firc Extinguishers; in accordance with uFC Standard I G l. I 1.08 opERATToNANDMAINTENANcEDATAt A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01730. Fire Xrtinguishers and Cabinets 10523 - I Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI oJ;t'""*"il31I I IB, PART2 Maintenance Data: lnclude test, refill or recharge schedules and recertification requirenrcnts. PRODUCTS 2.02 2.OI MANI]FACTI]RERS 2.03 A. Fire Extinguisher (FE): JL Industries Incorporated. B. Fire Extinguisher Cabinet (FEC): JL lndustries Incorporated. C. Standpipe Hose Connection Cabineb (SHC): Lanen's Manufacturing Company. D. Substitution: Under provision ofSection 01630. CABINETS A. Metal: Formed sheet steel; 18 gauge. B. Configuration: Su'face mounrcd t1rye, sized to accomrodate extinguishen. C. Door: 18 gauge, reinforced for flauress and rigidity; solid panel with full glass; unlocked. D. Carbinet Mounting llarduare: {ppropriate to cabinet. E. Graphics: Die cut vinyl, location and font type as approved by Architect and Fire Departrient; 'Tire Extinguished'to be applied in field. FIRE EXTINGTJISHER A. Multi-Purpose Dry Chemical, Class A, B, C Fires - 5 lb (FE). FABRICATION A. Form cabinet enclosre with right angle irside comers ard searns. Form perimeter tirn B. Pr€-drill for anchors. C. Hinge doors for | 8 0 degree opening with trvo butt hinges. D. Weld, fill, and grind components smooth. E. Glaze doors wi0r resilieirt cbannel gasket glazing. FIMSIIES A. Extinguishers: Baked enamel, red color. B. Cabinets: Baked enamcl, red color. PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t 10523 - 2 r I A. Verify wall openings under provisions of Section 01M0.I B. Verifo rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located. I 3.02 rNSrALr.A,rroN I A Install in accordance with Manulbcnrer's insructions. I B. Insutl cabinee plumb and hvel on uall; height as required by applicable Codes, including ADA requirements. I C. Secure rigidly in place. I D. Place ortinguishers in cabinets under provisions ofDivision I at time of Subsantial Completion. I 3.03 SCHEDIJLE I A. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets and Mounts: l. Tunnel: I a. FEC-I: Surface mounted; Ambassador, l0l5Gl0; FE enclosed || 2. Mechanical Rooms: a. FEC-2: Bracket mounted. 3. Residential Garage: I a. FEC-3: Bracket mounted. B. Stadpipe Hose Connection Cabinet: t '' u1*"" ,""-, , semi-recessed mounted, tull glass door; l,arsen's valve cabinet, I VCS40IGRK; FE enclosed. I ENDOF SnCTION I I I I I t- Fire f,,xtinguishers and Cabinets 10523 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr o'";"*,:fffit3I. I I I t SECTION 10605 WIREMESH PARTITIONS PARTI GENERAL I.OI SECTIONINCLI.JDES A. The Work includes, but is not limited to the following: l. Wire mesh partitions for Home Owner Association storage. I,O2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete. A. Section 034l0 - Struchral Precast Concrete. B. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Shop fabricated, field assembled wire mesh partitions. C. Section 06114 - Wood Blocking and Curbing: Blocking in walls for partition attachment. I.O3 REFERENCES A. ASTM Al23 - Zinc (Hot-Dipped Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. B. ASTM A366 - Steel, Carbon, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. C. ASTM A446 - Sheet Steel, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process, Structural (Physical Quality). D. ASTM A'500 - Cold-formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Stnrcnual Tubing and Rounds and Shapes. E. ASTM A5l0 - General Requirements for Wire Rods and Course Round Wire, Carbon Steel. F. SSPC (Steel Struchtr€s Painting Council) - Painting Manual. I.O5 SI.JBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions ofSection 01300. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate plan and vertical dimensions, elevations, component details; head, jamb, and sill details; location of hardware. Provide component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, welds, type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of related work C. Product Data: Provide data for screen material and finishes. D. Manufacturer's Installation Insfuctions: Indicarc special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention. 1.06 QUALIFTCATTONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I Wire Mesh Partitions 10605 - r I.O7 REGUT,ATORYREQT,JIREMENTS A. Conform to all applicable Codes for screen mesh opening size. B. Comply for required clearances of top lid to fire sprinkler system as determined by authoritics having jurisdiction. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MANUFACTURERS A. California Wire Products Corporation. B. The G-S Company. C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 0 | 630. 2.02 COMPONENTS A. Framing Members: ASTM 4356, formed steet sectiorui, square channel and angle shaped. B. Wire Mesh Panel: ASTM A510, l0 gage steel wire, triple crimped and woven, l-l/2 inch square. l. Wall and Top Panels: Manufrchrer's standard panel sizes arranged to size as shown on Drawings. 2. Doors: Framcd wire mesh panel. a. Hinge: Manufachrer's standard hinge with non-removable pin. b. Locking: Equipped for pad locks. 2.03 FASTENERS A. Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized. B. Mechanical Fastenings: Tamper-proof, screws or bolts, unobtrusively located. 2.M ACCESSORIES A. Bracing: Formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered, manufachrer's standard shapes. B. Plates, Gussets, Clips: Manufacturer's standard shapes, formed steel, thickness to suite conditions. C. Floor and Ceilins Pilaster Shoe: Manufacturer's standard. D. Floor Base: ""iu*"*.", standard. Formed steel. E. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC 15, Type l,redoxide. 2.05 FABRICATION A. Fit and assembte in largest practical sections for delivery to site, ready for installation. B. Make exposed joints flush or tight. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I II I I I I I I II I I I I I T Wire Mesh Partitlons 10605 - 2 I I C. Provide components required for anchorage to adjacent consFuction. I D. Frame openings made for penetsating mechanical, plumbing and electrical components. I. E. Fabricate door for hinged operation. I 2.06 FTNT.HESt A. Clean surfaces ofrust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing. I B. Finish paint items with one coat. I PART3 Ex'curroNI 3.OI EXAMINATION I A. Verifu that substrate surfaces and required openings are ready to rec€ive work. r 3.02 PREPARATION r A. Clean subsbate surfaces. I 3.03 rNSrALrArroN I A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. I B. Install items plumb and level, accurately fiited, free from distortion or defects. C. After installation, touch-up field welds, scratched or damaged surfaces with shop supplied finish. r 3.M ERECTIONTOELRANCES r A. Maximum Variation from Plumb or kvel: ll4 inch. I B. Maximum Misalignment from True Position: l/4 inch. I 3.05 ADrusrrNc I A. Adjust work under provisions ofSection 01700. I B. Adjust hinged doors to achieve free movement. I 3.06 CLEANTNG I A. Clean work under provisions of Section 0 I 700. I B. Remove temporary protection to prefinished surfaces. I END OFSECTION I - Wire Mesh Partitions 10605 - 3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I sEcTroN rl150 PARKING CONTROL EQT'IPMENT PARTI GENERAL I.OI SECTIONINCLUDES: A. Parking garage door access devices, controllers and exit detectors- I,O2 REI-ATED SECTIONS A. Section 03300 - Cast-in-Place Concrete. B. Section 08360 - Overhead Doors. C. Division l6: Conduit placement from acti ting dwices to garage door opener unit. D. Division | 6: Power supply to junction box at garage door opener unit I,O3 REFERENCES A. NEMA MG I - Motors and Generators. . B. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. C. UL (Underwriters Iaboratories Inc.) - Electrical Appliance and Utilization Equipment Directory. I.O4 SYSTEMDESCRIPTION A. Parking Contol Sysems: Combination proximity card key and PIN kelpad operation at parking garage entrance with automatic operation at exit. B, Design: Protect against interference or darnag€ by lightdng or odrer electrical inllue,nce; include firse, over-voltage protection, flash-over protection and line filter, C. Entry - Automatic Garage Door Opener Conrrol Electrically operated by coded p,oxinity card key or punching of PIN access numbers at keypad. Activate automatic garage door rwersing switch if an obstacle is sensed in the down motion. D. Exit - Automatic Garage Door Closing Control: Elechically operatcd upon detection of vehicle by senshg loop detectors buried in concrete pavement. Activatc automatic garage door reversing switch if an obstacle is sensed in the down motion. I.O5 SUBMITTAISFORRXVIEW A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300 - Submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate plan layout of equipm€nt access lanes, mounting bolt dirnensiong conduit and outlet locations, power requirernents and wiring diagrans. C. Product Data: Proide data on operating equipment, characteristics and limitations and operating temperature nmges. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 12 January 2004 I I t I t t I I I t I I I I t I Parking Conhol Equipment rl150-r I.06 SI.JBMITTATS AT PROJECT CLOSEOUT A Section 01700 - Contract Closeout, and 01730 - Operation and Maintenancc Data: Procedures for Subminals. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations ofconcealed conduit. C. Operation Data: Provide operating daa for the operating equipm€nt D. Maintenance Data: Provide lubrication and periodic maintenance requiremeut schedules. E. Warrary: Submit Manufacturer standard warranty and ensure forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with Manufachuer. I.O7 QUALITYASSTJRANCE . A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Conpany specializ.ing in mamrfacturing the Products speciied in this Scction with minimun 3 laars documentcd experiencc. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section, approved by the Manuficturer. I,O8 PROJECTCONDMONS A. Coordinate placement ofequipment francs and aochors. B. Coordinate placement ofconduit and accessories and power wiring to operating equipment. C. Seqrence installation to eDsure utility connections are achieved in an orderly and expeditious marrD€r, PART2 PRODUCTS 2.OI MANUFACTURERS A. Locknetics, by Scblage. B. Substitutions: Under provisions ofSection 01630 - Ptoduct Options and Substitutions. 2.02 CONTROLLER/SOFTWARE A. Confioller: lncknetics CT | 000 - KLC - PS - EIR - SBP2. B. Softurare: Iochetics D(CIP+; including Windows based Incklink Express software, PC cable, interfice rnodule, IRPDA handheld programmer, and cable. L Provide 4 hours training on software. 2.03 EI."ECIRICALCIIARACTERISTICSAND COMPONENTS A. Electrical Characteristics: Gore Crmk Residences - Tunnel Vail Colorado 12 January 2004 I I I I t I I t I I I t I I I I T I I Parking Control Equipment lll50-2 I I II l. 120 volts, single phase, 60 Hz. I B. Wiring Terninations: Provide terminal tugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and I materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terninal box sized NFPA 70. | 2.04 CARDREADER/KEYPAD I A. Post: As indicated on Drawings, painted, with 'read range' for proximity card up to 30 inches. I B. Card Reader / Kelpad: Locknetics PX95 x KP78+ x required cable length to contrroller location. I' C. Proximity Cards: 40 proximity cards - Locknetics PRX l . ?'t I 2.06 VEHTCLEDETECTTON A. Vehicle Detcction: For use in temperature range of-40 to 160 degrees F; consisting ofdetector unitI in conjunction with sersing loops to activate garage door opener when vehicle enters or exits. I B. Loop Wire: | 4 gauge, )GIWN or TIIWN copper; loop size of 48 x 72 inches. I C. Ioop Groove Fill: Same material as pavement. l. PART3 ExECUTToN l,3.OI EXAMINATION --r I A. Veri$ existing conditions before starting Wodc B. Verifi that anchor bolts and curbs are ready to receive Work and dimensions are as indicated onr Sbop Drawings.t C. Veri& that electric pouer is available and ofthe correct characteristics.I I 3.O2 TNSTAIT^ATTON A. Install parking control system and componenB in accordance with Manufacnrrer's irutsuctiors; I coordinated with garage door Manufacturer. B. Cbt grooves in pavement surfice, install vehicle detection loops and lead-in wires, fill grooves with I loop filler.Irr C. kstall intemal electrical wiring, conduit, junction boxes, transformers, circuit breakers, proximity card reader/ kelpad spter4 and auxiliary conrponents required. I 3.03 ADruSTING I A. Under provisiors ofSection 0l?00 - Contract Closeout. r B. A-djust system components for smooth opeftltio[ I II I Parking Control pquipmmt l' Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Veil, Colorado , 12 January 200{ 11150-3 il I I I t I l I I i I I t I I I I I I Parking Control Equlpmen i ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Resftlenccr - Tlmnel Vail, Colorado 12 January 20lH lllslH I I f, a SECTION 15001 and 16001 I MECHAiYICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION T PART 1-GEI{f,RAL I l.L RESPoNsIBILrrY A. The Division 15 and 16 contractor(s) shall comply with the provisions of this section. The Z Division 15 conbactor(s) shall veriS electrical sewice provided by the electical contactor before I ordering any mechanical equipment requiring electrical connections. Provide submittals ofall mechanical equipment to Division 16 contractor(s). I B. The final responsibility for properly coordinating the electrical work of this section shall belong to t the Division 15 system contactor performing the work, which requires the electrical power. I L Each Division 15 conFactor shall be responsible for providing power wiring for certainI ff:ffii"iilH#s?ffi'ffii::tr*::ff'Tilttr;#i."-iiiJl1lilit.,or the Division 16 specifications, NEC and local codes. lr 1.2 woRKrNcLuDED I A. Carefirlly coordinate the interface between Division 15 (Mechanical) and Division 16 (Electrical) I before submitting any equipment for review or commencing installation. rr B. This Division ofthe Specifications may also be referred to as 01042 by other Divisions ofthe I Specifications, or on the Contact Drawings. 1.3 DEaMTIONS ! A. Automatic: Pertaining to a function, operation" process or device that, under specified conditions, fimctions without intervention by human operator. I B. Disconnect Switch: A mechanical switching device used for changing the connections in aIt circuit, or for isolating a circuit or equiprnent from a power souce, I f C. Motor Control Center: A floor mounted assembly of one or more enclosed vertical sections having a cornrnon horizontal power bus and primarily containing motor starting units. T I D. Control Circuit/Power: The circuit which carries the electical signals of a contol apparatus or ystem directing the performance ofthe controller but does not carry the main power cicuit. I E. Manual Operation: Operation by hand without the use of any other power.I F. MC: Mechanical Conhactor : Division l5 Contsactor who fumishes motor. I G. TC: Temperatue ConEols = Division 15950 Contractor who fumishes contol. r H. EC: Electrical Conhactor: Division 16 Contractor. I - Mechanical and Electrical Coordination 15001-1 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel f, Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 r.4 L FA: Fire Alann Contractor = Division 16510 Systern. J. EP: Electric to Pneumatic Converter. K. PE: Pneumatic to Electic Converter. RESPONSIBILITY SCIIEDT]LE Contactor who furnishes Fire Alarm A. Responsibility: Unless otherwise indicated, all motors and controls for Division 15 equipment shall be furnished set in place and wired in accordance with ihe following schedule: I I t I l Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail. Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I t I t I I I I I T I ITTM-Furnished Under Set In Place Under Power Wiring Under Control Wiring Under MC: Mechanical Contractor TC: Tenperature Contractor EC: Electical Contractor FA: Fire Alarm Conhactor AHU Interior Marine Lights MC MC EC MC Equipment Motors MC MC EC Automatically or Manually Controlled Starters/Contactors: (Note 4) -Separate -Factorv Mounted and Wired MC MC EC MC EC EC TC TC In Motor Control Centers CNote 4)EC EC EC TC Motor Speed Controllers: (Note 4) -Separate -Factory Mounted and Wired MC MC EC MC EC EC TC TC Disconnect Switches Olote l)EC EC EC Thermal Overload Switches (Note 1)EC EC EC Switches (Manual or Automatic other than discormect) CNote 2) MC or TC MC orTC EC or TC TC orMC Control Relays CNote 2)MC orTC MC orTC TC Control Transformers MC or TC MC orTC EC or TC TC Push Button Stations. Pilot Lishts MC EC EC EC Thermostat and Controls: Integral with Equipment or Directly Attached to Ducts, Pipes, etc. Note 2) MC orTC EC orTC EC orTC TC Equipment in Temperahre Conhol Panels TC TC TC TC Standalone Contol Panels (BAS) fNote 6) TC TC TC TC Valve Motors, Danqrer Motors, Solenoid Valves, etc.TC TC TC TC EP Valves or Switches, P.E. Switches. etc. TC TC TC Fire Alarm System fNote 3)FA FA EC FA Fire Sprinkler Alarm (Note 3)MC MC EC FA Duct System Smoke Detectors CNote 5) FA MC TC/FA Relavs for Fan Control via duct detectors fNote 5)MC MC EC TC Room Smoke Detectors Including Relays for Fan Conhol fNote 3) FA FA FA Smoke Management Contols (Note 7)FA FA EC FA CO Sensors TC TC TC TC Conhol Air Compressor TC TC TC TC Refriserated Air Dryer TC TC TC TC Equipment lnterlocks TC TC TC Mechanical and Electrical Coordination 1500r-2 (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) I T I t I T I t I I I I i I I I I I Notes: (l) (2\ If fumished as part of factory wired equipment fumished and set in place by MC, wiring and connections by EC. If float switches, line thermostats, P.E. switches, time switches, or otber confrols carry the FULL LOAD CURRENT to any motor, they shall be furnished by MC, but they shall be set in place and connected by EC, except that where such items are an integral part of the mechanical equipment, or directly attached to ducts, piping, or other mechanical equipment, they shall be fumished and set in place by MC and connected by EC. If they do not carry the FULL LOAD CURRENT to any motor, they shall be fumished, set in place and wired by TC conuactor. Pre-action systern initiation signals (such as smoke detectors, or general alarm conditions in a pre-action zone) sball be provided under Division 16510. Electrical contractor is responsible for wiring from starter to motor' unless factory wired. Ternperahle confiol contactor shall provide conduit and wire from auxilary contact in motor starter to the detector so that the unit shuts down in all operating modes. Fire Alarm Confiactor to wire from detector to fne alarm panel. Each division shall be fully responsible for any confol panels as called for on the drawings or specifi cations. Division 15 and I 6 shall provide all power and control wiring to fue./smoke or smoke dampers along with initiation sigrrals to temperature control panels as described in the specifications. I B. Power Wiring by Division 15: The electrical power for cerbin equipment provided under Division l5 has not been specificaly indicated on the electrical &awings and must be provided by and field coordinated by the Division 15 trade requiring such power. Sufficient power for this purpose shall be furnished as "spare" dedicated circuit capacity in Division l6's panelboards. All wiring, conduit and electrical devices downstream of the panelboards is the responsibility of the Dvision 15 fiade requiring the power. l. Such equipment is hereby defmed as: a. Electrical heat trace. Required heat trace locations, capacities and specification are shown on the plumbing drawings (Division 15400 work). b. Fire protection air compressors, dry-pipe confol panels and valves' Required connections are included in the Division 15300 work, and will be shown by that contractor's engineered system design drawings.(1) Pre-action system initiation signals (such as smoke detecto$, or general alarm conditions in a pre-action zone) shall be provided under Division l6 fire alarm work. (2) Division 15300 shall provide pre-action conkol panel and interconnection between nearest suitable fire alarm panel and location of pre-action valve(s). (3) Division 16 shall provide interconnection between fire cornrnand center alarm panel (provided under Division 16) and remote communication fire alarm panel (provided under Division l6). c. Infrared plumbing fixtures. Fixtures requiring power are shown on the plumbing drawings and schedules. kovide junction box and or receptical as required by rnanufacturer. 2. Terperature conrol panels, control air compressors and line voltage power for 24v control tansformeni. Required connections are included in Division 15950 and will be shown by that conuactor's control submittal drawings. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 Mechanical and Electrical Coordination rs001-3 t.5 GENERAL REQTJIREMENTS A. Connections: l. Connections to all controls directly attached to ducts, piping and mechanical equipment shall be made with flexible connections. Starters: l. Provide magnetic starterc for all tbree pbase motors and equipment conplete with: Control transforrners. l20V holding coils. Inegral hand-off-auto switch. Auxiliary contacts required for system operation plus one (l) spare. Refer to Section 15 170 Motors, Starters and Drives. C. Remote Switches and Pushbutton Stations: 1. Provide remote switches and/or pushbutton stations required for manually operated equipment (if no automatic controls have been provided) corrplete with pilot lights of an approved type lighted by current from load side ofstarter. D. Special Requirements: l. Motors, starters and other electical equipment irstalled in moist areas or areas of special conditions, such as explosion proof, shall be dcsigned and approved for installation in such areas with appropriate enclosue. E. Identification: l. Provide identification ofpurpose for each switch and/or pushbutton station firmished. Identification may be either engraved plastic sigt permanently mounted to wall below switch, or starping on switch cover proper. All such identification sisns and/or switch covers in finished areas shall match other hardware in the immediate area. F. Control Volage: l. Maxirrnrm allowable connol voltage 120V. Fully protect control circuit conductors in accordance with National Electrical Code. G. DDC Contol Interface: 1. Fully coordinate the requirements ofeach division with regard to supplying a conplete DDC Contol System prior to submitting bid. 2. All control power shall be firnished via dedicated line voltage circuits. 3. Dedicated control circuits from electrical panelboards to DDC control panels and from elecrical panelboards to dedicated DDC J-boxes (for distributed control components such as VAV boxes), J-boxes, and contol uansformer line voltage connections shall bc provided under Division 15950 where required and as shown on the drawings. a. Exceptions: The following Division 15 equiprnent has been provided with electrical power feeders downstream ofthe panelboards by Division l6: (1) Division 16510, Fire Alarm System Panels. b. See the drawings for additional exceptions. 4. Low voltage wiring from J-boxes to distributed contol components, all low voltage connections, all conhol panels and all control trarsforrners (not part of unitary equlpment) shall be provided under Division 15950. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t t t t I T I t I t t B. b. d. e. I I 1 I I I I IMechanical and Electrical Coordination 15001-4 I I I I I I I I T I I t I I 5. Any additional power requirernents shall be the responsibility ofthe Division 15950 _ ConEactor requiring same, and provided at no additional cost to the owner. I T..6 CEILING AND cHAsE cAvITY PRECEDENCE A. Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefirlly with all trades. In the event of conflict, install mechanical and electric systems within the cavity space allocation in the following order of precedence. A system with higher precedence may direct that systems of lower precedence be relocated from space, which is required for expedient routing of the precedent systenl 1. Plumbing waste, cooling coil drain piping, and roof drain mains and leaders. 2. Steam and condensate piping. 3. Hydronic main piping (12" and larger). 4. Plumbing vent piping. 5. Supply, retum and exhaust ductwork. 6. Electical conduit greater than 4' diameter. 7 . Hydronic branch and mains (greater than 2", but less than 12"). 8. Dornestic water piping. 9. Fire sprinkler mains and leaders. 10. Hydronic branch piping (?' and less). 11. Domestic hot and cold water branches. 12. Electrical conduit branch feeders.13. Pneumatic control piping. 14. Fire sprhkler branch piping and sprinkler runouts. B. Light fixtures have precedence in a zone, which is the same height above the ceiling as the depth of the fixture (plus 2"). C. Examine the contract docurnents ofall tades (e.g. all Division 15 and 16 drawings, the architectural floor plans, reflected ceiling plans, elevations and sections, structural plars and sections, etc.), D. Coordinate necessary equipment, ductwork and piping locations so that the final irstallation is compatible with the materials and equipment of the other Eades. E. Prepare shop drawings for installation of all new work before installation to veriff coordination of work between tades. F. Provide access doors for all equipmenl, valves, clean-outs, actuators and controls which require access for adjustnent or servicing and which are located in otherwise unaccessible locations. 1. For equipment located in "accessible locations" such as lay-in ceilings: Locate equipment to provide adequate service clearance for normal maintenance without removing architectural, mechanical, electrical or structural elements such as the ceiling support system, electrical fixtures, etc. "Normal maintenance" includes, but is not limited to: filter changing; greasing ofbearings; using p/t ports for pressure or temperature measwements; and replacement ofballasts, fuses, etc. PART2_PRODUCTS -Il 2.1 MoroRHoRsEPowER I A. In general, all motors % HP and above shall be three phase, all motors 7z HP or less shall be single ' Phase' Mechanical and Electrical Coordination 15001-5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr ,Jf,},::ffit! Voltage and phase ofmotors as scheduled on the electrical drawings shall take precedence in 0re case ofa conllict between the mechanical and elecrical drawings or general condition 2.1. A., above. Work under Division 15 includes coordinating the electrical requirements of all mechanical equipment with the rcquirements of the work under Division 16, before ordering the equipment l. If motor horsepowers are changed under the work of Division I 5 without a change in duty of the motor's driven device, coordination of additional electrical work (if any) and additional payment for that work (ifany) shall be provided under the section of Division 15 initiating the change. Increases or decreases in motor horsepower from that specified shall not be made without written approval from the Architect/Engineer. PART3-EXECUTION - (Not Used) ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Rmidences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Jenuary 2005 I T t T I I t I 1 I I I 1 I I I I IMechanical and Electrical Coordination 15001-6 T I I _ sEcrroN 15010 I BASTCMECHANICALREQI,IREMENTS I PARTI-GENERAL II r.l RDLATEDDoCuMENTS I A. This Section supplements Division I - General Requirements.I B. Where conbadictions occur between this Section and Division I , the most sbingent of the two shall apply. Architect sball decide which is most sbingent. I- C. Provisions ofthis section shall also apply to all sections ofDivision 15. I I.2 DEFINITIONS II A. The definitions of Division I and the General Conditions of this specification also apply to the I Division 15 contract. I- B. "Contract Documents" constitute the drawings, specifications, general conditions, project manuals, ' etc., prepared by Engineer (or other design professional in association with Engineer) for contactor's bid or contractor's negotiations with the Owner. The Division l5 drawings andr specifications prepared by ttre Engineer are not consEuction documents. I C. 'Construction Documents", "construction drawings", and similar terms for Division 15 work refer t to installation diagrams, shop drawings and coordination drawings prepared by the contractor using the design intent indicated on the Engineer's contract documents. These specifications detail i the contractor's responsibility for "Engineering by Contractor" and for preparation ofconstruction I documents. D. "(N)" indicates "new" equipment to be provided under lhis contact. Ia E. "@)" indicates "existing" equipment on site which may or may not need to be relocated as a part of this work. I F. "(R)" indicates edsting equipment to be relocated as part of this work. G. "Fumishu means to "suppl/' and usually refers to an item of equipment. I H. "Install" means to "set in place, connect and place in full operational order". I I. "Provide" rneans to "fumish and install". I J. "Equal" or "Equivalent" means "meets the specifications ofthe reference product or item in all sigaificant aspects." Significant aspects shall be as determined by the Architect/Engineer. I K. "Work by othe(s) divisions"; "re:- Division", and similar expressions means work to bet performed under the contract docurnenr, but ,tot necessarily under tbe division or section ofthe work on which the note appears. It is tl€ contractors sole responsibility to coordinate the work of I the con&act between hislher supplien, subcontactors and errployees. Ifclarification is required, I consult Architect/Engineer before submitting bid. By inference, any reference to a "contractor" or "sub-contractor" means the entity, which has contacted with the Owner for the work ofthe ConFact Documents. I Gore Creek Residences -T\nnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I R:;',i'ffif*'""'t501{t-l L. By inference, any reference to a "contracto/' or "sub-contractor" means the entity, which has contacted with the owner for the work of the Contracl Documents. M. "Engineer" 6sans fi1s desigr professional firrl which has prepared these conhact documents. All questions, submittals, etc. ofthis division shall be routed to the Engineer (tbrough proper contactual channels). 1.3 COORDINATION WITHIN DIVISION 15 A. Conbact Docwnents: l. General: The Contact Docurnents are diagrarrunatic showing certain physical relationships, which must be established within the Division 15 work and its interhce wirh other work. Such esablishrrrcnt is the exclusive responsibility of the frnEactor. Drawings shall not be scaled for lhe purpose of establishing material quantities. 2. Supplemental Instnrctions: The exact location for some items in this Specifrcation nay not be shown on 0re Drawings. The location of such iterns rray be established by the Architect during the progress ofthe work. 3. Discrepancies: a. Examine Drawings and Specifications of all Divisions of the work. b. Report any discrepancies to the Architect and obtain written instuctions before proceeding. c. Should there be a conflict within or between the Specifications or Drawings, the most stringent or higher quality requirements shall apply. Items called for in either specifications or drawings shall be required as ifcalled for in both. 4. Constructability: a. Examine Drawings and Specificatioru of all Divisions of the work. b. Report any issues to the Architect which rnay prevent installation ofDivision 15 work in accordance with ttrc Contract Docurnents and the original construction contract. c. Report all issues within {4@yg after contract. B. Be responsible for providing proper documentation ofequipment product data and shop drawings to all entities providing service. This coordirution shall include, but not be lirnited to the following: L Division 15300 - Series contactor (Fire Protection Contactor) shall provide shop drawings to all other Division 15 conEactors. 2. Division 15950 and 15990 - Contractors (Aubmatic Temperature Controls, Building Management and Test-Adjust-Balance Contactors) shall be provided with equipment product data and shop drawings as appropriate from other Division 15 and Division 16 coDtractors, and shall fumish the sanB inforrnation about conhol devices (such as valveg test wells, etc.) to the appropriate Division 15 Contnctor. C. Coordination Drawings: l. Submit coordination drawings for all Division 15 work. The drawings shall be fully coordinated and siped offby all affected tades prior to submission. The coordination drawings shall include the following at a minimum. All rnjor ductwo*, piping, conduit and equipment. Reflected ceiling plans with light fixtures. Cunent architechrral floor plans. Major structural elements. Elevations ofpiping ductwork or equipnrent. Sections througb critical spaces. I T I t t t I I ,l I I I t I I I I I I a, b. d. e. f. Basic Mechanical Requirements Gore Creek ResideDces -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 1s010-2 T I I 2. The drawings shall be at a suitable scale (l/8"=l'-0" minimum) to clearly show infonnation. 3. Any work installed witbout approved coordination drawings is done at the Contractor's risk t D. CAD Drawings: I l. Electronic Auto Cad drawings are available for purchase from M-E Engineers. I E. Existing conditions:I l. lnspect existing conditions prior to bidding. I 2. Provide proper coordination ofmechanical work with existing conditions. a F. Utility Connections: I I t. -"::i1Tl,-" the cormection of mechanical system with the Civil drawings and utility compames. I ?. ;ffitJ#:';#ff:fr"#,':t'g#:li"i1tre hrorrnarion on exisring utlities and t services, and on new services (ifany) to be provided to the project by utility companies and agencies. I a. Notiff Architect/Engineer immediately if discrepancies are foud. I 4. !tri$tffitrfnical utility interruptions one week in advance with the Owner and the a. Plan work so that duration of the intemrption is kept to a minirnum. I I.4 COORDINATION WITII OTHER DIVISIONS I A. General: f I . Coordinate the Division I 5 work to the progress of the work of other trades.I i flffi5i:*i'T',1'.HflT"1:;ffi:,Tli,ffilT1H#::".*5'il:,H,!"#l,on,I work with the progress ofthe other bid packagc's work. I B. Coordinate ceiling cavity space carefully with all tades. In the event of conflict, install I mechanical and electic systems within the cavity space allocation in the following order: f l. Plrrnbing waste and roof drain mains and leaders. I 2. Hydronic main piping (12" and larger). 3. Plumbing vent piping. I 4. Supply, retum and exhaust ductwork. I 5. Electical conduit greater than 4" diameter. 6. Hydronic branch and mains (greater than ?', but less than 12"). 7 . Dornestic water piping. I 8. Fire sprinkler rnains and leaders. 9. Hydronic branch piping (2" and less). I 10. Dorrrcstic hot and cold water branches. I ll. Electrical conduit branch feeden. 12. Fire sprinkler branch piping and sprinkler nrnouts. I C. Coordination with Electrical Work. Refer to Section 15/16001. Gorc Creek Residences -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I i:;T,x;"*:""'r5010-3 D. Cutting and Patching: Refer to Division I and Section 15050. E. Chases, lnserts and Openings: 1. Provide measurements, drawings, and layouts so that openings, inserts and chases in new corrtruction can be built in as construction progresses. 2. Check sizes and locations of openings provided. a. Any cuning and patching made necessary by faihue to provide measulements, &awings, and layouts at tlre proper tinre shall be done at no additional cost to the Owner. b. Coordinate roof openings for all roof-rnounted equipment. Openings on documents are diagrarnmatic and do not rcpreseDt manufactuer specific requirements. Actual opening size, orientation and locatiorg as well as structufal coordination, is the responsibility of the mechaoical contractor. c. Provide transitions on ductwork to accommodate achral roof openings. F. Support Dimensions: Provide dimensions and drawings so that concrete bases and other equipment supports to be provided under other Seaions of the Specifications can be built at the proper time, 1.5 COORDINATION WITII EXISTING OCCIjPIED AREAS A. Minimize disruptions to operation of mechanical systerns in occupied areas. B. Coordinate any required disruptions with the Owner, one week in advance. C. Provide terrryorary connections to prevent long disruptions. I.6 ENGINEERINGBYCONTRACTOR A. The construction ofthis building requires the contractor to design several systems or subsystems. All such designs shall be the conplete responsibility ofthe contactor. B. Systems or subslntems which require engineering responsibility by the contractor include, but arc not limited to: l. A:ry system not firlly detailed on the drawings, 2. Fire sprinkler. 3. Equipmart supporb, not fully detailed in the drawings. 4. Pipe hangen and anchors not specified in these documents, or cataloged by the rnanufacturer. 5. Duct supports, hangers and miscellaneous steel as required. 6, Terrperature contols, 7. Snowmelt loop layout. 8. Piping expansion and contraction provisions. 9. Ductwork supports. 10. Equipment supports, hangers. 11. Ductwork support systerns. 1.1 REGTJLATORYRDQUIREMENTS Codes: Comply with the following: 1. International Building Code. 2. Intemational Mechanical Code. 3. Intemational Plurnbine Code. T I I I Besic Mechanlcel RcquiremeDts Gore Crcek Residences -Tuonel Vell, Colondo 03 Jenuary 2005 I I I t t I I I I I I t I t I1501G4 I ! I I I I I I I I I I t I I l I I 4. National Electric Code. 5. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 6. Iocal Modifications to above Codes. B. Applicable parrphlets of NFPA. C. Requirements of Local Utility Companies: I . Comply with rules and regulations of local utility companiei. Include in bid the cost of all valves, valve boxes, meter boxes, meters and such accessory equipment which will be required for the pmject. D. Other Regulations: Comply with the latest editions of the following: I . U.S. and State Departnent of Labor Safety Regulations psrt3ining to the cornpleted projecr 2. RequAements of Fire Departsnents sewing the project 3. Regulations of the Health Deparunent having jurisdiction. 4. Regulations of the Office of State Fire Marshal. 5. ASHRAE EnergyConservation Standard 90A, 6. ASHRAE Ventilation Standald 62. 7. Requirerrrnts ofthe State Oil Inspector. 8. Arnericans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 9. Clean Air Act. 10. Colorado Air Quality control Cornrnission Regulation #l 5. 1 l. Clean Water Act. E. Additional Regulations: Follow additional regulations, which appear in individual Sections of these Specifications. F. Contadictions: Where codes are contradictory follow the rnost sfingent, unless otherwise indicated in Plans or Specifications. Architect/Engineer shall determine which is most shingent G. Contract Documents Not in Compliance: l. Where tbe Drawings and Specilications do not comply with the minimum requirerrrnts of the Codcs, either notifu the Architect/Engineer in vriting during the Bidding Period of the revisions required to meet Code requirements, or provide an installation which complies with the Code requirernents. After entering into conmd, Conbactor will be beld to complete all work necessary to meet these requirernents without additional expense to the Owner. 2. Follow Drawings and Specifications where they are superior to Code requirements. H. Permits: t. Obtain all permits required by authorities and agencies having jurisdiction for the work of this Division. 2. Post permits as required. L Tap and Corurection Fees: l. Pay fees charged by Utilities for making connections, bringing service to property line, or to meter and similar services. I Basictlecharicel Gore Creek Residences -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 1501G5 t I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t a. b. c. d. f. h. i. 1.8 Basic Mechanical Requirem€nts 2. lnvestrnent fees or plant development fees, which are charges levied by Utilities to cover the cost of the utility system to be bom by this project, are not part of the work of tbis Division. J. Inspections and Tests: l. Arrange for all required inspections and tests. 2. Pay all charges. 3. Notifr Architect/Engineer 48 hours before tests. 4. Submit one copy for Owners records ofpermits, licenses, inspection reports and test reports. RECORDDRAWINGS A. General Recording Procedwe: I . Maintain a blueline set of Division I 5 C.ontact Drawings in cleaq undamaged cordition, for rnark-up of installatiors, which vary, substantially from the Contract Drawings. 2. Record changes drawn to scale and fully dimensioned, as specified in Division l. a. Work concealed behind or within other work, in an inaccessible arrangernent. b. Mains and branches of piping systems:(l) with valves and control devices located and numbered. (2) with concealed unions located. (3) with iterns requiring maintenance located (traps, stainers, expansion corrpensators, tanks, etc.). c. Undergound piping and ducts, both exterior and interior. d. Ductwork layouts, including locations of coils, dampers, filters, boxes and similar units. e. Concealed control systern devices and sensors. B. Corrected Drawings: l. Obtain a set of conhact drawings on CAD. 2. Update the CAD files to reflect as-built conditions. 3. Transmit corrected CAD files and plots as a submittal to tbe Architect/Engineer for Owner's use and record- C. Temperahre Control Drawings: l. Indicate as-built conditions of work under this contact ircluding: Iadder wiring diagram Pneumatic scherratic diagrams. One line system diagrarn Control schematic of equipment with conbol devices located and identified. Wiring or tubing termination diagrams. List of materials. Floor plan indicating all device locations. ConEol sequences. Indicate electrical power source for each point of connection to the electical systenL 2. Reproducible tanperatue contol drawings shall be delivered to the Architect prior to Owner's acceptance of Project. OPERATING AND MAINTENAAICE DATA Gore Creek Residences -Tunnel Veil Colorado 03 January 2005 15010-6 I l I t I I I I I t I I t I I I I I I A. Refer to Division 1 for additional requirements. B. Submission: L Submit tlped and bound copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals prior to scheduling systems demonsbation for the Owner, as specified in Division 1. 2. Bind each Maintenance Manual in one or more vinyl covered, 3-ring binders, with pockets for folded drawings. a. Mark the back soine of each binder with srctem identification and volume number. C. Required Contents: l. Manuals shall have index with tab dividers for each major equipment section to facilitate locating information on specific piece of equipment. 2. Identify data within each section witb drawing code numbers as they appear on Drawings and Specifications. Include as a minirrum the following data: a. Alphabetical list of system components, with the name, address and 24 hour telephone nuriber of the cornpany responsible for sewicing each item during the fust year of operation. Include point ofcontact for corpany. b. Operating instructions for complete system including: (t) Emergency procedures for fre and failure ofmajor equipment. (2) Major start, operation and shut-down procedures. c. Maintenance Lutructions for each piece of equipment including: (l) Equipment lists. (2\ Propo lubricants and lubricating instnrctions for each piece of equipment. (3) Necessary cleaning, replacement and/or adjustnrent schedule.(4) Product Data.(5) lnstallation instructions.(6) Parts lists.(7) Complete wiring diagrams. d. Tenrperature control diagrans and O&M inforrmtion as specified above (as- built). e. Marked or changed prints locating concealed parts and variations from the original system design (as-built drawings). f. Balancing Report. g. Valve schedule and associated piping schematics. See Division 15190, Mechanical ldentifi cation. h. Copies ofany extended equipment wananties, which are greater than one year. 1.IO WARRANTIES A. The warranty period is one year after Date ofAcceptance. l. During this period provide labor and rnaterials as required to repair or replace defects in the mechanical system at no additional cost to the Owner. Provide certificate with O&M manual submittal which guarantees same-day service response to Owners call for all such warranty service. 2. Provide certificates for such items of equipment which have warranties in excess of one year- Insert copies in O&M rnanuals. 3. Provide extended manufactue$ warranti€s to cover one firll year ftom date ofacceptance ifstandard warranty starts any time prior to that date. B. Refer to Division I for additional reouirements. Gore Creek Resldences -Tunn€l Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Baslc Mechanlcel Requirements r5010-7 1.11 SCOPE A. The Contractor shall: l. Supply all labor, Fansportation, matcrials, apparatus, light, and tools necessary for the conpletion of the nrechanical work. 2, Install, mahtain, and remove all construction equiprnent 3. Be responsible for safe, lawful, and proper construction maintenance. Consfuc! in the best and most worknanlike rlanner, a conrplete project and everything prop€rly incidental thereto, as shown on the Dmwings, as stated in the Specifications, or reasonably irrplied 0rerefron1 all in accordance with the Contract documents. I.I2 MANDATORYGIOVERNINGPROVISION A. Omissions of words or phrases, such as "the Conhactor shall," "in conformity with,"'shall be," "as noted on the Drawings," "according to the Drawings," "ar1" 'lhe," and "all," are intentional. B. Omitted words or phrases shall be supplied by inference. I.13 TEMPORARYFA,CILITIES A. Light, Heat, Power, etc. l. Responsibility for providing tenporary electicity, heat and other facilities shall be as specified in Division l. 2. Contactor shall be responsible for maiDtaining the equiprrent in an as-new condition. Equipment will not be tumed over to the Owner rmtil it is brougbt up to as-new condition. 3. The confractor shall be responsible for maintaining acceptable indoor air quality in adjacent occupied spaces. B. Use of Pennancnt Building Equipment for Temporary Heating or Cooling. l. Pennanent building equiprrent shall not be used without wrinen permission from the Owner. If this equiprnent is used for ternporary hea-'''g or cooling, it shall be adequately maintained per manufacturer's instructions and protected with filters, shainers, controls, reliefs, etc. The concactor shaU protect all equiprrent and systerns as directed by the engineer. The warranty period shall not start until the equipment is tumed over to the Owner for his use. The contractor sball provide extended warranties for parts and labor for all such equipment. Equipment shall not be turned over to the Owner until the terperahre controls have been tcstod and accepted by the Owner and Engineer. I.T4 ROUGH-IN FOR FIITT'RE CONI\TECTION A. Provide rough-in services for all systems which shall extend to firture equipmant or spaces as shown on the drawings. a. Provide sufficiently sized branch plumbing lines with isolation valves to serve the residential units. 2. Sanitary, Sewer, Storm Sewer and fire sprinkler rmin rough-ins shall be provided. 1.15 INSTALLATIONGENERALREQTJIREMENTS A. Furnish, apply, install, connect, erect, clean, and condition manufactured nnterials and equipment as recommended in manufacturer's printed directions (maintained onjob site during installation). I ! t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t IBrsic Mechanical Requir€ments Gorc Creek Residenccs -Tunnel Vail, Colondo 03 January 2005 1s010-8 B. c. D. E. F. R- S. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T T I I I G. Provide all attachment devices and materials necessary to secure materials together or to other rnaterials. Make allowance for ample and normal expansion and contraction for all building components and piping systems that are subject to zuch. Instatl rnaterials only when conditions oftenperature, moishre, humidity, and conditions of adjacent building corponents are conducive to achieving the best installation results. Erect, install, and secure conponents in a stucturally sound and appropriate rnanner. Where necessary tenporarily brace, shore, or otherwise support members until final connections are installed. kave all temporary bracing, shoring, or other struciual zupports in place as long as practical for safety and to maintain prop€r aligment. Handle materials in a manner to prcvent scratching, abrading, distortion, chipping breaking, or other disfigurement. Conduct work in a manner to avoid injury or damage to previously placed work. A:ry work so impaired or darnaged shall be rcplaced at no expense to Owner. Fabricate and install mahrials nue to line, plumb, and lwel. kave iinished surfaces smooth and flat free from wrinkles, warps, scratcheg dents, and other imperfections. Frrnish materials in longest practical lengths and largest practical sizes to avoid all unnecessary jointing. Make all joints secure, tightly fitted, and as inconspicuous as possible by the best acce.pted practice in joinery and fabrication. Consult Engineer for mounting height or position ofany 'ni1 nsl rpecffically indicated or located on Drawings or specified in Specifrcations. Job mixed multi-conponent rnaterials used in the work shall be mixed in such regulated and properly sized batches that matsrial can be used before it begins to "set". Mixing of a partially "set'' batch with ano0rer batch of fiesh materials will not be accepted and entire batch shall be discarded and removed from sitc. Clean all mixing tools and appliances that can be contaminated prior to mixing offiesh rnaterials. In addition to the above refer to each Section of the Specifications for additional installation requirements for the proper conpletion ofall work. H. I. J. K, L. M. N. o. P. a. A. Basic Mechanical Rcquircmcnts PART2_PRODUCTS QUALITY CONTROL Refer to Division I ofthe Specifications. Gore Creek Residencrs -Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 Januery 2005 r5010-9 B, The manufacturer of equipment or materials listed on the drawings or first named in the specification is the basis of design. If the drawings and specifications are in conflict, the drawings shall take precedence. Other manufacturers listed are considered general equivalents only. See below for coordination of substitutions. C. Products by manufactuers not listed in this Specification may be submitted to the Engineer, in writing, at least seven days before Bid Date. l. Submitials will be reviewed for general equivalence only. 2. Approval for use in bidding will be issued by Engineer at least two days before Bid Date. 3. Producb not considered to be general equivalenb may not be bid. D. Items submitted as a substitution to the basis of desigp or listed general equivalents shall be identified as such and shall include a written request for substitution indicating the following: l. Contract price adjustnent. 2. C,ontract tinB adjustnent. 3. Item by item breakdown ofdifferences between basis of desip and substituted item. 4. Operatioq maintenance, and energy cost difference. E. Coordination of general equivalents and substitutions: Where Contact Documents permit selection from several general equivalents, or where substitutions are authorized, coordinate clearance and otber interface requirements with mechanical and other work. l. Provide necessary additional itenrs so that selected or substituted item operates equivalent to the basis ofdesign and properly fits in the available space allocated for the basis of design. 2. Provide all features which are stmdard on the basis of desip. 3. ConFactor is responsible for assuring that piping, conduil duct, flue, and other sewice locations for general equivaletrb or substitutions do not cause access, sewice, or operational dilficulties any greater lhan would be encourtered with tbe basis ofdesign. 2.2 GENERALSTJBMITTALREQTJIREMENTS A. Refer to Dvision l. B. Coordination and Sequencing: l. Coordinate submittals 2 weeks (min.) prior to expected order date so that work will not be delayed by submittals. 2. No extersion of time will be allowed because of failure to properly coordinate and sequence submittals. 3. Do not submit product data, or allow its use on the project until corpliance v/ith requirernent ofContract Docurt€nts has been confirmed by Conhactor. 4. Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise indicated, and is not a change order request. 5. Submitting contractor is responsiblc for routing reviewed submittals to all parties affected including but not limited to electrical, terperature confiol, and test and balance suhonhctors. C. Preparation of Submittals: I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I t Il. Refer to Division I requirements. 2. Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identi$ project, datq Contractor, f Subcontactor, Supplier, submittal name and similar information to distinguish it from fother submittals. B$ic Mecbanical Requirements Gore Creek Rqsidences -Tunnel I * Y"X1,'$.II'J' I15010-r0 ! I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I 3. Indicate any portions of work which deviate from the Contact Documents. a. Explain the reasons for the deviations. b. Show how such deviafions coordinate with interfacing portions of other work 4. Show Contractor's executed review and approval marking. 5. Provide space for Architect's/Engineer's '?ction" marking. 6. Submiftals which are received ftom sources other than through Contractor's ofiice will be rctumed "Without Action". 7 . Submittals shall be presented in a neat and legible fashion and shall be retumed "Without Action" ifpresented in any other fashion. D. Quantities: Unless otherwise indicated in Division l, submit six copies. 1. Refer to Division l requirernents. 2. Multiple System lterns: Where a required submittal relates to an operation or item of equipment used in more than one systenr, increase the number of final copies as necess:try to conrplete the Maintenance Manuals for each systern 3. Preliminary Submittal: Provide a preliminary, two-copy submittal for automatic teftperature controls and when product data is required (or desired by Conhactor) for selection of options by Architect/Engineer. 4. General Distribution: a. Provide additional distibution of submiuals (not included in foregoing copy submittal requirerrnts) to Subcontractors, Suppliers, Fabricators, Installers, Goveming Authorities and others as necessary for proper perforrnance of the work. b. hclude such additional copies in transmittal to Architect/Engineer where required to receive "Action" marking before fural distribution. ( 1) Show such distibutions on transmittal forms' E. Response to Submittals: Whgre standard product data have been submitted, it is recognized: 1. That the Submitter has determined that the products fulfill the specified requirements. 2. That the submittal is for the Architect's or Engineer's information only, but will be retumed with appropriate action wbere observed to be not in compliance with the requirements. F. Ifrnore than two submissions (either for shop drawings, as-built drawings, or test and balance reports) are made by the confactor, the Owner reserves the rigbt to charge the contractor for subsequent reviews by their consultants. Such extra fees shall be deducted from payments by the Owner to the conFactor, SPECIF'IC CATEGORY STJBMITTAL REQI'IREMENTS A. Manufacturer's Data: l. Where pre-printed data covers more than one distinct product, size, type, material, trinr, accessory group or other variation, mark submitted copy with black pen to indicate which of the variations is to be provided. 2. Delete or mark-out sigdficant portions ofpre-printed data which are not applicable. 3. Where operating ranges are shown, mark data to show portion ofrange required for project application. 4. For each product, include the following: Sizes Weights Speeds Gore Creek Residences -Tunnd Vail Colorado 03 January 2005 a. b. c, Basic Mecbanical Requirements 15010-ll d. Capacities e. Piping and electrical connection sizes and locations. f. Staternents ofconpliance with the required standards and regulations. g. Performance data. h. Manufacturer'sspecificationsandinstallationinstructions. B. Shop Drawings: l. Prcpare Mechanical Shop Drawings, except diagrams, to accurate scale. a. Show clearance dimensions at critical locations. b. Show dimensions of spaces required for operation and maintenance. C. Show inbrfaces with other work, including stuctual support. C. Test Reports: l. Submit test reports which have been siped and dated by the firm performing the test. 2. Preparc test reports in tbe runner specified in the standard or regulation goveming the test procedure (if any) as indicated. D. Required equipment and shop drawing submitals: l. Pmvide a submittal schedule with bid. 2. Provide equipnrcnt submittals for each item ofequiprnent specified or scheduled in the contact docurnents. 3. Submittal Schedule shall show each item of equiprnent, applicable Section of the specifications where it is described applicable Drawing number and schedule naure where it is scheduled, date ofConractor's proposed submittal to Architect, required date to receive submittal from Architect and schedule order date. 4. Provide a Mechanical Shop Drawing Scbcdule for submission to the Architect with the Submittal Schedule. Refer to paragraph 1.3 -Coordination Within Division 15 - above. 2.4 COMPATIBILITY A. General: Provide products which are corpatible with other producb of the mechanical worlg and with other work requiring interface with the mechanical work. B. Altitude Ratings: Except v/here noted otherwisc, all ratings and capacities stated in the Contract Documents are at the altitude of the project, not sea level. Project Altitude shall be considered to be 8150 feet. C. Fuel Characteristics: l. Review fuel characteristics witb the Fuel Supplier designated by the Owner. 2. Determine bumer or combustion equipment provisions needed for optinnrm performance. Provide equipmant accordingly. D. Power Characteristics: l. For power characteristics ofequipment supplied under Division 15 Sections, refer to the Sections ofDivision 16 and the Electrical Drawings for the power characteristics ofeach power driven item ofmechanical equipment. 2. Coordinate available power with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment. Mechanical Contractor shall be responsible for ordering equipment to meet the available power characteristics. 3. See also Division l5l16001 ofthese specifications. ! t I I I I I t I I T I I I t t I I IBasic Mechanical Rcquirements Gore Creek Residences -Tunnel Vail, Colorrdo 03 Januarv 2005 15010-12 It 4. If there is a conflict between Division 15 documents and Division 16 documents, alert the engineer. Do not order equipment prior to determining the proper electrical service. No contact cost adjusbnent will be allowed for equipment ordered in conllict with the I available power characteristics. I 2.5 SAT'ETYPROVISIONS I A. Equipment Nameplates: Ptovide power-operated mechanical equipment with a pennanent - nameplate attached by the manufacturer, indicating: I l. The manufacturer 2. Product name l| 3. Model number 'IfJ 4. Serial number 5. Speed I 6. Capacity r i. l""ili::H::ff:XlLe,o,i*p".,ingagencies 9. Other similar data I B. Where nranufacturer affixed nameplate is not available, Mechanical Contactor shall fabricate and attach nameplate. t C. Guards: I ' Hfi;:ru*;x"ffi$fff;:f;?;:il':ff",H"f"nil:il*"H",':,':":Ti'Hl" I gauge steel wire or expanded metal, fastened to an approved structural steel ftame, securely fastened to the equipment or floor. t; 2. Provide tachometer holes at shaft centers. Unless equivalent guards are provided integralt ;T$ffi"Ji:t3"*fr?l*',:-'*#flir:iil:i:gauge garvanized steer over the . 3. Sides are not required on these guards except to ensure rigidity. r P.A,RT 3 _EXECUTION I I 3.1 COORDTNATION OFMECTTANICAT INSTALL.A,TION ^ lnspection and Preparation:II l. Examine the work interfacing with mechanical work, and the conditions under which the work will be performed, and notifo the Architect/Engineer of conditions dehimental to the I proper completion ofthe work at original contsact price. f] 2. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. o Layout:II l Layout the mechanical work in conformity with the Contact Drawings, Coordination Drawings and other Shop Drawings, product data and similar requirements so that the I endre rnechanical plant will perform as an integrated systerL properly hterfaced with I other worlg recognizing lhat portions of the work are shown only in diagrammatic form- 2. Where coordination requirements conllict with individual system requirements, conply I with the Architect's or Engineer's decision on resolution of the conflict. I 3. Take necessary field measurenpnts to determine space and connection requirements. Gore Creek Residences -Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 Januarv 2005I "*il;'Xno#'""' r5010-r3 4. Provide sizes and shapes of equipment so the final installation confonns to the intent of the Contract Documents. C. Integrate mechanical work in ceiling spaces with zuspension systerq light flxmres and other work so that required perforrnnces of each will be achieved. 3.2 PRODUCTINSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: l. Except where more stingent rcquircments are indicated, comply with the product manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 2. Consult witb manufacturer's technical representatives, who are recognized as techrical experts, for specific insructions on special project conditions. 3. Ifa conllict exists, notiff the Architect/Engineer ;n writing and obtain his instruction before proceeding with the work in question. B. Movement of Equiprnent: l. Wherever possible, arrange for the movement and positioning of equipment so that enclosing partitions, walls and roofs will not be delayed or need to be removed. 2. Otherwise, advisc Contractor of opening requirements to be maintained for the subsequent entry of equipment. C. Heavy Equipment: l. Coordinate the movement of heavy items witlr shoring and bracing so drat tbe building stntctue will not be overloaded during the nroverrent and installation. 2. Where rrechanical products to be installed on the existing roofare too heavy to be hand- carried, do not tansport across the sxisring rcof deck; position by crane or other device so as to avoid overloading the roof deck. D. Retum Air Path: Coordinate mechanical work in return air plenum to avoid obstructing retum air path. l. Do not make changes in layout which will reduce return air path cross-sectional areas. Minimum cross-sectional area will provide an average of 500 fpm and a maximum of 750 fum velocity tluough renrm air plenum at specified supply air quantity unless otherwise noted. 2. Provide openings in any full height walls to allow for fiee movement of return air. Openings are to be sizcd for 500-750 Sm velocity. NotiS the Architect/Engineer for any openings required in fire rated walls that are not shown on the conh-act drawings. 3. Report ary obstuctions by work ofother Divisions to Architect/Engineer. E. Clearances: l. Install piping and ductwork: Shaigbt and true. Aligoed with other work. Close to walls and overhead sftucnre (allowing for insulation). Concealed, where possible, in occupied spaces. Ort-of-the-way with maxirrnrn passageway and hea&oom remaining in each space. 2. Except as otherwise indicated arrange mechanical services and overhead equipment with a minimum of: a. 7'0" headroom in storage ryaces. I I I T I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I a. b. c. d. e. Basic Mechanical R€quirements Gore Creek Rcsidenccs -Tunncl Vail, Colondo 03 Januarv 2005 15010-t4 r r b. 8'6" headroom in other spaces. I t:. 3#fflifriffiiTllrff;il*lTl#ft sroperordrainage (overorherservice f fines and ductwork). a F. Access: I 1. Provide for removal, without damage to other parts, of: a. Coils b. Humidifier manifoldsl| c. Tubes d. Shafts I e. Fan wheels I f. Drives g. Filters I h. Shainersr i. 3:m'.o*oo"n, k. Olher parts requiring periodic replacernent or naintenance 2. C.onnect equipnrnt for ease of disconnecting with minimum of interference with other I work. 3. Provide unions where required. T; 4. Locate operating and control equipment and devices for each access. I 5. ilTl;:T;ff"r--u,here units are concealed by non-accessible finishes and similar , 6. Extend all grease fittings to an accessible location. I 33 PROTECTIONOFWORK I A. All pipe ends, valves, ducts, and equipment left unconnected shall be capped, plugged or otherwise I properly protected to prevent damage or the intrusion offoreign matter. - B. Do not allow any fans in the HVAC system to operate before the area served by the fan has beenr cleaned and vacuumed ofall debris and dust which might enter the systerl T C. Any equiprnent, duct or piping sptems forurd to have been damaged or contaminated above I "MILL" or "SHOP" conditions shall be replaced or cleaned to the Engineer's satisfaction. I D. Initial fill of uaps: I l. Provide initial water seal fill for all waste P-traps, condensate traps, or similar traps.I - 3.4 PROTECTION OFPOTABI,E WATER SYSTEMS t A. All tenporary water connections shall be made with an approved back flow preventer. t B. All hose bibs shall have as a minimum, a vacuum breaker, to prevent back flow. - C. Direct connections to hydronic systems shall only be made througb a reduced pressure back flow prevenrer. I I r Gore Creek Resldences -Tunncl Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I l['i'I#,il'""'l50tGl5 Besic Mechenical Requirements PROTECTION OF SYSTEMS SERVING OCCUPIND SPACES A. Where work is being performed in occupied spaces, or occupancy is to be phased in with ongoing constructio4 contactor shall prevent coDtamination ofall systems serving the occupants including but not limited to: l. Supply Or Retum Air a. Systems shall be capped or provided with adequate particulate and gas pbase filtsation to pr€vent dus! cbemical, or biological contamination. Particulate filters shall be as a minimum equivalent to those specified for the corrpleted systertl 2. Domestic Water a. Isolate sterilized portions fiom non-sterilized portions. START-UP A. Assign a firll time Division 15 Start-Up Coordinator to this project. B. The Start-Up Coordinator shall dwelop detailed start-up procedures, equipmat checkout procedures and daa forms for recording conpliarrce with connact docurnent perforrnance criteri4 and will assist in developing scbedules for checkout and Owner acceptance. C. The Division 15 Contractor shall include as part ofthe wort ofthis contact, manpower, equipmeng tools, ladders, instsunents, etc. necessa4/ to confirm start-up of Division 15 systerns. D. The Division 15990, Test Adjust and Balancing C.ontactor shall include as part ofthe work of tris/trer contract, labor and ruterial to provide tmnpower, equiprrent, tools, ladders, insrumenb, etc. necessary to assist the Start-Up Coordinator in acconplishing his/lrcr work. E. The Start-Up Cmrdinator shall be responsible for rninaining doctrnentation of Start-Up activities mtil final acceptance ofthe projecL F. The docunrntation sball be kept cunent by the Start-Up Coordinator and shall be available for inspection at all times. At the time of acceptance of the project, the Start-Up C,oordinator shall surrender 3 corrpleted copies of the docunrcntation to the Owne/s representative. G. Before Testing Adjusting Calibration and Balancing (Division 15990), the Start-Up Coordinator shall confirrq in writing to the Owna, the following: l. All equipment, corponents, and systems have been se! started-up, and adjusted. 2. Systerrs hve been established at the appropriate terryerahres and pressures for p,roper operation and performance. 3. All electric pourer connections, discomects, fuses, cfucuit breaken, etc. are properly sized and installed. 4. The operation ofall valves, darrpers and sensors is positive (per the control sequences) and denonsEated. H. Provide dated rmtrices for each item of equipment showing the date each of the start-up activities was wibressed or perfumed by thc Start-Up Coordinator. 1. Srart-up and operating performance test docunentation shall include all Division 15 equipment with scheduled capacities and all Division 15950 equipment. I. At the completion ofthe start-up; and test and balance, Division l5 shall conduct aT2hotsr dynamic mode demonstation ofthe systems in the presence of the Owner and Arcbitect/Engineer. Gore Creek Residences -Tunncl Vail, Colorldo 03 January 2005 t I t I I I I I I I I t I t I I I T t15010-I6 r I - 9.7 DEMoNSTRATIoN I A. Refer to Division I secfions of the specificatiors regarding requirements of Record Drawings and f Operation and Maintenance Manual submittal and systems demonstration, I 1. Demonstate to the Architect/Engineer that each system opemtes in accordance v\dth the I contract documents. 2. Explain the operation of each system to the Ovmer's Representative. Explain use of I O&M rranual in operating and maintaining systems. t B. Date and time of demonstration will be determined by Owner. I C. Demonstration Requirernents !3.8 PROJECTCLOSEOUT I A. Refer to the individual sections of the specifications for individual closeout requirements. B, Provide a written schedule ofwhen systems are to be started up, tested and demonstrated along I with dates for completion ofthe temperature contols and balancing. This schedule shall be t submitted no later than 30 days prior to starting up and testing equipment. I C. The conhactor shall notiff the Architect/Engineer no later than 2 weelcs in advance ofsystem I testing or demonstration D. A check list will be used by M-E Engineers during our punch list. The contractor shall corplete I this to rneet the requirernents of the conract documents, bowever, this list in no way limits the t conEactor from other reouirements ofthe contact documents, - ENDOFSECTIONr Gore Creek Resldences -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I t I I I I I I ffilIffr;*'15010-17 I I SECTION 15050 I BASIC MECHAI\ICALMATERIAI,S AI\D METHODS r T PARTI.GEIYERAL I.I REI,ATEDDOCTMENTS It A. This Section supplenrents Division l, General Requirements. I B. Where contradictions occur between this Section and Division l, the most stringent of the two I shall apply. The Architect design team strall decide which is most stringent. ^ Provisions of this Section shall also apply to all Sections ofDivision 15.Iv'I Lz srJBMrrrALs I A. Mmufacturer's Data - Submit manufacnrer's data for: t l. Access panels. 2. Fire stopping materials. I 3. Heat Trace. B. Application Data - Subrnit application data for firestopping materials showing UL required I initallation details for every combination ofpipe material, penetrated stucture, opening size and t required fire rating wirhin the scope of this project. Application data drawings shall include UL system nunb€r. rr PART2-PRoDUcrs I 2.r AccEssPANELsI A. See Division 8 for access panel types and finishes. I l If panels are not specified in Division 8, comply with the following: a. Manufacture$: I (1) Design Basis: Milcor Division' Inryco, Inc' t Q) otherAcceptable Manufacturen: (a) Birmingham Ornamental Iron Co. (b) Karp Associates, Inc' I (c) Wilkenson Co., Inc. (d) zurn. ,I I B. Construction: I ":. F,ffi,'if;:f;,'ff5. - 3. Fire Rating: Equivalent to conshuction in which installed. 4. Latches: Flush or concealed, 7r turn. 5. Finish: Compatible with frnish of construction in which installed. I I Basic Mechanical t Meterials and Methods Gore Creek Residences-Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 15050-1 FIRE STOPPING MATERIAL A. Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: 3M. 2. Otheracceptablemanufacturers: A. GE b. Metalines c. Hilti B. General Requirements: l. Products to be used shall have been tested in accordance with ASTM E 814-88. and be listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. C. Bare Piping: l. Model: FD 150, or CP-25. D. Insulated Piping: 1. Model: CP-25 orFS-195, Inftmescent. 2. 'No-sag" or "selfJeveling" as required. E. Plastic Piping: l. Model: CP-25 or FS-195, Innmrescent. 2. "No sag" or "selfJevelingl' as required. F. Accessories: l. Provide fastencrs, restricting collan, backing materials, aDd protective coatings as required to corply with the UL system listing. HEATTRACE A. Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: Raychem. a. Model: XL-Trace for freEze protection applied between pipe and insulation. b. Model: Ice stop for freeze protection applied inside storm drain leaders and down sPouts. 2. Otheracceptablemanufacturers: a. Thermon b. HevlDutyA'ielson B. Features: l. Selfregulating at all points along its' lengft. 2. 90oZ power reduction from 40oF pipe temperature to | 50" pipe temperature. 3. No overheating if crossed. 4. Provide outer jacket and braided copper shield for use inside roof drain leaders or on piping without a ground path. I I I T I I I I I I I I I I I I t T IBasic Mechanical Materials and Methods Gore Creek Residences-Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 r50s0-2 I 3.1 ExcAvArroN I I I t C. Accessories: l. Provide tee, splice, and end seal kits as required by the rnnufacturer. 2. Provide ambient sensing thermostat in a NEMA 4x enclosure, with three (3) contacts nted, at22 amps each. PART3-EXBCUTION A. Quality Coordination: Where excavation and backfill for mechanical work passes through or I occurs in the same area as work specified in Division 2, comply with both the requirernents of I Division 2 and the requirements of this Sectioq or whichever is the more stringent (as detennined by the Architect/Engineer in cases of conflicting requirements). t B. Inspection: I t ffi;5|.re areas to be excavated, and the conditions under which the work is to be t 2. Notiff the Architect/Engineer in writing of conditions detinrntal to the proper cornpletion of thc work. I 3. Do not proceed witb excavating until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. !C. General: r ' 'd,T::n"iffi,T#:"1ffi:x#:l#ijlili:lj::?fl'ffi'";*,ffiff* 2. Remove all rock and boulders from excavation before installing mechanical work, I 3. Slope sides ofexcavations as required for stability, or provide necessary shoring. I 4. Remove shoring during bacldrlling. 5. Excavate near large trees (within the drip line) by hand. a. Protect the root system ftom damage or drying to the greatest extent possible.r I Xffi':#,Tffi,Jilg'Jin*.$'Jj;::tr1:ffi;H::"'"Tiwi,hbur'Iap 6. Saw-cut asphalt and concrete surfaces. f D. Existing Utilities: Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground work in a manner which will ensure that no damage or service intemrption will result from excavating and I backfilling. I - E. Depth ofExcavation: I 1. Depth for Exterior Piping: Except as otherwise indicated, excavate for exterior piping so I that the vertical distance between top of piping and finished grade will not be less than that prescribed by code. I 2. Excavate for exterior water-bearing piping (water, steam condensate, drainage) so that the I ;:*::i:i:1il:: nffi?J:ffit;:r# and rinished grade w'r not be ress than 5'0" 3. Depth for Unsatisfactory Soil Conditions: a. Where directed, because ofunsatisfactory soil condition at bottom ofexcavation,I excavate additional depth as directed to reach satisfactory soil-bearing condition. Backfill with "squeegee" washed rock, or other approved sub-base material, I conpacted as directed, to indicated excavation depth. I b. Where piping crosses over an area more than 5'0" wide, which has been previously excavated to a greater depth than required for the piping installation: I Basic Mechanical 15050-3 Gore Creek Residences-Tunnel I Materlds and Methods Vail' Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 F. (1) Excavate to rmdisturbed soil in a width equal to the pipe diameter plus z',O". (2) Install "squeege" washed rock, or 8" courses of approved subbase rnaterial; each course corrpacted to 95oZ of maximum density, as required to fill excavation and support piping. c. Refer to Change Order procedure elsewhere in Contract Documents. Protection: Provide ternporary covering or enclosure and tenrporary heat as necessary to protect bottoms of excavations from freezing and frost action. Do not install mechanical work on frozen excavation bases or subbases. Coordirute excavations with weather conditions, to minimize the possibility of washouts, settlements and other damages and hazards. Allow no more than 100 feet between pipe laying and point ofcornplete backfilling. Maintain dry excavations for mechanical work by removing water. a. Protect excavatiom from inllow of surface water. b. Punp minor inllow of ground water from excavations. c. Protect excavations from major inllow ofground water by installing ternporary sheeting and waterproofing. d. Provide adequate barriers which will protect other excavations and below-grade property from being damaged by water, sediment or erosion from or though nrechanical work excavations. Provide signs, illumination and barricades as necessary to prwent accidents at excavations, Install and op€rate a well-point dewatering $rstern to naintain grormd water at a lwel approxirnately 2'0" below mechanical work excavations, rmtil backfilling is compleGd. G.Excavated Material: Store excavated material (terporarily) near the excavation, in a manner which will not interfere with or damage the excavation or other work. Do not store under nees (within the drip line). Retain excavated material which corrylies with the requirements for backfill material, Rernove excavated material which is eilher in excess of quantity needed for backfilling or does not comply with requirernents for backlill material fiom project site, and dispose of in a lawful manner. Coordinate acceptable stockpiling areas with Owner in advance ofexcavation. H.Bedding: Where indicated below, install as bedding material graded sand with 100% passing through a 3/8" sieve, and 0% passing through No. 100 sieve. a. Compact by tamping to form a firm base for the work. b. Install bedding from six inches below bottom ofpipe to six inches above top of PiPe.c. Provide bedding for: (1) Wrapped, coated or plastic pipe and tanks. (2) Piping over six inches, horizontal cylindrical tanks, and similar work. (a) Shape the subbase to fit the shape ofthe bottom 9f ofthe cylinder, for rniform continuous support (3) All water and sewer pipe. Where rock is used as sub-basg place 8-mil polyethylene between rock and bedding. Shape sub-bases and bottoms of excavations with recesses to receive pipe bells, flange connectiorq valves and similar enlargements in the piping systerns. I I I I I I I I T I I I I I I I I I I l. 2. J. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2- 3. 4. l. 2. 3. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Gore Creek Residences-Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 15050-4 J. K. I I I T I I I I I I I I I I I I T I I Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Concrete Encasement: Where piping under roadways is less than 2'6" below surface ofroadway, or where ductwork is buried below grade: l. Provide 4" base slab ofconcrete to support piping and ductwork. 2. After piping or ductwork is installed and tested, provide 4" thick encasement (sides and top) of concrete before backfilling. ^. Provide extemal stuctural reinforcing ofall rectilinear cross section ductwork or any ductwork which is less than 18 ga sheet metal (or equivalent) to prevent collapde of ductwork encasement. 3. Provide minimum 2500 psi concrete for encasement and slab. Backfilling: l. Do not backfitl until installed mechanical work has been tested and accepted, wherever testing is indicated. 2. Condition backfill material by either drying or adding water uniformly, to whatever extent may be necessary to facilitate compaction to the required densities. 3. Do not backfill with frozen soil materials. 4. Backfill simultaneously on opposite sides ofmechanical work" and compact simultaneously. 5. Do not dislocate the work from installed positions. 6. Backfill to elevations matching adjacent grades, at the time of backfilling excavations for rnechanical work 7. Backfill with finely graded sub-base material to 6" above wrapped coated, and plastic piping and tanks, and to centerline ofother tanks. 8. Bacldrll excavations in 8" high courses of bacldill material, uniformly compacted to the densities indicarcd in Division 2 using power-driven, hand-operated conpaction equipment. 9, If densities are not indicated in Division 2, compact to the following percent of maxirmm perASTMD1557: a. Lawn/Landscaped Areas: 85%. b. Paved Areas, Other than Roadways: 90Vo. c. Roadways: 9502. d. Floors: 957q. 10. Where conpaction tests indicate lower densities ofbackfill than specified, continue compaction (and re-excavation and backfilling where necessary). a. Provide additional testing as directed by the Architect/Engineer. b. The allowable density tolerance is not more than one-test-out-of-five falling rnore than two percentage points below the specified density. c. Initial testing is not work ofthis Section. I l. Where subsidence is measurable or observable at mechanical work excavations during the guarantee period: a. Remove the surface (pavemen! lawn or oiher finisQ. b. Add backfill materiat, conpact, and replace the surface treaunent. c. Restorc the appearance, quality and condition of the surface or finish to rratch adjac€nt work. d. Eliminate evidence ofthe restoration to the greatest extent possible. Landscape Restoration : l. Where excavation and backfill for mechanical work passes through or occurs in a landscaped area, repair or replace the landscape work to match the original condition and quality of the work. 2. Conply with tlrc requirements of Division 2 for repair or replacement of worlq and for follow-up maintenance on lawns and planting to ensure satisfactory recovery. Gore Creek Residences-Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 150s0-s L. Pavernent Restoration: l. Where excavation and bacllill for mechanical work passes through or occurs in an area of paving or flooring, replace and restore the construction and furish of the paving or flooring to match the original condition and quality of the work. M. Surface Repairs: l. The repairing and replacing ofpreviously insalled landscape development wor\ paving, floor slabs and similar finishes occurring in excavated areas shall be provided, but is not included in work of Division I 5 . CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Refer to Division I of the Specificatiom. c. General: Provide measurenrents, drawings and layouts to installers of other work so that required openings may be provided as construction progresses. Any cutting and patching made necessary by failure to provide this infornntion shall be done at no incrcase in the con[act amount. General: All cutting and patching of existing work required for work of Division 15 is included in Division 15. Cutting and patching is not work of Division 15, except as provided in Article 3.2 A, of this Section. Where possible, mark openings to b€ cut on existing corxitnrction. Otherwise, provide measrrements, drawings and layouts to the trade doing the cutting so that openings may be provided as construction progresses. Cufiing Concrete: l. Where authorized, cut openings th,rougb coDcrete for pipe penetation and similar services by core drilling or sawing. 2. Do not cut bv hammerdriven chisel or drill. F. Cutting: I . Cut openings in accordance with layouts, m€asurerrcnts or drawings of the Installer of work requiring openings. Cut openings in concrete by core drilling or sawing; not by hammeririven chisel or drill. 2. Coordinate tbe location of all openings with structural drawings. Report any discrepancies to Architect. Do not proceed with work until discrepancies have been resolved. 3. Do not endanger or damage other work through the procedures and processes ofcutting to accommodate mechanical work. 4. Review the proposed cutting with the Installer of the work to be cu! and cornply with his reconrnendations to minimize damage. 5. Where necessary, engage the original Installer or other specialists to execute the cutting in the recomnpnded nranner, Patching: I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I D. E. 1. Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods Where patching is required to restore other work because of eitber cutting or other damage inllicted during the installation ofmechanical worl engage experienced crafomen to complete the patching of the otlrcr work. Gore Creek Residences-Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I t 2 Restore the other work in every respect, including the elimination of visual defects in exposed finishes. 3. All openings in fte rated construction shall be patched and sealed with U.L. approvedI sealant to naintain the fue integrity of the stsucture. I H. Perform cutting, and patching required to: I l. Uncover work to provide installation of ill-timed work. 2. Remove and replace defective work. I 3. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements ofthe Contact Documents. 4. Remove sanrples of installed work as specified for testing. 5. Install equipment and materials in existing structures. I 6. Upon written instructions from the Architect/Engineer, uncover and restore work to I provide for Architect/Engineers observation of concealed work. I I. Painting: I Paint all surfaces marred by cutting and/or patching to match existing. I L Engage experienced painters. f| 2. Comply with requfuements of Painting Sections of this Specification. r I. Structwal Limitations: I l. Do not cut or drill into structural framing, walls, floors, decks, and other members intended to withstand stress, except with Engineer's written authorization. a. Provide lintels, columns, braces and other terryorary and permanent supports I made by cuning. b. Subrnit shop drawings ofpermanent supports. I c. Do not penetate legs of structural "T's" or any other location where pre-stressed t structual chords are likely to be encountered when cutting or drilling. 33 ACCESSPANELS II A. Fumish access panels where indicated and at locations where required for access to: l. Concealed valves |l 2. Danpers 3. Contol devices 4. Equipment servicing I i: Shockarresters 7. Flow measuring and balancing stations 8. Any other device or item equipment requiring maintenance, adjustaent or service. I B. Deliver access panels for installation by the trade responsible for surface in which installed. I t: fi,:'*trffiTJt?::H':L,,sharrberhe tuserorztta4,,ortontthesizeor equipment to be removed. I 3.4 SLEEVES I A. Provide sleeves for piping passing tluough walls, floors and roofs. I Gore Creek Residences-Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I *niiii.;*liJlll'iiln"o,15050-7 B. C. D. E. Set pipe sleeves and inserts in place before concrete is poured. Coordinate the placing of these iterns to avoid delaying concrete placing operations. Locate chases, shafts, and openings required for the installation of the mechanical work during framing of the structure. Do any additional cutting and boring required due to inproperly located or omitted openings without cost to the Owner under the supervision ofthe Owner's representative. Size sleeves for below grade pipe a minimum of2" beyond outside ofpipe. Coat surface of all sleeves in contact with concrete, rnasonry or soil with two coaF ofcoal tar bihnnastic paint. Provide Sleeves as Follows: G.Length of Sleeves as Follows: I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I F. I I I Gore Creek Residences-Tunnel Vail. Colorado 03 January 2005 Sleeve Location Sleeye ]\[a!erial Interior Stud Partition Walls Adjustable galvanized sheet metal with wall flanges and plaster lip, 2" and smaller - 22 gauge,3" through 6" - 20 gauge, 8" and larger - 18 gauge. Membrane Waterproof Floor and Roof Constuction Galvanized cast iron body with flashing clanp, tbreaded for sleeve riser. (J.R Smith 1760 or equivalent by Ancon, Zurn or Josam). Nonmembrane Floor, Construction Non-adjustable galvanized sheet metal with deck llange and end cap,2" and smaller - 22 gauge, 3'- 20 gauge, 4" and larger - 16 gauge. Exterior Walls Below Grade Sandard weight galvrniz6d steel pipe with a continuously welded water stop of %" steel plate extending Aom outside of sleeve a minimum of 2" all around. Provide modular mechanical-type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber liriks with bolts shaped to continuously lill the annular space bctween the pipe and sleeve. Thunderline Corporation "Link-Seal" sealant assembly or equal by Metraflex "MetaSeal". Floors of Mechanical Rooms, Concrete Walls or Masonry Walls Above Grade. Standard weight galvanized steel pipe. Location Sleeve Length Floors Equal to depth of floor constuction including finish. Extend minimum of l" above finished floor level within partitions, mechanical rooms, pipe chases and finished areas. Roofs Equal to depth of roof construction including insulation. Walls Equal to depth of comrrction. 3.5 FIRE STOPPING Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-8 I I A. Install frestopping materials in accordance with their UL and ASTM tested methods. I B. Coordinate required annular space with size of pipe and sleeve. Refer to Section 15120. I C. Requirements for specific systenrs: I l. Cold piping - includes chilled water, domestic water, storm water and refrigerant: Insulation and vapor barrier shall be continued through wall and firestopping for "insulated piping" shall be provided.r 2 *lj:'ffit3;:".:;T*ii:xi:il:'"T"::H:ftil:11i:"','":"1f,il:fr:T:.1L,"" and providing firestopping for "insulated piping", or stopping tlre insulation on ei&er side I ofthe penefration and using firestopping for "uninsulated piping". t 3. High temperature piping, over 250oF or over 15 psig steam: Contractor shall stop insulation and provide fuestopping for "high temperatue piping". I 3.6 HEATTRACE I A. Heat tace cable shall be installed by a licensed electrician. I B. Apply the heat hace cable on the pipe after pressure testing. L Do not spiral wrap on pipe. I 2. Make one wrap at valves. 3. Secure to pipe with methods approved by manufactuer. I C. Apply "Electrically Traced" signs on outside ofinsulation.t D. Test with a 1000 VDC meager minimum resistance 20 mega ohms. I E. Heat face shall be sized as follows, based on - 20'F ambienl, to maintain 40'F pipe temperature: PIPE SIZE 1" INSULATION 2'INSULATION Less than 2"3 Vft.3dft 2",2W,3 5ilft 3ilft 4,5",6 8 wift 5w/ft 8", 10", 12"(2 cable circuis) 8 w/ft ea. 8w/ft I 3.7 EQTIIPMENTBASESAIID SUPPORTS I A. Supporting Steel: Provide sup'porting steel not indicated on the Structural Drawings for Equipment requiring same. I l. Submit shop drawings and stuctural calculations to the Engineer for information and records. f| 2. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to strucnre. f| 3. Paint supporting steel with one coat of primer paint in the shop after fabrication welding is complete. Paint cornpleted field joints with one coat of matching primer. I B. Housekeeping Bases:I 1. Concrete bases for pumps, boilers, tanks, fans, etc., including anchor bolts and inserb, I will be provided in accordance with American Concrete Institute (ACI) and American I Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards for housekeeping pads and equipment sup'port bases. I Basic Mechanlcal 15050-9 Gore Creek Residences-Tunnel t Materials and Methods Veil, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 t I 2. The concrete sball be placed in accordance with setting diagrams and sizes furnisbed by the equipment installer. DRIP PAIIS A. Drip Pans: Where possible to run rrechanical piping elsewhere, do not nrn mecbanical piping directly above elecrical (or electonic) work which is sensitive to rnoisture. Otherwise, provide drip pans under medranical piping, sufticient to protect electrical work fiom clripping. Locate pan immediately below piping, and extend a minimurn of 6" on each side ofpiping and lengthwise lE ' beyond equiprnent being protectd. Fabricate pans 2" deep of reinforced sheet metal with rolled edges and soldered or welded seams; 22 guge galvanized steel. Provide %" copper drainage piping from pan to nearest floor drain or similar suitable point ofdischarge, and terminate pipe as an open-sight drainage connection. Provide permanent support and anchorage to prevent displacement of drip pans. lnsulate bottom ofpan as directed by Engineer. END OF SECTION l. 2. ). 4- 5. I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I IGore Creek Residences-Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 15050-10 I I I SECTION 15060 I PIPEAND PIPE FITTINGS I PARTI-GENERAL I I.I QUALITY ASST]RANCE I A. Welder Qualifications: Welders, both on-site and off-site, shall be certified for the type of work I being performed by one of the following: I I . National Certified Pipe Welding Bureau. I 2. Intermountain Testing Company B. Welder Certificates: I l. Submit one copy ofcertificate to ArchitecflEngineer. 2. Maintain one copy on project site. I PART2-PRODUCTS r 2.1 PIPEANDFITTINGSII Refer to the following sections: I l. I54lo-PlurnbingPipingr i 1i1i3.ilflffii,:rJ#,* I Other Division 15 sections afrer specific system requirements. r 2.2 cRoovED prpE coupt,rNc sysrnMs I A. Manufacturen of Coupling System:I l. Basis of Design: Victaulic 2. Other Acceptable Manufacnrers: I a. StarPipe b. Gruvlok c, CentralI 3 #".;:ff;:';',ffi,T:i"'Hi#:H:;'-r#:.]l1',T:'?Jo#,0,il""H"""" I B. ,*-,"T;;::prvwiththeberowrererencedstandards' l. All grooved pipe fittings, couplings, and specialties shall conform to standard I dimensional standards ANSVANWA C-606 or MIL-P-I 1087C. C. Acceptable ProducK: t l. Only the following grooved pipe products may be used: a. Gaskets: (ASTM D2000) EPDM, for water service, with or without propylene glycol -30'F to 230'F, primary seal by compression ofcoupling housing, either ! pressure or vacuum shall assist in sealing force. r Pipe and Pipe Fittings 15060-f Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI ,,';H$e;! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I b. a. b. 2. d. e. Couplings - Steel Pipe: Ductile iron (ASTM A-536) or malleable iron (ASTM A-47), with enarnel paint coating.(l) Rigid Couplings: Style 0? zero flex.(2) Flexible Couplings: Style 77, or Style 75. Flange Adapters: Same materials as couplings. Provide for rigid connection to grooved pipe. Provide flange nrashers and/or flange gaskets as required for mating to non-standard flanges, such as butterfly valves with elastomeric face, or serrated face flanges.(l) Al.lSI Class 125 or 150: Style 741. (2) ANSI Class 300: Style 743. (3) Altemate to flange adapter: Flange by groove nipple fl4l (Class 125), tt45 (Class 150), #16 (Class 300). Branch Outlet Couplings: Design similar to coupling with integal side outlet. Filtings for steel pipe: Standard pattem fittings, ductile iron (ASTM A-536), malleable iron (ASTM A47) or segmentally welded Schedule 40 steel (ASTM A-53) wift enamel paint coating. All changes in direction greater than 22'shall be with R=1.5D radius clbow. All branches and changes in direction in drainage piping shall be made with sanitary t5pe lateral branches and R=I.5D elbows. Accessories: Other piping accessories such as sEainers, suction diffirsers and flow indicators may be provided with grooved ends, all such accessories shall comply with the applicable specification section. All other pipe products shall conform to the requirements ofother Division 15 sections. Acceptance ofgrooved pipe slaiems does not imply acceptance ofthe coupling manufactures valves, branch outlets, shainers, or other specialties. PART3-EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: B.Location: I. J. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install pipe, tube and fittings in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve permanentlyJeakproofpiping systems, capable ofperforming each indicated sewice without piping failure. Install each run with a minimurn ofjoints and couplings, but wjth adequate and accessible unions for disassembly, maintenance or replaceinent of valves and equipment. Reduce sizes by use ofrcducing fittings. Install piping without springing or forcing. Provide sufficient swing joine, anchors, expansion loops and devices necessary to permit free expansion and conEaction wi0rout causing undue stsesses. Support piping independently at equipment so its weight will not be supported by the equipment. Support piping to maintain a consistent slope as indicated on the drawings wi0rout sagging or pocketing ofany kind. Where not otherwise indicated, all horizontal piping sball slope a minimum of l/16 inch per foot to drain at system low points. Provide manual air vents at high points of all pumped piping systems. Provide drains at all low poins. Install horizontal piping parallel to building construction, rnake any changes in direction with fittings. L,ocate piping runs, €xcept as otherwise indicated, both vertically and horizontally to allow for complete drai:nage ofpiping system (pitched to drain). Avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Orient horizontal runs parallel with walls and column lines. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 8. 9. I. Pipe and Pipe Fittings rs060-2 3.2 I t I I I I I I t I t I I I t t I I I 2. Hold piping close to uralls, ovcrhead construction, columns and other sfucnrral and permanent-enclosure elements of the building. a, Limit clearance to 0.5" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of piping, but allow for insulation thickness, ifany. b. Where possible, locate insulated piping for 1.0" clearance outside insulation- 3. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal piping from view by locating in column enclosures, in hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. a. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as oth€rwise indicated. C. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not run piping tlrough transformer vaults and otlrer electrical or electronic equipment spaces and enclosures. l. Exception: where shown on drawings or where accepted by the Engineer, provide drip pan under piping, and confonn to NEC. 2. In no case shall piping run directly above transfonners, electrical panels or switchgear. D. Dielecric Unions: krstall dielectric unions to prevent galvanic action between ferrous and non- ferrous piping. L Install in an accessiblc locatiou or provide access doors. PLASTIC PIPE Use: l. 2. 3.3 wELDING Welding: B.Welded Joins: Welding Fittings: t. 2. Pipe and Pipe Fittings Contractor shall take full responsibility that the plastic piping used and its installation meets with the approval of the local authorities. Pipe shall be insulated in air plenums such that the entire installation meeB ASTM E84 (NFPA 25) with regard to flarne spread and smoke developed ratings suitable for plenum installation. Provide pipe with U.V. inhibiton or paint (under Division 9): a. For all plastic pipe exposed to sunlight or installed in exterior, exposed locations. b. Store PVC without inhibiton indoors. Conforrn to Code for Pressure Piping ANSI B3l. Machine cut and bevel piping ends for v-type joints. Use recomrnended bevels and spacing between ends ofpipe to assure full peneration complete to inside diameter of pipe. l. 2. J- t. 2. Will be observed visually by the Architect/Engineer. Aly weldjudged defective from a visual obsewation, shall be ordered tested at the expense of the Contsactor or chipped out for full depth and re-welded. Unless otlrcrwise noted, make all changes in direction and branch take offs with manufactured finings. a. Use long radius (R:1.50) fittings wherever possible. Shop Fabricated Fittings: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 rs060-3 I I I I I I I t I t I I I I I I I I I1506G4 3.4 3.5 3.6 a. Branches more than two pipe sizes smaller than main line may be made with '\yeld-olet" type pre-manufacturcd saddle fittings. b. Where specifically allowed by the Engineer, angles of less tlun 22%" and branch piping from headers nray be made by shop fabricated or manufactured metered fittings. c. Submit shop drawings. d. Thoroughly clean fittings to remove slag. e. Fittings shall be available for observation by the engineer prior to installation 3. ln no case will field made miten or weld-oJet finings be allowed. Exception: Temperatue control wells ard water reatnent taps may be made with weld-o-let fittings in pipe 3" or larger in diam€ter. COPPER TUBING JOINTS AND FITTINGS A. Unless otherwise noted, make all couplings, changes in direction, branch outlets, and transitions to other materials or joining methods with standard manufacnrred finings. B. Do not expand or swage piping in lieu ofproper solder finings. C. Do not extrude or '!ull" branch outles with "tee-drill" qrye equipment D. Do not use selftapping type branch outlets. l. See "hot taps" below. THREADED JOINTS AND FTTTINGS A. All threaded joints shall be made in accodance with American National Standard 82. l. l. Do not overthread pipe. 2. Apply pipe joint compound on male threads only. 3. Do not use right and left hand threaded joints to make a'\rnion". B. Do not thread steel pipe schedule l0 or ligbter. l. UL listed light wall pipe may be threaded in accordance with its listing. MECHANICAL COUPLING SYSTEMS A. All changes in direction shall be made with radius type elbows. I . Use long radius (R: l.5D) finings wherever possible. 2. Angles less than2?W may be made wift pre-manufactured metered finings. 3. Use ofthe angular deflection capabilities ofgrooved pipe couplings for intentional changes ofdirection shall not be allowed. B. All branch outlets shall be made widr pre-manufrctured 3-way fiftings. l. Shop fabricated Weld-o-let style welded saddle ficings may be used for branches more than two pipe sizes smaller than the main. 2. Mechanical saddle tap fittings shall not be allowed. C. Pipe shall be adequately laterally supported to prevent "pipe squirm". Provide a minimum ofone hanger per pipe section. No pipe section shall be left unsupported between any two couplings. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Pipe and Pipe Fittings I l_ I l. Rigid tSpe couplings may be considered equivalent to welded or soldered pipe for the above requirements. I D. Risers more than 20' high shall be made with rigid tlpe couplings. I E. Grooved pipe s)rstens shall not be considered to be elecrically conductive. I l. Provide wire jumpers across all couplings where the piping system is required to be I 2 Zliiflfflll#11"i.'&""."*fl:T#:fffi;Tll,il1g:,,*::,*?,,"fl* "Mechanical Coupling System". Not Electrically Conductive". f F. Flexible couplings may be used for thermal expansior/contraction compensation. I . Use a minimum of flexible coupling for every 100 feet for domestic cold water piping. I 2. ,t;;:r;rffiff:i,ffi:- coupling for every 50 feet for hydronic hot water or 3. The above is for cut grooved pipe. Double the amount ofthe connectors with roll grooved pipc and fittings. I 3.7 HOTTAPS I A. Installing a branch line in piping while under service or static pressure (hot taps) shall only be done where specifi cally authorized I B. Submit the proposed method of procedure for each fluid service and pipe material. I L Hot tap procedure shall remove a plug ofm4in tap material and retrieve it. The plug shall I be a maximum of I pipe size smaller *ran the branch size. Hang the removed plug by a I chain at the completed tap. 2. Hot tap procedure shall not affect the temperature or pressure rating of the piping system. 3. Hot tap procedure sball be done through a gate or ball valve. r 3.8 sENsoRwELLTAps I A. Sensor wells shall be placed in taps made in accordance with the above requirements for branch I outlets. r 3.9 CLEANING,FLUSHING,INSrECTING I A. Clean exterior surfaces of installed piping systems ofsuperfluous materials, and prepare for application ofspecified coatings, if any. I B. Flush out water and piping systems with clean water before proceeding with required tests. I C. See specific pipe service section for fiirther requirements. I 3.lo prpING TESTS I A. Provide temporary equipment for testing, including pump, thermometer and gauges.I B. Test piping systern trefore insulation is installed wherever feasible, and remove control devices before testing. I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lD5I Pipe and Pipe Fittings Test each natural section ofeach piping system independently, but do rrct use piping system valves to isolate sections where test pressure exceeds valve pressure rating. Fill each section of wateg drain or vent piping with water and pressurize for two hours at 150% of operating pressure, but not less than 25 psig for pressure piping, and ten feet of head for drain and vent piping. Test fails ifleakage is observed, or ifternperature compensated pressure drop exceeds l% of test pressure. F. Disassemble and re-install sections which fail the test by using new materials to the extent requircd to overcome leakage. l. Do not use chemicals, stopJeak compounds, mastics, or other temporary repair methods. G. After testing and repair work have been completed, drain test water from piping systems. 3.11 MECHANICALLY FoRMED TEE COIYNECTIONS (DoMESTIC WATER sYsTEMs oNLn . A. Mechanically extacted collars shall be formed in a continuous operation consisting ofdrilling a pilot hole and drawing out the tube surface to form a collar having a height ofnot less than three times the thiclness of the branch tube wall so as to comply with the American Welding Society lap joint weld. The collaring device shall be fully adjustable as to ensure proper tolerance and complete uniformity of the joint. B. The branch tube shall be notched to conform with the inner curve ofthe run tube and have two dimple/dep0r stops (one %" atop the other) to insure penetsation of the branch tube into the collar is of sufficient depth for brazing, and that the branch tube does not obstruct the flow in the main line tube. Dimple/dcpth stops will be in line with the run of the tube. The second dimple shall be Z" above the first and will serve as a visual point ofinspection C. All joints shall be brazed in accordance with the Copper Development Association Copper Tube Handbook using BCuP series filler metal. NOTE; Soft soldered joints will not be permitted. Contractor assumes responsibility for joints b€ing installed in accordance with codc and manufacturer's recommendation. D. All mechanically formed branch collars shall be listed by the Standard Plumbing Code, I.A.M.P.O., S.B.C.C. HUD, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, NAVFAC, and Underwriters laboratory. They shall also comply with the ASME Code for pressure Piping ANSI 83l.5c. 3.12 PLAsrrc PrPrNc A. Do not test with air pressure. B. Provide mineral wool fire blanket and tape sealant system to protect all plastic pipe in a return air system. 3.f3 PATNTTNG A. Exposed piping shall be painted- Pipe shall be cleaned by this contractor and ready for priming Iandpainting. t I I t t I I I I I I I I I I I I c. D. E. END OF SECTION 15060-6 I GorecreekRes;?i1tr{fu IPipe and Pipe Fittings I t SECTION 15100 I vALvBS I P.ART 1- GENERALr1.1 STJBMITTALS J A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's product data including: - 1. Dimensions 2. Sizesr 3. End Connections 4. Weigbts 5. Installation instuctions 6. Instructions on repacking and repairing valves..l 7. Range offlow for balancing valves and plug valves. f B. Valve Tag List Refer to Section 15190 of the Specifications. I PART 2 -PRODUCTS II, 2.I VALVES TYPES AIYD SIZESI A. General: I l. Where type or body material is not indicated, provide valve with pressure class selected from MSS or ANSI standards, based on the maximum pressure and terperature in the l\ PiPing sYstern 2. Except for balancing or otherwise indicated provide valve ofsame size as connecting l prpe size. 3. Unless specifically required by note or symbol, all water valves shall be ball or butterfly I valves. If ball, butterfly, globe, plug, or balancing valves are called out by note or I symbol, only that type ofvalve is acceptable. 4. Ball valves or butterlly valves may be used in lieu of gate valves when pressure and ! 5. iiff"ffi Jg*-i#rffi:'"1i*.to, 1", tr" oprion of rhreaded or flanged valves. f 6. Where grooved pipe rnechanical coupling systems are accepted, provide flange adapters to mate v/ith valves as specified below. Valves by the mechanical coupling system tnanufacturer shall not be used unless they meet all ofthe specified requirements for a rr given valve. 7. All valves shall be dornestically manufactured unless approved for use by Engineer. fr 8. Valves used for domestic water service shall be bronze or stainless steel. Iron and brass body valves arc rnt acceptable.I 2.2 GLOBE AND AI{GLE VALVES \l I A. Manufacturers: rr I ' DesiP Basis: Milwaukee 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: I a. Crane b. Nibco I c. Powell I I valves Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 15100-r d. Victaulic (for Grooved Pipe Systems) B. Size 2" and Smaller: Bronze, 150 psi SWP, 300 psi WOG, rising sterq replaceable stainless steel disk and seat, plug type disk with flat sealing ring, union bonnet, gland packed, MSS SP-80 Tpe l. Model: a. Globe: 59lA b. Angle: 597 C. Size2%" and Larger: 125 psi SWP,200 psi WOG, OS&Y bolted bonnet, gland packed, bronze disk, removable bronze seat ring, MSS SP-35. l. Model: A- Globe: F-2981 SWING CIIECKVALVES A- Manufacturers: 1. Desip Basis: Milwaukee 2. Other Acceptable Manufachrers; a. Crane b. Kiu c. Nibco d. Powell e. Stockham f. Victaulic (for Grooved Pipe Systems) B. Size 2" and Smaller: Bronze, 200 psi SWP, 400 psi WOG, 5" sraigbt through pattern, bronze disk, stainless steel seat, MSS-SP 80, Type 3. L Model: 518 SILENT/WAFER CHECK VALVES A. Manufac$rers: l. Design Basis: Metra Flex 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: a. Cla-Val b. GA Industries c. Nibco d. Tyco e. Victaulic (for Grooved Pipe Systems) B. Size 2" and Smaller: Bronze body, 200 psi @ 250 "F, threaded ends, resilient seats, ceuter guided disk. l. Model: 5700 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t I I I I t t I ,t I I il n I T 1 I t IValves15r00-2 I I C. Pipe size 2ll2" and Larger: lron body, bronze or stainless steel trir4 class 125, 316 stainless steel spring dual plate or tilting disk type, resilient seat, minimum Cy: 4"-280,8"-1200, 12"- I 4000- i: 1. Model:810 I 2.5 BUTTERFLYVALVES f A, Manufacturers: lt t l. Desisn Basis: Brav o 2. Othei Acceptable Manufacturers: A. CraneI b. Center l.ine c. Kitz d. Nibco t e. Keystone rr f. Victaulic (for Grooved Pipe Sysrems) I C. Hammond WattsI B. Water Service (less than 250'F): 200 psi WOG, cast or ductile iron fully lugged body, integral I extended neck to clear insulation, integral top plate for actuator mounting, stainless steel stenlt H::*1*T.l[T:#1J::y.,"::,::'$"'.'l#-:Ti [",l?"ff::#*sll;,*,il1T and nange downstream flanee. Liner to be conpatible with operating fluid. Conform to MSS-SP67. II 1. Disk Material - 8" and Under and all sizes for condenser or domestic water: Aluminum bronze. T| 2. Disk Material, 10" and Larger: Nickel plated ductile iron. I 3. Model: Figure 2-22. rr C. Steam/lligh Temperature Water Service: Suitable for bubble tight bi-directional dead-end service il at 125 psi 350oF saturated steam or water cast iron body, stainlJss steel disk" field replaceable It reinforced TFP seats, gland packed stem seal, extended neck to clear 2" insulation. Conform to MSS SP-63. t l. Model: K-LoK D. Accessories: rif l. l0 position locking lever handler for valves 6" and smaller. 2. Infinite position memory stop lever handle for all valves 6" and smaller used for I balancing. I 3. Hand wheel gear operator for valves 8" and larger. 4. Chain wheel operator where required. i 2.6 cATE vALVEs J' _.. A. Manufacturers: r i: 3ff::f;.H'#',il1*11*,.,,, a. Crane b. KitzI c. Nibco A valves 15100-3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I vail, colorado 03 Januarv 2(X)5 B. c. d. Stockham e. Victaulic (for Grooved Pipe Systems) Size 2" and Smaller: Bronze, 200 psi SWP, 400 psi WOG, rising stem, union bonnet, gland packed, stainless steel seat rings. l. Model:1174 Size 2W and Largen Cast iron, 125 psi SWP,200 psi WOG, gland packed, bolted bonnet, OS&Y, solid wedge disk, either all bronze or with bronze face ring, bronze seat rings, brass back seat bushing, brass ster! bronze yoke bushing. l. Model: F2885 I I t t t t I I t I t I t I I il I I I g. 2.7 BALL VAL\TES A. Manufacnrers: l. Design Basis: Nibco 2. Other Acceptable Manufactmers: Apollo Dyna Quip Hammond Kitz e. Milwaukee f. Victaulic (for Grooved Pipe Systems) Bronze, 150, SWP, 600 WOG (min), chrome plated solid nrnneled bronze ball (stainless for steam service), two piece design, blow-out proofsten; adjustable packing gland nut (allowing handle to be removed wilhout leaking) TFE seats, MSS-SP-I10. a, b. c. d. B. l. Model: T-585-70 - full.port. C. Options: Provide the following where required: l. Extended stems for insulated valves. 2. Memory stop device for balarring applications. 3. Tee handle for tighter areas. 4. Hose end and cap for drain.5. Mounting pads for actuator. 6. Bleed port or for compressed air. BALAI{CING VALVES Manufacturer, variable orifice tlpe: Armstrong Tour and Anderson Nibco Manufachuers, valve and venturi q4e: Flowset Gerand Griswold l. 2. 3. l. a .f. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 Januan 2005 Valves B. 15100-4 l ! l I I I I I D T ! I T I i 4. HCI 5. Nexus 6. Preso C. 175 psi at250"F. D. Connections: Tbreaded or flaneed. E. Pressure Readins Ports: |. 'P/T" Ports, Shraeder valves, or Hansen type quick connect. No 'tefrigeration" finings. F. Desigq variable orifice type: l. Globe-type valve. 2. Multiple tums of handwheel from flrll closed to full open. 3, Bubble-tightshut-off. 4. Taps upstream and downstream. 5. Memory stop device to allow valve to be returned to balanced position after being closed. G. Desigr, valve and venturi tlpe: L Ball valve conplying with the above requirernents for ball valves. 2. Fixed orifice or venturi, ups&eam ofvalve. 3. Taps on venturi, upstream and downsteam. 4. Memory stop device to allow valve to be retumed to balanced position after being closed. 5. Regardless ofthe manufacturer's claims, these valves shall not be considered as tight shut off for service. Provide additional valves for equipment isolation. H. Insulation: Provide premolded insulation conforming to the valve body. Material shall have a flame spread of 25 and a smoke development of 50. 2.9 COMBINATIONTTIROTTLING/CHECKVALVES A. Manufachuen: l. Basis of Design: Bell & Gosseft Triple Duty Valve. 2. Other Acceptable Manufactuers: a. Arrnstrong b. Taco c. Vicaulic (for Grooved Pipe Systems) d. watts B. Features: l. 175 psi, 250'F water working pressure, 2. Globe style valve with stainless steel spring loaded brass disk guided and limited by a brass or stainless steel stem. 3. Resilient seat. 4. Able to be re-packed under pr€ssrre. I z.ro DRATN'AL'ES I I valves A. Gate or ball valve with hose end adapter and cap. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 15100-5 PLUG VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Design Basis: Keystone 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: B. Model: "Ballcentrid'; cast-iron, full port body; EPDM coated plug; welded nickel seat; stainless steel bearings; integral memory stop device; hand wheel operator for valves 6" and larger. PART 3.EXECUTION 3.I GENERAL Comply with the following requirements: I I I T I t I I l ., 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Install valves except butterlly with stems pointing up, and as close to vertical as possible. Bufterfly valves to be offset at least 10" tom vertical. Install valves at each piece of equipment, fixtue or appliance so that the supply and retum services can be shut offto remove the it€m without draining the remainder of the piping systern Install valves where required for proper operation ofpiping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. a. Locate valves so as to be accessible. Combination balancing and shut-off valves nray be used instead of a separate balancing valve and shut-offvalve if tbe valve hos a menpry stop and the manufacturer lists its use as a leak-proof service valve. Provide drain valves at main shut-offvalves, low poinrs ofpiping and apparatus. Provide separate support where necessary. Do not allow meter connections ofbalancing valves to point downward. lnstall valves so b1ryass valves are accessible. 7 All valves ofa given tJDe shall be ofone manufacturer. hovide extended stems on insulated syslem to prevent interference of operator with insulation Provide chain wheel operators for valves more than 8" AFF in mechanical rooms and wherever shown on drawings. 3.2 CEECK VALVE INSTALLATION A,Swing and Check Valves: l. Install only in horizontal lines unless absolutely impractical. If installed vertically, flow shall be upwards.2. Do not irstall in pump discbarge piping. Silent Check Valves: 1. Install in all pump discharge lines.2. Silent check valves may be installed in vertical pipes with flow down upon Engineer's review for each instance. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2fi15 B. c. D. T I i I f, I B. t IValves15100-6 I t t T I I I t l t I I I t t I T 33 VALVESUSEDF'ORTHROTTLING/}ALANCING A. Balancing valves shall not be used for flow indication in pipes2%" and larger, or in pump discharge piping. B. Flow indication in piping2W and larger and in pump discharge piping, shall be by a venturi with a plug, butterfly, or globe valve for tkottling. C. Throttling/Balancing Valves shall be selected so that the maximum design flow causes between I' and l0' W.G. pressure &op or meter reading with the valve wide open. D, Install balancing valves used for flow indication with a minimum of five times the pipe diameter downstream and two times the pipe diameter upstream of a fitting or valve. E. Globe, ball, butterfly, or plug valves may be used for throttling/balancing. Provide an infinitely variable, lockable memory stop device to allow the valve to be retumed to the "balanced" position after closing, and to prevent movement of the disk or plug during operation. When ball valves are used for throttling, provide and additional valve for equipment isolation 3.4 COMBINATIONTHROTTLING/CIIECKVALYES A. Corrbination throttling/check valves may be used in lieu of separate throttling and check valves on purnp discharge piping. However, they may not be used for flow measurement. ENDOFSECTION I valves Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 r5100-7 I I I SECTION T5T2O PIPING ACCESSORIES PART T -GENERAL I 1.1 SUBMITTATS I A. Manufacturer's Data - Piping Accessories: Submit manufacturer's data on the following piping accessories: l. Sealing compound for sleeves. 2. Expansion conrpensators. I 3- Flexible pipe connections. 4. Guides. , PART2-PRoDUCTS I 2.r MAI\trJFAcruREDPRoDUcrs -1I'A. Escutcheon Plates: - l. Type: Split ringfrr' 2. Construction: Brass 3. Finish: a. At Painted Surfaces: Prime coat! b, At Other Surfaces: Nickel or Cbrome plate r- 4. For Floor Sleeves: Where sleeves extend above floor surface, provide depth to cover sleeve. a B. Expansion Coupensators, Two Inch and Smaller: | ": y#:'i:ffi;.offffi;mJl"*** a. Adsco I b. Keflex c. Metaflexil i: il":.:i, H.#Irft?;.;"#:fi1ihru**" l, 5. Model: H-XXX-MMT for steel pipe with stainless steel bellows, steel shroud and fittings.aI] I C. Flexible Pipe Connectors: -: 1. Manufacturers - Desigrr Basis: Mason J 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturen: a. M"t"fl"* r b. Flexonicst 3. Model: MFTNC, Twin Sphere 225 psi. I f Piping Accessories 15120-l Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI 'r'#l':$;3! D. Pipe Alignment Guides: l Manufacturers - Desigl Basis: Flexonics 2. Other Acceptable Manufactuers: a- Adsco b. Keflex 3. Model: PG 4. Material: A. Spider: Steel for steel pipe, bronze for copper tubing. b. Ring: Steel c. Travel: 3" FABRICATED ACCESSORIES A. Steel-Pipe Sleeves: Fabricate from Schedule 40 steel pipe. Remove brurs. B. hon-Pipe Sleeves: Fabricate from service weight cast-iron pipe. Remove buns. C. SheerMetal Pipe Sleeves: Fabricate from galvanized sheet-metal, closed with lock-seam joints. |. For following pipe sizes, provide gauge indicated: I t I T t t I I a. b. c. Three Inch Pipe and Smaller: Four Inch to Six Inch Pipe: Over Six Inch Pipe: 20 gauge 16 gauge l4 gauge PART 3 - EXECUTION INSTALLATION Pipe Sleeves: 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. l1 l. J. Insall pipe sleeves where piping passes through walls, floors, ceilings, roofs and shuctural merrbers, except soil pipe penetrations tbrough concrete slab on grade. Where possible pour sleeve in place or grout. Frovide sleeves of adequate size, accwately centered on pipe runs, so that piping and insulation (ifany) will have free movement in the sleeve in non-fire rated peDeEations. In fire rated penetrations, size sleeves such that the resulting annular space is in accordance with the application requirenrnts ofthe fire stopping systern Refer to Section 15050. All above grade floor penetsations shall be corsidered to be fire-rated. Install lenglh ofsleeve equal to thiclness of construction penetratd except extend floor sleeves 0.25" above floor finish and, where floor surface drains to a floor drain, extend floor sleevc 0.75" above floor frrish. Provide tenrporary support ofsleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves. Provide temporary closue to prEvent concrete and other materials from entering pipe sleeves. Except as otherwise indicated install steel pipe sleeves. At interior partitions and ceiling, install sheet metal sleeves. At exterior penetations below grade, irstall iron pipe sleeves. Seal exterior sleeve penetrations at grade weather tight. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 ! I I I I t 1 I T I 4. 5. Piping Accessories tst20-2 I t 1 I B. Caulking: 1. Where water seal or sound seal, but not fire seal, is needed, (foundation walls, slab on grade): fiberglass backing and heavy bead ofsilicone caulking compound. 2. Where sleeve pierces a fire separation: Fire sto,p material in accordance with manufacturer's directions and UL listing. Refer to Section 15050. C. Install escutcheon plates at pipe sleeves where piping is exposed to view in occupied spaces of the building on the exterior, and elsewhere as indicated. D. Compansators: Install where shown or where required because piping arrangenrnt does not provide sufficient flexibility. l. Protect corryrensators from over-travel and over-stress during remaining installation and testing. E. Flexible Connectors: Install at right angles to displacenrnt 1. Install one end innnediately adjacent to isolated equipment and anchor other end. F. Guides: Install where shown and where required in accordance with expansion corpensators published requirements. 1. As a minirnurq install one guide within four pipe diameters of corrpensator, and one guide 14 pipe diameters from first guide. END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2{X)5 i T I I I I t I t I I T I I I PipingAccessories 15120-3 I II T"';liH, SECTION 15140 PIPE SI,'PPORTS A}ID AI\ICHORS I i I.2 SI,JBMITTALS I A Submit manufachuer's product data on the following: A. Comply with MSS Standard Practice SP-69, published by Manufacturer's Standardization Society of the Valve and Fitting Industry for type and size. I I l. Hangers other dran clevis g1e. 2. Anchors. B. Submit sructural calculations on trapeze tlDe supports. C. Where pipes are supported on trapezes or individual pipes are 6" and larger, submit calculations for loading on each hanger for review by the Structural Engineer. Include weights of pipe risers or drops, including to equipment, that are supported from each hanger. r PART2-PRODUCTS I zJ PIPEHANGERs a A. General: |l l. Usea justable pipe hangers on suspended pipe. Trapeze hangers may be used at the -t Contractor's option. Contractor shall be responsible for sizing supporB.r i fili:l;ilff;ifl:fr"i,'J,HHffiIJ'*1*n'J,ffii:i;"rchangerriners rapeis not acceptable. I tJilffupports between piping and building sructue where necessary b prevent B. Hanger Rods: l. Exposed in public areas: Zinc elecfoplated steel. 2. Concealed or in service areas: Black tlreaded steel. 3. Outside, exposed to weather: Hot dipped galvanized. C. Spot Concrete Inserts: Steel case and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods and lugs for attaching to forms. l. Size inserB to match size of dreaded hanger rods. 2. Inserts o be UL and FM listed. 3. Minimum l00O lb. Capacity with %" rod. D. Channel Tlpe Inserts: t I I 1 t l. Sandard channel support with anchor tabs on 4" centers, and nail holes for attaching to forms. i- Pipe Suiports and Anchors I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vai! Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 lsl40-l 2. I I I T I I l. ) Styrofoam inserts to prevent wet concrete scepage. Mininum 2000 pounds/foot capacity. E.Expansion Anchors: For use only where modifications to piping layouts to change from pre-installed insert locations. Inserts shall be of the drill, insert, expand type. Power driven fasteners are not acceptable for piping. Conractor shall select the appropriate type based on the following: F.Steel SEuctue Attachments: I - Support pipes suspended from sterl truss joists that weigh over 50 lbs. from joist panel points. 2. Contractor may select welded or mechanically attached. All mecbanically attached supports shall have jam nuts or oth€r means to prevent loosening. Maximum loading requirements are as follows: Rod Size 3/8 v, st8 3l 7t8 Rod Size 3/8 % 5/8 -/a 7t8 Marimum Workinq Load 600 pounds I 100 pounds 1800 pounds 2700 pounds 3700 pounds Marimum Workins Load 600 pounds I100 pounds 1800 pounds 2700 pounds 3700 pounds I G, I I I T I I H. Single Hangers: l. Piping 2" and smaller: MSS type l, Clevis hanger or tlpe 7 adjustable swivel ring hanger. Minimum 180 pounds design load. 2. Piping2%" and larger: MSS tlpe I Clevis hanger. 3. Bare copper pipe: Above hangers, plastic or Neoprene coating, sized for copper pipe O.D. and copper coated for identification. 4. Insulated pipe: Hangers !o be sized for O.D. of insulation. Hangers shall not peneftte any insulation. 5. Cast iron pipe above hangers sized for O.D. of cast iron pipe. Trapeze hangers and wall supports: l, Charmel stnrt or structural steel shapes. Contractor shall follow channel sfut manufacturers guidelines for loading or provide structural steel supports designed by a professional Engineer, licensed in the same sate as where the project is located. 2. Reduce hanger spacing by 50% when supporting pipes on t-apezes. Submit calculations to stsuctural for loading on each hanger. 3. All piping shall be anached to the support by means ofa charurel snut clamp, U-bolg or pipe rollers, which will maintain lateral position of 0re pipe but allow longitudinal movement Provide dielecfic isolation between all dissimilar metals. I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel VaiI, Colorado 03 January 2005 t IPipe Supports and Anchors t5t40-2 l T I I J 4. All insulation shall be continuous at supports. Do not notch or penetrate insulation. Vertical Supports: Steel riser clamp at each floor penetration or every t4 foot supported from wall bracket. Do not anchor riser clamps. J. Hangers: l. General: Adjustable wrought steel clevis with locking nut attachment. 2. Multiple or Trapeze: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. 3. Hanger Sizes and Spacing: . a. For gas, domestic water and drain piping, conform to the IPC for spacing, and the following table for hanger rod sizes. b. For steam and hydmnic piping, conform to the following table: PIPE TYPE PTPE SIZE MAXIMI,]M MINIMT]MTIANGERROD SPACING SIZE I I I I Steel Pipe t/-', % ifr,r\r lY1" l%" and2" 2%" rIEu3%" 4" and 5" 8" dlru 12" 14" ttrru 18" 20" thru 30" + * 6'-0" 8'-0" l0'-0" l2'-0" l5'-0" 17',-0 22',-0 l0'-0" 8'-0" 3/8" 3t8" 318" 5/8" -/1 7/8" ltA" r% 3/8 3/8" t/-'l t I I Copper Pipe %" thru l" ltA" abru2" 2%" tlurr 3" 8'-0" l0'-0" l0'-0" Cast Iron Soil 3" to 5" 6"+ 8" to 12" 3/8" 5/8" ta"I I T l I I t * Submit routing and support plans to Architect/Engineer for revieu K. Insulated Pipe Supports: l. Size pipe supports for outside diameter of pipe irsulation. L. Wall Supports: l. tA" through 3": Unisbut type channel and steel clamp. a. Use Hydrosorb cushions on copper pipe. 2. 4" and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. M. Pipes over five inches and over l20o: Provide cast iron roller supports, Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Pipe Supports and Anchors 15r40-3 INSULATION SADDLES A. 2O-gauge galvanized sheet metal, 180! Superstrut C-790, B-Line 3 I 5 I or equal. Saddle length not less than three times the insulation outside diameter, minimum 12 inches in length. Provide at point ofsupport for all ofinsulated hot and cold pipe. INSULATION INSDRTS A. Pipe shall be protected at the point ofsupport by a 360e insert ofhigh density, 100 psi, waterproofed calcium silicate, encased in a sheet metal shield. Insert to be same thickness as adjoining pipe insulation. Insulation insert to extend one inch beyond sheet metal shield on all "cold" lines. Ifpipe hanger spacing exceeds ten feet and for all pipe roller applications, utilize double layer shield on bearing surface. B. Provide t80" insulation inserts when utilizing clevis hangers. Provide 360o insulation inserts at all trapeze and wall supports. PIPE AI\TCIIORS A. Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: Flexonics 2. Odter Acceptable Manufactuers: a. Adsco. b. Keflex. c. Metraflex. B. Model AC with threaded ends and welded angle brackets for steel pipe. C. Model AC copper tube with solder ends and steel angle brackets brazed to htbing for copper tube. D. Anchon may be field fabricated similar to manufachred products specified. PIPE GUIDES A. Manufacturers: l. Basis of Design: B-line. 2. Other Accepable Manufachuers: Fee & Mason Grinnel M-Co PHD B. Any of the Following: l. SpiderTlpe: 83281-7. 2. Roller Tlpe: 2 sets ofroller son opposite sides ofpipe. 3. Slide Tlpe: 83893 with hold down lugs. a. Not for use with cold piping. 4. Light duty, | %" and smaller copper: U bolt or channel sEut clamp (82417) allowing clearance from O.D. of pipe or insulation. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Jenuary 2005 I t t t I I a. b. c. d. I t t I T I I I I t I IPipe Supports and Anchors 151404 I I PARr3-ExEcurroN I 3.1 rNsrALLATroN oF prpn suppoRTs t I T I t I I I t t l A. Adequately support piping from the building structure with adjustable hangers to maintain uniform grading where required and to prevent sagging and pocketing. l. Provide supports between piping and building structure where necessary to prevent swaying. 2. Do not support pipe from other pipe or equipment. 3. Provide thrust restraints at all changes in direction on 8" and larger cast iron piping with no hub or hub and spigot fittings. B. Install hangers to provide minimum %" clear space between finished covering and adjacent work. l. Place a hanger within one foot ofeach horizontal elbow. 2. Space hangers generally as called for in Table in Part 2, Products. C- Use hangers which are vertically adjustable l-%" minimum after piping is erected. D. Use inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams wherever practicable- L Set inserts in position in advance of concrete work. 2. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, finish inserts flush with slab surface. 3. Do not penebate concrete "TT'legs for piping inserts. Do not penetrate the stressed (i.e. lower) chords ofany structural member. E. Provisions for Movement: Install hangers and supports: l. To allow conbolled movement of piping systems. 2. To permit proper movement benreen pipe anchors. 3. To facilitate the action ofexpansion joints, expansion loops, bends and offsets. 4. To isolate force due to weight or expansion from equipment connections. F. In general, attach hangers to upper chord of roof trusses and floorjoists, using long rods to facilitate pipe movement G. Anchors: l. Securely anchor piping where indicated or where required for a proper installation and to force the pipe expansion in the proper direction. 2. Anchors shall be suitable for the location of installation and shall be desiped to withstand not less than five times the anchor load. 3. Anchor vertical pipes by means ofclamps welded around pipes and secured to wall or floor construction. Anchor at bottom ofriser only but provide guides for vertical thermal movement. ENDOF SECTION I I I Pipe Supports andAnchors Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 15140-5 I I SECTION 15170 II MoroRS AI\D sTARTERs il P.ARTI -GEI\rERAL ! 1.I, SUBMITTALSt I A. Submit manufachrer's product data. -. l. Motors: Identifu by unit served. Include:r a. Voltagea b. phase c. Horsepower d. FrameI ;: Xp,3*?"*'- g. Power factor h. Index numberI i. speedj. Starting characteristics I 2. Starters: Identifi by motor served. Include: I a. Enclosure, NEMA Type b. NEMA size c. Accessories, switches, Eansformers, etc.f I X#,i$lffi"f. Thermal overload size 3. Submit as part ofpackaged rmit submiftals when purchased as part of item ofequipmenta 1.2 SINGLEMANUFAcTURER I I A. Provide all motors, except those factory mounted, by a single manufactruer. D Provide all starters, except those factory mowrted" by a single manufacturer.I r C. "Factory mounted" means "as part ofa packaged unit" where the motor is not purchased separately fiom the driven equipment. I PART2-PRODUCTS I 2.1 MoroRs(oTHERTHANFAcToRvMoUNTED) r A. Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: Centuryl} 2. Other Acceptable Manufacnren: a. General Electric b. Westinghouse I c. U.S. Motor d. Allis Chalnrers r e. Louis Allis 3. Factory mounted motors may be by equipment manufacturer's standard supplier.I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005I Motors and Slarters 151?0-1 B. C. D. E. F. Bearings: Ball bearings, grease lubricated with grease fittings. Enclosure: As requhed by location Service Factor: 1.15. Full-Load Operation: At l05T and altitude ofproject. Insulation: 1. ConstantSpeed: Class B. 2. Variable Frequency Contolled: Class F. Efticiency Ratings: 1. All motors one horsepower and larger, except as noted, shall be high elficiency motors, in accordance with IEEE Test Meftod I l2A, Method B, and NEMA Standard MGI-12.536. 2. The apparent efficiency (PF x Eff) and index leters shall be in accordance witb, or better than, the following: HP Apoarent Efliciencv I I I T T t I I I T I I I I t I I I I G. I l% 2 3 5 7h l0 l5 20 25 30 Electical Characteristics: 66.9 69.7 70.6 71.9 73.4 74.4 75.0 75.9 76.5 76.8 76.9 Inder Letter M L L K K H H G G G G J. l. Refer to sections 15001/1600l, Mechanical and Elecuical Coordination. 2. Motors t/r hp and smaller shall be 1l5-volt single phase . 3. Motors % lp and larger shall be three phase, ofvoltage slrown in Electrical Section of Contract Documents. Multi-speed Motors: l. Type: Motors may be one of the following: a. Two speed two winding 1800/900 rpm. b. Two speed, one winding 1800/900 rprn Variable Speed Drives: l. All motors operated by a variable speed drive shall be rated for inverter duty. 2. Motor insulation shall be rated for 1200-volt peak Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Motors and Starters tst70-2 I I ,t I 2.2 MoroRs(FAcroRYMorrNTED) I A. ililf:"|,t*i rlliciency motors available (as tisted under "Motor Options" in standard product I B. Variable SpeedDrives: l. All motors operated by a variable speed drive shall be rated for inveter duty. 2. Motor insulation shall have 1200 volt peak capacity. I 2,3 STARTERS A. Manufactruers: l. Allen Bradley 2. Cutler-Hammer 3. General Electic 4. Square D -I B. General:I 1. Starters shall be standard NEMA sizes and UL listed.I I C. Type: Across the line except where noted. r D. Enclosure: NEMA Type as required for location. t E. Overload Protection: I 1. Type: Tripftee thermal overtoad relay. t 2. hcation: Each ungrounded conductor. 3. Reset: Manual. ft 4. Ambient Tenrperature Compensation: Provide where required. I 5. Overload protection to be sized for nameplate running anps. F. Auxiliary Contacts: I 1. Provisions to add tlnee without removing starter from enclosure. 2. Nuniber: Provide up to tluee per starter as required for contol sequence, and one (l) ;| auxiliary contact. I 3. Switchable t5pe, easily changed from N.O. to N.C. without removing from it's mounting. c. Switches in Cover:II l. Manually Contolled: Three wire start-stop. 2. AutomaticallyContolled: Hand-off-autornatic. I 3. Start and stop indicating lights. f] 4. Equipment used for life safety (smoke exhaust, etc.): Hand-Automatic. 5. Equipment not designed to run continuously: Off-Automatic. I H. Contol Transformer: - l. Provide when line voltage exceeds 208 volts. t 2. Secondary wiring shall have one leg fused and the other grounded. I 3. Secondary voltage not to exceed 120 volts. I Motors and Starters 15170-3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 Provide starte$ for all motors as follo\rys: l.Single phase motors less than %hp, a. With internal overload protection: None. b. Witbout internal overload protection: (1) Manually Controlled: Manual starter. (2) Autornaticallycontolled: Magneticstarter. Single phase motors % hp and larger: a. Manually Conrolled: Manual starter. b. AutonraticallyControlled:Magneticstarter. Tbree Phase Motors: Magtetic starter. 2- I I I T t tSoft Start Starten: l. Provide Y-Dela or solid state reduced voltage starters for all motors 50hp and larger. 2. Starter sball limit starting voltage to 200% of firll load voltage. Multi-Speed Starters: l. Starters shall be suitable for the tlpe multi-speed motor selected. 2. Provide time delay for automatic ransfer from high to low speed. Housing coils to be 120V. Motor Protection: (above 20 hp) 1. ProvideSingle-pbaseprotection. 2. Provideunder-voltageprotection. PART3.EXECUTION 3.1 MoroRs A. Install rptors on motor mounting systems so conpling or belt drive is properly aligned. Provide proper belt tension. Dowel direct coupled nntors. 3.2 STARTERS A. Deliver to installer of electical work. B. All safety devices shall be wired so that they will stop the motor with a hand-off-automatic switch in the hand as well as the automatic position. END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 January 201)5 t IL. M, I I t I 1 t I I tMotors and Starlers r51?0-4 I I I sEcTroNrsrT2 I't ELEcTRoNIcSPEEDcoNTRoLLERS I PARTI-GENERAL t 1.I SI,JBMITTALS I A. Submit manufacturer's product data for each unit. Include:I l. Capacity:- a. Horsepower I b. KvA c. Amps I 2' X*t offfr;iagrams for basic unit and for all required accessories.t 3. Dimensions. 4. Installation insfructions. 5. Description of diap.ostic systern I 6. Optionsprovided. 7 . Time-current curves for VFD circuit. r PART2-PRODUCTSI 2.I GENERAL I A. Manufacturer: I l. Basis of Design: t a. Toshiba 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: - a, Reliance b. HitachiI c. Magnetek d, C\tler-Hammer I e. ABB B. Drive shall convert the constant frequency AC line voltage to a variable frequency, variable I voltage AC output suitable for conEol of a standard NEMA design B induction motor over a I 0: II :[*Jilrffi,il:x,"J#t":1"T"'fi1*ff:]t9"tri"r 10% of the drive ur road current I C. Variable frequency drives for motors greater than 5 HP shall have the following features:t _ l. Drive input: 480 volts + 10%, 3 phase, 60 Hz. 2. Drive output: G460 volts, 3 phase, 0-80 Hz. For efficient operation ofa varjable torque I load. 3. Drive tlpe: Pulse width modulation type, designed to minimize harmonic generaGd noise in the motor. r !. lt"',ffYil%?,Y#,t;,"*,itbreaker.6. Metal oxide varistors on incoming line for fransient protection |l 7. Control power transformer with firsed primary and 24V or l20V fused secondary. t Gore Creek Residencqs - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I ElectronicSpeed Controllers 15t72-l 8.Manual, speed adjusfrnent potentiometer of keypad, HAND-OFF-AUTO switc[ and 4- 20 millianp signal follower, fully isolated and suitable for grounded or ungroun&d input signal. Drive manufachuer shatl coordinate exact sipal type with temperatue control contractor. Instantaneous overcurrent shutdown with indicator light when current exceeds 2000/0. Time-overcurrent overload protection for the motor, Inverse characteristic time-overcurrent overload protection for the motor sized in accordance with NEC requirements. Drive shall be capable ofwithstanding random application ofan output short circuit without damage to drive conponents or firses. Input phase loss and undervoltage protection. Torque/crrrent limit confrol which will slow the motor without tipping when the motor is subjected to an overload or slow the acceleration ramp when accelerating a high inertia load. Drives shall be capable of 'Hding through" a momentary loss of power for up to 2 seconds. AC line reactors in the drive cabinet for protection against line notching and surges without requirement for an input isolation transformer. Power factor shall be minimum 9 5o/o at all speeds and loads. Each drive shall bave the following status and troubleshooting diagnostic features: A, Auto restart in "auto" mode. Certain drive faufts shall be selectable to bypass the auto restart featue. Auto restart rnanual shall only be attempted 5 times. b. Exterior drive door mounted devices shall include" (l) '?ower On" pilot ligbt. g "VFDRrm"pilotlight. (3) % tull load digital display. (4) Output frequency andlor Yo speed digital meter. C. Indicator lights on each power module to indicate correct operation (or failure) of individual owner switching devices. d. DRIVBOFF/LINE tESt SWiTCh, 18. UL listed or ETL listed. 19. Minimum and maximum speed adjushnent. 20. Factory Tests: The VFD shall be tested with the system logic and given complete factory tests including simulated operation. a, Provide certification this test bas been made for the particular units shipped for this job. 21. Field Adjusrnents: Independent acceleration/deceleration rates: 0.5 - 120 seconds. 22. Provide a maximum of 1000 volts at the motor terminals. All variable frequency drives shall be equipped with a rnanual bypass device to allow for total isolation ofthe drive unit for service while providing for ternporary operation ofihe motor. This shall include: l. A main disconnect switch in the bypass enclosure with a door interlock handle. This disconnect shall provide positive shutdown ofall power to both the blpass circuitry and tlrc VFD. The bypass shall be in a separate corrpartment from ihe VFD. 2. With the "H-O-A" switch in the "OFP' position, the run circuit will be open and the VFD will not operate. 3. A VED output contactor and a constant speed contactor. 4. A three pole rmtor overload rclay with heaters connected to shut down the motor in both the VFD and blpass modes, 5. A control relay and terminal blocks which will allow two-wire, start-stop control of the motor from a single rcmote contact in boih VFD and BYPASS (AUTO) modes of operation. I t T I I I l t t I I I I T I I I t I 9. 10. ll' 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. D. Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 Electronic Speed Controllers 15172-2 I I I 6. A contol relay and terminal blocks to allow connection ofremote interlock shutdown contacts such as freezestats, smoke detectors, etc. When this interlock loop is opened, I operation of the motor shall be disabled in both VFD and bypass modes. t 7. A three position selector switch shall be provide4 VFD-OFF-BYPASS. 8. Indicator lights on tbe face of the bypass panel shall be provided as follows: Indicators I shall be long life neon or transformet type incandescent tlpes. I a. .?owERoN" b, "MoToRoNvFD" I c. "MOTORONBYPASSCONTROL" I d. .MoroRovERLoAD. E. "INTERLOCK SHUTDOWN" t 9. l20V confiol power hansformer with firsed secondary and primary. Blpass mode I operation shai be independent ofVFD confrol power. 10. VFD output contactor shall be wired to allow a conholled VFD deceleration ranp to I I l. itlrl", ,n", o" "rr*ged to allow power-off maintenance of VFD while motor is operation I on blpass. Bypass circuiry in the same compartnent as the VFD will not be allowed- r E. In addition to the above feature all drives shall have the following additional feanres: I l. Catch-a-spinning load capability. t i:. fifi::tflT$'1]iltilnH"liTYu,oo," ,o. -o*,ing drives a noor stand kit shau be I provided. 4. Where required by Division 15950, provide output isolator to provide VFD signal - operation of frequency, and current to an isolated 4-20 mA signal for rarsmission to the I building automation system for monitoring capability. F. For variable frequency drives serving multiple motors, the following shall be provided: I I . Provide motor contactors for each motor for drives serving more than one motor, each contactor shall have auxiliary contacts to prevent drive damage if remote motor .' disconnect switch is open ofclosed. r 2' ff:1"ff*:'*ffi:ff:T,*'#13:I';:i:ffi#ithindividuarthermar 3. All multiple motor variable speed conhollers shall be capable of operating even if one of the motors is off. t C. For drive rnanufacturers who use portable test meter for diagnostics, provide not less than one t€st meter for each model or type used. Meters shall be supplied to the Owner upon completion of the I project' H. Provide one complete set of spare firses for all variable speed controllers. I I. Interlock all discormects with variable speed drive so variable speed drive opens before disconnect opens to prevent damage to the drive. . PART3_EXECUTIONt 3.1 Deliver units to installer ofelecnical work. Provide installation and wiring instuction and diagrams. I 3,2 Provide wiring control diagrams and instuctions to installer of autornatic tesryeratue conhols. 3.3 Provide factory representative at start-up to check installation and instruct Owner. II ENDoFSEcrroN I Electronic Speed Controllers 15172-3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vailn Colorado 03 Januarv 2fi)5 I I I sEcTroN rs240 ! vTBRATIoNcoNTRoL I' PARTI.GENERAL -1,1 RELATED DOCIJMENTS I I A. Drawings and general provisions of Contacl including General and Supplemental Conditions ofr the Construction Conhact and Division I Specification Sections (General Requirements), apply to this Section.I t r.2 DESCRTPTTON I A. Fumish and install vibration contol devices, materials, and related items. Perform all work as I shown on the rlrawings and as specified herein to provide complete vibration isolation systems in proper working order. I 13 MATERIAL.ANDEQIIIPMENTtA. Desip Basis: Mason Industies I I B. Alternate Manufachrers: N l. Amber/Booth Co. 2. Korfimd Dynamics Corp.t 3. Vibration Eliminator Co. 4. Vibration Morurtings & Controls, Inc. I C. Unless otherwise specified, supply only new equipment, parts and materials. I r.4 QUALTTYASSTJRANCE I A. Coordinate the sizg location, and special requirements of vibration isolation equipment and systems with other trades. Coordinate plan dimensions with size of housekeeping pads. t B. Provide vibration isolators ofthe appropriate sizes, with the proper loading to meet the specified defl ection requirernents. I C, Supply and install any incidental materials needed to meet the requirements stated herein, even ifI noi ixpressly specified or shown on the drawings, without claim or additional payment. I D. Veri& conectress of equipment model numbers and conformance of each component with f manufacturer's specifications. I E. Should any rotating equipment cause excessive noise or vibration, the Contractor shall beI ffi?:,Hff,H:311*H?;T:trtr*.X'.:*ilT:*ffi'"#ffi1#::;::l?::"#'*,'" question. I 1.5 SIJBMITTALS r A. Refercnce Section 01300. I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I Vibration Control 15240-l Prior to ordering any products, submit shop drawings or the items listed below. The shop drawings must be complete when submitted and must be presented in a clear, easily understood form. Inconplete or unclear presentation of shop &awings may be reason for rejection of the submittal. 1. A complete description ofproducts to be supplied, including product data, dimensions, specifications, and installation instructions. 2. Detailed selection data for each vibration isolator supporting equipment, including: a. The equipment identification mark; b. A cut sheet of the isolated equipment showing equipment support points and operating weight at each point. The isolator type; The actual load; The static deflection expected under the actual load; Specified minimum static deflection; g. The additional deflection-to-solid under load; h. The ratio of spring height under load to spring diameter. 3. Steel rails, steel base frames, and concrete inertia bases showing all steel work, reinforcing vibration isolator mounting attachment method, and location of equipment attachnpnt bolts. 4. Special details necessary to convey conplete understanding ofthe work to be performed. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.I VIBRATION ISOLATION MOTJNT TYPES General: 1. All metal parts ofvibration isolation units installed out-of-doors shall be cold-dip galvanized, cadmium plated, or neoprene coated after fabrication. Galvanizing shall meet ASTM Salt Spray Test Standards and Federal Test Standard No. 14. 2. All isolators installed out-oldoors shall bave base plates with bolt holes for fastening the isolators to the support members. 3. Isolator types are scheduled to establish minimrrn standards. At the Contractor's option, laborsaving accessories can be an integral part of isolators supplied to provide initial lift ofequipment to operating height, hold piping at fixed elevations during installation and initial systcm filling operations, and similar installation advantages. Accessories must not degrade the vibration isolation systern 4. Static deflection of isolaton shall be as provided in SECTION 3 - DGCUTION. All static deflections stated are the minimum acceptable deflection for the mormts under achral load. Isolators selected solely on the basis of rated deflections are not acceptable and will be disapproved. Type FSN (Floor Spring and Neoprene) l. Spring isolators shall be freestanding and laterally stable without any housing. Spring diameter shall be not less than 0.8 ofthe compressed height of the qpring at the rated load. Springs shall have a minimum additional tr-avel-to-solid equal to 50olo of the rated deflection. Springs shall be so designed that the ratio of horizontal stiftess to vertical stiftess is approximately one (l). All mounts shall have leveling bolts. 2. Either the spring element in the isolator shall be set in a neoprene cup and have a steel washer to distibute the load evenly over the neoprene, or each isolator shall be mounted on a Type NP isolator. If tbe NP isolator is used, provide a rectangular bearing plate of appropriate size to load tbe pad uniformly within the manufacturer's recommended range. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I I I t t I I t I 1 t t I I d. f- B. B. I I I tVibration Control 15240-2 c. D. E. t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I 3. Ifthe basic spring isolator has a neoprene friction pad on its base and a NP isolalor is to be added to the base, a galvanized steel, stainless steel or aluminum plate shall be used between the friction pad and the NP isolator. If the isolator is outdoors, the plate shall not be made ofgalvanized steel. The NP isolator, sePamtor plate and friction pad shall be pennanently adhered to one another and to the bottom ofthe bearing plate. 4. If the isolator is to be fastened to the building structure and Type NP isolator is used under the bearing plate, neoprene grommets shall be provided for each bolt hole in the base plate. Bolt holes shall be properly sized to allow for grommets. Tbe hold down bolt assembly shall include washers to distribute load evenly over the gonnmets. Bolts and washers are to be galvanized. Type FSN isolators shall be Mason Type SLF wiih the appropriale neoprene pad (ifused) selected from Type NP or approved equal. Tpe FSNTL (Floor Spring and Neoprene Travel Limited) 1. Spring isolators shall be freesanding and laterally stable without any housing. Spring dianpter shall not be less than 0.8 ofthe compressed height of the spring at the rate load. Spring shall have a mininnrm additional travel-to-solid equal to 50% ofthe rated deflection. Springs shall be so designed that the ratio of horizontal stiffness to vertical stiffiress is approximately one (1). All mounts shall have leveling bolts. All mounts shall have vertical tavel limit stops to control extension when weight is removed. The travel limit stops shall be capable of serving as blocking during erection ofthe equipment. A minimum clearance of %" shall be maintained around restraining bolts and between the limit stops and the spring to avoid interference with the spring action. 2. Either the spring element in the isolator slrall be set in a neoprene cup and have a steel washer to distribute the load evenly over the neoprene, or each isolator shall be mowrted on a Type NP isolator. If the NP isolator is used" provide a rectangular bearing plate of appropriate size to load the pad uniformly within the manufacturer's recommended range. If the basic spring isolator has a neoprcne friction pad on its base and a NP isolator is to be added to the base, a galvanized steel, stainless steel or aluminum plate shall be used between tlre friction pad and the NP isolator. If the isolator is outdoors, the plate shall not be made of galvanized steel. The NP isolator, separator plate, and friction pad shall be pemoanently adhered to one another and to the bottom of the bearing plate. 3. Ifthe isolator is to be fastened to the building structure and Type NP isolator is used under the bearing plate, neoprene grornmets shall be provided for each bolt hole in the base plate. Bolt holes shall be properly sized to allow for grornmets. Hold down assembly shall include washers to distribute load evenly over ihe gronrmets. Bolts and washers are to be galvanized. Type FSNTL isolators shall be Mason Tlpe SLR wirh the appropriate neoprene pad (if used) selected tom Tlpe NP or approved equal. T1rye FN (Floor Neoprene) l. Neoprene isolators shall be neoprene-in-shear type with steel reinforced top and base. All metal surfaces shall be covered with neoprene. The top and bottorn surfaces shall be ribbed. Bolt holes shall be provided in the base and the top shall have a threaded fastener. The mounts shall include leveling bolts that may be rigidly connected to tlrc equipment. Type FN isolators shall be Mason Type ND or approved equal. Type FNC (Floor Neoprene Chiller) Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Vibration Control r5240-3 I I I I I T t I I t t t T I I I t I t F. G. H. l. Neoprene isolators shall be double neoprene-in-shear type with steel reinforced top intermediate plates and base. Neoprene elements shall be %". Steel plates shall be %" and the top and bottom plates shall be ribbed. Bolt holes shall be provided in the base and the top shall have a threaded fastener. The mounts shall include lweling bolts that rny be rigidly connected to the equipment. Tlpe FNC isolators shall be Mason Tlpe ND: Fabricate of type "Super W" pads, similar to T1rye ND otherwise. Tlpe NP (Neoprene Pad) L Neoprene pad isolators shall be one layer of %" to 3/8" thick ribbed or waffled neoprene. The pads shall be sized so that they will be loaded within the manufacturer's recommended range. Tlpe NP isolators shall be Mason Tlpe W or approved equal. Type DM (Double Neoprene Pad) l. Neopreoe pad isolators shall be formed by two layers of %" to 3/8" thick ribbed or waflled neoprene, separated by a galvanized steel, stainless steel or aluminum plate. If the isolator is outdoors, the plate shall not be made of galvanized steel. These layers sball be permanently adhered together. The pads shall be sized so that they will be loaded within the manufacturer's recommended range. Type DNP isolators shall be Mason Type WSW or approved equal. Type HSN (Ilanger Spring and Neoprene) l. Vibration isolation hangers shall consist ofa free standing and laterally stable steel spring and a neoprene element in series, contained within a steel housing. Spring diarneters and hanger housing lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing tbrough a 30o arc before contacting the housing. Hangers shall provide a mears to adjust hanger elevation under load. Spring dianrter shall be not less than 0.8 of the corpresscd height of the spring at the rated load. Spring elernents shall have a minimum additioml travel-to-solid equal to 507o ofthe rated deflection. The neoprene element shall be desigped to have a 0.3" minimum static deflection. The deflection of both the spring elernent and tlre ncoprene element shall be included in detennining the overall deflection of Tlpe HSN isolators. Type HSN isolators shall be Mason Type P30N or approved equal. Type HN (Hanger Neoprene) l. Vibration isolation hangers shall consist ofa neoprene-in-shear element contained within a steel housing. A neoprene neck lushing shall be provided where the hanger rod passes througb the hanger housing lo prevent the rod ftom contacting the hanger housing. The diameter of the hole in the housing shall be sufticient to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30o arc before contacting the hanger housing. Type HN isolators shall be Mason Type HD or approved equal. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Vibration Control 15240-4 ,, I I I l I I l I I I I I I I I I I t t EQTJIPMENT BASES A. Type BIB @ase - Inertia Base) l. Concrete inertia bases shall be formed ofstone-aggregate concrete (150 lbs./cu.ft.) and approp ate steel reinforcing cast between welded or bolted perimeter structuIal steel channels. Inertia bases shall be built to form a rigid base which will not twist, racks deforn; deflect, or crack in any manner whicb would negatively affect the operation of the zupported equipment or the vibration isolation mounts. Inertia bases shall be adequately sized to support basic equipment rmits and motors plus any associated pipe elbow supports, duct elbow supports, electrical contol elements, or other components closely related and requiring resilient support in order to prevent vibration hansfer to the building struchre. Inertia base depth shall be at least l/12 the longest dimension of the inertia base, but not less than 6" nor more than 12". The base foot print shall be large enougb to provide stability for supported equipment. Inertia bases sball include side mounting brackets for attachment to vibration isolators. Mounting brackets shall be located on the sides ofthe base that are parallel to the axis ofrotation of the supported equipment. 2. The steel frame and reinforcenrent shall be supplied by the vibration isolator manufacturer. Concrete may be provided by the General Contactors. Frame and reinforcement for Type BIB bases shall be Mason Type KSL or approved equal. B. Type BC-l (Base - Curb) 1. Cwb type isolation bases shall be a prefabricated asseribly consisting ofan extuded aluminum frame and steel spring isolation system tbat fits over the roof curb and under tbe isolated equipment. The aluminum frame shall be sulfrciently rigid to suppod th€ equipment load without detrimental twist or deflection. Spring isolators shall be selected and positioned along the curb to achieve the mininnrm static deflection called for in the schedule. The static deflection shall be constant around the entire periphery ofthe base. Springs shall be free standing, laterally stable with a diameter of not less than 0.8 times the conpressed height, and have additional travel-to-solid that is at least 50% ofthe rated deflection. Resilient neoprene snubbers shall be provided at the comers ofthe base to limit the movement of the equipment under wind load to %". 2. The isolation curb base shall be made weather tight by sealing all around ihe periphery with closed cell neoprene or flexible vinyl. This shall in no way inhibit the vibration isolation of the spring elements. A closed cell sponge gasket or freld caulking shall be used between ihe equipment rmit and the isolation curb base and between the isolation curb and roof curb to form a weatber-ligbt seal. 3. Each spring isolator used in the curbs shall be weather protected as described above. Type BC-l vibration isolation curb bases shall be Mason Type CMAB or approved equal. RESILIENT LATERAL GI,IIDES A. These units shall either be a standard product of the vibnation isolation mounting manufactrueq or be custom fabricated from standard corryonents. These units shall incorporate neoprene isolation elernents similar to Type FN which are specifrcally designed to provide resilient lateral bracing of duct or pipe risers. Resilienl lateral guides shall be Mason Type ADA. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Vibration Control 15240-5 t I T I I I I t I t I T I I I I I T I ,1 FLEXIBLE DUCT COI\}TECTORS A. Flexible duct connection shall be made from coated fabric (or leadod vinyl ifcalled for on the drawings). The clear space between connected parts shall be a minimum of3" and rhe coDnection shall have 5" minimum of slack material. ILEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS A. Flexible pipe connection shall be fabricated ofmultiple plies ofnylon cord, fabric, and neoprene; and shall be vulcanized so as to become inseparable and homogeneous. Flexible connectioru shall be fomred in a double sphere shape, and shall be able to accept compresive, elongative, tansvene, and angular nnvenrnts. B. The flexible connections shall be selected and specially fitted, ifnecessary to suite the system terperature, pressure, and fluid type. In addition, suitable flexible connections should be selected which do not requirc rods or cables to control extensiou of tlre connector. C. Connectors for pipe sizes 2" or smaller shall have threaded fernale rmion couplings on each end. Larger sizes shall be fitted with metallic flange couplingc. D. Flexible pipe connections shall be mason Industries Type BSS braided stainless steel hose with carbon steel fittitrgs. RESTRAINTS Snubber: l. Snubbers shall be custom fabricated using Tlpe FN isolators mounted to steel angle brackets. The steel angle shall be suffrciently rigid and the mounting sufficiently secure to resist excessive movement of equipment during on-offcycle. B. Thrust Restraints: l. Thrust resEainb sball consist of a spring element in series with a neoprene pad. The unit shall be designed to have the same deflection due to thnst-getrerated loads as specified for the isolators supporting the equiprrcnt. The spring element shall be contained within a steel frame and be desigted so it can be precompressed at the factory to allow for a maximum of %" movement during starting or stopping of the equipment. Allowable movement sball be field-adjustable. 2. Tlre assembly shall be furnisbed corplete with rods and angle brackets for attacbment to both thc equipment and tie adjacent fxed stuchral anchor. 3. Thrust restraints shall be Mason Industies Type WB, Kinetics Noise Control Tlpe HSR, Amber/Booth Tlpe TRK or an equal product of tlre manufacturer supplying the isolators. GROMMETS A. Grommets shall eitber be custom made by combining a neoprene washer and sleeve, be Isogromrrts as manufactured by MBIS, Inc. (Bedford Heights, Ohio), or be Series W by Barry Controls (Watertown, Mass.). Grornnets shall be sized so that they will be loaded within the manufacturer's recommended load range. Grommets shall be specially formed to prevent both from directly contacting the isolator base plate. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Vibration Control rs240-6 B. c. D. I t I I I I I I I T T t I I I I I I t ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Sealants for acoustical purposes as described in this specification shall be silicone or one of the non-setting sealants indicated below: Acoustical Sealant BR-96 Acoustical Sealant Acoustical Sealant PART3 -EXECUTION APPLICATION D.A.P Pecora Tremco U.S.G, General: 1. Refer to SECTION 2 - PRODUCTS of this specification for vibration isolation devices identified on the drawings or specified herein. 2. The static deflection ofall isolators specified herein are the minimum acceptable deflections for the mormts under actual load. Isolators selected solely on &e basis of rated deflection are not acceptable and will be disapproved. Major Equipment: 1. Unless otherwise shown or specified, all floor-mounted major equipnrent shall be set on 4" high concrete housekeeping pads. See architectural or structural drawings for details. 2. Tlpes and minimum static deflections of vibration isolation devices for major equipment items shall be as scheduled on the drawings or specified hereunder. 3. Flexible duct corurections shall be installed at all fan unir inukes, fan unit discharges, and wherever else shown on the drawings. 4. Flexible pipe connections shall be irxtalled at all pipe connections to vibration-isolated equipment in the positions shown on the drawings. 5. Thrust restraints shall be installed on all floor-mounted fans developing 4" or more of static pressure, all suspended fans developing 2" or more static pressure, and wherever else called for on the drawings. 6. Snubbers shall be installed as called for on the drawinss. Miscellaneous Mechanical Equipmenl: 1. Miscellaneous pieces of mechanical equipmenl such as converters, pressure reducing stations, dryers, strainers, storage tanlc, condensate receiver tanks, and expansion tanks which are connected to isolated piping system shall be vibration isolated fiom the building structure by Tpe NP or Type HN isolators (selected for 0.1" static deflection) unless their position in the piping system requires a higher degree ofisolation as called for under Pipe Isolation. Pipes: l. All chilled water, condenser water, heating water, drain and engine exhaust piping that is connected to vibration-isolated equiprnent shall be isolated fiom the building structure within the following limits: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 Vibration Control 15240:l a. Wi&h mechanical roorns. b. And witbin 50' total pipe length of connected vibration-isolation equipment (chillers, pumps, air handling units, pressure reducing stations, etc.): 2. Piping shall be isolated from the building snucture by means ofvibration isolation mounb, resilient pipe guides, and resilient penehation sleeve/seals. 3. Isolators for the first three support points adjacent to corurected equipment shall achieve one half the specified static deflection of the isolators supporting the connected equipment. When the required static deflection of these isolators is greater than W'Type FSN or HSN isolators shall be used. When the required static deflection is less than or equal to /2", Tlpe FN or HN isolators shall be used. All other pipe support isolators within the specified limits shall be either Tlpe FN or HN achieving at least %" static dellection. 4. Wbere lateral support of pipe riscrs is required within the specified limits, this shall be acconplished by use ofresilient lateral supports. 5. Pipes within the specified limits that penetrate the building constuction shall be isolated from the building structure by use ofresilient penetration sleeve/seals. 6. Provide flexible pipe connections on all piping connected to all isolated equipment and wherever shown on the drawings. INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT A. General: 1. Locations ofall vibration isolation devices shall be selected for ease of inspection and adjusEnent as well as for proper operation. 2- Installation ofvibration isolation equipment sball be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Isolation Mounts: 1 . All vibration isolators shall be aligned squarely above or below mounting points of fie supported equipmcnt. 2. Isolators for equipment with bases shall be located on the sides ofthe bases, which are parallel to equipment shaft unless this is not possible because ofphysical constraints. 3. Locate isolaton to provide stable support for equiprnent, without excess rocking. Consideration shall be given to the location ofthe cenbr of gravity of the sysbm and the location and spacing ofthe isolators. Ifnecessary, a base with suihble footprint sball be provided to maintain shbility of supported equipment, whether or not zuch a base is specifically called to herein. 4. Ifa housekeeping pad is provided, tbe isolaton shall bear on the houseke€ping pad and the isolator base plates shall rest entirely on the pad. 5. Hanger rods for vibration-isolated support shall be cormected to structural beams or joists, not the floor slab between beamjoists. Provide suitable intermediaE support members as necessary. 6. Vibration isolation h^nger elements shall be positioned as high as possible in the hanger rod assembly, but not in contact with the building structure, and so that the hanger housing may rotate a full 360' about the rod axis without contacting any object. 7. Parallel nrming pipes may be hung together on a trapeze, which is isolated from the building. Isolator deflections nust be the greatest required by the provisions for pipe isolation for any single pipe on the trapezr. Do not mix isolated and non-isolated pipcs on the same tapeze. 8. Pipes, ducts and equipment shall not be supported from other pipes, ducb and equipment. 9. Resiliently isolated pipes, ducts and equipment shall not come in rigid contact with the building constuction or rigidly supported equipment. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I t I I I I I t I t I I I I I I IVibration Conlrol r5240-8 10. 2. D. E. F. G, I I I I I T I I I I t I I I I I I I I I l. Bases: 1. The installed and operating heights of equipment vibration-isolated with Type FSNTL isolators shall be identical. Limit stops shall be out of contact during normal operation' Adjust isolators to provide 7n" clearance between the limit stop brackets and the isolator top plate, and between the havel limil nuts and travel limit brackets. Adjust all leveling bolts and hanger rod bolts so that the isolated equipment is lwel and in proper alignment with connecting ducts or pipes. No equipment unit shall bear directly on vibration isolators unless its own frame is suitably rigid to span between isolaton and such direct support is approved by the equipment manufacturer. This provision shall apply whether or not a base frarne is called for on the schedule. In the case that a base frame is required for the unit because of the equipment manufacturer's requirements and is not specifically called for on the equipnrnt schedule, a base frame recomrnended by the equipment manufacturer shall be provided at no additional expense. Unless otherwise indicated, there is to be a minimum operating clearance of l" between inertia bases or steel frame bases and the floor beneath the equipment. Position isolalor mounting brackets and adjust isolators so that the required clearance is maintained. The clearance space shall be checked by the Contractor to ensure that no construction debris has been left to short circuit or restict the proper operation of the vibration isolation sysrcm. c. Flexible Duct Connections: 1. Sheet nretal ducts and plenum opening shall be squarely aligned with the fan discharge, fan intake, or adjacent duct section prior to installation of the flexible connection, so the clear length is approximately equal all the way around the perimeter. Flexible duct connections shall not be installed until this provision is met. There shall be no metal-to- rnetal contact between coonected sections, and the fabric shall not be stretched taut. Flexible Pipe Corurections: 1. Install flexible pipe connections in strict accordance with lhe manufacturer's instructions. Restraints: l. Snubbers shall be adjusted to clear the equipnnnt base and to provide lateral resfraint during on-offcycling, but be out of contact during normal operation of the equipment. 2- Thrust res&aints shall be attached at the centerline of tbrust and symmetrically on each side ofthe unit. The two rods ofthe thrust restraint shall be axially aligned. This may require modified brackets or standoffs. The body of the thrust restraint shall not come in contact with the corurccted elements. Thrust restaints shall be adjusted to consbain equipment movement to the specified limit. Resilient Penetsation Sleeve/Seals: 1. Maintain an airtight seal around tbe penetating element and prevent rigid contact between the penetrating element and the building structure. Fit ttre sleeve tightly to the building constuction and seal airtight on both sides of the construction penetrated with acoustical sealant. a. At minimur4 provide resilient penefation seals at all Mechanical, Equipment and Fan Room Penetations. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Vibration Control 15240-9 Notes: (l) (2) (3) ISOLATOR SCI{EDTJLE External isolator may be omitted if units have intemally isolated fans and no other rotating or reciprocating coryonents. Isolators for fan coil units should be either HSN with 0.75" minimum static deflection or be equivalent to Mason Industries Type HN with 0.35" minimum static deflection. For slab-on-grade installations isolators are not required. Refer to Section 15540. END OF SECTION I I I I I I I T I t I T I I I I I I tGore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 .ii '.r:'l flT r:t., r .: 1,'" ,': ::,p Air Handling Units FSN (Note l)1.5 Thrust restraints if intemally isolated. Rooftop Air Haodline Units BC-l 1.5 BC-l Inline Fans HSN 2 Fan Coil Units (Note 2)(Note 2; Chillers FNC 0.35 Slab on Grade Purnps (Inline)HSN 0.75 Pumps (Basemount) BIB [Note 3)1.5 Coolins Tower FSNTL 2.5 Boiler FN 0.35 Utilitv Fans FSNTL 2 Vibration Control 15240-10 I I SECTION r52s0 I MECHAMCALINSITLATION PART 1 - GEIYERALI I 1.1 SLJBMITTALS r A. Submit rnanufacturer's product data on the following: I l. Insulation. 2. Iackets, coatings and protective finishes. 3. Sealers, mastics and adhesives. ll 4- Fitting covers. 5. Manufachrer's installation details for fire rated duct wrap. I r.2 FLAMEANDSMOKERATTNGS A. Provide insulation tested on a composite basis (insulation, jacket, covering, sealer, mastic and I adhesive) conplying with the following:r l. Flame Spread: 25 or Less - 2. Smoke Developed: 50 or Less I 3. Method: ASTM E84 (NFPA 255) 13 PRODUCTDELIVERYr I A. Deliver insulation products in factory containers bearing manufacturer's label showing fne hazard rating, density and thickness. I r.4 DEFTNTTTONS A Exposed Location: Located in mechanical rooms or other areas exposed to view.II B. Concealed Location: Located in pipe chases, furred spaces, attics, crawl-spaces, above suspended ceilings, or other locations not exposed to view. r 1.5 STAI\IDARDS r A. Comply wiih the latest edition of National Cornmercial and Industrial Insulation Standards. I PART 2 - PRODUCTSIr 2.r PrPE TNSIJLATION r A. Manufachrers: I l. Design Basis: Johns-Manville .. 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers:r I m:* c. Owens-Coming d. Knaufr e. Nonaco I Mechanical Insulation 15250-l Gore Creek Residences - Ttnnel t Vait, Cotorado 03 Januarv 2005 2. .f. .t- 5. c. Imcoa Pittsburgh Coming Cell-U-Foam B.Materials: Fiberglass Pipe Insulation: Johns-Manville Micro-lnk heavy density pipe insulation with AP-T jacket. Fiberglass Pipe Fitting lnsulation: Johns-Manville "Zeston" fining mvers with factory- cut fiberglass insulation insert. Flexible Unicellular Pipe lrsulation: Arrnshong Armaflex, II or Therma-cel By Normco. Foam glass with vapor barrier coating: Pittsburgh Coming, Cell-U-Foarn Rigid Closed Cell Insulation: Dow Trymer 2000. Thickness: (Thickness listed below are minimum rcquired. Provide thickness required by Local Building or Energy Codes). Sewice @omestic) Water Piping: a. Hot: (1) 2" and Smaller: l" @ 2-%" andLarger: I W': (3) Rrmouts up to 2" and l0 feet long: %" b. coldl. w Heating Water, Not Over 200T: a. All sizes: I %" b. Runouts up to 2" and l0 feet long to terminal rmits: %" Chilled Water: a. Size l" and smaller: l" b. Size over l": l-%" c. Runouts up to 2" and l0 feet long, to terminal units: 72" Storm Water: a. All Sizes: t/u" Refrigerant Suction and Hot gas B1ryass Lines: a. Size 2-ll8" and smaller: /r" b. Size 2-5i8" and ltger: /," ReAigerant Liquid Lines: a. All Sizns: %" b. Size 2" and smaller: l" c. Size 2%" and larger 2" Condensate Drain Piping: a. Allsized:. Vz" PVC pipe in plenurrs or above noise sensitive areas: a. All sizes: See Part D. D.Application: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following: I I I I T I I T I I I T I I I I I I I f. c. h. 2. J. 4. 6. 9. I 2. .f. 4. 5. Mechanical Insulation Inside, above ground: Fiberglass. Inside exposed: Fiberglass with PVCjacket facket not required in mechanical rooms). Outside, protected: Fiberglass. Oubide, exposcd to weather: Rigid closed cell with aluminum jacket. Below grade or slab: a. Pipe size l%" and less: Single piece of flexible closed cell insulation slipped over soft annealed copper tube without slitting insulation. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 15250-2 I I b. Pipe size 2" and larger: Rigid closed cell insulation with shrink fitjacket. 6. PVC: I %" thick fiberglass (duct) insulation, or l" heavy density pipe insulationr i. Hfff:',',:,nffi',:ffif11,ffii3",tJ$:ffi::iffi'JilXsmokedeveroPed ratinBs' I 2.2 DUCTINSTJLATIONIIA, Manufacturer: I |. Design Basis: Johns Mansville! 2. Otber Acceptable Manufacturers: r A. Certainteed b. Knauf t c, Owens-Corning t B. Materials: I 1. Flexible Faced fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Johns-Manville Microlite, with FSK factory applied foil-scrim-kraft facing. f| 2. Rigid Fiberglass Ductworft Insulation: Johns-Manville 800 Series, Spin-Glas Tlpe 814, 3 f b. Density rigid board with FSK jacket. 3. Flexible Plain Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Jolus-Manville Microlite .75 lb/cu. Ft. unfaced.4. Ductwork Insulation Accessories: Provide staples, bands, wires, tape, anchors, comerI angles, and similar accessories as reconrnendCd by the insulation rnanufacturer for the applications indicated. I 5. FoamGlass: Pittsburgh Corning with vapor barrier. t C. Application: I l. hsulate all exposed unlined supply ductwork with l- thick rigid fiberglass. f| 2. Insulate all concealed unlined supply duct with 1-Zr" thick flexible, faced fiberglass. 3. Insulate all exposed unlined ductwork, ransporting outside air with l" thick rigid I fiberglass. ., 4. lpj;ff:t concealed unlined ductwork, tansporting outside air with I'1" thick flexible r ;: llili*:ii:::Hflil**fffiflJ:1#T.l'Jili"l;F'$"Xfi"'ffi;g,ass,wi,hor I without facing.'1. Where energy codes require additional insulation over that listed above, provide a. insulation in accordance with those codes. r D, Duct Liner: I I . See Section 15890, for duct liner requirements. Supply, retum and outside air ductwork t tbat is not lined is to be externally insulated. I 23 OUTDOORDUCTINSI,JLATION r A. Manufactuers: l. Design Basis: ArmstrongI 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a, Johns-Manville b. Rubatex I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I Mechanicel Insulation II I' B. Materials: I 1. Model: Armaflex a. Description: Flexible, cellular, elastomeric foarn I b. Form: Sbeet 2. Paint Armaflex Finish I a. Description: W}ite vinyl lacquer. If duct is visibte from the ground, contactor f ffif";;;lfr1tecolorofvinyllacquerwithArchitect. Submitcolorclrartto r 3. Adhesive: Armstrong 520. t4. Foam Glass: Pittsburgh Corning with vapor barrier. C. Application: I I l. All outdoor supply, rehuno and transfer air ducts tbat are specified with acoustical duct lining shall atso Ue insutated with one layer ofone inch Oriik sheet on the exterior- I2. All outdoor supply, rehrm, and ransfer air ducts lhat are not specified to have acoustical I lining shall be insulated with two layers ofone inch thick sheet on dre exterior. 2.4 EQTIPMENTTNSTJLATTON I A. Manufachrer: 1. Desip Basis: Johns Mansville I 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: A. Armstrong b. Certainteed f c. Owens-Corning d. Knauf e. Foamglass I B. Materials: |' tl. Model: Pipe and tank insulation. Description: Flexible board qrye insulation. 3 PCF glass fiber insulation with all purpose jacketing. Maxinnrm thermal conductivity .32 BTU-IN(hr-Ff'z-'F) at 150T. Glass fibers oriented such that insulation will conform to rounded shapes while nsfulftining t high conpressive strength. 2. Model: Jobns-Manville 800 series, spin glass type 814. I Description: 3 PCT density rigid glass fiberboard, with all purpose jacketing. Maxirnrm f therrnal conductivity .27 BTU-IN/hr-FT'-T). 3. Jacketing Material: Pre-sized glass cloth jacketing rnaterials, not less than 7.8 oz. Per sq. yd., except as otherwise indicated. 4. Fiberglass: Jobns-Manville Micro-Lok 850 insulation with APT jacket. I 5. Flexible Unicellular Insulation: Arrnstong Armaflex II sheet fomr. 6. Equipment Insulation Accessories: Provide staples, bands, wire, wire netting, tape, I corner angleg anchors, stud pins, metal covers, adhesives, cements, sealers, mastics and f protective finishes as recommended by insulation rnanufacturer for applications indicatcd. I I Gore Creek Residences - Tur-- vail, colorliT t 03 January 2005 - Mechanical Insulation 15250-4 I I 25 BREECHING AI\ID STACK INSULATION (Engine Exhaust InsulatioD) t A. Application: I l. Breeching insulation is required only ifthe Contractor exercises his option to use welded I steel breeching instead of double wall vent pipe in the boiler room. 2. Double wall vent pipe need not be insulated. I B. Materials:I l. Manufachuers: a. Design Basis: Jobns-ManvilleI b. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: (l) u.s. Glpsum 2. Description: ll a. Thermo-I2 gold calcium silicate ASTM C533, Type L b. Conrpressive Strength: min 160 psi to product 5% corryression. c, Maxinnun Service Tenp: 1200 Ff 3. Thiclsress: Two inches. 4. Jacketing Material: 0.016 Aluminurn with moishue barrier. I 2.6 KrrcHEN GREASE rrOOD EXHAUSTDUCT TNSULATION I A. Manufachrers (all conponents to be by one manufacturer):r t. 3M2. Unifrax t 3. Nelson4. Thermal CeramicsI i #,ffi:I B. Materials: I 1. Lighfweight, non-asbestos, high temperanue inorganic ceramic fiber blanket wrap. 2. Insulation to be fully ancapsulated in reinforced foil. 1; 3. Sufficient thiclness to provide two (2) hour fire resistant enclosure. I 4. Fibers to be non-carcinogen and soluble in human lung tissue. 5. Zero clearance to combustibles rating. 6. Provide rated access doors (as required) insulated to rnintain two (2) hour rating and I required clearance. l| 7. Provided fire barrier sealant, tape, rods, pins, clips, bands and other components as required to provide firlly functioning system. t C. Listings and Testing : 1. ASTM E84: Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsI Surface burning characteristics: a. Flame Spread: 0 I b. Smoke Developed: 0. t 2. ASTM E8l4: Standard Test Methods for Fire Tesu ofThrough-Penetration Firestops 3. ASTM El 19: Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Corufruction Materials I Mechanical Insulation 15250-5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Veil, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 4. NFPA96. 5. NFPA IOI. 6. Submit written approval from authority having jurisdiction for use of system at specified clearance. D. Apptcation: l. Insulate all kitchen grease hood exhaust duct systerns from hood to exhaust fan fi l length, including kitchen hood above ceiling. 2. Wrap duct supports for two (2) hour rating. 3, Install per manufacturer's recommended installation guidelines. 4. Provide Manufactuers approved transition between fire wrap and gypsum board rated enclosures where both s)6tems are used. Do not tansition from gl4sum enclosue system back to fue wrap. 5. Use bands and/or welded pins as required. Adhesives are nor acceptable. 6. Where zero cleannce to combusb-bles is not used apply red label with 4" white letters 'MAINTAIN 2INCHES CLEAR" at seams everv 20 feet of entire duct rm. PART3.EXECUTION GEIIERAL Veriff acceptability ofall rnaterials which are to be used in air plenums (above ceiling, etc.). Materials must n€et all requirements of Local Building Code and Authority having jurisdiction. PIPE INSI,JLATION Insulate the following: l. Dornestic hot water piping. 2. Dornestic cold water piping above ground and under slab. 3. 1{gafing piping. 4. Chilled water piping. 5. Roof drain bodies and all horizontal storm water piping. 6. Refrigerant suction lines. 7. Condensate drain piping. 8, Plastic piping in return air plenums. Installation: 1. Install insulation on pipe system subsequent to testing and acccptance oftests. 2. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. a. lnsulate each continuous run of piping with firll length mits of insulatioq with a single cut piece to complete the run. b. Do not use cut pieces or scraps abutting each other. 3. Clean and dry pipe surfaces prior to insulating. a. Butt insulation joints firnrly together to ensure a complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. 4. Extend piping insulation without intemrption through pipe clanrps, hangers, walls, floors and similar piping penetrations, except v/here otherwise indicated. 5. Ilstall protective metal shields and saddles where needed to prevent compression of insulation. Refer to Section 15140. 6. Except as noted, cover valves, flanges, fittings and similar items in each piping systerr with equivalent thickness and composition of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I B. Mechanical Insulation 1s250-6 I T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I a. Install factory-molded pre-cut or job-fabricated units (at Installer's option), except where a specific form or tlpe is indicated. b. Do not cover: (1) Valve operators. (2) Threaded or solder joint strainers. (3) Balancing valves. 7. Mark location ofunions and flanges covered by insulation with permanent paint or inlg or approved label. 8. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier jackets on insulation of cold pipes and storm drainage piping, and protect to prevent punchre or other damage. 9. Insulate between pipe and pipe saddles. Provide zuitable saddles. 10. Seal ends ofsections with vapor barrier cement at: a. 2l ft. intervals. b. Valves and fittings. I l. On underground pipe irsulation, install unicellular insulation on pipe without slining insulation. a. Seal all fransverse joints with adhesive. Replace existing insulation removed or damaged because of work of this project. Insulate new pipes and replace insulation on existing pipes to remain where insulation was removed or damaged by demolition or revisions. Do not insulate basket access flange of flanged strainers. Do not insulate steam traps. Insulate between fingers ofspiders in alignment guides. Insulate between pipe and pipe slide. Perform all work in a neat and worlonanlike manner. Poor work (as determined by fuchitect or Engineer) will be cause for rejection. Insulate all acid waste/vent pipe in return air plenums with Armstsong AP Armaflex. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. IJI{DERGROI]ND HYDRONIC PIPE INSTALLATION A. Portiors oftbe chilled, heating condenser, dornestic water, firc water piping system shall be insulated below grade. B. The irstalled piping system shall have the following characteristics. C. Insulating Value: The system shall provide a conductivity of0.l65 Btu-in/hr d Fo at 75oF 1r-value of 6). l. The insulation shall be Foamglass Pittwrap SS II, waterproof (not lose insulating value when saturated with liquid water or conpletely sealed against the intoduction ofwater) and 2" thick. 2- The exterior of the pipe shall be completely sealed against the intoduction of misture when the system has been installed in ground water satwated fill. 3. The system shall be compatible with the excavation and backfilling rnethods and rraterials used, 4. Tlre system shall be able to sustain medium duty tact loading (1000 lb wheel loading at the surface) without darnage. D. Minimum burial depth shall be 5'-0" below finished grade. E. The actual system used shall be at contractor's option as long as the above criteria is met, and may be a pre-fabricated or field built system. However, if the sptem submitted by the Contractor does not meet this criteria (as determined by Engineer), the Contractor shall supply a double pipe pre- fabricated system equivalent to that manufactwed by Ricwil or Perrna-Pipe. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 January 2005 Mechenical Insulation 152il-7 I I I I I T I I I I t I I I I I I t I l. 2. J. 4. 5. 6. 8. 3.6 OUTD(X)R PIPE INSULATION A. Install rigid closed cell insulation with butt joints of half pipe sections staggered. Insulation shall be held in place with stapping tape. Install aluminum jacket with all joints lapped to shed water. AFply a bead of silicone sealant at all transverse and longitudinal seams. Secure with aluminum bands, minimum of 2 per jacket section. DUCTWORKINSULATION A. Install insulation materials with srnooth and even surfaces. B. Clean and dry ductwork prior to insulating. I . Butt insulation joints frmrly together to ensure conplete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. C. Extend ductwork insulation without intemrption throush walls, floors, and similar ductwork penetrations, except where otherwise indicated. D. Except as otherwise indicated, do not insulate lined ducts. However, extend duct insulation 12" beyond start of lining wh€re lined ductwork meeb insulated ductwork E. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on insulation of ducts carryirg cold air, and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage. F. For Outdoor Insulation: Stagger joints on multilayer applications. Iocate joints at sides ofducts whenever possible. Use 520 adhesive to attach insulation. a. Use full coverage. Seal all seams and joints with adhesive. Maintain full thickness at sanding seams and flanges by additional layer(s). C.over fl exible conoectioDs. Extend covering to inside face of outside wall. Finish with two coats of Armaflex finish- EQTIIPMENT INSI,JLATION A, Install insulation materials with srnooth and even surfaces and on clean and dry surfaces. l. Re-do poorly fitted joints. 2. Do not use mastic or joint sealer as filler for gaping joinb and excesive voids resulting from poor workrnanship. B. Maintain integrity of vapor-barrier on equipment insulation and protect it to prevent puncture and other damage. C. Apply insulation using the staggered joint method for both single and double layer construction, where feasible. l. Apply each layer of insulation separately. D. Do not insulate handholes, cleanouts, ASME stamp and manufacturer's nameplate. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Mechanical Insulation r5250-8 I I I I I I I I I I I I . Provide neatly beveled edge at intemrptions of insulation. E. Chilled Water Pumps: L Do not insulate. Provide drain pan and drain to collect condensate formed on pump body. Pipe drain line to nearest floor drain and provide air gap. F. Hot Equipment (Above Ambient Temperature): l. Includes hot and heating water as well as steam equipment such as air release tanks, air separators, expansion tanks, flash tanks, vessels etc. 2. Insulate with 3" thick fiberglass. 3. Do not apply insulation to equipment while hot. G. Heat Exchanger: l. Cover top and both sides of exchanger wit 24 gauge galvanized steel panels with %" flexible unicellular insulation cemented to the inside ofthe panels. 2. Panels shall be easily removable and easy to re-install. 3. Adhere flexible unicellular insulation to end plates with Armskong No. 520 adhesive. H. Domestic Water Tanks: l. lnsulate domestic hot water tanks with 2 inches ofpipe and tank insulation of I % inches of rigid fiber glass board (if not originally insulated from the factory). I. Cold Equipment (At or below ambient equipment): l. Includes chilled, domestic cold, condenser water system equipment such as air release tan}s, air separators, expansion anla, flash tanks, vessels, etc. 2. lnsulate air release tanks (air separators) with 2 inches ofpipe and tank insulati on or lYz inches of foam slass. ! I g.7 BREECHTNGAT{DSrAcKINSILATroNr A. Coat insulated swfaces wrth layer of insulating cemen! boweled to a smooth continuous sruface. I B. Fill-in scored bloclq seams, chipped edges and depressions. 1. Cover-over wire netting and joints with cement of suflicient thicloess to remove surface I irregularities. C. Cover insulated surfaces with glass cloth jacketing neatly fitted and firrnly secured. I l. Lap seams at least ?'. r\ Avoid applying insulation to hot breechings and stacks.Ir 3.9 FIRERATEDDUCTwRAP I A. Renpve dirt and dust and clean all duct surfaces. I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I Mechanical Insulation B. Install per manufachuers instructions and referenced standards. Where pirs are required they shall be tack welded to duct. C. Repair any damage in accordance with manufacnrers instruction. PROTECTION AND REPLACEMEITT A. Replace damaged insulation which cannot be repaired satisfactorily. Including rmits with vapor barrier damage and moisture saturation. 1. Protection: The insulation insraller shall advise the Conhactor ofrequired protection for the insulation work during ihe remainder of the construction period, to avoid damage and deterioration. END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 IIt I I t I I I t I I I I I I I I I I IMechanical Insulation 15250-10 B. c. D. I I I I I t I I I t I I I t I I I I I sEcrroN 15300 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER AND STANDPIPE SYSTEMS PARTI GEI\TERAL I.OI WORKINCLIIDED: Generat Provide all materials and labor for tlrc desigp and insallation of new supervised autornatic sprinkler and standpipe systens in accordance widr the applicable codes and all requirenrnts of this Tunnel phase specification. Even though this specification is for the Turmel phase of this projecg these systerns will serve all phases (Tunnel and funre) of this pmject to include the Tunnel and Buildings I through 8 (Unib I tbmugh lQ. The Turmel phase conEactor shall provide all supplies (wet and dry) up to and including the 2 % - inch contol vahe, tanper switch and flow switch for each residential rmit autorratic sprinkler zone as well as 2 % - inch outlet and end cap at the exterior Tunnel wall for fuhre autormtic sprinkler protection of each three level residential urir The Tunnel phase contactor shall provide all automatic sprinkler and standpipe systers for the Tunnel areas. Tunnel areas exclude the future three level residential units I tluough 16 only. Residential aulomatic sprinkler tpna will include proteclion of the residentiol private garages, residential unit orage rooms, and residential lrash alcoves, however, are part ol the Tunnd phase ofwork Tunnel phase ol worh aln induda lhe standpipe sylems including the piping through the Tunnel ceiling and includlng the hstallatlon of lhe freecandlng fiandpipe hose connecttons al the Plarl Levd as well as phing lo and induding the hose valves located in cabine8 throughoul the Tunnel bdween specifud pivau garage entmnces Supply: The wet systerns shall be supplied from tbe existing rurderground main in Forest Road" Work begins at the fire supply flange of the combined enry (donnstic and fue) into the building provided by others. The dry Class I Standpipe system shall be supplied &om the new Fire Departnent Cormections (2). There shall be an intercormection between the dry and wet s),stenr with a normally closed valve at the water entry room @oiler Room). The Fire Departnent Connections serve both the dry standpipe system as well as the wet autormtic sprinkler sysFm Waterflow Switches: Provide, install and properly adjust spririkler system supervisory switches and waterllow indicators as required herein. Drains: Provide dfuect piped corm€ctions to building drairs necessary to drain and test the sprir*ler sysErrs. E Shields: Install shields necessary to protect elecEical equipnrent from sprinHer discharge. F, Submittals: Prepare and submit shop drawings, record drawings ard other submittals required herein. G. Tests: Test each new sprinkler s)6terrl The Sprinkl€r contcactor shall also attend all fire alarm tests to aid in testing sprir*ler sysEm rmnitoring devices. The ConEactor shall be responsible for carrying out requircd Gs6. Separate t€sts may be required by the Architect and Authorities Having Jurisdiction. H. Guarantee: Guarantee all new equipment and systens during imtallation and for a one year period aftcr final acceptance of the work by the Architect I. Approvals: Obhin all approvals required for the work of this section from all public authorities Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel. Vail, Colorado lJ-d,ugusSf004 12 January 2005 Automatic Sprinkler and Standpipe Systerns 15300- I havingjurisdiction, fiom dn project insurer, and fiom the Architiect J. Fees: Pay all fees required to obtain permits or ryproval of this work. K. Coordination: Coordimte work with olher trades working on'th project. L. Underground: Provi& all piping blocking, coring connectiong trenchiqg and backfilling required to ftlly connoct systems to supply piping provided rmder site wortc This rvort should be limibd to ftat necessary for Fire Deparunent Connectiom and Standpipe Hose Connection Outlets. Tbe supply is a combined (domestic and fte) supply provided by others to the wabr entry location- M. Valves: Provide all control valrrcs, and other appurtenance as required for a fully operable system by the Authority Having Jurisdiction and the cortact docum€nts. I.O2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED EISEWHERE A. Sup,ply Piping: Water supply piping to wat€r entry room (Boiler Room) wfth fre flarge provided Section 02510. B. Alarms: Wiring and connection to sprinkler system akrm and supervisory devices. Section 16721. C. Drains: Floor drains and other facilities for receiving discharge ftrom sprinkler system drains, Soction 15410. D. Related sectiom: As a part of tbis wodr the csrtractor shall conply with th followi4g sections: Division I General Requiremeos Section 0 I 300 Submittals Section | 5001 Mechanical and Electrical Coordination Section 15010 Basic Mechanical Requirerrents Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Melhods 1.03 QUALTTYASSLJRAI.ICE A. NFPA Standards: All yiork sbll conform to the requirernnh of the applicable portioru of the Natioml Fire Pmtctim Association (NFPA) Staodards and Reconrpnded Practices listed hereiq as modified by the Town of Vail Firc ard Enrcrgerrcy Servixs. l. NFPA 13, "Standard for the Lxhllation ofSprinkJer Systems.u 2. NFPA 14, "Stardard for the Installation ofStandpipe and Hose Systers." 3. NFPA 24, 'Standard for the Installation of hivate Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtemnces." 4. NFPA 25, "Stardard for the Inspectio,n, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Sptenx." All scandards enforcd will be those foutd in the 20Of Edition ofthe National Fire Codes. B. Governrnental Juridiction: All wort and rnamials shall conform to all Federal, $arc, ard local codes and regulations governing this insallation ircluding the 2003 editions of the Intenrational Automatic Sprinkler and Standplpe Sysiems 15300 -2 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel . Vail, Colorado +gaugsslt4O0a 12 Jannory 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I t t I I I I I .). c. D. E. F. B. I t I I I I I I t t I I I t I T t I I Building and Fire Codes, as modified or interpreted by the Town of Vail and/or Fire Disrict offrcials. At the date of this docunent 0rc amendnpns to these adopEd codes are in draft form (undated) and should bc conplied with. Code Conllicts: Ifthere is a conllict b€tween the referenced iIFPA Slandards, Federal, State or local codes and tbis specifrcatiorg it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to bring the cdtllict to the attention ofthe Ar,chitect for resolution Pemrit Fees: The Contractor shall be responsible for filing all docwnens, paying all fees and securing all permib, inspections ard approvals necessary for conducting this work. Equiprnent All devices, systems, equipment and materials firmished and installed shall be new and shall be oftypes or models approved by the Architect for use in systems and occupancies ofthis t1pe. Contractor Requirements: Tlre ConFactor shall: l Hold all licenses and obtain all permits necessary to perform work of this type in Vail, Colorado. Copies of the Contractot's licerses shall be provided with bid submittal. 2. Have at least five (5) years of exp€rierpe in insullation of sptems of this tlpe and be frniliar with all applicable local, state and Federal laws and regulations. 3. Be regularly engaged in tbe desigr, installatiog testing and servicing of automatic sprinkler s)Eterns. 4. . Provide a job site supewisor who is to be present at all times when work is actively in progrcss. 1.04 SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA Densities: Hydraulically calculated u€t-prpe sprinkler systems shall be installed, desigred to produce discharge densities of: 0.10 gpm/square foot over tbe hydraulically rnost renrcte 1,50O square feet in exit ways (Light Hazard Occupancies). 0.15 gpm/square foot over the hydraulically most remote 1,500-square-feet in parking gamge area (Guest Parking as well as private garages), rnechanical rooms, and electrical rooms (Ordinary Hazard Group I Occupancies). 0.20 gpny'square foot over the hydraulically nost rernote 1,500-square-feet in storage rooms and the rernainder of the Tunnel, where new wet-pipe sprinkler systerns are being installed. (Ordinary Hazard Group II Occupincies.) Areas of Application idicated in 1.04A shall be modified as follows: l. Wet pipe sprinkler systems installed under sloped ceilings witr a pitch exceeding 2" in 12.' shaU have an area increase of 307o if Standard Spray Upright, Pendent, Sidewall Spray or Large Drop sprinHers are used. Gore Crcek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado f+*ugust4G$a 12 Januory 2005 l. 2. Automatic Sprinkler end Standplpe Systems 151n - 3 2. Wet pipe sprir*ler systems using Quick Response sprinklers tbroughout rnay reduce ihe area of application in accordance wil[ and subject to the conditions of Section | 1.2.3.2.3.1 of NFPA 13-2002. 3. Dry pipe systems sball have an area increase of30*. C. Minimum Standards: The stated densities and application areas are the rninimum accepbble. The Contactor shall conlirm densities and ar€as of application with local codes and local authorities as modifications rmy be needed. D. Garage Doors: Provide automatic sprinkler protection beneath garage doon in tlre open position for bo0r the rnain enrance into the Tunnel as well as each individual private garage unit. Protection shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 13, Section 8.4.2 with a sidewall spray sprinklers. E. General Criteria: The Confiactor shall follow ihe hydraulic design criteria contained in NFPA-I3. F. Hose Steanu The calculations shall include a 100 pm inside hose steam at tlre hose vafue closest to {he floor conhol assembly. The combined (inside and outside) hose sheam for the calculations shall be 250 gpn 1.05 STANDPIPE SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA: The star$ipe outle{s shall be srpplied and shall bc a Dry Class I system with a connection to the public water spply havbg a nonnally closed valve and bnp€r switch. The normally closed valve provides tbe firefighters tlre option to supply wabr to the standpipe system r,ia |lF waEr supply, via ihe fire punper truclc, or both" A. Minirmrm sizes: All piping sryplying shndpipe outlets shall be of fie following sizes as a minimum I . Ginch when supplying three or more 2 I 2-inch hose valves. 2. 4-inch when sqptying two 2 li2-irrch hose valves. 3. 2 l/2-inch when supplying one 2 l2-inch hose valve. B. Outlet lrcations: Outlets shall be provided: l. At each above gnde $im level) location indicated on the drawings. Please refererre &e Firc Protection drawings (Tunnel) as w€ll as Architectural drawings R103, and RlO4. These drawings should be consistent. 2. At each location rdentified on the drawinp in |lrc Turmel. Please referene llF Fir€ ProEction drawings as well as ArchiEcffial drawings Rl0l, and R10Z These drawirrys should be consistent. The Tumel $andpipe Hose Oonnections (SHQ shall be provided in cornbination SHC ard Fire Extinguisher Cabinets (SHCTEQ. C. Perfonnance Ctircria: The system shall be a separate system from the autornatic sprinHer qrstem (lro combination systerns). The system shall be connected to the water supply via a norrnally closed OS&Y valve orily located in the water entry room and povided widr a tanper alarrn The system shll be odrerwise supplied water via the Fire DeparErrnt Connections. The system sball be sized to deliv€r 5fi) gpm to lhe discharge side of hose valves at 0r plaza level. Design srpply pressule slnll be assunpd to be l5() psi (rnxlnrD at 0rc Fire Depafinemt Comection with pressure developed by a I I I II I I I I t I I T I I I t I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado I ++*ue$sts?O0a 1 2,Ianuary 2(N5 I Automatic Sprinkler and Standpipe Systems 15300 -4 I I I I I I I I t I I I t I I T I I I firc deparfirent purrper. The system shall be provided with an exhauster at the end of the feed main to allow filling the pipe with water and exharsting the air in tlre pipe rnre rapidly. I.06 ST,JBMITTALS A. Procedure: Refer to Section 01300. B. Shop Drawings: The Contractor will be authorized to staC each portion of the work when the shop drawirgs, catalog cuts and calculations for that portion of the work are received, revicwed and approved by the Engineer, tlrc Arhitect and tlre Town ef V6ll $uilding and Ffue Departrrnt hstallafion prior to these approvals shall be at rhe risk ofthe Contractor' l The Contractor shall submit 4 sets of shop drawings,4 sets of catalog cuts, and 4 sets of hydraulic calculations to the Archi&ct for approval in accordance with fte shop drawing submittal schedule and procedures. Shop Drawines shall not be sub'rnitted to the Town of Vail Building and Fire Deparbpnt without a rcview starrp and review letter from fte hrgdneer to accon{ranv the submittal. 2. Shop drawings shatl sbow all of the inforrnation required by NFPA-I3 for working plars and shall irrclude dtar"ings showing the location of all equip,nreng controls, piping, valves and drains. The drawings shall also show: Locations of all sway bracing and of flexible couplings insalled as flenre joins, and location and diameter of all necessary core &ills, pipe sleeves and pipe ctearance openings in walls and floors and ceilingVroofs. 3. Shop drawings shall 6q6fu1 a list of all rraterial to be used for the sprinkler system on this pmject The manufacturer, tade nanre and catalog nunrber sball be given for each itern C. Product Data: The ConEactor shall submit a producl data submittal wilh the shop drawings: 4 seb of Manufachreds Data Sheets shou'ing lhe tyae and nodel of all equipment or material proposed. This inforrnation shall include tlpe of pipe or nrbe, hangers, valves, pipe linfugvjoining methods, sprinklers, waterllow devices, supervisory devices and fire deparbrrnt corurections, escutcheorx, and signage. Wlrcn a Data Sheet shows morc than one producl the specific prooosed product shall tre clearly indicated by arrows or other suilable means. D. Sanples: Wifiin 30 days of authorization to proceed th€ Contractor shall submit to the Architect for approval sanples of all tlpes of proposed sprinklers, including tlpes of finishes available and a conplete list of where each fpe and finish will be installed. E. Permib: Prior to start of irstallatio4 tbe Contactor slrall submit copies of all permits and approvals to tlle Architect nec€ssary to conduct dris worlc F. Certifcates: The Contractor shall provide tbe Architect with orp copy of all documents that are reviewod and approved by the local code autborities These docunrents shall include, but not be limibd tq the following: I. Site inspection forms 2. Permit drawings 3. Final inspection forms Automatic Sprinkler and Standpipe Sjrsaems Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel . Vail' Colorado 13-August-2,004 12 January 2005 r$00 - 5 All docunents shall furclude all required approval shnps, signaturcs or other information necessaqr to properly certiry fitat the installation has been reviewed and accepted by 0rc Town of Vail Building and Fire Departnents. C. Operation and Maintenance Manual: The Contractor shali provide 0re Owner with a looseleaf rnanual containing: 1. I l" x 17" reduced copies of fte record drawings required below. 2. CopyofNFPA2S. 3. Copy ofall test certificates and approvals. 4. A list ofrecormnended spare parts. 5. Service directory. H. Draft O&M Manual: Within 90 clays of authorization to proceed, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect 2 copies ofthe &aft rnanual for approval (excluding test certificates and drawings). I. Final O&M Marnral: Within 30 days of the conpletion of the worlg copies of the approved nmnul with reduced drawings and test certificates shall be delivered to 0re Architect J. Record Drawings: The Contractor shall provide and mainain on tlrc site an rp-to-date recofd s€t of approved shop drawing prinb nhich shall be nnrked to show each and every change nnde to the sprinkler system from the original approved shop drawings. This shall not bc construed as authorization to deviate Aom or rmke changes to $e shop dra*ittgs approved by the Architect without written instsuction from the Archibct in each case. This set of drawings shall be used only as a record sel K. Final Submittal: Upon review of he btsCke record drawings, beforc final approval, one set of reproducible record drawings and additional sets of &l#eJin€ record drawings shall be delivered to the Architect. L. Resubmitbls: If tbe Conhacto/s submittals, upon rcview by the Architect do not conform to tlre rcquisnents of drese spocifications, the Oonhactor shall be rcquired to resubmit widr npdifications, within ten (10) working days of receipt of tbe Architect's notification to the Contractor- The Contractq shall be responsiblc for tlrc fuchitects extsa expenses for subsequent review of rejected submitbls necessitated by $e Contactot's fiilure to rmke the rcquesd nndifications. Such exta fees shall be dedrcted from payrnents by tbe Architect to the ConFactor. |.O7 WARRANTY AND EMERGEhICY SERMCE: The Conu'actor shall guarantee all nraterials and worlcrmnship for a period of one year beginning with fie date of finrl acceptance by lhc Architect in accordance wi0r Section 01300 submittals. The Contractor shall be responsible furing the desigt, installatioq testing and grlarantee periods for any damage caused by him (or his subcont'actors) or by dcfects in his (or his subconfacbrs) worh materials, or equipment. A. Enrrgency Service: During the irstallation and warranf p€rio4 th€ Contsactor shall provide enrrgency repair service for tlre spririkler sptem wi6in four (4) hours of a request by the Architcct or owne,r for zuch service. This service shall be provided on a 24horu per day, seven days per week basis. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel. Vail, Colorado 434,ugsstt004 12 January 2005 I t I I I t I I I I t :l I I I T I I I Automatic Sprinkler and Standpipe Syslenx 15300 - 6 t I I 1.08 SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS: Spare parts and special tools shall be provided to the Architcct ' prior to fmal accepbrrce. I A. Spare Pare: The Cont'actor shall fuubll two (2) metal sprinkler cabinets containing a minirnm total I of four (4) sprir*lers, of each t1pe, finisb and terperature rating used, but not less than 24 spare sprhklers. Contactor shall provide two (2) sets of sprinkler wrenches conpatible with each tlpe of sprinkler provided, The cabinets shall b€ inshlled at lhe locatiorx approved by the Architect. I B. Special Tools: The Conhactor shall zupply ttr Architect with two (2) conplete sets of special tools and equipment necessary to p€rform routine maintenance on the sprinkler s)6t€txts. I PART2 PRODUCTS I 2.Ol GENERAL: All equipment and system components ftmisbed and insalled shall be new and of first I quality, and be listed by Underwriten Laboratories Inc., or approved by Factory Mutual (FM) for their intended use. All such equiprnent and system components shall be installed within the limitations of tbe I respective UL listings or FM approvals. r 2.02 PIPE AND FTITINGS: Sprintder system piping or tubing shall npet the requirenrents of NFPA 13. Conhactor sball base his bid on the rse ofany one or a combination ofthe following: I A. ThinwallPipe:Schedulel0Pipeme*ingASTMA-53,A-l35orA-T95requirenrntswith: l. Mechanical grooved pipe couplings and fittings for roll grooved pipe sizes 2 ll2-inches ud I laqger. 2. Plain-end pipe cotrplings and finings for pipe sizes l-inch through 2-inches, inchsive I 3. Threaded fittings for hrbing specifically listed for such uses and installed in accordance wiih the rnanufacnrers recorrrnendations ard listing requirernents. I B. Schedule 40 Pipe Schedule 40 Pipe meeting ASTM A-53, A-135, and A-795 requirernents witlu l. Threaded pipe couplings and fittings I 2. Mectranical grooved pipe couplings and fittings for roll or cut pipe sizes 2 l/2-inches ud larger. I 3. Plairend pipe couplings and fittings fior pipe sizes I -inch through 2-inches, irrclusive. - C. XLPipe Allied)OpipemeetingAsTMA-135requinrnentswilh: I 1. Threaded pipe couplings and fittings and tubing specifically listed for such uses and installed in accordance with tbe manufacturers reconrrpndations and listing requirerrnts. I D. Copper Tube: Copper tube and fittings as listed in NFPA 13. All joints for the connection ofcopper tube shall be brazed except that soldered joints shall be permitted in accordance with Section 6.5.4 of NFPA 13, I l. JoinB shall be properly cleaned with approved abrasives or wire brushes; selFcleaning I Aubmatic Sprinkter and Standpipe Systens 15300 - ? Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado fC-AugusH0ea I 2 Janaary 2005 I fluxes are not to be used. 2. For soldered joints: Only use a mildly corrosive soldering paste, containing zinc and ammonium chlorides. 3. For brazed joints: Use Aee-flowing braising filler metal (6% silver). 4. Solder shall be 95-5 Tin-Antimony ASTM Shndard B-32, Alloy Crade 95TA. 5. At connectiors between copper piping sysFms and ferrous piping, ap,proved 6'pe dielectic separation shall be provided. 6. UL listed grooved fittings and couplings shall also be acceptable when irutalled within drc limits of their listing. Un&rground piping: All rmderground pipe shall be cenhifugally cast ductile iron. Underground pipe fittings: Underground pipe fifrings shall be "Tyton", 'Tastiteu, or "Belltite" mechanical joing short body Class 230 Firings conforming b Al.lSI Specification A2l.l0. Ftanged Fittings shall conform to ANSI Specification 3161, Chss 125. Pressure ratings: Pressure ratings of all fittings shall npet or exceed maxinnrm working pr€ssur€s available within tlrc systein" Corrosion protection: All piping and hangen where orpooed to the weather or irstalled in a conosive aunoaphere shall be proEcted against corrosion. 2.A3 CONTROL AND DRAIN VALVES: Types: Sprinkler spbm control and drain valvcs shall be the following tlpes: l. Outside, Screw & Yoke (O.S. &Y.) gate valves, 2. Butterfly valves tbat arc approved for use in sprinkler spterrs. 3. Bunerlly valves with inbgral valve supervisory switches, whose entire assembly is appmved for use in sprinkler systerns. Listing: All rralves rrust be LJL listed or FM aprproved for their intended use. Sigrs: All water supply conrol valves and drain valves shall bc permanently rnarked with metal signs to show lheh firnction and sprinkler system zone which they serve. Pressure Ratings: Pressure ratings of all valvcs shall meet or exceed rnaximum working prcss'ur€s available within 0re systern Supervision: All contol valves shall bc locked ard electrically supervtsed. Access Panels: Provide and install access panels (minimm size t 2-inchcs by l2-inches) for all contol valves locatcd above finished ceilings or concealed in walls. Architect will select ffnish 6f access panels. Access panels hstalled in fire resistive constsuction shall be of the tpes required for Gore Creek Residences - Thnnel. Vail, Colorado lC+ugilsg00a 12 lonaary 2005 I t I II II II I T II II III I I E. F. D. B. c. E. F. I I I I I I I Automatic Sprinkler and StrndplpeSystems 15300- E t I I I I I I I t I t T T I I I I I I rmintaining pmper protection of assernbly. 2.04 SPRINKLERS: A. Types: Autonntic qprinklen shall be of the following types: l. Standard upright or pendent sprhklen shall be installed in non-public, unfinislred areas. B. Final Selection: The Architect will select finishes for all automatic spririklers and escutcheons from samples ofavailable finishes supplied by ConFactor. C. Unifornit),: All sprinklers within a space shall be ftom the sam€ nanufachrer and have the sanp heat response element, incfuding tenperanue rating and response characteristics, . D. Ternperatue Rating: It sball be tle Conhacto/s reqponsibility to irBtall sprinklers of the propef temperanue rating as reqrired by NFPA 13. E. Conosion Resistance: SprinHers located on exterior piping systers, or located in corrosive afrdospheres shall be corrosion resistant. F. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Escutcheons sball be metal and be listed with ihe sprinklers for recessed sprinkler locations. G. Sprinkler Orifice: All sprinHers shall be standard orifice sprinklers ( l/2" orifice) unless specifcally approved otherwise. 2.05 FIRE DEPARTMENT HOSE VAwES AND CABINETS: Fire Deparnnent hose valves shall have a polished b'rass finish and slnll be irstalled in a flush mounted cabhet with firll glass door and clearances as required by dre fire deparunent Cabinets are to be combination hose valve (standpipe hose connection) and fire extinguisher cabirBts labeled as SHC/EC on Turmel drawirgs and provided by othen. A. Size: All fire departrnent hose valves shall be 2 % -itrclrcs with I !/z-inch reducers and shall be tlreaded as required by the fire departrrnt. B. Bracing: The valve supply piping shall be bmced securely to the building stucnue. 2.M IDENTIFICATION SIGNS: Contactor slnll fumish and install trydraulic calculation sign. for each new sprinkler zone. Contractor shall also provide identification signs for dl ralves installed urder this section A. Required Infonnation: Hydraulic calculation signs shall include all information indicated in Section 16.5 of NFPA 13. Valve identification signs shall identify the fimction of the valve and the area served. B. Description: Signs strall be rigi4 flat steel or aluminum plaques with embossed enanrel background and lettering. Signs shall be secured by chain or durable wire to each sprinkler zone control valve, or in an obvious location specifically approved by fte Architect 2.O7 SUPERVISORY AND ALARM EQUIPMENT: All waterflow and valve supervisory swibhes shall be firnished, installed and Foperly adjusted by the sprinkler contactor. Alarm rnonitoring of these devices will be by othen. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel. Vail, Colorado f34,ugusCa00a 12 January 2005 Aulomatic Sprinkler and Standpipe Systems 15300 - 9 A. Contacts: All waterflow and valve upewisory switches shall be provided wilh two nForrn C" (D.P.D.T.) contacts for monitoring. Specific contact rating shall be coordinated with the fte alarm contr?ctor. B. Waterllow Switches: Vane-t1pe uaterllow irdicators shall be provided to indicate waterflow in each new sprinkler system zone. C. Stpervisory Swibh€s: Valve supervisory switches shall be provided for all valves contolling the water supply to the spririkler and standpipe systems. D. Loop Typc Switcb€s: Valve zupervisory switcbes shall be tbe yoke rmunted or integral tpe. Contractor shall not use rqnote mornted wfue loop type swibhes. 2.08 BACKFLOWPREVENIERS A. BacHlow pr€venler slnll be an uL listed double check valve t1pe. The assembly shall have two spring-loaded independently operating poppet-type valves mormted in a cotnrnon body b€tween two OS&Y gate valves. The assembly shall have four test cocla and shdl be'desigrred for installation in a hor*lnratd vertlcal flow attitude. A blpass llow meter shall also be provided. 2.W FREESTANDING STANDPIPE HOSE CONNECIIONS: Plaza Irvel fteestanding standpipe hose connectiorx shall have a polished brass finish and shall be installed at the Plaza Level above the Tunnel at locatiom sborvn on &chitecfiEal drawings Rl03 and R104. A Size All ft€estanding hose comectiom shall be two-way with thrcads as appmved by Vail Fire D€partrenr All stadpipe bose com€ction outl€ts shall be 2 % - inches wilh I '/z - inch reducers and shall be provitted with non-rising stem valves. B. Height All freestanding hose connection outlet heights shall b€ as approved by Vail Fire Deparnnent. 2.10 EXTIAUSTERS: A listed exhauster shall be provided at the end of the feed main for dre Dry Standpipe systcrrl. This exhauster will p€rmit quicker filling of the system by fte fighter penormel tbrough the Fire Departrrnt Cormections or via the watEr supply intercorrected with a normally closed valve. . 2.ll MISCELIT{NEOUSPRODUCTS A. Pressure Gauges: Pressure gaug€s shall b€ UL listed 4ln-irch mininum dial t1rye gauges with a ruximrn limit of not less than twice the nonnal wor*ing pr€ssure at tbe point irstalled All gauges shall be provided wiih a shut-offvalve (gauge-cock). PART3 EXECUTION 3.01 WORKING @NDITIONS: It shall be the Contactot's responsibility to irspcct fte drawing ard becqne familiar with the conditions rmder which the work will be perforred. A. Working Hours: All work nny be conducted during nonrnl working hours B. Constnrction Meeriqgs: The Contactor shall be reqponsible for attending weekly corntuctbn coordination rneetings widr the Architect Gore Crcek Residences - Tunnel. Vril, Colorado fg-a,{grrst4004 I 2 lanuary 2005 T I I t I II I T I II I I I I t I I I I I Auiomatic Sprinkler and Standplpe Systerns 15300 - l0 I I t I t I I I I t T I I t I I t I I 3.02 PREPARATIONFORWORK A. Cooperation with other tsades: The sprinkler ConFactor shall coordinate with the work of the other trades towards the generat purpose of having the construction progess as rapidly and as smoothly as possible with a minimum of interference between Fades. B, Openings, cutting and patching: Before the start of Struchral Worh the sprinkler Contactor shall subrnit instuctions for openings and penefrations required for his wonk to the Architect Insructions sball be subject to tlre Architect's approval. The sprinkter Contracrtor shall provide any $bse$rent additional penetations or openings or relocation require4 but not delineated in his iruEuctions at no additional cost to the Architect. C. Approval prior to installatioru No. work shall mnrrpnce ptior to approval of sho,p drawings by the Archiect. Any change in work which has been installed prior to approval of the slrop drawings shall be nrade wiihout additional corqensation to ih€ Cont-actor. 3.03 GEMRAL INSTALI-A.TION: Aesthetics shall be a primary consideration when instalting sprinklers and sprinkler piping. Any facet of sprinkler irstallation that does not rrcet widr the Architect's approval shall be revised by the Contractor to the Architect's satisfrction A. Holes: All holes made by the Conbactor in any wall, ceiling, or floor shall be patched by the Contractor, restoring the wall, ceiling floor or nrember to its original conditio4 fire resistance and ittt"gity. B. General Locatiors: Location of all equipment, contols, piping valves and drains shall be subject to Architecfs approval. C. Special hstalation Inshuctions: All sprinklers and equipment shall be installed in aocordance with manufactruer's iretsuctions. All special tools recommended by the rnanufacturer shall be used. D. Detectors Distances: Sprinklers permanendy installed shall be installd with dre deflector to ceiling distances in accordance wilh NFPA I 3. 3.04 PIPING: All sprinkler piping irstalled in public areas or non-public areas with suspended ceilings shall be concealed in the walls, ceilings or soffits. Pipe in tnftnished areas may be exposed. A. Exposed Piping: All piping exposed within drc building public areas shall be painted by the Conhactor. AII exterior piping slnll be prirrd wilh zinc cluomaE and painted by dre Contactor. Architect to select paint colors. B. Escurcheon Plates: All exposed pipe which passes tbrough a wall, ceiling, or floor shall be provided with escurcheon plates. C. Minirnum Heigbt AII exposed piping and devices shall be installed as high as possible, but no less than 7-feet o-inch€s above the finished floor in taffrc or working areas, and so as not to obstuct any portion ofa window, doorway, stairway or passageway, and sball not interfere with the operation or accessibility of any nnctnnical, plur$ing or electical equipment. E, hotection: The Contractor shall provide Architect approved, adequate perrmnent protection for any installed piping valves, devices or accessories whicb in the Architect's opinion, are zubject o Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado fS-q.ueusg00a 12 lanuary 2005 Automatic Sprinkler and Standpipe Systems 15300 - 11 phpical darnage or may be bazards. F. Sealant Pipe which passes tbroug\ fue-resistive barriers (including shaft walls) shall be sleeved and grouted or seated to rnaintain &e integrity and rating of the fire resistive barrier. G. Underground Piping: Underground piping shall be installed as requked in applicable sectbrrs of rhis specification Trenching pipe laying bacldlt conpactior; tbrust blocla, testing and flushing strall be in accordance with lhe specificatiors. 3.05 SYSTEM TEST AND DRAIN CONNECTIONS: Tbe sprinkler srbconEactor shall provide all test valves and drain connections as required by NFPA 13. A. Dscharge: All test connections ard drain connectiors shall be hard piped to discharge waste water directly into a floor drain. The sprir*ler contactor shall rouF tlte pipe and modi$, any floor drain grates as necessary b minimize splashing due to discharge. In locations where the Architect allours, the diain may discharge with a down huned elbow at lhe building e erior. In these locations the conhactor shall provide a concrete splash block to pmtect the landscaping. 3.06 RISERS: The Contractor shall locate the nuin risers and slandpipes for the sprinkler system in order to minimize obstnrction to taffic or building operations. Exact location of risers shall be approved by the Architect. A. Zoning: The fire sprir*ler system shall be z.rrlted for four (1) zma ia dre Tunnel and one (1) aone for each of the sixben (16) residential units. Tbe privae garages and unit storage roons along with sprinkler protection over the t"ash alcove shall be patt of the residential rmit zones. All other areas of the Tunnel shall be on the four (1) Tmel zones (Mechanical Roonrs, HOA Storage Rooms, Boiler Roor4 Receiving Roorq Fire Command Roor4 Fan Roonl and Guest hrking as well as driving lanes of ihe Tumel). B. Supervisory Switches: Valve supen isory snritches stnll be pmvid on all nalves contolling water *pply to rhe fire sprinkler systerq includiry valves located at hacHlow preventen and tlre normally closed valve between the wet supply and the dry standpipe systern 3.O7 FLUSHING AND SANITIZATION: Prior to conecting th sprinkler piping with tbe undergrdbd rnafu, lhe Contractor shall flush and sanitize the undergrourd rmin in accordance wilh NFPA 13 and the Heafth Departnent and the water conpany's standards. The Conractor strall mtifr the fire departsnent prior to underground flushing. 3.08 TRAINING The Corfractor shall conduct two (2) Eaining scssioru of foru (4) horrs each to familiarize ihe building personnel with tlrc features, operation and rmintcnance of the sprinkhr and stan@ipe s)6tents. Training sessions shall be sche&rled by the Architect at a time nnrhrally agr€eable to the Cont'actor, Owner and the Architect. A. Agenda: The Codractor slnll submit a proposed training agerda for 0re Architect's rwiew and approval within 60 days of authorization to proceed. The proposed taining agenda shall inchde, but not be limied to, the following: 1. Oven iew of sptem operation. 2. Overview of system equipnrnt and device locations. Gore Creek Reddences - Tunnel Veil, Colorsdo l+*lreust{0ea 12 hnuory 2005 I I I J I 1 I I ! I I I t I I I I I,l Aulomatic Sprinkler and Standpipe Systems 15300 - 12 3.10 3.1I I t I I I I I t I I I T t I I t I I I 3. Detailed operation guidelines. 4. Detailedmaintenanceprocedures. 5. periodic tesring procedures. B. Fiml Agenda: The Contcactor shall submit the fnal approved raining agenda 14 dap prior to the fint training session SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS: SprinHer piping on any floor tevel may cross building stuctural separatiom such as expansion and seismic joine, provided that ihe piping is specifically designed with flexible connections at each crossing and able to accornrrodate the calculated differential motions during an earthquake, but not less than a minimum of 4-inches. All required sbuc$ral, differential mvement and drift calculations shall be prepared by a licensed shuctural engineer possessing current State of Colorado rcgistration. (Contractor shall verE locatiors of seismic joints.) SWAY BRACING, FLEXIBLE COLJPLINGS, HANGERS: All flexible couplings, hangen and sway bracing shall be designed and installed as required by NFPA 13 (including all appendices). Flexibility, infrnal pressure, and differential rnovement between the piping and building, eartlq or oilrer supporting stsuctue(s) shall be allowed for, so that no alloraable stres is exceeded in any member. Hangers for the Dry Standpipe System shall be suitable for pressure harnrner expected while filling the system througb the Fire D€parfilent Connectids. FINAL INSPECTION AND TEST: The Contractor shall rnake anangerirents with the Arcbitect for final inspection and witnessing of the final acceptance tests. The Architect and the Fire hotection Consultant will conduct the final inspection and witrress the final acceptance test. This test shall be separate from testing by fte local authorities. A. Required Tests: All tests and inspectiors required by the referanced Codes and Sbndards, the Town of Vail Fire Departrrnt and Building Departrrnt and the Architect shall be performed by the ConEactor under this scope ofwork. l. When local code au0rorities are required to witrEss tests, the Conuactor shall be reqponsible for making all necessary arrangernents with the code authorities and coodinating the work with the Architect 2, The Comactor slnll be responsible for obtaining all test documenls with necessary approval stanps and signatures ofthe code authorities. The Contactor shall submit one copy ofeach of these documents to the Architect B. Notics Conractor shall provide at least five (5) working days notice for all tssts. C. Final Approval Final approval and acceptance of the work will be given by the Archited wh€n: l. The conpleted sprinkler systerm have been inspected, tested and ap'proved by the Arcldtect and the Town of Vail Building and Fire Depargnents. 2. Required submittalg system operation and maintenance manualg record drawings, spare parts, spechl tools ard raining have been provided to, reviewed, and accepted by lhe fuchilect Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 13-A*gust+004 12 Januory 2(N5 Automalic Sprinlder and Standpipe Systems 15300 - t3 t I l I I 1 I I t I t I I 1 I I I I T 3-t2 3. t3 RECETVING AND TIANDIING The Contactor shall be responsible for all receivi.'g handling and storage of his materials at thc job site. Use of loading docks, senrice &ivewayq and fieigbt elevators sball be coordimted with lhe Archit€ct. RT,JBBISH REMOVAL Oonractor shall rermve rubbish and d€bris rcsufting from his work on a daily basis from dre work site, Rubbish not removed by the Contactor rmy b€ r€moved by the Arcbilect aod backcharged to the Contsactor. EFIDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vril, Colorado €augrre€00a 12 January 2lMS I Automatic Sprinkler and Standpipe Systerm f 5300 - 14 I t I I I t I t I T T I t t t I I t I sEcrroN ls4t0 PLTJMBINGPIPING PART 1 . GENERAL I.I RELATEDDOCT'MENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplemental Conditions of the Corstruction Contract and Division I Specification Sections (General Requirements), apply to this Section 1.2 SIJBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's data on the following: 1. pressure rcdusing valves.2- BackIlow prwenters. 3. Water hamrner arresteni. 4. Plastic piping products. 5. Roof drains, floor drains, floor sinla, cleanouts and area drains. 6. Downspout nozzles. 7 . Manhole frames and covers. 8. Backwater valves. 9. Catch-basins and covers. 10. Water meter and meter pit. I l. Grease and oil interceptors and traps. I.3 STAT{DARDS A. Materials shall comply with the following standards. l. Cast iron: ASTM A-74-87 2. Cast iron pipe frttings ASTM A-888 3. Cast iron pipe couplings ASTM C-564 4. Copperpipe: a. Tlpe K, L, M: ASTM 888 b. DWV: ASTM 8306-88 5. Ductile ironpipe: ASTM l.377-89 I.4 RELATEDWORK A. Section 15140 Pipe Supports and Anchors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.I DOMESTICWATERPIPINGA}{DACCESSORIES A. Above Ground Inside, Size Three Inch and Under: l. Pipe: Copper tube, hard tenper, Tlpe L. 2. Fittings: Wrought copper, or cast brcrze. 3. Solder: 95-5 tin antimony (no lead). Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Plumbing Piping 1s410-l B. Above Ground Inside Building, Size 4" and larger: 1. Galvanized steel pipe, Schedule 40 with any of the following fittings: a. 125 lb. Galvanized cast iron flanged, or threaded. b. Galvanized malleable or ductile iron grooved pipe fittings, designed for cut grooved joint. (1) Manufachuers: (a) Victaulic O) Aeroquip C. Below Ground Inside Building, Size 2" and Under: l. Pipe: Copper tube, armealed, Type K. 2. Fittings: Wrought copper, brazed. D. Below Ground Outside Building, 3" and Over: l Ductile pressure pipe, tar coated, cement lined: a. Pipc ANSI A2l.5l, Class 50. b. Fittings: ANSI 21.10. c. Rubber Gaskets: ANSI 2l.l l. E. Use approved fittings for connections between dissimilar pipe s),stems. DOMESTIC WATER PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE A. Manufachuen l. Design Basis: Wafts Model 2235 (lD" tlvou$2-112") 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: a. Febco b. Beeco c. Wilkins 3. Construction: a. Seal: Renewable, stainless steel. b. Stainer: Stainless steel. C. Diaphragrn: High tenperahue resistant. DOMESTIC WATER PRESST'RE REDUCING VALVB A. Manuftcturer: l. Design Basis: Watts Model: ACY 115-2 (3" tlrough 12") ' 2. Other Acceptable Manufachrrers: a. Beeco b. Febco c. Wilkins 1. Construction: "Quadseal", non-edged seat, 100% fused epoxy finish, stainless steel seats through 8", FDA approved diaphragm. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t I I t I I I I I I I T I I I I I IPlumbing Piping 154t0-2 I II 2,4 BACKFLOW PREVENTER, (REDUCED PRESSURE ZONE TYPE) li A. Manufacturer: a'l. Design Basis: Watts No.909, (l/2" though 10") I 2. Construction: Bronze body, stainless steel tinL complete with test cocks, resilient sea!t 3. *:':f.'#;*d"fn:"I"fi:*H:' A. Beeco/- I b, Febco c. Wilkins I 4. Complies with ASSE STD l0l3 ! 2.5 BACKFLOWPREVENTER f A. Manufacturer: I l. DesignBasis:WattsNo.9D,Of2" and/i). Watts No. 9BD Good service applications). r ?. 31ffi::ffii,1ff"t"x*ff.1*"' steer trirq integtar strainer' A. Beeco- b. Febco ! c. Wilkins 4. Corplies with ASSE STD 1015. l 2.6 BACKTLOW PREVENTER (DOUBLE CTTECK) (F!RE PROTECTION SERVICE) A. Manufachuer: I l. DesignBasis: WattsNo.709Q-112"$rought0') 2. Construction: Epoxy coated cast iron body, replaceable bronze seats.r- 3. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: f] a. Beeco b. Febco c. Wilkins fl 4. Complies withASSE STD 1015. I 2.7 BAcKFLow rREvENTER (ATMosprrERrc VAcITJMBREAKER) A. Manufacturer:It i:. 3:ilfJil; ffHJil&:',:,",'i:i{3/8'throueh r) 3. Other Acceptable Manufachuers: I a. Beeco b. Febco f c. Wilkins f 4. Complies with ASSE STD 1020. 2.8 WATERHAMMERARRESTER a A. Manufacturers: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I Plumbing Piping I 15410-3 2.10 l. Design Basis: Zum Shoktrol 21700 2. Construction: Stainless Steel, Bellows 3. Other Acceptable Manufachuers: a. Josam b. Sioux Chief c. I.R. Smith 4. Standards: PDI WH20l. ASSE STD 1010. WATERMETER A. Provide meter, pit, and cover in accordance with Water Supplier's standards and instructions. 1. Meter shall be fumished by the Conbactor in accordance with Water Supplier's standard specification. B. Meter shall be located in building. VALVEBOX A. Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: Mueller 2. OiherAcceptableManufacturers: a. Any which meet the specification. B. Modet H 1303-l C. Construction: l. Body: Structural foam plastic. 2. Collar: Cast hon 3. Cover: Cast iron with '.lvater" cast in. SANITARY AND VENT PIPING (WITHIN BIIILDING) A. Above Ground: l. Cast iron hub and spigot, neoprene gaskeL 2. Cast iron no hub, neoprene gasket and stainless steel sleeve joint 3. DWV copper with DWV fittings, solder joint. 4. PVC schedule 40 (buildings not exceeding tlree floors above grade and approved by local and goveming authority). B. Underground: l. Cast iron hub and spigot, neoprene gasket. IIEAVY DUTY NO HTJB COTJPLINGS A- Use on the following: 1. Sanitary vent piping 4" and larger. 2. Sanitary piping 3" and laryer. 3. All storm piping. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi15 I I il I t t I t t t I t t I t I I t I 2.tl Plumbing Piping 15410-4 I It B. l-1D",2",3" and 4": 3" wide 304 stainless steel shield; (4) minimum stainless steel clamps; fixed I and "floatingl'eyelet. t C. 5" and over: 4" wide 304 stainless steel shield, with six (6) stainless steel clamps mounted in series. I D. Torque to minimum 80 inch pounds or per manufacturer's recommendation. F Acceptable manufachrers: Husky Series 4000 or Mission Heavy WeighrIT 2.13 STANDARDDUTYCoUPLINGS f A. Standard duty couplings shall conform to CISPI 3 10-85: 0.008" thick comrgated stainless steel. r B. Use of the following: r ): 3iliffi;iil!'lila'#";:i"ffilding3"piping I C. Torque to inch pounds per manufacturer's recommendation. I- D. Acceptable manufacturers: Tyler, Mission" AB&I, Clamp All, Huskey. I 2.r4 puMpEDsAr\rrARy prprNG(ABovE &BELow cRADE)r A. DWV copper with DWV fittings, solder joint. ! B. 125 lb. galvanized steel, threaded. C. Galvanized rnalleable or ductile iron grooved pipe fittings, designed for cut grooved joint I D. Hub and spigot or no hub couplings are not allowed. t| 2.15 ABOVEGROIJNDVENTPTPTNG A. Schedule 40 galvanized steel with threaded drainage pipe fittings. I B. Cast iron no hub, neoprene gasket and stainless steel couplings.a - 2.16 SAIYITARYAND VENT EXPOSED IN FIMSHED SPACES I A. DWV copper with DWV frttings. 2.I7 SOIL AI\D VENTPIPING PRODUCTS t A. Use approved fittings for cormections beween dissimilar pipe systems. -t B. lvlanufacturers: II l. Acceptable Manufachrers: '. a. Josamr3H" d. J.R. smith r e. Jones Spec Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I PlumbingPiping 15410-5 C. Cleanout Plugs: l. Material: Cast bronze or brass. 2. Tlpe: Countersuk. 3. Threads: ANSIB2.l. D. Wall Cleanout Covers: l. Tlpe: Frameless, round, low profile plate. 2. Material: Stainless steel or chrome plated brass. 3. Attachment: Single exposed flush screw. 4. Finish: a. Non-painted surfaces: Bright polished. b. Surfaces to be painted: Prirne coat. E. Floor Cleanouts: l. Body: Standard roud Duco cast iron 2. Attachment: Bronze screws. 3. Sleeve: Full thickness of floor slab. 4. Top: a. Shape: (1) Where floor covering has rectangular pattern: Square. (2) Otherareas: Round. 5. Cover: a. For Vinyl Tile and Sirnilar Floor Coverings: Recessed to receive inset of floor material. b. For carpeted floor covering provide carpet cleanout marker. c. Otherareas: Nickel bronze scoriated finish. F. Exterior Cleanouts to Grade: l. Material: Duco cast iron. 2. Femrle: Caulk type. 3. Plug: Cast bronze countersunk t1pe. G. Vandal-Proof Caps l. Material: Duco cast iron. 2. Attachment Recessed Allen set screw. H. Backwater Valve: l. Material: Duco cast iron. 2. Valve: Bronze. 3. Provide cleanout cover. a. Locate in accessible manhole. SA.I\ITARY SEWER PIPING (BELOW GRADE-EXTERIOR TO BI'ILDING) A. Match material and methods specified in Division 2 for sitework sanitary sewer system or as listed below. B. Use approved fittings for connections between disimilar pipe systems. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fl)5 2.18 I I 'l T I I T I I t I t I I I I I I IPlumbing Piping 1s410-6 I .-I C. Plastic Pipe: r ' l:'*"T#:il:Tff;-', b. Carlon r 2. ft*"n*T1,-Jl$rororo 3. Stength: SDR35 t 2.r9 MAN-HOLES a, A. Concrete Base: t 1. Construction: Poured in place. 2. Material 3000 lb concrete. I B. Man-Holes .- l. Construction: Pre-cast or poured in place. f 2. Material: ASTM C478 C. Frames and Covers:Ilr l. Material: Grey cast iron, ASTM A48 Class 30Br 2. Meets or exceeds FS RR-F-621 .I " ffi?'*:r:s;T:'ffi,tr;;1"#.$;n:""nI D. Type:r I l. Rated for H-20 (Heavy Truck) wheel loading. 2. Neenah R-6099 or equivalent I a, 48" clear opening or as required by application. Coordinate any alternate size f, with Architect/Engineer.I 2J;0 STORMWATERPTPTNG(INSTDEBIJTLDING) I A. AboveGround: l. Cast iton, hub and spigot, neoprene gasket joints.r '.:. Sfi:.xTis::*#$Tl-i*f,3:"#fl":?*ilflTf;*,,,ttings. (optionar: Welded joints) I B. Underground: r l. Cast iron hub and spigoq Deoprene gasket. I 2.2I SToRMWATERPIPING(BEIOWGRoI,ND.EXTERIoRToBI,JILDING) I A. Match material and methods specified in Division 2 for sitework storm sewer system or as listed I below. B. Match materials and methods specified for soil and vent piping above.t Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2fi)5 I PlumbingPiping I 1541G7 Use approved fiffings for connections between dissimilar pipe systerns. Plastic Pipe: 1. Manufacturers: a. Design Basis: Johns-Manville b. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: (l) Carlon (2) Robintech 2. Material: PVC ASTM D3034 3. Snength: SDR35 2.22 STORMDRAINAGEPRODUCTS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Josam 2. Wade 3. Zrm 4. Jones Spec B. Roof Drain: (RD) I . Material : Cast Iron 2. Dome: Cast Iron 3. Include: a, Corrbined flashing collar and gravel stop. b. Exlension for insulation. c, Underdeck clamp. d. Sump receiver. e' ExPansion joint. C. Overflow Roof Drain: (OD) l. Sane as Roof Drain T1rye I except: a. Provide water dam. Top ofwater dam shall be 4" above low point ofroof. D. Downspout Nozzle: (DSN) 1. Material: Cast bronze body and flange. 2.73 SANDAIIDOILINTERCEPTOR A. Materials: l. Pre-fonned or cast concrete. B. Capactity: See plans. C. Design: I . Conply with local authority having jurisdiction. 2. Two corpartrnent. 3. Two access manholes with ladders and manhole covers. Covers to be cast u,ith "Sewed'. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 c. D. I I I 1 I t I I I I I I t I I t t I tPlumbing Piping 15410-8 I II 4. See detail shown on plans for general requirements. I PART3-EXEcurroN 3.1 GBNERALI I A. Testing: Test in accordance with the applicable Plurnbing Code. ,r B. Connections to Equipnrnt Furnished Under Other Sections:nI 1. Make final connections to all equipment shown on drawings as corurected to supply an<Uor drain piping. 2. Furnish all devices necessary for final connection, including: I a. Tail pieces b. Stops c. Supplies - C. Corrosion Protection: I 1 Provide isolation between concrete or mortar and any copper pipe. f 2. All below grade piping shall be adequately protected fiom corrosion. r D. Comply with Section 15140 Pipe Supports and Anchors for pipe support requirements. I- 3.2 INSTALLATION OFDOMESTIC WATERPIPING AI\ID PRODUCTS I A. Install all horizontal water piping level and parallel to building construction (except piping noted I to be drained down slope toward drain at l/8" /ft. min.). Make any changes in direction with fittings, don't kink or bend. All vertical piping to be plumb. Provide dielectric isolation between ,I uninsulated pipe and hangers. Provide plastic grommets when going through metal studs. Tape is I not acceptable for dielechic isolation. B. BaclClow Preventer: 'lI 1. Provide backllow preventer requirements as follows: a. Make-up for hydronic systems. b. Vacuum breaker at all hose bibbs.r ;: ft:il:::1fr:H::l#;i;1Y;".,* I C. Water Hammer Arrestors: lnstall arresters as shown on the drawings. At minimum any branch I line connected to a flush valve shall have one arestor. n Disinfection:I I 1. After installation of all fixtures served, fill all domestic water lines with a chlorine-water solution of 50 parts per million minimurn f] 2. Hold solution in pipe for at least 24 hours. fJ 3. Open and close all valves 3 times during chlorination. 4. Waste chlorhe solution from each outlet. I 5. Measure solution at end. If not 10 pptrL repeat. r E. Meters: 1. Install water meter in accordance with Water Supplier's standard. I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I PlumbingPlping 15410-9 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY AND VENT PIPING A. Couplings: See Part 2 for use of standard and heavyduty couplings. B. Gaskets: Install gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the use of lubricants, cements, and olha special installation reguirements. C. Joint Adapters: Make joints benneen cast iron pipe and other tlpes of pipe with standard manufactured cast iron adapters and fittings. D. Cleaning Piping: 1. Clear the interior ofpipe of dirt and other sup€rfluous rnaterial as the work progresses. 2. Place plugs in the end of uncompleted pipe at the end ofthe day or whenever work stops. E. Test Plugs: l. Provide test plugs in floor drains and roof drains at the time of installation. 2. kave test plugs in place for the duration of constmction until sewer or drainage system is cornplete. F. Vent Flashing: l. Provide 4 lb. sheet lead (24" x 24" minimum). 2. Extend lead 5' above the vent and tumed down into vent pipe. 3. Refer to Section 7600 for single ply roof system corponents. G. Vent Location: Do not install vents within 2 ft. ofroofedge, parapet, wall line, or an "on-the-roof structure" and within l0 ft. of any air intake. H. Grease, and Sand/Oil Interceptors and Traps: l. Provide solid unexca ted earth or concrcte support under intercepto$. 2. Do not support interior naps from floor extension. I. Acid Waste and Vent: l. Provide PVDF or other plenum rated rraterial in renrm air plenrun locations. TNSTALLATToN oFsToRM DRAINAGE PIPING (ABOVE GROTJND WITHTN BUTLDTNG) A. Couplings: Use heavy-duty couplings on all no hub stomr piping above grade. Do not use no hub couplings on piping below 20 feet of the drain fixture unless offsets are made down through buildings in no more than 20 feet incrcments. Utilize gglvanized steel pipe with screwed or grooved mechanical fi ttings. B. Gaskets: Install gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the use of lubricants, cements, and other special installation requircrnents. C. Joint Adapters: Make joints between cast iron pipe and other types of pipe with standard manufactured cast iron adapters and fittings. D. Cleaning Piping: I . Clear the interior ofpipe of dirt and other superlluous rnaterial as the work progresses. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel VaiI, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t t I I I I t I t I I I I I I t I IPlumbing Piping 15410-10 t I 2. Place plugs in the end ofunconpleted pipe at the end of uncorryleted pipe at the end of I the day or whenever work stops. a' E. Test Plugs: t l. Provide test plugs in floor drains and roof drains at the fime of installation. I 2. l,eave test plugs in place for the duration of constuction' F. Roof Drains:rI l. Install drains on the center line ofsheet lead pan. 2. Clamp flashing into drain flashing collar. 3. Install domes imnrediately afrer completion of roof installation. I G. Expansion: I t ;[Jrtaa:; vertical expansionjoint at each connection to roofdrain rrnless an offset is 2, Where piping crosses building expansion joints, provide swing or expansion joints to allow for building movement. I H. Dowmpout Nozzles: Install with flange secured to wall at base of concealed storm leaders that, discharge tluough the building wall above grade. I 3.5 INSTALLATIoN oF SA-I\IITARY SEWERAND sToRM WATER PIPING (EXTERIORTO . BUILDING) |, A. Couplings: See Part 2 for use ofcouplings. - B. lay piping true to the grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. t C. Install gaskets in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the use of lubricants, cernents and other special installation requirements. I D. Install plastic pipe in accordance with pipe manufacturer's writteu instructions. I E. Install cast iron hub and spigot pipe under roads and paved areas. I F. Clear the interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as the work progresses. Maintain a swab or drag in the line and pull past eachjoint as it is completed I) I G. Place plugs in the end of uncorrpleted conduit at the end oftle day or whenever work stops. rr Flush lines ifrequired to rerrpve collected debris.I I I. Make joints between cast iron pipe and other types ofpipe with standard manufactured cast Lon adapters and fittings. I J. Grout joints between cast iron pipe and concrete pipes thoroughly with cement mortar to rnake watertight joint. I K Inspect conduit to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occured.I l. Make inspection after lines between manholes, or manhole locations, have been installed and approximately 2 ft. ofbackfill is in place and at completion ofthe project. I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail. Colorado 03 January 2005 I Plumbing Piping 15410-ll If the inspection indicates poor alignrnent, debris, displaced pipe, infiltration or other defects, take whatever steps are necessary to correct such defects to the satisfaction ofthe Architect/Engineer. Set grade cleanouts located in unpaved and asphalt paved areas in 12" x 12" x4" concrete pad. l. Provide concrete pad. I I I 3.6 MANHOLES A. Precast Crncrete Manholes: I T I I I I I I I I T I I I I I B. c. 1. Place precast concrete sections as shown on the drawings. 2. Where manlroles occur in paverrenb, set tops of frames and covers flush with fmish srrface. 3. Elsewherg set tops 3" above finish surface unless otherwise indicated. Provide rubber joint gasket conplying with ASTM C443. Apply bituminous mastic coating at joints of sections. END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januery 2lD5 Plumbing Piping 15410-12 II I I SECTION rs486 I NAruRALcAssYsrEMs PART I-GENERALtt t.l woRKrNcLuDEn A. Furnish and Install: I l. Natural gas piping. 2. Valves and specialties. I 3. Meter. I I.2 SUBMITTALS I A. Manufachuer's Product Data: Submit for:I l. Gas cocks. I i: *:l-:ff;shut-offvarvesandrerays. 4. Pressure reducing valves. I PART2-PRODUCTS 2.I NATI'RAL GAS PIPINGt I A. 2Inchand Smaller: Schedule 40 black steel with 150 lb. malleable iron threaded fittings. I B. Over 2 Inch: Schedule 40 black steel with sandard weight steel butt weld fittings and welded r joints' C. Underground pipe shall be coated with PVC.'l! ): ;la-*11ff1:.ffi,:f#fi,T3f;;'*"*''o*" I 3. Tape shall conform to IAPMO Standard PS 22-84. I 4. Provide cathodic protection where required by the local authority having jurisdiction. D. All piping within retum air plenums or concealed (unaccessible) in building construction shall be t "s cafea for plpiog over 2". I . 2.2 NATT'RAL GAS PIPING I A. Above Grourd: l. Two Inch and Smaller:r il ;:ff:i*ff::[:i,'"T:;,,hreaded 2. Over Two Inch:r ; ;1ffi,::i*"J:llfffil'*il:. I - Natural Gas Systems 15486-l Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI 'r"#1,:H;3; B. Underground: l. Pipe: Schedule 40 black steel, ASTM A53, Grade B, seamless, plain end. 2. Fittings: Standard weight, steel. a. Two Irrches and Smaller: Socket weld. b. OverTwo Inch: Buft weld. 3. Coating: a. Pipe: AAPCATGF-3. b. Fittings: Protecto Wrap No. 200. (l) Primer: No. ll70 GAS COCKS A. Description: Corrosion-resistant plug, penmanently lubricated, corrosion-resistant bearings, suitable seals for intended service, lever operator. PRESSURE REGIJLATING VALVES A. Size ofgas distribution piping system is based on a gas supply preszure of2 psig. Provide gas fired equipment wi0r gas pressure regulators ofsize and capacity required to reduce gas pressure to proper operating pressure. B. Route vent line from PRV to outside. EMERGENCY GAS VALVES AI\D CONTROL STATIONS A. Control Station: ASCO No. AEP 7200, key operated to open switch, pushbutton to close with pilot light. l. Stainless steel face plate for flush mounting. 2. 'GAS VALVE CONTROU'to be inscribed on the plate. 3. Key switch labeled 'ON". 4. Pushbutton labeled 'OFf. B. Valve: ASCO No. 8215, 2-way solenoid, I l0 volt, 6OHz, AC. l. Normally closed. GAS OUTLET A. Manufacturers: l. Apollo 2. Legend 3. Milwaukee B. Description: l. AGA and/or UL certified for use with natural gas. 2. Ball valve, non lubricated. 3, soft seaB, suitable for tight shut-off with low pressure. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 20115 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I INatural Gas Systems ts48G2 I I PART3-EXECUTION I 3.r TNSTALLATT'Nr A. Remove cutting and threading buns before assembling piping. I B. Do not install defective piping or fittings. r C. Do not use pipe with dreads which are chipped, stripped or damaged. I D. Use teflon tape on male pipe threads. I E. Plug each gas outle! including valves with a threaded plug or cap, immediately after installation, I and retain until continuing piping or equipment connection is completed. I F. Do not install any valves or unions irside concealed areas or above ceiling in building. I G. Vent gas PRV's outside the building in accordance with loca! code. I 3.2 BURTEDPTPE I A. Coated Pipe: Follow IAPMO Standard IS 13-84. I B. Buried piping shall be buried 24" minimum. I 3J nurnclxcv -.rt#i:-. shall be welded and Ieft exposed until testing has been completed' I A. Install emergency shut-offvalves where shown.tlI B. Deliver switches and relavs to Installer of electrical work. I 3.4 TEsrIA. Prior to initial operation, test and purge fuel gas piping in accordance with local code requirements I or the National Fuel Gas Code. ! L Test at 65 psig minimum. f 2. Repair or replace piping as required to eliminate leaks, and re-test. T ENDOF SECTION I t I I I Natural Gas Systems 15486-3 Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI ,rr;1"""$%$; I t SECTION 15510 I rrYDRor\ucPrPrNGr PART 1-GENERAL I 1.1 DESCRIPTION OFWORK I A. This Section covers water piping carrying water at 200oF or lesg used in the following systerr: I l. Heating system I L2 srrBMrrrAlsI A. Submit manufacturer's product data on tlre following: I l. Shainers 2. Expansion tanksI "'. lillH?:"I 5. Pressure reducing frll valves 6. Pressure tenperatue taps fl 7. Balancing valves I 8. Thermometers 9. Flow indicating devices 10. Pot feeders r i):. i:i:HI;3J" controrvarves 13. Glycol I PART2-PRODUCTS I 2.I PIPE AND FITTINGS trr A. Size 2" and Smaller: Any of the following: I l' Steel pipe, Schedule 40 with 125-lb. cast iron tlreaded fittings. t 2. Copper tube, hard terrper, Type L with wrought copper fittings. a. Solder for copper tubejoints: I (1) 3opsigto 175 psig:95-5 tinantirnony- I Q\ Above l?5 psig: Brazedjoints. I B. Size2%" andl,arger: Steel pipe, standard schedule, with any ofthe following fittings: ! l. Black steel standard weight butt weld. I ?. #it-tt"tJil:illli:t;i; o*"* pipe rrnings, designed ror cut grooved joint (grooved t piping 24" and larger to be Schedule 40). a. Manufacturers: (1) Victaulic r Q, Aeroquip (3) Grinnell I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I Hydronic Piping I 15510-l BTJRIEDPIPE: STRAINERS B. C. D. Manufachuers: l. Design Basis: Armstr,ong 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: Mueller Sarco Hoffinan Dunham Bush B. c. Pipe Materials: Pipe and tube of type, pressure and terperatwe ratings, capacities, joint qpe, grade, size and weight indicated fore each service. PipeiTube Fittings: Factory-fabricated linings of type, materials, grade, class, and pressure rating indicated for each service and pipe size. Manufacturers: l. Perma/Pipe/Ricwil 2. Thermal Pipe System 3. Equivalent Underground Chilled Water Pipe: Preinsulated piping system corposed of Schedule 40 ASTM 53 steel pipe, calcium silicate or mineral fiber insulation, FRP casing pipe. I I I I I I I t t I I I I I I D. Size 2" and Smaller: 250-lb cast iron, tbreaded. Srae 2%" andl-arger: 125Jb cast iro4 flanged. Screens: 1. Final Screen: A. MateriaL Tlpe 3M stainless steel. b. Perforatims: 0.(X5" diameter, 233 holes per square inch. 2. Roughing Screen: a. MateriaL Carbon steel. 3. Provide roughi"g screens at all circulation punps and at any additional straircrs upsream ofprimary plant equiprnent such as boilers, chillers, etc. EXPANSION TAI\IKS Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: ITT Bell & Gossett 2. Other Acceptable Manufachrers: Taco GFC Corp J.I. Finnigan Woods Wessels Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado O1 "frnrrrrv 2O05 a. b. c. d. a. b. c. d. e. I I I II Hydronic Piping 15510-2 I t B. Type: Bladder. t C. DesignTernperature:I80 - D, Maximum working pressure: 50 ! E. Design pre-charge pressure: Same as boiler make-up water PR fill valve. I F. Bladder Material EPDM, compatible with propylene glycol. I 2.5 AIRPURGERS I A. Manufachuers:I l. Design Basis: Bell & Gosseft 2. Other Acceptable Manufachuers: t a, Amtrol b. Taco t c. Thrusht B. Model: L-1200 I C. Float actuated, non-modulating, rated at 250 psig at 250T. 2.6 AIRVENTS I A. Manufacturer: l. Design Basis: Amtrol f 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Bell & Gossett b' Taco f c. Thrush d. Armstong t B. ResilientParts: EPDM C. Vents on Pipes Size 2" and Smaller: Model 703I I D. Vents on Pipes Size2W'and Larger: Model 706 I E. Vents on Air Purgen: Model 706 I 2.7 PRESSTJRE REDUCING FILL V^ALVES I A. Manufactuers:t l. Design Basis: Bell & Gossett 2. Other Acceptable Manufachuers: I a. Taco b. Thrush C. Watts t Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail. Colorado nl ronrrow ,lOOlI Hydronic Piping r5510-3 B. Size: 3A" C. Model: l. 8 psig to 25 psig: No. 12 2. 25 psig to 60 psig: No. 7 2.8 PRESSI]RE TEMPERATTJRE TAPS A. Manufacturers: I . Design Basis: Sysco 2. Other Acceptable Manufactue$: a. Universal Lancaster, Inc. b. Petes Plug Model: BNO-500, 7r"NPT, or 72" NPT. Construction: l. BodyandCap: Brass 2. Pressure: 500 psig 3. Temperafi.ue: 350oF 4. Core: EPDM, self-sealing. 5. Cap: Gasketed, tbreaded. D. Thermoneter: l. Number required: I 2. Dial diameter: 2" 3. Range: 0c to 220" E, Pressure Gauge Adapter: 1. Number required: I 2. Modet GA-125 F. Pressrue Gauge: 1. Nunber required: I 2. Dial diameter: 4%" 3. Range: 0 to 100 psig 4. Acctnacy: YzYo 2.9 BAIANCINGVALVES A. See Section 15100. 2,IO THERMOMETERS A. Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: Trerice 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: a. Emst Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vell, Colorado Oi -frnnrrv 2OO5 B. c. I I I I I I I I t T I I I I I I I t IIlydronic Piping 15510-4 I I b. Marsh c. Marshalltownr B. Housing: 9" adjustable angle stem. fl I C. Tube: Irns fronq red liquid. D. Range: I l. Chilled water, condenser water, OoF to l00oF. 2. Hot water,30'F to 240'F. I 2.rr PRESSTJRE, GAUGES - A. Design Basis: Trerice - l. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Emst b, MarshI c, Marshalltown I B. Model: 800LF Series. Liquid filled. I C. Dial Face 3/z inch diameter: 270o arc. t l. Range: As required to keep normal operating point in mid2l3 to tA of dial. a. Use 30' vacuum to 100 psi gauge for pumps designed to operate at pressures up to 75 psig total pressure. (Total pressure : required pump-off static pressure r 2. "r. r*:]}',:f,1"hitH,1"o1ru,]* *"n *, schedured totarpressure does not exceed an operating point above % range ofdial.I f D. Accuracy: I % offirll scale over middle ofrange. - 2.I2 FLOWMEASTJRINGDEVICES (ANNT'LARA/ELOCITYAVERAGING) I A. Manufacturers: ]| 1. Design Basis: Veris fl 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a. PressoI I B. Accessories: l. Stop valves 2. Quick disconnectsI 3. Caps I 2.r3 FLOWMEASURTNG DEVTCES (TURBINE) I A. Manufacturers: Iir l. Design Basis: OniconI 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: Approved equivalent I HydronlcPiping 15510-5 Gore CreekResidences-Tunnel I Vail, Colorado O1 .frnrrrrv 2OO5 2.I4 POT FEEDERS A. Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: H-O-H 2. Other Acceptable Manufachrers: A. Dearbom B. Model: HV C. Size: 2 gal. 2.I5 AIRSEPARATORS A. Manufachrrers; l. Desip Basis: Spirotherm B. Model: "Spirovent" C. Constucted and narneplated for 125 psig working pressure and starped in conpliance with ASME boiler and pressure vessel code. D. Provide blowdown connection. 2.16 ATITOMATICTI,OWCONTROLVALVES A. Flows Under 3 pm: l. Manufacturers: a. Desip Basis: Hayes b. Other Acceptable Marnrfacturers: None 2. Allowable Flow Variation: 15% maxirrum. 3. Pressure Drop Range: 15to l50psi. B. Flows 3 grm or Greater: l. Manufacturers: a, Design Basis: Griswold b. Other Acceptable Manufacturcrs: (1) Autoflow 2. Type: Spring loaded piston. 3. Materials and Connections: Match pipes. 4. Allowable Flow Variation: 5% maximurn 5. Pressure Drop Range: 2 to 40 psi. 2.I7 RELIEFVALVES A. Manufacturrrs: l. Design Basis: Bell & Gossett 2. OtherAcceptableManufac-turers: A. Taco b. Thrush I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! IGore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado Ol .hnrroru ?ll0{ HjdronicPiping 1551G6 I I I c. Watts t B. Type: ASME ,1 C. Size: Maximum input capacity of system at design pressure. r D. Setting: Operating pressure of sptem plus 2 psi. I 2JB PRoPYLENEGLYcoLr A, Manufacturers: I ',:, 3ilflo?il1".i,""ili1"1;il"3,-*' I a. Union C-arbide I b. Dupont B. Model: DowfrostI a C. Type: Propylene Glycol based with conosion inhibitors. I 2.19 REDUCED PRESSIIRE BACKELOW PREVENTER - A. See Section l54l 0. I 2Jo wNTrJRrsI A. Manufacturers: r 'r. Sffit I 3. Presso ! B. Identification: I l. Provide engraved rnetal tag indicating Beta Ratio or flow cuwe. I 2. Hang on chain to clear insulation. I C. Size: I l. Select Beta ratio to provide 10" to 30' water gauge meter reading. I PART3-EXECUTION I 3.1 PIPE INSTALLATION I A. hstall horizontal piping level (except drain piping and as otherwise noted) and parallel to building _ constuction. All vertical piping to be pltunb. r B- Y;[:H".t_ffi:Hr.""r:i'iJ ** fittings, do not kink or bend piping. Elbows are to be long I t Hydronic Piping Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel VaiI, Colorado O1 -lrnrrrrv 20Ol 15510-7 C. Regardless ofhow shown on sclrcmatic piping diagrams, do not install a tee so that flow enters from oprposite directions. D. Do not rearrange piping in a marmer to increase pressure drop without written approval fiom Architect/Engineer. E. Install drains at all low points of the s)'sterl 3.2 EQTIIPMENTCONNECTIONS A. Do not allow weight of piping or expansion of piping to put stress on equipment cormections. B. Pipe equipment to allow for servicing (coil pull, tube pull, etc.) with mininnrm of disruption to pipinC. C. Provide unions or flanges at all equipment connegtions. 3.3 f,'REEZE PROTECTION A. Fill systerm with indicated solution by vohrme of propylene glycol and water. B. Pre-mix all solutions before injection into sptern 3.4 AIRVENTS A. Install automatic air vens at high points in equiprnent roorB. B. Install manual air vents at high points not in equiprnent rooms. 3.5 RELIEFVALYES A. Install pres$re reliefvalves on all vessels which may be isolated from other reliefvalves by slssing valve's. Pipe discharge full size to nearest floor drain. 3.6 PRESSTJRE TEMPERATT'R.E TAPS A. In Pipes 2" and Smaller: Insta[ taps in tee at change in direction so inserted therrnometer stem will be parallel to center line ofpipe. l. Add extra change in direction if necessary. 2. Allow clearance for insertion of thermorneter. 3. Insure that gauge or thermometer will be in a readable position. 3J HOTTAPS A. Hot taps are to be used only after written permission by the Architect/Engineer. Submit intended procedure with request 3.8 CLEANING A. Flush the sprcrn thorougbly with clear water. l. Drain sptem. 2. Clean all sEainers. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado O1 .frnnrrv 20O5 I I I I I I t I I I I I I T I T I t IIlydronic Piping 15510-8 I I B. Refrll system wirh solution of I lb. trisodium phosphate to 50galof system water. r ):. 3;:l-Y,:"#,H1'"TtemPerature' 3. Drain system. f 4. Clean all strainers. C. Fill system with ftesh water or water/glycol mixture.f r 3.9 CORROSTON PROTECTTON - A. Provide dielectric rmions at unions between piping of different materials. I B. See Section 15555 for water treatsnent program to be provided' I C. All components of system shall be compatible with propylene glycol and water solution. I I 3.10 BURTED PrPE A. Provide closed cell insulation, seal joints with waterproof mastic. Minimize joints below grade. I B. hovide thrust blocks at all changes in direction for pipe 8" and larger. I C. Comply with Division 2 and Section 15050 for excavation and backfill requirements. I 3.u PREssuRE GAUGES I A. Punp assemblies: Use a single gauge with multiple taps to purrped system (sfainer inlet, strainer I outlet, pump suction and pump discharge) per the detail on the &awings. I B. Allow clearance for removal ofgauge. r! C. Insure that gauge will be in a readable position. I ENDoFSECTIoN l, I Ir I t I I Ilydronic Piping 15510-9 Gore CreekResidences-Tunnelr "J*,::l%ll B. I I I I I I I I I I t T I I I I I I t sEcrIoN 15515 SNOW MELTING SYSTEM PIPING PART T-GENERAL DESCRIPTTON OF WORK This section covers water piping carrying water at 200oF, or less, used for snow melting. SI'BMITAI.S Submit manufacturer's product data on the following: l. Srainers 2. Air purgen 3. Air vents 4. Pressure reducing fill valves 5. hessure'temperature taps 6. Thermometers 7- Flow indicating devices 8. Automatic flow control valves 9. Reliefvalves 10. Glycol 11, Yard box PART2-PRODUCTS PIPEANDFITTINGS Size 2" and smaller: Any of the following: l. Steel pipe, schedule 40 with 125 lb. cast iron threaded 6ttings. 2. Copper tube, hard temp€r, qTe K with wrought copper sweat fittings. a. Solder for copper tubejoints: ( l) 30 psig to 175 psig: 95-5 tin antimony. @ Above 175 psig: Brazed joints. (3) Inconcrete: Brazed joints. Sin 2%" and larger: Steel pipe, schedule 40 with any of the following fittings: l. Black steel standard weight butt weld. 2. 125 lb. cast iron flanged.3. Copper tube, hard temper, type K with wrought copper fitting. Snow Mett Piping in Slab: l. Fitings and connections to pipe headers shall be in a yard box with cast iron cover. 2. T1pe "K' annealed copper pipe with wrought copper brazed fittings. All elbows long radius frye, formed with a gear qpe bending too. 3. Winbo hePEX plus, crossJinked, polyethylene pipe (ASTM F-876), rated for continuous opcration at 180"F and 100 psig. Splices, fittings and connections to pipe headers shall be per the manufacturer's r€commendations. 4. Minimize the number of fittings in concrete. 5. Pipe shall be supported above structural slab by means ofsteel supports and provisions Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Snow Melting System Piping 15515-l shall be made to hold pipe rigidly in place during concrete pour such that the pipe is uniformly 2" below finished surface ofconcrete. 6. Provide dielecric unions between all metallic piping connections of dissimilar metals. STRAINERS A. Manufrcturers: l. Design Basis: Armstrong 2. OtlrerAcceptableManufacturers: I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I B. C. D. a. b. c. d. a. b. c. B. Model: 107 Mueller Sarco Hoftnan Dunham Bush Amtol Taco Tbrush Size 2" and smaller: 250 lb. cast iron, threaded. Sizs 2 %" and larger: 125 lb. cast iron, flanged. Screens: l. Material: Typc 304 stainless steel. 2. Perforations: 0.045" diameter, 233 holes per inch square. AIRPURGERS A. Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: Bell & Gossett 2. OtherAcceptableManufachtrers: C. Float actuated, non-modulating, rated at 250 psig at 250oF. AIRVENTS A. Manufacturers: l. Desigrr Basis: Amtrol 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: Bell & Gossett Taco Thrush Armstrong B. Resilient Parts: EPDM C. Vents on pipes size 2" and smaller: Model ?03 D. Vents on pipes size 2 V" and larger: Model 706 E. Vents on Air Purgers: Model 706 a. b. c. d. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lXf5 Snow Melting Systern Piping 15515-2 I t I I I I I I I I I I T I I I I I t B, c. PRESSI]RE REDUCING I'ILL VALVES A. Manufachrrers: L Design Basis: Bell & Gossett 2, OtherAcceptableManufacturers: a. Taco b. Thrush Size: 3/t" Model: l. 8 psig to 25 psig: No. 122. 25 psig to 60 psig: No. 7 PRESSI,'RE-TEMPERATIJRE TAPS A. Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: Sysco2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Universal lancasler, Inc. b. Petes Plug B. Model: BNO-500, 7t'NPT, or 7z"NPT. C. Conseuction: l. BodyandCap: Brass 2. Pressure: 500 psig. 3. Temperature: 350oF 4. Core: EPDM, self-sealing. 5. Cap: Gasketed, threaded. D. Thermometer: l Number required: I 2. Dial diameter: 2" 3. Range: ooF to 220"F E. Pressure Gauge Adapter: l. Number required: I 2. Model: GA-125 F. Pressure Gauge: I . Number required : I 2. Dial diameter: 4 %"3. Range: 0 to l00psig4. Accuracy: t/zo/o 2.7 THERMOMETERS Snow Melting System Piping Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t5515-3 A. Manufacturers; l. Design Basis: Duro 2. Otber Acceptable Manufacturers: A. Weiss B. Scale:7" C. Range: 30oF to 240oF D. Housing: Adjustablc l80oF 2.E PRESSUNEGAUGES A. Manufacturers: Bristol Babcock or equivalent. B. Model: Heliloid Series C. Dial Face: 4" diamele\270 degJee arc. D. Range 0-100psig. l. Where pumps can produce pre$ures in excess of static pressurE, provide appropriate range ofvacuum ob pump suction pr€sstue gauges. 2.9 FLOWINDICATINGDNVICES A. Manufrcturen: l. Design Basis: Ellison 2. Other Acceptable Manufacture$: a. Tacob. PsE C. Presso B. Model: Annubar C, Accessories. 1. Stop valves 2. Quick disconnects 3. Caps 4. Calibration card D. Constructed and nameplated for 125 psig working pressure and stanrped in compliance wiih ASME boiler and pressure vessel code. E. Provide blow-down connection. 2.IO AUTOMATIC FLOW CONTROLVALVES A. Flows rmder 3 gpm: l. Manufacnrers: a. Desip Basis: Hayes b. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: None I I I I I I I I I t I t I I I I t I IGore Creek Residences - Turmel VeiI, Colorado 03 January 2lXl5 Snow Melting System Piping 15515-4 I ll 2. Allowable Flow Variation: l5olo maximum 3. Pressure Drop Range: 2 to 40 psig. I B. Flows 3 gpm or Greater: 1; l Manufacturers:r f,: Siil?i.""$l?ofJix*1f*"*"", I 2 '*' ,o1l]r."*:TSHi I 3. Materials and Connections: Match pipes. 4. Allowable Flow Variation: 5olo maximurn 5. Pressure drop Range: 2 to 40 psig. - zJt RELIEFvALVES I A. Manufacnrreff: I l. Design Basis: Bell & Gossett 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers:r i. Tffi,n c. Watts I B. Type: ASME r C. Size: Maximum input capacity of system at design pressure. I D. Setting: Design pressure of system. I 2.I2 PROPYLENE GLYCOL I A, Manufacturers: r " mn:::;'#il:x"##*'-o*' a. Union Carbide b. Dupont B. Model: Dowfiost. I C. Provide water/propylene glycol mixture for burst protection to ASHRAE 99% winter design dry I bulb temp€rature. I PART3_EXECUTION - 3.1 DRAINS I A. Install drains at the low points of the piping system. I 3.2 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS I A. Do not allow weight ofpiping or expansion ofpiping to put sbess on equipment connections. 33 R.EARRANGEMENT I A. Do not rearrange piping in marmer to increase pressure drop without written approval of I Snow Melting System Piping 15515-5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I ,r"*.,t"$;$; I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I A. B, A. B. B. C. D. 11 Architec t/Engineer. FREEZf, PROTECTION Fill system with an appropriate solution ofpropylene glycol and water. Maintain propylene Glycol content of existing heating water system. AIRVENTS Install automatic air vents at high poins in equipment rooms. Install manual air vents on high points other than in equipment rooms. RELIEF VALVES Install pressure reliefvalves on all vessels which may be isolated from other reliefvalves by closing valves. PR-ES SIJR"E-TEMPERATURf, TAPS A. In pipes 2" and smaller: Install taps in tee at change in direction so inserted thermometer stem will be parallel to center line of pipe. l. Add extra change in direction ifnecessary. 2. Allow clearance for insertion of thermometer. 3- Insure that gauge or thermometer will be in a readable position. 3.8 BI,'LLHEADS CONNECTIONS Regardless ofhow shown on schematic piping diagrams, do not install a tee so flow enters from opposite directions. CLEANING, TESTING, ADJUSTMEI{T AND BALANCE Flush the system thoroughly with clear water. l Drain system. 2. Clean all strainers. In General: Afler installation is complete, all equipment sball be cleaned and left in first class condition. Provide Owner with necessary instsuctions for operation and adjustment ofequipment which he must have to maintain the slatem. Mount where dirccted. Adjust and balance system. Give prior notice to Engineer when tests will be made. The entire glycol system shall be thoroughly flushed prior to filling with glycol solution. Propylene Glycol Sptem: Upon completion ofrough-in, and before covering or pouring concrete, the entire piping system shall be test at a hydrostatic pressure ofnot less then 100 psig (prior to testing isolate any equipment not designed for this pressure), and proven tight against leakage when joints are being struck with a mallet. Where a portion of the piping system is to be concealed beforc completion, test this portion separately. Tesr pressure shall be maintained for a period of 24 bours. Due allowance shall be given to variations in pressure which may result from changes in temperature. Test pressure shall be maintained at all times during the pouring of concrete and during the laying ofasphalt. Flow to branch circuits shall be balanced according to the drawings before final observation by Engineer. All test and balancing as called for elsewhere shall be completed prior to final observation of Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Color^r^ I 03 January 2-d; t Snow Melting System Piping I T I I I t I I t project by Mechanical Engineer. Ifretum trips, as determined by Engineer, are required of Mechanical Engineer due to frulty installation, defective equipmenl, incomplete testing and balancing, or due to seasonal conditions, expense of extra trip or trips will be bome by Mechanical Contractor at the rate of $75.fi) plus travel expense. END OF SECTION I I t I t I I T t r Snow Mclting System Plping 15515-7 Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI ,r";*"""*"fif; t I sEcTroN lss40 I HVAC PUMPS PART 1 - GENERALI I r.1 MOTORHORSEPOWER I A. Do not increase or decrcase motor horsepower from that specified without written approval from I Architect/Engineer. See Section 15/16001. B, Select pumps so that for single punp application at a minimunl brake horsepower does not I exceed motor horsepower at rating poing and does not exceed motor ho$epower plus service I factor on impeller curve at 125% rated flow. For parallel pump application motor horsepower shall be selected such that pump can operate at any point on the pump curve without overloading. T I.2 PARALLEL PTJMP SELECTTONt A. Select pumps for parallel pump application such that a single purp can operate and not exceed the end operating point of the pump curve. I I.3 SUBMITTALS I A. Manufacturers Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data on pumps.T l. Include pump curve and rnark rating point Also include single pump operating point for I a parallel punp application f| 2. Show maximum allowable operating temperature and pressure. 3. Note in red any deviations from specified construction. 4. Show impeller diarneter indicate maximum impeller diameter for pump volute provided, I and indicate if inpeller is machined down. PART 2 -PRODUCTS t 2.r rN-LrNE CTRCULATOR FORTTEATTNG A. Manufactuers: I 1. Desien Basis: Grunfos 2. OtheiAcceptableManufacturers: a. Taco I b. Armstrong c. Bell & Gossett I B. Design Conditions: 1. Presswe: 125 psig I 2. Temperature: 225oF C. Construction: I l. Motor Mounl Resilient. 2- Bearings: Sleeve, bronze, oil lubricated.3- Casing: Cast iron I 4. Inpeller: Steel, cadmium plated, cast iron, or bronze. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 I HVACPumps 15540-1 Shaft: Steel with copper sleeve or stainless steel. Seal: Mechanical. Coupler: Spring or flexible sleeve. CLOSE COTJPLED END SUCTION A, Manufacturers: l. Design Basis: Bell & Gossett 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: A. Armshong b. Aurora c. Pacific d, Taco e. Peerless B. Design Conditions: l. Pressure: 150 psig 2. Temperature: 225"F C. Model: 1531 D. Construction: l. Casing: Cast iron 2. Inpeller: Bronze, statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Wear Ring: Bronze. 4. Shaft: Steel wi(h brorze sleeve or stainless steel. 5. Shaft Seal: Mechanical. 6. Maintenance Access: Back pull-out without disturbing piping. CII)SE COI'PLEDEND SUCTION, SELF PRIMING A. Manufacturers: l' Design Basis: ITI Marlow 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: a, Aurora b. Dunhem_Bush c. Pacific d. Taco B. Design Conditions: 1 Pressure: 150 psig 2. Temperature: l80PF C. Consfiuction: l. Casing: Cast iron. 2. Impeller: Open, with diffuser priming system. 3. Shaft Seal: Mechanical, self lubricating. 5. 6. 7. I I I t I I I t I I I I I T I I t I I D. HVACPumps Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 201)5 15540-2 I I l. 3450 RPM, continuous duty. 2. Built in thermal overload protection. I 24 BASE MOI]NTED END SUCTION I A, Manufacturers: I l. Design Basis: Bell & Gossett 2. Other Acceptable Manufachrers: I l. Alljs-chalmers C. Armstrong I d. Peerless e, Aruon I B. Design Conditions:I l. Pressure: 150 psig 2. Temperature: 225"F C. Construction: I 1. Casing; Cast iron, with integral pedestal support I 2. Impeller: Brorze, statically and dynamically balanced. 3. Wear Ring: Bronze. I 4. Shaft: Steel with bronze sleeve or stainless steel. I 5. Shaft Seat Mechanical, carbon<eramic, intemally flushed. 6. Base Plate: Steel or cast iron. Integral drip pan on chilled water and waterside I 7 ;T#ff:1ff'::::,'"I 8. Bearings: Grease lubricated ball bearings. Bearing housing supported from base plate. I 2.5 SYSTEMLTJBRICATED PTJMPS I A. Manufacturers: I L Design Basis: Bell & GossettI 2. Other Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Arratong b. Taco I c. Grundfos I B. Constuction: I l. PumpBody: cast kon. r 'r. i#*"::fh:::'ffliil],*Jff"HT':iiTff""ab,e cartridge, or n,tered I recirculating water. I PART3-EXECIITION 3.1 INSTALLATION I A. General: I l. Install purnps to allow corrylete removal without disrmntling connecting piping. I HVAC Pumps f 5540-3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I 2. 3. 4. B. c. D. E. F. G. H. Provide air cock and drain connection on pump casing. Decrease from line size with long radius reducing elbows or concenhic reducers, or suction difrrsers. Support piping adjacent to punp so that no uaight is carried on pump casings. Conply with rnnufacturers recommendations for support of inline pumps. Providc support for rmtors when mounted horizontally. Verifr Manufacturer's allowable motor position and install acc ordingly. 6. Provide supports under elbows on punp suction and discharge line. 7. Provide one pressure gauge with piping and gauge cock to measure pressue of sfainer inlet pump suctioq and punp discharge. 8. Manufacturer's represertative shall veriff propcr pump operation. Level and Alignment - Base Mounted Punps: l. Before any piping or electrical connections are rrade, level and align pumps and motors on bases and forurdation pads using an indicating rnicromaer. 2. After connectioru have been made and just prior to placing each pump in operation, recheck levels and alignments, a. Make adjustnents to assure that sbaft rotates freely when tumed by hand and that purp is quiet in operation. b. Wh€n adjushents are conpleted, tightly bolt and grout motor and pump. Motor Mount - Inline Punps: 1. Veriff motor position (vertical or horizontal) with manufacturer's installation instuctions. 2. Provide proper pump support in accordance with manufacturer's installation instuctions. Do not support punp from equipment 3. Provide adequate cleararrce around purp for motor and shaft removal. Lubrication: After completion of the system and before start-up, lubricate tbe prmrps. Impeller Trirn: Renrove irqeller and machine down if more tban 25% of tle totd pump head must be throttled by the pump discharge valve. For inline pumps with motors 7.5 HP and larger, provide a suitable lifting point (eye bolt, srut channel) directly over the motor to aid in rernoval of tbe rotating element. Pipe drip pan base to floor drain. Fully grout base mounted pumps to housekeeping pads or inertia base per nunufacturers recommendatioos. END OFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 HVAC Pumps r554o{, I il I SECTION 15s55 BOILERS PART T -GENERALt il I.I RELATEDDOCI,JMENTS I A. Drawings and general provisions ofContact, including General and Supplemental Conditions of I the Construction Conhact and Division I Specification Sections (General Requirements), apply to this Section. 1.2 OUALITY ASSURANCEtl I A. ASME Code Symbol Stamps: Provide boilers and safety (pressure relieQ valves complying with ASME Code and stamped with appropriate code symbols. I B. Hydronics Institute Insignia: Provide cast-iron boilers, which have been I-B-R (Institute ofBoiler and Radiator Manufacturers) performance rated and have affixed the I-B-R insignia of the I Hydronics Institute. I C. AGA Certification: Provide boiler of design certified by American Gas Association. I D. Submittals: T l. Submit nanufacturer's product data. I E. The bumer and contols shall conform to the requirements of Indwnial fusk Insurers (IRI), andI Factory Mutual @M). I F. General Requirrernents for Boiler Suppliers: I 1. The Boiler Representative shall be an authorized representative of the Boiler t manufacturer and shall have been actively engaged with this manufacnrer and in this fieldI ;f:;'ljiT.'"T:,,1i,*:""Tt1fftr;,ffJil,:l#f,'#:;it::*"ilT#trH;n' service available at all times. The contractor or boiler supplier's stocking warehouse shall be no more than 100 miles from the jobsite and stock standard replacement parts for the I boiler.2. The entity responsible for boiler service during the warranty period and his 24 hour a service phone nurnber shall be specified in the O &M rnnual. I 3. The boiler repres€ntative sball provide a factory trained and factory authorized representative to perform the following:t I Y::gnffi:trr","1':li""l*'11;" I c. Verif proper wiring of controls and for proper operation ofthe controls in accordance with the boiler listing, manufacturer's directions and Sequence of 1 Operation given in Section 15950. I d. Adjust firing and perform combustion test. Testing shall be performed at full load conditions. The equipment and instruments required to perform the tests must neet with the approval of the Engineer. rr e. The above tests must be certified by the factory authorized representativeI performing the test. f. Provide free inspection and adjustment of the bumer installation for the full warranty period of the installation. I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I Boilers 15555-l g. Adjust power bumers to provide sea level output at the jobsite elevation. RE GI]LATORY REQI,JIREMENTS Comply with ttre requirerrrnts of all authorities having jurisdiction including but not limited to: l. State Boiler lnspector. 2. Local Building Departnent. 3. O,vvner's lnsurance Carrier Provide all gas train cornponents, operating contols, safety contols, low water cut ouF, and other components required for the occupancy of fte building and the size of the boiler, PART 2 - PRODUCTS BOILER (ATMOSPIMRIC COPPER TT,'BE) Manufacturers: 1 . Basis of Design: Patterson-Kelly Thermific 2. Other Acceptable Manufactuers: a. IlydrothemtKN-l0 Heat Exchanger Assembly: l. Water tube heat exchanger. Sraight copper tubes with integnl fins. 2. Glass lined or bronze headers, removable covers for access to all internal surfaces of tubes and headen. 3. Access to heat exchanger assenrbly from top or front. 4. Pressure reliefvalve, see schedule. Atnospheric, natural &aft. Srainless steel construction. Integral Draft Diverter. Refractory lined. Controts, Gas Train: Four (4) stage firing. Intermittent I gnition Device. Elechonic Flame Supervision. Pilot Gas Valve. Pilot Gas Regulator. Manual Shut-offValve. Safety Gas Valve. Manual Reset High Limit. Low water cut out. Probe tj?e or external float as required by authorities having jurisdiction Integral operating aquastat. Water flow switctl Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 t l I I B,I I I I I t B. C. Bumers: l. ') I I t I I I I I t D. Jacket: l. 2. 10. I l. Boilers 15555-2 f. c. h. i. j. k. F. G. H. I I I I il t T I 1 i I I t I I I I I I General Boiler Requirements: l The boiler shall be of the two pass immersion fired design. Ligarrrnts between the tubes shall not be less than 1". Provide on the boiler an unobstucted hinged reliefdoor with an area of 14 square inches for each cubic foot of intemal flue gas volume. Reftactors, if any, shall be provided with a 5-year labor and material warranty. The boiler shall be completely factory pre-assembled on a structural steel base and be ready for water, gas and electric cormections. The manufachrer shall assume undivided responsibility for the boiler and bumer. The manufacturer shall warrant all parts fumished for eighteen (18) months from date ofboiler shipment. The boiler and all components shall be approved as a unit by Underwriters' Laboratories. Two bound Owner's manuals shall be provided. Boiler Shell: l. The boiler shell is to be consfiucted in accordance with tlre applicable ASME Code. Unit shall be hydrostatically tested, and registered with the'National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors". Two (2) copies of the "Manufacturem' Data Report'must be firmished. The prcssure vessel shall carry a 5-yeat warranty against thermal shock damage, providing inlet and outlet water temperature differentials do not exceed l50oF. This warranty shall cover 100% of labor and rnaterials required to repair thermal shock darnage such as loosened tubes, cracked ligaments or welds. Handholes and manholes shall be firmished for cleaning and inspection. Lifting eyes shall be welded onto the top ofthe boiler. Ttrc boiler shall be insulated with 2" of fiberglass and covered with a steel jacket. A precast hardtop walkway shall be fumished to allow personnel to walk on top ofboiler without denting steel jacket. Hot Water Boiler Trim 1. Boiler trim shall include the following components: Low water cutoff, pressure gauge, temperature gauge, temperah[e contols, high limit temperature contol, Pressue relief valve, and flow switcb- Bumer: l. Bumer shall be f'actory hinge mounted to swing out for easy inspection and shall include the following: a. Forced draft combustion air blower. b. Air gas mixer. c. One burner nozzle for each fue tube. d. Pilot burner assembly. e, Contol panel, including: Combustion conbol, motor starter, conhol switches, tansformer, and indicator lighb. Main and pilot gas valves and regulators. Ignition ransformer with electode. Flame monitoring flarrr rod. Air presure proving switch. HighJow gas pressue switches. Flame observation ports. 2. The boiler rnanufacturer shall warrant the bumer conponents and assembly for 5 years from date of shipment. This warranty shall cover all materials on the burner assembly except electical components, gas pressrre regulators and the blower impeller. Efliciency Guarantee: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Boilers 1555t3 l. The boiler must be guaranteed to operate at a minfurum fuel-to-water effrciency of 80o/o. K. Shop Tests: a. The completed fully assembled packaged boiler shall be factory test fired to check for proper operation of bumer, conFols and safety devices. 2.2 BREAKGLASS SWITCH A. This Contractor shall fumish an "emeryenry break glass switch". Switch shall be installed by Electical Con&actor. B. Model: Weil-Mclain or Asco No.124321, surface nnunt, red cover labeled'1o stop boilers". PART 3. EXECUTION 3.I FIELD ASSEMBLY A. Assemble boiler at the job site in an area designated by the Owno, convenient for installation. B. Conply with all manufacturers' requirenrents. C- Upon completion of assembly, contact Engineer and manufacturer's representative for field observation. CLEANING A. Flush and clean boilers upon completion of installation in accordance with manufactmer's insEuction. B. Include boiler in system for cleaning covered in Section 15510. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test assembled boiler, boiler piping and accessories, irrcluding, but not limited to, safety and safety reliefvalves, gauges, etc., in accordance with applicable sections ofASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. B. Arrange with Owner's insurance cffrier and State Boiler lnspector for inspection and certification of completed boiler unit. C. tnstruct the Owner's Representative in the proper operation ofthe boiler in the presence ofthe Boiler Representative. WATERQUALITY A. Initial fill of boiler water system shall be teated with softenen and/or inhibitors as recommended by Boiler Manufachuer. B. Submit a water quality analysis by a qualified water fieafinent corpany to Boiler Manufacturer for his use in recornmending water treafnent. C. Subrnit water quality analysis and treafinent recommendations to Engineer for review and contlrpnt. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I t I t ) t t I tiI 1 I t I I I 1 ,l I IBoilers I I I 3.s srARruP l. Manufachrer representative shall provide factory tained personnel to start up and cbeckout I boilers. Adjust bumer to provide optimum cornbustion as determined ftom flue gas analysis. I ENDoFsEcrroNls555 1 I I I I t I I I I I I I I Boilers 1555$5 Gore Creek Rcidences - Tunnelt orr;t..#;ffi; I I II sEcrroN 15575 FLUE SYSTEMS I PART I.GENERALI I 1.r RSLATED DOCIJMENTS I A. Drawings and general provisions ofConfiact, including General and Supplemental Conditions of | ffi::#Hl.r Contract and Division I Specifrcation Sections (General Requirements), apply to I r.z sUBMITTALS !A. Submit manufactuer's product data on: A, l. Double wall vent pipe specifications. I 2. }ffi* n1:L:t*ided drawing of intended desiga and routing ircluding all a. Submit pressure drop calculation. I PART2-PRODUCTS I 2.I DOTJBLE WALL GAS VENT Ir A. Manufacturers: I " 3ii"flllil;,1lHfff*t*l' r A. Metal-Fab, Inc. I b. ProTech Systers c. Ampco I B. TypePS: r l. Malerial: a a. Outer Wall: Aluminized steel. I b. Inner wall: stainless steel' 2. Self supporting, with proper sup,port fittin& to l0' above a roof. I 3. UL listed for intended use. I 2.2 CoNDENSING ILIJE GAs I A. Manufacturers: 'l 1. Design Basis: HeatFab Inc. I B. Model: saf-TCI vent C. Tlpe: AL 294C: t l. Material: a. Outer Wall: 430 Stainless steel. b. Insulation: 5/32" air space. I flue Systems l5571l Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I O3January 2005 c. Irurer Wall: AL 29-4C Stainless steel alloy. d. Pressure: Positive up to 3" wc, negative or neutral. 2. Selfsupporting, with proper support fittin& to l0'above a roof. 3. UL listed for intended use and UL listed per ULl738. PART 3 - DGCUTION 3.I GEIYERAL A. Make all vent pipe fiom draft hood or appliance connection to vent cap double wall. B. Fittings: l. Use factory-made fittings for all changes in direction and connections, and for support and flashing. C. Accessories: Provide necessary: l. Thimbles 2. Flashings 3. Caps 4- Support asserrblies 5. Elbows 6. Tee 7. Accessories recorrnended by rranufacturer for conplete installation. D. Use Type PS for: 1. Atnospheric and positive pressure boiler stack and breeching. 2. Force draft water heaters. Use Tlpe AL29-4C for any boiler or water heater requiring Class II or IV vent (condensing typc equipment). E. Provide barometic daryers in accordance with rmrnrfactwers guidelines for all water healers and boilers. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t I t I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I Flue Systems 1557F| II r sECTroN lsE3o IIEATING TERMINAL I,JhIITSr PART I -GENERALIt 1.1 suBMrrTALs A. Submit manufacturer's product data: I I 1. Performance data. -, 2' ltfrn*to,ro*,o*t i: 3y"T*T*:ilT:?':onnections , 3, Enclosure gauges. 4. Accessories. | 5. Parts lists. 6. Additional Submittal Requirements for Fan Coil Units, Cabinet Heaten and Unit Heaters: I a. Wiring diagrams. I b. Installation, operating and maintenance instructions. I PART2-PRoDUcrsr 2.I GENERAL I A. Except as otherrvise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard products as indicated by published product informatioq and as required for a conplete installation. I 2.2 FTNNEDTIBE RADTATToN I A. Manufacturers: r 'r:. ff;::XffiIJ;'illnuracturers: A. AirthennMfg. Co.r i 3l#ff,?Tl*i;,".. d. Rittling I e. Slant Fin Corp. f. Trane Co.r f;: il*li",I i. TedReedThermal I B. Heating Element: Provide heating elements corxisting of copper tubes, mechanically expanded I into aluminum fins. - l. Iftubing size is changed from that specified, adjust rating to allow for change in water I velocity. C. Enclosure: I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5I Heating Terminal Units 15830-t I l. 2. Material: 14 gauge steel. Element Supports: Adjustable. a. hovide additional brackets where supply and/or renrm pipes are located in enclosure. Finish: a. Primer: Zinc. b. Top Coat: Enamel. c. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. Gasket: a, Location: Between back panel and wall. b. Material: Sponge rubber. Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard accessories ofsteel, same gauge as enclosure, as required, including, but not limited to: a. Inside corners, b. Outside corners. c. End caps. d, Access sections. e. Extensions. f. Knob operated dampers, where shown on &awing. I t t t t I I t t I I I I I I I I t 3. 4. 5. PROPELLER TJI\{IT IIEATERS Manufacfirrers: l. 2. Design Basis: Trane Other Acceptable Manufacturers: B. a. b. c. d. e. f. (tD' h. i. j. Construction: 1. Coils: a. b. c.2. Casing: a. b. c. AAF Airtherm Carrier McQuay MarkHot Modine Sterling Ted Reed Therrnl DunhamBush Vulcan Fins: Aluminurn Tubes: Copper, expanded into fins. Working Pressure: 250 psig. Material: 18 gauge steel. Comers: Rounded, l" minimum radius. Finish: Phosphatized and painted inside and out with one coat ofbaked-on enanel. Fan Orifice: Integral with casing. Type: Totally enclosed, shaded pole or split capacitor. d.3. Motors: a. Heating Terminal Units Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi15 15830-2 I I I t b. Insulation: Class B. c. Mormt: Resilient. d. Bearings: Sleeve or permanently lubricated ball bearings. e. Protection: Built-in thermal overload. 4. Guards5. Provide wire guards over propeller fans. I PARr3-EXECUTIoN 3.1 GENERAL I A. Locate units so clearance is provided fona l. Service and mahtenance.2. Enclosure removal. B. kvel or pitch elements as requircd: l. Install shims if necessary. I C. Touch-up finish after final adjustment I D. Replace damaged enclosures. E. Straighten bent 6ns. t F. Replace damaged elements. I ENDoFsEcrIoN I t I I I l. I t I I 15830-3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I Heating Terminal Units I Ir sECTroNlsETo r ['AI\S PART T -GENERAL I I 1.1 QUALTTYCONTROL A. Provide fans with AMCA performance certification and label.I I B. Fans utilized for smoke exhaust or pressurization shall conply with the following: 1 L Provide 1.5 times the minimum number of belts required for normal operation with a I 2. ffiilittiit;t cted for stabte operation at norrnal temperatures and at elevated - terperatues of l00oF. I 3. l;pi:"*. shall be rated and certified by the manufacturer for terperatues up to I r.2 MOTORHORSEPOWER I A. Do not increase or decrease motor horsepower &om that specified without written approval from Architect/Engineer. See Section I 5001/1 6001. I 13 STIBMITTALS I A. Manufacturer's Data: Submit manufacturer's product data including: I l Performance2. Size I i:. Sf;insproviaea5. Fan curves !, 6. Indicate Corrpliance with Section l.l where applicable. I PART2-PRoDUcrs I 2.r wALL ExrrAUsrERs, cENTRInucAr,I A. Manufacturers: r ):. ffi:?x".fff:ilanuracturers: r ilffi:' c. Jenn Air J d. Penn e. Ilg I B. Feaftres: I l. Spun aluminum housing. 2. Internal rubber vibration isolators. I 3. Ball bearings. I Frns 15870-1 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnelr ,JJil,:"#;t! I T I General: 1. Provide: a. Bird screen. b. Gravity back-draft damper: (l) 0.2 inches WC max. pd. 2. Provide motorized t5pe back-draft danper where indicated. CABINET FA}I A. Manufasturers: 1. Desigtt Basis: Acme 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: a. Cook b. Greenheck c. Jenn Air d. Perm e. Powerline f. Ilg C, Cames B. Cabinet: Steel, acoustically lined. l. Wheel: Centrifugal. C. Back-draft danper: lntegal. D. Provide rheostatic speed contoller for all direct drive fans. Mount under grille or on wall as specified in the drawings. IN-LINE CENTRIF'T'GAL FAI\ A. Manufacturers: 1. Desigp Basis: Cook 2. Other Acceptable Manufachrers: a. Aerovent b. Carrier c. Panasonic d. Greenheck e. Jenn Air f. Perm g. Trane h. Twin city i. Cames j' Acme B. Cabinet: Steel, insulated, baked enarnel finish. C. Wheel: Cast aluminum Airfoil, statically and dynamically balanced. Cast aluminum hub. t I I I I I t I T I t t t I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 t IFans15870-2 I I I D. Bearings: Heavy duty pillow black in enclosed duct with extemal grease fittings. I E. Guards: Belt.I F. Drive: See Schedule. t G. Accessories: I l. Access panel II 2.4 AXIALFAN !, A. Manufachrers: I l Design Basis: cook 2. OtherAcceptableManufacturers: I a. Aemvent b. CarrierI ! l:T^'r e. Trane f. Twin ciry I C. Ilgr h. cames I B, Cabinet Steel, lnsulated, Baked enamel finish. I C. Wheel: Cast aluminum Airfoil, statically and dynamically balanced. Cast aluminum hub. I D. Bearings: Heavy duty pillow black in enclosed duct with external gease fittings. E. Guards: Belt. I F. Drive: See Schedule on Drawings. - G. Accessories: I l. Access panel. I 2.s PRoPELLERFAT! I A. Manufacturers: I t:. 8f;5X"#'"r?i}"nur."*".,, a. Aeroven(r L iffi".-" - d. Powerline I B. Model: Fe. A, C. Consfruction: I L Panel: Steel I Fans 15E70-3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 2. Frame: Steel tube. 3. Wheel: Aluminun! three blade. 4. Motor: Totally enclosed. 5. Drive: Direct. PART3.EXECUTION 3.1 NOISE AND VIBRATION A. Insure that fans are properly supported on vibration isolators. Reference Section 15240 for Vibration Isolation Requirements. B. krsure that flexible duct connectiom are properly made. C. Check fan for irproper balance. L Have fan re-balarrced if necessary. D. Check for proper rotation. E. Check for unusual noise or vibration and correct as ne@ss:rrv. 3.2 ACCESS A. Provide for proper access to all parts offan needing inspection or servicc with access doon in frn or ductwork 33 INSTALLATION A. Insall units level and plumb. B. Provide necessary auxiliary supporting steel. C. Mount motor and &ives so belG run true. D. Provide necessary lubrication. E. Provide flexible duct connections on inlet and discharge. ENDOF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I T I I I I I I I t I t t t I t I I IFans158?0-4 T I I I I I I T I I I I I t I I I I I sEcrroN 15890 DUCTWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 INDUSTRY STAI\DARDS A. Comply with SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Conaactors National Association) recomrnendations for fabrication, construction and details, and installation procedures, except as otherwise indicated. B. Comply with American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), except as otherwise indicated. C. Comply with SMACNA "IIVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual" for testing of duct systems. '.2 SIJBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for: l. Transition elbows. 2. Seal and reinforcing schedule for all ductwork fabrication t1pes. 3. Turning vane and tuming vane installation. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data on the following: l. Duct lining.2. Duct lining adhesive. PART2.PRODUCTS 2.I DUCTWORKMATERIALS A. All interior ducts shall be consfiucted with G-60 or better galvanized steel (ASTM A653/653M) LFQ, chem teat. Exterior ductwork or duct exposed to high humidity conditions (i.e. kitchen exlrausts) shall be G-90 or better galvanized steel LFP, chem treat. B. Underground Ductwork: All ductwork indicated as "below grade" shall be unlined, uninsulated, completely concrete encased. 1. Provide terporary internal bracing if required during placement ofconcrete. Remove after concrete has set 2. Staight runs may be round or rectengular at contractor's option. However, duct "friction factof' and velocity shall be equal or less than that shown on drawings at rated ctn flow rate. C. Stainless steel duct shall be fabricated from lock forming grade, 300 series, ASTM-AI67, No. 4 general purpose finish. Protect finish with mill applied adhesive protective plastidpaper throughout construction. D. Aluminum duct shall be fabricated from lock forming grade, ally 3003-HI4, ASTM 8209. Reinforcing angles, bars, tie rods, and other strucnual members shall be alloy 6061-T6. Hangers shall be 6061-T6 aluminurn, or galvanized or painted steel with a dielecric isolation pad between Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Ductwork 15890-l the dissimilar metals. E. PVC coated ductwork shall be fabricated from galvanized steel, cleaned and primed with a baked on PVC coating. py6 sqating shall be minimum 0.035 lbs./Sq. Ft. at 5 Mills, 90 units a scale shore durometer, Ilame spread rating 25, smoke developed 50, UL l8l, Class I duct Provide conpatible touch up paint to repair damage. F. Ungalvanized carbon steel shall be locKorming grade, hot rolled steel conforming to ASTM A366 or A619. RECTANGTJLARDUCT A. Construct rectangular ductwork to meet all firnctional criteria defined in Section VII, of the SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" 1995 Edition. All ductwork must conrply with all local, state and federal code requirements. B. Where the standard allows the choice of extemal refuforcing or intemal tie rods, only Bre external reinforcing options shall be used. C. Pitt$urgh lock shall be used on all longitudinal seams. All longitudinal seans will be sealed with mastic sealant Snaplock is not acceptable. D. Ductrute or W.D.C.I. proprietary duct comection systems will be accepted. Duct constucted using these systems will refer to the manufachuers guidelines for sheet gaugg intermediate reinforcenent size and spacing, and joint reinforcernents. E. Forrned on flanges (T.D.C./T.D.F.n-25AIt-25B) shall be constucted as SMACNA T-25 flanges, whose limits are defined on Page 1.36 1995 SMACNA Manual, First Edition. No other construction pertaining to formed on flanges, will be accepted. Formed on flanges shall be accepted for use on ductwork 42" wide or less, 2" static (positive) or less and must include the use of comers, bolts and cleat F. Ductsnate type systems tlnt use a butyl Rubber Gasket which nrets Mil-C 189699, Type II Class B, TT-C-1796 A, Tlpe tr Class B, and TT5-5-001657 must also passIJL-723. This rnterial in addition to the above, shall not contain vegetable oils, frsh oils, or any other tlTe vehicle that will support fungal and/or bacterial growih (as deftned in 2ICFR 177, 1210 closures with seali.g gaskets for food containe$). G. Aluminum duct shall be frbricated using the aluminum thiclcress equivalence table in the standard. Simply increasing tbe thickness by two gauges is not acceptable. H. Fittings shall be constructed and reinforced as ductwork according to the longest span. ROI]NDA}ID OVALDUCT A. Rowrd and oval duct shall be galvanized steel, constructed in accordance with Section III of the 1995 SMACNA "Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flcxible", except as noted. l. Lighter gauge factory made duct with an Intermediate standing rod nuy be used. Submit product data sustaining the equivalency of such duct into SMACNA standard duct. B. Minirnum duct gauge shall be 26 gauge. C. Round ductwork shall be spiral lock seam construction only. I-ongitudinal s€ffn duct is Dot acceptable. Gauges shall be in accordance with SMACNA Duct Constuction Standard and Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I tDuchvork15890-2 I I I t I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I fittings in accordance with SMACNA Duct Consruction Standard, except as noted: l. Joints 0"-20" diameter, interior slip coupling beaded at center, fastened to duct with sealing compound applied continuously around joint before assembling and after fastening, Wrap joinrs with 3-inch wide duct tape. 2. Joints 21"-72" diameter, use 3 piece, gasketed, flanged joints consisting of2 intemal flanges (with integral mastic sealant) split to accornrnodate minor differences in duct diameter, and one external closure band desigrred to compress gasketing between intemal flanges. Example: Ductnate Spiralmate or equal. 3. Joints 73" diameter and up, use companion angle flangedjoints only as defured on page 3-6 of the SMACNA Manual. Refer to manual for proper sizing and construction details. Duchrall to be welded longitudinal seams. D. Fittings shall be continuously welded, standing searl or spot welded and sealed. Metal thickness and reinforcing shall be equivalent to the requirements ofthe largest span- l. All elbows greater than 45" shall be radius type, R=I.5 times duct diameter. 2. Elbows less than 12" shall be ofdie stamped construction. Elbows 12" or greater shall be 5-gore construction. 3. Diverging and converging flsw fl6ings shall be constructed with no excess material prcjecting ftom th€ body into the branch tap entrance. All such fittings shall be 45" "shoe" entrance, wye plus elbow, or 45" lateral branch. Special fittings such as heel tapped elbows and bullhcad tees rnay be used only where shown on drawings. Adjustable elbows and sraigbt saddle taps shall not be used. Low pressue adjustable elbo\r,s acceptable. 2.4 ROI]ND AND OVAL DUCT A. Conshuction: l. Galvanized steel spiral lock formed. 2. Elbows: A. 6" Diameter and Less: Die formed. b. Above 6" Diameter: 5 piece. 2,5 BELOW GRADE DUCT A. Galvanized steel with a 4 MIL polyvinyl chloride coating on the outside. B. All connections to be screw fastened and sealed per manufachuers recommendations. C. Backfill with bedding rnaterial per Section 15050 in accordance with manufacturers recornnBndations. Provide lightweight concrete arould duct. 2.6 CONTRACTORFABRICATEDCASINGSAI\DPL,EI\UMS A. Unless required otherwise by drawings, single wall casings and plenums may either be contactor or factory fabricated where shown on drawings. All double wall casings and plenums shall be factory fabricated. B. Casings and plenums shall be constructed in accordance vrith the 1995 SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards" and as specified below. C. All casings and plenums on the suction side ofany fan, including retum air outside air, or mixing plenum shall be consfiucted to 2" negative pressure class. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Ductwork 15890-3 Louver blank-ofrpanels shall be constnrcted to 2" negative pressure class. All casings and plenums for relief and exhaust air shall be 2" positive or negative pressure class. All casings and plenums on the discharge side of supply fans shall be 4" positive pressure class. Single wall plenums shatl be of the standing seam type consfructiorl Submit shop drawings indicating overall dimensions, support details, comer & edge details, penehation details, equipment installation details, and pressure class. Seal all seams, edges, and comers with approved duct seala . Casing materials shall be the same as that for the connecbd duct s)rstems. Where automatic darrpers may, completely shut offair flow and subject plenum sf sasing to fan close off pressure, install pressure reliefpanels, rated to open at 125%. 2.7 FACTORY FABRICATED PLENI]MS Manufactuers: l. IAC or approved equivalent. Products: Plenum(s) shall be mounted on a level concrete curb dimension ofwhich shall be as determined by combining standard panel sizes to form the required plenum configuration Sound retarding and absorbing Iill shall be incombustible, inert, mildew resistant md vermin-proof. Intemal panel reinforcement shall be a minimum of 18 gauge galvanized steel and spaced so that span does not exceed 2'0". Perimeter and intemal reinforcement and panel sheets shall be welded and riveted to form a rugged metal-sheathed acoustical panel. Spot welds shall not exceed three inch on centers. Prior to attaching the fice sheet, the panel shall be filled with sound retardant and absorbing frll as specified above. The fill shall be slightly larger and thicker than the inside dimensions of the panel. No voids will be tolerated. The face sheet shall be welded and riveted to the panel assembly so as to compress and hold the fill rnaterials in place under swere conditions or vibration such as encountered in shipmen! installation and operation. Door panels shall be constnrcted of solid #18 gauge galvanized metal sides. Doors shall be supplied 24" wide x 60" high or 36" widc x 72" high as specified on thc &awings. The doors shall be 4" thick ofthe overlapping seal type. Each door shall be supplied with single continuous air/acoustic seals around the sill jambs and head. Doors slrall have 2 hinges and 2 latches with an inside release handle. Each floor shall be assembled with hinge hardware attached and adjusted and latches to be installed in field. Door latches are to be the wedge lwer type with inside handle. Hinges shall be heavy duty and designed for door size and weight. Doors shall b€ installed to open against the air presswe. Windows shall be fumished for doors on fan section and shall consist of two layers of 7." safety glass separated by air space and sealed acoustically and air tight with rubber seals. Air space shall contain a desiccant material to prevent misting. Roof channels, aprons and comer joiners shall be made of # I 6 gauge galvanized sEel formed to prevent a direct path for sound and/or air leakage. Floor channels shall be made of#18 gauge galvanized steel. Panel joiners shall be made of#20 gauge galvanized steel and shall be roll fornpd to be geater in strengll than standard 16 ga. joiners. Where these coils formed joiner sections are not utilized 16 ga. shall be provided. AII Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 D. E. F, G. I I t I I I I I I I I t I I I t I T I 8. J. B. l. 2. 4. 5 6. I)uctwork 15890-4 I I t I I I I l I I I t panel accessories shall be firmished in standard lengths to be field cut to required dimensions. Where Ramset cannot be used, floor charmels strall be pre-punched with 9/32" holes spaced 24" on centers for aftachment by %" round head screws with expansion type inserts. All panet joiners and connectors rcquiring felted surfaces shall have the felt freld applied. 9. Opening for fan and duct connections where required shall be provided by the plenum manufacturer. Pipe and conduit penetrations shall be located and cut in the field and sealed in accordance with the manufacfurer's instructions. 10. The plenum strucnre shall be normally self-supporting. mere roof spans and wall loadings require additional structural strength, it shall be fumished either by heavier roof and wall joiners, or additional structural members and/or pipe columns. I 1. Metal surfaces shall be galvanized except 5" wide flange beams when used which shall be HR steel prime painted. 12. The manufacturer shall supply, at least l0 days prior to bidding, certified test data in accordance with the following: a. The minimum allowable tansmission loss (TL) of the panel, including all cornponents, when tested in accordance with ASTM 890-61T, shall be as follows: TRANSMISSION LOSS IN DECIBELS* Octave Band Center Fre quencies, HZ 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Noiseshield 26 23 30 42 51 59 58 58 *Ratings apply to panels in "REGUALR' and "HARD" Constructions. b. The corrposite panel assembly when tested in accordance with ASTM C423- 65T, shall have minirrnrm absorption coeffrcients as follows: I TRANSMISSION LOSS IN DECIBELS* Octave Band Center Frequencies, HZ 63 2s0 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 NRC* Noiseshield 0.89 t.20 l.l6 1.09 l.0l 1.03 0.93 (1.r0) 0.95 *Ratings apply to panels in (RFGUI AI{' and "HARD" Constructions. X c. Panels shall have a Hat Transfer Factor of.07 BTU/hour/sq. ft./degreeI Fahrenheit temperature difference of standard air. d. Plenum installation shall be capable of wilhstanding a positive intemal static air r Pressure of I inches. t e. Plenum installation shall be capable ofwithstanding a negative intemal static air pressure of 6 inches. I f. Plenum design shall meet the cornbustion rcquirements established by ASTM E- t 84. The panels shall not exceed the following limits: Flamespread Classification 15 I SmokeDeveloped 0 Fuel Contibuted 0 I c. warranty:I Plenum manufacturer shall warrant that when plenum(s) are installed in a worknnnlike manner in I Ductwork 15890-5 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel I Veil, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 B. strict accordance with these specifications and manufachrer's inshuctions, plenum(s) shall meet the acoustical, thermal and air pressure performance specilied. Plenum componens shall be furnished clean, well made and free ofany defects which may adversely affect appearance, serviceability or perforrnance. Manufacturer shall firrnish proof, satisfactory to the Desip Engineer, of having manufactured similar plenums for at least five (5) years prior to this installation. D. Manufacturer shall submit pmduct information and upon approval by the Engineer shall submit detailed shop drawings with dirnensions, and constuction details for all systems provided for approval by the Engineer. Assernbly of tbe units shall not begin until all shop drawings have been approved by the Engineer. MISCELLA}TEOUS DUCTWORK MATERHLS General: Provide miscellaneous materials and products of the types an sizes indicated, and where not otherwise indicated, provide tpe and size required to comply with ductwork system requirements including proper connection ofductwork and equipment. Double wall tuming vanes shall be Harper double wall trming vanes frbricated ftom the sarne rnaterial as tbe duct. Tab spacing shall be SMACNA standard- Rail systems with non-standard tab spacings shall not be accepted. All tabs shall be used, do not skip tabs. Mormting rails shall have Aiction insert table, which align tbe vanes automatically. Vanes sball be subjected to tensile loading and be capable of supporting 250 lbs. when fastened per the rnanufachrers iDstructioDs. Approved Systems: Ducurate PRO-Rail. Single wall spliter and turning vanes shall be custom fabricated as specified below. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise bdicated, Fovide galvanized steel fastencrs, anchors, rods, staps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. Duct Liner: L Manufacturers: a. Desip Basis: Jolms-Manville b. Otber Acceptable MaDufacturers: (1) Certainteed @ Owens Coming (3) Knauf 2. Model: Linacoustic IIP or Pcrrnacoat with EPA registered antimicrobial colring, in accordance with UL 181, ASTM Cl07l, G2l and G22 with no obsewed growth- 3. Conpliances: a. FSHH-I-545, Type I NFPA 9O-A 4. Rouglness: 0.0008 feet 5. Noise Reduction Coefficient: 0.7 or higber for l" liner 6. Romd Duct Liner: Permacote Spiracoustic "snap-in" type. Duct Liner Adhesive: l. Manufactwers: a. DesipBasis: Childen b. Other Acceptable Manufachuers: (1) Kine Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vril, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I t t I I I I I I I I c. D. E. F. Ductwork 15890-6 I I r A) Hardcast (3) Ductnate Industries, Inc', PROTrack I 2. Model: I a. Indoor/Outdoor: CP-127 Chil-Quik t G. Duct Sealant: I . Manufacturers : I a. DesipBasis: United McGill b, Other Acceptable Manufachuers: I (1) Ductnate Industries, Inc., PROSeal I (2) 3M (3) Precision 2. Model: f a. Indoor: United Duct Sealer b. Outdoor: Unicast t 3. Description: Non-hardening, liquid or mastic elastic sealant. f| 4. Fire Rating: UL 289U listed and NFC 220(b). I H. Duct Tape Sealing System: I 1, Manufacturers: , a. Desigr Basis: Hardcast. 2. Model: I a. Tape: DT b. IndoorAdhesive:FTA-20 c. OutdoorAdhesive:RTA-50t I. Fiberglass ductboard is not accepted without prior written approval from the specifier. I J. Access doors shall be hinged or Ductrrate Sandwich Type Access Doors rranufactured by Ductnate Industries, Inc. Doors shall be of adequate size to allow easy access to bardware, which - needs to be maintained. rr K. Flexible Duct CoDnector: I l. Flexible duct connector shall be used where ductwork cotrnects to fans of apparatus, or I apparatus casing to fans. 2. Connectors will meet NFPA 90A and 90B specifications and provide an airtight and waterproof seal.r '^:. 3$;::ffiilillT,':1il,nI.;il:ff:vin' coated rabrics 5. Connector shall be Ductrnate PROFlex or approved equal. I 2.9 F'ABRICATION I A. Construct rectangutar ductwork to meet all functional criteria defined in Section VII, of the I SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible" 1995 Edition. This shall be subsequently referred to as the SMACNA Manual. All ductwork must comply with all local, state I and federal code requirernents. I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005I Ductwork 15890-7 B. All low pressure ductwork is to be constructed for 2" W.C. positive and l" negative static pressure and 2000 FPM. C. All negative pressure ductwork shall be constructed for 2" W.C. negative and 2" W.C. positive static pressure and 2000 FPM velocity. D. Make all changes in direction using 1.5 radius elbows where possible. Use splitter vanes or miterd rectangular elbows with tuming vanes otherwise. l. Use single thickness splitter vanes for all radius elbows less than 1.5 D=r. a. D = diameter ofduct or width ofduct (in plane of change-in-direction). b. r = radius ofduct at duct centerline. C. Use "Curve Ratios" of0.45 or greater (as defined by figure 3-7 ofthe 1989 ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook). 2. Use single thickness tuming vanes with no trailing edges in accordance with SMACNA Standards. a. All mitered, rectangular elbows in series. b. All mitered, rectangular elbows less than 36" in width (in plane of change-of- direction). 3. Use double width, airfoil type turning vanes with no tailing edges for all, rectangular elbows greater than 36" in width (in planc of change-of-direction). a. Isolated elbows have a minimum of3D straigbt duct upstream and downstream of the change-indirection. E. Fabricate transition elbows with tuming vanes at correct ange so entering and leaving edges are parallel or tangent to air flow. F. All branch duct take-offs shall use 45o laterals or 45" "pants-leg" type fiuings. 2.LO LINING A. Line ductwork as indicated below: I I t T I I I I I t I I a 3. Use one inch thick lining except wbere noted otherwise. Dimensions indicate inside free area. 1; Line all supplyductwork. Ia. Round ducts concealed above ceilings and serving individual terminal units may be wrapped in lieu of liner. 4. Line all retum ductwork. 5. Line all outside air ductwork. B. Ducts Exposed to Weather: Line all low velocity drcts exposed to weather with two inch thick lining' L Dimensions indicate fiee area. 2. Seal ducts to three-inch static pressure standards. 3. Paint exposed swfaces with aluminum asphalt roof paint. C. Supply, return or outside air ductwork, which is not lined (as noted above) is to have exterior insulation. See Section 15250 for insulation requirements on unlined ductwork l. Coordinate lined duct and insulated duct prior to bid 2. Coordination ofextent of liner or insulation" after bid award, shall be as directed by Engineer at no additional cost to Owner. I I I t I IGore Creek Residences - Tunnel Yail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 Ductwork 15890-E I ! I PART3-ExEcurroNI 3.1 INSTALLATIONOFDUCTWORK I A. Assernble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices, which will achieve air-tight and noiseless systeru, capable ofperforming each indicated sewice. I B. Inshll each run wi0r a minirnrm ofjoints.I C. Aligr ductwork accurately at connections, within l/8" misalignment tolerance and with intemal surfaces smooth. I D. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors ofthe type, which will hold ducts true-to-shape to prevent buckling. I E. Seal ducts in accordance with SMACNA requirements for pressure class indicated. I l. IndoorDucts: Use liquid or mastic sealant, or tape system- ll 2. Outdoor Ducts: Use tap€ system. 3. Approved manufactured joining systems with gaskets may be used in lieu ofaansverse sealing. - F. Locate ductwork nrns, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. t G. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other sructural and permanent- enclosure elements of the buildine. I l. Limit clearance to o.s" Jrr"r" furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. 2. W}ere possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1.0" clearance outside of insulation. r H. In finished spaces, conceal ductwork by locatrng in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. I I. Where possible, avoid locating ducts on ot near floor. l. Where ducts rrust be located low, provide metal trestle to protect duct at places where I duct will be climbed over. J. Coordinate the layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work.I f K. Install access doors where n€cessary for inspection and maintenance. I 1. Provide additional 12" xl2" access door at each low leakage damper. I 2' Anange ffit"lHTr#lir, ,yrt". ui, pr.ssure wherever feasible. b. Their latches are operable from either side, except where the duct is too small to be entered. I L. Where ducts pass through non-fre-rated iDterior partitions below ceiling and exterior walls: I f 1. Conceal the space between the construction opening and the duct or duct-plus-insulation with sheet metal flanges of the sanre gauge as the duct. 1; Ductwork 15890-9 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel t Veil, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I I I I T I I I I I I I I I I I I I I M. N. o. 3.4 2. Overlap the opening on all sides by at least l-ltlu". Provide volume darnpen at branch take-offs. Where space permits, round or oval ducnrork ofequivalent diarneter rnay be substituted for unlined rectangular ductwork. Provide 22-gauge aluminum ductwork for the fust 20 feet downsteam of any aluminum grille. Slope duct towards grille at l/8" /ft. DUCT LIIYER INSTALLATION A. Seal all exposed ends of liner with duct liner adhesive back a minimum of 2" Aom ends. Seal all joints in liner a minimurn of l" overlap. Seal all fasteners. B. Corryletely remove any loose material fiom each section of lined ductwork as it is imtalled. C. Intemrpt duct liner a minimurn of 18" upstream and 30 inches downsteam of all electric resistance heaters in duct systern" If ductwork is used for cooling, wrap that portion of duct which is not lined and extend insulation an minimum of 12" beyond lining in each direction. DUCTLEA,KAGE TESTING A. Installed ductwork shall be tested prior to installation ofaccess doors, take-offs, etc. B. All leak testing shall be witnessed by the Engineer or representative of the Engineer. The Contractor shall give the Engineer 72 hours notice prior to testing. Any testing not witnessed by the Engineer or his/her representativg shall be considered invalid and will be redone. C. The testing shall be performed as follows: 1. Perform testing in accordarce with HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. 2. Use a certified orifice tube for measuring the leakage. 3. Define section ofsystem to be tested and blank off. 4. Determine the percentage ofthe system being tested. 5. Using the percentage, determine the allowable leakage (cfoi) for that section being tested. 6. Pressurize to operating pressure and repair any significant or audible leaks. 7. Repressurize and measure leakage. 8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 until the leakage nrasured is less than the allowable defined in step 5. NOTE: It is recommended that the fnst 100'-300' of ductwork installed be tested to insure the quality of tlrc worlcnanship at an early stage. D. All ransvene joints and longitudinal seams shall conform to SMACNA's Class A sealing requirements as defined on page l-6 of tlre 1995 SMACNA Manual, First Edition. E. Corstant Volume SptemVSupply Ductwork Allowable kakage F. Constant Volume Systems/Return Ductwork Allowable Leakage DUCTWORK STORAGE AND CLEA}{ING l% of desip ctn 2% of design cftn Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Ductwork 15890-10 I r! A. cleaning: I l. Clean ductwork internally, unit-by-unit as it is installed, ofdust and debris. ll 2. Clean extemal surfaces of foreign substances which might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of paint. I B. Protection: I t. ilil: O"ct a minimum of 4" above grormd or floor to avoid damage from weather or lJ 2. Cover all stored ducts to protect from moisture or debris. I 3. Cover all en& of installed ductwork at the end ofeach workday or when dust and debris producing construction (such as fire proofing, drywall, sandiag, or core drilling) is I occurring. I C. Ductwork contaminated or damaged above "shop" or'milf' conditiom shall be cleaned repaired t or replaced to the Engineer's satisfaction. I t' 3rTjil"l"Tfff,:ii&':X1"0 u""t *tchhasbecome wet rnavbe instaned iffrst ll 2. Ductliner in installed ducwork, which has become wet must be completely rerroved and replaced. 11 3. Tom ductliner maybe replaced by coating with adhesive if damaged is minor and I isolated. Extensively darnaged liner shall be replaced back to a straight cutjoint. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I I I Ductwork 15890-ll 1.2 I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I sEcrIoN 1s990 TEST-ADJUST-BALAI\CE PARTI -GEI\ERAL RESPONSIBILITY A. The Balancing Contractor shall be a sub-contractor, directly working for the General Contractor. B. The Balancing Contractor shall not be a sub-confiactor ofany other Division 15 Confactor. QUALITY ASSTJRANCB A. Qualification: l. Work shall be done by a firm certified by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB), or the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC), or the firm shall have technicians certified by the "National Training Fund Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Industry". 2. The firm shall bc an independent testing and balancing form specializing in testing and fsfu16ing of env ironmental s)'sterns. 3. Tbe firm shall have an experience record ofnot less than five (5) years experience in the TAB indusry. B. Industry Stadards: Comply with the following: l. HVAC Systems-Testiag, Adjusting, Balancing published by Sheetrnetal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. (SMACNA). 2. Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, Balarrcing of Environmental Systems published by National Environmental Balancing Bureau, (NEBB). 3. ASHRAE Systems Handbook. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing. C. Registation: Work sball be done under the supervision ofa professional engineer registered in Colorado. Engineer shall be available for all meetings and interpretation of all materials in lhe report, D. Pre-qualificationofTABContractor. l. The firm must have experience and qualifications satisfactory to ihe consulting mechaaical engineer and must be accepted by him prior to bidding. 2. Firms desiring approval to provide work under this section shall submit a booklet indicating procedures and data forms that they would use in the performance of the work. 3. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 15010. 4, Only frms which have been approved by the mechanical engineer prior to bid date may provide work under this section. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS (Not applicable) Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Test-Adjust-Balance r599Fr PART 3 -EXECUTION GENERAL AIRSYSTEMS Scope: All air systems are to be balanced. B. C. I I I I I I I I I I I I I T I I t I I G. Sequence work to commence after conpletion of system and start-up procedures and schedule corpletion of work before Substantial Completion of Prqiect. Examine the installed work and conditions under which testing is to be done to ensure that work has been conpleted cleaned and is operable. Notiff the Contactor in writing of conditions detimental to the proper conpletion of the test- adjust-balance work. 1. Do not proceed with tbe wotl *61 r'nsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Provide Engineer/Architect with a copy of the notification. Adjust flows to within 1 0% of values sbown. If design flows cannot be obtained within specifred limits the Balancing Contactor will perform the following (at the minimrm): 1. Measure and record major pres$ue &ops in dre system. 2. Consult with the Engineer and Installer as required. 3. Upon receiving wriften directions to proceed and afler any corrections are performed re- balance affected portion ofsysten Optimization: Work closely with the Section 15950 contractor to optimize setpoints. 1. Establisb the minimum air static presswe or water difrerential pressure for variable or blpass flow systen 2. Establish the position of minimum outside air danpers, darrrper/valve and sequencing relays, Calibration: Be responsible for calibration of flow measurement devices used as input to the ternperature contol system. All air systems flow measurement stations shall be calibrated against a pitot fube kaverse or air dilfirser capfurc hood. Balancing contactor sball assure accuracy of all flow measurement devices or shall report on their failure to be accurate. Parch holes in insulation, ductwork and housings, which have been cut or drillcd for test purposeg in a marmer recommended by Ore original Installer. Make all final readings for each system at the same time, and after all adjusfrnents bave beeir made. Mark equipnrent settings, including damper control positions, balancing cocks, circuit sette$, valve indicators, fan speed control settings and similar contols and devices, to show fmal settings at completion of test-adjust-balarrce worlc l. Mark with paint or other suitable permanent identification material. Check all new thermal overloads. l ldentiS improperly protected equipment in report D. E. F. H. I. J. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 Test-Adjust-Balance 15990-2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I B. Before any adjusunents are made, check for: 1. Dirty filters, coils, or air intakes 2. Duct leakage 3. Filter leakage 4. Damper leakage, or blockage 5. Equiprnent vibrations 6. C,orrect danper operation C. Sirnulate a pressue drop across filters equal to that when 50% loaded with dust. l. Check fan rnotor amps with clean filters and simulated loaded filters, and report. D. Procedure: 1. Measure and report all supply, retum, exhaust, and outside air systems by means of (4) four mctlrods: a. hdividual air iqles and outlets. b. Pitot traverses ofmain supply, retum, exhaust and outside air ducts. c. Rotatilg valve or velocity gnd raverse of coils or filters. d. Plot operating point on fan curve. Include compensation for effects ofaltitude and inlet vanes. 2. Above rneasurenrnts shall be made with system in normal, firll load condition. a. Systems vriih economizers shall be measued at mininnrm outside air and l00p/o outside air. b, Systerns with 100% outside air capability or evaporative cooling sections shall be rneasured at maxinnrm outside air. c. VAV systems shall be measured at the zone level at maximum air condition, and at the main at the system diversity condition. 3. Make main duct traverses or coivfilter taverses and r€port operation at all other operating conditions (as applicable). a. Smoke evacuation mode b. Fail over rnode c. Two-speed fans 4. Set fan speed such that under no condition will the motor exceed the service factor rating when operating in any of Ore above possible modes. 5. Measure fan motor amps in each of the above possible operating modes (clean filters). ). r E. Exchange sheaves and belts as required to adjust the rpm ofall fans so they handle specified air quantity. I F. Set minimum outside air quantities. I 33 HYDROMCSYSTEMS r A. Scope: Balance all hydronic slNsterns. I B. Before any adjustments are made:I l. Check temperature control valve operation. 2. Check pump rotatron. I 3. Adjust pressure reducing valve. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lD5I Test-Adjust-Balance r5990-3 4. Remove any roughing strainer screens in systems. C. Using system flow meters, adjust the quantity offluid handled by each pump and supplied to each coil, piece of radiation, heat exchanger, cross-over bridge, bypass, etc., to meet design requircments. D. Procedure: l. Measure and report all hydronic and dorpstic urater recirculation systems by all ofthe below means which are applicable. a. Systerg pump, branc\ or terminal flow measuring stations. b. Terminal or heat exchanger pressure drop, compare to submittal data. c. Plot op€rating point on punp curve. Include corpensation for effects of terperature, viscosity and density. 2. Above measurenpnts to be rnade and reporbd at full heating/cooling load. a. For 3-way valve terminals/heat exchangers set b)pass flow to equal coil flow. b. For primary/secondary systems, set crossover/bridle to have constant flow at all conditions. DETAILED REQI'IREMENTS A. Measure, adjust and report the following: l. Fans: a. Inlet and outlet pressue b. Air flow c. Fan speed d. MotorampsandKW 2. Ductwork Systems: Air flow at each inlet and outlet. Filter pressure drop. Outside air percentage at minfuDm and rnaxirmrm setting. Air flow at supply, return, outsidc air and exhaust mains to determine total air flow. a. Water flow b. Inlet and outlet pressure c. Motor anps and KW 4. Radiation and Convectors: a. Inlet and outlet water terperafi[e b. Air ternperature (room) c. Water flow 5. Cabinet Heaters, Unit Heaters: Entering ah terp€ratule kaving air temperature Inlet and outlet water terperature Water flow 3.5 REPORT Provide a general information sheet listing: a. b. c. d. 3. Pumps: a. b. d. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I 1. 2. J- Test-Adjust-Balance Instruments used: a. Most recent calibration date. Method of balancing. Altitude correction. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 15990-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I t t I I t 4. Manufacturer's performance data for all air devices used. B. Provide data sheets for all equipment, including motors and drives, listing: l. Make 2. Size 3. Serial number 4. CaPacitY Rating 5. Anperage 6. Voltage input 7. Thermal heater size for each motor 8. Opcrating speed of driver and driven der.ices 9. Any additional pertinent performance data C. lnclude design and final values for all items listed in Detailed Requirements, and totals for each qfstern D. Provide data sbeeB showing: l. Air flow at eacb inlet and outlet 2. Instument used 3. Velocity reading 4. Manufacturer's free area factors E. Provide recap sheet with explanation for each device not meeting specified perforrnance. F. Provide a set ofprints v{ith equipment, inlets and outlets marked to correspond to data sheets. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I Test-Adjust-Balance 15990-5 1.02 1.03 I I I I I I I I I I t I I t I I I I I SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL REQT,NREMENTS PARTl.GENERAL I.OI RELATEDDOCI.JMENTS A. This Section supplements Division l, General Requiremants. B. Where contradictions occur betwear this Section and Division I , the most stringent of the two shall apply. Architect shall decide which is most stringent. C. Pmvisions of Dvision 15 shall also apply to rhe work of ftis section as if fully repeated here. REGUI.A,TORY REQUIREMENTS A. All materials shall conform wiih the cunatt applicable industry standards. Worlcnanship and neat appearance shall be as important as electrical and mechanical operation. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced or repaired prior to final acceptance in a manner meeting approvat of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. B. The latest edifions of the following standards are minimum requirements. l. Underwrites'Laboratories,Inc.(JL) 2. National Elecrical Manufacturct's Assoc. (NEMA) 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 4. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 5. National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) Standards of Installation. C. All work and materials shall comply wittr latest rules, codes and regulations including, but not limited to the following: I. OSTIA. 2. National Fire Codes ofNational Firc Protection Assoc. (NFPA) 3. National Electical Safety Code (NESC, ANSI C2) 4. National Electrical Code (NFPA-7O) 5. Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) 6. All applicable Federal, state and local laws, code amandments and regulations. D. Code compliance is mandatory. Nothing in these drawings and specifications permits work not conforming to these codes. E. No work shall be concealed until after inspection and approval by proper authorities. If work is concealed without inspection and approval, Contractor shall be responsible for all work required to open and restore the concealed area including all required modifications. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of circuits and locations of outlets, conduit, and other work. Information shown on drawings is as accurate as planning can determine, but not guaranteed and field Gore Creek Residences -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Electrical Requir€ments 16010-t I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I B. 1.04 1.05 verification ofall dimensions, locations, levels, etc., to suit field conditions is directed. Review all architectural, structural and mechanical drawings, and adjust all work to conform to all conditions shown thercin. Architecnrral drawings shall take precedence over all other drawings. Discrepancies between differenl drawings or between drawings and specifications or regulations and codes goveming installation shall be brought to attention of the Architect. B. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangement of electrical work. Locations are approximate and shall be subject to minor modifications as directed by the Architect. C. The Contractor shall provide all labor and materials necessary for the completion ofall work in this contract. The completion of work shall include the successful operation of all e'lectrical components and sptems in their intended manner whether expressly indicated or inferred by the drawings and specifications. D. Instructions such as "provide..." shall mean: "Contractor shall bc responsible for fumishing and installing..., complete in every respect." COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings: 1. Coordination drawings are prepared by the contractor for his use and are his responsibility to assure qctems will be installed properly. 2. Submit drawings for review only in those places where clearances are limited where space problerns exist and for places where several elements of electrical work (or combinations of electrical and other work) must be located with precision in order to fit into available space with requircd clearances or workspace. 3. Clearly indicate solutions to space problems. Identification of space problems widrout solutions is not acceptable. 4. Acceptance by the Architect does not imply acceptance of any deviations fum contract documents requirernents or acceptance of uncoordinated work. 5. Prepare Coordination Drawings at a suitable scale, showing the required dimensions. In addition to the mentioned ,reas abovg also subrnit the following: a. All electrical equipmant rooms and electrical equipment in fan rooms, boiler rooms, chiller rooms, etc. (%"=l'-0" scale). 6. Indicate the pmposed locations of major nceway and busway systems. Include thc following: a. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. b. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. c. Support details. d. Sizes and location ofrequired concrete pads and bases. e. Electrical Room conduit stub-uo locations. RECOR-D DRAWINGS Refer to Division I for additional requirernents: Maintain a blue-line set of Electrical Contract Drawings in clean, undamaged condition, for ma*-up of installations which vary fiom the Contract Drawings. These drawings shall be a separate set of drawings, not used for construc'tion purposes, and shall be kept up to date as the job progresses. This set shall be made available for inspcction by the Engineet or Architect at all times. Upon Gore Creek Rcsidencqr -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2fi)5 Electrical Requirements 1601r)-2 1.06 1.07 I I I I I I I t I t I I I t I I I t I completion of the contract a set of computerized "as builts" capable of interfacing with autocad software, shall be delivered to the Architect. C. Prepare record documents in accordance with the requirements in Division I Section "Project Closeout". hr addition to the requirements specified in Division l, indicate installed conditions for: l. Major Ec€way s)6tems, size and location, for both exterior and interior and locations of manholes and conduit stub-up locations. 2. Locations (exposed and concealed) to be dinrensioned from prominent building lines. 3. Approved substitutions, Contract Modifications, and actual equipment and materials installed. D. Record the locations and invert elevations of underground installations. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Refer to Dvision I for additional requirements. B. Submission: l. Submit tlped and bound copies of Operating and Maintenance Manuals prior to scheduling systems demonstration for the Owner. 2. Bind each Maintenance Manual in one or more vinyl covered, 3-ring binders, witlr pockets for folded drawings. a. Mark the back spine ofeach binder with system identification and volume number. C. Requirement Contents: I . Manuals shall have index with tab dividers for each submittal section identirying all equipment and materials installed on the project including a local supplier for replacing a specifi c piece of equipment. 2. Provide certificates for such items ofequipment which have warranties in excess ofone 1ear. 3. Provide test results for each specification section identified herein- DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND }IANDLING A. Deliver produets to tre project pmperly identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed for identification. B. Protection ofEquiprnent: I . All electrical equipmant to be used in the construcfion shall be properly stored and protected against the elements. All equipment shall be stored under cover, and shall not be storcd at the consEuction site on the ground, in mud, water, snow, rain, sleet, or dust. lange diameter cables may be stored on rcels outside; however, all cable ends shall be waterproofed and the reels covered with weatherproof materials. Such weatherproofmaterials shall be heavy-duty, securely fastened, and made impewious to the elements. 2. Conventional electrical construction materials such as building wire, outlet and junction boxes, wiring devices, conduit, lighting fixtures, fittings, etc., shall be stored in construction buildings, covered trailers, or portable covercd warehouses. Any equipment subject to damage or corrosion from excessive moisture shall be stored in dry heated areas. Any Gore Creek Resldences -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Electrical Requiremcnts 16010-3 equipment containing plastic or material subject to damaged caused by orcessive heat or sunlight shall be stored to prevent such damage. This includes plastic ducts and lenses. Equipment damaged as a result of the above conditions shall be properly repaired at dre Contractor's expense or shall be replaced at the Contractot's expanse, if in the opinion of the Engineer, the equipmenl has bean damaged to such an extent that it cannot operate properly after repairs are made. All electrical enclosures exposed to construction damaged such as paint spots, spackling or plaster spatter, grout splashes, waterproofing compound, tar spots or runs, and pipe covering compound splashers, shatl be completely covered and protected against damage, In the event leakage into the building ofany foreign material or fluid occurs or may occur, the Contractor shall take all steps as described above to protect any and all equipment. After connections to electrical equipment are complete and the equipmant is ready for operation, all construction debris shall be removed fiom all enclosures. Such debris includes dust, dirt, wire clippings, tape, and insulation removed in order to make the connections. 1.08 SAFETY AND INDEMNITY The Conmctor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. fiis requirement will apply confinuously and not be limited to normal working hours. See also General Conditions. No acl sewice, drawings review or construction review by the Architect or Engineer, is intended to include review of the adequacy of the Contractot's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site. PART2-PRODUCTS 2,OI EQUPMENTANDMATERIALS A. All equipment and materials installed shall be new, unless otherwise specified. B. All major equipment components shall have manufacturet's name, address, model number and serial number permanently attached in a conspicuous location. 2.02 GEMRALSUBMITTALREQUIREMENTS A. Coordination and Sequancing: l. Coordinate submittals 2 weeks (min.) prior to expccted order date so that wod( will not be delayed by submittals. 2. No extansion oftime will be allowed because of failure to properly coordinate and sequence submittals. 3. Do not submit product data" or allow its use on the pmject until compliance with requirernents ofcontract Documents has been confirmed by Contractor. 4. Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise indicated, and is not a change order request. B. Preparation of submittals: l. Refer to Dvision I requirements. Gore Crcek Residences -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I t t I I T I I I I I I t t I t I I II 3. 4. B. Electrical Requirements r6010-4 I I I I I I 2. Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identi$ project, date, Contractor, Subcontactor, submittal name and simi lar information to distinguish it from other submittals. 3. Indicate any portions ofwork which deviate from the Contract Documents. a. Explain the reasons for the deviations, b. Show how such deviations coordinate with interfacing portions of other work. 4. Show Contractor's executed review and approval marking. 5. Provide space for Architect's "Action" marking. 6. Subminals which are received from sources other than through Contractot's office will be retumed "Without Action". 7. Subminals shall be presanted in a bound, neat and legible fashion and shall be retumed "Without Action" if presurted in any other fashion. C. Provide equipmant and shop drawing submittals as listed in each section 0rat follows. I PART3-EXECUTIONr3.OI CONDITIONS AT SITE TI A ,";::T5:,::ffi'-,*Xll":*:JJTJ:ilH'tr;111"h1fi.i"ffi"j"#*H:,iT'H"11 of these conditions, whether specifically mentioned or not. t B. Lines ofodrer services and/or equipment that are darnaged as a result ofthis work shall promptly be repaired at no expense to the Owner. I 3.O2 LICENSES, FEES AND PERMITS I A. Arrange for required inspections and pay all licansg permit and inspection fees. Fumish a certificate I offinal inspections and approvals from local authorig having jurisdiction over electrical installation. Inspections and Tests: I l. Arrange for all required inspections and tests. 2. Pay all charges. I 3. Noti$ Architect 48 hours beforc tests. t 4. Submit one copy for Owners reords ofpermits, licenses, inspection reports and test reports. . 3.03 WORKMANSHIPANDCONTRACTOR'SQUALIFICATIONS I A. Only professional quality workmanship will be accepted. Haphazard or poor installation practice will be cause for rejection of work. I B. Provide forernan in charge ofthis work at all times. Foreman for this work shall have had experience in installing not less than 5 such electrical systems ofequal or grcater complexity. I c' :J;1".:l*Tffi::":#':,:"J"fL':*111.T,ln"",i1f.i, il::',"JH::";f#:::1""T#: office. I t Etectricat Requirements I Gore Creek Residences -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 1601tL5 3.04 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. Contractor shall coordinate work of this Division with other trades to avoid conflict and to conect rough-in and other connection for equipmart fumished under other divisions that require electrical connections. Inform other trades ofrequired clearances ofaccesses for or around electrical equipment to maintain sewiceability and code compliance. B. Verifu equipmant dimensions and rough-in requirements for Divisions 2 through 16 with provisions specified under this Section of work, and report any disoepancies to the Architect in ample time to prevent delap or unwarranted changes of work. TESTING Provide all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to rnake requircd tests. Tests shall be complete and results approved before final inspection is begun. 3.06 PROGRESS OF WORK Order progress of electrical work so as to conform to progress of work of otlrer trades, and complete entire installation as soon as condition of building will permit. Assume any cost resulting from defective or ill-timed work performed under this Division. 3.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING General: Perform cutting and patching in accordance with Division I Section 'Cuttingand Patching". In addition to the requirement specified in Division l, the following requirements apply: l. Perform cutting fitting, and patching ofelectrical equipmant and materials required to: Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. Remove and replace defective work Remove and replace work not conforming to requircments of the Contract documents. d. Ranove samples ofinstalled work as specified for testing. e. Install equipmant and materials in newly installed structures. f. Upon written instructions from the Architect, uncover and restore work to provide for Architect observation of concealed work. 3.08 SLEEVES Place sleeve in forms of walls, floor slabs and partitions for passage of all conduits, pipes, and ducts installed under this Division. Sleeves shall be setinplacea sufficient time ahead of concrete work so as not to delay that work. Install sleeves and ftrcewa)c thrcugh exterior walls so as to provide a waterproof installation. All floor penetrations shall be made watertight. Conduits passing through walls shall be installed to preserve integrity ofthe wall rating (i.e., fire rating, sound rating, air, erc.). 3.09 CLEANIJP Remove all materials, scrap, etc, relative to electrical installations and leave prernises in aclean, orderly condition. Any cosb to the Owner for cleanup of site will be charged to Contractor. At completion, all equipmant, raceways, etc., shall be thoroughly cleaned and all residue removed from the inside and outside surfaces. Defaced finishes shall be rcfinished. Gore Creek Residences -Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I I I I I t I I I I I t I I t I I I I 3.05 a. b. c. Electrical Requirements 16010{ 3.1 l I I I I I I I I 3.t0 TEMPORARYPOWER A. Provide ternporary power as requested by the general Contractor and in accordance with OSHA and code reguircrnens. Lighting and power outlets shall be prcvided throughout the project. Check with general Contsactor prior to bid for special lighting and power outlets and provide as needed MINORC}IANGES A. The Owner resewes the right to make minor changes in the locations of outlets and equipment up to the time of elechical rough-in without any cost to the Owner. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences -Tunncl Vall, Colorado 03January 2005 I I I i t I l I t I I Elcctrical Requlrements 16010-7 III l, I ELEcTR?3:;"3I'Hlil"^''onI I PARrr-.ENERAL I l.0l RELATED Docr.JMENrs || A. Drawings and ger:eral provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and I Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. I B. Requirements of the foltowing Division 16 Sections apply to this Section: t l. "Etectrical Requirenrents.nr I.O2 SUMMARY J A. This Section includes identification of electrical materials, equipment, and installations. It includes requirements for electrical identification cornponorts including but not limited to the following: rn l \:. ""ffi::T$"ilffJrT,l3i;*, cabres, and conductors. 3. Operational instruction sigts. 4. Waming and caution signs. I 5. Equipment labels and sigrrs. 1| B. Related Secfions: The following Sections contain requirernents that relate to ihis Section: Il l Division 9 Section "Painfing" for related identification requirernents. I 2. Division 16 Section "Wires and Cables" for requirements for color coding of conductors for phase identificalion. C. Refer to other Division 16 Sections for additional specific electrical identification associated with I specific items.a I.O3 SUBMITTALS 1| A, Gencral: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract andr Division I Specification Sections. 4,I B. Product Data for each type ofproduct specified.I C. Schedule ofidentification nomenclatwe to be used for identification signs and labels..- l 1.04 QUALITYASSURANCE r A. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code."I., I I Gorc Crcek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Electrlcal Identifi cation t6r)50-l B. ANSI Cornpliance: Complywith requirenrnts of ANSI Standard A 13.1, "Scherne for the identification of Piping Systems," with regard to type and size of lettering for raceway and cable labels. I t I I t t I I PART 2 . PRODUCTS 2.OI ELECTRICALIDENTIFICATIONPRODUCTS A. Adhesive Marking Labels for Raceway Pre-printed, flexiblg self-adhesive labels with legend indicating voltage and service (Emergency, Lighting Power, Air Conditioning, Communications, Control, Fire). B. Label Size as follows: L Raceways I -inch and Smallen l-ll8 inches high by4 inches long, 2. Racewala l,arger than l-inch: l-ll8 inches high by 8 inches long. C. Color: Black legend on white background. D. Colored Adhesive Marking Tape for Raceways, Wires, and Cables: Self-adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by I inch to 2 inches in width. E. Pretensioned Flexible Wraparound Colored Plastic Sleeve and Cable Identification: Flexible acrylic bands sized to suit the diameter and arranged to stay in place by pretensioned gripping action whcn coiled around thc cable. F. Underground Line Marhng Tape: Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, plastic tape with magnetic tracer strip not less lhan 6 inches wi de by 4 mi ls thick. Printed legand indicative of general fpe of underground line below. G. WirdCable Designation Tape Markers: Viny' or vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive, wrap around, cabldconductor markers with preprinted numbers and letters. H. Engraved, Plastic-Laminated Labels, Signs, and Instruction Plate,s: Engraving stock melamine plastic laminate, l/16-inch minimum thick for sigr up to 20 square inches, or 8 inches in length; l/8-inch thick for larger sizcs. Engraved legend in black letters on white face and punched for mechanical fasteners. I. Baked-Enamel Waming and Caution Signs for Interior Use: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the location. J. Exterior Metal-Backed Butyrate Warning and Caution Signs: Weather-re,sistant, nonfading preprinfed cellulose acetate butyrate signs with 2O-gage, galvanized steel backing with colors, legend, and size appropriate to the location. Provide l/4-inch grommets in comers for mounting. K. Fasteners for Plastic-laminated and Metal Signs: Self-tapping stainless steel screws or number l0B2 stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers, L. Cable Ties: Fungu+inert, self-extinguishing, one-piece, self-lochng nylon cable ties, 0,18-inch minimum width, 50lb minimum tensile strength, and suitable for a temperahrre range from minus 50oF lo 350oF. Provide tics in specified colors when used for color coding. Gorc Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I I I t I I I I I I I Electrical Identifi cation 16050-2 I B. c. t I t I t PART3-EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, colors, and other designations used in electrical identificalion work with corresponding designations specified orindicated. Install numbers, lettering and colors as approved in submittals and as required by code. Install identification devices in accordance with manufacturefs written instructions and requiremants ofNEC. Sequence of Work: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces that require finish, install identification after completion of finish work. 3.02 CONDTJIT IDENTIFICATION Identif exposed high-voltage feeder conduits (over 600 V) by words "DANGER-HIGH VOLTAGE" in black letter 2 inches high, stenciled al l0-foot intervals over continuous painted orange background. l. The following areas shall be identified: a. On entire floor area directly above conduits running beneath and within 12 inches of a basement or ground floor that is in contact with earth or is framed above unexcavaled space. b. On wall surfaces directly extemal to conduits run concealed within wall. c. On all accessible surfaces of concrete envelope around conduits in vertical shafts, exposed at ceilings or concealed above suspatded ceilings. d. On entire surface ofexposed conduits. 2. Apply identification to arcas as follows: a. Clean surface of dust, loose material, and oily films before painting. b. Prime surfaces: For galvanized metal, use single-component acrylic vehicle coating formulated for galvanized surfaces. For concrete masonry units, use heavy'duty acrylic resin block filler. For concrete surfaces, use clear alkali- resisunt alkyd binder-type sealer. c. Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of orange silicone alkyd enamel. d. Apply primer and finish materials in accordance with manufacture/s instructions. Identifi Junction, Pull, and Connection Boxes: Code-required caution sign for boxes shall be pressure- sensitive, self-adhesive label indicating system voltage in black, preprinted on orange background. Install on outside of box cover. Also label box covers with identity of contained circuits. Use pressure-sensitive plastic labels at exposed locations and similar labels at concealed hxes. Underground Electrical Line Identification: During trench backfilling, for undergmund power, signal, and communications lines, install continuous underground plastic line marker, located directly above line at 6 to 8 inches below finished grade. Where multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope do not exceed an overall width of l6 incheq install a single line marker. Install line marker for underground communications wiring, both direct-buried and in raceway. Identift Raceways of Certain Systems with Color Banding: Band exposed or accessible raceways of the following systems for identification. Bands shall be pretorsioned, snaparound colored plastic sleeves, colored adhesive marking tapg or a combination of the two. Make each color band 2 inches Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 B. c. D. I t I I I l I I t I I T Electrical ldentifi cation 16050-3 wide, completely encircling conduit, and place adjaceat bands oftwo-color markings in contact, side by side. Install bands at changes in direction, at p€netrations of walls and floors, and at 40-foot rnaximum intervals in straight runs. Apply the following colors: l. Fire Alarm Systern: Red. 2. Fire Suppression Supervisory and Control Systern: Red and Yellow. 3. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory Systern: Green and Blue. 4. Telephone System: Green and yellow. 5. Tag or label conductors as follows: a. Future Connections: Conductors indicated to be for future connection or connection under another contract $/ith identification indicating source and intent. b. Multiple Circuits: Where multiple branch circuits or control wiring or communications/signal conductors are present in the same box or enclosure (except for three-circuit, four-wire home runs), label each conductor or cable. Provide legend indicating source, voltage, circuit number, and phase for branch circuit wiring. Phase and voltage of branch circuit wiring may be indicated by mean of coded color of conductor insulation. For confiol and communicationJsignal wiring, use color coding or wire/cable marking tape at terminations and at intermediate locations wherc conductors appear in wiring boxes, troughs, md control cabinets. Use consistent letter/number conductor desigrations throughout on wire/cable marking tapes. 6. Match identification markings with designations used in panelboards shop drawings, Contmct Documents, and similar previously established identification schemes for the facilifi es' elecrical installations. Install labels at locations indicated and at locations for best convenierce of viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Conductor Color Coding: Provide color coding for secondary service, feeder, and branch circuit conductors throughout the project secondary electrical systern as follows: I 'l I I I t I I I I I t I I t tl 1 I F. G. 208/120 Volts Black Red Blue White Green Phase 480l277Volts A Brown B Orange C Yellow Neutral White Ground Green H. Use conductors with color factory-applied the entire length ofthe conductors except as follows: l. The following field-applied color-coding methods may be used in lieu of factory-coded wire for sizes larger than No. l0 AWG: a. Apply colored, pressure-sensitive plastic tap in half-lapped tums for a distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made. Apply the last two laps of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Use l- inch-wide tape in colors as specified. Do not obliterate cable identification markings by taprng. Tape Iocations may be adjusted slightly to prevent such obliteration . b. In lieu of pressure-sansitive tape, colored cable ties may be used for color identification. Apply three ties of specified color to each wirc at each terminal or Gore Creck Residences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 Electrical Idcntifi cation 160flH a. b. d. K. L. I I I t t t I I I T I I t T I 1 I I I splice point starting 3 inches from the terminal and spaced 3 inches apart. Apply with a special tool or plien, tighten for snug fi! and cut off excess length. Power Circuit ldentifi cation : l. Securely fasten identiflng wap-around marker bands to cables, feeders, and power circuits in pull boxes, junction boxes, manholes, and swirchboard rooms with I /4-steel letter and number stamps with legend to correspond with desigration on drawings. Apply warning, caution, and instruction signs and stencils as follows: l. Install waming, caution, or instruction signs where required by NEC where indicated, or wherc reasonably required to assure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and ofthe items to which they connect. Install engraved plasticlaminated instnrition signs with approved legend where instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation. Install butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items' 2. Emergancy Operating Signs: Install engraved laminate signs with white legand on rcd background with minimum 3/8-inch high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer, load shedding, or other emergency operations. Install equipment/system circuiVdevice identifi cation as follows: 1. Apply equipmert identification labels of angraved plasticJaminate on each major unit for electrical equipment in building, including central or master unit ofeach electrical system. This includes cornmunication/sigrraValarm s;ctem, unless unit is specified with its own self- explanatory identification. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line oftext, with l12- inch-high lettering on I -ll2-inch-high tabel (2-inch-high where two lines are required), white lettering in black field. Text shall match terminology and numbering of the Contract Documents and shop drawings. Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of electrical equipment: Panelboards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items, Electrical switchgear and switchboards. Contactors. Fire alarm master station or control panel. Apply circuiVcontrol./itern desigration labels of engrave plastic laminate for disconnect switches, breakers, pushbuttons, pilot lights, motor control centers, and similar itcms for power distribution and control components abovg except panelboards and alarm/signal components, where labeling is specified elsewhere. Forpanelboards, provide ft'amed, tlped circuit schedules with explicit description and identification of items controlled bv each individual breaker. END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 Electrical Identilication 16050-5 I I I *ii:;l'J,',ffi'* I PARrI-cENERAL I.OI DESCRIPTION I A. The following lists of manufacturen are for the specifications as identified. t B. ilirJ,:Ii*r and documentation shall be in accordance with the project General Requiremants, I PARr2-PRoDUcrs 2.OI MANUFACTTJRERS A. Subject to compliance with requirernents, manufacturcrs offering products which may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to the following: TITLE SPECIFICATION SECTION MANI]FACTURER Electrical Identifi cati on 16050 Ideal Industries, Inc. National Band and Tag Co. Panduit Corp. Seton Name Plate Co. W.H. Brady, Co. Raceways - Conduit & Tubing l6l l0 Al Flex Corp. Allied Liquatite Trianele PWC. Inc. - Conduit Bodies - Wireway & Enclosures l6l l0 161l0 Appleton Electric Co. CrouseHinds Dv. Cooper Industries, Inc. Killark Electric Mfg. Co. O-ZGedlney Steel City Circle AW Products Hofhnan Engineerin g Co. Hammond Mfg, s^nora h l-n I Manrfactur€rs I 16080-1 Gore Creck Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 TITLE SPECIFICATION SECTION MANIJFACTI,JRER - Surface Raceways 16100 Hubbell Isoduct Square D Co. Walket The Wircmold Co. Wire and Cables 16120 16130 American Insulated Wire Corp. Cablec Continental Cables Co. Okonite Co. Southwire Co. Trianele PWC, Inc. Electrical Boxes & Fittings - Raintight outlet boxes - Bushings, lcrockout closures and locknuts 16135 16135 Appleton Electric Co. RACO Div; Hubbell, Inc. OZGedney Co. Steel City Applaon Electric Co. Midland-Ross Corp. Midwest Electric; Cooper Industries, Inc. OZGedney Co; Ganeral Signal Co. RACO Div; Hubbell, Inc. Thomas & Bess Co.. Inc. Wiring Devices - Receptacles & Switches 16t40 Bryant Electric Co. Hubbell, Inc. Pass and Seymour, Inc. Supporting Devices - Slotted Metal Angle & U-channel Systans - Conduit Sealing Bushings r6190 l61 90 American Electric B-Line Systems, Inc. Unistrut Diversifi ed Products OzlGedney RACO, Inc. Spring City Electrical Mfg. Co. Thomas and Betts Com. Panelboards 16210 General Elechic Company Siemens (I-T-E) Square D Company I I I I I t I I l I I T t I I t ,| 1 I Gore Crcek Resldenccs - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Manufacturers 15080-2 t I I I I I I I I I I t I I 1 I I I I PART3 - EXECUTTON CNOT USED) END OF SECTION Manufactur€rs 1608G3 Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 TITLE SPECIFICATION SECTION MANruFACTIJRXR Transient Vollage Surge Suppressors t62t5 Cunent Technologies Liebert Overcurrent Protection Devices - Circuit and Motor Disconnects t6260 Cutler-Hammer, Inc. General Electric Co. Siemens (I-T-E) Square D Co. - Fuses Connections t6260 16260 Bussman Gould Shawmur Littlefuse Appleton Electric Co. Bumdy Corp. Ideal Industries, Inc. Thomas and Betts Corp. Interior and Exterior Lighting 16450 16460 Refer to Drawings and Schedules Grounding 16350 Cadweld Div; Cooper Industries Ideal Industies Bundy Corp. OZ Gedney Div: General Sisnal Corp. Li ghting Control Equipment 16480 General Electric Co. Lithonia Control Systems I I I t I SBCTION 16il0 RACEWAYS PART 1 - GENERAL I.()I RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisiors of Contract, including Goteral and Supplemenrary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to lhis section. B. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this Section: l. "ElectricalReouirements." I.O2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways for electrical wiring. Tlpes of raceways in this section include the following: l. Electrical meallic tubing (EMT). 2. Flexible metal conduit. 3. Intermediate metal conduit (lMC). 4. Liquidtight flexible conduit. 5. Rigid metallic conduit. 6. Surface racewala. 7. Rigid non-metallic conduit. L Wirewav. I.O3 STJBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division I Specification Section. B. Product Data for the following products: l Raceways and fittings. 2. Wireways and fittings. C. Installation Instructions: Manufacturer's written installation instructions for wireway, surface raceway, and nonmetallic raceway products. 1.04 QUALITYASSIIRANCE A. Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall cornply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code." B. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements ofNEMA standards pertaining to raceways. C. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with applicable requirernants of UL standards pertaining to electrical raceway systems. Provide raceway products and components listed and labeled by uL. Gore Creek Residenccs - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I I 1 t I I I Raceways r6ll0-l I I 1.05 REFERENCES A. In the absence of other information, standards ofthe following organizations apply: l. ANSI C80.1 Rigid Steel Condui! Zinc Coated. 2. ANSI C80.3 Elecfrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated. 3. ANSI/NEMA FB I Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assernblies. 4. NEMA RN I PVC Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Electrical Metallic Tubing. 5. NEMA TC 2 PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. 6. NEMA TC 3 PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing. RESTRICTIONS A. Attachment of conduit and tubing to any exterior part of the building envelope is pmhibited without the approval of Academy School District Twenty and compliance with Dvision 07 of these Technical Guidelines. B. Horizontal conduit runs within concrete slabs above grade are prohibited. l. Limit horizontal nms in concrete slabs to branch circuits feeding cast in place floor outlets onlv. 1.06 I t T t t t t t I I T t PART2-PRODUCTS 2.OI METALCONDUITANDTUBING F. Raceways t I c. D. A. Rigid steel conduit shall be hotdipped galvanized rigid steel and comply with U.S. Standard lJL6 and ANSI Standard C80.-. B. PVC externally coated conduit: NEMA RN I rigid steel conduit with orternal 40 mil PVC coating and internal galvanized surface. Fittings and conduit bodies: ANSVNEMA FFB l; threaded type, material to match conduit. Intermediate metal conduit and fittings: Conduit galvanized steel. Fittings and conduit bodies ANSVNEMA FB l; threaded typ€, material to match conduit. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall be galvanized on the outside and coated on the inside with a hard, smooth lacquer finish. EMT fittings shall be set screw. EMI shall comply with W797 and ANSr C80.3. l. Fittings: ANSVNEMA FBI; High quality, insulated throa! steel set screw. Die cast fittings are prohibited. 2. Die cast fittings are prohibited. 3. High quality compression is require.d on surface work in kitchens, greenhouses, and other arcas where waterproof fittings are required by NEC. 4. Conduit bodies: Aluminum, steel or malleable iron. PVC is prohibired. Flexible metallic conduit shall be galvanized steel with steel fittings. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 E. 16110'2 I I I t I t I I I I I I l I I t I I I l. Fittings and conduit bodies: ANSVNEMA FBI; material to match conduit. G. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit and fittings: l. Conduit: Flexible metal conduit with PVC jacket. 2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSIAIEMA FFBI; Material to match conduit; waterproof 2.02 NONMETALLICCONDUITANDDUCTS A. Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): NEMA TC 2 and UL 651, Schedule 40 or 80 PVC. B. PVC Conduit and Tubing Fittings: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or conduiVtubing t),pe and material. C. Conduil Tubing and Duct Accessories: Types, sizes and materials compllng with manufacturet's published product information. Mate and match accessories with raceway. D. Plastic conduit shall be rigid polyvinyl chloride @VC) Schedule 40 for direct burial or Tlpe I for concrete encased, rated for 90oC. 2.03 CONDUITBODIES A. General: Types, shapes, and sizes as required to suit individual applications and NEC requirements. Provide matching gasketed covers secured with corrosion-resistant screws. B. Melallic Conduit and Tubing: Use meallic conduit bodies. Use bodies with threaded hubs for threaded racewavs. C. EMT Conduit Bodies I Inch and Smaller: Use bodies with steel compression gland connecton and couplings. D. EMT Conduit Bodies I Inch and Largen Use bodies with steel compression gland connectors and couplings. E. Nonmetallic Conduit and Tubing: Use nonmetallic conduit bodies conforming to uL5l4B. 2.M WIREWAYS A. Cieneral: Electrical wireways shall be oftypes, sizes, and number ofchannels as indicated. Fittings and accessories including but not limited to couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold- down straps, and end caps shall match and mate with wireway as required for complete systern. Where featurcs are not indicated, select to fulfill wiring requirernents and comply with applicable provisions ofNEC, B. Wireway covers shall be hinged type. C. Exterior installations shall be gasketed, NEMA 3R, screw cover q?e. PART3.EXECUTION 3.OI WIRING METHOD A. Outdoors: Use lhe following wiring methods: (lncluding the parking tunnel) Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Raceways 16110-3 l_ J J, 4. 5. I I I t t l. 2. .]. i Exposed: Intermedi ate metal conduit. Concealed: Intermediate metal conduit. Underground, Single Run: Rigid non-metallic conduit. Underground, Grouped: Rigid non-metallic conduit. Connection to Vibrating Equipment; including transformers, pneumatic orelectrical solenoid, and motor-operated equipmant: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 3.02 B.Indoors: Use the following wiring methods: Exposed: Intermedi ate metal conduit. Concealed: Electrical metallic tubing. Connection to Vibrating Equipment; including transforrnerq pneumatic or electric solenoid, and motor-operated equipment Flexible metal conduit. Connection to vibrating equipment in moisVhumid or corosive atsnosphere; including pneumatic or electric solenoid, and motor - operated equipment: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. INSTALLATION A. General: Install electrical racewap in accordance with manufacturet's wrinen installation instructions, applicable requirernents ofNEC, and as follows: B. Conceal Conduit and EMT, unless indicated otherwise, within finished wall, ceilings, and floon. Keep racewaJ6 at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes. Install racewaln level and square and at proper elevations- C. Elevation of Raceway: Where possible, install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. D. Complete installation ofelectrical raceways, before starting installation ofconductors within raceways. E. Provide supports for raceways as specified elsewhere in Division 16 and in accordance with NEC and local authorities seismic requirements. F. hevent forcigr matter fiom entering racewala by using tcrnporary closure prolection. G. Protect stub-ups from damage where conduits rise from floor slabs, Arrange so curved portion of bends is not visible above the finished slab. H. Make bends and offsets so the inside diameter is not effectively reduced. Unless otherurise indicarcd, keep the legs ofa bend in the same plane and the straight legs of offsets parallel. L Use raceway fittings that are oftypes compatible with the associated raceway and suitable for the use and location. For intermediate steel conduit, use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings except as otherwise indicated. Run concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance considering the type ofbuilding construction and obstructions except as otherwise indicated. Raceways embedded in slabs (Maximum conduit size l" outside diameter): Install in middle third of the slab thicloess where practical and leave at leasl 2 inch concrete cover. Tie raceways to reinforcing Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 I I I I I I I I t I I t K. Raceways l6tt04 M. N. o. P. a. R. S, T. U. I I I t I I I t t I I I l I I T I I I L. rods or otherwise secure them to prevant sagging or shifting during concrete placemant. Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in the concrcte. Submit conduit routing lo Architect/Structural Engineer for approval prior to installation. Install exposed raceways parallel and perpendicular to nearby surfaces or structural mernbers and follow the surface contours as much as practical. AII exposed conduit runs shall be approved by architect prior to installing. All exposed conduit in public areas shall bepainted to match surrounding walls, veri$ exact color with architect. Run exposed" parallel, or banked raceways together. Make bends in parallel or banked runs from the same center line so that the bends are parallel, Factory elbows may be used in banked runs only where they can be installed parallel. This requires that there be a change in the plane of the run such as from wall to ceiling and that the raceways be ofthe same size. In other cases provide field bends for parallel t-aceways. Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints tight. Where joints cannot be rnade tight, use bonding jumpen to provide electrical continuity of the raceway syslem. Make raceway terminations tight, Where terminations are subject to vibration, use bonding bushings or wedges to assure electrical continuity. Where subject to vibration or dampness, use insulating bushings to protect conductors. Use expansion fittings at building expansion joints. Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tool. Terminations: Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings, align the raceway to enter squarely and install the locknuts with dished part against the box. Where terminations cannot be made secure with one locknut, use two lochruts, one inside and one outside the box. All conduit connections to junction boxes shall have insulated bushings. Where terminating in threaded hubs, screw the raceway or fitting tight into the hub so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder. Where chase nipples are used, align the raceway so the coupling is square to the box, and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed. Install pull wires in empty nceways. Use no. l4 AWG zinc-coated steel or monofilament plastic line having not less than 200-lb tensile shength. Leave not less than 12 inches or slack at each end ofthe pull wire. Telephone and Signal System Raceways: In addition to the above requirements, raceways 2-inch and smaller shall have amaximum lengthof150 feet witb amaximum oftwo90'bends orequivalent. Install pull orjunction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements. Install raceway sealing fittings in accordance with the manufacturet's written instructions. Locate fittings at suitable, approved, accessible locations and fill them with Ul-listed sealing compound. For concealed racewa)rs, install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points and elsewhere as indicated: L Where conduits pass from warm locations lo cold locations, such as the boundaries of refrigerated spaceg air-conditioned spaces and walk-in coolen. Where required by the NEC. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Racewavs l6lllLs X. Y. z. AA. V. Stub-up Connections: Extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipmant with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs and set flush with the finished floor. Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit; flexible metal conduit may be used 6 inches above the floor- Where equipment connections are not made under this contract, install screwdriver-operated threaded flush plugs flush with floor. W. Flexible Connection: Use short length (maximum of 6 ft.) of flexible conduit for recessed and serni- recessed lighting fixtures, for equipment subject to vibration, noise hansrnission, or movement; and for all motors. Use liquidtight flexible conduit in wet locations. Install separate ground conductor across fl exible connections. Install nonfenous conduit or tubing for circuits operating above 60 [Iz PVC externally coated rigid steel conduif Use only fittings approved for use wiih that material. Patch all nicks and scrapes in PVC coating after installing conduit. lnstall all underground conduits 30 inches below finish grade unless noted otherwise. Surface Metal Raceway: Install a separate green ground conductor in raceway frrom thejunction box suppllng the raceway to r€ceptacle or equipment ground terminals. SIZING A. Sizes of conduits, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be determined from Table 38, Chapter 9 of the latest National Electrical Code. B. All other raceway sizes shall be calculated based on maximum fill requiremants ofth raceway. ADruSTINGANDCLEANING A. Upon completion of installation of raceways, inspect interion of racewaln; clear all blockages and rcrnove burrs, dirl and construction debris. ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2fi15 I I I I I T I I I t I I I T t 3.03 I I Raccways 16110-5 I I - I Ir *iff1'$il:1T1,* L I PARTI-GENERAL I l.0l RELATED DOCLTMENTS I A. Drawings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and - Dvision I Specification Sections, apply to this Section. I B. Requiremens of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this section: I l. Electrical Requirements. I I.O2 S1JMMARY t A, This Section includes wires, cables, and connectors for power, lighting, signal, control and relaled I ' systens rated 600 volts and less. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this section: r l:. 3ffi:ll ',.T:ffl" P;#:'i*iJ:'"1'#1ffi:l Piil*l'l$rors ror rerminating cab,es in boxes and other electrical enclosures- I 1.03 SUBMITTALS ,. A. Product Data for electrical wires, cables and connectors. I l.o4 euALIrY A'STJRANCE t A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of fie following code: I B. NFPA ?0 "lrlational Elecrrical Code." I l. Conform to applicable codes and regulations regarding toxicity of combustion products of I insulating materials. C. UL Compliance: Provide components which are listed and labeled by UL under the following - shndards.t l. UL Std. ,14 Rubber Insulated Wires and Cables 2. UL Std. 83 Thermoplastic-Insulated Wires and Cables. I 3. uL std,486A yJ:":;T:.t" and soldering Lugs for use with copper 4. UL Std. 854 Service Entrance Cable. I . D. NEMMCEA Compliance: Provide components which comply with the following standards: l . r' wc-s 3f,H:ffitf;tfiH[l'#:"i"' cabre ror the rransmission and I I I 16f20-l Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 13 August, 2lX)4 Wire and Cables 2. WC-7 Cross Linkcd Thermosetting Polyethylene-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution ofElectrical Energy. IEEE Compliance: Provide components which comply wiah the following standard. I . Std. 82 Test procedures for Impulse Voltage Tests on Insulated Conductors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.Ol wtREs AND CABLES (600 VOLT) General: Provide wire and cable suitable for the lemperature, conditions and location where installed. Conducton: Provide solid conductors for power and lighting circuits no. l0 AWG and smaller. Provide skanded conductors for sizes no. 8 AWG and larger. Conductor Material: copper for all wires and cables with conductivity of not less than 98% at 20oC. Basic Construction: UL rated sizes 600 Kcmil to 1000 Kcmil Class B stranded coated copper conductor, insulated with a compocite wall ofa flexible thermosetting dielectric based on an ethylenc- propylene type elastomer and a tough heat, flarne and soil resistant th€nnosettiDgjacket. l. Insulation Jacket: The conductors shall be insulated with a themosetting material based on an ethylene-propylene elastomer and covered with a mechanically rugged thermosefting chlorosulphonated polyethylene compound. The insulation shall be tight fitting to the conductor but shall be clean stipping. 2. Identification: The cable jacket shall be surface printed with the manufacturcr's narne, conductor size, insulation andjacket type, any applicable UL ratings. 3. Production Tests: High voltagc AC Test - After not less than six (6) hours immersion in water and while still submerged, each production reel length of completed cable shall bc subjected to a high voltage AC test for five minutes at the potential 8.0 KV for 500 kc mil and l0-0 KV for 750 kc mil and larger. a. Insulation Resistance Test - Imrnediarcly after the high voltage AC test and while still submerged, an insulation resistance test shall be made. Thc insulation resistance constant shall not be less than 20,000 megohms- 1000 ft. when correctcd to 15.6 C. 4. Refer to Scction 16010 "Electrical Requirements" for additional cable rcsting. Secondary voltage cables and wires shall bc copper single conductor rated 600 volts conforming to or exceeding ICEA Specifications and shall be as follows: l. In sizes l/0 AWG to 4/0: CrossJinked polyethylcne insulation type XI{HW (75-90"C.) or THWN. 2. In sizes 250 MCM and larger: Type RHWIJSE or THWN. 3. In sizes I AWG and smaller: All condudors shall have hea/moisture resistant thermoplastic insulation type THWN (75"C.), except as follows: a. Wherc conduit temperaturc will cxceed | ffi'F., use type THHN (90"C.). b. In I20 volt incandescent fixtures, type SF-2 or SFF-2 (15G200'C.). c. In wireway of fluorescent lighting fixtures type THHN (90"C.). Grounding Conductors: Shall be ofthe same tJDc as its associated phase conductors. Provide 2001b. Test pull string in conduits for use by sysrcm fumished and installed by others. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 13 Augus! 2004 E. I I I I t I t I I I I I I I I t I t t A B. c. D. E. 4. 5. 6. Wire and Cebles t6r2E2 I I t I I I F. Insulation: Provide THHN insulation for all conductors size 500 Kcmil and smaller. l. Jackets: Factory-applied nylon or PVC extemal jacketed wires and cables for pulls in raceways over 100-feet in length, for pulls in raceways with more than three equivalent 90" bends, for pulls in conduits undergound or under slabs on grade, and where indicated. G, Connectors for Conductors: l. Provide UlJisted factory-fabricated, solderless metal connectors ofsizes, ampacity ratings, malerials, qrpes and classes forapplications and for services indicated. Use conneclors with temperature ratings equal to or greater than those of the wires upon which used. PART 3. EXECUTION r 3.01 WTRTNGMETHOD I A. Use the following wiring methods as indicated: I l. wire: install all wire in raceway.2. All wiring associated with emergency systems shall be installed in dedicaled raceway. I 3.02 INSTALLATIONOFWIRESI A. All wiring shall be routed through an acceptable raceway regardless of voltage application, unless -, specified otherwise under olher Sections ofthese Specifications. I- B. Pull no wire into any portion ofconduit system until all construction work which might damage the wire has been completed. I C. Change branch circuit wire from #12 AWG TO #10 AWG where more than 3 cunent-carrying conductors are in one conduit. t D. Minimum wire size shall be #t2 AWG except for confol or signal circuits which may be #14 AwG. I E. Unless otherwise indicated, all wiring for branch circuits shall be #12 AWG in 3/4" conduit, protected by 20 amperes circuit breakers. Ifdistance from panel lo first outlet is 75 feet or greater (for 120 volt I circuits) #10 AWG shall be installed. F. Install all wire conlinuous from outlet to outlet or terminal to terminal. Splices in cables when ill required shall be rnade in handhold, pull boxes, or junction boxes and shall be in strict accordance I with cable manufacturels recommendations utilizing solderless connectors UL approved for the use, G. Make up splices in outlet boxes with 8" of corrcctly color-coded lails left in box. Splices in wire size I #8 AWG and smaller shall be made with insulated ipring BTe wire connectors. Splices in larger wire I and cables shall be made with compression approved for the purpose. All insulating tape used on circuits of600 vohs and less shall be 3M #33, Plymouth Slipknot Grey or approved equal. I H, Make all ground, neutral, and line connections to receptacle and wiring device terminals as ! recommended by manufacturcr. Provide ground jumper from outlet box to ground terminal of receptacle, |. I. Maximum three phase and one neutral conductors per conduil unless noted olherwise.t 16120-3 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorrdo 13 Augus! 20MI I Wire and Cebles J. Provide separatc raceways for power and control wiring. 3.03 FIELDQUALITYCONTROL A. Prior to energizing, check installed wircs and cables with mcgohm npter to determine insulation resistance levels lo assurc rcquirements are frrlfilled. B. Prior ro energizing, test wires and cables for elecfical continuity and for short-circuits. C. Subs€quent lo wire andcable hook-ups, energize circuits and demonstrateproper functioning. Conect malfunctioning uniB, aDd retest to demonstrate compliarrce. D. Prior to completion ofprojecL an infrarcd scan ofeach equipment connection shall be performed when all loads are cnergized. ENDOF SECTION Gore Creek Residencec - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 13 Augurt, 2lX)4 I I I t I t I I I t I T I ! I I I I I Wire and Cables 16120-4 I t I I I T I I I I I t I I I I I I I SECTION 16135 ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS PART I -GENERAL I.OI RELATEDDOCI.JMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contrac! including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. This section is a Division 16 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods section, and is a part of each Division l6 section making reference to electrical wiring boxes and fittings specified herein. t.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK Drawings are diagrammatic. All bends, boxes, fittings, couplings are not necessarily shown. Supply as necessary to comply with NFPA-70. Tlpes ofelectrical boxes and fittings specified in dtis section inctude the following: l. Outlet boxes. 2. Junction boxes. 3. Pull boxes. 4. Bushings. 5. Loclnuts. 6, Knockout closures. QUALITY ASSI,JRANCE Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture ofelectrical boxes and fittings, ofqpes, sizes, and capacities required, whose products have been in salisfactory use in similar service for not lcss than five years. Installet's Qqalifications: Firm with at least five years ofsuccessful installafion experiance on projects utilizing electrical boxes and fittings similar to those required for &is project. NEC Compliance Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of electrical wiring boxes and fittings. UL Compliance: Complywith applicable requirernents ofLJL 50,UL 514-Series,andUL 336pertaining to electrical boxes and fittings. Provide electrical boxes and fittings which are UlJisted and labeled. NEMA Compliance: Comply with applicable requirernents of NEMA Stds/Pub No.'s OSl, OS2 and PUB 250 pertaining to outlet and device boxes, covers and box supports. Federal Specification Compliance: Comply with applicable requirements of FS W-C-586, "Electrical Casr Metal Conduit Outlet Boxes, Bodies and Entrance Caps". 1.04 SI.JBMITTALS Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical boxes and fittings. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03January 201)5 B. B. 1.03 B. c. D. E. F. Electrical Boxes and Fittings 161311 B. Shop Drawings: Submit layout drawings of electrical floor, junction and pull boxes showing accurately scaled box lalouts and their spatial relafionship to associated equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.OI FABRICATEDMATERIALS A. Outlet Boxes: Provide galvanized flat rolled sheet-sheet outlet wiring boxes, of shapes, cubic inch capacities, and sizes, including box depths as required, suitable for installation at rcspective locations. Constnrct outlet boxes widr mounting holes, and with cable and conduit-size knockout op€nings in bottom and sides. Provide boxes with threaded screw boles, with corrosion-resistant cover and grounding screws for fastening surface and device tlpe box covers, and for equipment qpe grounding. l. Outlet Box Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as rcquired for each installation, including box supports, mountrng ears and brackets, wallboard hangers, box extansion rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, which are compatible with outlet boxes being used to fulfill installation requirernents for individual wiring situations. Choice of accessories is Installet's code-compliance option. B. Device Boxes: Provide galvanized coated flat rolled sheet-steel non-gangable device boxes, ofshapes, cubic inch capacities, and sizes, including box depths as indicated, suitable for installafion at respective locations. Constnrct device boxes for flush mounting with mounting holes, and with conduit-size lnockout opanings in bottom and ands, and with threaded screw holes in end plates for fastening devices. Provide conduit connectors and cormsion-resistant screws for oquipment type grounding' l. Device Box Accessories: Provide device box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, device box extensions, switch box supports, plaster ears, and plasterboard expandable grip fastcners, which are compatible with device boxes being utilized to fulfill installation requirements for individual wiring situations. Choice of accessories is Installer's code-compliance option. C. Raintight Outlet Boxes: Provide corrosion-rcsistant cast-metal raintight outlet wiring boxes, oftypes, shapes and sizes, including depth of boxes, with tlreaded conduit holes fon fastening elechical conduit, cast-metal face plates with spring-hinged watertight caps suitably config.rred for each application, including face plate gaskets and cormsion-resistant plugs and fasteners. D. Junction and Pull Boxes: Provide galvanized code-gauge sheet steel junction and pull troxes, with screw-on covers; of t1pes, shapes and sizes, to suit each respective location and installation; with welded seams and equipped with stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers. E. Bushings, Knockout Closures and Locknuts: Provide Conosion-resistant box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and malleable iron conduit bushings, offset connectors, of tlpes and sizes, to suit respective installation requiranents and applications. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 I I T I I t I I I I I I I ! I t I I I Electrical Boxes and Fittings t613*2 I I I . PART3-EXECUTION I 3,OI INSTALLATIoN oF ELECTRICAL Bo}GS AND FITTINGS I A. General: Install electrical boxes and fittings in accordance with manufacturet's writt€n instructions, I applicable requirernents of NEC and NECA's "standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. I B. Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with wirdcable, wiring devices, and raceway installation work. I C. Provide wealhertight outlets for interior and exterior locations exposed to weather ot moisture. I D. Provide lnockout closures to cap unused lnockout holes where blanks have been rernoved. f E. Install electrical boxes in those locations which ensure ready accessibilityto enclosed electrical wiring. I F. Installing boxes back-to-back in walls shall not be permitted. Provide not less than 6" (l 50 rnm) of ! separation. G. Position recessed outlet boxes accurately to allow for surface finish thickness. a H. Avoid using round boxes where conduit must enter box through side ofbox, which would result in difficult and insecure connections when fastened with loclcrut or bushing on rounded surfaces.I I I. Fasten electrical boxes Iirmly and rigidly to substrates, or structural surfaces to which attached, or solidly embedded electrical boxes in concrete or masonry. I J. Provide electrical connections for installed boxes.r K. Subsequent to installation ofboxes, protect boxes from construction debris and damage.I T 3,02 GROUNDING I A, Upon cornpletion ofinstallation work, properly ground electrical boxes and dernonstrate compliance I with requirernents. I I t I I Electrical Boxes and Fittings I END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residenccs - Tunncl Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 161393 I I I SECTION 16140 rr WTRING DEVICES l' PARTr -cENERALI I.OI RELATED DOCUMENTSI I A. Drawings and general provisions of Contrac! including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to tlris Section. f B. Requirements of the following Division 16 Sections apply to this section:r I.O2 SI.'MMARY I A. This Section includes the following: - l. Receptacles I 2. Ground Fault Circuit Intenupter Receptacles 3. Plugs 4. Plug Conneclors I l: *T"il'J#LmpDimmer-switches'1- Wall PlatesII B. Related Sections: The fotlowing sections contain requirements that relate to this section: ;; I . Division | 6 Section "Circuit and Motor Disconnects" for devices other than snap switches I and plug/receptacle sets used as disconnects for motors' 2. Division 16 Section "Electrical ldenfification: for requiranents for legends to be atgraved on I wall plates. I I,O3 SIJBMITIALS I A. Product data for each type ofproduct specified. I I.O4 QUALITYASSIJRANCE I A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following codes. - B. NIPA 70 "National Electrical Code". ;f I . UL and NEMA Cornpliance: Provide wiring devices which are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable UL and NEMA standards.I I r.05 SEQLJENCE AND SCHEDULTNG I A. Schedule installation offinish plates after the surface upon which they are installed has received final I finish. t t Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 Wiring Devlces r6140-1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 WIRING DEVICES A. General: Provide wiring devices, in t1pes, characteristics, grades, colors, and electrical ratings for applications indicated which are UL listed and which comply with NEMA WD I and other applicable UL and NEMA standards. Provide ivory color devices (red color devices for emergency devices) and 0.04 thick, type 302 satin finish stainless steel face plates unless otherwise indicated. B. Receptacles: As scheduled in Table I in Part 3 indicated herein. Comply with uL498 and NEMA WD 1. C. Receptacles, Industrial Heavy Duty: Provide pin and sleeve design receptacles conforming to UL 498. Comply with UL l0l0 where installed in hazardous locations. Provide features indicated. D. Ground-Fault Inlemrpter (GFI) Receptacles: as indicated in Table I in Part 3 below; provide "terminal" or feed{hree tlpe ground-fault circuit interrupter, as indicatcd on drawingg with integral heavy-duty NEMA 5-20R duplex receptacles. Provide unit designed for installation in a 2-314 inch deep outlet box without adapter, grounding type, Class A, Group I per UL Standard 94.3. WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES A. Wall Plates: single and combination, of bTes, sizes, and with ganging and cutouls as indicated. Provide plates which mate and match with wiring devices to which attached. Provide metal screws for securing plates to devices with screw heads colored to match finish ofplates. Prcvidc wall plates wilh engraved legand where indicated. Conform to requirements of Section "Electrical ldentification." Provide plates having the following additional construction features: 1. Unless otherwise indicated plates shall be smoodr, 302 stainless steel, with contoured edges, no recess lines, and satin finish. 2. For devices in surface mounted boxes on unfinished walls, provide stamped-steel, galvanized wall plates with corrosion resistant screws tmlcss otherwise indicated. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.OI INSTALI-ATION OF WIRING DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES A. Install wiring devices and accessorics as indicated, in accordance with manufacture/s written instructions, applicable requirements ofNEC and in accordance with recogrrized industry practices to fulfill project requirements. B. Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical boxes and wiring installations, as necessary to interface installation of wiring devices with other work. C. Install wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clcan and free ofbuilding rnarcrials, dirt, and debris. D. Install galvanized steel wallplates in unfinished spaces. E. Install wiring devices after wiring work is cornpleted. Gore Creek Resldences - Tunncl Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I t I I I I I I I I T I I I I I t t Wiring Devlccs 16t40-2 T F. Install wall plates afterpainting work is completed. Where plastic wall plates are installed, screws shall I not be tightened where they break or cause deformation of the plate. I G. Tighten connectors and lerminals, including screws and bolls, in accordance with equipmentI ill',ffH:l:iJ:IT:,:"i,:::l:ilH'H#:ffiJ:#lJ#::lr.ffii,:;T"ft1Hi"'JilH:: I specified in UL Standard 486A. Use properly scaled torque indicaling hand tool. I 3.02 PROTECTTON T A. Proiect installed components from damage. Replace &maged items prior lo final acceptance. I 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLI A. Testing: Prior to energizing circuits, test wiring for electrical continuity, and for short-circuits. Ensure I pmper polarity of connections is maintained. Subsequent to energizing test wiring devices and f demonstrate compliance with requirernents, operating each operable device at least six times. I B. Test ground fault interrupter operation with both local and remote fault simulations in accordance with I manufacturer recommendations. C, TABLE I 3 REcEPTACLES I I t t l WP GFI 20 125 Duplex 5-20R 53621 20 125 Single 5-20R 53611 20 125 Duplex 5-20R GF5362l Weather- Pmof 20 125 Duplex 5-20R GF5362l Integral GFI (2\ 20 480 Single L1620R 2430A (3) NOTES (l) Ietter desigrrations are used where symbols alone do not clearly designate on plans locations where specific receptacle I D?es arc used' I Q) Protects downstream receptacles on same circuit, only where noted on drawings. (3) Provide matching cap. I g) Refer to section 16080 for additional acceptable manufacturers.r D. TABLE2 I I SNAP SWTTCHES Gore Creek Residenccs - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lD5 l I Deslgnation (1) Current Rating Amos Voltage Ratlns Single/ DuDlex NEMA Configuration Ilubbell Calalog #(4) Notes Wiring Devices 16140-3 Designation (l)Typlcal Applicetion Load Rating Voltage Rating (AC)Poles Hubbell Catalos # Notes S S3 s4 SP SK SK3 NOTES Conhol Lights Control Lights Contol Lights Switch & Pilot LiCht Key Switch Key Switch 20A 20A 20A 20A 20A 204 120n77 r20n77 t20n77 n0n77 r20t277 t201277 I 3-way 4-way l I 3-way l22ll 12231 1224E t22tPL 122tL 1223L I t I I T I Q) Type of switch ;. a"t"r-inJ(t) (2) (3) For snap switches, desigration is the same as the symbol used on plans for the device. from plan context including tlpe of device or circuit being conholled. Pilot light "on" when switch is "on". Derate dinrmer switch per manufacture/s recommendations where dimmers are ganged iogether, ENDOFSECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi15 t I t I I I I I I t t t Wlrlng Devices r61404 t I SECTION 162IO I PANELBOARDS I PARTI-cENERAL !I.OI RELATEDDOCTIMENTS Ir A' 3nT:::,Tl:ffff1Jfi#:[:f;TT:.f:'r'lr'l:Garerar and Supprernentary conditions and I B. Division-16 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods sections apply to work specified in this section.I I.O2 SI.JMMARY -I A. Provide all panelboards, and enclosure wort<, including cabinets and cutout boxes, as indicated by drawings and schedules, and as specified herein. I B. Types ofpanelboards, and enclosures required for the project include the following: l. Power-distributionpanelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance panelboards.I C. Fuses required in connection with installation ofpanelboards, and enclosures are specified in another I Division-l6 section. I D. WiredCables, busway, electrical boxes and fittings, and raceways required in conjunction with the I installation of panelboards, and enclosures are specified in other Dvision-16 sections. r l.o3 SUBMITTATS t A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data on panelboards, and enclosures.t B. Wiring Dagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for swilchboards and panelboards showing connetions I to electrical power feeders and distribution branches.r I.M REFERENCES t A. NFPA 70: National Electrical Code (NEC) I B. Underwriter's Laboratories Standards: W- 6'7,50, 869,486A, 4868, 891, 1053 as applicable toI switchboards and panelboards.t C. Federal Specification W-P-l l5c, dated 1990 for Tlpe I, Class 1. f I T - Panelboards f62f0-1 Gore Creek Residences - TunnelI ,,1;h:$Tt!I PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 PAMLBOARDS I I I I T I I t I t I I I I I I I ! I B. c. D. General: Except as otherwise indicated provide panelboards, enclosures and ancillary components, of types, sizes, and ratings indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard malerials and are designed and constructed in accordance with published product information. Equip with the number of unit panelboard devices as required for complete installation. Panelboard descriptions are shown on the drawings. Power Distribution Panelboards: Provide dead-front safety tlpe power distribution panelboards as indicated, with panelboards switching and protective devices in quantities, ratingg tlpeg and with arrangement shown; with anti-turn solderless prcssurc type main lug connectors approved for use with copper conductors. Select unit with feeders connecting at top ofpanel. Equip with copper bus bars with not less than 98-percent conductivity, and with firll-sized neutral bus unless otherwise indicated; provide suitable lugs on neutral bus for outgoing feeders requiring neutral connections. Provide molded-ciuie main and branch circuit-breaker types for each circuit, with toggle handles that indicate when tipped. Where multiple-pole breakers are indicated, provide with common trip so overload on one pole will trip all poles simultaneously. Provide panelboards widr bare uninsulated grounding bars suitable for bolting to enclosurcs. Enclosures shall be fabricated by same manufacturers as pane'lboards and shall mate and match properly wi0r panelboards. Employ CTL class breakers ofnot less dran 10,000 sym AIC at 120/208 volts; and 14,000 sym AIC at 277480 volts. Provide wiring connections with mechanical screw b/pe removable connector lugs, AL/CU rated for 75 oC conductors. Shorttircuit ratings shall be as indicated on the drawings. Lighting and Appliance Panelboards: Provide dead-front safety type lighting and appliance panelboards as indicated, with switching and protective devices in quantities, ratings, tJpes and arrangemenis shown; with anti-tum solderless pressure tlpe lug connectors approved for use with copper conductors; constuct unit for connecting feeders at top of panel; equip with copper bus bars, full-sized neutral bar, with bolt-in type heavy-duty, quick-make, quick-brealg single-pole circuit- breakers, with toggle handles that indicate when tripped. Provide suitable lugs on neutral bus for each outgoing feeder required; and provide bare uninsulated grounding bars suitable for bolting to enclosures. Select enclosures fabricated by same manufacturers as panelboards, which mate and match properly with panelboards. Employ CTL class breakers of not less $an 10,000 sym AIC at | 201208 volts; and 14,000 sym AIC *217 | 480 volb. Provide wiring connections with mechanical scrcw type removable connector lugs, AUCU rated for 75 oC conductors. Short-circuit ratings shall be as indicated on the drawings. Panelboard Enclosures: Provide galvanized sheet steel cabinet tlpe enclosres, in sizes and NEMA types as indicated code-gge, minimum l6-gage thiclcress. Construct with multiple lcrockouts and wiring gutters. Provide fr,onts with adjustable trim clamps, and doors with flush locks and kep, all panelboard enclosures keyed alike, with concealed piano door hinges and door swings as indicated. Equip with interior circuitdirectory frarne, and card wilh clear plastic covering. Provide baked gray enamel finish over a rust inhibitor coating. Design enclosures for surface or flush mounting as indicated on the drawings. Enclosures shall be fabricated by same manufacturer as the panelboards and shall male and match properly with the parelboards. Multi-section panelboards shall have the same enclosure height so that the tops and bottoms shall align when installed. Fronts shall be hinged to the enclosure box when indicated on the drawings. An equipment ground bus shall be provided attached to each enclosure. Additional insulated equipment ground bus shall be provided as indicated. Gore Creck Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lD5 Panelboards l62to-2 E. I t I I I I t I I I I I I I t I I I I Molded case circuit breakers shall provide circuit overcunent protection with inverse time and instantaneous tripping characteristics. All circuit breakers shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., conform to applicable requiremants of NEMA Standards Publication No. ABI and meet appropriate classifications of Federal Specifications W C 37BlGen. All circuit brcakers shall have a quick-make, quick-break over center toggle typ€ mechanism and the handle shall be trip free to prevant contacts closed against a short circuit or sustained overload. All circuit breaker handles shall assume a position between "ON'and "OFF'when tripped automatically. Multi-pole circuit breakers shall be common-trip such that an overload or short circuit on any one pole will result in all poles opaning simultaneously. Arc extension is to be accomplished by magnetic arc chutes. All ratings are to be clearly visible. When reverse feed is indicated on the drawings, in accordance with UL, circuit breaken with sealed trip units shall be supplied. l. Solid State Sensing Specifications: a. As indicted on the drawings, circuit breaker frames 400 ampere through ampere 3200 shall have microprocessor-based RMS sensing trip units, widr the capability to measure through to the 21" harmonic. Automatic operation of all circuit breaket Fames 400A and larger shall be obtained by means of solid state tripping elements providing inverse time delay and (instantaneous) and/or (short time delay) circuit protection. Continuous current rating shall be adjustable from 20% to 100% ofthe hip unil rating, without the need for a rating plug. Long-time delay and instanlaneous trip shall be adjustable. The optional short-time trip firnction shall have adjustable pick-up settings, three fixed times, and Ft ramp. Circuit breaker frames 400A and larger, and where indicated on the drawings, shall be 100% equipment rated. b. Integral Ground Fault Option: Main and feeder circuit breakers as indicated on the drawings shall be provided with integral ground fault protection. Ground fault pick-up shall be adjustable from 20o/o to 70/ o of the circuit breakers maximum continuous current rating, Ground fault fime delay shall be adjustable with three I1 ramps. c. When indicated on the drawings, solid state trip breakers shall be fumished with a plug-in or panel mounted metering device. This device shall simultaneous display all three phase currents, as well as average current, ground current, and phase unbalance. In addition it shall display breaker status, a max log and a hip log. The trip log will retain and display date, fime and tlpe of trip (overload, short circuit or ground fault) for the rnost recent 5 trip evants. 2. fiermal Magnetic Specifications: Unless otherwise noted on the drawingg all circuit breakers 2000 ampere and below shall have thermal-magnetic trip units, with inverse time-current characteristics. Automatic operation ofthese circuits breakers shall be obtained by means of thermal-magnetic tripping devices located in each pole providing inverse time delay and instantaneous circuit protection. Circuit breakers shall be ambiant compensating in that, as the ambient temperatue increases over 40C, the circuit breaker automatically derates itselfso as to better protect its associated conductor. Thermal-magnetic breaken from 250 to 200OA frames shall have thermal interchangeable trip units, with instantaneous magletic trip settings that are adustable and accessible from the front ofall circuit breakers on frame sizes 250 amperes and above. Where indicated provide circuit breakers UL listed for application at 100% of their ampere rating in their intended enclosure. 3. Motor Circuit hotectors: Where indicated on the drawings and in dre combination motor starter/motor control center schedule, fum'ish instantaneous magnetic trip only circuit breakers for motor short circuit protection. The magretic trips shall be adustable and accessible from the front ofall circuit Gorc Creck Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03January 2005 Panelboards 16210-3 I I I I I I I t t I I I I I I I I t I 4. 5. 6. B. c. D. 3.01 3.02 breaker frames. The continuous current rating shall be between I and 800 arnperes as indicated on the drawings. Cunant Limiting Specifi cations : W}ere indicated on the drawings, Siernens current limiting circuit breakers are to b€ fumished. Curent limiting circuit breakers shall limit the let-through 11to a value less ihan I'1t of one-half cycle wave of the symmetrical prospective current without any firsiblc elements when operating without any fusible elernents when operating within its current range. Series Connected Combination Specifi cations: Where protective devices are applied in series combination, such that the prospective available fault curent exceeds dre intemrpting rating (AlR) of the downstream protective devices, such combinations shall be UL recognized combinations. All electrical equipmant using these UL recognized circuit breakers combinations shall be clearly rnarked in accordance with NEC Section 20-83 (c). Intemal Accessories: Provide shunt trips, bell alarms, and auxiliary switches as shown on the contract drawings. Gold plated auxiliary switches shall be supplied for PLC connection. Internal accessories for all breakers shall be LJL listed for field installation and modification. PART3-EXECUTION EXAMINATION l. Examine area and conditions under which panelboards and enclosures are to be installed, and notiS Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS F. Insrall panelboards and enclosures as indicated, in accordance with manufacturet's written instructions, applicable requirements of NEC standards and NECA's "Standards of Installation", and in compliance with recogrized industry practic€s to ensure that products fulfill requirements. Tighten connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacture/s published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturefs torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in LJL Std 485A and B. Fasten enclosures firmly to walls and structural surfaces, ensuring that they are permanently and mechanically anchored. Provide properly wired electrical connections for and panelboards within the enclosures. Provide lamecoid label for each branch device identifying load served on main switchboard. The switchboard shall be lamecoid label with name, voltage, phase, wire and short circuit rating. Refer to Section 16050 for more information. Provide typcd panelboard's circuit directory crd upon completion of installation work to match 8s- built conditions and nomenclature indicated on engincering drawings and submit directories to the angineer for review prior to mounting in panelboard. Gore Creek Residenccs - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lD5 Panelboards 162104 I 3.03 GROIJNDING I A. Provide equipment grounding connections for panelboard enclosures as indicated. Tightent connection to comply with tightening torques specified in UL 486A to assure permanent and effective grounds. I 3.M FIELDQUALITYCONTROL I A. Prior to energizlition of electrical circuitry, check all accessible connections to manufactuler's I tightening torque specifications. B. Prior to energization of panelboards, check with ground resistance tester phase-to-phase and phase-I to-ground insulation resistance levels to ensure requiremarts are fulfilled.I C. Prior to energization, check panelboards for electrical continuity ofcircuits, and for short-circuits. I 3,05 ADruSTINGANDCLEANING I A. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanica'l movement. |. B. Touch-up scratched ofmarred surfaces to match original finishes. I 3.06 PANELBoARD rNsrALLATroNr A. Install panelboards with tlre top ofthe trim 6'-3" from the finished floor. I B. Field check all panelboard loading and reconnect circuits as requircd to provide balanced phase and line loads. I C. Cables installed in wire gutters of panelboards shall be neatly bundled, routed, and supported. Minimum bending radii as recommended by the wire and cable manufacturer shall not be reduced, I 3.07 DEMoNSTRATToNI A. Subsequent to wire and cable hook-ups, energize switchboards and panelboards and demonshate I ftmctioning in accordance with requircrnents. Where necessary, correct malfunctioning units, and then I relest to demonstrate compliance. I I I I I panetboards I END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunncl Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2005 t62lES I I I sEcrloNl63sor GROUNDING -,I PART T -GENEMLI I.OI RELATEDDOCI,JMENTS I t A. Drawings and geaeral provisions of Contract, including Ganeral and Supplementary Conditions and Division-l Specificafion sections, apply to work offiis section. I B. Division-I6 Basic Materials and Methods sections apply to work of this section.I C. Requiremenb ofthis section apply to electrical grounding and bonding work specified elsewhere in these specifications. I I.O2 SUMMARY I A. fj#":t *:fcal grounding and bonding work is indicated by drawings and schedules and as I B. Tlpe of electrical grounding and bonding work specified in this section includes the following:I l. Solidly grounded. I C. Applications ofelecrical grounding and bonding work in tbis section includes the following: l. Underground metal piping.r " Y#ffiilll"ffllf#"ffi; 4. Electrical powerupt"tir. 5. Grounding electrodes.t 6. Raceways. 7. Service equipmenl I 8. Enclosures. f 9. Equipmeng including signs, pools, and appliances. 10. LandscapeLighting. t D fff"':;t:#.;t,'i;::'*:lT#1"i,*iT;'Hffl,Aff*:""Tfr:ifr;fri,"T:l this section. T 1.03 SI.JBMITTALS f A. Product Data: Submit manufacturet's data on gtounding and bonding products and associated -I accessones. I B. Wiring Diagrams: Submit wiring diagrams for electrical grounding and bonding work which indicatest :1::#i.-TL1#:;;J",'#::$Htr,T#:;Ti*THff:ffi::l:#::::JJ,fl::"" Grounding 16350-1 Gore Creek Residences - Tuuncl Vail, Colorado I 03 January 2005 1.M QUALITY ASSURANCE PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 GROUNDING ANDBONDING Materials and Components: General: Except as otherwise noted, proyide electrical gmunding and bonding sptem; with assembly of; materials, including, but not 'limited to, cables/wires, connectors, solderless lug terminals, grounding electrodes and plate electrodes, bondingjumper baid, surge arresters, and additional accessories needed for a complete installation. Where more than one type component product me€ts indicated requirernents, selection is installeds option. Where materials or components arc not indicated, provide products which comply with NEC, LJL, and IEEE requirements and with established industry standards for those applications indicated. Conductors: Unless otherwise noted, provide electrical grounding conductors for gmunding system cormections that match power supply widng maten'als and are sized according to NEC. Flexible Jumper Strap: Flexible flat conductor,480 strands of30-gauge bare copperwirc;3/4" wide,9-1t2" long;48,250 CM. Select braid with holes sized for 3/8" diameter bolts, and protect braid with copper bolt hole ends. Bonding Plates, Connectors, Terminals and Clamps: Provide electrical bonding plates, connectors, terminals, lugs and clamps as recommended by bonding plate, connector, terminal and clamp manufacturers for indicated applications. B.Ground Electrodes: Grounding Electrodes: Steel with copper welded exterior, 3/4" diameter by l0 feet. Electrical Grounding Connection Accessories: Provide electrical insulating tape, heat- shrinkable insulating tubing, welding materials, bonding straps, as recommended by accessories manufacturers. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Code for procedures, appeaEmce, ard quality of welds; and for methods used in corrccting welding work. Provide welded connections where grounding conductors connect lo underground grounding. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 Codes and Standards: Electrical Code Compliance: Complywith applicable local electrical code requirernents ofthe authority having jurisdiction, and NEC as applicable to electrical grounding and bonding, pertaining to systems, circuits and equipment. UL Cornpliance: Comply with applicable requirements of UL Standards No.'s 467, Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment", and 869 "Electrical Service Equipment", pertaining to grounding and bonding of systems, circuits and equipmeil. In addition, comply with UL Std 486A, "Wire Connectors and soldering Lugs for Use with Copper Conductors." Provide grounding and bonding products which are UlJisted and labeled for their intended usage. IEEE Compliance: Comply with applicable requiremants and recommended installation practices of IEEE Standards 80, 81, l4l and 142 peraining to grounding and bonding of s]4stems, circuils and equipment. B. c. I t I I I I I I I I I t I t I I I I t l. 2. J, 4. l. 2. J. Grounding 16350-2 I I I I I I I t I I I t I I I I I I I C. Grounding Connections: l. Two styles of connections shall be available: one primarily for indoor and the other for outdoor applications. Both styles shall be manufactured by Cadweld or approved equal. a. Connections to be used outdoors shall be suitable for exposure to the elements of direct burial without degradation over the lifetime of the grounding system. b. Connections to be made in finished buildings or confined spaces shall use the low smoke, low ernission CADWELD@ EXOLON@ process which is metallurgically equal to the above connection. 2. Molds shall be made from graphite or other material with standing welding temperatures and shall be designed to provide an average life ofnot less than 50 exothermic welds under normal conditions. 3. Mokls shall bear permanent marking indicating the name of the manufacturer, the mold model, the type and size of welding mixture compatible with dre welding process, and the size ofthe conductor. Instructions detailing general safety information, and welding procedures shall be provided with each mold. 4. The installer is prohibited from using a mold from one manufacturer with a different manufacturcr's welding mixture. 5. Containers for weld metal shall be moisture resistant and shall be packaged to ptevent damage or spillage during shipping. Weld metal and starting material shall be pre-nrcasured and packaged together in a non-absorbing container. The starting material, if used, shall be at the bottom of the container to allow the starting material to be dispened uniformly over the top of the welding mixture whan placed in the crucible for a more uniform ignition and exothermic welding process. 6. Starting material, if used, shall consist of aluminum and copper and iton oxides. It shall not contain phosphorous or any caustic, toxic or explosive substances. Weld metal used for grounding cormections shall contain copper oxide, aluminum, and not less than .3 percent tin as the wetting agent. Weld metal used for cafiodic connections shall not contain tin, but shall contain vanadium. A minimum of 80 percart of the weld metal shall screen out between 30 and 140 mesh. a. Weld metal packages shall be identified as to the part number and t),pe of metals to be connected, such as copper to copper or copper to steel. weld metal tube caps shall be color coded to indicate the alloy ofthe weld metal. b. Weld metal packages shall be clearly marked to indicate whether they are for standard outdoor or low emission or cathodic applications. PART3.EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which electrical grormding and bonding connections are to be made and notiry Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental lo proper completion of work. Do not proceed u/ith work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL GROTJNDING AND BONDING SYSTEMS A. General: Install electrical grounding and bonding systems in accordance with manufacfurer's instructions and applicable portions of NEC, NECA's 'Standard of Installation", and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure thal products comply with requiremants. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado ll3 January 2005 Grounding 16350-3 B. Coordinate with other electrical work as necessary to interface installation of electrical grounding and bonding sptern wotk with other work. C. Weld grounding conductors to undergrormd grounding elechodes. D. Ground electrical servic€ system neutral at service entrance equipment to grounding electrodes. E. Ground eacb separately-derived system neutral to: l. Separate grounding electrode. 2. Building steel. F. Connect together s)4stem neutral, service equipment enclosurcs, exposed non-curent carrying metal parts of electrical equipment, metal raceway systems, grounding conductor in raceways and cables, receptacle ground connectors, and plumbing systems. G. Terminate feeder and branch circuit insulated equipment grounding conductors with grounding lug, bus, or bushing. Lugs for cable size No.2 and larger shall be Cadweld qpe GL or approved equal. H. Connect grounding electrode conductors to | -inch diameter, or greater, metallic cold water pipe using a suitably sized gound clamp. Provide connections to flanged piping to street side of flange. I. Tighten grounding and bonding connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with rnanufacturet's published torque tightening values for connectors and bolts. Where manufacturet's torquing rcquircmants are not indicated, tightan connections to cornply with tightening torque values specified in LJL 486A to assure permanent and effective grounding. J. Install braided t)"e bonding jumpers with code-sized ground clamps on water meter piping to electrically bypass watet meters. K. Route grounding connections and conductors to ground and protective devices in shortest and straightest paths as possible to minimize transient voltage rises. L- Apply corrosion-resistant finish to field-connections, buried metallic grounding and bonding products, and places where factory applied protective coatingF have been destroyed, which are subjected to conosive action. M. Install all connectors on clean metal contact surfaces, to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit integrity. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Upon completion of installation of electrical gmrmding and bonding systemsr test gound resistance with ground resistance tester. Where tests show resistanceto ground is over 5 ohms, take appmpriate action to reduce resistance to 5 ohmg or less, by driving additional ground rods; then retest to denonstrate cornpliance. END OF SECTION Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 I I I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I Grounding 16350-4 I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I sEcTtoN 16450 LIGHTING FIXTTJRES PARTI.GENERAL I.OI RELATEDDOCI.JMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including general and supplementary conditions and Division-l Specification sections, apply to work ofthis section. B. Division-16 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods sections apply to work specified in this section. I.O2 SUMMARY A. Extent, location, and details of lighting fixture work are indicated on drawings and in schedules. B. Types of lighfing fixtures in this section include the following: l. High-inlensity-discharge(HID). a. Metal halide. b. High pressure sodium. 2. Fluorescent. 3. Incandescent and incandescent halogen. 4. Other lamps as noted on fixture schedule C. Fixture: A complete lighting unit, including lamps and parts required to distribute light. Exact ceiling construction shall be verified prior to ordering. Minor changes in ceiling construction shall not be an extra cost to the project. 1. All materials, accessorieg and any other equipment necessary for the complete and proper installation of all lighting fixtures included in this Contract shall be provided by the Contractor. 2, Fixtures shall be manufactured in strict conformance with the Conhact Drawings and Specifications. 3. Specifications and scale drawings are intended to convey the salient features, fitnction and character ofthe fixfures only, and do not necessarily describe every item or detail necessary ofthe work. 4. Minor details, not usually indicated on the drawings nor specified, but that are necessary for the proper execution and completion of the fixtures, shall be included, the same as if they were herein specified or indicated on the drawings. 5. The Owner shall not be held responsible for the omission or absence of any detail, construction feature, etc., which may be required in the production of the fixtures. The responsibility ofaccurately fabricatingthe fixtures to the fulfillment ofthis specification rests with the Contractor. I.O3 SUBMITTAIS A. Submit shop drawings, samples, and prctoqpes as specifically instructed below. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Ligbtlng Fixtures 1645G1 2. J. l. Sarrples: l. 2. I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4. 1 4. 5. 6. Fixture shop drawings shall be submitted in booklet form with a separate sheet for each fixture, assernbled by "luminaire t1pe" alphabetical ornumerical order, with proposed fixture and accessory catalog numbers clearly indicated on each sheet. Manufacturet's dirnensioned scale drawings showing in cornplete detail, the fabrication of all lighting fixtures including overall and detail dimensions, finishes, metal thickness, glass thickness, type, fabrication methods, support method, ballasts, transformers, sockets, type of shielding rellectors, trirns, hinges, gaskeb, provisions for relamping, and all other information to show compliance with the Contract Docurnents. Subrnit certified test data and reports including photornetric data rendered by an independent testing laboratory developed according to methods of 0re Illuminating Engineering Society of North America as follows: a. For lights used for general illumination: (l) coefficients of utilization; (2) Candlepower data, prcsented graphically and numerically, in 5 degree increments (5 degrees, l0 degrees, 15 degrees, etc.). Data developed for up and down quadrants normal, parallel and at22% degree,45 degree, 167% degree to larrps if light output is asymmetric; (3) zonal lumens slated numerically in l0 degree inoements (5 degrees, 15 degrees, etc.) as above. b. For area and roadway luminaries isocandela charts, coefficients of utilization, and IES roadway di strib ution classification. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts list for each lighting fixture, accessory and also include "trouble-shooting" maintenance guide. In addition to the product data and shop drawings, a rnaintenance manual in accordance with general requirements ofDivision I shall be provided. Submit with each light fixturc the manufacturers' recommended lamp lae including larnp catalog number and manufacturer that most closely matches the lamp specified that For ballasts subrnit catalog cut sheets prepared by the manufacturer which clearly shows: manufacturer, ballast factor, input wattage, crcst factor, total harmonic distortion and starting method. Submit catalog cut sheets for fluorcscent emergency batlery units prepared by the manufacturer that shows: manufacturer, input wattage and lumen output Samples rnay be requested for any or all of the fixtures specified. Submit for approval sarnples called for by the Engineer when and where directed, the components tagged with the name of the Foject, and provided with a cord and plug, and specified lamps. Samples will not be retrrned. Allow two weeks from the date ofrcceipt for thorough examination and review by dre Architect and Engineer. All fixture sarnplesrequire a submission ofrnaterial finish sanples, cornponent approval, and a complete operating prototype fixture to be reviewed prior to shipment ofany material to the project. Fixtures under the contract shall be identical with the approved sample fixture. No fixture used as a sarnple will be allowed to be installed on the project. In the event the submissions are disapproved, the fixtures will be retumed to the contractor to immediately make a new submission of fixture or fixtures meeting the contact requirements. All costs associated for samples are to be paid by the Contractor. No additional cost to the Owner for samples or mockups will be allowed. Gore Creek Residcnces - Tunnel Yail, Colorado 03 January 2005 5. 6. 7. B. Lighting Fixtures 16450-2 4. 5. c. D. E, F. G. H. I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I t I WiringDagrams: Submit wiringdiagrams forlighting fixtures showingconnections to electrical power panels, switches, dimmers, controllers, and feeders. Differentiate between portions of wiring which ale manufacturer-installed and portions which are field installed. Submit somd performance data on air handling fixtures; certified test reports will be acceptable. Shop drawings and samples requested shall be submitted for approval before fabrication. Any material produced prior to the approval ofshop drawings or samples, and not in conformance with the Contract Documents, shall be disapproved with the Conhactor bearing full responsibility and cost. When required and requested by the Architect and Engineer, samples submitted as per above shall be subjected to photonrctric, thermal, mechanical, electrical or water testing at an independent test laboratory at no expense to the Owner. No variation from the general anangernent and details indicated on the drawings shall be made on the shop drawings unless required to suit the actual conditions on 0te premises, and then only with the writtan acceptance of the Architect. All variations must be clearly marked as such on the drawings submitted for approval. Provide field mockups for verification purpose of illumination levels and aesthetics as directed by Architect or Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner. Manufacturers or light fixtures not listed must be prequalified. For approval ofall manufacturer/fixhrre substitutions, the fabricator shall comply to specifications herein and as outlined below: l. Manufacturer shall also submit, when requested, a prctoBrpe sample of each fixture for review by the Architect and Engineer. Prototype samples shall be sufficiently detailed and operational to allow evaluation of compliance with the salient features of the specification. Preliminary design or shop drawings shall not be accepted in place ofprototype samples. 2. Printed phpical, electrical and photometric data clearly highlighted to show the differences between the proposed substitutions and the specified light fixtures. 3. Photometric information in IES standard format on a 3% inch disk. 4. Point by point lighting calculations ofareas affected by proposed substitution. 5. The Architect and Engineer shall determine whether the prototype sample complies with the specifications and shall reserve the right to disqualiff any bidders. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE l. , .]. Codes and Standards: National Electrical Code(NEQCompliance: Complywith applicable local code requirernants of the authority having jurisdiction and NEC Articles as applicable to installation and constructi on ofbuilding lighting fixtures. NEMA Compliance: Complywith applicable requirements ofNEMA Stds PubNo'sLE I and LE 2 pertaining to lighting equipment. IES Compliance Comply widr IES RP-l pertaining to office lighting practices and RP-15, regarding selection of illuminance values for interior office lighting. Comply with IES RP-8' I 9, 20, and PB- l 5 pertaining to exterior, parking and roadway lighting practices and fixhlres. UL Compliance: Comply with UL standards, including UL 486A and 4868' pertaining to lighting fixturcs. Provide lighting fixtures and components which are Ullisted and labeled. CBM Labels: Provide fluorescent lamp ballasts which comply with Certified Ballast Manufacturet's Association standards and carrv the CBM label. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Lighting Flxtures 16450-3 I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I 1.05 1.06 B. Special Listing and Labeling: Provide fixtures for damp locations, wet locations, and hazardous locations that are listed and labeled for the specific use. C. Materials and Equipment: l Materials, equipment, and appurtenarces as well as workmanship provided under this Section shall conform to the highest commercial standards, as specified, and as indicated on drawings. Fixture parts and components not specifically idenfified or indicated shall be made of materials most appropriate to their use or function and as such resistant to corrosion and thermal and mechanical stresses encountered in the normal application and fimction of the fixtures. 2. All fixtures shall be manufactured to a consistent level ofquality. Size, color, and componert parts shall be identical for all fixtures. DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLINC, AND WARRANTY A. Deliver lighting fixtures in factory-fabricated containers or wrappings, which pmperly protect fixtures from damage. B. Store lighting fixturcs in original packaging. Store inside ventilaled area protected ftom weather, moisture, soiling, extrerne temperature, humidity, laid flat and blocked offground. C. Handle lighting fixtures carefully to prcvent damage, breaking and scoring of finishes. Do not install damaged units or components; r€place with new. D. Provide a s-],ear warranty of failure in materials, worlonanship, ballas! etc., in addition to and not limited to other rights the Ovmer may have under lhe contract documents. A full warranty shall apply for the first )rear, and a prorated warranty for the last four years. SEQUENCTNG AND SCITEDULING A. Coordinate with other work including wircs/cables, electrical boxes and fittings, and raceways to properly interface installation of lighting fixtures with ceiling requiremants. B. Sequence lighting installation with odrer work to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.OI MANUFACTI.JRERS A. The Contractor shall basebids for lighting fixtures on the manufacturers listed on the fixture schedule. B. Identification by means of manufacture/s names is to establish basic features and performance standards. Alternate marufacturers or substitutions must nreet or exceed the standards of the primary manufacturer listed and are subject to approval. Gorc Creck Residcnccs - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 Lighting Fixtures 1645G4 B. D. G. K. I I I I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I T C. Qualificationsr The contractor is allowed 60 days after the contract has been awarded to submit indepandent photometric tests and samples for all alternate fixtures. If these fixtures fail to comply with the specification requirements at that time, the Contractor will furnish acceptable fixtures at no additional cost to the Owner and with no delay to the project. D. Any submittals for cost reduction altemates or value engineering shall include unit prices for the specified manufacturer, dle specified equal nanufacturer, and the proposed altemates. MATERIALS AND FABRICATION F, Provide materials for fixtures as indicated. Glass: All glass shall be heat strengthened (ternpered) clear float glass should conform to the requirements ofFederal Specification DD-G-1403B, transmittance not less Oran 88 percent or laminated safety glass. For exterior fixtures, use Borosilicate tempered glass. For fixtures directly exposed to the elernents and aimed above horizontal with radiant energy of4.l6 watts per square inch or grcater, use Vycor glass. Acrylic: I fi) percent virgin acrylic polymer, colorless. Rubber: All rubber should be sunlight resistant and heat resistant ofneoprene or silicone. Provide thickness of metal requircd or as specified so that all fixtures are rigid, stable and will resist deflection, twisting, warping or bending under normal installation procedures, loading, rclampin& etc. Provide neoprene or silicone gasketing, stops, and baniers where required to prevent light leak or water and water vapor (penetration). Provide finished product with ground metal edges, tight fitting connections, hinges and closures; clean, neat edges, trims, and frarnes; continuous welds, ground smooth with sharp comers; all exposed screws countersunk flush. Provide positivg durable means ofconnection at all joints as required. All cast parts, including die-cast members, shall be of uniform quality, free from blow holes, poreq hard spots, shrinkage defects, cncks or other imperfections that afrect strength and appearance or are indicative ofinferior metals or alloys. Fasteners shall be manufactured ofnon-magnetic stainless steel, except in indoor applications where galvanized steel is acceptable in non-visible locations. Provide tamperproof screws in all fixtures mounted below 8' above finished floor. Provide sufficient ventilation for lamps, ballasts and transformers including vent holes where required. Outdoor fixtures shall have corrosion resistant wire mesh screens in the vent holes. All adjustable fixtures shall be provided with reliable locking device to securc aiming angles of the fixture housing or lamp yoke as well as lamp and lens orientation devices to secure oval beam pattem lamps and/or spread lenses. L. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fl15 Ligbtlng Fixtures 16450-s I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t I 2.05 FINISHES A. Fixture finishes shall be applied in a manner 0rat will assure a durable, wear resistant surface. Unless otherwise requircd, fixtures shall be painted after fabrication. B. When requested by dre Architect and Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a sufficient quantity of flat metal panel sarnples having $e identical prirner and color coats applied in the same manner as proposed for the Contract items. WIRING A. All wiring shall comply with the following: l Wiring between fluorescent lampholders and associated operating equipmatt shall be of similar or heavier gauge than the leads furnished with the approved tlpcs of ballasts. Conductors shall have equal or better insulating and heat resisting characteristics. 2. Wire leads to the rcceptacle or connector of any side-prong incandescent lamp or any lamp utilizing a dichroic reflector shall be SF-2 silicone rubber insulated, stranded wire. 3. Wiring shall be concealed within the fixture construction except where desigr or mounting dictates othenvise. 4. Connections of wires to terminals of Iampholders and other accessories shall be made in a neat and worlananlike manner and electrically and mechanically securc with no protnrding or loose srands. 5. Wiring channels and wireways shall be free from projections and rough or sharp edges throughou! and all points or edges over which conductors must pass and may be subject to injury or wear shall be rounded and bushed. 6. Insulated bushings shall be installed at points of entrance and exit offlexible wiring.'1. Junction boxes atlached to lighting fixtures shall be manufactured in accordance with the NEC and aprprovd for the number ofconductors indicated on the drawings. Supplementary junction boxes shall be installed where required to cornply with Code. MARKINC OF FIXTURES A. Fixtures designed for voltages other than I 10-125 volts shall be marked with operating voltage. B. Fixtures equipped for operation of rapid start lamps shall be clearly marked "USE RAPID START LAMPSONLY." C. When larnps of a wattage lower than a fixture's rated maximurn arc specified, a label shall be attached that is clearly marked "Iamp Watts Not to Exceed _" to maintain the design energr load. SOI]NDTMNSMISSION Sound transmission through the light fixture units, when spaced as indicated on drawings, shall be sufficiartly attenuated to maintain speech privacy between adjoining spaces. Contractor to provide insulating battens around the fixtures where sound transmission levels are unacceptable, THERMAL PROTECTORS A, hovide thermal protectors as required by the NEC, or as rcquired by local Code., Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Coloredo 03 January 2005 Llghting Fixtures 16450-6 B. c. E. 2.10 I t I t I I I I I T I t I I I t T I t B. Fixtures approved for operafion in fire-resistant material at temperatures up to 150"C (302oF) shall be plainly marked. Pmvide lamps as shown in the fixture schedule or as approved in reviewed shop drawings. Lamps as specified for the individual luminaries or lighting equipment shall be delivered and installed in fixtures and lighting equipment leaving these completely lamped and in normal operating condition. Thirty-two watt fluorescent lamps, unless otherwise designated, shall be of the rapid start type and deliver not less than 2,900 initial lumans for straight lamps. Fluorescant lamps are triphosphor, color temperahrre 3,500'K, with a color rendering index ofnot less than 75, unless noted otherwise. Provide all incandescent larnps inside frosted, rmless noted otherwise. Provide color-corrected, phosphor-coated metal halide lamps, unless noted otherwise. Lamps produced by the following manufacturers are acceptable: 1. Osram Sylvani4 Inc. 2. Philips Lighting 3. Vanture Lighting International, Inc. 4. Others only where specified. LAMPHOLDERS Lamp sockets shall be rigidly attached to fixturc enclosure or husk, Incandescent and high intensity discharge lamp sockets shall be made of heavy duty heat-resistant porcelain. Plastic or metal sheet sockets are not to be used. Fluorescent lamp sockets operated with an open circuit voltage in excess of300 volts shall be of the safety type, and open the supply circuit when the lamp is rernoved from the sockets. Provide nickel plated brass ornickel and silver plated contacts in all lampholders for tungsten halogen lamps, lamps in outdoor fixtures, and mogul base incandescent or metal halide lamps. All lamp sockets shall be suitable for the indicated lamps and shall be set so that lamps are positioned in optically correct relation to all lighting fixturc components, All adjustable sockets shall be preset at the factory for lamp specified. FLUORESCENT AND HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARCE LAMP BALLASTS A. All fluorescent and high intensity discharge lamp ballasts shall conform to the following: 1 . All ballasts shall be "Class P" indicating approved integral ballast protection. Fuses in the primary leads shall be provided in addition to the "Class P" ballast. 2. All ballasts shall be of the high power factor type, energy saving, "super low heat". 3. All fluorescent ballasts shall be electronic, capable ofmaintaining a constant light output on Gore Creek Rcsidcnces - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 D. E. F. A. B. c. D. LightiDg Fixtures 16450-7 all rapid start fluorcscent lamps over operating range of90v to l45V (120V ballast) and 200V to320Y (211ballast). The total harmonic distortion (THD) ofthe ballast shall be less than 20 percent of the full light output current level. The ballast shall withstand line transients as defined in ANSVIEEE C62A1,caugory A; crest factor less than 1.7;power factor greater than 90o/o and operating frequency of 201(HZ or greater without a visible flicker. The case temperature shall not exceed 25oC temperature rise over 40oC ambient. Ballasts shall comply with FCC regulations Part I 8, Class A, Electronic ballasts for compact fluorcscatt lamps and linear fluorescent lamps of5/8' or less in diameter shall contain "end-of-life" sensing and must not operate tlre lamps in a manner that can result in overheating or deformation of the lamp base or socket, All HID ballasts to be encapsulated and have maximum crest factor 1.7. All HID ballasts shall meet U.L. standards for'Class H" operations (180'C). U.L. and ANSI specifications with labels and/or symbols of approval by thc U.L. and of certification by the Certified Ballast Manufacturers (CBM.) as tested by the ETL. The component parts shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with the latest rcquiremarts of the NEC. Ballasts shall provide safe and reliable operation ofthe specified lamps. Unless otherwise indicated, provide two.lamp ballasts for fixtures with two fluorescent lamps or multiples of two lamps. ldentical ballasts shall be installed within each fixturc 0?e. Fixhrre design, fabrication, and assembly shall be such as to prevent overheating or cycling of lamps and ballasts under normal operating ternperature variations. Provide the lowest sound rating available for the larnps specified and clearly show their respective sound ratings. Ballasts found by the Architect or Engineer to be unduly noisy shall be replaced without charge prior to acceptatce ofthe work. Dimmer qpe ballasts shall be of a design recognized and approved under the U.L. component program. These ballasts must coordinate wiih the dimming control devices specified for the particular application. Ballasts intended for outdoor use shall have a minimum lamp stating temperature of -20oF, except as noted otherwise. Where ballasts are remote from fixture housing, provide suitable enclosurc for installation widr the conduit and wire tom the ballast to the lamp socket clearly marked "Caution," "High Voltage." All remote ballase to be installed within the recommended distance from dre lamp socket as per the manufacturer with access plates for maintenance and on neoprene pads for sound absorption. B.Ballasts manufacturcd by the following are acceptable: 4. 5. 6. 10. ll. 7. 8. 9. I I I t t IIII I I I I I I I I I I I I I 12. 13. 14. 15. l. 2- J. 4. 5. Advarce Magnetek Motorola Osram Sylvania Acceptable equivalent. c.Contractor shall provide ballast line side voltage rating with branch circuit voltage as shown on Contract Drawings. Gore Creck Rcsldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 Lighting Fixtures 16450-8 B, c. D. E. 2.lr I T ll t I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I REFLEgTORS A. Reflectors and reflecting cones or baffles shall be as follows: l.Absolutely free of any tooling matks including spinning lines, indentations caused by riveting or other assembly techniques. No rivets, springs or other hardware visible after installation. First quality polished, buffed and anodized finish, "Alzak" or approved equal. Specular finish color as selected by the Architect or as specified in the fixture schedule. All reflector and baffles of modified elliptical contour, with no apparent brightness ftom above 40o above the nadir, with no lamp image or any part ofthe lamp visible from above 400 above lhe nadir. 6. Cone flange formed as an integral part of the cone and with identical color and finish. Width ofthe flange covers all ceiling openings without light leaks or hardware visible. B. Other aluminum reflecton shall be as follows: l. Formed and finished as noted on the Drawings and elsewhere in the Specification. 2. Reflectors free from blemishes, scratches, or indentations which would distort their reflective function. 3. Finished by means of the "Alzak" process or approved equal unless odrerwise noted. C. Samples ofcolored aluminum finishes (black, brass, brronze, etc) shall be submitted for approval before fabrication. LENSES All lenses secured by positive means with neoprene or silicone gasketing or washers as required to hold the lens tight within a frame or attach to a housing. All glass lenses shall be heat treated (tempered) or sealed with a clearacrylic laminale layer to provide a "safety glass" rating All lenses which require removal for relamping or normal maintenance sha'll be attached to the fixture housing by a minimal length ofsafety chain to prohibit the lens from falling and striking surrounding surfaces. Glass edges exposed during the relarnping process gasketed to prevent chipping or cracking, Glass lanses specified as translucent or 'bpal" shall be treated as follows: l. Sand blasted. 2. Acid etched. 3. White flashed. Acrylic lenses shall be 100 percent virgin acrylic polymer, colorless, as manufactured by Rohrn Hass or Dupont. The quality of the raw acrylic material must exceed IES, SPI, and NEMA Specifications by at least I 00 percent which, as a minimum standard, shall not exceed yellowness factor of3 after 2,000 hours of exposure in the Fade-o-meter or as tested by an independent test laboratory. Acrylic plastic Ienses and dif;frrsen shall be properly cast, molded or extruded as specified, and shall ranain free of any dimensional instability, discoloration, embrittlernent, or loss of light transmittance for at least I 5 years. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2{X)5 2. 3. 4. 2.12 Lighting Flxtures r6450-9 I I I I I I I I I t I t I I I I I I I a. b. c. d. e. f. 2.13 FIXTI.JRETRIMS A. Fixtures shall have finish trim designed for the following types of ceiling systems: Ceiling Type Trim Type 1. Recessed lncandescent, Fluorescent, or Metal Halide Fixtures Plaster - Overlap Trim. Concrete - Overlap Trim. Tile - Overlap Trim. Gypsum - Overlap Trim. Metal Pan, Concealed M - Modular, Fit-in SupporL Lay-in - Modular, Tile with Flush Fit-in. 2. Conractor shall coordinate final ceiling type with fixturc trim prior to ordering fixhres. B. Provide trim details as shown on the Drawings or as specified, which are indicative of appearance and dimensional requirements. The trim finish and dimensions subject to the approval of tlre Architect. C. Mitered corners shall be continuously welded and smoothed before shop finish is applied. No lapping oftrim metal for all flush mounted ceiling trims for rectangular or square recessed fixtures. D. Provide a mounting fame or ring with lock recessed or semi-recessed light fixture to secure the mounting frame to the ceiling and support any reflectors, trims, or lenses. Ring shall be cornpatible with the ceiling and of sufficient strength to rigidly support the fixture and any stress applied in rclamping. 2.14 LIGHTING FIXTT]RE TYPES AND CATALOG NTJMBERS A. General: Various fixturcs t1ryes required are indicated on drawings fixture schedule. Fixtures must comply with minimum requirernents as stated herein. Review archilechral drawings and specifications to veriff ceiling 6,pes, modules, suspension systerns appmpriate to installation. t t( NOTE: Catalog numbers are included for reference. Provide all accessories and design features described herein regardless of whether stch features are included in catalog rcfererce including mounting hardware, louvers, lenses, filte$, transfonners, etc, SIJPPORTS FOR SUSPENDED FIXTURES A. Provide separate and isolated suspelrsion for all fixtures required by the lncal Building Departnant This may include rod hangers, hook hangets, or single stem hangers. EMERGENCY LIGHTING I.JNITS A. Provide 90-minute battery pack emergancy lighting fixtures or retrofit kits as indicated. Baftery units shall be sealed, rnaintenance free, nickel-cadmium battery with 5-year minimum warranty, non-prorated. Battery shall be field replaceable. B. Emergency lighting packs for tubular flourescent fixturcs shall have minimum initial lumen output of I 100 h.nnens. Units shall have a test switch and LED charging indicator lighl Uni6 shall be uL listed for field installation and shall have high remperature battery. Lighting packs shall be Bodine B50ST or acceptable equivalort 2.16 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 Lighting Firtures 1645&10 c. D. 3.01 3.02 t I I I I I I I I I I T I t I T I I I Emergancy lighting packs for compact flourescent fixtures shall be provided as indicated. Lighting packs for 4-pin lamp types sball be Bodine B94C or acceptable equivalent. Lighting packs for 2-pin lamp types shall be Bodine 8426 or acceptable equivalent. Units shall have a test switch and LED charging indicator light. Units shall be UL listed for field insallation and shall have high temperalure battery. Ernergency lighting units shall provide the minimum initial light ouput for 90 minutes. Emergorcy exit signs shall be provided as indicated on the drawings. Battery backup shall be included to provide minimum required illumination for 90 minutes. Batteries shall be field rcplaceable nickel- cadmium type with 5-year minirnum warranty. Larnps shall be LED of the color indicated. Unit shall include charging indicator lamp and test switch. PART3.EXECUTION EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which lighting fixtures are to be installed and substrate for supporting lighting fixtures. Notifr Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental lo prcper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been conected in manner acceotable to installer. TNSTALI-ATION OF LIGHTING FXTURES A. Contractor to coordinate exact quantities and critical dimensions with field conditions. B. Contractor to verify and coordinate that apFopriate framing, support structures, mounting brackets, and other required structural connections are provided by the General Contractor or other trades to insure a timely, neat installation ofall luminaries. C. Contractor to coordinate and provide any associated mounting hardware, conduit connections, or associated appurtenances to effectively install the luminaries. Provide each light fixture with complete installation instructions. All light fixtures to be installed in strict conformance with manufacturet's recommendations and instructions, D. Install lighting fixtures in accordance with fixture manufacturer's written instnrctions, applicable requirernents of NEC, NECA s "standard of Installation," NEMA standards, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that lighfing fixtures fulfill requirernents. E. Exact locations ofall lighting fixtures including mounting heights and plan dimensions are indicated on the Drawings. Any ambiguities or conflicts in this dimensional information is to be identified to the Archit€ct prior to installafion. F. Provide fixtures or fixture outlet boxes with hangers to properly support fixture weight. Submit desigt of hangers, medrod of fastening, other than specified herein, for review by Architect. G. Install flush mounted fixhres properly to eliminate light leakage between fixture frame and finished surface, H. Provide plaster frames for recessed fixtures installed in other than suspended gnd t)?e acoustical ceiling systems. Brace frames temporarily to prev€nt distortion during hand'ling. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 Lighting Fixtures 16450-11 I I I I I I I I I I T t I I I I I I I 3.03 3.04 I. Fasten fixturcs securely to structural supports, and ensure that pendant fixtures are plumb and level. Provide individually mounted pendant fixtures longer than 2 feet with twin stem hangers. Provide stem hanger with ball aligrers and provisions for minimum one inch vertical adjustment. Mount continuous rows of fixtures with an additional stem hanger greater than number of fixtures in the row. J, Tighten connectorc and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturet's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturet's torquing requirernents arc not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightoring torques specified on UL Stds. 486A and 486B and the National Electrical Code. K. Support surface mounted fixtures greatcr than 2 feet in length at one (l) point in addition to the outlet box fixtures stud. L. Fasten electrical lighting fixtures and brackets securely to indicated stnrctural supports, including poles/slandards, and ensure that installed fixtures are plum and level. M. Rigidly align all continuous rows of fixtures for true inJine apperarce. N. Do not install exposed fixtures, refleclors or trims until all plastering and painting that may mar fixture finish is compleled. Replace blemished, danted, damaged or unsatisfactory fixtures as directed. O. Battery powered emergency egress lighting shall be wired in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. Where rcom permits, emergency packs shall be installed in ballast compartments. Banery powered emergency lights on switched circuits shall be fumished with an unswitched hot lead. Power sources shall be in accordance with applicable codes. P. Support all fixtures independent of ductwork or piping. a. Where fire rated ceilings are shown on the architectural drawings, provide insulation equivalent to ceiling conskuction above fixturcs to fully orclose the opening crcated by the fixture. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace defective and bumed out lamps for a period of one ]aear following the Date of Substantial Completion. B. At Date ofsubstantial Cornpletion, replace lamps in lighting fixtures which have been operational over 200 hours and have a larnp life of less than 4,000 hours. l. Refer to Dvision-l sections for the replacemenVrestoration of lamps in lighting fixturcs, where used for temporary lighting prior to Date of Substantial Cornpletion. C. Fumish stock or replacement lamps amounting to 5olo, but not less than 6 lamps of each type and size used for lhe Project. Deliver replacemenl stock as directed to the Owner. AIMING AND ADruSTMENT A. All adjustable lighting units shall be aimed, focused, locked, etc., by the Contractor under the observation of the Architect and Engineer. All aiming and adjusting shall be carried out after the entirc installation is complete. All ladders, scafrolds, etc., required shall be fumished by the Contractor. As aiming and adjusting is completed, locking setscrews and bolts and nuts shall be tightened securely. Gore Creek Resldcnces - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2fi)5 Ligbting Fixtures 16450-12 3.05 T I I il t I a t t I t I I t t I d I I 3.O7 B. Where possible, units shall be focused during the normal working day. However, where daylight interferes with seeing, aiming shall be accornplished at night C. Verify that measured illuminance values comply with isolux plot diagram values. CLEANUP A. Clean lighting fixtures of dirt and constnrction debris upon completion of installation. Clean fingerprints and smudges from lenses. Two weeks prior to substantial completion, re-clean all fixturcs to be free ofdust, fingerprints, and smudges from all visible parts of the fixture. B. Protect installed fixtures frorn darnage during rernainder ofconstruction period' C. At the tirne offinal acceponce by the Owner, a'll lighting fixtures shall have been thoroughly cleaned with materials and methods recommended by the manufacturers, all broken parts shall have been replaced, and all lamps shall be operative. GROI]NDING A. Provide equipment grounding connections for lighting fixtures as indicated. Tighten connections to comply with tightening torques specified in UL Std 486A to assurc pennanent and effective grounds. DEMONSTRATION A. Upon completion of installation of lighting fixtures, and affer building circuitry has been eaergrzed, apply electrical energy to demonskate capability and compliance with requirernerrts. Where possible, correct malfunclioning units at site, then rctest to demonstrate compliance; olherwisg remove and replace with new unitg and proceed with retesting. END OFSECTION Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januery 2fi)5 Lighting Fixtures 16450-13 T t I I I I t 1 I i tI I I I : I I t C. D. B. C. D. E. I I I I I I 3 t I il I T I I t J I I I sEcrIoN 16sr0 INTELLIGENT REPORTING FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM PARTI -GENERAL l.0t RELATED DOCTJMENTS 1.02 DESCRIPTION Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection System Drawings and general provisions ofcontract, including General and Supplementary conditions and Division-l specification sections, apply to work of this section. Division 16, Basic Electrical Materials & Methods apply to work specified in this section. Related work specified in other divisions ofthese specifications. 1. Installation ofduct type smoke detectors. 2. Control wiring from Fire Alarm Control equiprnent to rnechanical fans, dampen, control equipmant both low voltage and line voltage and all other control wiring associated with mechanical equipmenl. 3. Provide 120 volt circuits to all smoke dampers as indicated on mechanical drawings connected to emergency panel. It is the intent of this Specification for the Contractor to proide a complele fre detection and signaling system designed and installed for the areas indicated in these Specifrcalions and shown on the Contract Drawings. This contractor shall be the engineer of record for the fire alarm systems. Furnish all design, materia| and labor to complete the contract within the inlent of these Specifications and Contract Drawings even though each and every ilem necessary is not specifically mentioned or showtl This section ofthe specification includes the furnishing installation, and connection ofthe microprocessor controlled, intelligent reporting fire alarm equipment required to form a cornplete coordinated system ready for operafion. It shall include, but not be limited to, alarm initiating devices, alarm notification appliances, control panel, auxiliary control devices, annunciaton, and wiring as shown on the drawings and specified herein. The fire alarm system shall comply with requirements of NFPA Standard No. 72 for pmteaed ptanises sigraling systems except as modified and supplemented by this specification. The system field wiring shall be supervised either electrically or by software-directed polling offield devices. The fire alarm system shall be manufactured by an ISO 9001 certified cornpany and meet the requirements of BS EN900l : ANSVASQC Q900 1 -1 994. The Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) and peripheral devices shall be manufactured by a single U.S. man ufacturer. The installing company shall ernploy NICET (minirnum Level II Fire Alarm Technology) technicians on site to guide the final check-out and tro ensure the systems integrity. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januara 2fi)5 165lGl t l.03 F. The base bid for this contract consists of all devices, and installation of fire alarm systems that generally add to and interconnect with the fire alarm system in the existing building. SCOPE A. A new intelligart reporting microprocessor controlled fire detection sptern shall be installed in accordance to the project specifications and drawings. B. Basic Performance: l. Alarm, trouble and supervisory sigrals from all intelligent reporting devices shall be encoded on an NFPA Style 6 (Class A) Sigraling Line Circuit (SLC). Initiation Device Circuits (IDC) shall be wired Class B (NFPA Style B). Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC) shall be wired Class B (NFPA Style Y). Digitized electronic signals shall ernploy check digits or multiple polling. A single ground or opan on the system Signaling Line Gircuit shall not cause system malfunction, loss of operating power or the ability to report an alarm. Alarm signals arriving at the main FACP shall not be lost following a power failure (or outage) until the alarm signal is processed and recorded. I l il I I I T I ! ., J. 4. l- 6. Intelligent Reponing Flrc Dctection Systcm I I I I I il I I I l. ., J. 1.04 C. Basic Systern Functional Operation: When a fire alarm condifion is detected and reported by one ofthe system initiating devices, the following functions shall immediately occur: l. The system alarm LED shall flash. 2. A local piezo electric signal in the confol panel shall sound. 3. A backlir 80 character LCD display shall indicate all information associated with thc fire alarm condition, including the type ofalarm point and its location within the protected Premises. 4. Printing and history storage equipment shall log the information associated each new firc alarm confrol panel condition, along with time and date of occurence, 5. All s),stem output programs assigred via control-by-event equations to be activated by the particular point in alarm shall be executed and the associated system outputs (alarm Notification appliances and/or relays) shall be activated. D. Fire./Smoke Damper Operation: 4. J, SUBMIT'TALS A. General: Refer to Division 15 for fire/smoke damper requirements. Smoke detectors shall be interlocked via an auxiliary contact which will signal the damper actuator to close. The signal may be provided through an interposing rclay, The smoke detectors associated with the dampeirs shall be monitored by the fire alarm systern. Fire/smoke darnpers shall be interlocked with the fan or duct smoke detectors. Actualor power shall be provided as shown on ihe drawings. I . Two copies of all submittals shall be submitted to the Architect/Engineer for review. Gorc Creek Residences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2005 r6510-2 B. D. E. I I t t I I I I I I I I I I T ! I T I c. Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection System 2. All references to manufacture/s model numbers and other pertinent information herein rs intended to establish minimum standards of performance, function and quality. Equivalent equipment (compatible UL Listed) from other manufacturers may be substituted for the specified equipmeat as long as the minimum standards are met. 3. For equipmant other than lhat specified, the contractor shall supply proof $at such substitute equiprnent equals or exceeds the features, functions, performance, and quality of lhe specified equipment. Shop Drawings: l. Sufticient information, clearly presented, shall be included to determine cornpliance with drawin gs and specifi cations. 2. Include manufactureds name(s), model numberg ratings, power requirements, equipment layout, device arrangement, complete wiring point-to-point diagrams, and conduit layouts. 3. Show annunciator layout, configurations, and terminations. 4. Provide battery calculations. Manuals: L Submit simultaneously with the shop drawings, complete operating and maintenance manuals li$ing the manufacturer's name(s), including technical data sheets. 2. Wiring diagrams shall indicate internal wirirg for each device and the interconnections between the items of equipment. 3. Provide a clear and concise description of operation that gives, in detail, the information required to properly operate the equipment and system. Software Modifications l. Provide the services ofa factory trained and authorized lechnician lo perform all systern software modifications, upgrades or changes. Response time of the technician to the site shall not exceed 4 hours. 2. Provide all hardware, software, programming tools and documentation necessary to modifo the fire alarm system on sile. Modification includes addition and deletion of devices, circuits, zones and changes to system operation and custom label changes for devices or zones. The systern structure and software shall place no limit on the qpe or extent of software modifications on-site. Modification of software shall not require power-down ofthe systern or loss ofsystem fire protection while modifications are being made. Certifications: l. Together with the shop drawing submittal, submit a certificafion from the major equipment manufacturer indicating that the pmposed supervisor of the installation and the proposed performer of contract maintenance is an authorized reprcsentative ofthe major equipment manufacturer. Include names and addresses in lhe certification. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2fi)5 16510.3 1.05 GUARANTY All work performed and all material and equipment fumished under this contract shall be free from defects and shall rernain so for a period ofat least one (l) year from the date ofacceptance. The full cost of maintenancg labor and rnaterials required !o correct any defect during this one laar period shall be inclu&d in the submittal bid. POST CONTRACT MAINTENANCE A. Complete maintenance and repair sewice for the fire alarm system shall be available from a factory trained authorized repr€sentative ofthe rnanufacturer ofthe major equipmant for a period offive (5) years after expiration of the guaranty. B. As part of tbe submittal, include a quote for a maintenance contract to provide all maintenance, tes! and repair described below. Include also a quote of unscheduled maintenance./repair, including hourly rates for technicians trained on this equipmen! and rcsponse travel costs. Subminals that do not identify all post contracl maintenance costs will noi be accepted. Rates and costs shall be valid for the period offive (5) years after expiration ofthe guaranty. C. Mainlenance and testing shall be on a semiannual basis or as required by the authority having jurisdiction AHJ. A preventive maintenance schedule shall be provided by the conmctor that shall describe the protocol for prevantive maintenance. The schedule shall include: L Systematic examinafion, adjustment and cleaning ofall detectorq manual fire alarm stations, control panels, power supplies, relays, waterflow switches and all accessories of the fire alarm systern. 2. Each circuit in the fire alarm system shall be tested serniannually. 3. Each smoke detector shall be tested in accordarce with the requirements of NFPA 72 Chapter 5. 4. Each firey'smoke damper shall be exarnined and tested. APPLICABLE STANDAR-DS AND SPECIFICATIONS The specifications and standards listed below form a part ofthis specification. The system shall fully comply with the latest issue ofthese standards. A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) - USA: No. 72-1996 National Fire Alarm Code. No. 101 Lifc Safety Code. B. Underwriters laboratories Inc. (UL) - USA: No.268 Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systans. No. 864 Control Units for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. No.268A Smoke Detectors for Duct Applications. No. 521 Heat Detectors for Fire Protective No. 464 Audible Sigraling Appliances. No.38 Manually Actuated Siglaling Boxes. No. 346 Waterflow Indicators for Fire Protective Signaling Systems. t I I I I I 1.06 I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.07 No. 1971 Intelligent Reportlng Flre Iletection System Visual Notifi cation Appliances. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2fl)5 r6510-4 I l C. Local and State Building Codes. I D. All requirernents of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). I i 1.08 APPROVALS I A. The system shall have proper listing and/or approval from the following nationally recognized agencres: uL Underwriters Laboratories Inc FM FactoryMutual B. The installed fire alarm sptem shall show the date at the control panel offinal inspection and acceptance by the local authority having jurisdiction- I t I I 3 ! PART2-PRODUCTS I IntelligentReportingFire Detection Systern I 2.OI MANI.]FACTI,JRERS A. Acceptable manufacturers: l. Simplex 2. Notifier 3. EST B. Substitutions shall be in accordance with provisions for product substitutions in Division 1 of these specifications. I I 2.02 EQUIPMENTANDMATERIAL,GENERAL - A. All equipment and components shall be new, and the manufacturet's cunent model. The materials, I appliances, equipment and devices shall be tested and listed by a nationally recognized approvalst agency for use as part ofa protective sigaaling system, meeting the National Fire Alarm Code. I B. All equipmart and components shall be installed in strict compliance with manufaclurers' t recommendations. Consult the manufacturels installation manuals for all wiring diagrams, schematics, physical equipment sizes, etc., before beginning system installation. f C. All Equipment shall be attached to walls and ceiling/floor assemblies and shall be held firmly in - place (e.g., detectors shall not be supported solely by suspended ceilings). Fasteners and I supports shall be adequate to support the required load. I 2.03 CoNDUITANDWIRE A. Conduit: l. Conduit shall be in accordance with The National Electrical Code (NEC), local and state rcquirements. I I Gore Creek Residences - Tunncl Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 16510-5 2. J. In plenums, all wiring shall be installed in conduit or raceway. Conduit fill shall not exceed 40 percent of interior cross sectional area where thrce or mor€ cables are contained within a single conduit. Cable must be separated from any open conductors of Power, or Class I circuits, ard shall not be placed in any conduigjmction box or raceway containing these conductors, as per NEC Article 760-29. Wiring concealed in walls and inaccessible ceilings shall be installed in conduit. Wiring for 24 volt control, alarm notification, emergency cornmunication and similar powerlimited auxiliary functions may be run in the same conduit as initiating and signaling line circuits. All circuits shall be provided with transient suppression devices and the system shall be designed to permit simultaneous operation ofall circuits without interference or loss ofsignals. Conduits shall nol enter the Fire Alarm Control Panel, or any other remotely mounted Control Panel equipmant or backboxes, except where conduit antry is specified by the FACP manufacturer. Conduit shall be 3i4 inch (19.1 mm) minimum. Ends of conduit shall be bushed. Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 t I I a I t6. 1 Wire: lntelligent Reporting Fire Detection Systcm B. 4. 5. l. 2. 3. 4. All fire alarm system wiring shall be new. Wiring shall be in accordance with local, state and national codes (e.g., NEC Article 760) and as recommended by the manufacturcr of the fire alarm sptem. Number and size of conductors shall be as recommended by the fire alarm system rnanufacturcr, but not less than l8 AWG (1.02 mm) for Initiating Device Circuits and Signaling Line Circuitq and l4 AWG (l .63 mm) for Notification Appliance Circuits. All wire and cable shall be listed and/or approved by a recognized testing agency for use with a protective signaling system. Wirc and cable not installed in conduit shall have a fire resistance rating suitable for the installation as indicated in NFPA 70 (e.g., FPLR). 5. Wiring used for the multiplex conrmunication loop shall be twisted and shielded and support a minimum wiring distance of 10p00 feet (254 m). The sptern shall support up to I,000 ft. (25.4 m) of untwisted, unshielded wire. The s)6tern shall permit use of IDC and NAC wiring in the same conduit with the communication loop. 6. All field wiring shall be completely supervised. 7. The Fire Alarm Control panel shall be capable ofT-Tapping Class B (NFPA Style 4) Signaling Line Circuis (SLC's). Systerns which do not allow orhave restrictions in, for example, the amount ofT-Taps, length of T-Tap6 etc., are not acceptable. Terminal Boxes, Junction Boxes and Cabinets: All boxes and cabinets shall be UL listed for their use and purpose. Initiating circuits shall be arranged to serve like categories (manual, smoke, water flow). Mixed category circuitry shall not be permitted except on sigraling line circuits connected to intelligent reporting devices. ,t I I c. D. t I I I I I I I 165104 2.04 I I I t I I t T d. e, f. s. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. P. l I t I T I I I t I E. The Fire Alarm Conrol Panel shall be connected to a separate dedicated branch ciriuit, maximum 20 amperes. This circuit shall be labeled at the Main Power Distribution Panel as FIRE ALARM. Fire Alarm Control Panel Primary Power wiring shall be 12 AWG. The Control Panel Cabinet shall be grounded securely to either effectively grounded building steel or grounding rod. The ground must be bonded to the electric service ground. MAIN FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL A. The FACP shall contain a microprocessor based Central Processing Unit (CPQ. The CPU shall communicate with and control the following gpes of equiprnent used to make up the system: intelligent detectors, addressable modules, printer, annunciators, and other sptern connolled devices. Systern Capacity and General Operation 1. The control panel shall provide, or be capable of expansion to 198 intelligenVaddressable devices. 2. The system shall include Form{ alarm and trouble relays rated at a minimum of 2.0 amps @ 30 VDC. It shall also include four Class B (NFPA Style Y) programmable Notification Appliance Circuits. 3. The system shall support up to 99 pmgrammable EIA-485 driven relays for an overall system capacity of30l circuits. 4. The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall include a full featured operator interface control and annunciation panel that shall include a backlit Liquid Crystal Display, individual, color coded system status LEDs, and an alphanumeric keypad for the field programming and conhol oflhe fire alarm system. 5. All programming or editing ofthe existing program in the system shall be achieved without special equipment and without interrupting the alarm monitoring functions of the Fire Alarm Conhol Panel. 6. The FACP shall provide the following features: a. Drift Compensation to extend detector accuracy over life. b. Sensitivity Test, meeting requirements of NFPA 72, Chapter 5. c. Maintenance Alert to wam of excessive smoke detector dirt or dust accumulation. System Status Reports to display or printer. Alarm Verification, with verification countem. PAS presignal, meeting NFPA 72 3-8.3 requirements. Rapid manual station reporting (under 2 seconds). Non-Alarm poins for general (non-fire) control. Periodic Detector Test, conducted automatically by software. Pre-alarm for advanced fire waming. Cross Zoning with the capability of counting two detectors in alarm, two software zones in alarm, or one smoke delector and one thermal detector. March time and temporal coding options. Walk Test, with check for two detectors s€t to same address. UL 1076 Security Monitor Points. Control-By-Time for non-fire operations, with holiday schedules. DaylNight automatic adjustment of daector sensitivity. 7. The FACP shall be capable of coding Notification circuits in March Time (120 PPM), Ternporal (NFPA 72 A.2.2.2.2), and Califomia Code. Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection System Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail. Colorado 03 January 2005 r5510-7 t I I I t I I T c. D. I t I I T I I I I I E. Central Microprocessor l. The Microprocessor shall communicate with, monitor, and control all extemal interfaces with the control panel. It shall include EPROM for slatern program storage, non-volatile memory for building-specific program storage, and a "watch dog" timer circuit to detect and report microprocessor failure. 2. The microprocessor shall contain and execute all control-by€vent programs for specific action to be taken if an alarm condition is detected by the system. Control-by-event equations shall be held in non-volatile programmable memory and shall not be lost even if system primary and secondary power failure occurs, 3. The microprocessor shall also provide a rcal-time clock for time annotation of system displays, printer, and history file. The time-of-day and date shall not be lost ifsystern primary and secondary power supplies fail. The real time clock may also be used to control non-fire functions at programmed time-of-day, day-of-week, and day-of-year. Display L The display shall provide all dre controls and indicators used by the systern operator and may also be used to progam all system operational parameters. 2. The display shall include status information and custom alphanumeric labels for all intelligenr detectors, addressable modules, and software zones. 3. The display shall provide an 80-charactet backJit alphanumeric Liquid C4atal Display (LCD). It shall also provide 5 Light-Emitting-Diodes (LEDs), that will indicate the status of the following system parameters: AC POWER, SYSTEM ALARM, SYSTEM TROLJBLE, SIGNAL SILENCED, SUPERVISORY, and PRE-ALARM. 4. The Display shall provide a touch key-pad with control capability to command all system functions, entry of alphabetic or numeric information, and field programming. Two different password levels shall be provided to prevant unauthorized system control or programming. 5. The Display shall include the following operator functions: SIGNAL SILENCE, RESET, DRILL, and ACKNOWLEDGE. Signaling Line Circuit (SLC) 1. The SLC interface shall provide power to and communicate with up to 99 intelligent detectors (Ionization, Photoelectric, or Thermal) and 99 intelligent modules (monitor or control) for a sptem capacity of 198 devices. This shall be accornplished ovet a single SLC loop and shall be capable ofNFPA 72 Style 4, Style 6, or Style 7 wiring. 2. The loop interface shall receive analog information from all intelligent detectors that shall be processed to determine whether normal, alarm, or trouble conditions exist for each detector. The software shall automatically maintain the detectods desired sensitivity level by adjusting for the effects of environmental factors, including the accumulation of dust in each detector. The analog information shall also be used for automatic detector testing and for the automatic determination of detector maintenance requirernents. 3. The detector software shall meet NFPA 72, chapter 7 requirements and be certified by lJL as a calibrated sensitivity test instrument. 4. The deteclor software shall allow manual or automatic sensitivity adjustment. IntelligeDt Reportlng Fire Detection Systcm Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 16s10-8 F. G. H. K. L. I I I t I I I t I T I I I t I I T I I Serial Interfaces L An EIA-232 interface between the Fire Alarm Control Panel and UL Listed Electronic Data Processing (EDP) peripherals shall be provided. 2. TheElA-2l2 interface shall allow the use of printers, CRT monitors, and PC compatible computers. 3, TheElA-Z3Z interface shall include special protocol methods that allow off-site monitoring ofthe FACP over standard dial-up phone lines. This ancillary capability shall allow rernote readout ofall status information, including analog values, and shall not interfere with or degrade FACP operations when used. It shall allow remote FACP Aclcrowledge, Reset, or Signal Silence in this mode. It shall also allow adjustmant of detector sensitivity and readout of the history file. 4. An EIAJ85 interface shall be available for the serial connection of remote annunciaton and LCD displals. 5. The EIA-485 interface may be used for network connection to a Proprietary Receiving Unit. Enclozures: l. The control panel shall be housed in a IIL listed cabinet suitable for surface or serni-flush mounting, Cabinet and front shall be corrosion protected, given a nrst-resistant prime coat, and manufacturels standard finish. 2. The door shall provide a key lock and shall include a glass or other trdlsparent opaning for viewing of all indicaton. All interfaces and associated equipment arc to be protected so that they will not be affected by voltage surges or line tsansients, consistent with UL standard 864. Optional plug-in modules shall be provided for by NFPA 72, Chapter 4, Transmitters. An optional module shall be available which provides 8 Form-C relays rated at 5.0 amperes. The relays shall track programmable software zones. Power Supply: l. The Power Supply shall operate on 120 VAC, 60 Hz, and shall provide all necessary power for the FACP. 2. It shall provide 5.0 arnps ofusable notification appliance power, using a 24 VDC regulator. An 3.0 amp notification expansion power supplies shall be available for the requirernents of LJL 1971 and ADA devices. 3. It shall provide a battery charger for 24 hours ofstandby using dual-rate charging techniques for fast battery recharge. 4. It shall provide a very low ficquency sweep earth detect circuit, capable ofdetecting earth fauls. 5. It shall be power-limited per 1995 UL864 standards. 6. It shall provide meters to indicate battery voltage and charging current. Field Charging Power Supply fie FCPS is a device designed for use as either a remote 24 volt power zupply or used to power Notification Appliances. Intelligent Reporting Fire Dctcction System Gore Creek Residences - Tunncl Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 16510-9 I I I I I I I T l I I I l T I I I I I M. N. o. I . The FCPS shall offer up to 5.0 amps (4.0 amps continuous) of regulated 24 volt power. It shall include an integral charger designed to charge 7.0 amp hour baneries and to support 60 hour standby. 2. The Field Charging Power Supply shall have two input triggers. The input trigger shall be a Notification Appliance Circuit (from the fire alarm control panel) or a rclay. Four outputs (two Style Y or Z and two style Y) shall be available for connection to the Notification devices, 3. The FCPS shall include an attractive surface mount backbox. 4. The Field Charging Power Supply shall include the ability to delay the AC fail delay per 1993 NFPA requirements. 5. The FCPS include power limited circuitry, per 1995 UL standards. Field Wiring Terminal Blocks For ease of sewice all panel VO wiring terminal blocks shall be a removable, plug-in type and have sufficient capacity for l8 to l2 AWG wire. Operators Controls L Acloowledge Switch: a. Activation of the control panel Aclmowledge switch in response to new alarms and/or troubles shall silence the local panel piezo electric signal and change the alarm and Trouble LEDs from flashing mode to steady-ON mode. If multiple alarm or trouble conditions exist, depression of this swirch shall advance the 80-character LCD display to the ncxt alarm or touble condition. b. Depression of the Acknowledge switch shall also silence all rcmote annunciator piezo sounders. 2. Signal Silence Switch: Activation of the Signal silence swikh shall cause all programmed alarm notification appliances and rela)6 to return to the normal condition after an alarm condition. The selection ofnotification circuits and rela)6 that are silenceable by this switch shall be fully field programmable within the confines of all applicable standards. The FACP software shall include silence inhibit and auto-silence timers. 3. System Reset Switch: The system reset switch shall cause all electronicallyJatched initiating devices, appliances or software zones, as well as all associated output dwices and circuits, to retum to their normal condition. Holding the system RESET switch shall perform a lamp test function. 4. Drill (Evacuate) Switch. The drill switch shall activate all notification appliance circuits. The drill function shall latch until the panel is silenccd or reset. Printer l. The printer shall provide hard-copy prinlout of all changes in status of the sptem and shall time-stamp such printouts witlr the current time-of-day and date. The printer shall be standard carriage with 80-characters pet line and shall use standard pin-feed paper. The pdnter shall be enclosed in a separate cabinet suitable for placement on a desk top or Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection System Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2fi15 t6510-10 d. e, f. ) J. 4. 5. 6. I. P. a. I I I I T I I T T I J I I I I t I I I table. The printer shall communicate with the control panel using an interface complying with Electrical Industries Association standard EI A-232D. Power to the printer shall be l20vAC @60Hz,. Field Programming 1 The system shall be programmable, configurable and expandable in the field without the need for special tools or electronic equipment and shall not require field replacement of electronic integrated circuits. All programming may be accomplished through the standard FACP keypad. All field defined programs shall be stored in non-volatile mernory. The programming function shall be enabled with a password that rnay be defined specifically for the systan when it is installed. Two levels ofpassword protection shall be provided in addition to a key-lock cabinet. One level is used for status lwel changes such as zone disable or manual on/off commands. A second Oigher-level) is used for actual chan ge of program information. Prognm edit shall not interfere with normal operation and fire protection. Ifa fire condition is detected during programming operation, dre systan shall exit programming and perform fire protection functions as programmed. A special program check function shall be provided to detect common operator errors. An Auto-Program (self-learn) function shall be provided !o quickly install initial funcfions and make the system operational. For flexibility, an offJine programming function, with batch upload/download, shall also be available. Specifi c System Operations I . Smoke Detector Sensitivity Adjust: A rneans shall be provided for adjusting fte sensitivity ofany or all analog intelligent smoke detectors in the system from the control panel. Sensitivity range shall be within the allowed UL window. 2. Alarm Verification: Each intelligent addressable smoke detector in the system shall be independently selected and enabled to be alarm verified. The alarm verification delay shall be programmable from 5 to 30 seconds. The FACP shall keep a count of the number of times that each detector has entered the verification cycle. These counters may be displayed and reset by the proper operator commnnds. 3. Point Disable: Any dwice in the system may be enabled or disabled through the system keypad. 4. Point Read: The system shall be able to display or print the following point status diagrostic fimctions: a. Device status. b. Device types. Custom device labels. View analog detector values. Device zone assignments. All program Parameters. 5. System Status Reports: Upon conrmand from an operator ofthe system, a status report will be generated and printed, Iisting system status. 6. System History Recording and Reporting: The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall contain a History Buffer that will be capable ofstoring up to 650 system alarms/troubleVoperator actions. Each of these activations will be stored and time and date stamped with the actual time of the activation. The contents of lhe History Buffer may be manually Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection SYstcm Gore Creek Residenccs - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 16510-rr I I I t I I I I I 8. 9. I I t t I I T I I I reviewed, one event at a tim€, or printed in its entirety. Ahhough the foregound history buffer may be cleared for user convenience, a background, non-erasable buffer shall be maintained which provides the last 650 system events. The History Buffer shall use non-volatile memory. Systems that use volatile manory for history storage are not acceptable. Automatic Detector Maintenance Alert: The Fire Alarm Control Panel shall automatically interrogatc each intelligent smoke detector and shall analpe the detector responses over a period of time. If any intelligent smoke detector in the system responds with a rcading that is below or above nonnal limits, then the system will enter the Trouble Mode, and the particular detector will be annunciated on the qatem display, and printed on the optional printer. This featurc shall in no way inhibit the receipt ofalarm conditions in the s)6tem, nor shall it rcquire any special hardware, special tools or computer expertise to perform. Pre-alarm Function: The system shall provide two levels ofpre-alarm waming to give advance notice ofa possible fire situation. Both pre-alarm levels shall be fully field adjustable. The first level shall give an audible indication at the panel. The second level shall give an audible indication and may also activate control relays. The system shall also have the ability to activate local detector sounder bases at the pre-alarm level, to assist in avoiding nuisance alarms. Software Zones: The FACP shall provide 99 software zones. All addressable devices may be field programmed to be grouped into softwarc zones for control activation and annunciation purposes, SYSTEM COMPONENTS Programmable Electronic Sounders: l. 2. 3. Electronic sounders shall operate on 24 VDC nominal. Electronic sounders shall be field programmable without the use of special tools, to provide slow whoop, continuous, or interrupted tones with an output sound level ofat least 90 dBA measured at l0 feet from the device. Shall be flush or surface mounted as show on olans. B.Strobe lights shall meet the rcquirements of the ADA, UL Standard l97l and shall mest the following criteria: The maximum pulse duration shall be 2/10 of one second. Strobe intensity shall meet the requirements of UL 1971. Tlre flash rate shall meet the reouirenrents ofUL 1971. c.Audible/Visual Combination Devices: Shall meet the applicable requircments of Section A listed above for audibility. Shall meet the reouirements ofSection B listed abovc for visibilitv. Duct Smoke Detectors Duct smoke delectors shall be a 24 VDC type u.ith visual alarm and power indicators, and a reset switch. Each detector shall be installed upon the composite supply/return air ducts(s), with properly sized air sampling tubes. Sampling tubes shall be coordinated with equipment fumished in Division 15, Auxiliary contacts shall be provided. l. 2. l. 2. D. Intelligent Rcporting Fire Dctection System Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03January 2005 16510-12 4. 6. 7. 8. 9. l. .). I I I I I t I t T I I I I I I I I I I E.Addressable Devices - General l.Addressable Devices shall provide an address-setting means using rotary decimal switches. Addrcssable Devices shall use simple to install ord maintain decade (numbered 0 to 9) tlpe address switches. Devices which use a binary address setting rnethod, such as a dip switch, are not an allowable substitute. Detectors shall be intelligent and addressable, and shall connect \ /ith two wires lo the Fire Alarm Conhol Panel Signaling Line Circuits. Addressable smoke and thermal detectors shall provide dual alarm and power LEDs. Both LEDs shall flash under normal conditions indicating that the detector is operational and in regular communication with the control panel, and both LEDs shall be placed into steady illumination by the confrol panel, indicafing that an alarm condition has been detected. If required, the flashing mode operation ofthe detector LEDs shall be optional through the systern field program. An output connection shall also be provided in the base to connect an extemal remole alarm LED, The fire alarm control panel shall permit detector sensitivity adjustment through field programming ofthe system. Sensitivity shall be automatically adjusted by the panel on a time-of-day basis. Using software in the FACP, detectorsshall automatically compensate for dusl accumulation and other slow environmental changes that may affect their performance. The detectors shall be listed by UL as meeting the calibrated sensitivity test requirements ofNFPA Standard 72, Chapter 7. The deteclors shall be ceiling-mount and shall include a separate twistlock base with tamper proof feature. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided when detections are used for fire./smoke damper and door release functions. The detectors shall provide a test means whereby they will simulate an alarm condition and reporl that condition to the control panel. Such a test may be initiated at the detector itself @y activating a magnetic switch) or initiated remolely on command from the control panel. Detectors shall also store an intemal identirying t),pe code that the control panel shall use to identi$ the tlpe of device (ION, PHOTO, THERMAL). 5. F.Addressable Pull Box (manual station) Addressable pull boxes shall, on command from the control panel, send data to the panel representing the state of lhe manual switch and the addressable communication module status. They shall use a key operated test-reset lock, and shall be designed so that after actual emergency operation, they cannot be restored to normal use except by the use ofa key. All operated stations shall have a positive, visual indication ofoperation and utilize a key type resel. Manual stations shall be constructed of Lexan with clearly visible operating instructions provided on the cover. The word FIRE shall appear on the front ofthe stafions in raised leners, 1.75 inches (44 mm) or larger. G.Intelligent Phoroelectric Smoke Detector Intelllgent Reporti ng Fire Detection System Gore Creek Rcsidences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 16510-13 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I H. K. l. The detectors shall use the photoelecric (light-scattering) principal to measurc smoke density and shall, on command from lhe control panel, send data to the panel representing the analog level of smoke dansity. Intelligent Thermal Deteclors 1. Thermal detectors shall be intelligent addressable devices rated at 135 degrees Fahrenheit (58 degrees Celsius) and have a rale-of-rise elernent rated at l5 degrees F (9.4 degrees C) per minute. It shall connect via two wires to the fire alarm conEol panel signaling line circuit. Addressable Dry Contact Monitor Module 1. Addrcssable nronitor modules shall be provided to connect one supervised IDC zone of conventional alarm initiating devices (any N.O. dry contact device) to one of the fire alam control panel SLCs. 2. fie monitor module shall mount in a 4-inch square (101.6 mm square), 2-ll8 inch (54 mm) deep electrical box. 3. The IDC zone shall be suitable for Style D or Style B operation. An LED shall be provided that shall flash under normal conditions, indicating that the monitor module is operational and in regular communication with the connol panel. 4. For diflicult to reach areas, the monitor module shall be available in a miniature package and shall be no larger than 2-314 inch (70 rrn) x l-l/4 inch (31.7 mm) x lDinch(12.7 mm). This version need not include SMe D or an IJD. Two Wire Detector Monitor Module l. Addressable monitor modules shall be provided to connect one supervised IDC zone of conventional 2-wirc smoke detectors or alarm initiating devices (any N.O. dry contact device). 2. The two-wire monitor module shall mount in a 4-inch square (101.6 mm square), 2-l18 inch (54 mm) deep electrical box or with an optional surface backbox. 3. The IDC zone may be wired for Class A or B (Style D or Style B) operation. An LED shall be provided that shall flash under nonnal conditions, indicating rhat the monitor module is operational and in rcgular communication with the control panel. Addressable Control Module l. Addrcssable control modules shall be provided to supervise and control the operation of one conventional NACs ofcompatible, 24 VDC powered, polarized audio/visual notificadon appliances. For fan shutdown and other auxiliary control functions, the control module may be set to operate as a dry conEact relay. 2. The control module shall rnount in a standard 4-inch square (101.6 mm square), 2-ll8 inch (54 mm) deep electrical box, or to a surface mounted backbox. 3. The control rnodule NAC maybe wired for Style Z or Style Y (Class A./B) with up to I amp of inductive A/V signal, or 2 amps of resistive A,/V signal operation, or as a dry contact (Forrn-C) relay. The relay coil shall be magnetically latched to reduce wiring connection requirernents, and to insure that 100% of al'l auxiliary relay or NACs may be en ergizsd at the same time on the same pair of wires. 4. Audio/visual powet shall be provided bya separate supervised power circuit from the main firc alarm control panel or from a supervised, UL listed rcmote power supply. Intelligent Reporting Firc Detection Svstem Gore Creek Rcsidences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado 03 January 2fl)5 16s10-14 l. L. B. c. T T t I I T T t ! I I I I I I t I I I 5. The control module shall be suitable for pilor duty applications and rated for a minimum of 0.6 amps at 30 VDC. Isolator Module l. Isolator modules shall be provided to automatically isolate wire-to-wire short circuits on an SLC Class A or Class B branch. The isolator module shall limit the number of modules or detectors that may be rendered inoperative by a short circuit fault on the SLC loop segment or branch. At least one isolator module shall be provided for each floor or protected zone ofthe building. 2. If a wire-to-wire short occurs, the isolator module shall auomatically open-circuit (disconnect) the SLC. When lhe short circuit condition is corrected, the isolator module shall automatically reconnect the isolated section. 3. The isolator module shall not require any address-setting, and its operations shall be totally automatic. lt shall nol be necessary lo replace or resel an isolator module after its normal operation. 4. The isolator module shall mount in a standard 4-inch (10 | .6 mm) deep electrical box or in a surface mounled backbox. It shall provide a single LED that shall flash to indicate that the isolator is operational and shall illuminate steadily to indicare that a short circuit condition has been detected and isolated. LCD Alphanumeric Display Annunciator; The alphanumeric display annunciator shall be a supervised, backlir LCD display containing a minimum of eighty (80) characters for alarm annunciation in clear English text. The LCD annunciator shall display all alarm and trouble conditions in the system. Up to 32 LCD annunciators may be connected to a EIA 485 interface. LCD annunciators shall not reduce the annunciafion or point capacity of the system. Each LCD shall include vital sptern wide functions such as, System Acknowledge, Silence and Reset. LCD display annuncialors shall mimic the main control panel 80 character display and shall not requirc special programming. The LCD annunciator shall have switches which may be programmed for System control sucb as, Clobal Acknowledge, Global Signal Silence and Global System Reset. These switch inputs shall be capable of being disabled permanantly or by a key lockoul function on the front plate. 2. .'. .+. BATTERIES Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection System Shall be l2 volt, Gell-cell t),pe (minimum two required). Battery shall have sufficient capacity to power the fire alarm sl,stem for not less than twenty-four hours plus 5 minutes ofalarm upon a normal AC power failure. The batteries are to be completely maintenance free. No liquids are required. Fluid level checks refilling spills and leakage shall not be required. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2fi)5 16510-15 I I I I t t I T I I I I I I I I I I I 1. 2. 5. 6. 8. 9. 10. ll. B. c. B. 3.02 3.03 PART3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION Instalfation shall be in accordance with the NEC, NFPA 72,local and state codes, as shown on the drawings, and as recommended by the major equipment manufacturer. All conduit, junction boxes, conduit supports and hangers shall be concealed in finished areas and may be exposed in unfinished arcas. Smoke detectors shall not be installed prior to the systern programming and test period. If construction is ongoing during this period, measures shall be taken to protect srnoke detectoE from contamination and physical darnage. All fire detection and alarm system devices, control panels and remote annunciators shall be flush mounted \uhen located in finished areas and may be surface mormted when located in unfinished areas. A. Provide the service of a cornpetent, factory-trained engineer or technician authorized by the manufacturer ofthe fire alarm equipment to technically supervise and participate during all ofthe adjustments and tests for the system. All tcsting shall be in accordance with NFPA 12,Chapkr 7 . Before anergizing the cables and wires, check for correct connections and test for shofi circuits, ground faults, continuity, and insulation. Close each sprinkler systern flow valve and verify proper supervisory alarm at the FACP. Verifu activation ofall flow switches. Open initiating device circuits and veriry that the trouble signal actuates. Open and short sigrraling line circuits and verifr that fte houble signal actuaGs. Open and shon Notification Appliance Circuits and verii/ that trcuble signal actuates. Gmund all circuits and verif response of trouble sigrals. Check presence and audibility of tone at all alarm notification devices. Check installation, supervision, and operation ofall intelligant smoke detectors using the Walk Test. Each of the alarm conditions that the system is required to detect should be introduced on the system. Verify the proper receipt and the proper processing of the sigrral at the FACP and the correct activation ofthe control points. When the systern is equipped with optional features, the manufactureds manual should be consulted to determine the proper testing procedures. This is intended to address such iterns as verifoing controls performed by individually addressed or grouped deviceg sensitivity monitoring verifi cation firnctionality and similar. The contractor shall furnish srnoke bombs and other materials in sufficiant quantity to verify and test the system prior to final acc€ptance. FINAL INSPECTION At the final inspection a factory trained representative oflhe manufaclurer of the major equipment shall dernonstrate that the systems firnction properly in every respect. Intelligent Reporting Fire Detection System Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 Januarv 2lXl5 16510-16 T I ' 3.04 INsrRUcrIoN I A :ffi::J:;'":::T,[:'#*q:'#il;1fiff'#*"*"Jif::iH]ilH?,,Tffi: program changes and functions shall be provided. I B' ffiffr:1"il:-*:ll'::lftr#*:liH'#:,:o**"otivessharrprovideatvpedorprinted I ENDOFSECTION I I I t I I t I I I I I fJ.':',ff*T:i""JingFire I 16510-17 Gore Creek Resldcnces - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2005 II rl sEcTroN 1672r. FIREALARMSYSTEM I PART T GEIVERAL I I.OI GENERALDESCRIPTION I A. Provide all materials and labor for the design and installation of a new automatic fte alarm qnterl I hereafter referred to as the syste[L ' B. All work shall be perforrned in accordance with these specifications and good practice. No modifications to these specifications will be accepEd without the expressed written approval of tbe I Owner, It is the Conbacto/s rcsponsibility to docunpnt Ovmet's approval of any sucb nndifications t prior to the e:recution of wor*. I C. System corcept dra*ing sheets FA000 lhrougb FA005 are for information only to show poteirtial I system arrangernent. Contractor sball field veri! all infomr,ation contained on these drawings and is responsible for design and installation of dre system in accordance with the specifications. The bidr trHffi:';1"il""i"ffiHH$ffi3:l::ffi'ff;ffrH,1ffffiTJ"ftI strch, they indicate: I l. Approxirrate dwice locations. | 2. Types and minimrm quantities of initiating devices and notification appliances. 3. Location of 0re ndw fue alarm systern contol wi(s). I 4. Location of electsicaVnrcchanical equipment to be interfaced tq nonitored and/or I contolled by the new fire alarm systern I.O2 INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONSIt A. It is intended that tlre work performed pursuant to these specifications be conplete in wery respect resulting in a system installed entirely in accordance with the applicable codes, standads, I manufrctureis recomnrndations and Underwritrers Iaboratories krc. (tll) listings. r B. It is frrther intended that upon conpletion of this worlc, the Owner be provided with: I l. Curylete information and drawings descn'bing and &picting the entire system as installe4 t including all infonnation necessary for nraintaining houbleshooting, and/or exparding tlre system at a futule date. ! 2. Corrylete docurnentation of s)6tem testing. I 3 :ffi:"#'ff#ffi,f:#"r'#hlffi*,HJ:::x;#$l*#tri',,il I listings, and is in proper working order. Contractor shall use "Fire Alarm System Record of Conpletion" as rcquircd by Section 4.5.2 of NFP A72 - 2002 edinon. I I 1.03 WoRKTNCLTJDED A. Pmvide and install a new fully addressable and intelligent fire alarm system consisting of: t l Fire alarm conhol unit located at Fire Connnand Roorn with annrnciators located at Fire n Command Room and Secondary Fire Connnand point near stair at midpoint ofTbrmel. I Fire Alarm System 16721 -l Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado €aug$$a00a 12 January 2005I I 2- Manual fire alarm stations at all exit stairwa)rs, locations within close proximity to each residential private garage persomel door, and at gpde level exit doori Drawing locations Sown sbategically located at colunrs in Tunnel. 3. Spot typ€ (addressable and analog) srnoke detectors in rurattended fire alarm conhol room (fire conrnand room) ard nnafrended rernote t'ansnitting panel roons. 4. Heat detectors (addressable) in the privae garages and unit storage roorns, mechanical rooms, HOA storage roorm, fan room, boiler roorq ard receiving roorn 5. Fire alarm homs throughout the Turnei. 6. Visible notification appliarres throughout ths T[nnel. B. Provide and insall sprinkler and shndpipe systern supervisory ard alarm devices. C. Provide and insall devices, equipment ald wiring necessary to tansmit fire, touble, and srpervisory signals to the s€curity/fue departrnent (or cenbal statim). D. Test urd adust all new equipnrnt and s)'sterns. E. Prepare ard submit shop drawings, contractor record drawings and oth€r submittals roguired herein F- Griarantee all new equipnrent and syst€ra for one year after fml accqrtance of 6e system by the Owner. G. Obtaig secure, and pay for all pennits, plan chcck 4provals, and inspectlons nocessary to p€rform the wort. H. Provide testing of all devices ard repair as necessary of rpw and existing equipmen! during the wananty period up to and includiag the frst annual tests, as required in NFPA 72- 20O2 as a minimurrr. I. Repair all tlamage resulting from this work in accordarce wilh llre requirenrcnts of the C\tting Patchfug; and Painting Specifications. J. Coordinate all work with otlrcr C;onhactors uo*ing in the building or conflrr€nt constnrction/rerpdeling or installation of other syst€ms Ce.g., adjusting waterflow alarm sn itc.h retards by dre Sprinkler OonEacor). I.O4 OWNER'SREPRESENTATTYE A. All contacts widr this project stlall be directed to the Owne/s Represenhtive, bereafter refened to as the Ownec 42l zl0 Architecture, Irrc. 162l Eigbbenlh Stee! Suite 200 Denver, Colorado 80202 (303) 292-3388 The Ovaler will issue all ryprovals and instsuctims rcqufued for this work No oher person may issrr an approval or insructions to re ConEacttr wilhout lh€ unitten permission of the Oraer. Acceparrce of umuthorized or oral apprwals or instuctios by the Contractor shall be entircly at thc 16721 -2 I , Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado €*€us+4004 I 2 .Ianutry 2lM5 ! I I I I I I I I I t I ,l t t t I I'l Fire Alarm System B. c. 1.05 I 1 I T I I I T I I I I I I I I I I I Contractor's risk and in no case shall such runuthorized or oral approvals or instructiorx constitute an oral contact or otherwise be binding upon the Owner. WORKINGCONDITIONS It shall be the Contracto/s responsibility to irspect the job site and become familiar with the conditions under which the work will be performed. Inspectior of tlre building rtay be made by appointnent with the Oqmer. ConFactors are requested to insp€ct the building prior to the pre-bid meeting. The Contactor will be responsible for attending a preconstuction meeting and weekly construction coordination meetings with the OwneC and preparing minutes of *o" .sgtings. Constnrtion coordination nretings will be scheduled by the Owner. The fiequency of required nreerings may be decreased at the Owrrcls option, if warranted by the progress of tbe project. New fire alarm sysbms and dwices shall be put into service as soon as tbey are fiurctional. Once put into service, they shall not be renroved from service without the Owne/s writen authorization. 1.06 QUALITYASSIJRANCE Codes, Shnduds, Ordinances, ard Permib l. All work shall conform to the requirements of the applicable portions of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Srandards, Guides and Recommended Practices listed herein: a. NFPA 70 - 2002, National Elecrical Code. b. NFPA 72 - 2002, National Fire Alarm Code. 2. AII work and materials shall conform to all Federal, StaE and local codes and rcgulations goveming tbe hstallatiorl irrcludig the 2003 editions of the lnrcmational Building and Ffte Code, as grodified or interpreted by the Ofticials to permit use of current NFPA standards. 3. If there is a conllict between the referenced NFPA saudards, federal, state or local codes, and this specification, it is the Contactods responsibility to irnrrdiately bring the conflict to the attention of the Owner for resolution NFPA shndards sball supersede unless local codes are more stringent. Contractor shall not attenpt to resolve conJlicts directly with tlrc local authorities unless specifically autborized by the Ovmer. 4. All devices, systems, equipment and materials fumished and installed sball be new and lised by Underwriters Laboratories Lrc. (lJL) for their intedod use. All equipment sball be installed in accordance with the manufachreds recornmendations and the UL listing limitations. Existing fue alarm devices retained on the new system shall be uL listed ard conpaftle wittr the new systern Listing requirements for, fue alarm systerm, heat detectors, and srmke detectors shall be mel The Conhactor shall provide evidencg with his submittal, of listings ofall proposed equiprnent and combinations ofequipment 5. All devices, s),ster6, equipment and rnaterials fumished and installed shall be of types or models approved and required by NFPA Standards or UL listing for use in systens and occupancies of this t1pe, unless the Town of Vail Building and Fire Depaftnent requirenrnts are more stringent/restrictive. 6. The Conractor shall be resporsible for filing of all documenls, paying aI fees (including but not limited to plan checking and permit) and securing all permits, inspections and Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado f3.A,$gust4$O4 I 2 January 2(M5 Fire Alarm System 16721 -3 I t I I I I I I I T I T I I I t T a, b. ) 2. t.o7 approvals (including, but not limited to Engineer of Record requirernents) necessary for conducting this work. Upon receipt of approved drawi"gs from tbe aulhority having jurisdictio4 the Contractor shall imnrediably forward two sets of drawings to 0p Owner. These dnwings shall either be starryed approved or a copy of tbe letter stating approval shall be included. B. Contractor Qualifications The Conractor slnll: l. Provide ajob site supervisor uibo is to be prcsent orFsite each day rhat work is actively in progre$r This individual shall be tbe sanr penon tluoughout the course ofthe project STJBMITTALS A. General l.The Owne/s Fire Protection Corsultant shall review and reconrnend approvaVdisapproval or take otber appropriate action on tr Contsacto/s submittals includig shop drawings, sanples, documentation and record drawings. This review is to v€rify conformance to project specifications and &srgn cmcepts orpressed in the contac{ docurrrnts. This action shall be taken with all reasomble pronpuress ils to cau€ rc delay in the worlg while allowing adequate tirr to permit adequate review. Reiiew of srrch subminals is not conducted for the purpose of detennining the acctracy and corplebness of odrcr details (i.e., dirnercioru) or for subshntiating installation or perfonnance of equiprurt or Emtems designed by the Contractor, all of which rernain the Conhactods resporsibility to tbe o<tent required by lhe contract docunrcnts. The Ownefs Fire Probction Coruultant's review shall not corstitute approval of safety precautions of constsuctiorL mears, methods, tccbniques, sequenas ofprocedures, or approval ofa spocific assembly ofwhich the item is a part Shop Drawinss shall not be submitted to the Town of Vail Building and Ft€ Departrnent without a review stanp and review letter from the Owner's Fire Probction Consultant b accornrany the submittal. If submittalE upon review by the Owrrr, are found mt to conform b the r€qui€meflts of these spocifications, the Contsactor shall be required to rcitbmit with npdifications. The C.ontacbr shall be responsible for the Owreds exna o(penses for subseqrent revie*(s) of rejected submittals necessitabd by the Contactot's faihue to rnake the requcsted modifications. Such exta fees shall be deducted from paynrnts by lhe Oumr to 0re Conhactor. Approval of the submithls by the Owner shall, in no case, re lieve the Contactor of his responsibility to nret the requirenrnts of this specilicatbn. B.Subcontracton t.Contactor shall sutrnit with his bid, a list of all proposed subcontractors. All propa*d subconkactors are subject to the approval of the Owner. The irutalling electrical subcontacto(s) sball: Hold all licenses and permib rccessary to perform this work. Have at least five years of experierrce in the irutallation of systerns of lhis tnc and be familiar with all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulatiors. Regularly be engaged in the sewicing, iDstallatioq and testing offue detectbn and alarm systens. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Coloredo €d.uglrst4004 12 January 2(MS I T I Fire Alarm System 16721 - 4 I I I I I c.Equipment Lists l.The Conbactor shall submit with his bid a detailed equipment lisg identi$ing lpeg nndels and quantities ofall materials, devices and equipment proposed- This submittal shall include manufacturers' data sheets showing the tlpes and models of all equipmen! devices' material and wire proposed. Eviderrce of LJL listings and local approvals shall be submitted with the data sheets. The subrnittal shall irrchrde, but not be limited to, the following: a. Conduit, Erceway, junction boxes, terminal cabinerc, device backboxes, fiftbgs, hangers, and rnormting hardware. b. Wire, cable, connectors, terminal srips, and electrical tape. c. Fire alarm control equipment and armtmciatorg including all conponents, modules, and enclosues. d. Manual lire alarm stations, det€ctors, auxiliary firnction relays and solenoids, and notification appliances. e. Uninterruptable power supplies and standby bafteries. f. Any other rnaterials, devices, or equipment lo be provided. g. Fire alarm schematic riser diagram nrpplernenbd with narrative descriptions as n€cessary for clarity and conpleteness, When a data sbeet shows more than one product the proposed oroduct shall be clearlv indicated by arrows or olher suitable nrans. D.Work Schedule l.The Contractor shall submit with his bid a proposed work schedule and representative chart. This schedule shall indicate the time necessary for: a. Project start-up, b. Property suwey. c. Shop drawing subnittals. d" Insallation. e. Conbactor tesfing. f. Final acceptance tesb. The proposed work schedule will be rcviewed and finalized during the precortruction rreeting and will be updated at each weekly construction coordination nrceting. E. Sarples Within 30 dap of authorization to procee4 tlre Cont'actor shall submit sanples of all proposed alarm initiating devices, audio/visible notifcation devices, wire, and cable b 0re Ovmer for approval. F. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates Prior b start of installatiorl the Contactor shall obtain and submit copies of all permits, licens€s, certificates and approvals necessary to conduct this work Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado +C-Aug$€0ea D fanuary 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' ) t672t - 5 I Fire Alarm System Shop Drawings l Prior to installatiog but within 30 days after awarding of lhe contrac! the Contactor shll submit four firll sets of shop drawings, four full sets of data sheets updated to rellect any ctanges, and installation rnanuals/instuctions detailing the manufachret's irstallation reconrrrndations for atl equipment to be installed,lo the Owner for approval. Installation prior to rcc€ip of approved shop drawings shall be at the risk of the Oontactor. 2. The shop drawings shall coruist of the following: a. A drawing legend sheet identi$ing: l) All sfnbols used on the dmwirys, by type of device or equiprpnt, manufachrer, and nnmrfacturer's part number. This information shal conespond to the manufachue/s catalqg data sheets required elsewhere in this section. 2) All conventions, abbreviatiors ad specialized terminology used on the drawings, as necessary to understand and interpret the infonnation contained thereil 3) All color codes and conduit, conductor/ circuit and dwice nrnrbering systenrs. A conplete drawing list/index identi$ing all drawings in the shop drawing pactage by title, drawing nrmrber and Specification cross- refercnce. Clean architectural floor pl"r'< drawn to scale and a syst€rn riser diagram with a tide block on each drawing. Floor plan drawings required for this submittal shall be generated using the bid dnwings as background. l) The floor plan drawings shall indicate: Location of all devices, equipnrcnl risers and electical power connectiorx. Addressable rystens shall indicate dcvice addresses for all addressable co[pone s shown on each drawing. Nrrnber, sia, and tlpe ofconductors and conduit. Point-tcpoint wiring connections showing individual ctcuiE and circuit/condrit muting. This infonnation strdl be dqicted in sufficient detail to readily locate specific conduits, raoEways and circuits in the field and to identi$ the specific conductors/circuits contained therein. All penetrations of ft€ rated barriers shall be individually noted" Frrnch curve routing is not acceptable for depicting new conduits, racewaln and circuits, or for depicting existing conduits, racewap ard circuits whose detailed routirg can be determiried without demolition of existing consfuctim Routing of existing coduits, whose detailed routing cannot be determined in tlp fiel4 wilhout dermlition of o<isting construction, shall be depicted using Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado fS-{.Bgusg004 12 Januory 2005 t I I I I b. I I I I I I I I I I I I b) c) Fire Alarm System , T I 16721 -6 d. I I I T I I I 3 I I I I I I I I I l I Aench curves. All reused conduits shall be noted "existing." d) Typical wiring diagrams for all alarm initiating devices and notification appliances, showing the size and tlpe of mndrctors, wiring terminatiors and terminal identifications. e) When remote transmiftiirg panel povier is derived from "local" source of building enrergency power, the shop drawings shall show wire routing and point of corurection (location) to the building "E ' circuit. f) Conduit fill calculationq in chart forn; indicating the cross-section area percent fill for each type ofwirdcable in each size of conduit used in the system A maxirnun of40 percenr fill is allowed. 2\ The riser diagram shall indicate: a) Nrmrber, size, and tlpe of riser conduitVraceways. b) Nurnbeq size, and type ofcondrctors in each riser. c) Number of each t1rye ofdevice on each circuit on each floor. Detailed wiring diagrans for all alarm conhol panels, voice evacuation panels, public address panels, frefighters' telephone panelg contol panel modules, power supplieg electrical power comrcctions, auxiliary function relays and solernids, remote signaling equiprnent, CRTs, printers and annunciators' ider*i$ing atl required terminations, including terminal identifications. All unsupewised corurections and terminations shall be noted "unsupervised." l) These diagana shall depict and identifi all circuit boards, rrndules, power supplies, standby batteries, wiring hamesses, terminal sEips and conrections ttreretq including spare zones and ciranits. Where nultiple corponents of a similar tlpe are provided, each shall be identified by a unique conponent number. 2) These diagrams shall include front-view details ofall contol panels and annunciators, depicting and identiffing all indicators, confrols and zme labels, including proposed nomenclature. 3) These diagnms shall depict the required information to relative scale, actual size or larger, showing proper spatial relatiorships between components, and shall reflect the correspondirg system corryonents as they are to be installed. Standby battery capacrty calculatioru. Battery calculatiors shall list the type of devices (JPS, detection, monitoring and control), and modules; quantities, unit and extended ampenge draw for quiescent and alarm conditions, total anperage draw and battery an4y'hour rating. For design criteria, the calculated load slnll be the design load, including spare capacity. In addition, lhe battery capacity used to meet the calculated load shall be a maximum of 80 percent of tbe anpihor rating listed by the manufachuer. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado €-A,ue$t4004 12 January 2005 Fire Alarm Systen 16721 -7 e. Voltage drop calculations shall list the percenage of drop for conpliance wiih the local authorities' requirenrnts. f. A cofiplete zone/address list identi$ing each signal initiating zone, anntmciator zone, notification signaling zong rennte signaling and aruriliary fiurction zone and the specific devices associated with each zone. E A Cause and Effecb Mati:q or a s€quence of operations section defining the system operation This matrix or s€quence shall cross-refererrce each signal initiating zone to ib conesponding annunciator zones, notfication signaling zones, remote signaling zoncs, and auxiliary firnction zorrcg and indicate sysem operation in the event ofeach tlpe oftouble condition recogrized by the systern Each drawing shall be cross-referenced to all related drawings and specific drawing details as necessary fon fie submittal as a whole to clearly depict the proposed installation. Each dnwing shall show revision nunber and date irdicated in the title block. Rwisiorn shall be clouded or otherwisc highlighted between submissions. Revisions rnade without clouding or other higltlights will not be reviewed and any approval of ihe rwised drawings will not apply to those unnoted revisions. The Contactor will not be authorized to start installation until all of the shop &awings and data she€b are received, reviewed and appmved in writing by the Owner and tlre Town of Vail Building and Fire Departnents. Operation and Maintenance Manual L The Contactor shall provide the Owner with a loose-leaf nnnual containing: a. A deailed nanative description of tlrc sptem architecture, iryuts, notification signalfug, auiliary finctions, anmurciatiorl intended sequence of operatiom, exparsion capability, application conskleratioru, and limitations. b. A detailed description of tbe operation oftbe rysteq including operator respor$es. The appmved sequence of operation shatl b€ placed i4 or adjacent tq tlrc op€ratods contsol panel. c. A detailed desciption of routine maintenance rcquired or recorrunerded or as would be provided under a mainterurrce confract including a testing and rnaint€nance schedule and detailed testing ard maintenance instuctions for each tfpe of dwice installed. d. Manufacturers' data sheec and installation nanuals/irutuctions for all equipment irsalled with detailed toubleshooting insrucdons for each specific tSpe oftmuble condition recognized by lhe systerq including opens, grounds, parity enors, "loop failures", etc. These instuctions shall include a list of all touble signals annunchted by the syst€nL a description of ihe condition(s) which will cause those burble signals, and step-by-step instuctions descnting how to isolate ihose problems and correct them (or call for servicg as appropriatQ. e. A list ofrecommended spare parts. f. Sewice directory which includes 0re rnin 24'hour ernergency service numbs and at least three altematc numbers which are npnitored on a 24-hour basis. g. Small scale (I I inches by 17 inches) contactor record drawings offire sptern Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado f3.Augur+-40e4 12 January 2005 a I T I I I ? 4. T I T I I I I I I t I I I I H. Fire Alarm System t672r -8 I It 2. Within 90 days of authorization to procee4 the ConFactor shall submit to the Owner four (4) copies ofthe draft manual for approval. f 3. ftirty (30) days prior to conpletion of the worlg six (6) copies of th approved rnanual shall be delivered to the Owner.a f| 4. This manual shall be unitterl corrpiled and edited specifically for this project and the qatem fuistalled. Unedited runufactruels catalog data sheets and/or equipment manuals are unacceptable as content for this submittal - I. ContractorRecord Drawings I L The Contractor shall provide and mainmin on the site an up-to-date record set of approved I shop drawing prints which shall be marked to show each and every change made o the fire alarm slntem from the original approved shop drawings. This shall not be construed as t authorization to deviate from or make changes to the shop drawings approved by the Ownerr ffIT:::,T*:'"ft:,"r#*H':#fl'Jffi ffitriJl*'silT:'::H# representative, upon request. ll 2. Upon conpletion of the work, the record set of prins shall be used to pr€parc conplete, accurate fnal rccord drawings reflecting any and all changes and deviations nude to the fue alarmsPtem !3. Upon conpletion of the worlg two sets of blueline record drawings shall be submitted to 0re - Owner for review. I 4. Following Owne/s review and acceptame of the blueline record drawingg and before final approval, one (l) set ofrepmducible record drawings and four (4) additional sets ofblueline I record drawings shall be delivered to the Owner. ' 5. The conFactor record drawings are required to show and to identi$ quantities ofjunction f. boxeg spare conductors, color coding ofconductors, splices, device backboxes, and terminal I strips. These drawings shall trclude a schedule ofall connectiondterminations, indexed byI junction box, device backbox and terminal stip and shall reference wire identification taped numbers as installed, f 6. Provide contractor record drawings on diskette in AutoCAD Release Version 2000 format. ,1 I. Softu'are Docurrrntation I l. Docunentation of Software Modifications slrall include: a. A complete printout of thc sysEm program prior to the clnngar b. A conplete printout of the sptem program subsequent to the change, with all modifi cations highlighted- I c. A letter prepared and signed by tlre irdividual rvlro rnde the changes, describing each cbange nnde, and the reason for that cbange. This letter shall certi& that tle r ffif,ffiif":##J"ffi*$ir:"ffi0h"T* and afterprosam I flre Alarm System 16721 -9 Gore Creek Residenccs - Tunnel Vail, Colorado I feaugu$T?'004 12 Janaary 2005 I A copy of all softumre docunrntation required by this section slall be maintained on-site by the Contactor, in a binder, arranged in chronological order. This binder shall be u.rmed over to the Owner at the conpletion of the projecl Once the fue alarm system is put into service, in wholc or in par! and the associated building(s) partially or wholly occupied no software changes shall be perfonrred without the prior written permission of the Owner. All software changes to the fire alarm syster4 once it is in service, shall be performed by a certifie4 nnnufacture/s rcprcsenhtive, hained in the execution of such changes. A conplete printout ofthe system program changes shall be provided. Each revision to 0p software shall be identified by a unique version rnlnber and date. K.System Program Pre-Testing All fire alarm contol equipnrent shall be asscmbled, connecrcd/interconnected in the rnnner in which it wifl be installed in the buildfurg, powcre4 and pr€-tested by the Contactor for a mininnrm of30 days, prior to delivery to the project site. This period shall be used by fre ConFactor to pr€par€ and test dre system software. The fire alarm control equipnrcnt and software shall be delivered to the project sib as a conplete package, in an operational tested configuration, with all nnnitor and contol poinb prograrrrcd in permanent rrmory and disabjed in RAM. A letter frcn tlre Conhactor certiffing zuccessful coupletion of tlre required prograrn pre-testing shall be sqplied to tbe Owner at the tinre the equiprrrnt is delivered to lhe site. At least one total repmgrarrning shall be included in this contact after prcject conditions, system inter-connections, and roquired terd ar€ finalized. L.Test Record System certification and docunentation of slatem testing slnll be submitbd to the Owner for review ard approval at least 14 dap prioi to the final acceptaDce test 1.08 WARRANTY 2. J. I I I T I T I I I I T I I I I T I I t 4. 5 l. 2. 2. B. Wananty Period l.The Contactor shall warranty all rnaterials ard worknanship during the installation period and for a period ofone year, begirming with the date offinal acceptance by the Owner. The Contacbr shall be responsible during lhe dcsign, irutallatio4 testing and warranty periods for any darmgc caused by him or his subcontractors or by defects in his or his subconFactors' worlg rmtef,ials, or equiprEnt During the warranty period the Fire Alarm Oontactor shall inspect and tcst the entirc fire alarm system in confonnance with NFP A 72 - 2002. A[ devices shall be tested at a minimum interval of 6 months apart with a writbn report after each tesl Tbc warranty period shall include the first armual inspection and test. Enrrgency Service The Contactor shall provide emergency repair service fior the system, at no cost to the Owner, within four hours ofa request for such service by the Owner duing both the irutallation and the warranty periods. This service shall be provided on a 24hour per day, seven days per week basis. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado fS+{gus€gM 12 January 2005 Fire .dlarm System t672r -r0 I. a 1. 2. 4. 5. 1.09 t t I t I I I I T I I I I I I I I I I C. Spurious Alarns l. If tlrc Owner experierrces an unacceptable munber of spurious or unexplained false alarms during the instalation and warranty periods, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing the necessary labor, rnaterial, and technical expertise to correct the problem to the satisfaction of the Owner. 2. The following rnrmber of spurious alarns, calculated as a ratio of false alarms to nurnber of initiation dwices, shall be considered rmacceptable: a, Autorntic (system connected) smoke detecton - More than two spurious alarms per 100 detectors per six montbs during 0re system warranty period If this nurnber is calculated to be less tban two, rwo spurious alarns shall be considered unacceptable. Aay calculaed nrunber shall be rounded up. b. Autwntic duct tlpe detectors - More than two spurious alarms per 50 detectors per six montls during the sptem insbllation and warranty periods. If this rurnber is calculaoed to be less than two, two spwious alarms shall be considered unacceptable. Any calculated number shall be rounded up. 3. Any sptrious alarms shall be considered unacceptable for the following types ofequipnrnt: a. Manual firc alarm stations. b. Sprinkler or standpipe s)'stem w"terflow devices. c. Sprinkler or standpipe system valve supervisory switches. TRAINING A. Timing Cmdrrct four (4) taining sessions of four (4) lmuns each to familiarize the Ownels personnel with the feafures, operatioq and rnaintenance of ttrc new slatens. Training sessions shall be scheduled with the Owner at a time nnrtually agreeable to lhe Contractor and the Owner. The Contractor shall zubmit a proposed taining agenda for the Ownels review within 30 dala ofauihorization to proceed- The final, approved taining agenda shall be submitted 14 dap prior to tlrc final s),|Stem acceptance test Agenda Training shall irrclude all system operatiorul firnctioru needed by building and security penonn€I. This shall include, but will not be limited to: Alarm acknowledgment. Interprctation of the scheme used to provide identifiers. Systqn rcset. Basic tsoubleslpoting. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel' Vail, Colorado f+,+&esst4e0a 12 January 2005 Fire Alarm System 16721 - tl 1.IO SPECIALTOOIS The Contractor shall supply as a part of the conbact, thre€ (3) corrylete sets of any special tools or kep necessary for rprrml operation and maintenance of the systefiL I,IT FINALAPPROVALANDACCEPTANCE Final approval and acceptance ofthe work will be given by the Owner when: A. The conpleb system has been inspected, t€ste4 and approved in writing by ttre Owner and Townof Vail Building and Fire Departments, B. All requircd submittals, including sptem operation and mainterunce rnanuals, contsactor record ilrawings, bst reports, spare parts, special tools and training have been provided to, revieuad by, and . accepted in writfug by the Owner. C, All sysbm software changes stored in RAM have been transferred into permanent rremory, and verified in writing, by the Contactor DESCRIPIION O['SYSTEM 2.OI GENERAL A. The sptem shall utilize the analog point-addressablq m.rltiplex technology providing a discrete system naddress" for each irdividual inithting device. B. All equipnrnt and systein corponents ftrnished and installd stnll be new and listed by IJL for their intended use. The equiprnent and systcm conponents shall be insblled in accordance with the applicable codes and standards, lhe nranufacturers'reconrrrrdations, and within the limitations ofthe UL listings All equipment and system corryonents shall be the standard product of a single manufachrer. Evidence of UL listing is required C. System conponents shall be rmdular in design to ensure firhre expansion capability of[re sysbm Spare capacity shall pertain to quantities of dwices, cirorits, porrer supplies, anplifiers, conductor anpacities (size) and lengths. D. The qntem shall have capacity enabling it to support th future phases ofthis project which include fire alarm zones thoughout the residential units. E. Electrornagnetic InErference L All fire alarm contsol equiprrnt, deviceg ard wiring shall be protected agairst unwanted radiated electsomapetic interference (EMI) and radio frequency interference (RF[) which can interfere with normal system processitrg and po$sibly cause unwanted alarns, 2. The system shall be designed and installed to be unatrected by the operation ofa hand-held portable radio (valkie-talkie) of 5 watts po\r€r geo€Iating capability, or cellular elephore, within I 2 inches of any sptem device with all approp,riate covers installed. G. The orarall fire alarm sysErn shall utilize disfribubd signal processing, power zupplies, ad notification signaling conponents including anplifrers, prc-anplifiers and tone gener.tors to provide automatic degnde nrode operation in the event ofrenpte ranmnitting panel failure, central processing unit failure, or conrmmications failure between the cental processing unit and one or rmrc r€mot€ Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado fe-*ugu*aOea I 2 Janaary 2005 I I I I I PART2 I I T I T I I I T I I I I I tr'ire Alarm System t6721 -12 I I I I I I I I I I T I I I I I I I I Eansmitting panels. l. When operating iD degade mode (i.e., when not communicating with the central processing rmitl each remote transrnitting panel including all associated detecto$, notification signaling and auxiliary ftnction conryonents shall operate as a stand-alone local fue alarm syster4 providing for its associated area of ilre premises capability consistent with ttre requirements of NFPA 72. 2. When operating in degrade nrede, receipt ofany fire alarm signal shall initiate general evacuation signaling zones. 3. Degrade mode operation shall be limiEd to portiom of the slstem (remote tansmitting panels and their associaGd devices) not in commrurication wift the cental processing rmit All other portions of the system shall continue in normal operation POWERSUPPLIES A. All portions of the systerq including CRTVLCD's and printers shall be desigred and equipped on standby (rechargeablQ batbry povrer, either directly or by provision of an rurintemrpable power supply or supplies. B. Upon failure of normal (AC) power, ttre alfected portion(s) of the system shall automatically swihh over to secondary power without losing any alanrq touble or operator acknowledgrnent signals. C. Operation ofany portion ofthe system on secondary power shall amrunciate as a touble signal, identi$ing fte inoperable power srpp$ies). D. Standby batteries shall hara sufticient capacity to naintain all portions ofthe system in a nornul, non- alarm condition for a minirrum of60 hours, after which it shall be capable ofoperating all notification appliances simultaneously for a minimum of 15 minutes. F. All standby batteries shall be continuously monitored by the systern Low battery and discormection of battery power supply conditions shall immediately annunciate as a touble signal, identi$ing the deficient batteries. G. All power supplies, including uPS, shall be capable ofrecharging their associated batteries, from a fully discbarged condition to a capacity sufficient to allow the s,'stem to perform consistent with ttrc requirements of this section, in Z horns maximrn Standby baftery capacity rnay be increased to meet this requiremenL H. All batteries shall be rmintenance-free type. Wet cell lead acid standby batteries are prohibited I. Desigr load connected to any power srpply, anplifier and batteries shall not exceed 80 percent ofits rabd capacity. ANNI.'NCIATION General l. 2. The system shall be desigred and equipped to receive, monitor, and annunciate signak Aom dwices and circuits installed tluoughout ttre building (all zorrcs). Receip of alann, rouble, and nryewisory signals shall activate integral audible devices at the control panel(s) and at each renrcte anrnnrciation device. Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado l+A.ugust4G04 12 January 2005 Flre AIarm System 16721 - 13 I a. The integral audible devices shall prodrce a sound output upon activation ofnot less lhan E5 dBA at l0 f€et. b. Alanq bouble, and supeMsory signals slull initiate recognizably different audible oulpub. Trouble and supervisory signals rmy initiate tlre sarne audible output if distinction is by visible annunciation c. Integnl audible devices shatl oontinue to sormd until silenced by a sysEm operator actuating a switch designated for that pupose. d. Receip ofsubsequent alarm or supervisory signals shall cause tlre integral audfulc dwices to resound. 3. Tlre system shall be designed and equipped to provide iryuts ard outputs as descnlbed in tlre Sequerrce of Operation Matrix on the Fire Alarm drawings. 4. The qatem sbll recognize and annunciate the following signals: Fire alarms. Srpewisory alarns. Trouble conditions. Operator aclnowledgment of annunciated signals. a. b. d I I I I I I I t t I t I T I I I e, S].stem r€set. 5. All alarm sigmb supervisory alarm signals and touble conditions sball be annunciated by the conrol parcl(s) and by each rcrnte armrmiation dcvice. Operator achwledgmnt of snnke debction sigruls and system reset shall be ,'munciarcd by the contol pane(s). B. Fire Alarm Signals Activation of the following devices shall be recognized and annunciabd by the system as firc alarnu: |. Manual fire alarm stations. 2- Open area system typ€ srrnke dercctors, incMing indwt srnke debcto$. 3. Heat detectqs. 4. Waterflor switches. C. Supewisory Alarm Siguls The following corditions shall be rccogdzed and armunciated by ihe system as supervisory alamrs: l. Valve stpewisory switch actuation D. Trouble Signals The system will also recoglrizc and armurciate the followirg trouble conditions: l. Initiating device circuit trouble conditions. 2. Sigrnling line circuit touble conditions. 3. Not'rfication appliance circuit touble conditions. 4. Power spply toubte conditions as required by Specification Section 2.3. 5. Remote arnuciation device totrble corditions as required by Specification Section 2-7. 6. A snroke detector, with automatic drift coupensation feahue, requiring rninEnance wh€n it G.ore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vdl, Colorado fa-a,ugust40ea 12 lanuaty 2005 I I Fire Alarm System 16721 -14 8. 9. I I I I I t I I I I I I I I I I I I I reaches 80 percent of ic tlreshold limit for a period of24 hours, oi equivalent UL listed performance. E. OperatorAcknowledgmentSignals Silencing ofintegral audible devices shall be recognized and annunciated by the system as operator achrowledgnrnt of the signal displayed FIRE AI.ARM CONTROL PANEI,(S) A. Description of Equipment The fire alarm contol panels shall be desiped and equipped to provide the following: l. C.onventional homs in general alarm or selectively sounding by Srea shall sound the standard evacuation signal. 2. A visible alpha/numeric LCD display indicating current status ofthe entire systern 3. An interface for a security, fire deparrnen! or central station connection. 4. Shndby power supplies capable ofsupporting all dependent devices and equipment as required. Devices or controls to effect reset ofthe systern The control parc(s) shall not be capable ofbeing reset until all ahnn conditions have been cleared. A backup tone generator shall be provided. At the nunufacturer's option, this shall be either an auxiliary circuit board in the mar,"t "o116pl rrnit, a second soruce of auxiliary tone, or other backup rneans oftone generation as provided by the nanufactruer, and in a UL lisEd arrangernent. One backup anplifier shall be provided for each set of primary anplifiers, and shall be equal to the highest rated (wattage) primary anplifier provided. The backup anplifier shall automatically hansfer in place of the defective anplifier in a UL listed arrangement. The control panel slrall have a switch for silencing the alarm signaling appliances (both audible and visiblQ. The switch slnll be key-operated or located within a locked cabinet Upon activatioq any existing alarm will be transferred to a visible indicator. Any subsequent alarns from otber zones will operate 0re alarm signaling appliances. If there is no alarm and the swirch is in the "silence" positiorq a visible alarm indicator shall be lit and a rouble sipal shall sound until the swirch is restored to "normal." The panel shall also provide a conrnon switch to disable audible and visible signaling devices for test i rpos€s. When actirrated ("silerrce" position) a system trouble signal shall be activated until tbe switch is refumed to the unormalu position REMOTE TRANSMITTING PANELS Desoiption of Equipment Rennte Fansmitting panels shall: Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado €*€ueFfOO4 12 January 2005 5. 6. '7 Flre Alarm System r672t -15 I I I2.06 L lnterface local initiating and notilication appliance circuits or addressable devices with lhe conuol pane(s) via the signaling circuit rise(s). ANNTJNCIATION DEVICES A. Description of Equipment l. Indicating Iarp LED Displap a. Indicating lanp displays shatl indicate all fire and supervisory alarm signals received until such tirne as the alarm condition is cleared and the display nnnually reset b. Indicating larrp displays shall indicate all tsorble sipals received until such tirre as the trouble condition is cleared. c. Indicating larp displap stull be clearly labeled using nomenclature approved by tbe Owner. d. Operating (elecbical) ponar shall be derived from the control panel(s) via a srpervised circuit MANUAL FIRE ALARM STATIONS Description of Equiprrnt t.Manual fire alann stations shall b€ oftbe double-actiog non-coded t1pe. They shall consist of a housing, fitted wiih a ptlldown lever, which wben operated, locks in position to efu activation of an initiating or signaling line circuit The body of lhe nunual station shall be perrnanendy attached to the back plate assembly. Resetting the station after operation shall require the use ofa key or special tool. The nnnual sation shall be suitable for either surface or serni-Ilush rnounting Manual fue alarm stations shall annunciate zqre as indicated on the cmcept drawings Manual fire alarm stations shall be installed so tlnt lhe handle is 48 inches from tbe floor. SMOKEDETECTORS Description of Equipnrcnt l. Spot Type Smoke Detectors These detecton shall be: a. Systenroperate4 photo€lccfric t)De plug-in detectors which mount to a twist lak base, to prwent unautlrorized rennval of srmke detector heads, The detecbr shall contain an alarm initiating LED which wtll illuminate to signal activation of0re detector. Detecton shall be listed by uL as "Smoke-Aubrnatic Fire Detecto$," tested according to uL 268. Detectors listed as 'Single and Multiple Station Smoke Detecton," tesEd according tol..Jr- 217 shall not be used. b. Each snroke detecbr shall be nonitored individually, via an integd analog Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail Colorado l3"Augrtet4004 12 lanaary 2005 2. I I I I I I t I I I I I t I I I Fire Alarm System 16721 -16 I I addressable etenent assigned m the base. 2.09 IIEATDETECTORS I A. Description ofEquipment l. Heat detectors shall be fixed terperahue tlpe. I 2. Heat detectors shall actuate when the tenperahrc reacbes l35o Fahre,r:heit. 3. Addrcssable elenBnts shall be integral to the detector base.I 2.IO AUDIBLE/VISIBLENOTIFICATIONAPPLIANCES I A. Description of Equipment rr 1 Notification appliances sball consist ofa fue alarm speaker or hom "public npden and strobe. It 2. Audible mtification ap,pliances shall be installed, spaced and tapped so as to prodrce a sourd output on alarm which is clearly audible above the ambient noise level throughout tlrc building. In no case I shalt the audible alarm be less ihan 15 dBA above the ambient room noise level or less tttan 5 dBA I above the maximum ambient noise level. a. Fire Alarm Speakers shall: I l) Be listed in accordarice with LIL 1480. 2) Have nultitaps with a range Aom %-watt to 2 watts. I 3) In no case produce a sormC outpug on alarrq ofless than 85 dBA at l0 feer I b. Fire Alarm Homs shalt: I) Be listed in accorrdance with uL 464.! 2) In no case produce a sound output, on alaml ofless than 90 dBA at l0 feetI I 3) Wall rmunted borns shatl be nounted not less than 90 incbes above lhe finished floor, and not less tlran 6 inches below the finished ceiling. I c. Visible Notification ApptiancesI l) Visible notification appliarrces shall be a mininnrn of 15 and nnximum of 120 candela-seconds. I 2) Visible notification appliarres shall consist ofa Xenon flash tube, higb in@nsity stobe lamp, with clear (nomirul whirc) light having a flash rat of I to 3 flashest ffiffi';;ffffiJS:ffi:;l#t*:'i{:;1il"0Tfi1'1il*" as the tinp interval between initial and fmal points of l0 percent ofrnaxinrun si8P2l' I 3) Wall mounted visible notification appliances shall be mormted not less than 80 I I Flre Alarm System 16721 -17 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vril, Coloredo . l34ueust.2004 l2January2005 I inches above the furished floor, or 6 inches below the ceiling, whichevcr is lowr. 4t Visible notification appliances shall be listed in accordance with UL l9?1. 5) Visible notification appliance circuir conncc'bd to ihis device shall be configured so that all associated wiring is supervised, and is on separate circuits from audible notifi cation appliances. 6) More ihan two stobes within the sanE view shall be synclnonized in accordance widtNFPA 72. 7) Synchmnized Itashing shall be defined as all stobe lights tlashing within50 milliseconds of one another. 2.II SPARE PARTS The ConFactor shall supply as part of this contract, the following spare parts: A. Automatic detection devices - Two percent of the installed quantity of each qpe. B. Manual fire alarm shtions - Two percent of the installed quantity of each t1ryc. C. Glass rods or panels for break glass nranual fire alarm stations (ifused) - Ten percent ofthe instaUed quantity, but no less than two devices. D. Audible and visible devices - One percent ofthe instalH quantity ofeach type, but no less than two (2) devices. E. Light bulbs - Five ofeach for each type oflanp used in the system F. Fuses - Five sfeach for each tlTe, rating and size of frrse used in tlre qrsten G. Kep - A minimurn of three sets ofkeys shall be provided and appropriately identified. 2.T2 SPRINKIER SI,JPERVTSORY EUO ALARM EQUIPMENT A. Vane type waterflow indicators with rctard nrechanism shall be provided to indicate waterllow in each sprinkler s)4st€m zonq as indicated on the concept drawings. B. Valve supervisory switches shall be provided for existirg valves contolling the water supply to thc sprinkler sptems, r irdicated on the concept drawings. C. Valve supervisory switches shall be tbe loke nnunted 6pe. Contactor shall not use rernote rnounte4 wire loo,p type switches. D. Each waterllow switch and valve supervisory switch shall be fudividually addressed. 2.13 RETRANSMISSION OF FIRE ALARMS TO CENTRAL STATION A. Receipt of any fire alarm s@al (initial signal only) shall be autorntically retsansmified to Ore UL listed Central Station B. All wiring and terminations between the fire alarm system'and any on-site equiprrnt rrcessary for performing this fiurction shall be electrically supervised. Faults in rnonitored circuits which may . Gore Creek Resldences - Tunnel Vall, Colorado fg=+$grtr€Oea 12 Jonuary 2005 I I I I I I I I I I I t I T I I I I I Fire Alarm System 1672r -r8 I t prevent rebansmission of fire alarm signals to the Central Sation shall cause a tsouble sipal at the Cenbal Station. I C. All connectiors between fie protected premises and the Central Station alarrn station shall be I electrically sr:pervised from the Cenhal Station. I 2.14 ADDRESSABLECIRCUITINTERFACEMODLJLES I A. The Contractor shall provide, inshll" and rest addressable circuit interfaces as necessary to corply - with cause and elfects matix, whether shown on drawings or not. I B. All cicuit interfaces rsed for supervisory or conhol fnctions shall be nnunted within 3 feet of this rnonitorcd switch or circuit. I PART3 E}GCUTION I 3.OI STARTINCANDCOMPLETIONDATESI The starting and conpletion dates for ihis work will be established at the pre-bid meeting. I 3.02 TNSPECTION I The job site supervisor shall examine daily all areas in uihich tbe work will be performed on tre day prior to I beginning work The supervisor shall innnediarcly report unsatisfactory working conditions to the Owner for - resolution. The supervisor shall not proceed with the work *61 xll rrnsstisfactory working conditions have been corrected. I 3.03 INSTALLATION I A. General I l. All holes nude by the Contractor in any wall, ceiling or floor shall be patched by the Conbactor, r€storing the walls, ceilings, floors to their original conditior! fire Esistanc€ and I ilf.tr; # Hffil$.ui##:*"ance with the requirements orthe ortting f| 2. Removal and repair ofall finished surfaces shall be coordinated wilh dre Ovner and is I sub-iect to his apProval. 3. All piping and conduit shall be irstalled at a height so as not to obstruct any portion ofa r H,i;#ffi1;i3,H,iiffi?#l;andsharrnotinterferewithtrroperationofanv 4. Locations ofall equipmeng contols and system cofiponents are subject to the approval of I tlrc Oq/Der. I 5. Contractor is resporsible for prote6ting Soth new and existing srmke det€ctors during t constwtion. These detectors shall be covered during constuction All such covers shall be removed upon conpletion of wmk I B. ConcealsrentI l. All wfue, cable, condui! racewap, junction boxes ard device backboxes shall be concealed I t Fire Alarm System 16721 -19 Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado €-A+gus+4004 12 JanuotY 2005 I in walls, ceiling spaces, electrical shafo or close8 in all finished areas. Conduig racewap, junction boxes ard device baclSoxes rnay be exposed in mfinislrcd back-of-house arem or nrechanical equipnrenl roorr. Exposed corduig racewa)'s, jurrtion boxes and equiprnent backboxes shall be painted to be as inconspicuous as possible. The Owner shall appmve the paint color selected. The Contractor shall prepare color sanples for inspectiof by 0rc Owner prior to paintin& Accessible cordui! raceuap, junction boxes, ard other associated items related to tlrc conduit network shall be provided with red bands every l0 feet with junction box coven labeled as fire alarq unless specifically insructed otherwise. 3.(X TESTING S)atem Tests 1. The Contracbr shall provide the Onner with written certification that all equipment: Has been inspected and tcsted by a manufachrcr's certified representative. Is installed in accordance with the manufachret's rccornrnerdatioru and ULI listings. c. Is in proper working order. B. Acceptance Testing Upon corpletion of each installation phase, the Conuactor shall perform and docttrrsrt on an approved forrna! Efstern tests as required herein All acceptance tests shall be performed in the presance of the Owner or his designated rcpresentatives. l. All conductors, inchding shielding conductors, shall be tested for continuify, shorts to gromd and shorb b€tween Pairs. 2. All rernote trarsmifiing panel nnnitor points shall be functionally tested and monitor point identifi catioru verified. 3. All alamr initiating devices $all be functionally tested" 4. All supervisory fimctions ofeach initiating device, signaling Ifurc circuits, ard notification apliance circuit shall be functionally tested. 5. All fre safety fiurctions (i.e. eterrator recall, smoke conbol door ulocking, erc.) initiared by the fire alarm control panel shall be tested. 6. R€ceipt ofal alarm and touble signa\ initiated during the course ofthe testing, shall be verified at each annunciation dwice. 7 . Conect hbeling of all armunciation dwice LED's shall be verified. 8. Sourd level tests shdl be performed in at least l0 percent ofrooms on each floor and all conidors to v€riry mininnrm confornunce with Section 2.1 I .2. 9. The system CPU and annunciators sball be load tested for 24 hours on standby battery Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorrdo 13+,u€cst4004 12 January 2005 ,l I I I2. I I I I t I I a, b. 3. I I I I I I t I Fire Alarm System 1672r -20 a. b. c. d- I I t I I I I I I I I t I I I I I I l' power. 10. AII renpte ransmining panels shall be load tested for 24 hours on standby baftery pow€r. I l. Any additional tests, required by the referenced codes, standards, or criteria, or by tlr Owner, shall be perfonned. 12. Documentation of swh tesrs shall include: The date and time ofeach test. A reference sel ofcont'actor record drawings, numerically identifying the individual conponents and circuib testd test locations, and indicating the measured sound level in each location. A description ofeach test performed. A checklist ofeach device and circrdt teste4 futdicating the results ofeach tesl The narnes and signatures of fre individuals conducting and witrcssing each test. C. Final Inspection and Tesc 1. The Contractor shall make an:mgenrnts \i/ith the Owner for fural inspection and witressing of the final accephnce tests. The Owner and his Fire Protection Consulhnt will witrress the final acceptarrce test 2. Ifafter being advised by the Oontractor that tlre work is conpleted and rcady for tesg the work has not been conpleted or the final acc€ptance tesb are unsatisfactory, the Conbactor shall be responsfule for the Ownet's exEa exp€nses for reinspection and witsrcssing the retesting of the work Such extra fees shall be deducted from dre paymens rnade by the Owner to the Contractor. 3. The Contracbr sball provide at least five working days notice for all tests. MATERIALIIANDIJNG A. Storage I . Ovemight sbrage of materials is limited to tlre assigned storage area. Materials brought to the work area slnll be install€d the same day, or rehrrned to the assigned storage area unless previously approved by the Owner. B. Receiving and l{andling 1. The Contractor shall be resporuible for all receiving handling and storage ofhis rmteriils at thejob site. 2. Use ofloading docks, service driveways, and fteight elevators shall be coordinated with fte Owner. C. Rubbish Removal l. The Contactor sball renrove rubbish ard debris resulting ftom his wort on a daily basis. t6721 -21 I Gore Creek Rcsidmces - Tunnel Vall, Colorado +S-A,ugssg00a 12 hnuory 2005 Fire Alarm System Rubbish not renroved by the Conhactor will be renroved by tlre O'wner and back-chargcd to the Cont'actor. Removal of d€bris ard rutSish from the premises shall be coordimted with the Ouner. ENDOtr'SECTION Gore Creek Resldenccs - Tunncl Vail, Coloredo l3'Aflglr$t00a 12 January 2005 I I T t I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I tr'lre Alarm System 1672r -22 I I I I sf,crroN 1674r TELEPHONE SYSTEMS PART I. GENERAL t t.ol RELATEDDOCUMENTS ' A. Dnwings and general provisions ofContract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division I Specification sections, apply to work of this section. I B. Division l6 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods sections apply to work specified in this section. I 1.02 sIMMARYr A. Extent of telephone syrstem work is indicated by drawings and is hereby defined to include, but not by way of limihtion, tlre provisions of empty raceway, cable tray, pull boxes, oullet bores, and I backboards. . B- Raceways, electrical cable boxes and fittings, which are required in connection with the installation oftelephone systems, are specified in other Division l6 sections.r! C. Rough carpentry is specified in a Division 6 section- I t.o3 sIJBMTTTALS I - :l.j..?ffi*il.-;'fri.1:'":*:ff[T.?:i:]:'.:*ili':ffi#:,iTisoriesincrudin* but not I B. Submittals shall include a l/4" = l'-0" scale drawing of the main and riser telephone rooms showing all backboards, conduits and miscellaneous hardware. t 1.04 QUALTTYASSURANCEI A. Coordinate with local telephone company for main and altemate service to main lelephone room on I the service level. B. Coordinate with other electrical work including wires/cables, electrical boxes and fittings, and raceways, to properly interface installation oftelephone system with other work. I C. Sequence installation of telephone system with olher work to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction. I! PART2.PRODUCIS r 2.01 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS It A. Conduit, boxeq cable tray, connectors and supports are specified in other sections ofspecification, I Gore Creek Residences - Tunnel Vail, Colorado 03 January 2lX)5 I I Telephone Systems 1674t-l 2.02 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.OI EXAMINATION PLYWOOD A. In all telephone closee, provide exterior grade 3/4" plywood. Plywood shall be bolted to all interior walls oftelephone rooms and closets, T It I III I II I I I -I I I I I I I I H. L Examine areas and conditions under which telepbone systems are to be installed. Notiry Engineer in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been conected in a manner acceptable to installer. INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE SYSTEMS A, B. c. D. E. f- G. lnstall telephone raceway and accessories as indicated herein and specified in other sections of specification. Exlerior grade 3/4' plywood shall be attached to the gypsum wall boards or CMU as indicated. Provide capped bushings on conduib immediately after in$allation. Floor to floor distibution shall bc provided with concrcte floor sleeves. Provide double duplex mounted 7'-0' AFF at the right hand side ofthe backboard. Use only electrical 45 degree or 90 degrec sweeps. Do not place more than two (2) 90 degree sweeps or exceed l@ ft. betwean pull boxes without providing a pull box. Unless noted $e following conduit schedule shall be followed: l. One outlet - 3/4" C. with pullwire. 2. Two outlets - l" C. wift two pullwires. Fire seal all openings to maintain fire rating aftcr telephone cables are installed. Place telephone and data label on pull and junction boxes. END OF SECTTON Gore Creek Rcsidences - Tunnel I*llhi$"ii8! I I Telephone Systems 16741-2